THE ANCIENT, Honourable, Famous, and delightful History of Huon of Bourdeaux, one of the Peers of France, and Duke of Guyenne. Interlaced with the love of many Ladies, as also the fortunes and adventures of Knights errant, their amorous Servants. Being now the Third time imprinted, and the rude English corrected and amended. LONDON ❀ Printed by Thomas Purfoot, and are to be sold by Edward White, at his shop at the little North door of Paul's at the sign of the Gun. 1601. ❧ The Printer to the History ensuing. THe foundation of all true fame and repute, which in this world is most to be reckoned of and esteemed, (according to the opinion of all Writers both ancient & modern) consisteth in bold, honourable, and heroical resolution, which inflames the soul with a continual thirsting desire, of pursuing brave and generous purposes, performing of high and adventurous action's, which (when their bodies are mantled up in the obscure mould of the earth) leaveth their names cannonized in Fame's aeternal Calendar, and renowns them as rare precedents to all following Posterities. And from so perfect ground of good and laudable example, the young infant spirits of latter growth, raking up the embers of their worthy proceedings, the spark of glorious imitation catcheth hold of their warm and forward desires, and so enkindling further till it break forth into a flame: burns up and consumes all conceits of cowardice, and as an enlightened Beacon on a Promontory top, calls & invites them to the like honourable achievements. Hence ensued that desertful and well worthy to be remembered purpose, of Sir john Bourchier Knight, Lord berner's, when not only in this work of Huon of Bourdeaux, but many other famous Translations of like consequence by him performed, he gave witness to the world of so laborious an endeavour, and (as it were) squared out an excellent platform for generous imitation. But let me not herewithal forget, that the right noble Earl of Huntingdon Lord Hastings, was a continual spur to him in the pursuit of such pains, and likewise a cheerful encourager of me in the imprinting, assisting ever both with his purse and honourable countenance, the travail that sorted to so good example. Which being now finished and made complete, with better ability of will, than other performance: we leave to the gentle acceptance of such, as know how rightly to judge, and kindly to entertain: to others our pains are not imparted. FINIS. The Table. HOw the Emperor Charlemagne required his Barons that they would choose one among them to govern his Empire. Chap. 1. The conclusion and answer that the Barons made. And what counsel the dishonourable Lord Earl Amerie gave to the King, against the two Sons of Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux: whereby great mischief afterward ensued. And of the good advice that Duke names gave to the Emperor. Chap. 2. How Charlemagne sent two Knights to the Duchess of Bourdeaux, to command her to send her two Sons to his Court. Chap. 3. The answer that the Duchess of Bourdeaux made to the emperors Messengers. Chap. 4. How the Emperor was content with the report of the two Knights: and how the Traitor Earl Amerie went and complained to Charlot the kings Son. Chap. 5. How the two Sons of Duke Sevin took leave of the Duchess their Mother, and how in their way they overtook the Abbot of Clunie their Uncle, going towards Paris to the Emperor Charlemagne. Chap. 6. How by the counsel of Earl Amerie they ran first at Gerardin Brother to Huon, and bore him to the earth, and sore wounded him, whereof Huon was right sorrowful. Chap. 7. How Huon of Bourdeaux was sorrowful when he saw his Brother Gerard so sore wounded, and how he slew Charlot: and how he came before the King at Paris and appeached him of Treason. Chap. 8. How the King was sore displeased with Huon, because he had appeached him of treason: and how Huon showed all the manner why he slew the Knight that wounded his Brother. Chap. 9 How Charlot the King's Son was brought before him dead, and of the great sorrow that he made: and how Earl Amerie appeached Huon for the death of Charlot, and how the King would have run upon Huon, and of the good counsel that Duke names gave to the King. Chap. 10. How the Traitor Earl Amerie charged Huon before the Emperor, that he traitorously with treason pretended, had slain the King's Son, and in that quarrel he appealed Huon to Battle. Chap. 11. How the Abbot of Clunie would prove, that the saying of Earl Amerie was false and untrue: and how the Earl did cast his Gage against Huon, who took it up. Chap. 12. How those two Champions came into the field whereas they should ●ight, accompanied with their friends. Chap. 13. How the two Champions made their Oaths upon the Relics, that their sayings were true, and what the king said. chap. 14. How Huon of Bourdeaux and Earl Amerie fought together before king Charlemagne: and how the Traitor Amerie was slain by the noble Prowess and chivalry of Huon. chap. 15. How after the Emperor Charlemagne had seen Earl Amerie was slain, he commanded expressly, that Huon should avoid the Realm and Empire, and to be banished from thence for ever. chap. 16. How king Charlemagne sent Huon to do a messsage in Babylon to the Admiral Gaudise. chap. 17. How the noble Duke Huon of Bourdeaux took leave of the King, and of all the Lords and Barons, and road with the good Abbot to Cluney. chap. 18. How Huon came to Rome, and was confessed of the Pope who was his Uncle, and of his departing: and how he came to Brandis, where he found his Uncle Garyn of St. Omers, who for the love of Huon passed the Sea with him. Chap. 19 How Huon of Bourdeaux departed from Brandis, and Garyn his Uncle with him: and how he came to jerusalem, and from thence into the Deser●●, whereas he found Gerames, and of their conference. chap. 20. How Gerames went with Huon and his company, and so came into the wood, whereas they found king Oberon, who conjured them to speak ●nto him. chap. 21. How King Oberon was sore displeased, in that Huon would not speak: and of the great fear that he put Huon and his company in. chap. 22. How King Oberon Dwarf of the Fayrey pursued so much Huon, that he constrained him to speak to him at last. chap. 23. Of the great marvels that Oberon showed unto Huon, and of the 〈◊〉 that fell. chap. 24. Of the great gifts that Oberon gave to Huon, as his Horn of ivory, and his Cup, the which were of great virtues: and how Huon after thought to prove the virtue of them, whereby he was in peril of death. chap. 25. How Huon arrived at Tormont, and found a man at a gate, who brought him to lodge at the Provosts house in the Town. chap. 26. How Huon gave a Suppper to all the poor men of the City, and how the Duke was Uncle to Huon: and how the Duke had Huon into his Castle. chap. 27. How the Duke thought to have murdered Huon his own Nephew, whiles he sat at the Table. chap. 28. How by the aid of Greffrey and of the Prisoners, Huon was succoured, and slew all the Paynims, and the Duke fled, and after besieged the Castle. chap. 29. How King Oberon came and succoured Huon, and slew all the Paynims, except such as would be christened: And how Huon slew the Duke his uncle. chap. 30. How king Oberon forbade Huon, that he should not go by the Tower of the Giant, to the which Huon would not accord, but went thither, whereby he was in great danger of death. And of the Damsel that he found there, who was his own cousin borne in France. chap. 31. How the Damsel cozen to Huon, showed him the Chamber whereas the Giant slept, and how he went and awaked him: and of the good armour that the Giant delivered to Huon. chap. 32. How Huon slew the great Giant, and how he called Gerames and his company to him, and of the joy that they made for the death of the Giant. chap. 33. How Huon departed from the Castle of the Giant, and took leave of his company, and went alone afoot to the Seaside, whereas he found Mallabron of the Fairey, on whom he mounted to pass the sea. chap. 34. How Huon passed the Sea upon Mallabron, who bore him to Babylon: and how Huon came to the first gate, and so to the second. chap. 35. How Huon passed the Fourth gate, and how he came into the Garden whereas the Fountain was, and of that which he did there. chap. 36. How Huon came into the Palace, and did his messsage to the Admiral, and how he slew many Paynims, and was afterward taken, and put in prison. chap. 37. Of the great complaints that Huon made being in prison, and how the Admiral's Daughter came to comfort him, and how she departed not well content with Huon. Chap. 38. How Huon made great complaints for the famine that he endured, and how the fair Esclaremond came again to comfort him, conditionally that Huon would fulfil her desire. Chap. 39 How Gerames and his company departed from the Tower & the Damsel with him, and came to Babylon: and of the manner that Gerames used to know some news of Huon. Chap. 40. How Gerames and the fair Escleremond went to the Prison to comfort Huon and the other Prisoners. Chap. 41. How the great Giant Agrapart, eldest Brother to Angolofer whom Huon slew, assembled his people and came to Babylon, to have the Tribute of the Admiral as his brother had: and of Battle hand to hand that he desired of the Admiral Gaudise, the which was agreed to. Chap. 42. How the Admiral Gaudise took Huon out of prison, and armed him to fight with the Giant Agrapart. Chap. 43. How Huon fought with Agrapart the Giant, and discomfited him, and delivered him to the Admiral, who had great joy thereof. Chap. 44. How the Giant Agrapart cried mercy to the Admiral: and how Huon desired the Admiral Gaudise to leave his law, and to be christened. Chap. 45. How Huon seeing that the Admiral would not forsake his belief, blew his Horn, whereby Oberon came to him, and how the Admiral was slain and all his men. And how Huon and the fair Escleremond were in peril of drowning, by reason that he broke the commandment of King Oberon. chap. 46. How Huon and Escleremond arrived in an Isle all naked, and how the Pirates of the Sea took Escleremond and left Huon alone, and bound his hands, feet, and eyes. Chap. 47. How the fair Escleremond was led away by the Pirates of the Sea: and how the Admiral Galaffer of Anfalerne delivered her out of their hands. chap. 48. How the Pirate fled to Mombrance to juoryn, and how he sent to 〈◊〉 the Admiral Galaffer of Anfalerne, and of the answer that he had 〈◊〉. chap. 49. How King Oberon at the request of two Knights of the Fayrey, called 〈◊〉 and Mallabron the monster of the Sea, went and succoured Huon▪ and carried him out of the Isle of Noysant. chap. 50. How Huon found a Minstrel, who gave him clothing and meat, and took Huon with him as his Varler, and went to Mombrance. chap. 51. How Huon and his Master Mouflet arrived at Mombrance, and how 〈◊〉 spoke with King juoryn. chap. 52. How King juoryn caused his Daughter to play at the Chess with Huon, upon condition that if he were mated, he should then lose his head: and if she were mated, Huon should have her love: and how Huon won the game. Chap. 53. How Huon was armed, and mounted on a poor horse, and went after the Army to Anfalerne. Chap. 54. How Huon fought with Sorbryn and slew him, and wan the good horse Blanchardyn, whereon he mounted and wan the Battle, and was brought with great triumph to Mombrance. chap. 55. How Huon was had in great honour, and sat at the Table with King juoryn of Mombrance. chap. 56. How the old Gerames arrived at Anfalerne by fortune, and the Admiral Gallaffer entertained him to maintain his war: And how the fair Escleremond spoke with him. Chap. 57 How King juoryn came again before Anfalerne, and how Gerames and Huon fought together, and at last they knew each other. And how they entered into Anfalerne, and shut the Admiral Gallaffer without. Chap. 58. How juoryn caused Mouflet the old Minstrel, to be brought to the gibbet to have been hanged: and how he was rescued by Huon. chap. 59 How the good Provost Guyer, Brother to Gerames, arrived at the Port of Anfalerne. Chap. 60. How Huon and Gerames, and all their company, with the fair Lady Escleremond, departed from the Castle of Anfalerne, and sailed thence on the Sea. Chap. 61. How Huon and his company arrived at the Port of Brandis, and from thence went to Rome to the Pope, who wedded together Huon and the fair Escleremond, and of their departing from thence. chap. 62. How Huon and his company arrived at the Abbey of Maurise, where he was received by the Abbot & Covent, with great reverence. chap. 63. How the good Abbot sent word to Duke Gerard of Bourdeaux, how his Brother Huon was in the Abbey of Maurise. Chap. 64. How Gybovars of Beam and Gerard practised Huons death: and how the Traitor Gerard came to see his Brother Huon, who with great joy received him. chap. 65. How these two Brethren departed from the Abbey about midnight, and how the Traitor Gerard began to fall at rude words with Huon, when they approached near the wood whereas Gybovars lay in ambush. chap. 66. How these Traitors slew all Duke Huons company, except Gerames, and Escleremond, and Huon himself, the which all three were fast bound hands and feet, and blindfold, and so brought to Bourdeaux and were put in prison. Chap. 67. How the Traitors returned to the Abbey of Saint Maurise, & slew the good Abbot, and took away all the Treasure that Huon had left there. Chap. 68 How the Traitor Gerard showed to King Charlemagne, how his Brother Huon was returned to Bourdeaux without doing of his messsage to the Admiral Gaudise. Chap. 69. How the King commanded that Huon should be sent for from Bourdeaux, to the intent that he should die. Chap. 70. How the Emperor Charlemagne went himself to Bourdeaux, to cause Huon to be slain, for the great ill will that he bore to him. Chap. 71. How the Twelve Peers drew to counsel, to give sentence upon Huon, either with him or against him. Chap. 72. How the Peers laid all the deed upon Duke names, to give the judgement upon him: But for all that ever he could say or do, the king ●●dged Huon to die. chap. 73. How King Oberon came to succour Huon, and made Gerard to confess all the treason that he had purchased against Huon. Chap. 74. How King Oberon caused to be hanged the Four Traitors, Gerard, Gybovars, and the two Monks, for their false witness: and of the Peace made between Huon and Charlemagne: And how King Oberon gave to Huon his Realm of the Fayrey. chap. 75. How King Oberon departed, and took leave of King Charlemagne, & 〈◊〉 Huon and Escleremond: and also how King Charlemagne departed from ●ourdeaux. Chap. 76. How King Oberon devised with his Knights, in the City of Momur in the Fayrey, of the deeds of Huon of Bourdeaux, and of that which should happen after to him. Chap. 77. How Huon took homage of his men, and chastised his Rebels, and of three Pilgrims, by whom much ill fell after, as ye shall hear. chap. 78. How Duke Raoul of Ostrich, by the report of the Pilgrims, was enamoured of the fair Escleremond, and of the journey that was proclaimed, to the intent to have slain Huon. Chap. 79. How after that Duke Raoul had been at Bourdeaux in the guise of a Pilgrim, to see the fair Lady Escleremond, he then returned again to Vyennae. Chap. 80. How Duke Huon took leave of the Duchess his Wife, and how he arrived at Mayence, and went to the Palace. chap. 81. How Huon slew Duke Raoul in the presence of the Emperor, sitting at his Table, and of the marvels that he did: And how in the chase that was made after him, he strake down the Emperor, and won his good horse. chap. 82▪ How Huon after that he was mounted upon the emperors good horse, he arrived at Colleyne, where he found his men: and how he departed thence. And of the Emperor who lay enambushed in a wood, abiding there to have slain Huon. chap. 83. Of the great Battle within two Leagues of Coleyn, between the Emperor of Almain and Huon of Bourdeaux, and of the Tru●e that was taken between them. chap. 84. How Huon granted the Truce to the Emperor, and how the Provost of Coleyne came and assailed Huon, not knowing of any Peace taken between them. Chap. 85. How Huon arrived at Bourdeaux, and of the counsel of the fair Escleremond his wife, the which he would not believe nor follow. chap. 86. How Huon had great joy for the birth of the fair Claret his Daughter. chap. 87. How the Emperor assembled a great Host and came before the City of Bourdeaux. chap. 88 How the Emperor of Almain besieged the City of Bourdeaux: and how Huon made him ready to fight with his enemies. chap. 89. Of the great Battle that was before Bourdeaux, whereas Huon had great loss, and the old Gerames taken. Chap. 90. How the Emperor raised up a pare of Gallows, to hang up the old Gerames, and all the Bourdeloyes that were taken Prisoners. Chap. 91. How Huon issued out of Bourdeaux, and rescued the old Gerames and his company, whom the Emperor would have hanged. Chap. 92. How the Emperor assailed the City of Bourdeaux two times, whereas he lost many of his men. Chap. 93. How Huon sent Habourey his Messenger to the Emperor, to require peace, and of his answer. chap. 94. How Huon issued out of Bourdeaux, and came to the Tents, & fought with the Emperor. chap. 95. How Huon made another issue out of Bourdeaux, and took away all the beasts that were in the pastures without the Town, pertaining to the emperors host. Chap. 96. How Huon of Bourdeaux made him ready to go to seek for some succour: And of the sorrow that the Duchess his wife made. Chap. 97. How Huon departed from the City of Bourdeaux, and sailed until he came into the high Sea, and had many great fortunes. Chap. 98. How Huon arrived on the perilous Gulf, whereas he spoke with judas: And how ●e arrived at the Port of the Adamant. chap. 99 How Huon devised with his Patron, in regarding of the Castle of the Adamant. Chap. 100 How a Galley with Saracens came and assailed Huon, who were all slain, and also all Huons men, and how Huon went to the Castle of the Adamant and slew the great Serpent, and of the marvels that he found there. Chap. 101. How Huon of Bourdeaux fought with the horrible Serpent, and slew him within the Castle of the Adamant. Chap. 102. How after that Huon was departed from Bourdeaux, the Emperor made divers assaults to the City, but he could not win it, for the defence of the good chivalry that was within it, and of the ambushment that was laid by the counsel of Duke Savary, whereby the City was taken and won. chap. 103. Of the death of the old Gerames, and of the taking of the City of Bourdeaux, and of the coming of the Duchess with the Emperor: and of the delivering up of the Castle to the Emperor. Chap. 104. How the Duchess Escleremond delivered her Daughter Clariet to 〈…〉 unto the Abbot of Clunie, of whom the Abbot was right ●●●full. Chap. 105. How the noble Duchess Escleremond yielded up the Castle ●o the Emperor, and how she and her company were Prisoners in the City of Ma●ence. chap. 106. How there arrived at the Castle of the Adamant a Ship full of Sara●●ns, wherein was the Bishop of Milan: and how Huon caused them to be christened, and then he brought them into the Castle, whereas they 〈◊〉 great store and plenty of victuals. chap. 107. How Huon saw a Ship arrive at the Port of the Castle of the Adamant. chap. 108. How Huon 〈…〉 by a Griffen out of the Castle of the Adamant, and how he slew the Griffen, 〈…〉 other young griffins: And of the Fountain of the fair Garden: and of the fruit of the Tree near to the Fountain. chap. 109. How Huon fought with the great Griffen, and slew her. chap. 110. How an Angel appeared unto Huon, and commanded him to gather three Apples of the Tree by the Fountain, and no more: And how the Angel showed him tidings of his wife the fair Escleremond, and of his Daughter Clariet, and showed him the way that he should go from thence. chap. 111. How Huon of Bourdeaux sailed in a rich Ship, and of the perilous Gulf that he passed by: and how he arrived at the Port of the great City of Thauris in Persia. chap. 112. How Sir Barnard departed from the Abbey of Clunie, and went to seek for Huon his Cousin, whom he found at the Port of the great City of Thauris. chap. 113. How Huon of Bourdeaux and Barnard his Cousin, acknowledged themselves each to other, and showed the discourse of their adventures. chap. 114. How the Admiral of Persia did great honour to Huon of Bourdeaux, and led him into his Palace, whereas he was received with great joy and triumph. chap. 115. How the Admiral, by reason of the Apple that Huon gave him to eat, he became of the age of Thirty years, whereby he and all the people of Persia and Media were christened, and of the great honour that the Admiral made unto Huon. chap. 116. Of the complaints that Huon made to the Admiral of Persia upon the Emperor of Almain, and of the succours that the Admiral promised to Huon. chap. 117. How the Admiral of Persia assembled much people, and he and Huon with all their Army, took the Sea and came to the Port before the City of Angory, whereas they found a great number of Paynims and Saracens, ready to defend the Port. chap. 118. How the Admiral and Huon took the Port, and fought with the Admiral of Angory, and discomfited him and took the City, and how afterward Duke Huon went into the Deserts of Abillant, to search adventures. chap. 119. How Huon went so long in this Desert, that he found Cain, and spoke with him a long season: & how he beguiled Cain & departed. chap. 100L▪ How Huon departed from Cain, & passed the Sea in a Vess●● guided by the Devil, who believed it had been Cain, and Huon arrived at a City called Colanders, whereas he found the Admiral of Persia and Barnard his Cousin, who had laid siege to the City. Chap. 121. How Huon of Bourdeaux had great joy, when he saw the Admiral of Persia before Colanders, where he fought with the Saracens. chap. 122. How the City of Colanders was taken by the Admiral of Persia, after he had won the Battle, and of the great joy that was made unto Huon, when he was known by the Admiral of Persia and Barnard his Cousin,. chap. 123. How the Admiral of Persia and Huon of Bourdeaux, and all their host passed by Antioch, and by Damas', and came to the City of jerusalem to the holy Sepulchre, and was nobly received by the King of jerusalem: and how the Souldan's Messenger came and defied the Admiral of Persia. chap. 124, Of the answer that the Admiral of Persia made unto the Souldan's Messenger, and of the report that he made to his Master. chap. 125. How the Admiral of Persia sent for his men that lay at Napelous, and caused them to withdraw towards Rames, and how they departed from jerusalem: and how he went to fight with his enemies. chap. 126. Now speak we of the great Battle that was in the plains of Rames, between the soldan of Babylon and the Admiral of Persia, the which was discomfited by the Prowess of Huon of Bourdeaux. Chap. 127. How the Admiral of Persia and Media found Huon, whereas he had fought with forty men Saracens, and how the soldan fled to Acres, and how the Admiral of Persia and Media besieged him there, and of the strange Vision that Huon had in the night, chap. 128. How Huon counseled the Admiral of Persia, to raise up his siege before Acres for divers reasons, and to return into Persia. chap. 129. How the Admiral of Persia a greed to the counsel of Duke Huon, and prais●ed his saying: and of the fair offer that the Admiral of Persia 〈◊〉 unto Duke Huon of Bordeaux, chap. 130. How Duke Huon of Bourdeaux took his leave of the Admiral and of all the other Lords of Per●sa, and went and took shipping at the Port of Thes●r●e, and how he arrived at Marseilles, without finding of any strange adventure. Chap. 131. How the good Abbot of Clunie laid an ambushment of men, between Mascon and Tournous, against the Emperor of Almains Nephew, who was there slain and all his men, whereof the Emperor was so sore vexed and troubled, that he took the Duchess Escleremond out of prison to have burnt her, and the three Hundred prisoners of Bourdeaux, to have hanged them all. chap. 132. Haw King Oberon sent two of his Knights of the Fairy, that is to say Mallabron and Gloriant, to deliver the fair Escleremond, who should have been burnt, and the three Hundred Prisoners that should have been hanged, who were all delivered by the afore said Knights▪ chap. 133. How the Emperor Tirrey made the noble Lady Escleremond to be well served and appareled, and all the other Prisoners, but about three weeks after, he made the Lady and the prisoners to be put again into prison, whereas they were in great misery. chap. 134. How Huon departed from Marseilles, and came to his Uncle the Abbot of Clunie in habit disguised, and unto him discovered himself, whereof the abbot had great joy, and so had Clariet his Daughter. Chap. 135. How Duke Huon showed to his Uncle the Abbot of Clunie, all the adventures that he had, since he departed from the City of Bourdeaux: and how he gave the Abbot the Apple of youth, whereby the abbot became again to his beauty, that he had when he was but of Thirty years of age. chap. 136. How Huon of Bourdeaux departed from Clunie, and went to the City of Mayence upon Friday: and how he came near unto the emperors Oratory. chap. 137. How Huon did so much with the Emperor Tirrey, that he had peace with him, and his wife rendered unto him, and all his Lands and Signiories: and how the Emperor brought him unto the abbey of Clunie, whereas they found the Abbot in armour, not knowing any thing of the peace that was made. chap. 138. How the Emperor made good cheer unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux. Chap. 139 How the Emperor arrived at Clunie, and how the abbot set upon him, and of the peace that was made, and how the Emperor conveyed Huon to Bordeaux, and rendered up all his Lands and of the parting of the Emperor, & how Huon made provision to go to king Oberon. chap. 140. How Huon devised with the Duchess his Wife of his departing, and how she would, go with him: And how he left his Daughter & Land and Signiories in the keeping of his Uncle the Abbot of Clunie and with Barnard his Cousin, chap. 141. How Huon took leave of his Daughter, and of the good Abbot his Uncle, & of Barnard his cousin, & entered into the River of Gerone the Duchess with him: and of the strange Fortunes that they had. chap. 142. How Huon lost all his men, and the Ship broke in pieces: and how he and the Duchess saved themselves upon a board, and came and arrived at the Castle of the Monks. chap. 143. How Duke Huon made semblance to have slain the Monk, holding him fast with the stole, to the intent that he should show unto him the troth. chap. 144. How the Monk bare Huon and Escleremond over hills and Valleys in the air, until he came into the country of King Oberon. chap. 145. How King Oberon crowned Huon and Escleremond, and gave them all his Realm and dignity that he had in the Land of the Fairy, and made the Peace between Huon and King Arthur. chap. 146. Of the Ordinances that the noble King Oberon made before he died. chap. 147. How the King of Hungary, and the King of England, and Florence Son unto the King of Arragon, desired to have in marriage the fair Lady Clariet, and how she was betrayed by Brohart, and how Barnard was drowned, and of the evils that the Traitor Brohart did unto the Lady Clariet, and how he died at the last. chap. 148. When the Traitor Brohart drowned Barnard, and of their adventures, and how Brohart was slain. chap. 149. Of the great sorrow that was made at Blay, by the abbot of Clunie, and by the Princes of the noble City of Bourdeaux, for the fair Lady Clariet that was stolen away: and of the sorrow that was made, when they saw Barnard brought in dead by Six men. And of the punishment that was done to the Lineage of the Traitor Brohart. chap. 150. How the Lady Clariet all alone came to the Seaside, whereas arrived the King of Granado in a Ship, who took away Clariet, and of other matters. chap. 151. How the King forbade his Son Florence, that he should not be so har●● as to fall acquainted with the fair Lady Clariet, and how Florence promised the King his Father, to deliver into his hands the King of Na●arre prisoner, in case that he would be content at his return, that he might have the new found Damsel, the which the King granted, but he did it not, for he had drowned her, if Peter of Arragon had not been, who rescued and saved her from the death. chap. 152. How Florence went to fight with his enemies: and how Sir Peter of Arragon returned towards the Town, to bring thither Prisoners: and how he rescued the fair Damsel Clariet from drowning, and how afterward King Garin caused the Damsel to be closed up in a Prison. chap. 153. How Florence discomfited his enemies, and took the King of Navarre, and led him into the Town, and delivered him to the King his Father: and how Florence delivered him again quit, because that his Father showed unto him, that the fair Damsel was drowned. Chap. 154. How king Garyn put his Son Florence into a Tower in prison: And how the Damsel escaped out of the Tower, and spoke with Florence her Lover at an arch upon the Garden-side, and how they were espied: and how she thought to have drowned herself. Chap. 155. How the first Watchman found out the Damsel, and led her into a great wood there by, and afterward the same Watchman delivered Florence out of prison, and showed him the place where the Damsel was: and how Florence and Clariet entered into the Sea: and how the king went after his Son, and the Watchman taken. Chap. 156. Of the great debate that was in the Palace for the Watchman's sake, whom the king would have had to be hanged: and how the king of Navarre took the City of Courtoys, & how he departed thence. chap. 157. How the Ship wherein Florence was and his Love, was taken by the Saracens, and all their company taken and slain, and led to the Castle of Anfalerne. Chap. 158. How Sorbarre the captain comforted Florence and Clariet: and how there arrived Four Ships with Christian men by fortune of the Sea, and how Florence was known by them. Chap. 159. How Sorbarre and Florence and their company went into the Town, and robbed and spoiled it, and so took the Sea with great joy and triumph, and the fair Lady Clariet with them, and took their course to sail towards the Realm of Arragon. chap. 160. How king Huon King of the Fayrey, sent two of his knights to the two Kings: And how he appeared between them with a great number and of the Peace that he made between them. chap. 16●. How Florence and Clariet arrived there with their company, & came to king Huon: and of the great joy that was made at their coming, and how there they were wedded together: and the Peace confirmed between the two Kings. chap. 162. How king Huon and Queen Escleremond departed, and how he gave great rich gifts unto the two Kings, and to all other Lords, Ladies & Damsels: And of the sorrow that was between the Mother and the Daughter, at their departing. chap. 163. How Queen Clariet was brought to bed of a Daughter, at which deliverance the Queen died: and how when the young Damsel came to the age of Fifteen years, the King her Father would have had her in marriage, wherewith all his Lords were sore troubled. chap. 164. Of the great sorrow that the Damsel I'd made, when she heard her Father, how he would have her in marriage: And how by the means of a noble Lady and Sorbarre she departed at midnight, and went at the adventure that God would send her. Chap. 165. How King Florence was sorrowful, when he was advertised of his Daughters departing, who was appareled like a man: and how she came into Almain▪ and how she found certain thieves in a Forest, and how she came to Rome to the Emperor like a Squire. chap. 166. How the Damsel I'd was entertained with the Emperor of Room, and how the Lady Olive his Daughter was enamoured of Ide, weening she had been a man: and how the King of Spain came before the City of Room: And how the Damsel I'd took the King of Spain in Battle, and discomfited him. Chap 167. How the Emperor of Rome highly received the noble Damsel Ide, and of the honour that was made unto her: and how the Emperor made her Constable of his Empire. And how the King of Spain was delivered out of prison, and made homage to the Emperor. Chap. 168. How the Emperor gave his Daughter in marriage to the Damsel Ide, knowing none other but that she had been a man, and how she was appeached by a Varlet, that heard their devices whiles they were in bed together, whereby the Emperor would have burnt the Damsel. chap 169. How God made great miracles for Ide, for he made her to change from the nature of a woman & to become a perfect man, whereof the Emperor and Olive had great joy and so Ide and Olive lay together, & engendered a Son named after Croissant: and of the death of the Emperor. chap. 170. How King Florence sent two Knights to Rome to the Emperor his Son, desiring him to come & see him, and to leave the Empire of Rome to his Son Croissant, and to set noble men about him to guide him: and also to bring with him the Empress, the fair Olive. Chap. 171. How the Emperor Ide and the empress Olive gave good instructions to their Son, when they departed from Rome, & how they arrived at Courtoys, and came to Florence, who with great joy received them as his Children. Chap. 172. How Croissant was so bountiful and so liberal, that he gave away all the Treasure that his Father had left him, so that at last he had no more to give, and so was constrained to go seek his adventure, he and a Varlet alonely. chap. 173. How they of Rome sent to King Guymart of Puille, to the intent that he should come and govern that Country, & to be their Lord, because Croissant was a child, and had given and wasted all that he had: and how Guymart came thither, and was received as Lord. chap. 174. How Croissant arrived at Nise in Provence, and came to the Earl Remon, who was besieged by the Saracens: and of the honour that the Earl Remon did to Croissant, and how he gave him his banner to bear, and made him Knight: And of the great envy that the Earl's Son had at Croissant. Chap. 175. How Croissant did marvels in the Battle, by whom the Saracens were discomfited and slain, whereof the Earl Remon and the Duke of Callaber were right joyful. Chap 176. Of the great honour that the Earl Remon did to Croissant: and how he would have given him his Daughter in marriage, whereof the Earl's Son was sore envious, and thought the same night to have murdered the noble Croissant in his bed, but he failed, for the noble Croissant slew him, and afterward fled away as fast as he might. Chap. 177. How Croissant departed from Nise with his Sword in his hand: And how the Earl Remon was sorrowful for the death of his Son, and chased after Croissant, but he could not be found. Chap. 178. How Croissant arrived in the Suburbs of a little Town called Florencolle, & lodged among Ruffians and Villains, and how they fell at strife▪ and how Croissant slew them and fled, and was in great danger. And how he came into the City of Rome, whereas there was no man that would give him one morsel of bread: and how he went into an old Palace and lay upon a burden of straw. chap. 179. How the Emperor Guymart spoke and rebuked the Burgess that spoke ill of the noble Croissant: and how the Emperor bore me●te and drink to the place whereas Croissant slept. And of the marvelous great Treasure that he found in a Chamber in the said old Palace▪ and of that which was showed and declared to him by two Knights whom he found there. Chap. 180. How the two Knights that kept this Treasure, spoke with the Emperor Guymart, and showed him the manner how he should know Croissant. And of the marvel that Croissant had when he awoake, and saw the meat and drink by him. Chap. 181. The proof that the Emperor Guymart made to know Croissant, unto whom he gave his fair Daughter in marriage, and delivered him all his Signiory and Inheritance, whereof great joy was made at Rome. Chap. 182. How the Emperor Guymart promised Croissant, that within three days he should have his Daughter in marriage: And how the Emperor Guymart led Croissant to the old Palace, and showed him the great Treasure that the two Knights kept for him. Chap. 183. Of the great Treasure that they had, and how Croissant wedded the noble Damsel, daughter to King Guymart: and of the Feast that was there made. Chap. 184. FINIS. THE ANCIENT, Honourable, and famous History, of Huon of Bourdeaux, a Peer of France, and Duke of Guyenne. etc. Chap. I. ¶ How the Emperor Charlemagne required his Barons that they would choose one among them to govern his Empire. IN the time, by computation called the year of grace, which was Seven Hundred, Fifty and Six years after our saviours sufferings: Charles the Great, more vulgarly known by the name of Charlemagne, a right royal, religious and warlike Prince, reigned as KING in France, and Emperor of Room. Whose course of time was applied to many high and heroical enterprises, wherein the favour of heaven was evermore so assistant to him, as his own heart & good hopes crowned him with the honour of many successful Victories: enabling all his endeavours with the aid of divers noble Princes and Barons, whose Chivalry and right knightly perfourmances, entitled him to the conquest of Almaigne, Sclavonia, Spain, Saxony, and a great part of Africa, in all which attempts it is not to be doubted, but both he and they had their hands full of busy employments. But let it suffice, God was their guide, Religion the cause, Honour the object, and perpetual Fame the reward, which both led him and his train to these worthy attempts, and still brought them back with the due to their valorous Enterprises: extending both his and their renown to all parts of the world, and registering their names in the Calendar of never dying memory. AFter that this right noble Emperor Charlemagne had lost his dear Nephews Rowland and Oliver, and divers other Barons and Knights in the unfortunate and dolorous Battle that was at Rownsevall, where was so great and lamentable a loss, as all the twelve Peers of France were there slain, except the good Duke Naimes of Bavier: On a day the Noble Emperor held open Court at his chief City of Paris, where were assembled many Dukes, Earls, and Barons, being the Sons, Nephews, and kindred to the Noble Princes before slain and dead in the foresaid Battle, by the falsehood and great treason done and contrived by Duke Ganelon, the Noble Emperor being ever after in grief and heaviness, by reason of the great annoyance and displeasure that he had by his said loss, and also because he was grown very feeble, through the great age that now was stolen upon him. Thus when the King, Princes, & Barons were there assembled, the Emperor called his Lord▪ before him, and seating himself in his royal Chair of Estate, his Barons, Lords and Knights likewise placed in their several degrees, he called forth Duke names, and thus began. Honourable old names, and all you my Barons hither summoned by our royal commandment, I shall not need to tell ye, because it is to you all most apparent, how long I have governed this Kingdom of France, and likewise swayed the imperial Diadem of Room: In all which time I have found your duty and service so agreeable, as I cannot but thank Heaven for so gracious good fortune. And now because I know certainly, that my life by course of nature cannot long endure, for this reason principally I have caused you all to be assembled here together, to declare to you my pleasure and will, wherein I require and heartily desire you, that ye will counsel together and take advice, which of you best may and will undertake the Governance of my Realm, for I can no longer bear the travail and pain belonging to the ruling thereof, but will from henceforth live the residue of mine age in peace and service of my Lord God: Wherefore as much as I may I desire you all to advise me which of you all shallbe thereunto thought most able. ye all know, that I have two Sons, that is to say, Lewes who is too young, and Charlot whom I love well, and he is of age sufficient to rule: but his manners and conditions are not meet to have the governance of such two Noble States as the Realm of France, & the holy Empire of Room, for ye know well in days past, by reason of his pride, my Realm was likely to have been destroyed, and I to have had war against you all, when by his rashness he slew Baldwin, son to the good Duke Ogier the Dane, whereon so many mishaps ensued, that it will never be razed out of remembrance. Therefore so long as I live I will not consent that he shall have the government, though he be rightful inheritor, & that after me he ought to have the Signiory: but instantly I entreat your noble opinions, what in this case I were best to do. Chap. II. ¶ The conclusion and answer that the Barons made▪ And what counsel the dishonourable Lord Earl Amerie gave to the King, against the two Sons of Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux: whereby great mischief afterward ensued. And of the good advice that Duke names gave to the Emperor. WHen Duke names, and all the Barons being assembled together in a private part of the Palace, there they were somewhat long together: but at last they all concluded, that to Charlot the kings eldest Son appertained the governing of the said Realms. Then they returned to the King, and showed him the conclusion whereupon they were agreed, of which the Emperor was right joyful. Then he called before him his Son, and showed him many fair reasons before all his Barons, but therewith stepped forth a felon Traitor, who had too much secrecy with the Emperor, and likewise had the governance of Charlot the kings Son, who did nothing but by his direction: this Knight was called Earl Amerie, and was Son to one of the Nephews of the Traitor Ganelon: In this manner than he spoke to the King. Right royal Emperor, whence proceeds it, that you are so forward in deliverance of your Kingdom, to the weak governing of Charlot your Son? forbear this hastiness: and first for a proof of his ableness in such a case, give him a Land that ought to be yours, and as yet is not, and where you have as yet neither fealty nor service. This Land is in the possession of two proud Boys, who these Seven years passed would not serve you, nor since their Father Duke Sevin died, would do you any obeisance: the eldest is named Huon, and the other Gerard, they keep Bourdeaux and all the Land of Aquitaine, & think great scorn to hold their Lands of you. But my Lord, if you will give me men and authority, I will bring them as Prisoners into your Palace, where you may do your will with them, and then the Land that they hold you may give to Charlot your Son. Amerie (quoth the Emperor) I give you great thanks that you have advertised me of this matter: I will that you take of your best friends, and beside them you shall have of me three Thousand Knights, well chosen and proved men of war, and I will that you bring to me the two Sons of Duke Sevin, that is to say, Huon and Gerard who in their pride set nothing by me. When Duke names (being there present,) heard the words of Amerie, and saw how the Emperor consented to his desire he stepped forth boldly, and beholding Amerie stearnly, thus spoke. My Sovereign Lord, the ill is great, but the sin far greater, when men of no truth or certainty are so highly listened unto. As for Duke Sevin, is it not well known my Lord, what true and honourable service all his days he did you? and can you then be so easily won to disinherit his Children? Consider good my Lord, that the reason why as yet they have not tendered their duty in your presence, is nothing else but their want of years for such allegiance, and their Mother likewise dearly respecting them, is loath to leave their company so young. And would your Highness but be advised by me, you should not so rashly deprive them of their Lands: but rather, as best becometh a virtuous Prince, and in some regard of their Father's good Service, first send two of your Knights to the Duchess, & let them in your name command her Sons personal appearance at your Court, in case of service and dutiful homage: which if she or they shall refuse to do, then may you justly proceed otherwise against them. But I dare (my Lord) engage mine honour, that send them she will, & that only a Mother's love and care of her Children, hath been the reason of their absence all this while. Chap. III. ¶ How the Emperor Charlemagne sent two Knights to the Duchess of Bourdeaux, to command her to send her two Sons to his Court. WHEN the Emperor Charles had heard Duke names speak, he said: My Lord, I know for certainty that Duke Sevin hath always served us truly, and the reasons that you have showed are just: Therefore I grant that it shall be as you have advised. My Lord, (quoth the Duke) I most humbly thank your grace. Then incontinent the king sent for two knights, and gave them in charge to go to Bourdeaux to do his messsage to the Duchess, and to the Sons of Duke 〈◊〉 the which they did & so departed from Paris, without resting past one night in a place, until they arrived at Bourdeaux, & then incontinent they went to the Palace, whereas they found the Duchess, who was as then but newly risen from dinner: and when she was advertised of their coming, she came in haste to meet them, accompanied with Huon her Son who was by her, and Gerard came after with a Sparrow-hawk on his fist. When the Messengers saw the Duchess & her two goodly Sons, they kneeled down, and saluted both her, and her two Sons from King Charlemagne, saying: Lady, to you we be sent from our Emperor Charles, who by us sendeth unto you his salutations of honour and amity. When the Noble Lady understood that they were Messengers sent from the great Emperor Charles, she arose and embraced them, and said, that they were right welcome unto her. Madame, (quoth they) our Emperor hath sent us unto you, and commandeth you to send your two Sons to serve him in his Court, for there are very few in his Realm, but they are come to his service, except your Sons. And Lady, since you know right well, that the Lands you enjoy appertaining to your Sons, is holden of the Emperor Charles, by reason of his royal prerogative in France, great marvel is in many that you have not sent them ere this time to do him service, as other Dukes and Princes in like case have done. In this respect he commandeth you, both for your own good & conservation of their Lands, that you send them unto him: or if you do not, know then for certain, that he will take from you those Lands you hold, & give them to the Prince Charlot his Son: This is the sum of our messsage, & we attend your answer. Chap. FOUR ¶ The answer that the Duchess of Bourdeaux made to the emperors Messengers. WHen the good Lady had well understood the Messengers, she answered them gently in this manner. My Lords and honourable Friends, the reason why I have not sent my Sons to the Court before this time, to serve my Lord the King as duty required, was in regard of their tender years, and some respect of love to Duke Sevin their Father, and because I knew certainly, that my rightful Lord the Emperor Charlemagne loved always Duke Sevin, I never feared that he would take displeasure with his Children, these things have been the principal cause why I have not sent them all this while to serve the King. Therefore let my entreaties prevail so much with you, as to be a means to the Emperor and all the other Barons, to hold me and my Children excused in this case, for the fault is only mine, & not in them. Then Huon stepped forth before his mother and said, Madam if it had been your pleasure, you might have sent us before this time: that is true (quoth Gerardine) for we are old enough to have our knighthood. The Lady heheld her two Sons, and weeping said to the Messengers: Sirs, you may return to the King, howbeit you shall rest you this night in my house and to morrow depart at your pleasure, and you shall recommend me and my Sons to the King's good grace, and to the other Barons and Knights, and among other salute Duke names, who is near kinsman to my Sons, and desire him for the love of Duke Sevin, to stand a continual friend unto them. Madam (quoth the Messengers) have you no doubt of that, for Duke names is a noble Man and a true Knight, nor will he at any time be in place where any ill opinion shall pass against them. Then the Duchess commanded her Sons, that they should make the Kings Messengers good cheer, and to bring them into their Chamber to rest them, the which they did, and were served and feasted as appertained to their worth. Then the next morning they returned to the Palace, whereas they found the Duchess and her two Sons, and they humbly saluted the Lady. When the Duchess saw them, she called Huon and Gerardin and said: My Sons, here in the presence of these two Knights, I say that at Easter you shall go to our Sovereign Lord the Emperor Charlemagne, and when you be in the Court, serve your Sovereign Lord well and truly as subjects ought to do, be diligent at all times to serve him faithfully, & keep company with Noble men, such as you see to be of good & virtuous conditions, be not in place where ill words be spoken, or ill counsalie given, fly from the company of them that love not honour and troth, open not your ears to here Liars, or false Reporters, or Flatteres, haunt often the Church, and give largely for God's sake, be liberal and courteous, and give to poor Knights, fly the company of janglers, and all goodness shall follow thereby. I will there be given to each of these Knights a Courser and a rich Gown, as it appertaineth to the Messengers of so noble an Emperor as Charlemagne is, and also each of them to have a hundred Florents. Madame, (quoth Huon) your pleasure shallbe accomplished: then the two Sons caused to be brought before the Palace two goodly Horses, and presented them to the two Knights, and gave each of them a rich Gown, and a hundred Florents. Whereof the Messengers were joyful and thanked the Duchess and her two Sons, & said that their courtesy should be remembered in time to come, howbeit they knew well it was done for the honour of the King: then they took leave of the Duchess and of her two Sons, and so departed, and road without let until they came to Paris, whereas they found the Emperor in his Palace sitting among his Barons: the King perceived them, and incontinent called them to his presence, & ere they had leisure to speak, the King had them welcome home, and demanded of them if they had been at Bourdeaux, and spoken with the Duchess & the two Sons of Duke Sevin, & whether they would come and serve him in his Court or not? Dread Lord (quoth they) we have been at Bourdeaux, and done your message to the Duchess, who right humbly received us, and gave us gentle entertainment: when she had heard us speak, and knew that we were your Messengers, she made us the best cheer that she could devise, and said that the cause why she had not sent her Sons to your Court before this time, was by reason of their young age, and she humbly requireth your grace, to hold both her and her two Sons excused, and that at this next Easter she will send them to your Court. As for her Sons, trust me my Lord, they are two such lovely Gentlemen, as we took great delight in beholding them, especially Huon the eldest, he is so fair and so well formed, that nature cannot amend him. Also my Lord, for the love of you, she hath given each of us a goodly Horse, and a rich Gown, and a hundred Florents of gold. My Lord, the goodness, the valour, and the courtesy that is in the Duchess, and in her Sons cannot be recounted: and on their behalf are we to entreat your Majesty, to retain them always in your favour and good grace, and to pardon the fault of their long absence. Chap. V. v. How the Emperor was content with the report of the two Knights, and how the Traitor Earl Amerie went and complained to Charlot the King's Son. WHen the Emperor had heard the Messengers speak, he was right joyful and said: I have always heard say, that a good Tree bringeth forth good fruit, I speak it in the behalf of Duke Sevin, who in his time was a valiant & true Knight, and by that I see that the two Children resemble their good Father. I perceive they have received my Messengers right honourably, and with great reverence have given them no mean gifts, which shallbe unto them available in time to come, for they shall no sooner be come into my Court: but in despite of any that shall speak against them, I will do for them in such wise, that it shall be an example to all other to do well, for I will make them (for love I bore to their Father, of my privy Counsel) and turning then to old Duke names, said: My Lord, always your kindred have been good and true, and therefore I will, that Amerie be banished from my Court, for he nor ever any of his lineage, gave as yet any good counsel. My Lord, (quoth the Duke) I knew well the long absence of Duke Sevins' Sons, was for none other cause but by reason of their youth. When Earl Amerie heard the King speak, and saw beside how he was offended against him, he was sorrowful, and so departed secretly from the Court, and swore that he would provide for the two Sons of Duke Sevin such a train, as should cost both their lives, and hazard the heaviness and trouble of all France beside. So he went to his lodging sorrowful and in great displeasure, and then he imagined and studied on the matter, and how to bring about his Enterprise, than he departed from his lodging, and went unto Charlot the kings Son, with whom he was right privy, he found him sitting on a rich bed, communing with a young Knight, than Amerie showing a very sad countenance, the tears in his eyes and treachery in his heart, kneeling down before Charlot, who had of him great pity to see him in that case: the Prince took him up, and demanded wherefore he made that sorrow, and whether any man had displeased him. My Lord, (quoth Amerie) my grief is not without great cause, for the two Sons of Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux shall come to the Court, and (as I have heard say) the King hath promised that at their coming they shall be made of his privy council, so that none other about the King but they, shall have any honour or reckoning made of them. And assure yourself my Lord, that if the State be thus advanced: they that now are greatest about his Majesty, shall then scarce have a look, or any countenance at all. So that within short while, the best parts in your Father's Kingdom will they be Lords of, and you yourself if you suffer this, will hold no grace or favour with the Emperor. Therefore my Lord I require you to help me now in this business, for in time past, Duke Sevin their Father by great wrong and treason, took from me a strong Castle of mine own, and I never did him displeasure, therefore you ought to aid me in this serious matter, for I am of your lineage, derived of the Noble Queen your Mother. When Charlot had well understood Earl Amerie, he demanded in what manner he might aid him. Sir, (quoth he) I will show you, I shall assemble the best of my lineage, and you shall let me have of yours threescore Knights well armed, and I shall lie in the way to meet with the two Boys, and I shall lay the ambushment in a little wood, a league from Montleherry on the way to Orleans, by the which way they must needs come, & there we shall set on them and slay them, so that none shall dare to speak thereof, and if it be known after, who dare speak against you, or wear any helm in field against you? Sir (quoth Charlot) qualify and appease your sorrow, for I shall never have joy in my heart until I be revenged of those two Boys, go and make ready your men, and I shall prepare mine, and I will go myself with you, the sooner to make an end of this business. When Amerie heard Charlot so liberally to offer himself to go in his aid: he thanked him, and embraced his Leg, and Sicophant-like would have kissed his Shoe, but Charlot would not suffer him: but took him up, and said. Sir hast you, and now be diligent, that this business may come to a good end. Amerie departed from Charlot right joyful, and at the day appointed he ceased not day, nor night, to assemble his men and his nearest friends, and in the Evening before he came to Charlot, who was as then also ready with his men, and as secretly as they might they departed about the hour of midnight out of Paris all armed, and they stayed not until they came to the place appointed, to tarry the coming of the two Sons of Duke Sevin. Now I will leave to speak of them, and return to the two Sons of Duke Sevin, Huon, and Gerardin. Chap. VI ¶ How the two Sons of Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux took leave of the Duchess their Mother, and how in their way they overtook the good Abbot of Clunie their Uncle, going towards Paris to the Emperor Charlemagne. YOu have heard here before how the Kings Messengers departed from Bourdeaux, than the two Sons made them ready to go to the Court, richly appareled, and well furnished of every thing needful, aswell of gold and silver and other apparel of silk as to their state appertained: then there assembled the Barons of the Country, to whom they recommended their Lands and Signiories, and did choose out ten Knights and four Councillors to ride with them, to aid and to govern their business. Then they sent for the provost of Gerone called Sir Guyre, to whom they recommended all the affairs of justice. Then when Huon and his Brother had chosen them that should go in their company: they took their leave of the Duchess their Mother, and of the Barons of the Country, who sore did weep because of their departure, for the which they had good occasion so to do, and more if they had known the hapless adventure, that afterward befell them on the way. Or had the good Duchess but dreamt thereof: she would never have suffered them to depart from her, for after there fell such mischief, that it is a lamentable thing to recount it. Thus the two Brethren departed and kissed their Mother sore weeping. Then they took their Horses and their company, and in passing by the Streets of the Town, the people made great sorrow for their departing, and sore weeping, prayed to God to be their guide and conduct. The weepings and lamentations were so extreme, that the two Brethren could not have so firm courage: but that they gave many a sore sigh at the departing out of the Town, and when they had ridden a certain space, and that their sorrow was somewhat appeased, than Huon called his Brother Gerard & said: Brother we go to the Court to serve the King, wherefore we have cause to be joyful: therefore let us two sing a song to refresh us. Brother (quoth Gerard) my heart is not very joyful, to sing or make any sport at all, for this night I dreamt a marvelous dream, me thought three Leopards assailed me, and drew my heart out of my body: but me thought you esaped safe and sound, and returned back. Wherefore dear Brother, if so it be your pleasure, to withstand my dream, which makes me dread our journey to be dangerous: might I prevail with you, we would ride back again to Bourdeaux to our Mother, who will be joyful of our return. Brother (quoth Huon) and God will, we shall not return for fear of a dream, it should be forever to our reproach and shame, I will not return to Bourdeaux until I have seen the King. Therefore sweet Brother dismay you not, but rather make good cheer, our Lord jesus Christ shall guide and conduct us in safeguard. Thus these two Brethren road night and day, so long until they perceived before them the Abbot of Clunie with a thirty Horse in his company, as he was going to the Kings Court. When Huon perceived that company, he called his Brother Gerardin and said: Lo yonder I see men of religion holding the way to Paris, and you know well when we departed from the Duchess our mother▪ she charged us that we should always company with good people, therefore it is good that we make haste to overtake them. Brother quoth Gerardin, your pleasure he fulfilled, so they road so long that they overtook the Abbot who regarded on the right side, and saw the two Brethren coming to overtake him. Then he steed still and saw Huon, who came riding on before, Huon saluted him humbly, and the Abbot in like manner to him, and demanded whether he r●ad so hastily, & from whence he came, and what he was, and who was his Father. Sir (quoth Huon) since it is your pleasure to know, Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux was our Father, it is Seven years since he departed this life. And Sir behold here my Brother, who is younger than I, and we are going to noble King Charlemaine's Court, to relieve of him our Lands and Country, for he hath sent for us by two noble Knights, and Sir we are in doubt of some trouble by the way: when the good Abbot understood that they were Sons to Duke Sevin, he was right joyful, and in token of true amity he embraced them one after another, and said: Dear friends have no doubt, for by the grace of jesus Christ I shall conduct you safely to Paris, for Duke Sevin your Father was my Cousin German, therefore I am bound to aid you, and know for troth, that I am sworn of the great council with King Charlemagne, and if there be any that will move or stir against you, I shall aid you to my power, wherefore you may ride surely in my company without any doubt. Sir (quoth Huon) I thank you: thus they road talking with the Abbot their kinsman, and that night they came to Montleherry. Then the next day they arose betimes and heard Mass, and afterward took their Horses, and they were in all a fourscore Horses, & they road so long, until they came to a little wood-side, whereas Charlot and Earl Amerie lay closely ambushed, there they espied Huon & Gerard riding before, whereof they were joyful. Then Amerie said to Charlot: Sir, now is the time come, to be revenged of the damage that Duke Sevin did to me, yonder I see his two Sons coming, if they be not incontinent slain by us, we are not worthy to have any Land or life: And Sir, by their death you shall be Lord of Bourdeaux, and of all the Duchy of Aquitaine. Chap. VII. ¶ How by the council of Earl Amerie they ran first at Gerardin Brother to Huon, and bore him to the earth, and sore wounded him, whereof Huon was right sorrowful. WHen that Charlot understood Earl Amerie, he stretched him in his stirrups, and took a spear with a sharp head, and issued alone out of the wood: when Amerie saw that Charlot went out of the wood alone, he drew a little out of the way, and said to his men: suffer Charlot alone, there need none go to aid him. This said the false Traitor, because he desired nothing else: but that one of the Sons of Duke Sevin might slay Charlot, and so himself detecting them of the murder, by this means he might compass his damnable intent. Charlot came against these two Brethren, the Abbot of Clunie saw Charlot coming all armed, and saw in the wood a great number of armed men more, than he stood still, and called Huon and Gerard, and said: Dear Nephews, I perceive in yonder wood a Knight all armed, and the wood full of horsemen, I cannot tell what they mean. Have you done any wrong to any man? if you have done, or hold any thing that is not your own, step forth and offer him reason, and promise to make amends. Sir, (quoth Huon) I know no man living that I or my Brother have done unto him any displeasure, nor we know not that any creature doth hate us. Then Huon said to his brother: Brother ride on before, and meet with yonder Knight, & demand what is his pleasure. Gerard road forth & met with Charlot, and demanded what his pleasure was to have, or whether he was keeper of that passage or not, and demanded any tribute or not, if he did he was ready to pay it. Charlot answered him fiercely and said: What art thou? Gerard answered and said: Sir, I am of the City of Bourdeaux, and Son to Duke Sevin, whom God pardon, and here after cometh Huon mine elder Brother, and we are going to Paris to the King's Court, to relieve our Lands and our Fees, and to serve him, and if there be any that will any thing with us, let him come to Paris and we shall do him reason. Hold thy tongue, (quoth Charlot) whether thou wilt or not I will have reason for some wrongs done me by thy Father Duke Sevin, for he took three of my Castles from me, and I could never know the reason thereof. But now since thou art here, I will be revenged of the wrong that thy Father did to me, for as long as thou and thy Brother be alive, I shall never have joy in my heart: therefore stand on thy ground, for before it be night I shall make thy life depart from thy body. Sir, (quoth Gerard) have pity of me, you may see I am but naked without armour. It shall be greatly to your shame and reproach, if I be thus slain by you, it never cometh of a gentle courage, or a Knight to assail any person without armour or weapon: howbeit Sir I cry you mercy, well you see that I have neither Sword, Shéeld, nor Spear, to defend me withal, you may see yonder coming my elder Brother, who shall be ready to make you amends if any harm hath been done unto you. Peace, quoth Charlot) there is as now nothing so dear unto me, as can move me contrary But that shamefully I shall put thee to death, beware of me. Gerard who was but young, was in great fear, and called upon our Lord God, and turned his Horse to come again to his Brother. But Charlot who was in his desperate mood, ●ouched his Spear, ran after Gerard, and struck him on the side with such force, that the Spear ran through part of his body, and so bore him to the earth, weening he had been slain: howbeit the stroke was not mortal, although insooth very dangerous, for he was so sore ●urt, that he could not remove for pain that he felt. The good Abbot of Clunie beheld Gerard in such sort borne to the ground, (overcome with great grief) he said unto Huon: Ah Cousin, I see yonder your Brother Gerard slain, the fight whereof slayeth my poor heart. Alas Sir, (quoth Huon) for God's sake council me in this heavy case, what will the Duchess our Mother say, when she knoweth that my Brother is slain, who so lovingly hath nourished us both. Ah my dear Brother Gerard, now I see well your dream is too true. Alas that I had believed it, for if I had, this had not happened. Ah Sir, (quoth Huon) to the Abbot, I desire you to assist me, for if I should likewise be slain, yet I will go and demand of yonder Knight, for what occasion he hath slain my Brother, nor I shall never return until I have slain him, or he me. Ah fair Nephew, (quoth the Abbot,) beware what you do, have no trust to be succoured by me, for you know well in this case, that I cannot aid you, I am a Priest, and therefore may not be where any man is slain. Sir, (quoth Huon) of such company as yours is, we might well forbear. Then Huon beheld heavily the Ten Knights that came with him from Bourdeaux, and said: Sirs, you that are come hither with me, & have been nourished in my house: how say you, will you aid me to revenge the death of my Brother, and to succour me against these false murderers that hath lain in wait & slain my Brother Gerard? Sir, (quoth they) were we sure to die in the quarrel, yet we should aid and succour you, therefore go forth and have no doubt: and then they road forth with such small defence as they had. Then Huon spurred forth his Horse with such fierceness, that he made the earth to tremble under him, and his Knights followed him with hardy courage, determining to do valiantly. When the good Abbot saw his Nephew depart and his company, he had great pity on him, and prayed our Lord God to defend them from death. And the Abbot with his company followed softly after Huon to see what end the matter should came unto. Huon road so long until he came whereas his Brother lay sore wounded. Then he cried aloud: my right dear Brother, if there be any life in your body answer me and show me how you feel yourself? Brother (quoth Gerard) I am sore wounded, I cannot tell if I may scape alive, think on yourself, it is no loss of me, fly you away, yonder you may see how the wood is full of armed men, and they 〈◊〉 for nothing but to slay you as they have done me. Chap. VIII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux was sorrowful when he saw his Brother Gerard so sore wounded, and how he slew Charlot: and how he came before the King at Paris and appeached him of treason. WHen Huon heard his Brother, he was very sorrowful, & said: that he had rather die then depart without revenging of him, and God will I shall not depart till I have slain him that hath brought you into this peril: then he spurred his Horse and followed after Charlot, who was returning to the wood to his company: but when Charlot perceived how Huon followed him, he turned his Horse and beheld him fiercely. Then Huon cried with a high voice, and said: Villain, what art thou that hast slain my Brother, where wert thou borne? Charlot answered and said: I was borne in Almain, and I am Son to Duke Thy●rey: Huon believed he had said troth, for Charlot had a disguised shield, because he would not be known. Ah, (quoth Huon) God give thee shame for the fact, why hast thou slain my Brother? Then Charlot answered boldly and said, thy Father Duke Sevin took from me three Castles and would never do my right: therefore I have slain thy Brother, and in likewise so shall I thee. Then Huon in great rage said, false, untrue Knight and murderer, before it be night I shall quittance this wrong upon thine own head. Then Charlot said, beware thee of me, for I defy thee. Huon who had no armour to defend him, took his Cloak of scarlet and wrapped it about his arm, and drew his Sword, and spurred his horse, & came against Charlot with his Sword in his hand, and Charlot on the other part came against him with his Spear in the rest, and struck Huon about the right arm, so that the stroke passed through the doubleness of his Cloak, and through his Gown and Shirt, and mist his flesh. Thus Huon escaped that stroke and thanked God thereof: then he lifted up his sword with both his hands, and let the bridle of his horse go, and so with all his might & virtue, he struck Charlot on the helm in such wise, that the circle nor coft of steel could not defend him: but that the sword went into his brain, and so he fell to the earth and never arose after: thus Charlot was slain miserably. Then the Traitor Amerie being in the wood, perceived well how Charlot was slain, whereof he thanked God and said, Charlot is dead God be thanked, for by that stroke I shall bring France into such a trouble, that I shall attain to all my desires. Then Huon seeing Gharlot dead, returned to Gerard his Brother lying still on the earth, brought him charlot's horse, and demanded if he might ride or not. Brother, (quoth Gerard) I think yes, if my wound were bound fast I would assay. Then Huon alighted, and took a piece of his 'sheart, and therewith bound his brother's wound, & then Huons knights came unto him, and holp to set Gerard upon his horse: but for the pain that he suffered he swooned twice, then when he came again to himself, they set him upon an ambling Palfrey, and a Knight behind him to sustain him up right. Then he said unto Huon: Brother I desire you let us depart from hence, without going any further forward, rather let us return to Bourdeaux to the Duchess our Mother, for I doubt if we go any further, that some great ill shall come unto us: I promise you if we be perceived by them that be in the wood, and that they know that you have slain him that hurt me: I fear me they will slay us all. Brother, (quoth Huon,) by the grace of God I shall not return for fear of death, until I have seen the King to appeach him of treason, when under his conduct and commandment we be thus betrayed, and watched by the way to murder us. Brother, (quoth Gerard) as your pleasure is, so be it. Then they road forth the way to Paris fair and easily, because of Gerard who was sore hurt. Then the Knights that were ambushed in the wood, said to sir Amerie: Sir, what shall we do? see Charlot is slain and lieth in the plain, and if we shall go after them that hath done this deed, it shall be ill done of us if they escape away alive. Then sir Amerie answered and said: Let them go, God curse them, let us follow them a far off, until they come to Paris, and let us ●arie with us the body of Charlot, and bring it to the King, and there you shall see what I shall say, and if you will agree to bear witness of that I shall say to the King, I will make you all so rich that ye shall never be poor after. They answered, they would fulfil his pleasure, than they went out of the wood, and came there as Charlot lay dead, than they took him up and laid him before Earl Amerie on his horse neck, and so road forth: but mischief and mishap follow them, for as much as in them lay, they laboured to have Huon judged to death. Thus they road the high way to Paris, and the Abbot of Clunie, who was ridden on before, looked behind him, and saw the two Brethren coming after him, than he tarried, and demanded of Huon what adventure he had found. Sir, (quoth he) I have slain him that hath sore hurt my Brother, where he thought to have slain me, but thanked be God. I have left him dead in the place. Fair Nephew (quoth the Abbot) I am sorry thereof, but seeing it is done, if any hurt come thereby, and that you be accused before the King, I shall aid you with all my power. Sir, (quoth Huon) of that I thank you, than Huon looked behind him, and saw where Earl Amerie with all his power came fair & easily after him, therewith his heart trembled. Then he said unto the Abbot: Sir, what shall I do? yonder I see them approach that desire my death, they be the same that lay in the wood watching for us. Fair Nephew (quoth the Abbot) have no doubt, for they that come after us come but a soft pace, they make no semblance to overtake you, let us ride on a good pace, we shall be anon at Paris, it is now but two miles thither. Then they road on, and rested not until they came to the Palace, and being there alighted, Huon went up, holding his Brother by the one hand, and the Abbot by the other hand. There they saw the King sitting among his Barons, than Huon saluted Duke names and all the other Barons and said: Health and fair hap to all these noble Lords, but shame and dishonour to my Lord the King, for there was never heard of a fouler treason, than the King hath practised against us, seeing that by his Messengers & his Letters Patents he hath sent for us to do him service, the which commandment we have in all duty obeyed as to our Sovereign Lord, but by false treason weight hath been laid secretly for us, and a close ambush to have murdered us by the way, first they assailed my brother here present, & by them he was brought into such danger, that they left him for dead, and afterward they set upon me to have slain me, but by the aid of our Lord jesus Christ, and with my Sword I so defended me, that he that thought to have slain us, I have slain him. Chap. IX. ¶ How the King was sore displeased with Huon, because he had appeached him of treason: and how Huon showed all the manner why he slew the Knight that wounded his Brother. WHEN the King had heard Huon, he said: Knight beware, and think well what thou hast said here before all my Barons, for never in all my life did I either act, or give my consent to any treason. But by the faith that I owe unto my maker, and by my beard, if it be so that thou canst not prove this that thou layest to my charge: I shall cause both thee and thy Brother to die an evil death. When Huon heard the King how he took his words, he stepped forth and said: Great King, behold here my Brother, who by thy means is sore hurt and in jeopardy of his life: And so did take off his Brother's Gown and his Doublet to his shirt, and he did open the great wound, so that the blood ran out abundantly, even that it enforced Gerardin to fall in a swound before the King and his Barons, through the great anguish that he felt: whereof the Emperor took such compassion, that he could not choose but much bemoan him. And therefore immediately sent for his Surgeons, causing them to search his wounds, demanding if they could save his life or no, and when they had thoroughly searched the wound, they said: Sir, by the help of God within this month he shallbe whole and sound. The King was glad of that answer, and beholding Huon said: Since thou layest this deed to my charge, thou must think, that thou hast touched the royal reputation of a King, and that in such sort, as very hardly may the condition of Majesty endure it. But by my countries honour, and by the Crown that I justly bear upon my head, if I may know who hath done this heinous offence: I shall do both thy Brother and thee such right and justice, as it shall remain for a perpetual memory of due honour, and that yourselves shall report, you have no cause to complain. My Lord, answered Huon, I humbly thank you, for through obeying your commandment this mischief is fallen unto us. I cannot think nor know that any time of our life either I or my Brother did ever wrong or trespass to any creature: but thus (by your Kingly patience) the case happened. After we departed from Bourdeaux, we found no adventure, but when we came within a League of Montleherry, we met with our Uncle the Abbot of Clunie, and so fell in company with him, to conduct us to the Court, and so we road together until we came on this side Montleherry, than we saw a little wood, and by the brightness of the Son we saw the helms, and spears, and shéelds of them that were ambushed in the wood, and that one came out of the wood all armed his spear in his hand, and shield about his neck, and he came a soft pace towards us, than all we stood still, and sent my brother to the knight to know whether they were Spies or men to keep the passage, to the intent, that if they demanded any Tribute, they should have right of us, if they would have any of us. When my brother came near to the Knight, he demanded what we were, and my brother said how we were the Children of the Duke of Bourdeaux, and were coming by your commandment to your Court to relieve our Lands and Fees of your grace: then the Knight said, how we were the same persons that he sought for, and said how that a Seven years passed, Duke Sevin our Father had taken from him three Castles, the which was never so: then my brother offered him, that if he would come to Paris before you and your Barons, he should have right done to him if he had any wrong done to him. Then the Knight answered, that he would not do so, and therewith suddenly couched his spear, and stroke my brother as you see, he being unarmed, so that he fell to the earth, weening he had been slain, and then he road again fair and easily toward the wood. When I saw my brother borne to the earth, I had such sorrow at my heart, that I could tarry no longer to be avenged, than I demanded of mine Uncle if he would aid me, he● answered and said no, because he was a Priest, so he and all his Monks departed and left me alone, than I took the Ten Knights that came with me out of my Country, and so I road as fast as I could, to the intent that he should not escape that had so wounded my brother, and assoon as he saw that I followed him, he returned against me, than I demanded of him what he was, he said, he appertained unto Duke Terrey of Arden, than I demanded why he had slain my brother, he answered and said, in likewise he would serve me, and therewith he couched his spear, and stroke me on the side through my Gown and Doublet, and hurt not my flesh, as it was the pleasure of God: then I wrapped my Mantle about mine arm, and drew out my Sword, and with both my hands as he passed by me, I gave him such a stroke that I clove his head near to the teeth, and so he fell down to the earth dead. I know not what he is, but whatsoever he be, I have slain him, and if there be any that will demand right in this cause, let him come into your royal Court before all your Peers, and I shall do him reason, if it be found that I have done any wrong. When I had slain him, I laid my Brother upon the dead knights horse, and overtook the Abbot mine Uncle. Then as I road and looked behind me, I saw them that were ambushed in the wood come riding after, & one Knight came before the rest, bringing upon his horse the said dead Knight, I know well if they be not come, they will soon be here. When King Charlemagne understood Huon, he had great marvel what Knight it was that was slain, and said unto Huon, know for troth I shall do you reason, for I know none so great in my Realm whosoever it be, but if I can prove on him any point of treason, I shall cause him to die an evil death, for the matter toucheth me right near, seeing under mine assurance and by my commandment you are come hither. Then the King commanded that Gerard should be had to a goodly Chamber, and well looked unto, the which was done. Chap. X. ¶ How Charlot the King's Son was brought before him dead, and of the great sorrow that he made, and how Earl Amerie appeached Huon for the death of Charlot, and how the King would have run upon Huon, and of the good counsel that Duke names of Bavier gave to the King. WHEN Huon of Bourdeaux and the Abbot of Clunie his Uncle heard the good will of the King, and the offer that he made, they kneeled down to have kissed his foot, and thanked him of his courtesy, but the King took them up, than the Abbot said, My Lord, all that my Nephew Huon hath said is true, the King said, I believe you well, the King did to them great honour, and feasted them in his Palace royally: but he had great desire to know the troth of this case, and said: Huon, and you the Abbot of Clunie, know for certainty, I have a Son whom I love entirely, if you have slain him in doing such a villainous deed as to break my assurance, I do pardon you, so that it be as you say. My Lord, (quoth Huon) for that I thank your grace, and surely the truth is as I have showed you. Then the King sent for Charlot his Son, so he was searched for in his lodging, & news were returned, how he was departed out of the Town the night before, so the Messenger departed, and when th●y came into the street, they saw where Earl Amerie came riding with Charlot dead on his horse neck, & they heard in the Streets Lords, Knights, Ladies, and Damsels making great cries, and piteous complaints for Charlot the King's Son whom they saw dead. The Messengers were amazed at these exclamations, but at last they perceived it was for the death of Charlot, than they returned to the Palace, But by reason of the outcries and pityous moan the people made, with often repetition of charlot's name, (all which the Emperor leaning at a window confusedly heard) his heart waxed wondrous heavy, saying: Me thinks I hear such sorrow as hath not been usual, and my Son charlot's name is tossed too and fro in this outcry, it maketh me fear that it is my Son whom Huon hath slain. Then calling Duke names unto him, requested him to go forth, and resolve him in this matter. Then Duke names departed, and incontinent he encountered Charlot borne dead between four Knights upon a shield, when he saw that, he was right sorrowful, so that he could not speak one word, than the unhappy Earl● Amerie went up into the Hall, and came before the King and all his Barons, and there he laid down Charlot. When Charles saw his Son so slain, the dolour and sorrow's that he made was unspeakable, it was pity to see him, and Duke names was as sorrowful as any other seeing the pitiful adventure, and also the moan that the Lords made: then he came to the King and said. Good my Lord, comfort yourself in this misadventure, for by over-gréeving at this ill hap, you can win nothing, nor recover your Child again, you know right well, that my Cousin Ogier the Dane slew my Son Bertrand, who bore your messsage of defiance to the king of Pauey, yet I did suffer it without any great sorrow making, because I knew well sorrow could not recover him again. names (quoth the king) I cannot forget this, I have great desire to know the cause of this deed. Then Duke names said to Duke Amerie: Sir, know you who hath slain Charlot, and for what cause? Then Earl Amerie stepped forth and said with a loud voice; Great King Charlemagne, why demand you any further, when you have him before you that hath slain your Son? and that is Huon of Bourdeaux, who standeth here in your presence. When the King heard what Earl Amerie had said, he looked fiercely upon Huon, and had strooken him with his Sceptre, but for Duke names, who blamed the King and said: Forbear my Lord, what mean you to do this day? to receive the Children of Duke Sevin into your Court, and hath promised to do them right and reason, and n●w would slay them? so may all such as shall hear of the matter say, that you have sent for them to no other end but to murder them, and that you sent your Son to lie in weight for them, to have slain them. By this may be discerned, that you forget 〈…〉 Majesty of a King, and express actions unséeming Charlemagne: demand of Earl Amerie the cause why he had forth Charlot your Son, and why that he assailed the two Brethren. Huon being there in presence, was greatly abashed at the King's fury, receiving him first so kindly, and now would kill him, he was in great fear, and as much as he might he drew back from the King, and was greatly aggrieved for that he had slain the King's Son not knowing him. And blame him not to be much troubled in mind, when he saw no man that appertained to him, to aid him, or to maintain his right, but only the good Abbot of Clunie his Uncle, who could give him none other aid but with his words: yet he took on him courage, and right humbly said to the King. My Lord, I require your grace touch me not, but know for troth, he that lieth there dead before you, I slew him in my defence, and not knowing that he was your Son Charlot, for if I had known him, I would in no wise have touched him, and you may well know my Lord, if I had known that it had been he, I would not have come to you for rescue, I would rather have fled away so far that no man should have heard any tidings of me: therefore for God's sake I require you as heartily as I can, let me have right, I submit my body to abide the judgement of your noble Peers, & if it can be proved that I slew Charlot knowing him to be your Son, than my Lord, let me have a shameful death: then all the Peers & Barons being there, said with a high voice, how he had spoken reasonably, and that if Earl Amerie would any thing say to the contrary, it was time then to speak and to show it. Chap. XI. ¶ How the Traitor Earl Amerie charged Huon before the Emperor, that he traitorously with treason pretended had slain the kings Son, and in that quarrel he appealed Huon to battle. WHEN the King had heard Huon speak, he beheld Duke names, and desired him to give his advice. My Lord, (quoth the Duke) I can say none other thing unto you but as I said before: demand Earl Amerie why he led forth your Son all armed, and kept the ambushment in the wood to set upon the two Brethren, or else what was it that he sought for there. Then Earl Amerie said: My Lord, I shall show you the troth, and if I do otherwise, let me die a shameful death. True it is, this night passed your Son sent for me, desiring me to ride with him on hawking, and I desired him to abide until the morning, but he said that he would needs go afore night, than I granted to go with him, so that he would ride armed, for I doubted the men of Arden, to the intent that if we met with any of them, we might be able to resist them, and so we did, thus we road out of this town and came into a little wood, and there we cast off our Hawks, and there we lost one of them, and therewith the same way came the Children of Duke Sevin, and there we saw Huon the eldest who is here present, who had taken up our Hawk, & your Son came in courteous manner unto him, and desired him to render again his Hawk, but the Traitor would not in no wise, than Gerard the younger brother came to your Son, and they strove so together that your Son struck him, than Huon without any word speaking, lifted up his sword and so villaynously slew your Son: then he and his Brother ran away so fast, that we could not overtake them, whereof we were sorry. Thus he knew well your Son, and he slew him, and if he will say to the contrary, here is my Gage, which I present here before you, and if he be so hardy as to take it up, I shall make him confess ere it be night, that it is true that I have said: and this I will prove with my body against his. Chap. XII. ¶ How the Abbot of Clunie would prove that the saying of Earl Amerie was false and untrue: and how the Earl did cast his Gage against Huon, who took it up. AFter that Earl Amerie had ended his tale, the Abbot of Clunie stepped forth and said to the King: My Lord, you never heard so false a tale before as this Traitor Amerie hath said, for I and four more of my Monks being Priests here present, are ready to swear and take our solemn oaths, that the saying of this Traitor is false, and therefore there ought no Gage to be laid in that cause, seeing there is true witness of the matter. Abbot (quoth the King) the witness is to be believed: Sir Amerie how say you thereto? My Lord, (quoth he) I would be loath to speak against the Abbot, but the troth is as I have said, the Abbot may say as it please him: but if Huon be so hardy to deny this that I have said before you, let him come into the field against me, and before it be night, I shall cause him to confess it openly. When the Abbot heard this, he grew offended, and looking stearnly upon Huon, said: Fair Nephew offer your gage, for the right is with thee, and if thou be vanquished in this quarrel, if ever I return into mine Abbey, there is no Saint in my Church, but I shall with a staff beat and break them al● to pieces, for if God will suffer such a wrong, I shall give such str●akes upon the shrine of Saint Peter, that I shall leave neither gold nor precious stone whole together. Uncle, (quoth Huon) & God will, I shall not let to take up his gage, for I shall prove that falsely and untruly, Sir Amerie lieth, as an evil and a false Traitor, and shall make him to confess, that I never knew that he that I flew was the kings Son. Then the King said, that Huon must give hostage. My Lord, (quoth Huon) you shall have my Brother, I cannot deliver you any that is so near or dear to me as he is, for here I have neither Cousin nor Kinsman that will lay in hostage for me. Fair Nephew (quoth the Abbot) say not so, for I and my Monks will be pledges for you, and if any thing should fall unto you otherwise then well, which God forbid, than shame have King Charlemagne, without he hang upon gallows both me and all my Monks. Go too Abbot (quoth the King) you say ill, for I would never do that: then said the King to Amerie, bring in pledges for your part. The Traitor answered: My Lord, here be two of my Nephews shall be pledges for me. I am content (quoth the King) upon this condition, that if thou be vanquished or discomfited, I shall cause them to die an evil death. Then the pledges said, that they would be no pledges upon that condition, let other be pledges who would: but they said, if the king would take them on the losing of their Lands, they were content, and the King granted them. Chap. XIII. ¶ How those two Champions came into the field whereas they should fight, accompanied with their friends. THus as ye have heard, both parties delivered pledges, than the King to be in the more surety, put them both in a Tower until the day of the Battle: then the field was ordained, for the King had sworn that his Son should not be buried, until he that were vanquished were hanged, if he were not slain in the field. Then he commanded Duke names to be ready with an hundred Knights to keep the field, and to see that no treason should be done: for he said, he had rather lose the best City of his Realm. My Lord (quoth Duke names) by the grace of God the matter shallbe so ordered for the surety of both parties, that none shall have wrong: the which thing was done so diligently, that every thing was ready, so both parties were brought into the Church of our Lady in Paris, accompanied with their friends, as such a case requireth: with Amerie was his next friends, all issued of the genealogy of Ganelon, and when they both had heard Mass, each took a draft of wine, and then they were richly armed & mounted upon good Horses, and so took the way to the field, the Stages were filled, and the King and his Barons there present, abiding for the two Champions, who came one after another through the Streets. First came Earl Amerie, and he road until he came into the field, and then he alighted and saluted the King and all his Barons. Then Huon came anon after, accompanied with a goodly sort, there were leaning in the windows Ladies and Damsels a great number, all who prayed our Lord jesus Christ to aid and defend Huon from the Traitor Amerie. The people complained, and thought it unpossible that Huon should resist against Earl Amerie, because Huon was so fair and young, but of the age of four and twenty years. But as he was fair, so was he well made of body, no Knight more gallant and seemly, nor none more replete with virtue: therefore he was much bemoaned both of men and women that saw him pass by. And because Earl Amerie was a big boned man, a valiant and an expert Knight in arms, none stronger in all the kings Court, he was inward with the King & well-beloved: every one greatly pitied that he was such a traitor, for a worse could not be found in any Realm, he had great trust in his own strength, and little regarded Huon of Bourdeaux, thinking he should not long endure against him. But there is a common proverb, which hath beguiled many a man, it is said, that a small rain abateth a great wind, for if our Lord jesus Christ will save Huon, the force and puissance of Earl Amerie shall do Huon but little hurt, for the right excellent parts and great courage that was in Huon, defended him, as you shall hear hereafter. Chap. XIIII. ¶ How the two Champions made their oaths upon the relics, that their saying was true, and what the King said. THus Huon road until he came into the field, where he saluted the King & all the Barons right humbly, than he approached to the relics, and there made his solemn oath in the presence of Duke names of Bavier, who was keeper of the field, affirming that when he slew Charlot, he knew him not to be the King's Son, and that as he was true Knight, and loyal liegeman to the Emperor, whatsoever Earl Amerie had said was false and untrue, and that he lied like a false Traitor, and so kissed the Relics. When Huon had thus taken his oath, Earl Amerie stepped forth all afraid, and swoore that Huons oath was false, and that surely he knew it was Charlot when he slew him, because he claimed his Hawk, the which Huon had taken up, and that he would cause him to confess ere it were night. When he had sworn, he thought to have returned to his Horse, but stumbled so, that he had near hand fallen to the earth. All that saw it, took it for an ill sin, and judged in their minds, that the matter was likely to go evil against Earl Amerie. When both these Champions had taken their oaths, and that Duke names had caused the field to be avoided, having set the Keepers of the field in due order as appertained thereto: then the two Champions leapt upon their Horses, their Spears in their hands, & their shéelds about their necks, them a cry was made, that none should be so hardy to move or to make any token unto any of the parts upon pain of death. After this cry made, the noble Emperor Charlemagne being full of ire and displeasure, caused again to be proclaimed, that if it fortuned that the vanquisher should slay his enemy in the field, before he confess the treason for the death of his Son: that then the vanquisher should lose all his Lands, and himself to be banished out of the Realm of France, and out of the Empire of Room, forever. After proclamation was ended, Duke names and the other Barons & Peers came to the King and said: Alas my Lord, what will you do? this that you have proclaimed, is against all the Statutes of the noble Realm of France and Empire of Room, for often times it happeneth, that one of the Champions is slain, and have no power to speak, shall therefore the conqueror be so much injuried? for the great renown which so long time hath been spread abroad of you, let it not now be wronged & blemished? let it not be said, that you who have lived in so great dignity all the days of your life, that now in your latter days you should become weaker than a Child: of the which words the King took small regard. Chap. XV. xv. How Huon of Bourdeaux and the Earl Amerie fought together before King Charlemagne: and how the Traitor Amerie was slain by the noble prowess and chivalry of Huon. WHen King Charlemagne had heard Duke names, he swoore by Saint Denis of France, and by his crown and beard, that it should be as he had said, nor otherwise he would not do it. Then the noble Barons were sorry and sore displeased, and they departed from the King and said: that by all likelihood from thence forward Right should have no place in his Court. Many noble Princes and Barons murmoured sore at the Proclamation that was made, & the two Champions drew apart and each of them fiercely regarded other. Then Earl Amerie spoke aloud and said: thou Huon of Bourdeaux false traitorous Knight, this day I shall cause thee to confess thy falseness, howbeit I have great pity of thee, in regard of thy youth, if therefore thou wilt confess this murder that thou hast done, I shall desire King Charlemagne to have compassion upon thee. When Huon heard the Traitor so speak, for anger he blushed red and said: Ah thou false and most disloyal Knight, thy venomous words so full of bitterness do nothing at all abash me, for that good right that I am in shall aid me by the help of our Lord jesus Christ, and I shall so punish thy trespass, that this day I shall make thee to confess thy falseness, have thereof no doubt. Therewith ●ouched their Spears, and gave such carrier to their horses, that it seemed the thunder had fallen from heaven, and with their sharp Spears they encountered in such wise, that their Spears broke to their hands, so that the shivers flew up high into the air and into the King's Stage, and both their Horses fell to the earth, and the Knights sore astonished with their falling. Then very boldly they relieved themselves with their Swords in their hands, and so approached each to other, and fought each with other so long while, that Huons Horse strangled sir Ameries' Horse, who when he saw his horse slain, stoutly stepped to Huon for to have slain him: but Huon met him valiantly, and lifting up his Sword, gave the Earl such a stroke that he was astonished therewith, and staggered back more than two paces and a half, hardly holding himself from falling to the earth, so that all that saw● them, had marvel of Huons virtue & force, seeing the great strength that was in sir Amerie. Then when Earl Amerie felt himself in such peril, he began to despise the name of God, and of the glorious Virgin Marie: howbeit as well as he might he approached to Huon, and with his Sword gave Huon such a stroke on the helmet, that all the flowers and precious stones there flew abroad in the field, and the circle of the helmet all to broken, and the stroke was so puissant that Huon was therewith sore astonished, and perforce was feign to fall on one of his knees to the earth, the other Leg but weakly supporting him. There was present in the field Lords and Knights, & one of the Abbot of Clunyes servants, who when he saw the great stroke that Huon had received, he departed out of the field, and went into the church whereas he found his master the Abbot at his prayers for the good speed of Huon his Nephew, to whom the servant said. Ah my Lord, pray heartily to our Lord jesus Christ to succour your Nephew, for I saw him feign to kneel upon one of his knees, in great doubt of death. Then the good Abbot without any answer, lifted up his hands toward Heaven devoutly, and weeping, prayed to God to aid and defend the honour of his Nephew, and to maintain his right. Thus Huon being in the field in great doubt of his life, feeling the sturdy strength of Earl Amerie: called with a good heart to our Lord jesus Christ, requiring him to aid his right, the which he knew to be most true. When Earl Amerie saw that Huon had received of him such a heavy stroke, he said: Huon I believe thou wilt not endure long, better it were that thou confess the deed before I slay thee, for ere it be night I shall cause thee to wave in the wind. Hold thy tongue thou false Traitor (quoth Huon) thine illness shall not aid thee, for I shall bring thee to that point, that all thy friends shall have shame of thee. Then Huon advanced him and made semblance to have stricken Amerie on the helmet, and Amerie lifted up his shield to have received the stroke, but when Huon saw that, he turned his stroke to a reverse, and stroke Amerie under the arm with his sharp Sword, so that he stroke off his arm, the which fell down in the field shield and all. When Earl Amerie saw & felt that marvelous stroke, and that he had lost his left arm, and saw it lie in the field, he was full of pain and sorrow, and advised himself of a great treason, than he spoke to Huon and said: Ah Noble Knight have pity of me, for wrongfully and without cause I have appeached thee of the death of Charlot the king's Son, for I know in troth you knew him not, but he is dead by my means, for I brought him into the wood to have murdered you and your Brother: I am ready to acknowledge this before the King and all his Barons, and to discharge you thereof: therefore I pray you kill me not, I yield me unto you, take here my Sword. Then Huon came unto him, and put down his arm to have taken the Sword, but then the false Traitor Amerie with a reverse stroke, struck Huon upon the arm, thinking to have stricken it off, but he failed: howbeit he gave him a great wound in the arm, so that the blood ran down. When Huon saw this horrible treason, he said: O thou untrue and false Traitor, thine ●●esse can no longer save thee, for thou shalt n●uer do treason more: then Huon lifted up his Sword, & gave the Earl such a marvelous stroke between the helm and the shoulder, that he struck off his head clean from the body, so that the helm and head fell one way, and the body another way. Alas what hap was it to Huon, that he did not remember before he slew Amerie, the Proclamation that the Emperor had made before, for afterward Huon suffered so much wrong and injury, as might move the very hardest heart to compassionate his case, and as you shall more at large understand in the following discourse. Chap. XVI. ¶ How after the Emperor Charlemagne had seen Earl Amerie was slain, he commanded expressly, that Huon should avoid the Realm and Empire, and to be banished thence for ever. WHen that Duke names, who kept the field, saw how by Huon the Earl was slain, he was right joyful, and came to Huon and demanded how he did. Sir, (quoth he) thanked be God I feel no dolour nor grief: then they brought him to the Palace to the King, who was departed out of the field. When he saw the Earl slain, and was thereof right sorrowful, than he demanded of Huon and of Duke names, if they had heard Earl Amerie confess the treason that he had laid to Huon for the death of Charlot his Son. My Lord, (quoth the Duke) I think he did confess it, but I heard it not, for Huon pressed so sore upon him, that he had no leisure to do it. Then Charlemagne said: Ah Earl Amerie, I know certainly thou didst never that treason, nor never thought it: wherefore thou art slain wrongfully and without cause, for there was never a truer Knight than thou wert, & I am sure if thou hadst done it, thou wouldst have confessed it before me. Then the King said unto Huon, I charge thee incontinent to avoid my Realm, out of the which I banish thee forever, nor shalt thou ever enjoy one foot of Land in Bourdeaux nor in Aquitaine, & also I forbid thee that thou never be so hardy as to go to Bourdeaux, for by my honour and crown, if I may know that thou goest thither, I shall make thee to die an evil death, nor there is no man living, though he be never so near a friend unto me, but if he make any request for thee, I shall never love him, nor he shall never after come in my sight. Then Huon said, Alas my Lord, what justice is this? have I done any more than knighthood bound me too? have not you and your Barons seen him discomfited in plain Battle, that hath brought you into all this trouble? undoubtedly my Lord, if you do to me as you say, God in heaven be my witness, that never more wrong was done to any noble man. This is but bad remembrance of the good service that the noble Duke Sevin my Father hath done unto you, for by this you show great example to all your noble Barons and Knights, for them to be well advised, how from henceforth they order themselves, and how to trust in you, when that by your own obstinate opinion, founded upon an evil ground, and against all Statutes royal and imperial, thus to execute your own unreasonable will. Certainly if it were any other Prince beside you, that should do me this great wrong: ere I would consent so to be dealt withal, many a Castle and many a good town should be destroyed and brought to ruin, & many poor men more impoverished and disinherited, and many a good Knight brought to death. When Huon had thus spoken to the King, Duke names stepped forth and said to the King: My Lord, what mean you to do? you have seen that Huon hath done no more than his duty, having brought his enemy to confusion and slain him, you may well think that it was the work of God, that such a Child should bring to shame and discomfit such a puissant Knight as was Earl Amerie. Therefore my Lord, if you do as you have said, neither I nor any other man shall ever trust you, but every one far & near that shall hear of this cruelty, will report that in the end of your days you are become senseless, & more like a Tyrant then a wise Prince. Then Huon desired▪ all the Barons that were there present, that they would all require the King to have more respect of him, seeing they were all bound so to do, in that he was one of the Peers of the Realm. Then all the Princes and Barons (holding Huon by the hand) kneeled down before the King, and Huon said: Seeing it is so my Lord, that your displeasure is such against me as you have expressed: Let your Barons and myself obtain but this favour at your hands, that I may be confined to my own native Country for ever, there to lead a poor & private life, never to be admitted to your presence again, & for this grace we shall all right humbly thank you. Chap. XVII. ¶ How King Charlemagne sent Huon to do a messsage in Babylon to the Admiral Gaudise. WHEN the Emperor had heard Huon speak, he said incontinent: avoid out of my sight, for when I remember my Son Charlot whom thou hast s●aine, I have no part of me but it trembleth for the displeasure I have to thee, and I charge all my Barons here present that they never speak to me more for thee. When Duke names heard the King say so, he said unto all the Barons: My Lords, you that he here present, have well heard the great unreasonableness that the King offers to one of our Peers, the which as ye know well it is against right and reason, and a thing not to be suffered. But because we know certainly the King is our Sovereign Lord, we must suffer his pleasure: but from henceforth, since he will use himself so, and do things against all reason and honour: I will never abide an hour longer with him, but will depart and never return again into the place, whereas such extremity & unreasonableness is used: I will go into my Country of Bavier, and let the King do from henceforth as he list. Then all the Barons departed with the Duke from the King, without speaking any one word, and so left the King alone in his Palace. When the King saw the Duke depart & his other Lords, he was right sorrowful and in great displeasure, and said to the young Knights that were left about him, how that he ought in nature to take heavylie the death of his Son who was slain so disloyally, and could not likewise but grieve, to see how his Barons had abandoned him and left him alone: therefore there is no remedy I see well, but I must be forced somewhat to follow their wills, & therewith he wept piteously, and incontinent went forth and followed them, saying: Duke names and all you my Barons I desire you to return again, for of force I must grant your requests, although it be against that promise that I made before. Then the Duke and all the rest returned to the Palace with the King, who sat down on a bench of gold and his Barons about him. Then he sent for Huon, who kneeled down before the King, requiring him humbly of mercy and pity, to whom the King said: Huon, seeing thou wouldst be at peace with me, it is requisite that thou perform whatsoever I enjoin thee. Else my Lord, (said Huon) God forbid, there is no man in the world owes you more obedience than I do, or shall more gladly undertake whatsoever your highness shall please to command me, dreadless of death or any danger, be it to go to Hell gates, to fight with the fiends there as sometime did Hercules, if I may thereby be reconciled to your grace. Huon (quoth the King) I think to send thee into a worse place, for of fifteen Messengers that I have sent, there was never any returned again: I shall show thee whether thou shalt go, seeing thou wilt that I shall have mercy of thee. Thou must go to the City of Babylon, to the Admiral Gaudise, and there do as I shall appoint thee, but beware on pain of thy life that thou fail not to do it. When thou comest thither, mount up into his Palace, and there tarry until he be at his dinner, and when thou seest him sit at the table, than thou to be armed with thy sword naked in thy hand, and the very greatest Lord that thou seest sit at his Table, whether he be King or Admiral, thou shalt strike off his head: and after that, inquire for fair Escleremond Daughter to the Admiral, and kiss her there openly in his presence and before all other there present, for I give thee to understand she is the fairest maid that is now living, this being done, thou shalt say to the Admiral Gaudise, that I command him to send me, a thousand Hawks, a thousand Bears, and a thousand Waighters all chained, and a thousand young Varlets, and a thousand of the fairest maidens in his realm. And also thou to bring me thy handful of the hear of his beard, and four of his greatest teeth. Alas my Lord, (quoth the Barons) we see well you desire greatly his death, when you charge him with such a messsage. That is true, (quoth the King) for without I have his beard and his great teeth brought me hither unfeignedly: Let him never return into France, nor come into my presence, for if he do, he shallbe hanged and drawn. My Lord, (quoth Huon) have you showed me all your pleasure? Yea, (quoth the King) my will is as I have said, if thou wilt have peace with me. My Sovereign Lord, (quoth Huon) by the grace of God I shall finish your messsage, the fear of death shall not let me to do it. Huon (quoth the King) if God of his grace will suffer thee to return again into France, I charge thee be not so hardy to come unto Bourdeaux▪ nor to any part of thy Country until thou hast spoken with me, if I find thee doing contrary, I shall cause thee to die an ill death, and upon this, I will thou layest unto me good hostages. My Lord, (quoth Huon) here be Ten Knights, whom I shall leave with you for surety, to the intent that you shall be content with me: howbeit my Lord, I require your grac● to suffer the Knights that came with me from Bourdeaux to go with me to the holy Sepulchre. I am content (quoth the King) that they go with thee thither or elsewhere. My Lord (quoth Huon) I thank your grace. Then Huon made him ready to furnish his voyage. Chap. XVIII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux took leave of the King and of the Barons, and road with the good Abbot to Clunie. AFter that King Charlemagne had given Huon the charge of his messsage: the King called before him Gerardine Brother to Huon, and delivered to him the governance of all his Brother's Lands in his absence until his return. And thus when Huon was ready, he came to the King and to the Barons, to take his leave of them and the Abbot of Clunie, who said they would go with him part of his way, so likewise did Twelve of the greatest Princes & Ladies accompany him for two days journey: and when they came to the town of Troy in Champain, Duke names took leave of his Cousin Huon, and gave him a Summer charged with gold, and kissed him at their departing. Then Gerard his Brother took his leave and also kissed him: but know for troth the kiss that he gave him, was like to the kiss that judas gave to his Master, the which was dearly bought as hereafter ye shall hear. Thus Duke names and Gerard departed & took their way to Paris, but the Abbot and Huon rested not until they came to the Abbey of Clunie, where they were received with great joy and well feasted. Then the next morning Huon departed, and took leave of his Uncle sore weeping, desiring him to recommend him unto his Mother the Duchess and to Gerard his Brother: the Abbot promised so to do, and gave Huon his Nephew a Mulet charged with money currant in France: thus he departed and took the way to Room. Now leave we to speak of Huon, and show of Duke names and Gerard, who returned to Paris, where Gerard required the King, that it would please him to receive his homage for the Lands of Bourdeaux, to the intent that he might be advanced, and to be in the State of one of the Peers of France, the which thing Duke names would not consent nor agree unto, but said to the King: My Lord, you ought not to suffer that Huon should be disinherited, whereof Gerard was not content, but Duke names set little thereby, for he loved Huon entirely, so this homage was delayed. Then Gerard returned to Bourdeaux, where he was well received: but when the Duchess saw him & not Huon to return, she was sorrowful in her heart, and then she demanded of Gerard, why that Huon his brother was not returned with him? Then Gerard showed her all the whole matter and adventure, and of the departing of Huon, & of the manner of his voyage, whereof the Duchess had such sorrow, that she fell sick, and so lay nine and Twenty days, and on the Thirtieth day she died, and rendered up her Soul unto God: whereof all the Country was sorrowful. Gerard nobly buried her in the Church of Saint Severyn by the Duke her husband. Amon after married him to the Daughter of Duke Gilberd of Cecil, who was the greatest Traitor and most cruel that might be heard of. And Gerard amon's Son in law learned his ways, and followed his condition, for he dealt so ill with the town of Bourdeaux, and with the Country about, that pity it was to hear the poor people, to weep for the loss of Duke Sevin and of the Duchess, and prayed to God for the good return of their Lord Huon: Now we shall leave to speak of them and return unto Huon. Chap. XIX. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux came to Room, and was confessed of the Pope who was his Uncle, and of his departing, and how he came to Brandis, where he found his Uncle Garyn of Saint Omers, who for love of Huon passed the Sea with him. Here before you have heard, how Huon departed from his Uncle the Abbot of Clunie, and so long he road with his Knights, that he came to the City of Room: where he was lodged in a good Hostrey. Then Huon arose in the morning, accompanied with Guichard whom he loved well, and with the other Knights that came thither with him, and went to the Church of Saint Peter and heard Service, and when that Service was done, the Pope came out of his Oratory: then Huon came unto him and humbly saluted him, the Pope beheld him and demanded what he was? Sir, (quoth he) my Father was Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, who is deceased: then the Pope stepped unto him & embraced him, and said. Fair Nephew you are welcome, I pray you show me how doth my Sister the Duchess your Mother, and what adventure hath brought you hither? Sir, (quoth he) I desire your holiness, that you will hear my confession a part, for I have great need thereof. Fair Nephew (quoth the Pope) it pleaseth me right well to here you: then the Pope took him by the hand, & went with him into his Oratory, and there Huon showed him all the adventure that he had since he came from Bourdeaux, and of the voyage that Charlemagne had set him to do, and what he had to say to the Admiral Gaudise: all which being declared and done, he required pardon and penance for his sins. The Pope said, he would assign him no penance, for the Emperor Charles had done that already, and which was so great, that no human body could suffer it, nor durst undertake to do it. Then the Pope gave him absolution of all his sins, and lovingly led him into his Palace, where he was honourably received with great joy. After they had dined and devised together a great space, the Pope said unto Huon: Fair Nephew the way that you must go, is to go to the port of Brandis, there shall you find my Brother Garyn of Saint Omers, who is your Uncle, to whom I shall write a Letter, to the intent that he shall have knowledge of you, for I know well he will have great joy of you, he hath the keeping of the Oriental Sea, he shall address you, and deliver you Ship or Galley such as shall be necessary for you. Most holy Father, (quoth Huon) of this I thank you. Well (quoth the Pope) this night you shall abide here with me. Sir, (quoth he) I require you to let me depart, for greatly I desire to see mine Uncle Garyn. When the Pope saw that he would needs depart, he delivered him his Letter, and said: Fair Nephew, salute from me my Brother Garyn your uncle. Sir, (quoth he) I shall do your commandment: then the Pope gave to Huon great and rich presents, and to all them that were with him, and he kissed his Nephew at his departing, Huon took leave of them all weeping, and so departed, and entered into the River of Tiber in a rich Ship, the which the Pope had well garnished for him. Thus he had good wind, so that anon they arrived at Brandis, but whiles he was on the water, he wept sore and pityously complained, in that he was so departed out of his Country: then his men comforted him, and showed many fair examples to comfort him. Sir, (quoth Guichard) leave your sorrow, for grief and sadness cannot avail you, you must put all to the mercy of our Lord God, who never forgetteth them that love him: show yourself a man and no Child, to the intent that we that be with you may be rejoiced, for the sorrow that we see you in, doth sore trouble us. Dear friend (quoth Huon) since it is so, I shall follow your will: and thus they arrived at the Port of Brandis. Then they issued out of their Ship, and took out their Horses, and there they saw Garyn sitting before the Port, in a lodge (well and richly hanged) in a goodly Chair. When Huon saw him sitting, he saluted him, thinking that he was Lord of that Country: then Garyn beheld Huon and began to weep, and said. Sir, it doth not appertain unto me, that you should do me so great honour as you do: for by that I see in you, I am constrained to weep, because you resemble so much to a Prince of the Realm of France, called Duke Sevin, who was Lord of the City of Bourdeaux, the great love that ever I bore unto him, caused me to weep: therefore I require you tell me, where you were borne, and who be your Parents and friends? for Duke Sevin wedded my Sister the Duchess Aclis. Sir, (quoth Huon) seeing you will needs know what I am, I may well show it unto you, for that Duke was my Father, and the Duchess Aclis is my Mother, we are two brethren, I am the eldest, & the younger is still at Bourdeaux to keep our Land. When Garyn understood that Huon was Son to Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, the joy that he had could not be expressed, than he embraced Huon all weeping and said: Right dear Nephew, your coming is to me the greatest joy in this world, so he kneeled down and would have kissed Huons feet: but Huon relieved him incontinent. The joy that was between them two was so great, that all that saw it had marvel thereof. Then Garyn demanded of Huon and said: Fair Nephew, what adventure hath brought you into these parts? Then Huon showed him from point to point all his business, and the cause why he was entered into that Enterprise. When Garyn had heard all, he began to weep, and yet to comfort his Nephew, he said: Fair Huon, whereas lieth great perils, there lieth great honour, God aid you to eschew and to finish this great business, all is possible to God, and to man by means of his grace, a man ought never to b● abashed for worldly matters. Then Huon delivered his Letters to his Uncle Garyn, who gladly received them, and read the contents thereof at large. Then he said, Fair Nephew, there need none other recommendations but the sight of your presence, for it appeareth well by your countenance, that you be the same person that our holy Father maketh mention of, surely your coming seemeth to me fair and good, and you be arrived at a good Port, for I promise you faithfully, I love well my Wife and my Children: but the great love that I have unto you for the love of your Father Duke Sevin, and the Duchess your Mother, who was mine own dear Sister, I abandon all that I have to serve you and keep you company, both with my body and all that I have. Know for truth, I have three good Galleys & three great Ships, well furnished of every thing for the war, the which I shall lead with you, for as long as life abideth in my body, I shall not abandon you: but I shall aid you in all your enterprises. Fair Uncle, (quoth Huon) for the great courtesy that you offer me, I can but thank you: then Garyn took Huon by the hand, and led him into his Castle, whereas he was richly received. Garyns' Wife and four of her Sons came unto Huon, and he full courteously kissed the Lady and her four Children his Cousins, great joy was made there in the Hall, and the Tables set for Supper. Then Garyn called his Wife and said, Madam, this young Knight that you see here, is my Nephew and Cousin to your Children, who is come hither for refuge, to have counsel and aid of me in a Voyage and Enterprise that he hath to do, and by the grace of God, I shall go with him to aid and to conduct him: wherefore I pray and command, that you take in rule all my affairs and keep your Children. Sir, (quoth she) seeing it is your pleasure thus to do, and that you will go with him, your will let be fulfilled: howbeit I had rather you abode then went, this she spoke sore weeping. The next day in the morning, Garyn (who had great will to serve and please his Nephew) ordained a great Ship to be made ready well furnished with Biscuit, Wines and flesh, and all other manner of victuals, and with munition of war as it appertained, and put therein their horses and armour, gold and silver, & other riches necessary for them: then they took leave of the Lady, and so lest her sore weeping. Thus Garyn and Huon entered into their Ship and all their company, there were thirteen Knights and Two Varlets to serve them, for they would have no greater number. Chap. XX. xx. How Huon of Bourdeaux departed from Brandis, and Garyn his Uncle with him: and how he came to jerusalem, and from thence into the Deserts, whereas he found Gerames, and of their conference. WHen Huon and Garyn were entered into their Ship, they hoist up their Sails, and sailed night and day, so that at last they arrived safely at the Port of jaf, where they took landing and drew out their horses, and road forth so the same day, that they came to Rames, and the next day to the City of jerusalem: that night they rested, and the next day they did their Pilgrimage to the holy Sepulchre, and there devoutly heard Service, and offered according to their devotion. When Huon came before the holy Sepulchre, he kneeled down upon his bare knees, and all weeping made his prayers to our Lord God, requiring him to aid and comfort him in his voyage, so that he might return again into France, and to have peace with King Charlemagne. And when they all had made their prayers and offered, Huon and Garyn went into a little Chapel upon the mount of Caluerye, whereas now lieth the bodies of Godfrey of Bullen, and Bauldwin his Brother: there Huon called unto him all those that came with him out of France, and said. Sirs, you that for the love of me, have left your Fathers and Mothers, Wives and Children, Lands and Signiories, for this courtesy that you have showed me, I thank you. Now you may return into France again, and humbly recommend me to the kings good grace, and unto all the other Barons: and when you come to Bourdeaux, do my duty to the Duchess my Mother, and to Gerard my Brother, and unto the Lords of my Country. Then Guichard and all the other Knights answered Huon, and said: Sir as yet we will not leave you, neither for death nor life, until we have brought you unto the red Sea: why then (quoth Huon) for the great service and courtesy that you offer me, I thank you. Then Garyn called two of his servants, and commanded them to return unto his wife, and to desire her to be of good cheer, and that shortly he would return, the which thing they did, and returned and did their messsage. When Huon understood that his Uncle Garyn was disposed to abide with him he said: Fair Uncle, you shall not need to travail so much, I would council you to return unto your Wife and Children. Sir, (quoth Garyn) & God will I shall not leave you no day, until you return yourself. Uncle, (quoth Huon) I thank you of your courtesy: then they went to their lodging and dined, and after dinner took their horses, and so road by Hills and Dales, so that if I should recount all the adventures that they found in their way, it should be too long a process to show it: but as the true History witnesseth, they suffered much pain and travail, for they passed such Deserts, whereas they found but small sustenance, whereof Huon was right sorrowful, for the love of them that were with him, and began to weep, and to remember his own Country, saying: Alas noble King of France, great wrong and great sin you have done me, thus to drive me out of my Country, and to send me into a strange Land, to the intent to shorten my days: I pray God to pardon you therefore, then Garyn and the other Knights comforted him, and said: Alas Sir, dismay you not for us, God is puissant enough to aid us, he never faileth them that loveth him. Thus they road forth in the Desert so long, until at last they saw a little Cottage, before the which sat an old ancient man with a long white beard, and his hear hanging over his shoulders: when Huon perceived him, he drew thither, and saluted the old man in the name of God and of the blessed Virgin Marie: then the ancient man lifted up his eyes and beheld Huon, and had great marvel, for of a long season before he had seen no man that spoke of God, than he beheld Huon in the face, and began sore to weep, and stepping unto Huon, took him by the Leg & kissed it more than twenty times. Friend (quoth Huon) I desire you show me why you make this sorrow? Sir, (quoth he) about thirty years passed I came hither, and since that time I never saw man believing on the Christian faith, and now the regarding of ●our visage, causeth me to remember a noble Prince that I have seen in France, who was called Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux: therefore I require you show me if ever you saw him, I pray you hide it not from me. Friend (quoth Huon) I pray you show me where you were borne, & of what lineage and Country you be of? Nay sir, (quoth he) that will I not do, first you shall show me what you be and where you were borne, and why you come hither? Friend (quoth Huon) seeing it pleaseth you to know I shall show you: then Huon and all his company alighted, and tied their Horses to Trees. When Huon was alighted, he sat down by the old man and said. Friend, since you will needs know my business, I shall show you: know for troth, I was borne in the City of Bourdeaux, and am Son to Duke Sevin, and Huon showed him all his whole case and Enterprise, and of the death of Charlot, and how he discomfited Earl Amerie, and how that Charlemagne had chased him out of France, and of the messsage that he was charged to say unto the Admiral Gaudise, affirming all to be for certainty. When the old man had well heard Huon, he began sore to weep. Sir, (quoth Huon) since it pleaseth you to know of my sorrow, Duke Sevin my Father is dead seven years past, my Mother I trust be alive, and a Brother of mine whom I have left with her. And now sir seeing you have heard of mine affairs, I require you give me your counsel and advice, and also if it please you, to show me what you be, and of what Country, and how you came into these parts? Sir, (quoth the old man) know for troth, I was borne in Geronvill, & am brother to the good Provost Guyer: & when I departed thence I was a young Knight, & haunted the Iustes and Tourneys, so that on a day it fortuned at a Tourney that was made at poitiers, I slew a Knight of a noble blood, wherefore I was banished out of the Realm of France. But my brother the Provost made such a request to Duke Sevin your Father, that by his means my peace was made with the King, and my land saved, upon condition that I should go to the holy Sepulchre, to punish my body for the Knight that I flew, and to forgive my faults. Thus I departed out of my country, and when I had done my voyage, I thought to have returned, but as I departed out of the City of jerusalem, to take the way to Acres, passing by a wood between jerusalem and Naples, there came upon me ten Saracens, who took me and brought me to the City of Babylon, whereas I was in prison two years complete, whereas I suffered much poverty and misery: but our Lord God, who never faileth them that serveth him, and have in him full affiance, he sent me the grace, that by the means of a right noble Lady I was brought out of prison in a night, and so I fled into this Forest, whereas I have been this thirty years, & in all this space I never saw nor heard man believing in jesus Christ: thus I have showed you all mine affairs. When Huon had heard the Knight's tale, he had great joy, and embraced him and said, how often times he had seen Guyre his Brother the Provost weep for him, and when I departed from Bourdeaux, (quoth he) I delivered unto him all my Lands to govern: wherefore I require you show me your name? Sir, (quoth he) I am called Gerames, and now I pray you show me your name? Sir, (quoth he) I am named Huon, and my younger Brother is called Gerard. But sir, I pray you show me how you have so long lived here, & what sustenance you have had? Sir, (quoth Gerames) I have eaten none other thing but roots & fruits that I have found in the wood: then Huon demanded of him if he could speak the language Sarazin? Yes sir, quoth he) as well or better than any Sarazin in the Country, nor there is no way but that I know it. When Huon had heard Gerames, than he demanded further of him, if he could go to Babylon? Yes sir, (quoth Gerames) I can go thither by two ways, the most surest way is hence about forty days journey, and the other is but fifteen days journey: but I council you to take the long way, for if you take the shorter way, you must pass thorough a wood about sixteen Leagues of length, but the way is so full of the Fairies and s●rang things, that such as pass that way are lost, for in that wood abideth a King of the Fairies named Oberon, he is of height but of three foot, and crooked shouldered, but yet he hath an Angel-like visage, so that there is no mortal man that seeth him, but that taketh great pleasure to behold his face, and you shall no sooner be entered into that wood, if you go that way, but he will find the means to speak with you, and if you speak unto him, you are lost for ever, & you shall ever find him before you, so that it shall be in manner impossible that you can scape from him, without speaking to him, for his words be so pleasant to hear, that there is no mortal man that can well scape without speaking unto him. And if he see that you will not speak a word unto him: then he will be sore displeased with you, and before you can get out of the wood, he will cause rain & wind, hail and snow, and will make marvelous tempests, with thunder and lightnings, so that it shall seem unto you that all the world should perish, and he will make to seem before you a great running River black and deep: but you may pass it at your ease, and it shall not wet the feet of your horse, for all is but fantasy and enchantments that the Dwarf shall make, to the intent to have you with him, and if you can keep yourself without speaking unto him, you may then well escape. But Sir to eschew all perils, I council you to take the longer way, for I think you cannot escape from him: and then you be lost for ever. When Huon had well heard Gerames, he had great marvel, and he had great desire in himself to see that Dwarf King of the Fairies, and the strange adventures that were in that wood: then he said unto Gerames, that for fear of any death he would not leave to pass that way, seeing he might come to Babylon in fifteen days, for in taking the longer way he might perchance find more adventures, and since he was advertised, that with keeping his tongue from speaking, he might abridge his journey: he said, that surely he would take that way whatsoever chance befell. Sir, (quoth Gerames) you shall do your own pleasure, for which way soever you take, it shall not be without me, I shall bring you to Babylon to the Admiral Gaudise, I know him right well, and when you be come thither, you shall see there a Damsel, (as I have heard say) the most fairest creature in all Ind, and the only and most sweetest, and most courteous that ever was borne, and it is she that you seek, for she is Daughter to the Admiral Gaudise. Chap. XXI. ¶ How Gerames went with Huon and his company, and so came into the wood, whereas they found King Oberon, who conjured them to speak unto him. WHen Huon had well heard Gerames, how he was minded to go along with him: he was thereof right joyful, and thanked him of his courtesy and service, and gave him a goodly horse, whereon he mounted, and so road forth together, so long that they came into the wood whereas King Oberon haunted most. Then Huon who was weary of travail, and what for famine and for heat, the which he and his company had endured two days without bread or meat, so that he was so feeble that he could ride no further, and then he began pityously to weep, and complained of the great wrong that King Charlemagne had done unto him, and then Garyn and Gerames comforted him, and had great pity of him, and they knew well by the reason of his youth, hunger oppressed him more than it did to them of greater age. Then they alighted under a great Oak, to the intent to search for some fruit to eat, they glad thereof let their horses go to pasture. When they were thus alighted, the Dwarf of the Fairy King Oberon came riding by, and had on a Gown so rich, that it were marvel to recount the riches and fashion thereof, & it was so garnished with precious stones, that the clearness of them shined like the Son. Also he had a goodly bow in his hand, so rich that it could not be esteemed, and his arrows after the same sort, and they were of such a nature or quality, that any beast in the world that he would wish for, the arrow would arrest him. Also he had about his neck a rich Horn hanging by two Laces of gold, the Horn was so rich and fair, that there was never seen any such, it was made by four Ladies of the Fairies in the Isle of Chafalone, one of them gave to the horn such a property, that whosoever heard the sound thereof, if he were in the greatest sickness in the world, he should incontinent be whole and sound: the Lady that gave this gift to the Horn, was named Glorianda. The second Lady was named Translyna, she gave to this Horn another property, and that was, whosoever heard this Horn, if he were in the greatest famine of the world, he should be satisfied as well, as though he had eaten all that he would wish for, and so likewise for drink as well, as though he had drunk his fill of the best wine in all the world. The third Lady named Margala gave to this Horn yet a greater gift, and that was, whosoever heard this Horn, though he were never so poor or feeble by sickness, he should have such joy in his heart, that he should sing and dance. The fourth Lady named Lempatrix, gave to this Horn such a gift, that whosoever heard it, if he were an hundred days journeys of, he should come at the pleasure of him that blew it far or near. Then King Oberon, who knew well, and had seen the fourteen Companions, he set his Horn to his mouth, and blew so melodious a blast, that the fourteen Companions being under the Tree had so perfect a joy at their hearts, that they all rose up and began to sing and dance. Ah good Lord, (quoth Huon) what fortune is come unto us? me think we be in Paradise, right now I could not sustain myself for lack of meat and drink, and now I feel myself neither hungry nor thirsty, from whence may this come? Sir, (quoth Gerames) know for troth, this is done by the Dwarf of the Fairy, whom you shall soon see pass by you. But Sir, I require you on jeopardy of losing of your life, that you speak to him no word, without you purpose to abide ever with him. Sir, (quoth Huon) have no doubt of me, seeing I know the jeopardy. Therewith the Dwarf began to cry aloud and said: ye fourteen men that pass by my wood, God keep you all, and I desire you speak with me, and I conjure you thereto by God almighty, and by the christendom that you have received, and by all that God hath made: answer me. Chap. XXII. ¶ How King Oberon was right sorrowful and sore displeased, in that Huon would not speak: and of the great fear that he put Huon and his company in. WHEN that Huon and his company heard the Dwarf speak, they mounted on their Horses, and road away as fast as they might, without speaking of any word, and the Dwarf seeing how that they road away and would not speak, he was sorrowful and angry. Then he set one of his fingers on his Horn, out of the which issued such a wind and tempest so horrible to hear, that it bore down Trees, and therewith came such a rain and hail, that it seemed that heaven and the earth had fought together, and that the world should have ended, the beasts in the woods brayed and cried, and the fowls of the air fell down dead for the fear that they were in, there was no creature but he would have been afraid of that tempest. Then suddenly appeared before them a great River, that ran swifter than the birds did fly, and the water was so black and so perilous, & made such a noise, that it might be heard ten Leagues of. Alas (quoth Huon) I see well now we be all lost, we shall here be oppressed without God have pity of us, I repent me that ever I entered into this wood, I had been better to have travailed a whole year, then to have come hither. Sir, (quoth Gerames) dismay you not, for all this is done by the Dwarf of the Fairy. Well, (quoth Huon) I think it best to alight from our horses, for I think we shall never escape from hence, but that we shallbe all oppressed. Then Garyn and the other Companions had great marvel, and were in great fear; Ah Gerames, (quoth Huon) you showed me well, that it was great peril to pass this wood, I repent me now that I had not believed you. Then they saw on the other side of the River a fair Castle, environed with fourteen great Towers, and on every Tower a clocher of fine gold by seeming, the which they long regarded, and by that time they had gone a little by the River side, they lost the sight of the Castle, it was clean vanished away: whereof Huon and his company were sore abashed. Huon, (quoth Gerames) of all this that you see dismay you not, for all this is done by the crooked Dwarf of the Fairy, and all to beguile you, but he cannot grieve you, so you speak no word: howbeit ere we depart from him, he will make us all abashed, for anon he will come after us like a mad man, because you will not speak unto him: but sir I require you as in God's name, be nothing afraid, but ride forth surely, and ever beware that you speak unto him no word. Sir, (quoth Huon) have no doubt thereof, for I had rather he were destroyed, than I should speak one word unto him, than they road to pass the River, and they found there nothing to let them, and so road about five Leagues. Sir, (quoth Huon) we may well thank God that we be thus escaped this Dwarf, who thought to have deceived us, I was never in such fear during my life god confound him: thus they road devising of the little Dwarf, who had done them so much trouble. Chap. XXIII. ¶ How King Oberon▪ Dwarf of the Fairy pursued so much Huon, that he constrained him to speak to him at last. WHen Gerames understood the company, how they thought they were escaped from the Dwarf, he began to smile, and said: Sirs, make no bragging that you be out of this danger, for I believe you shall soon see him again, and assoon as Gerames had spoke the same words, they saw before them a bridge the which they must pass, and they saw the Dwarf on the other part, Huon saw him first and said, I see that Devil who hath done us so much trouble. Oberon heard him and said: Friend thou dost me injury without cause, for I was never Devil nor ill creature, I am as other be, but I conjure thee by the divine puissance, to speak unto me. Then Gerames said: Sirs, for God's sake let him alone, nor speak no word to him, for by his fair language he may deceive us all, as he hath done many other, it is pity that he hath lived so long. Then they road forth a good pace, and left the Dwarf alone sore displeased, in that they would not speak to him: then he took his Horn and set it to his mouth and blew it. When Huon and his company heard it, they had no power to ride any further, but they began all to sing. Then Oberon the Dwarf said, yonder company are fools & proud, that for any salutation that I can give them, they disdain to answer me: but by the God that made me, before they escape me, the refusal of my words shallbe dear bought. Then he took again his Horn, and struck it three times on his bow, and cried out aloud & said: ye my men, come and appear before me. Then there came to him about four hundred men of arms, and demanded of Oberon what was his pleasure, & who had displeased him? Sirs, (quoth Oberon) I shall show you: howbeit I am grieved to show it, here in this wood there passed fourteen Knights, who disdain to speak unto me: but to the intent that they shall not mock me, they shall dearly buy the refusing of their answer: Wherefore I will you go after them, and slay them all, let none escape. Then one of his Knights said: Sir, for God's sake have pity of them. Certainly (quoth Oberon) mine honour saved, I cannot spare them, since they disdain to speak unto me. Sir, (quoth Glorianda) for God's sake do not as you say: but sir work by my counsel, and after do as it pleaseth you. Sir, I counsel you yet once again go after them, then if they do not speak, we shall slay them all: for surely Sir, if they see you return again to them so shortly, they will be in great fear. Friend (quoth Oberon) I shall do as you have counseled me. Thus Huon and his company road forth a great pace, and Huon said: Sirs, we are now from the Dwarf about five Leagues, I never saw in my life so fair a creature in the visage, I have great marvel how he can speak of almighty God, for I think he be a Devil of hell, & since he speaketh of God, me thinks we ought to speak to him, for I think such a creature can have no power to do us any evil, I think he be not past the age of five years. Sir, (quoth Gerames) as little as he seemeth, and that you take him for a Child, he was borne forty years before the nativity of our Lord jesus Christ. Surely (quoth Huon) I care not what age he be of, but if he come again, ill hap come to me if I keep my words and speech from him, I pray you be not displeased. And thus as they road devising fifteen days, suddenly Oberon appeared unto them, and said: Sirs, are you not yet advised to speak unto me? yet again I am come to salute you in the name of the God that made and formed us, and I conjure you by the puissance that he hath given me, that you speak to me, for I repute you for fools, to think thus to pass thorough my wood, and disdain to speak to me. Ah Huon, I know thee well enough, and whether thou wouldst go, I know all thy deeds, how thou slewest Charlot, and after discomfited Amerie, and I know the messsage that Charlemagne hath charged thee to say to the Admiral Gaudise▪ the which thing is impossible to be done without mine aid: ●or without me thou shalt never accomplish this Enterprise. Speak to me, and I shall do thee that courtesy, that I shall cause thee to achieve thine Enterprise, the which is else impossible without me, and when thou hast achieved thy messsage, I shall bring thee again into France in safeguard. I know the cause that thou wilt not speak to me, it is by reason of old Gerames who is there with thee: therefore Huon beware of thyself, go no further, for I know well it is three days passed since thou didst eat any meat to profit thee, if thou wilt believe me, thou shalt have enough of such sustenance as thou wilt wish for: and assoon as thou hast dined, I will give thee leave to depart, if it be thy pleasure, of this have no doubt. Sir, (quoth Huon) you be welcome. Ah (quoth Oberon) thy salutation shallbe well rewarded, know for truth, thou never didst salutation so profitable for thyself, thou mayest thank God, that he hath sent thee that grace. Chap. XXIIII. ¶ Of the great marvels that Oberon showed unto Huon, and of the adventures that fell. WHen Huon had well heard Oberon, he had great marvel, and demanded if it were true that he had said? Yes truly (quoth Oberon) of that make no doubt. Sir, (quoth Huon) I have great marvel for what cause you have always pursued us. Huon (quoth Oberon) know that I love thee well, because of the truth that is in thee, and therefore naturally I love thee, and if thou wilt know who I am, I shall show thee. True it is, julius Caesar engendered me on the Lady of the secret Isle, who was sometime well beloved of the fair Florimont, of Albania. But because that Florimont who as then was young, and he had a Mother who did so much, that she saw my Mother and Florimont together in a solitary place on the Sea side: when my Mother perceived that she was espied by Florimonts' mother, she departed and left Florimont her lover in great weeping and lamentations, and never saw him after. And then she returned into her own Country of the secret Isle, the which now is named Chafalone, whereas she married after, and had a Son who in his time after was King of Eg●pt, named Nactanabus, it was he as it is said that engendered Alexander the great, who after caused him to die. Then after a Seven years, Caesar passed by the Sea as he went unto the place whereas he fought with Pompey, in his way he passed by Chafalone, where my Mother fetched him, and he fell in love with her, because she showed him that he should discomfit Pompey, as he did. Thus I have showed you who was my Father, at my birth there was many Princes and Barons of the Fairy, and many a noble Lady that came to see my Mother whiles she travailed of me, and among them there was one was not content, because she was not sent for as well as the other, and when I was borne, she gave me a gift, the which was, that when I should pass three years of age, I should grow no more, but thus as you see me now, and when she had thus done, and saw that she had thus served me by her words, she repented herself, and would recompense me another way. Then she gave me another gift, and that was, that I should be the fairest creature that ever nature formed, as thou mayest s●● me now: & another Lady of the Fairy named Transtyna, gave me another gift, and that was, all that ever any man can know or think good or ill I should know it. The third Lady to do more for me, and to please my Mother the better, she gave me, that there is not so far a Country, but that if I will wish myself there, I shall be there incontinent with what number of men as I list, and moreover if I will have a Castle or a Palace at mine own device, incontinent it shall be made, and assoon gone again when I list, & what meat or wine that I would wish for, I should have it incontinent, and also I am King of Momur the which is about four hundred Leagues from hence, and if I li●t incontinent I can be there. Know for troth that thou art arrived at a good Port, I know well thou hast great need of meat, for this three days thou hast had but small sustenance, but I shall cause thee to have enough, I demand of thee whether thou wilt have meat and drink here in this meadow, or in a Palace, or in a Hall, command whereas thou wilt, and thou shalt have it for thee and thy company. Sir, (quoth Huon) I will follow your pleasure, and never do nor think the contrary. Huon (quoth he) as yet I have not showed all the gifts that were given me at my birth. The fourth Lady gave me, that there is no bird, nor beast be they never so cruel, but if I will have them, I may take them with my hand, and also I shall never beseem elder than thou seest me now, and when I shall depart out of this world, my place is appointed in Paradise, for I know that all things created in this mortal world, must needs have an end. Sir, (quoth Huon) such a gift ought to be well kept. Huon (quoth Oberon) well you were counseled when you spoke to me, you had never before so fair adventure, show me by thy faith, if thou wilt eat, and what meat thou wilt have, and what wine thou wilt drink? Sir, (quoth Huon) so that I had meat and drink I care not what it were, so that I and my company were filled and rid from our famine. Then Oberon laughed at him and said: Sirs, all you sit down here in the meadow, and have no doubt but all that I will do is done by the puissance of our Lord God: then Oberon began to wish, and said unto Huon and his company: Sirs arise up quickly, the which they did, than they looked before them, and saw a fair and a rich Palace garnished with Chambers and halls, hanged & bedded with rich clothes of silk beaten with gold, and Tables ready set full of meat. When Huon and his company saw the rich Palace before them, they had great marvel, and Oberon took Huon by the hand, & with him mounted up into the Palace: when they came there, they found servants there ready, bringing unto them Basins of gold garnished with precious stones, they gave water to Huon, and he sat down at the Table, the which was furnished with all manner of meat and drink that man could wish. Oberon sat at the table's end upon a bench of ivory, richly garnished with gold and precious stones, the which seat had such virtue given unto it by the Fairy, that whosoever by any subtle means would poison him that should sit thereon: assoon as he should approach near to the seat he should fall down stark dead. King Oberon sat thereon richly appareled, and Huon who sat near unto him began to eat a great pace, but Gerames had small appetite to eat, for he believed that they should never depart thence: when Oberon saw him he said, Gerames eat thy meat and drink, for assoon as thou hast eaten, thou shalt have leave to go when thou list. When Gerames heard that, he was joyful, than he began to eat and drink, for he knew well that Oberon would not do against his assurance. All the company did well eat and drink, they were served with all things that they could wish for. When Huon saw how they were all satisfied and replete, and had well dined, he said to King Oberon. Sir, when it shall be your pleasure, I would you should give us leave to depart. Huon, (quoth Oberon) I am right well content so to do, but first I will show you my jewels: then he called Clariand a Knight of the Fayrey, and said, Friend go and fetch to me my Cup, he did his commandment, and when Oberon had the Cup in his hand, he said unto Huon, Sir, behold well, you see that this Cup is now void and empty: that is true Sir, (quoth Huon.) Then Oberon set the Cup on the Table, and said unto Huon: Sir, behold the great power that God hath given me, & that in the Fairy I may do what is my pleasure: then he made over the Cup the sign of a Cross three times, and incontinent the Cup was full of wine, and then he said. Behold Sirs, you may well see that this is done by the grace of God, yet I shall show you the great virtue that is in this Cup, for if all the men in the world were here assembled together, and that the Cup were in the hands of any man, being out of deadly sin, he might drink thereof his fill: but whosoever offers his hand to take it, being in deadly sin, the Cup doth lose his virtue, and if thou mayest drink thereof, I offer to give thee the Cup. Sir, (quoth Huon) I thank you, but I am in doubt that I am not worthy, nor of valour to drink thereof, nor to touch the Cup, I never heard of such dignity as this Cup is of: but Sir, know for truth, I have been confessed of all my sins, and I am repentant and sorrowful for that I have done, and I do pardon and forgive all the men in the world, whatsoever injury hath been done unto me, and I know not that I have done wrong to any creature, nor I hate no man: and so he took the Cup in both his hands, and set it to his mouth, and drunk of the good wine that was therein at his pleasure. Chap. XXV. ¶ Of the great gifts that Oberon gave unto Huon, as his Horn of ivory, and his Cup, the which were of great virtues, and how Huon after thought to prove the virtue of them, whereby he was in great peril of death. WHen Oberon saw that, he was right glad, and came and embraced Huon, saying that he was a noble man, and I give thee (quoth he) this Cup as it is, in the manner as I shall show, that in any wise for any thing for the dignity of the Cup, be thou ever true and faithful, for if thou wilt work by my counsel, I shall aid thee, and give thee succour in all thine affairs: but assoon as thou makest any lie, the virtue of the Cup will be lost and loose his bounty, and beside that, thou shalt lose my love and aid. Sir, (quoth Huon) I shall right well beware thereof, and now Sir I require you suffer us to depart. Abide yet, (quoth he to Huon) yet I have another jewel, the which I will give thee, because I think there be truth and nobleness in thee: I will give thee a rich Horn of ivory, the which is full of great virtue, & which thou shalt bear with thee, it is of so great virtue, that if thou be never so far from me, assoon as thou blowest the Horn, I shall hear thee, and shallbe incontinent with thee, with a hundred thousand men at arms for to succour and aid thee. But one thing I command thee on the pain of losing of my love, and on jeopardy of thy life, that thou be not so hardy to sound the Horn, without thou hast great need thereof, for if thou do otherwise, I vow to God that created me, I shall leave thee in as great poverty and misery as ever man was, so that whosoever should see thee in that case, should have pity of thee. Sir, (quoth Huon) I shall right well beware thereof, now I desire you let me depart. I am content, (quoth Oberon) and God be thy guide. Then Huon took leave of the King Oberon, and trussed up all his baggage, and did put his Cup into his bosom, & the Horn about his neck: thus they all took their leave of King Oberon, & all weeping embraced Huon, who had marvel why he wept and said, Sir, why do you weep? Friend, (quoth Oberon) you may well know, you have with you two things that I love dearly, God aid you, more I cannot speak to you. Thus the fourteen Knights departed, and so they road forth about fifteen Leagues or more, than they saw before them a great deep River, and they could find no guide nor passage to pass over, and so they wist not what to do, then suddenly they saw pass by them a servant of King Oberon, bearing a rod of gold in his hand, and so without speaking of any word, he entered into the River, and took his rod & stroke the water therewith three times, then incontinent the water withdrew a both sides in such wise, that there was a path that three men might ride a froont, and that done he departed again, without speaking of any word. Then Huon and his company entered into the water, and so passed thorough without any danger, and when they were passed they looked behind them, and saw the River close again, and ran after his old course. By my faith, (quoth Huon) I think we be enchanted, I believe surely King Oberon hath done this, but seeing we be thus scaped out of peril, I trust from henceforth we shall have no more doubt. Thus they road forth together singing, and oftentimes spoke of the great marvels that they had seen King Oberon do, and as they road, Huon beheld on his right hand, and saw a fair meadow well garnished with herbs and flowers, and in the midst thereof a fair clear Fountain: then Huon road thither, and alighted, and let their Horses go to pasture, than they spread a cloth on the green grass, and set thereon such meat as King Oberon had given them at their departing, and there they did eat, & drink such drink as they found in the Cup. By my faith (quoth Huon) it was a fair adventure for us when we met Oberon, and that I spoke to him, he hath showed me great tokens of love, when he gave me such a Cup, if I may return into France in safeguard, I shall give it to Charlemagne, who will make great joy therewith, and if he cannot drink thereof, the Barons of France will have great sport thereof. Then again he repented him of his own words, and said, I am a fool to think or to say thus, for as yet I cannot tell what end I shall come to, the Cup that I have is better worth than two Cities, but as yet I cannot believe the virtue to be in the Horn as Oberon ha●h showed, nor that he may here it so far off, but whatsoever fortune fall, I will assay it if it hath such virtue or not. Alas Sir (quoth Gerames) beware what you do, you know well when we departed what charge he gave you, certainly you and we both are lost if you trespass against his commandment. Surely, (quoth Huon) whatsoever fortune fall, I will assay it, and so took the Horn and set it to his mouth, and blewe it so loud that the wood rang: then Gerames and all the other began to sing and to make great joy. Then Garyn said, Fair Nephew blow still, and so Huon blew still with such force, that Oberon who was in his wood about fifteen Leagues of, heard him clearly, and said: Alas my friends, I hear my friend blow, whom I love best of all the world, alas what man is so hardy to do him any ill, I wish myself with him with a hundred thousand men at arms, incontinent he was near to Huon with a hundred thousand men at arms. When Huon and his company heard the Host coming, and saw Oberon come riding on before them, they were afraid, and it was no marvel, seeing the commandment that Oberon had given them before. Then Huon said, alas Sirs, I have done ill, now I see well we cannot escape, but that we are likely all to die, certainly (quoth Gerames) you have well deserved it, hold your peace, (quoth Huon) dismay you not, let me speak to him; therewith Oberon came to them and said: Huon, what means this? where are they that will do thee any ill? why hast thou broken my commandment? Alas Sir, (quoth Huon) I shall show you the truth, we were sitting right now in this meadow, and did eat of that you gave us, I believe I took too much drink out of the Cup that you gave me, the virtue of the which we well assayed: then I thought to try also the virtue of the rich Horn, to the intent that if I should have any need, that I might be sure thereof, now I know for troth, that all is true that you have showed me: wherefore Sir in the honour of God I require you to pardon my trespass, else sir, here is my sword, strike off my head at your pleasure, for ● know well without your aid I shall never come to achieve mine enterprise. Huon quoth Oberon, the bounty and great troth that is in thee, constreyneth me to give thee pardon, but beware from henceforth, be not so hardy as to break my commandment. Sir quod Huon I thank you: well quoth Oberon, I know surely that thou hast as yet much to suffer, for thou must pass by a city named Tormont, wherein there is a Tyrant called Macayr, and yet he is thine own Uncle, brother to thy father Duke Sevin: when he was in France he had thought to have murdered king Charlemagne, but his treason was known, and he had been slain if thy Father Duke Sevin had not been: so he was sent to the holy Sepulchre, to do his penance for the ill that he had d●ne, and so afterward there he renounced the faith of our Lord God, and took upon him the Paynims Law, the which he hath kept ever since so strongly, that if he hear any man speak of our lord god, he will pursue him to death, and look what promise that he maketh, he keepeth none, therefore I advise thee trust not on him, for surely he will put thee to death if he may, & thou canst not escape if thou goest by that City: therefore I counsel thee take not that way if thou be wise. Sir, (quoth Huon) of your courtesy love and good council I thank you, but whatsoever fortune fall to me, I will go to mine Uncle, and if he be such a one as you say, I shall make him to die an ill death, and if need be I shall sound my Horn, and I am sure at my need you will aid me. Of that you may be sure (quoth Oberon,) but of one thing I forbid thee, be not so hardy to sound thy Horn without thou be hurt, for if thou do the contrary, I shall so martyr thee, that thy body shall not endure it. Sir, (quoth Huon) be assured your commandment I will not break: then Huon took leave of King Oberon, who was sorry when Huon departed. Sir, (quoth Huon) I have marvel why you weep, I pray you show me the cause why you do it? Huon (quoth Oberon) the great love that I have to thee, is that causeth me to do it, for as yet hereafter thou shalt suffer so much ill and travail, that no human tongue can tell it. Sir quoth Huon ye show me many things not greatly to my profit: Sure quoth Oberon, and yet thou shalt suffer more than I have spoken of, and all by thine own folly. Chap. XXVI. ¶ How Huon arrived at Tormont, and found a man at a gate, who brought him to lodge at the Provosts house in the town. AFter that Oberon had showed Huon part of that should fall to him, and was departed, Huon and his company then mounted on their horses, and so road forth so long, till they came to the city of Tormont. Gerames who had been there before, when he saw the city, he said to Huon: Alas sir, we be ill arrived, behold here we be in the way to suffer much trouble. Sir quoth Huon, be not dismayed, for by the grace of god we shall right well escape, for who that God will aid, no man can hurt. Then they entered into the City, as they came to the gate, they met a man with a bow in his hand, who had been a sporting without the City, Huon road foremost and saluted him in the name of God, saying: Friend what call you this City? The man stood still, and had marvel what men they were that spoke of God, he beheld them and said, Sirs, the God in whose name you have saluted me, keep and defend you from encumbrance: howbeit, I desire you in as much as you love your lives, speak softly that you be not heard, for if the Lord of this City know that you be christian men, he will slay you all, sirs you may trust me, for I am christened, but I dare not be known thereof, I have such fear of the Duke. Friend, (quoth Huon) I pray thee show me who is Lord of this City, & what is his name? Sir, (quoth he) he is a false Tyrant, when he was christened, he was named Macayr, but he hath renounced God, & he is so fierce and proud, that as now he hateth nothing so much, as them that believe in jesus Christ: but Sir, I pray you show me whether you will go? Friend, (quoth Huon) I would gladly go to the red Sea, and from thence to Babylon, I would tarry this day in this City, for I and my company are sore weary. Sir, (quoth he) and if you will believe me, you shall not enter into this City to lodge, for if the Duke knew it, none could save your lives, therefore if it be your pleasure, I shall lead you another way beside the Town. Sir, (quoth Gerames) for God's sake believe him that counseleth you so truly. Know for troth, (quoth Huon) I will not do thus, I see well it is almost night, the Sun goeth low, therefore I will lodge this night here in this Town whatsoever befall, for a good Town should never be forsaken. Sir, (quoth the strange man) seeing it is so, for the love of God I shall bring you to a lodging, whereas you shallbe well and honestly lodged, in a good man's house that believeth in God, named Gonder, he is Provost of the City, and well beloved with the Duke. Friend, (quoth Huon) God reward thee, so this man went on thorough the Town, until he came at the Provosts house, whom they found sitting at his gate. Huon that was a fair speaker, saluted him in the name of God, and the Provost arose up, & beheld Huon and his company, and he had great marvel what they were, seeing they saluted him in the name of God: then he said. Sirs you be welcome, but a God's name I desire you speak softly that you be not heard, for if the Duke of this City knew this you should utterly be lost: but if it please you to tarry this night here in my house, for the love of God, all that I have in my house shall be yours to do therewith at your pleasure, I abandon all to you, & Sir, I thank God I have that in my house, that if you abide here this two year, you shall not need to buy any thing without. Sir, (quoth Huon) of this fair proffer I thank you, and so he and his company alighted, and there were servants enough to take their Horses and to set them up: then the Host took Huon and Gerames and the other, & brought them to Chambers to dress them, than they came into the hall whereas they found the Tables set and covered, and so sat down, & were richly served with divers meats. When they had done and were risen, Huon called Gerames and said: Sir, go in haste into the Town and get a crier, and cause to be cried in every market place and street, that whosoever will come and sup at the Provosts house, aswell noble, as vn●●●le men, women and children, rich and poor, and all manner of people of what estate or degree soever they be: shall come merrily and freely▪ and nothing pay neither for meat nor drink, whereof they should have as they wished, and also he commanded Gerames, that all the meat that he could get in the Town, he should buy it, and pay ready money for the same. Sir, (quoth Gerames) your pleasure shall be done. Sir, (quoth the Host) you know well, all that is in my house, I have abandoned unto you: therefore sir you shall not need to seek for any thing further, take of my goods at your pleasure. Sir, (quoth Huon) I thank you, I have money enough to furnish all that need, and also Sir I have a Cup of great virtue, for if all the people that be within this City were here present, they should have drink enough by reason of my Cup, the which was made in Fairy Land. When the Host heard Huon, he began to smile, & believed that those words had been spoken but in jest. Then Huon, not well advised, took the Horn of ivory from his neck, and took it to his Host to keep, saying: mine Host, I take you this to keep, for it is a precious thing, therefore keep it surely, that I may have it again when I demand it. Sir, (quoth he) I shall surely keep it, and when it please you it shall be ready: and so took the Horn and laid it up in a Coffer. But after fell such an hour, that Huon would have had it rather than all the goods in the world, as you shall hear more hereafter. Chap. XXVII. ¶ How Huon gave a supper unto all the poor men of the City, and how the Duke was Uncle to Huon: and how the Duke had Huon into his Castle. THUS when Gerames had this commandment of Huon, he went into the City, and made to be cried in divers places as he was commanded to do. When this cry was made, there was no Beggar, Vacabound nor Ribald, juggler, Minstrel, old nor young, but by great flocks they came all to the Provosts house, in number more than four hundred, and Gerames bought up bread, meat, flesh and other victuals, all that he could find in the City, and paid for it: thus the supper was dressed, and every man set at the Tables. Huon served them with his Cup in his hand, and made every man to drink of that he put out of his Cup into other pots, and yet ever the Cup was full. When the people had well eaten and drunken the good wines, and were well chased in their brains, some began to sing, and some to sleep at the Table, and some did beat their fysts upon the boards, that it was marvel to see the life that they led: whereof Huon had great joy. The same time the Duke's Steward came into the Town, to buy his masters Supper: but he could neither find bread nor flesh, nor no other victuals, whereof he was sore displeased, and then he demanded the cause, why he found no victuals as he was accustomed to do? Sir, (quoth the Butchers and Bakers) in the house of Gonder the Provost is lodged a young man, who hath made to be cried in all the City, that all beggars and ribalds should come to Supper at his lodging, and he hath bought up all the victuals that he could get in the Town. Then the Paynim in great despite went to the Palace unto the Duke, and said. Sir, I can get nothing in the Town for your Supper, there is a young man lodged in the Provosts house, that hath bought up all the victuals, to give a Supper to all the beggars, vacabounds and ribalds that can be found in the Town. When the Duke understood that, he was sore displeased, and swoore by Mahu, that he would go see that Supper: then he commanded all his men to be ready in harness to go with him, and as he was going out of his Palace, a Traitor who had stolen privily out of the Provosts house, whereas he had been at supper with other, said to the Duke: sir know for troth, there is in your Provosts house a knight, who hath given a Supper to all people that would come thither, and so there is no beggar, no ribald nor other that would sup, but are come thither, and Sir, this Knight hath a Cup Letter worth than all this City, for if all the people between East and West should die for lack of drink, they should have all enough, for as often as you will empty the Cup, it will be full again incontinent. When the Duke heard that, he had great marvel, and said, such a Cup were good for him, and swoore by Mahu that he would have that Cup: let us go thither, for my will is to have that Cup, and all those Knights shall lose their horses and baggage, I will leave them nothing. Then he went forth with thirty Knights, and rested not until he came to the Provosts house, and found the gates open. When the Provost perceived him, he came to Huon and said: Alas Sir you have done ill, here is come the Duke in great displeasure, if God have not pity of you, I cannot see how you can escape without death. Sir, (quoth Huon) dismay you not, for I shall speak so fair, that he shall be content: then Huon with a merry cheer came to the Duke, and said: Sir, you be welcome. Beware, (quoth the Duke) come not near me, for no christian man may come into my City without my Licence, wherefore I will thou knowest, that you shall all lose your heads, and all that you brought hither. Sir, (quoth Huon) when you have slain us, you shall win thereby but little, and it were great wrong for you so to do. I shall tell thee, (quoth the Duke) why I will so do, it is because you be christian men, therefore thou shalt be the first, show me on thy faith, why hast thou assembled all this company here to Supper? Sir, (quoth Huon) I have done it because I am going to the red Sea, and because these poor men will pray to God for me, that I may safely return: Sir this is the cause that I have made them to sup with me. Well, (quoth the Duke) great folly hast thou spoken, for thou shalt never see fair day, you shall all lose your heads. Sir, (quoth Huon) leave all this, I pray you and your comapanie sit down, and eat and drink at your pleasure, and I shall serve you as well as I can, and then Sir if I have done any wrong, I will make you amends in such wise that you shall be content: for if you do me any hurt, it shall be to you but a small conquest. Sir, me thinks if you will do nobly, you should somewhat forbear us, for as I have heard say, you were once christened. Then the Duke said unto Huon, thou hast said well, I am content to sup, for as yet I have not supped. Then the Duke commanded every man to be disarmed, and to sit down at the Table, the which they did, and Huon and Gerames served them, and they were well served at that supper: then Huon took his Cup and came to the Duke and said. Sir, see you not here this Cup, the which is void and empty? I see well (quoth the Duke) there is nothing therein. Then Huon made the sign of the cross over the Cup, and incontinent it was full of wine, he took the Cup to the Duke, who had great marvel thereof, and assoon as the Cup was in his hands, it was void again. What, (quoth the Duke) thou hast enchanted me? Sir, (quoth Huon) I am none Enchanter, but it is for the sin that you be in, set it down, for you are not worthy to hold it, you were borne in an evil hour. How art thou so hardy (quoth the Duke) to speak thus unto me? I repute thee for a proud fool, thou knowest well it lieth in my power to destroy thee, there is no man dare say the contrary, yet I pray thee tell me thy name, and where thou wert borne? and whether thou goest? and of what kin thou art? Sir, (quoth Huon) for any thing that may fall unto me, I will not hide my name nor kindred: therefore Sir, know for troth, I was borne at Bourdeaux upon Gerone, and am Son to Duke Sevin, who is dead seven years passed. When the Duke heard how Huon was his Nephew, he said: The Son of my Brother? Nephew, why hast thou taken in this City any other lodging but mine? show me whether thou wilt go? Sir, (quoth Huon) I am going to Babylon to the Admiral Gaudise, to do to him a messsage from King Charlemagne of France, because I slew his Son there: so he showed his Uncle all his adventure, and how the king had taken away his Land, nor should he have it again, until he had done his messsage to the Admiral. Fair Nephew, (quoth the Duke) in like wise I was banished the Realm of France, and since I have denied the faith of jesus Christ, and since I married here in this Country a great Lady, by whom I have great Lands to govern, whereof I am Lord: Nephew, I will that you shall go and lodge with me in my Castle, and to morrow you shall have of my Barons to conduct you until you come unto Babylon. Sir, (quoth Huon) I thank you, since it is your pleasure, I will go with you to your Palace. Then Gerames privily said unto him, Sir, if you go thither, you may perhaps repent yourself: so it may well be, (quoth Gonder the Provost.) Then Huon commanded to truss up all their gear, and to make ready their horses, and took with him his Cup, but he left still his Horn with the Provost. Thus Huon went with his Uncle unto his Castle, and lay there all night: the next morning Huon came unto his Uncle to take his leave. Fair Nephew, (quoth the Duke) I require you to tarry until my Barons come, that shall conduct you in your journey. Sir, (quoth Huon) seeing it pleaseth you, I am content to abide, and so they sat them down to dinner. Chap. XXVIII. ¶ How the Duke thought to have murdered Huon his own Nephew, whiles he sat at the Table. WHen this Traitor Duke saw his Nephew sit at the Table, he called to him a Knight borne in France called Geffrey, who came out of France with the Duke, and had in like manner denied the law of Christ, and he was secret with the Duke, than the Duke privily said unto him. Friend, go and arm an Hundred or Six score Paynims, and cause them to come hither, let them slay my Nephew, and all that are come with him, for if one escape, you shall lose my favour. Sir, (quoth Geffrey) your will shallbe done, than Geffrey went into a Chamber, whereas there was two Hundred Armours hanging, when he came thither, he said within himself. Alas good Lord, this villain Traitor would slay the Son of his Brother, who when I was in France did me once a great courtesy, for I had been dead & slain if Duke Sevin his Father had not succoured me: it is reason for that he did then to me, to render again some reward unto his Son, God confound me if he hath any ill for me, but I shall rather cause the false Duke to buy dearly the treason that he would do unto his Nephew. The same season there was in the Castle about Seavenscore Prisoners all Frenchmen, who were taken upon the Sea, and the Duke kept them in prison, to the intent to put them to death, he was so cruel against all christian men: but God who never forgetteth his servants, sucoured them. This Geffrey went to the Prison, and said to the prisoners: Sirs if you will save your lives, come out and follow me. Then the prisoners incontinent issued out of the Prison, and followed Geffrey, & he brought them into the Chamber whereas all the harness hanged, and caused them all to be armed, and said: Sirs, if you have courage and will to issue hence, it is time now you show your virtue. Sir, (quoth they) to die in the quarrel we shall do your commandment, to come out of bondage into freedom. When Geffrey heard them, he was right joyful, and said: Sirs, know surely, that there is here in this Palace at dinner the Son of Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, and he is Nephew to the Duke Lord of this house, who was once christened, and hath denied the faith of our Lord God, and he hath commanded me to cause Seavenscore Paynims to be armed, to come and to slay his Nephew and all his company. Thus when they were all armed, and Swords by their sides, they followed Geffrey to the Palace: and when they entered, Huon said to the Duke his uncle. Sir, these men in harness that enter into this hall, be they such as ye have commanded to come hither to conduct me in my journey? No Huon quoth the Duke: it is otherwise then thou thinkest, think surely to die there is no remedy: thou shalt never see fair day more. Then he said: Sirs step forth, look that no christian man escape you, but let them all be slain. Chap. XXIX. ¶ How by the aid of Geffrey and of the Prisoners, Huon was succoured, and slew all the Paynims, and the Duke fled, and after besieged the Castle. WHen Huon saw the malice of his Uncle and his false treason: he was sore abashed, and arose up suddenly, and put his helmet on his head, and took his Sword in his hand. Then Geffrey came in, and cried Saint Denis you noble Frenchmen, take heed that no Paynim escape alive, but slay them all with sorrow. The Frenchmen drew out their Swords, and fought with the Paynims on all parts, so that within a short time they were all slain. And when the Duke saw how they were no Paynims that slew his men, he was in great fear of his life, and so fled away into a secret Chamber. When Huon perceived that they were Frenchmen that had thus succoured him: he pursued the Duke with his Sword in his hand, all bloody with the blood of the Paynims that he had slain, and when the traitorous Duke saw that his Nephew so followed him, he fled from Chamber to Chamber, until he came to a window opening upon the Garden side, and so leapt out thereat and ran away: whereof Huon and Geffrey and the other Frenchmen were right sorrowful. Then they closed the gates, and lifted up the bridges, to the intent that they should not be taken within, than they came into the Hall, whereas one took acquaintance of another, whereof they had great joy. But if God had not succoured them, their joy had been turned to sorrow, for the Duke who was escaped, when he came into the town, he made a cry, that as many as were able to bear armour, should come unto him, so that he and all that he could make, came with him before the Palace, being more than Ten Thousand persons, and they all swore the death of the christian men within the Palace. When the Duke saw that he had such a number, he was joyful, and then he commanded his Engines to be raised up, and Ladders on every part, and there with Pikes and Mattocks they broke down a corner Tower, and the christian men within defended themselves valiantly. But their defence had little availed them, if our Lord God had not mightily succoured them. When Huon knew the danger that they were in, he was sore displeased, and said: Ah good Lord, I ought to be sore aggrieved, when I see that we be thus kept in by mine Uncle, I fear me we shall never see more days. Then Gerames said: Sir, for the love of God blow now your Horn. Alas (quoth Huon) it is not in my power to do it, for the Provost Gonder hath it in keeping. Ah Huon, (quoth Gerames) in an ill hour we were acquainted with you, for now by your folly and pride, we are in the way of destruction. Thus as they were devising, Gonder the Provost came to the Duke, and said: Sir, I have great marvel that you will thus destroy your own Palace, great folly you do therein, rather I would council you to leave this assault, and let there be a peace made between you and your Nephew, upon condition to let him and his company go safely away. Provost (quoth the Duke) I pray 〈◊〉 go and do the best that thou canst, I will do as thou dost counsel me. Then the Provost came to the Palace, and said to Huon: Sir, for God's sake speak to me. What art thou quoth Huon? I am your Host the Provost, and I require you in as much as you love your lives, keep well this Palace. Sir, (quoth Huon) for your good counsel I thank you, and I desire you for the love that you bear me, and in that you would help to save my life, as to deliver me again the Horn of ivory that I took you to keep, for without that I cannot escape death. Sir, (quoth the Provost) it is not far from me, and so took it out of his bosom, and delivered it unto Huon in at a window upon the Garden side. Chap. XXX. ¶ How King Oberon came and succoured Huon, and slew all the Paynims, except such as would be christened: And how Huon slew the Duke his uncle. WHen Huon saw that he was possessed of his Horn of ivory, he was joyful, the which was no marvel, for it was the only surety of his life. Then he set it to his mouth, and began to blow it: then Gerames said. Ah Sir, you should never be so light to discover your secrets, for if this Provost had been untrue, he might have discovered all you secrets to the Duke, whereby you had been lost and dead, therefore never discover your secrets more: and also Sir I require you as yet blow not your Horn, for you be not as yet hurt, King Oberon commanded you so at his departing. Why (quoth Huon) will you then that I tarry until I be slain? surely I will blow it without any longer tarrying, and so he blewe it so sore that the blood came out of his mouth, so that all that were in the Palace began to sing and to dance, and the Duke and all such as were at the siege about the Palace, could not rest but fell to sing and to dance. King Oberon, who as then was in his city of Momur, said on high: Ah I hear my friend Huons Horn blow, whereby I know well he hath some business in hand, wherefore I wish myself there as the Horn was blown, with an Hundred Thousand men well armed. He had made no sooner his wish, but he was in the City of Tormont, whereas he and his men slew down the Paynims, that it was marvel to see the blood run down the Streets like a River. King Oberon made it to be cried, that as many as would receive Baptism, their lives should be saved, so that thereby there were many that were christened. Then King Oberon came to the Palace, when Huon saw him, he went and thanked him of his succour at that time of need. Friend, (quoth Oberon) as long as you believe and do my commandments, I shall never fail to succour you in all your affairs. Thus all that were in the Town and would not believe in God, were slain. Then the Duke was taken & brought to the Palace unto Huon, when he saw his Uncle taken, he was joyful, and then the Duke said: Fair Nephew, I require you have pity of me. Ah untrue Traitor, (quoth Huon) thou shalt never depart hence alive, I shall never respite thy death; then with his sword he struck off his uncles head, than he made his body to be hanged over the walls of the Town, that his illness might always be had in memory, and to be an example to all other: thus that Country was delivered from that Traitor. Chap. XXXI. ¶ How King Oberon forbade Huon, that he should not go by the tower of the Giant, to the which Huon would not accord, but went thither, whereby he was in great danger of death. And of the Damsel that he found there, who was his own cozen borne in France. YE have all heard how King Oberon came & succoured Huon, and when all was done, than he said unto Huon. My dear Friend, I will take my leave of thee, for I shall never see thee again, until thou hast suffered as much pain and ill, and poverty and disease, that it will be hard to declare it, and all through thine own folly. When Huon heard that, being afraid, he said: Sir, me thinks you say great wrong, for in all things to my power I will observe your commandment. Friend, (quoth Oberon) seeing thou wilt do so, remember then thy promise, and I charge thee upon pain of thy life, & losing for ever my love: that thou be not so hardy, as to take the way to the Tower of Dunother, the which is a marvelous great Tower standing on the Seaside. julius Caesar caused it to be made, and therein I was long time nourished, thou never sawest so fair a Tower, nor better garnished with Chambers and glass windows, and within hanged with rich Tapestry. At the Entry of the gate there are two men of brass, each of them holding in their hands a ●layle of iron, wherewith without cease day and night they beat by such a measure, that when the one striketh with his ●layle, the other is lifted up ready to strike, and they smite so suddenly, that a swallow flying cannot pass by unslayn. And within this Tower there is a Giant named Angolofer, he took from me the Tower and a strong Armour of such virtue, that whosoever hath it on his body, cannot be hurt nor weary, nor he cannot be drowned in no water, nor burned with fire. Therefore Huon, (my friend) I charge thee go not that way, as much as thou fearest my displeasure, for against that Giant thou canst make no resistance. Sir, (quoth Huon) know for troth, the day that I departed out of France, I took upon me, that any adventure that might be heard of, though it were never so perilous, that I would never eschew it for any fear of death: and therefore Sir I ha● rather die then to forsake to fight with that Giant, there is n● man shall let me, & Sir I promise you ere I return again, to conquer your said strong Armour, it shall do me good service hereafter, it is a thing not to be forsaken, and if I need of your aid, I shall blow my Horn & you will come and succour me. Huon (quoth Oberon) by the Lord that saved me, if thou breakest the Horn in the blowing, thou shalt have no succour nor aid of me. Sir, (quoth Huon) you may do your pleasure, and I shall do mine. Then Oberon departed without more speaking, & Huon abode in the City, the which he gave to Geffrey and to the Provost his Host, & all the Land that his Uncle held. Then he made him ready, and took gold and silver plenty, and took his leave of Geffrey and of his Host and of all other, & so he and his company departed, and so road over Hills and Dals, night and day a certain space without finding of any adventure worthy to be had in memory. At last he came near to the Seaside, whereas the Tower of the Giant was, when Huon saw it, he said unto his company. Sirs, yonder I see a Tower, the which was forbidden me by Oberon, but as God help me, before it be night I will see what is within it, whatsoever come thereof. Then Gerames beheld the Tower, and began to sorrow, and said: Ah Huon, he is a fool that agreeth to the counsel of a Child, Sir, for God's sake beware that you break not the commandment of King Oberon, for if you do, great ill is like to come unto you. Sir, (quoth Huon) if all the men now living should forbid me to go thither, I would not obey them, for you know well, I departed out of France for none other thing, but to search the strangest adventures, and I demand nothing else but to find adventures, therefore speak no more to the contrary, for ere I sleep I will fight with the Giant, for though he be more harder than iron, yet I shall slay him, or he me: and you Gerames & all the other, abide you here in this meadow until I return again. Sir, (quoth Gerames) in weeping, it sore displeaseth me that it will be no better: therefore I recommend you unto the safeguard of God. Thus Huon departed and left his company heavily complaining. Huon armed himself, and so took his way, and kissed all his men one after another, and took with him his Horn and Cup, so all alone on foot he went forth, & rested not until he came to the gate of the castle of Dunother, there he saw the two men of Brass, that without ceasing beat with their flails, he beheld them well, and thought it was in a manner impossible to enter without death. Then he began to consider hereon with himself, how King Oberon had showed him the troth, and thought without the aid of the grace of God, it were impossible to enter, whereupon he beheld all about, if there were any other place to enter, at last he saw near to a pillar of marble, a Basin of gold fast tied with a chain, than he approached near thereto, and drew out his sword, wherewith he strake three great strokes on the Basin, so that the sound thereof might well be heard into the Castle. Within the Tower there was a Damsel called Sibilla, when she heard the Basin sound, she had great marvel thereat, than she went to a window, and looked out and saw that Huon would enter, whereupon she went back again and said, ah good Lord, what knight is yonder without that would enter? if the Giant awake, anon he will be slain, for if there were a Thousand Knights together, they should all soon be destroyed: surely I have great desire to know what he is, and where he was borne, for as me seemeth he should be of France, to know the troth I will go to the window again, to see if I may have of him any knowledge. Then she went out of her chamber, and went to a window near to the gate, and looked out and saw Huon all armed abiding at the gate, than she beheld the blazure of his shield, wherein was portrayed three crosses of gold, whereby she knew well he was of France. Alas quoth she, I am but lost if the Giant know that I have been here, than she returned again in haste, and went to the Chamber door whereas the Giant lay and slept, and she perceived he was yet a sleep, for he routed that it was marvel to here. Then she returned again quickly to the gate, and opened a wicket, out of the which there issued such a wind, that if caused the two men with their flails to stand still in rest, when she had opened the wicket, hastily she returned into her Chamber, and when Huon saw the little wicket open, he advanced himself & entered, for the two men with their flails were in rest, than he went further thinking to find them that had opened the wicket: but he was sore abashed when he could find no creature, there were so many Chambers, that he wist not whether to go to find that he sought for. Thus he searched all about, and at last he saw about a Pillar fourteen men lie dead, whereof he had great marvel, and said, that he would return back again, than he went out of the Hall and came to the gate, weening to have found it open: but it was closed by itself, and the men again did beat with their flails. Alas, (quoth Huon) now I see well I cannot escape from hence, than he returned into the Castle, and harkened about, and as he went searching carefully, he heard the voice of a Damsel piteously weeping. He came there as she was, and humbly saluted her, and said: Fair Damsel, I cannot tell if you can understand my language or not, know of you I would, wherefore you make this great sorrow? Sir, (quoth she) I weep because I have of you great pity, for if the Giant hear within (who is yet a sleep) hap to awake, you are but dead & lost. Fair Lady, (quoth Huon) I pray you show me what you be, and where you were borne? Sir, (quoth she) I am Daughter to Guinemer, who in his time was Earl of Saint Omers, & am niece to Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux. When Huon heard that, right humbly he kissed her, and said. Madame, know for troth, that you are my near Kinswoman, for I am Son to Duke Sevin: I pray you show me what adventure hath brought you into this Castle. Sir, (quoth she) my Father had devotion to see the holy Sepulchre, and he loved me so well, that he would not leave me behind him, and as we were on the Sea near to the City of Escalone in Surry, there arose a great tempest upon the Sea, that the wind brought us near unto this Castle, and the Giant being in his Tower, saw us in great danger of drowning, & that we were driven into this Port, he came down out of his Palace, and slew my Father, and all them that were with him except myself, and so brought me into this Tower, whereas I have been these Seven years in great distress and misery. And now Cousin, I pray you what adventure hath brought you hither into this strange Country? Cousin, (quoth he) seeing you will know of my adventures, I shall show you the troth, King Charlemagne hath sent me in messsage to the Admiral Gaudise in Babylon, I bear him a messsage by mouth and by Letters, and as my way lay, I am come by this Tower, and I demanded of a Paynim who was within this Tower, and he answered me and said, how here should be a great and an horrible Giant, who hath done much evil to them that have passed this way. And I thought to pass this way, to fight with him and destroy him, and to deliver the Country of him, and I have left my company here by in a Valley to tarry for me. Dear Cousin, (quoth she) I have great marvel that you would take on you such a folly, for if ye were Five hundred men together well armed, ye durst not all abide him if he were armed with his armour, for none can endure against him, therefore Cousin I counsel you to return back again ere he do awake, and I shall open you the wicket, so that you shall pass out without any danger. Chap. XXXII. ¶ How the Damsel cozen to Huon, showed him the chamber whereas the Giant slept, and how he went and waked him, and of the good armour that the Giant delivered to Huon. WHen Huon had well understood the Damsel, he said, cozen know for troth, ere I depart hence, I will see what man he is, it shall never be said (to my reproach) in the court of any Prince, that for fear of any miscreant I should be of so faint a courage, that I durst not abide him, certainly I had rather die than such a fault should come to me. Ah cozen quoth she, than I see well both you and I are destroyed, but seeing it is thus, I shall show you the chamber whereas he sleepeth, and when ye have seen him, yet than ye may return. First go into this chamber that you see here before you, wherein ye shall find bread and wine and other victuals, and in the next you shall find clothes of silk, and many rich jewels, then in the third chamber ye shall find the four Gods of the Paynims, they be all of fine massy gold, & in the fourth ye shall find the Giant lying a sleep on a rich bed: then sir if ye were of my mind, I would counsel you to strike of his head sleeping, for if he awake, you cannot escape without death. Lady quoth Huon, and god will, it shall never be said to my disgrace, that I should strike any man without his knowledge. Then Huon departed from the Lady, his sword being in his hand and his helmet on his head, and his shield about his neck, and so entered into the first chamber, and then into the second and third, whereas he saw the four Gods: when he had well regarded them, he gave each of them a stroke with his sword, and then he entered into the chamber whereas the Giant lay sleeping, Huon noted him advisedly, and the bed that he lay on, the which was so rich, that the value thereof could not be prized, the curtains, coverings, and pillows were of such riches, that it was great beauty to behold them. Also the chamber was hanged with rich clothes, & the floor covered with carpets, when Huon had well regarded all this, and well considered of the Giant, who was xvij. foot of length, and his body furnished thereafter and all his other members, but a more fowler & hideous creature was never seen, with a great head, great ears, and a camelled nose & eyes burning like a candle. Ah good Lord (quoth Huon) I would King Charlemagne were here to see us two fight, for I am sure then ere he departed, my peace should be made with him. Lord god, I humbly require thee to be my succour against this enemy, for if it be not thy good pleasure, against him I can no while endure. Then Huon fiercely advanced forth, and made the sign of the Cross, casting in his mind what he might do, for he thought if he slew him sleeping, it should be a great reproach to him, and it would be said that he had slain a man dead, whereupon he said to himself: shame have I if I touch him ere I have defied him, than Huon cried out aloud and said: Arise thou heathen hound, or else I shall strike off thy head. When the Giant heard Huon speak, he awaked fiercely, and beheld Huon, and rose up so quickly, that in rising he broke the bedstead that he lay upon, than he said to Huon. Friend, they that sent thee hither, loved thee but little, nor doubted not me. And when Huon heard the Giant speak french, he had great marvel and said, I am come hither to see thee, and it may be so, that I have done it unadvisedly. Then the Giant said, thou sayest troth, for if I were armed as thou art, Five hundred men such as thou art could not endure me, but that they should all die, but thou seest I am naked, without sword or weapon, yet for all that I doubt thee not. Then Huon thought in himself, that it would be a great shame to him, to assail a man without armour or weapon, wherefore he said: Go and arm thee, or incontinent I shall slay thee. Friend quoth the Giant, this that thou sayest, proceedeth of a good courage & of courtesy. Then he armed him, and took in his hand a great fawchin, and Huon was withdrawn into the Palace abiding for the Giant, who tarried not long but came to Huon, & said: where art thou, behold me here ready to destroy thee, without thou make good defence? yet I desire thee tell me what thou art, to th'intent that I may (when I have slain thee) tell how I have slain such a one, that by his folly came to assail me in mine own Palace. Great pride it was in thee, that thou wouldst not strike me ere I was armed, but whosoever thou art, thou seemest son to a noble man: I pray thee show me whether thou wouldst go, and what moved thee to come hither, to th'intent that I might know the troth of thine enterprise, that when I have slain thee; I may make my vaunt to my men, that I have slain such a man, that thought scorn and disdain to strike me ere I was armed. Paynim quoth Huon, thou art in a great folly, when thou so rashly reputest me for dead: But seeing thou wouldst know the troth, I am a poor knight, from whom king Charlemagne hath taken my Lands, and banished me out of the Realm of France, and hath sent me for to do a messsage to the Admiral Gaudise at Babylon, and my name is Huon, Son to Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux. Now I have showed all the troth of mine enterprise, and now I pray thee tell me where thou wert borne, and who engendered thee, to th'intent that when I have slain thee, I may make mine avaunt in king Charles Court, and before all my friends: that I have slain such a marvelous great Giant as thou art. Then the Giant said, if thou slay me, thou mayest well make thy vaunt, that thou hast slain Angolofer the Giant, who hath xvij. brethren, of whom I am the youngest. Also thou mayest say, that unto the dry tree and to the red sea, there is no man but is tributary to me. I have chased the Admiral Gaudise, to whom thou sayest thou goest, & have taken from him by puissance divers of his Cities, and he doth me yearly servage, by the tender of a Ring of gold, to buy his head withal. Also I took from Oberon the Fairy King, this puissant Tower, who for all his enchanting & Fairies could not resist me, and also I took from him a rich Armour, thou never heardst of such another, for it hath such virtue, that whosoever can put it on, can never be weary nor discomfited. But there is in it, another especial virtue, for he that must wear that armour, must be without spot of deadly sin, & also his mother must be without carnal copulation with any man, except with her own husband, I believe there cannot be found any man that may wear this Armour. Also it is of such virtue, that whosoever hath it on his body, cannot be grieved neither with fire nor water. By Mahu I have proved it, and because I have found such courtesy in thee, that thou gavest me leave to arm me: I will give thee leave to assay if thou canst put on that Armour, in regard I know, that neither thou, nor any knight else can be able to do it. Then the Giant went to his coffer, and took out the Armour, and came to Huon and said: See, here is the good armour, I give thee leave to assay to put it on thy body. Then Huon took the Armour and went back a little, and put off his own armour, and took that belonging to the Giant, and incontinent did it on his body, then hastily he put on his helmet, and took his shield & sword in his hand, and devoutly thanked our Lord God of this great grace. Then the Giant said, by Mahu, I had little thought thou hadst been such a man, that Armour becometh thee exceeding well, now I have quit the courtesy that thou showedst me, therefore I pray thee put off the Armour, and deliver it me again. Not so sir by your leave, answered Huon, this Armour is meeter for me, than such a Hellhound as thou art, therefore know for troth, I will not render it again for xiv. of the best Cities between this and Paris. Friend quoth the Giant, seeing thou wilt not render me again the Armour, I am content to let thee depart hence without any hurt or damage, and also I will give thee my Ring of gold, the which the Admiral Gaudise gave me, for I know well it will stand thee in good stead, if thou thinkest to furnish thy messsage, for when thou comest to the gate of his Palace, and sayst how thou art a messenger sent from king Charles, thou shalt find four gates, and at every gate four Porters, so that at the first gate, if it be known thou be a frenchman: one of thy hands shallbe cut of, and at the second gate thy other hand, and at the third gate one of thy feet, and at the fourth the other foot, and then shalt thou be brought before the Admiral, and there thy head stricken off. And therefore to escape these perils, & furnish thy messsage, and to th'intent that thou mayest surely return, give me again my Armour and I shall give the my ring of gold, the which when thou but showest it, thou shalt be received with great honour at every gate, and then thou mayst go & return surely into the Palace at thy pleasure, and no man to let thee, for if thou hadst slain Five hundred men, there shallbe none so hardy as to touch thee, nor to do thee any ill if thou hast this Ring about thee, for when I have need of men or money, I cannot lack if I send this ring for a token, therefore I pray thee let me have again my Armour. Chap. XXXIII. ¶ How Huon slew the great Giant, and how he called Gerames and his company to him, and of the joy that they made for the death of the Giant. WHen Huon understood the Paynim, he said. Ah thou fell and false deceiver, know for troth, if all the Preachers between the east & west preached to me a whole year, and that thou wouldst give me all that thou hast, and thy Ring therewith: I would not render again the good Armour that is now on my body, first I slay thee, & then, as for thy Ring that thou praisest so much: I will likewise have it whether thou wilt or not. When the Giant had well heard Huon, and saw that in no wise he could get again his Armour: he was then sorrowful, and because he saw how Huon reproved him, therewith he was so sore displeased, that his eyes seemed like two burning candles, than he yet demanded of Huon, if he would do none otherwise. No truly quoth Huon, though thou be great and strong, I have no fear of thee, seeing I have on this good Armour: therefore in the name of god and of his divine puissance I defy thee. And I thee quoth the Giant, for all the Armour thou canst not endure against me. Then the Giant approached to Huon, and lift up his fawchin thinking to have stricken him, but he failed, for the stroke glent, and the fawchin light upon a pillar, and entered into it more than two foot, than Huon (who was quick and light) beholding the marvelous stroke, quickly stepped forth with his good sword in his hand, and seeing how the Giant had his fawchin sticking fast in the pillar, he strake the Giant on both the arms near to his hands in such wise, that he strake off both his hands, so that they with the fawchin fell down to the earth. When the Giant felt himself so sore hurt, with pain thereof he gave a marvelous cry, so horrible, as though all the Tower had fallen to the earth: whereat the Damsel Sibylla being in her chamber, was sore abashed, she went out of her chamber and found a staff by the way, she took it up in her hands, and came to the Palace whereas she heard the cry, and met the Giant flying away to save himself, but the Damsel well advised, when she saw that he fled, she cast the staff between his legs, so that thereby he fell to the earth, and Huon who came after him with his sword in his hand, he hasted him, & gave the Giant many a great stroke, and the Giant cried out so high, that it was very terrible to hear him. Then Huon lift up his sword, and gave him such a stroke in the neck, that his head flew to the earth, than Huon wiped his sword, and put it up into the sheath, and he came to the head thinking to have taken it up, and to have set it on the height of the Tower, but the head was so great and heavy, that he could not remove it nor turn the body, than he smiled and said. Ah good Lord, I thank thee of thy grace, that thou hast given me the puissance to slay such a creature, would to god that this body and head were now in the Palace of Paris, before Charlemagne King of France, so that he knew that I have slain him. Then Huon went to a window and looked out, and saw where his company were, than said he to them on high. Sirs come up hither, ye may do it surely, for this Palace is won, & the Giant slain. When Gerames, Garyn, & the other heard that, they were joyful and thanked our lord god, than they came to the gate, and Sibylla the Damsel went & opened the wicket, whereby the enchantment failed, than they entered & followed the Damsel, who brought them into the Palace to Huon, and when they saw him, they all wept for joy, and embraced and kissed him, and demanded if he had any hurt. Sirs quoth Huon, I thank god I feel no hurt, and then he brought them where as the Giant lay dead, when they saw him, they had marvel how he could be slain by Huon, they were afraid to see him lie dead. Then Gerames demanded of Huon, what was the Damsel that was there, and Huon showed how she was his cousin, and showed them all the manner how she came thither: whereof they had great joy and embraced her, than they all unarmed themselves, and went to supper, and eat and drank at their pleasure, but their joy endured not long, as ye shall hear hereafter. Chap. XXXIIII. ¶ How Huon departed from the castle of the Giant, and took leave of his company, and went alone a foot to the seaside, whereas he found Mallaborn of the Fairy, on whom he mounted to pass the Sea. YE have heard here before, how Huon conquered the Giant, the which was great joy to all his company, than the next day Huon called them all together, and said. Sirs, ye know well the enterprise that I have taken on me to do, touching the admiral Gaudise▪ therefore it is convenient, that as shortly as I can, to do my messsage that I am charged by king Charles to do to the Admiral Gaudise: wherefore I desire you all, to keep good and true company with this noble Damsel, & also I require you to tarry here xv. days, and then if I return not, go you all into France, and take this noble Damsel with you, and salute from me king Charlemagne and all the Peers of France, and show them the hard adventures that I have had, and how I am gone to perform his messsage. When his company understood that he would depart, they were sorrowful and said. Sir, ye desire us to tarry here xv. days, know for troth, we shall tarry here for you an whole year. Sirs quoth he I thank you, than he made him ready to depart, and armed him, and took his Cup and Horn, and also the giants Ring, the which he did put about his arm, and then he kissed his Cousin and all the others, and they all made great lamentation for his departing. Then they went up into the Palace, & looked out at the windows after Huon as long as they might see him: Huon went forth till he came to the seaside, the which was not far from the Castle, and there was a little Haven, whereas always was wont to lie some manner of ship or vessel to pass over the Sea. And when Huon came thither, though now at this instant there was none at all, finding no means for passage, he said. Ah good Lord, what shall I do, that I can find here no boat or vessel to pass in? alas in an ill hour I slew Charlot, whereby I am thus still in danger, howbeit I did it in mine own defence: great wrong therefore king Charles hath done, to banish me out of mine own Country. These and the like complaints made Huon there being alone, and began sore to lament, but suddenly on his right hand he saw a great beast come swimming towards him, like a Bear, Huon beheld him, and made on himself a sign of the Cross, and drew out his sword to defend himself, as thinking the Beast would have assailed him: but he did not, but went a little off from Huon, & shook himself in such wise, that his skin fell off, and then he was as fair a man and as well formed as could be seen. Then Huon had great fear and marvel, when he saw that this Beast was become a man, yet he approached near to him, and demanded what he was, and whether he were an human creature, or else an ill spirit that was come thither to tempt him, and said, right now thou didst swim in the sea, & traversed the great waves in guise of a marvelous beast: I charge thee in the name of God thou do me no hurt, but show me what thou art, for I believe thou art of king Oberon's company: Huon quoth he, dismay thou not, I know thee right well, thou art Son to Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, Royal king Oberon hath sent me to thee: once it happened me to break his commandment, wherefore he hath condemned me to be this thirty. years like a beast in the Sea. Friend quoth Huon, by the Lord that formed me, I will trust thee till I be past the red sea. Huon quoth Mallaborn, know for troth, I am sent hither for no other cause, but to bear thee whether thou wilt, therefore make thee ready, and recommend thyself to the safeguard of our Lord jesus Christ, and than let me alone. Than Mallaborn entered again into the Beasts skin, and said to Huon. Sir mount upon my back. Chap. XXXV. ¶ How Huon passed the Sea upon Mallaborn, who bore him to Babylon, and how Huon came to the first gate, and so to the second. WHen Huon saw the Beast enter again into his skin, and that he tarried for him, he made the sign of the cross, and prayed god to save and conduct him, & so leapt upon him, & the Beast entered into the Sea, and swam as fast as though a bird had slowen, so that within a short space he traversed the great river of Nile, the which cometh from Paradise, and which is a dangerous River, for the multitude of Serpents and Crocodilles that be therein: howbeit, there were none that did him any trouble. Then when they came to land, Huon was joyful, and Mallaborn said: Right dearly shall I abye the time that thou wert borne, or that ever I knew thee, for the intent to do thee pleasure, I shall endure yet x. years like a Beast in the Sea, and thirty. years I have been so already, so that my time is in all xl. years. I have great pity of thee, for there is no man borne of a woman, that knoweth the ill and poverty that shall fall hereafter to thee, and I shall suffer much for the love that I have to thee: howbeit, I shall take it in patience. Yonder thou mayest see the city whether thou wouldst go, moreover, thou knowest what hath been commanded thee, & what thou hast to do, and yet whatsoever fall, break not the commandment of king Oberon, and always be true & say the troth, for assoon as thou makest any lie, thou shalt lose the love of king Oberon: thus God be with thee, for I may no longer tarry. So he went again into the Sea, and Huon tarried there alone, recommending himself to our lord god, and so took the way to the City, and there entered in without let of any man. So soon as he was entered, he met a M. Paynims going a hawking, another M. coming homeward, and a M. horses led to be new shod, & a M. coming from shoeing, than he saw a M. men playing at the Chess, & another M. that had played and been mated, & another M. talking & devising with Damsels, and another M. coming from drinking of the Admiral's wine, and another M. going thither. When Huon all armed had gone a great space in the City, he had great marvel of that he had seen, and that he had met such multitude of people. And he studied thereon so much, that he forgot the giants Ring on his arm, and the men that he met had great marvel of him to see him go all armed a foot, and yet he went still forward. Alas poor unhappy Huon, that could not remember the giants Ring about his arm, for lack of remembrance thereof, he suffered after so much trouble, that there is no human tongue can tell it, as ye shall hear hereafter. At last he came into a great place before the first gate of the Palace, whereas there stood a great Vine tree set upon brick pillars of divers colours, under the which the Admiral Gaudise one day in the week would come thither, and used to give audience to all Suitors. When Huon had regarded all this, he came to the first gate of the Palace, & there he cried to the Porter & said. Friend, I pray you open the gate, and the Porter said, with a good will, if thou be a Sarazin thou shalt enter. Then Huon (as unadvised, and forgetting himself, and not once thinking on king Oberon's commandment, or of the giants Ring about his arm, the which if he had showed forth, he should not have needed to have made any lie) when he had heard the Paynim demand whether he were a Sarazin or no: he said yes, than the Porter said, than may you surely enter. So Huon passed the first bridge and gate, and when he came to the second, he remembered himself how he had broken king Oberon's commandment, wherewith he was so sorrowful at his heart, that he wist not what to do, and swore them that he would never lie more. Then he took the Ring in his hand, and came to the second gate, and said to the Porter: Thou villain, he that died on the cross, confounded thee, open this gate, for I must enter. When the Porter heard him speak so fiercely, he said, who is it, that the first Porter was so hardy to suffer to enter in at the first gate? I shall show thee quoth Huon, seest not thou this Ring, the which is a token that I may pass and go whereas me list. When the Porter heard him and saw the Ring, he knew it well, and said: Sir, ye be welcome, how fareth the Lord the ye come from? Huon, who would not lie, passed the bridge and gave no answer, and so came to the third gate: where the Porter came to him, and Huon showed him the Ring, than the Porter let down the bridge, and opened the gate, and with great reverence saluted Huon, and suffered him to pass. When Huon was thus passed the three bridges, than he remembered how he had made a lie at the first bridge, and said to himself. Alas, what shall become of me, seeing I have so lightly broken my promise to him that hath done so much for me? alas, I forgot the Ring that was about mine arm, how be it, I trust that Oberon will not be displeased for it, seeing I did it not wilfully, but that I forgot it: I trust he will take no more regard to this deed, than he did when I blew the Horn without any cause, thus Huon passed the three gates of the Palace. Chap. XXXVI. ¶ How Huon passed the fourth Gate, and how he came into the garden whereas the Fountain was, and of that which he did there. WHen Huon saw that he had passed the three gates, he went on to the fourth gate, with the Ring in his hand, for he met with no man, but that still did him honour when they saw the Ring: then he said to the fourth Porter, thou villain Porter, I charge thee forthwith open the gate. When the Porter heard him he had great marvel, & said, what art thou that art armed, and speakest so fiercesly to me? lay away thine armour, and then show me what thou art & whether thou wilt go, for armed as thou art it is not possible for to enter, show me by thy faith how thou hast passed the three other bridges. Than Huon said, hold thy peace Paynim, I am a Messenger sent from noble king Charlemagne, and whether thou wilt or not I will pass this way and go to the Palace to the Admiral Gaudise: there is neither thou nor any other shall let me, behold this token that I show thee. The Paynim knew it anon, and let down the bridge, and opened the gate, and kneeled down and kissed and embrabraced his leg, desiring pardon of him in that he had caused him to tarry so long: Paynim quoth Huon, good day mayest thou have. Sir quoth the Porter, ye may go to the Admiral, who will make you good cheer and great honour, for there is nothing that ye can desire, but it shallbe granted unto you, yea and if it be his only Daughter, for love of the Lord from whom ye bring this Ring for a token: and sir, I require you how doth the Lord Angolofer▪ cometh he hither or not? Porter quoth Huon, if he come hither, all the Devils of hell must bring him hither, and therewith he passed forth without any more words, but he said to himself. Ah good Lord jesus Christ, help and aid me in all my business, I was tempted with an evil spirit, when I made the lie at the first gate, I did it by lightness of courage and for lack of remembrance, whereof I am right sorry. Huon thus being in displeasure with himself for the lie that he had made, went forth till he came to the Palace, and entered into a fair garden, wherein the Admiral took oftentimes his pastime, for there could no tree, fruit, nor flower be wished for, but there they might be found both in summer & winter. And in the midst of this garden there was a fair Fountain coming out of the river of Nile that cometh from Paradise, the which fountain as then was of such virtue, that if any sick man did drink thereof, or washed his hands and face therein, incontinent he should be whole, and also if a man had been of great age, he should return again to the age of thirty. years, and old women to become as fresh and lusty as a maid of xv. years. This Fountain had that virtue by the space of lx. years, but x. years after that Huon had been there, it was destroyed and broken by the Egyptians, who made war on the admiral that was as then in Babylon. And when Huon had washed his hands and face in the Fountain, and drunk of the water, he beheld the Palace, and thought it marvelous fair, and when he had well regard it, he saw a little beside the fountain a great Serpent, who kept the Fountain, to th'intent that none should be so hardy as to drink or touch the Fountain: for if a traitor, or any man that had falsified his faith did touch it, he could not escape without death. But when the Serpent saw Huon, he inclined himself, without making of semblance to do him any ill. Huon sat down by the Fountain, and began grievously to lament, and said. Ah good Lord, without thy succour it is impossible for me to depart hence alive. Ah noble king Oberon, forsake me not now in this need, for the trespass that I have done aught to be forgiven me, seeing I did it negligently for lack of remembrance, certainly I will know, if for so small a cause ye will leave me, wherefore whatsoever fall, I shall prove & assay to know the troth, than he took his Horn and blew it so fiercely, that king Oberon heard it being in his Forest, & when he heard it, he said. Ah good Lord I hear the false Knight blow his Horn, who setteth so little by me, for at the first gate that he passed by, he made a false lie: by the Lord that formed me, if he blow till the veins of his neck bur●● in sunder, he shall not be succoured for me, nor for any manner of mischief that may fall to him. Then Huon being in the garden blew so loud, that the Admiral, who was set at his dinner, arose from the board with all his Lords, and all other ladies and Damsels, knights and squires, boys, and scullions of the kitchen, and all other came into the Palace to the Admiral, and began to dance and sing, and made great joy, the more that Huon blew his Horn, the more they danced and sang. And when Huon left blowing, than the Admiral called his Barons, and commanded them to be armed, and said. Sirs go into this garden, for surely there is some Enchanter, therefore take heed that he escape not, but bring him alive to me, for I will know of him the cause why he hath done this deed, for if he escape, he will do us more ill. When Huon had blown a long space, and saw no body come to him, he was sore abashed, and than he began to lament and said. Ah good Lord god, now I see well mine end approacheth, when king Oberon faileth me, in whom I have all my trust in life and death. Ah dear Lady Mother and brother Gerardine, I shall never see you more. Ah noble king Charlemagne, great wrong have ye done to me, thus to banish me without desert, for that that I did was in my defence, god forgive it you. Ah king Oberon, well mayenst thou be reputed for an unkind creature, thus to leave me for one small fault, certainly if thou be a noble man, I hope thou wilt pardon me, at least, I put all to god, and to him I submit me. And whatsoever fall, I will enter into the Palace, & do my messsage that king Charlemagne hath commanded me to do. So he made him ready, and departed from the Fountain, thinking he should find the Admiral at dinner at that time. Chap. XXXVII. ¶ How Huon came into the Palace, and did his messsage to the Admiral, and how he slew many Paynims, and was afterward taken, and put in Prison. WHen Huon had been a certain space at the fountain, he departed all armed, and mounted up the degrees of the Palace, the same time the Admiral had caused two of his principal gods to be set in the midst of the Palace, richly adorned, and before them two great torches burning, so that no Sarazin passed by them, but made to them great reverence, but Huon passed by them, and would not once look on them, nor speak to no man that he met, whereof they had all great marvel and said one to another, so that Huon easily heard them. I believe this man, who thus entered into the Palace all armed, is some messenger sent from some great Prince to the admiral, and then Huon saw a Paynim King speaking to the admiral, who was newly come to the Admiral, because the same day the Admiral Gaudise should have delivered to him his Daughter the fair Escleremond in marriage, and Huon saw well, how he was the greatest Prince that as then was there with the Admiral, than Huon said to himself. Ah good Lord, if I acquit myself truly to King Charlemagne, I must slay this Paynim king, I think it be he that I look for, seeing he sitteth so near to the Admiral, god confound me▪ but incontinent I will strike of his head, and then let our Lord jesus Christ do with me at his pleasure. Then Huon came near to the table, and drew out his sword, and therewith gave the said King such a stroke, that his head fell on the table, so that the admiral was therewith all bloody. Then Huon with a high voice said. Ah good Lord, what a good beginning is this, the rest I remit to our Lord jesus Christ whom I require to aid me to perform the rest of mine enterprise, in this point I have near quit myself against king Charlemagne. Then the Admiral said to his Barons, take this man that hath done me this offence, as to murder this king ●itting at my table, if he escape, look me never in the face. Then the Paynims assailed Huon on all sides, and cast at him darts and swords to have slain him. But his good Armour saved him from the death, and with his sword he slew many a bold Paynim, so that none durst approach near him. When he saw that he was sore oppressed, he took his Ring from off his arm, and cast it on the table before the Admiral and said. Sir Admiral, beware on pain of thy life, of doing to me any hurt or damage, by this token that I show thee. When the Admiral saw the Ring, he knew it well, than he began to cry, that no man should be so hardy as to touch him that hath slain the Paynim King, and every man let Huon in rest, whereof he was right joyful, than he said to the Admiral, Sir, I will from hence forth that thou do as I command thee. Friend quoth the Admiral, thou mayest do in my Palace what thou wilt, whatsoever thou command shallbe done, no man shall say the contrary. Than Huon saw where his daughter the fair Escleremond sat by her Father, and Huon went to her, and kissed her iij. times before her Father, whereat the Damsel was much abashed, but she saw him so fair, and felt his mouth so sweet, that she thought without she might have him to her Lover, she should die for sorrow, so that she changed colour, and blushed as ruddy as a rose. When Huon had kissed the lady, than he went to the Admiral and said. Sir Admiral, know for troth that I am christened, and am a Messenger sent from noble king Charlemagne to thee, because there is no Prince christian nor heathen, but that obeyeth his commandment, except thyself: therefore by me he sendeth thee word, that since the dolorous day of battle at Roncevaux, whereas he lost his two Nephews, Rowland and Oliver, he never since assembled so much people, as he will do this next summer to come upon thee both by water and by land, without thou wilt believe in the law of jesus Christ, therefore if thou wilt believe me, be christened, or else this mischief will fall upon thee. Speak no more of that quoth the Admiral, for I had rather be hewn and slain, then to leave my law and believe upon thy god. Sir Admiral quoth Huon, moreover king Charles commandeth thee to send him a M. Sparhawk's, a M. goshawks, a M. Bears, and a M. waiters chained together, a M. young Varlets, a M. fair Damsels, and also a handful of thy beard, and Four of thy great teeth. Ha quoth the Admiral, I see thou art hardy and outrageous, to demand of me this that thou hast said. And also I have great marvel of thy Master, that he is so foolish as to command me by thee, to send him my beard and great teeth, before this time he hath sent me more than xv. Messengers, & hath demanded part of this that thou speakest of, but all xv. have been hanged, & now thou art come by thy folly to make up the xuj. But by reason of the Ring that thou bearest, we dare not touch thee: I pray thee therefore by the faith and law that thou art of, show me what Devil hath given thee that Ring. Than Huon sore abashed, as he that durst not make a lie, for fear of king Oberon, said. Sir, not for doubt of thee, or of any Paynim here, I will not spare to show thee the troth, know then that with this good sword I have slain the Lord Angolofer the Giant. When the Admiral heard that, he said to his Lords. Sirs look that this Villain escape not, for by all the Gods that I believe on, I shall never have joy in my heart until I see him taken. Then Paynims and Saracens on all parts assailed Huon, when he saw that, he commended himself to our Lord god, and thought he should never see fair day more, and so with his sword in both his hands he defended himself nobly, in slaying and cutting off hands, and feet of the Saracens, & of many he made the brains to fly abroad on the pavement, great terror it was to behold, for by reason of his good Armour, there was no Paynim could do him any damage, but they gave him way, and durst not approach near him. Huon being full of ire as he fought, he saw on the one side of the Palace an Arch in the wall, and so ever still fight he drew thither, and set his back to the arch, to th'intent that none should come behind him. There he fared like a wild Boar in the wood▪ and defended himlelfe in such wise, that whom soever he touched with a full stroke, had no need after of any surgeon, thus a long space Huon endured, and had no great harm. But the force of the Paynims was so great, that it was not possible for him to sustain long, for he waxed so weary, that his strokes feebled, oftentimes he called upon god, and on the other part the Admiral cried to his men and said. Ah ye faint hearted slaves, great shame is to you all, that one man shall so long endure against you, that ye can neither take him nor slay him. Then the Paynims when they heard the Admiral so dispraise them, they came in a great rage all at once upon Huon, whereas he was alone under the arch, and a Paynim who was Nephew to the Admiral, came upon Huon, but when Huon saw him approach, he lifted up his sword, and gave the Paynim such a stroke on the helmet, that he clave his head to the breast, and therewith his sword fell out of his hands, and another Sarazin took it up, than all the Saracens at once ran upon Huon & took him, and then took from him his Horn and his Cup, and put off his armour: when he was unarmed, the Saracens beheld him well, and many said, how they never saw so fair a man before, affirming, that if all Frenchmen were such as he, there were no King able to resist them. Chap. XXXVIII. ¶ Of the great complaints that Huon made being in prison, and how the Admiral's Daughter came to comfort him, and how she departed not well content with Huon. WHen Huon was disarmed, the Paynims took and brought him before the Admiral, who was right joyful when he saw Huon, and called his Barons & demanded of them, what death the Caitiff should die that had done them such damage, as to slay one of his most puissant Kings, and also his Nephew, beside many others. Then they all answered with one voice, that he should be slain alive incontinent. Then stepped forth an old ancient Admiral of Six score years of age, who was of the Admirals privy counsel, and he said. Sir Admiral, ye may not do thus, for the love of this good day, the which is the feast of Saint john, according to our law, there is none ought to die on that day, but Sir, respite his life for a whole year, and then shallbe the feast of your Gods, on that day ye ought to deliver xj. Champions, to do with them you Sacrifice: let this man be one, and another may come by that time, and which of the two Champions be overcome, ye shall make your sacrifice to your Gods of him. Thus ye promised your Gods to do, the first day that ye took on you the Signiory of Babylon, and Sir, if it were not for that this man hath slain one of your Kings, and your Nephew, ye ought not to slay him, but rather to thank him, for by him, the man that you ought most to hate in the world, is slain, that is Angolofer, and now by his death ye are out of all servitude & bondage, and by this man set at liberty. When the Admiral Gaudise had well heard the Paynim, he said, seeing it is so that ye give me this counsel, and that of right mine Ancestors have ever accustomed the same: I will not do the contrary, but it shall be as ye have said. Then was Huon led with iiij. Paynims to a dark prison, and the jailor was commanded to give him meat and drink sufficient. When Huon saw how he was in prison, he was right sorrowful and began to remember the noble Duchess his Mother, and Gerard his brother, and said. Ah Oberon, how is it that art so unkind & outrageous to me, for so little an offence to suffer me to endure this great misery? for I know well it is not unknown to thee, that the offence that I have done, was but only by forgetfulness. Now let us leave speaking of Huon, and say somewhat of fair Escleremond Daughter to the Admiral: when she saw that it was night, and she all alone in her bed, she remembered the French knight, who had kissed her iij. times in the presence of her Father, and she was in great sorrow because he was put in prison, & said to herself: Without he were a Knight of great enterprise, he would never have been so hardy to have done as he hath done this day in divers manners. Wherefore she said, he was well worthy to be beloved and succoured. Then incontinent she arose and made her ready, and privily she took a torch of wax in her hand, and lighted it, and issued out of her chamber as privily as she could. It was about midnight, and every man was a sleep in the Palace, she went straight to the prison, & came at so good a time that she found the jailor fast a sleep, than she stole away the keys, and went and opened the prison door. But when Huon saw the torch light, and the door of the prison open, he was in great fear, lest they would take him out to put him to death, or to do him some other displeasure, whereupon he began to make pitiful complaints, The Lady who could well speak french, understood all Huons complaints, and remembered his name, because the day before she had heard himself show her Father his name, than she said. Huon, dismay not, I am Escleremond Daughter to the Admiral, whom this day passed thou didst kiss iij. times in the presence of my Father, if it be so that thou wilt fulfil my will, I shall put to my endeavour to deliver thee out of prison, for I am so affectionate towards thee, that ever since thou didst kiss me, I have none other thought nor imagination but only on thee, & how to bring thee out of the danger that thou art in. Madam quoth Huon, god reward you for your great courtesy that ye would do unto me, but fair Lady Escleremond, you are a Sarazin, and I am christened: True it is, that I did kiss you, but that was by the commandment of king Charlemagne, who sent me hither so to do, but else I had rather to have been here in perpetual prison, than to have touched any part of your body or mouth so long as ye be a Sarazyn. Huon quoth the Lady, seeing thou art of that mind, thou shalt end thy days here in prison miserably, and never trust me, but if I can, I shall cause thee dearly to abye the refusal that thou hast made me. Then the Lady Escleremond parted from the prison, and came to the jailor and awaked him, and said: Friend, I charge thee on pain of thy life, that to this french Prisoner within thy keeping, for these iij. days and iij. nights thou give him neither meat nor drink. Madam quoth the jailor, your commandment shallbe fulfilled. Then the Lady in this displeasure went again to her bed, right pensive and full of fantasies, and Huon was iij. days and iij. nights without meat or drink, and on the iiij. day he said all sorrowing. Ah good Lord, I see well I must here die for hunger, I humbly require thee to aid and succour me, and grant me thy grace, that I neither consent nor do any thing that shall be against thy pleasure or against thy holy law, for any tribulation that can come to me. Thus noble Huon complained all sorrowing, & there was no creature that had heard him, but he would have been partaker of his great sorrows. Chap. XXXIX. ¶ How Huon made great complaints for the famine that he endured, and how the fair Escleremond came again to comfort him, conditionally that Huon would fulfil her desire. Thus (as have ye have heard before) Huon complained piteously, for he had been iij. days and iij. nights without sustenance, and the Lady Escleremond who caused it, came every morning and evening to the prison to hear what Huon would say, and ever she would demand of Huon, if he were any otherwise advised to answer her or not, and ever she found him at one point. But at the last, when she saw that he still continued in that mind, than she demanded of him, that if she delivered him out of prison, whether he would then promise her to lead her with him into France, and take her to his wife when he came there, if thou wilt promise me this (quoth she) thou shalt have meat and drink sufficient at thy pleasure. Madam quoth Huon, I promise you faithfully, that upon your forsaking Paganism, and conversion to our christian faith: I shall do your pleasure, whatsoever happen to me thereby. Then know for troth quoth the Lady, that for the love of thee I will become christened, and believe in the law of the Lord jesus Christ so soon as we come into any place whereas it may be done. Huon thanked her, and then she caused him to have meat and drink, whereof he was joyful, and she called the jailor and said. Go thy way in haste to the Admiral my Father, and tell him that the french knight is dead iij. days past, through feebleness & hunger. Lady quoth the jailor, I am ready to do your commandment, and so he went to the Admiral and said. Sir, the french Knight that was in my keeping, is dead by famine iij. days past. Alas quoth the Admiral, I am sorry therefore, but seeing it will none otherwise be, I must pass it over as I may, but I had rather that he were alive. And thus as ye have heard, Huon was delivered from death, for it is a common, but a very true saying, that one day of deliverance, is worth a hundred years of endurance. Then the jailor returned to the prison unto the Lady, and showed her what he had said to the Admiral. Well fri●nd quoth the Lady, if thou wilt be secret, I shall make thee rich for ever, helping to aid me in such things as I would have thee. Madam quoth he, to die in the quarrel, I shall do you service such as you command me, the fear of death shall not let me to do it. Now let us leave speaking of Huon, who was oftentimes visited with the jailor, and had all things as he desired, and was well lodged at his pleasure. And let us now speak of Gerames, and of them that were with him in the Castle of the Giant. Chap. XL. ¶ How Gerames and his company departed from the Tower and the Damsel with them, and came to Babylon, and of the manner that Gerames used to know some news of Huon. WE have heard here before, how Huon departed from the Tower of the Giant, and left there Gerames and all his company with the Damsel his Cousin: they tarried there iij. months, and never heard any thing of Huon, whereof they were sorrowful. They went forth one morning, and came to the Seaside, to see if they might hear any news of their Lord Huon, and as they looked upon the Sea, they espied a ship charged with thirty. Paynims and great riches, and Gerames saw how the ship was coming to that Port, wherefore he said to his company: Sirs, let us go and see if we can learn any tidings of Huon by them. Then they went to the Port, and by that time that the Mariners had cast their anchor, then Gerames demanded of them whence they were, and whither they would go. Sir quoth they, we would go to Mesque, to pay to Angolofer the great Giant, a Tribute that we are bound every year to pay, therefore Sir we desire you to show us where we might find him. And when Gerames saw that they were all a land out of the ship, he said, Ah ye unhappy Paynims, ye shall never depart hence, for he that ye demand for is dead, and all ye shall bear him company▪ Then Gerames said to his company, sirs let all these Paynims be slain, and then incontinent they set upon them, so that all the Paynims were slain, not one escaped alive, for the christian men were armed, and the Paynims without armour or any weapon, for otherwise they durst not come on land for fear of the Giant. Then Gerames entered into the ship, and took all that they found there and bore it into the Tower, and then they went to dinner and made great joy for that adventure, and after dinner Gerames said. Sirs if we were now in France, and that king Charlemagne should demand of us what is become of Huon: ye know well there is none of us can tell whether he be alive or dead, for if we should say that he is dead, and he afterward return home, than we should be reputed for false men ever after both we and our children, for a man may be a Prisoner xiv. or xv. years, and yet come home again at the last safe and sound. But sirs if ye will be ruled by me, we shall do like true men: we have as now in this port a good ship well furnished with every thing, and we have here gold and silver plenty, and we shall soon victual our ship, and then let us take the Sea, and never rest sailing until we hear some news of our Lord Huon, & if we do thus, than we do as true men ought to do, and I desire you all every man show his advice herein. Then without taking of any longer respite, they answered all with one voice, that they were ready to accomplish all that he had devised. So they took gold and silver and all their riches, and bore it into the ship, and fournished it with wine, biscuit, salt flesh, & artillery, and when their ship was garnished, they put in their horses and their armour, and they all xiii. Companions entered into the ship, & the Damsel with them, than they weighed up their anchors, & hoist up their sails, and so left the Tower of the Giant all void and no man therein. And thus they sailed along the coast, until they came into the high sea, and so long they sailed till they came to Damieta, & there they entered into the River of Nile, and so long they sailed therein, that they arrived at Babylon, and came to the Port, and took out their horses. Gerames that knew well the language, and the manner of the entering into all the iiij. gates, said to his company. Sirs lets us mount on our horses, and let us enter into the City, to see if we may hear any news of our Master Huon. Thus they road forth and entered into the City, & then Gerames said. Sirs, we will go to the Palace, but when we come there, ●ould you all your peace, and suffer me to speak, wherein it is convenient that ye all agree to my words, and say not the contrary. They answered and said, they were content so to do, and thus they road together through the town, Ah good Lord quoth Gerames, I beseech thee of thy grace to grant us, that we may hear some good tidings of our master Huon of Bourdeaux, for whom we be here in jeopardy of death, so they passed all the iiij. bridges and gates, by reason that Gerames showed forth such reasons that the Porters were content. Then they came before the great hall, & there they alighted & mounted up all xiii. and the Damsel with them, and when they were in the hall, they saw the Admiral Gaudise sitting on a rich chair garnished with gold & precious stones, and Gerames that could well speak the Sarazine language, came before the Admiral and said. The same god that causeth the wine and corn to grow, save and keep the Admiral Gaudise, whom I see there ●itting among his Barons. Friend quoth the Admiral, thou art welcome, I pray thee show me what thou art, and whither thou wouldst go? Sir (quoth Gerames) to tell you plainly, I am come from the good city of Mombrance, and am Son to king juoryn. When the admiral heard that, he rose up on his feet and said: Thou art welcome the son of my brother, fair Nephew, I pray you show me how doth my brother juoryn? Sir (quoth Gerames) when I departed from him, I left him in good health, and he saluteth you by me, and hath sent here to you xii. french men by me, the which were taken upon the sea, as they were going on Pilgrimage to the holy Sepulchre of Christ in jerusalem, and he desireth you to put them in prison, until the day of Saint john the Baptist, at which day you must make the feast of your Gods, and then to bring them into the meadow here without, and there tie and bind them to stakes, and let your Archers shoot at them, to th'intent to know who shooteth best. As for this Damsel that is here with me, she is to be put to your Daughter, to teach her to speak perfectly the french language. Fair Nephew (quoth the Admiral) as he hath appointed it shallbe done, and I give you power to command every thing in this house at your pleasure, and I pray you show me what is your name? Sir quoth he, I am called jeracle. Well (quoth the Admiral) from hence forth I retain you to be as my chief Chamberlain, and I will that ye have the key of the prison in your keeping, and therein to put these Captives, and do with them at your pleasure, extend unto them what kindness you please, but let them have meat & drink sufficient, that they die not with famine, as but lately died a French man that was sent to me by king Charles of France, who was called Huon of Bourdeaux, the which was a right fair young man. When Gerames heard that, he had never before greater sorrow at his heart, for then (hearing of the death of Huon) his displeasure & anger was so great, that he had near hand run upon the Admiral, and he was so vexed in his mind, that he took up a staff that lay by him, and gave each of the French men such strokes on their heads, that the blood ran down: but they suffered it and durst not stir, they were in such fear of the Admiral, but they cursed Gerames for his strokes, who did it for the nonst. And when the Admiral saw how he had well beaten the frenchmen, he said: Fair Nephew, it seemeth well by you that you love these christian men but little. Sir quoth he, I hate these christian men more than any men in the world, for Sir all the way that I have come, I have thus beaten them three times in every day, in the honour of my God Mahu, and in despite of their law and God on whom they believe. Thus then Gerames departed from the Admiral, and led with him the xii. french prisoners, beating them till he came to the prison, and none of them durst speak one word, but to themselves they cursed Gerames. And as they went towards the prison they met with the Lady Escleremond, and she said, Cousin, I am right joyful of your coming, but if I durst trust you, I would show you a secret matter, so that you promise not to discover me. Cousin quoth Gerames, by the faith that I owe to my god Mahu, ye may well show me your will and pleasure, for if mine eyes were to be drawn out, I shall never discover you. And when the Damsel heard that promise, she said. Dear Cousin, it is a v. months passed since there came to my Father the Admiral a french knight, with a messsage from king Charlemagne, who called himself Huon of Bourdeaux, who when he had done his messsage, he slew a Paynim king as he sat at the table by my Father, & after came & kissed me three times before my Father's face, and after that slew many Saracens, wherefore at last he was taken Prisoner, and put in prison whereas he is yet, howbeit I made my Father believe that he is dead with famine, yet dear cousin he is as yet alive, and as well served of meat and drink as my father is. When Gerames understood the Damsel Escleremond, he was both sorrowful & angry, for he thought that the Damsel did it to deceive him, and to cause him to show forth the secretness of his mind, & because he was in doubt thereof, he passed forth and made no manner of answer to the Damsel, but came to the prison, and put in the Prisoners rudely, and the Damsel returned right sorrowful in that she had showed so much of her mind to Gerames whom she took for her Cousin. When Gerames had put the xii. Frenchmen in prison, he returned right sorrowful, and Huon being in the prison, had great marvel what prisoners they were that were let down into the prison, for he could not see them the prison was so dark, than he drew near to them to hear them speak, and at last one of them began to make his complaint, and said. Ah good Lord jesus Christ secure us, for thou knowest well, this that we suffer we have not deserved, but it is for the love of our young Lord Huon of Bourdeaux, we have loved him so well, that now we be lost for ●uer, except dear Lord thou have mercy upon us. When Huon had heard what they said, than he knew well that they were christened & frenchmen, and then he coveted much to know what they were, & so approached near to them and said. Sirs, ye that be here, I pray you show me what ye be, and how ye be come hither? Sir quoth one of them, true it is that v. months passed, there departed from us a young knight, with whom we came out of the Realm of France, and he was borne in France, and son to a noble Duke, called Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, this Knight slew Charlot son to King Charlemagne by misadventure, wherefore he was banished out of the Realm of France, and sent by king Charlemagne to do a messsage to the Admiral Gaudise, and he is dead in prison as it is showed us, and sir we came to seek for him, & are betrayed by one of our own company. When Huon heard him speak, he knew him well, & said. Sirs, be of good comfort and make good cheer, for I am Huon, safe and in good health, thanked be god and the Admiral's daughter, who is so enamoured of me, that she hath saved my life, ye shall see soon how she will come and visit me. But I pray you sirs what is become of old Gerames, whether he be left behind to keep the Tower, with the Dammy cousin whom I left in your keeping? Sir quoth they, a worse creature or more false Traitor was never borne, for he hath betrayed us, and hath beaten and put us in prison: and as for the Damsel, she is with the admirals Daughter. When Huon perceived that all they were of his company, he went & embraced them and said. Sirs know of a surety, that all that Gerames hath done, is done to the intent to deliver us all out of prison, I do so well know the troth of Gerames. Sirs make good cheer, for assoon as night cometh, we shallbe visited with great joy. Sir quoth they, surely we believed that Gerames had forsaken the faith of Christ, and was become a Sarazin, for he hath made the Admiral believe, that he is son to his brother king juoryn of Mombrance. When Huon heard that, he had great joy at his heart and said. Ah good Lord, the troth of Gerames and love that he hath always showed to me, shallbe to us right profitable, in the despite of king Oberon, who hath forsaken me for a small offence, by Gerames we shallbe delivered out of this poverty and danger. Now leaveth the History to speak of Huon and his company being in prison, and returneth to the old Gerames, who studied and practised for the deliverance of Huon and his company. Chap. XLI. ¶ How Gerames and the fair Escleremond went to the Prison to comfort Huon and the other Prisoners. NOw showeth the History, that when Gerames was returned to the Admiral, he said. Sir the French men that I brought, are fast in prison and well beaten. Fair Nephew quoth the Admiral, they have had but an evil neighbour of you. Then Gerames went into his chamber, and studied how he might furnish the Prisoners with victuals, & did so much that he had sufficient, and when night came, he went with his victuals to the prison, for he might do there what he listed, for every man was ready to do him any service. When he came to the prison door, he sent every man away and tarried there alone, and he had not been there long, but that the Admiral's daughter came thither. When Gerames saw her, he wist not what to think, but said. Fair cousin, I pray you show me what you do hear at this hour? Dear cousin quoth she, the great trust that I have in you, hath made me to come hither, because to day I discovered to you all my secrets, and what I am intended to do. Therefore let me entreat you, that you would leave the law of Mahdund, and receive the christian faith, and then to go with me into France together with these Prisoners, and we shall well find the manner how to depart, and we will take with us all the prisoners that ye have put in prison. When Gerames had heard the Lady, he was right joyful, for than he knew well that she went not about to descry him, but that she did it of good heart and good will that she bore to Huon, howbeit, he thought that he would not discover himself to her, until the time he knew the troth of Huon, wherefore he answered the Damsel angrily and said. O thou false and untrue maid, how art thou so hardy as to speak or think thus? surely the Admiral thy Father shall know it assoon as he cometh out of his chamber, and then shalt thou be burned and the Frenchmen hanged. Alas Sir quoth she, yet I pray you let me go into the prison with you, to th'intent that I may see Huon once yet before I die, for the love of whom I am content to die, for if he die I will not live one day after, therefore let me once take my leave of him. Well quoth Gerames, for this time I am content that ye go with me, than Gerames took a torch in his hand, and opened the door & entered, he was no sooner entered, but Huon knew him, and went and embraced him, and said. Ah my true lover, blessed be the hour that I found you, than they all clipped and embraced him, when the Lady saw their manner of saluting she was joyful, for than she saw well, that her intent should be more surely compassed, & then she came to Huon, & demanded if they were his servants that made so great love together? Madam quoth Huon, surely all these that be here be my men, boldly ye may trust them, for there is none of them but that they shall do your commandment. Huon quoth the Damsel, their coming pleaseth me right well, than Huon said to his company. Gentlemen and my dear friends, forbear this extremity of kindness to me, and bestow it upon this noble Lady, for by her we shallbe delivered, and it is she that hath saved my life, them they all together humbly thanked her. Sirs quoth she, if ye will work by my council, I shall show you how I may aid you to deliver you from hence. First let me unfeignedly persuade ye that I do firmly believe in jesus Christ, and at this day there is no man that I more hate than the Admiral Gaudise my Father, because he believeth not in our Lord jesus Christ, for he hateth so the christian men, that he cannot abide to hear any speaking of them, for he believeth but upon Mahu and his Idols, therefore my heart cannot love him, if he did otherwise, I would purchase to him none ill for all the good in the world, but I shall show you what ye must do. When it is the hour of midnight, I shall bring you all into my chamber, whereas I will provide Armour for you all, and there ye shall all be armed, than I shall bring you into the Admiral my Father's chamber, whom ye shall find sleeping, and there ye may slay him, and as for me, I will be the first that shall strike him, and when he is slain, then shall we depart surely. When Huon had understood her, he said, Madam, and god will your Father shall not be so slain, the day shall come that ye shall otherwise deliver us, we thank you that ye so much desire our deliverance, but I think it good that you and Gerames depart hence for this time, for it is near hand day, to th'intent that our business be not perceived. Then the Lady and Gerames departed, and closed again the prison door, and went up into the Palace, as if they had not been there at all. And thus every day Gerames & the Lady went to visit the Prisoners, and bore them every thing that was needful for them. Gerames was always with the Admiral, and did what he would, for there was not any Paynim that durst do contrary to his commandment. Now leave we to speak of the Admiral, of Gerames and of Huon and of all them that were in prison, until such time as we may return to them again. Chap. XLII. ¶ How the great Giant Agrapart, eldest brother to Angolofer whom Huon slew, assembled his people and came to Babylon, to have the tribute of the Admiral as his brother had, and of the battle hand to hand that he desired of the Admiral Gaudis, the which was agreed unto. IT hath been sufficiently declared here before, how Huon slew the Giant Angolofer, the which Giant had Seaventéene Brethren, all elder than himself, who lived distant from him in divers several places. It was no long while after, but that his elder Brother named Agrapart, was advertised of the death of his Brother, which he took to his heart exceeding heavily. Now you must understand, that he was in all respects of as huge stature as his brother, for he was xvij. foot of length, and in bigness he was made thereafter, he was a foot between the brows, & his eyes more redder and burning than a brand of fire, and the gristle of his nose as great as the nostril of an ox, and he had two teeth issuing out of his mouth more than a foot long each of them: but if I should describe his foul figure at the full, it would annoy all the hearers thereof, therefore ye may well believe when he was in his displeasure, that he had a fearful countenance to look upon, for then his two eyes seemed like two burning torches. When he was certainly advertised of the death of his brother, he sent over all his country, that every man should come to him in armour, and so they did, and when they were come, he declared to them the death of his brother Angolofer, & said how it was his mind to go to Babylon to the Admiral Gaudise, there to take possession of the lands and signiories that were his brothers, and also to have the tribute that was due by the Admiral, than all his L●●ds said, Sir, command at your pleasure, and we shall obey it. Well sirs (quoth he) than I will that every man mount on their horses to go towards Babylon, and so they all obeyed, and got on their horses and departed, & road so long, that they came into a plain near to the city of Babylon, there were about Ten Thousand men together, and Agrapart said, Sirs tarry ye all here till I come again, for I will go all alone and speak with the Admiral Gaudise. Then he armed himself, and took a great fawchin in his hand, and departed all alone, and so went and entered into the city of Babylon, and so past the Four gates, there was no Paynim that durst say him nay, and he rested not until he came to the Palace, the same time as the Admiral was sitting at dinner & Gerames with him, than the Giant came to the table, & said. The same god Mahu under whom we live, confound the Admiral Gaudise, as an ill caitiff and a false Traitor. When the Admiral heard himself so highly abused, he said to Agrapart, in this that thou hast said, thou liest falsely, thus shamefully to rebuke me in mine own Court before all my Lords: therefore show me the ●ause why thou dost me this injury? Admiral quoth he, it is because there is come into thy Court he that hath slain my Brother, whom incontinent thou oughtest to have slain likewise, wherefore if it were not for mine own honour, with my fist I would strike thee on the face, thou hast put him in prison, without any more hurt doing unto him, therefore thou traitor thief, by Mahu be thou cursed, thou art not worthy to sit in a seat royal, therefore arise up, it is not mée●e for thee to sit there. And therewith he drew the Admiral so rudely out of his chair, that his hat and Crown fell down to the earth, whereat the Admiral was sore abashed. Then Agrapart sat down in his chair & said, thou false Traitor, my Brother is dead, therefore from henceforth thou shalt be my Subject, for it appertaineth to me to have the Lands that my Brother had, and the Tribute that thou wert wont to pay unto my Brother, or else I shall strike off thy head: howbeit I will not do against right, for if thou wilt prove the contrary, or find two Champions to be so hardy, that for thy love they dare or will fight with me in plain battle, I shall fight with them, or more if thou wilt send than to me. And if it be so, that I be overcome & discomfited by any of them, I am content that from hence forth thou shalt hold thy lands frank & free, without any tribute paying. But if it fall out so that I conquer them both, than thou to be my subject, and to pay me tribute for ever, & also to pay me for a due tax every year Four Ducats of gold as thy head money. Agrapart quoth the Admiral, I am content thus to do, and to appoint two of my men to fight with thee. Chap. XLIII. ¶ How the Admiral Gaudis took Huon out of prison, and armed him to fight with the Giant Agrapart. WHen the Admiral had heard the great Giant, he said aloud: where be the two gentle knights, that will for ever be my friends? now is the time come, that all the goodness and great gifts that I have given among you, is now to be rewarded. If there be any of you that will fight against this Giant, I shall give him my Daughter Escleremond in marriage, and after my death to have my Heritage, no man shall be so bold as to say nay thereto. But for any fair words or promises that the Admiral could make, there was no Paynim so hardy to undertake it: whereupon the Admiral made great sorrow, and began to lament, and when the Giant Agrapart saw him, he said. Thy lamenting cannot avail thee, for whether thou wilt or not, it must beheeve thee to pay these iiij. pieces of gold yearly, for I am sure there is no Paynim that dare fight against me. When the fair Lady Escleremond saw her Father weep, it sore grieved her heart, and she said, O my Father, if I knew that it should not displease you, I would show you one thing which should bring you out of this doubt. Daughter quoth he, I swear by Mahu, I will not be displeased whatsoever thou sayest. Sir (quoth she) I did once delude you, in telling you that the Frenchman that brought you the messsage from king Charlemagne, was dead in prison: but sir credit me he is as yet alive, if it please you I shall fetch him to you, and without doubt I dare warrant you, that he will take on him this Battle against the Giant, for he showed you how he slew the other Giant Angolofer, therefore I have hope by the aid of Mahu, in likewise he shall slay his brother this Giant Agrapart. Daughter (quoth the Admiral) it is my pleasure that ye shall fetch the Prisoner to me, for if he can discomfit this Giant, I am content that he & all his company, shall depart frank & free at their pleasure. Then the Lady & Gerames went to the prison, & took out Huon & all his company, & brought them before the Admiral. Then the Admiral earnestly beheld Huon, and had great marvel that he was in so good case, yet his colour was somewhat pale, by reason of lying so long in prison, than the Admiral said. Friend it seemeth by thy looks, that thou hast had no ill imprisonment. Sir quoth Huon, I thank your Daughter therefore, but I pray you show me for what cause ye have as now sent for me? Friend (quoth the Admiral) I shall show thee, behold yonder Sarazin that is armed, who hath challenged to fight with me hand to hand, or against two of the best men that I have, and I can find none so hardy that dare fight against this Paynim: but if it be so that thou wilt take upon thee this enterprise for me, I shall then deliver thee and all thy company, quite to go into thy country at thy pleasure, and safely to conduct thee to the City of Acre. And also I will give thee a Summer with gold, the which thou shalt present from me to king Charlemagne, and every year from henceforth to send him like present as for my head money, and to make such assurance as his council can devise. Also if he have any war, I shall send him two M. men of arms paid for a whole year before hand, and if it be so that he desire mine own person, I will then pass the sea with a C.M. Paynims to serve him: for I had rather to be in servitude there, than to pay iiij. d. to this Giant. And moreover, if thou wilt abide here with me, I shall give thee my daughter Escleremond in marriage, and the half of my Realm to maintain thine estate. Sir quoth Huon, I am content this to do, so that I may have mine own Armour, and my rich Horn of ivory and my cup, the which were taken from me when I was yielded Prisoner. Friend quoth the Admiral, all shallbe delivered to thee, thou shalt not lose the value of one penny. Then the Admiral sent for the Horn, Armour and Cup, and delivered them to Huon, whereof he had great joy, but when Agrapart saw & knew, that the Admiral had found a Champion to fight with him, he said to the Admiral. Sir, I will go out and speak with my Knights, and in the mean time let thy Champion be ready appareled, for I shall not tarry long, beside, I shall never have joy at my heart, till I have torn his heart out of his body: therewith he departed and went to his men, and Huon put on his coat of mail, and then he took Gerames his horn of ivory, and said: Friend, I pray you keep my Horn till I return again. Then he went & prayed to our Lord, to forgive him his sins, and to succour & aid him to discomfit that foul ●●end the Giant, and when he had made his prayers to god, he put on his armour as quickly as though he had never been in prison, whereby he knew well that god was pleased with him, and then he said. Ah noble king Oberon, I pray thee seeing God is pleased with me, put away thy displeasure and pardon me, for the breaking of thy commandment I have been sore punished, and I pray thee be not displeased if I spoke any hasty word being in prison, for famine caused me to do it. In the breaking of thy commandment, I confess I did ill therein: yet it was but by negligence and forgetting. Alas Sir, remember but what courtesy ye showed me, when ye found me in the wood, and gave me your rich Horn and Cup, by the which often times I have been succoured: therefore sir now I require thee to pardon me all my trespasses, and help me at my need, for I see well, without it be by the grace of god & your help, there is nothing can save my life, thus he besought god of pardon, and to give him grace to destroy his enemy, who was so horrible to behold. And when he had made his prayer, there came a Sarazin to Huon & said, Sir here is your own sword that ye lost when ye were taken. Friend quoth Huon, ye do me great courtesy, God give me grace to reward thee. Then he did on his helmet and girt on his sword, and the Admiral sent him a good horse the best in all his Court, for he was not so fair, but he was in goodness above all other. When Huon saw him, he was right joyful & thanked the Admiral. As for his rich furniture I make no mention thereof, the saddle, harnesie, and bridle were so rich, that the value thereof could not be esteemed. Then Huon made the sign of the cross, and mounted on his horse armed at all points, and so road out of the Palace into a fair meadow, and there made a course to assay his horse, & then he rested him before the Admiral, who leaned in a window in his Palace, and when he beheld Huon, he said to his Lords. Trust me these Frenchmen are to be doubted & feared, for Huon is a goodly young man, and great wrong it had been if he had been slain. The Admiral commanded the field to be kept with a Thousand Saracens, to th'intent that no treason should be done, or any injury offered to his fair seeming Champion. Chap. XLIIII. ¶ How Huon fought with Agrapart the Giant, and discomfited him, and delivered him to the Admiral, who had great joy thereof. WHen Huon had made his course, he came into the field whereas his enemy was ready, and when Agrapart saw Huon, he said. Thou that art of so great courage as to fight against me, how near of kin art thou to the Admiral, seeing that for the love of him thou wilt put thyself in adventure of death? Paynim quoth Huon, know for troth, that I am nothing of kin to the Admiral, but I was borne in the Realm of France, and if thou desire to know what I am, I say unto thee, that I am he that slew thy Brother. For that (quoth the Paynim) I am the more sorrowful, and yet again joyful, in that Mahu hath done me the grace, to have power to revenge his death: but if thou wilt believe and worship my God Mahu, and forsake thy belief and go with me into my country I shall make thee so great a Lord, that of all thy kin there was never any such. And I shall give thee my sister in marriage, who is a foot greater than I am, and is as black as a coal. Paynim quoth Huon, I care neither for thy land nor for thy sister, but all the devils in hell keep them both: beware thou of me, for I shall never joy in my heart, until the time that I have slain thee as I have done thy brother: I defy thee in the name of god, and I thee quoth the Giant, in the name of Mahu. Then they went a sunder to take their courses, and they ran each at other and met so fiercely, that their spears broke in pieces, and the encounter was so rude, that by force of the shock both the horses fell to the earth, but the Champions quickly recovered, and came each upon other. Agrapart took up his fawchin to have stricken Huon, but he stepped a little on the one side, whereby the Paynim miss his stroke, & Huon lifted up his sword and strake the Giant on the helmet so marvelous a stroke, that he strake of a quarter thereof, and wounded him sore, and the stroke descended down and cut of his ear, so that the black blood ran down to the ground. Then Huon said, Paynim thou wert unhappy when thou camest hither, thou mightest have been content with the death of thy Brother, and not to come hither to have as much thyself, for thou shalt never see fair day more. When the Giant saw himself hurt, he had great fear and said: Cursed be he of Mahu that forged thy sword, I had rather I had been bound to have paid a great sum of money to have saved my life, than to be slain here: therefore I yield myself to thee, take here my sword, I pray thee do me no hurt. Paynim quoth Huon, have no doubt, seeing thou dost yield thee to me, there is none so hardy that shall do thee any displeasure. Then Huon took the Paynim by the arm & brought him into the City, whereof the Admiral and all his Lords had great joy: but the inward content that Escleremond had, passed all other. When Gerames saw how the Giant was overcome, he came to the Admiral and said. Sir Admiral, know for troth that I am christened, and I am not your Nephew: I came hither but only to search for my Lord Huon, & the better to know the troth, I said I was son to juoryn of Mombrance your brother, thereby to know the certainty what was become of Huon, for I knew well he was sent to you from king Charlemagne on a messsage. Chap. XLV. ¶ How Agrapart the Giant cried mercy to the Admiral, and how Huon desired the Admiral Gaudise to leave his law, and to be christened. WHEN the Admiral heard Gerames, he had great marvel and said, it is hard for any man to beware of the craft and subtlety that is in a Frenchman. Then the Admiral saw where Huon was coming up the steps, and bringing with him the Giant, whereon the Admiral and all his Lords came & met him, and Gerames & his company with him, who were right joyful when they saw him come. When Huon saw the Admiral, he took Agrapart by the hand and said to the Admiral. Sir, I deliver him into your hands, that this day did you so great injury, even he that drew you out of your chair, I deliver to you, to do with him at your pleasure. When Agrapart saw that, he kneeled and said, Sir Admiral, he hath much to do that foolishly thinketh, I say this by myself, for to day when I came to you, I thought myself the most puissant man that reigned on the earth, & thought that ye were not sufficient nor worthy to serve me: but often times rash believing deceiveth his master, for I thought that for x. men I would not once turn my chair to have regarded them, but otherwise is fallen to me, for I am discomfited alonely by one man, and am taken and brought into your hands, therefore ye may do with me at your pleasure, yet sir I require you have pity on me, and pardon the outrage that I have done unto you. Then the Admiral answered & said, how he would par●on him on the condition, that he should never after trespass him nor any man in his country, and beside that, to become his man, and to do him homage before all them that were there present. Sir quoth Agrapart, I am ready to fulfil your pleasure, and then he did homage to the Admiral in the presence of all them that were there, and in joy they sat all down to dinner. The Admiral made great honour to Huon, and caused him to sit by him, than Agrapart and Gerames, and all the other Frenchmen sat down. As for their service, and many dishes of sundry sorts of meats, I leave speaking of them. Huon, who had great desire to accomplish his enterprise drew out his Cup, the which Gerames had before delivered to him with his Horn of ivory, and then said to the Admiral. Sir ye may see here this rich Cup in my hand, the which ye see is all empty. Sir quoth the Admiral, I see well there is nothing therein. Now Sir quoth Huon, I shall show you how our Law is holy and divine, than Huon made the sign of the cross three times over the Cup, the which incontinent was full of wine, whereat the Admiral had great marvel. Sir quoth Huon, I present you this Cup, that ye may drink thereof, and then shall ye taste the goodness of the wine. The Admiral took it in his hand, and incontinent the Cup was void and the wine vanished away, whereat the Admiral had great marvel and said, Huon ye have enchanted me. Not so Sir quoth Huon, I am no Enchanter, but it is because ye be full of sin, for the law that ye hold is of no worth, the great virtue that god hath put in this cup, is by reason of the sign of the cross that I made, whereby ye may perceive that my saying is true. Huon quoth the Admiral, ye need not to trouble yourself to speak to me to forsake my belief and to take yours, but I would know of you, whether you will abide here with me, or else go into France, for that I have promised you I shall fulfil it. Ah Sir Admiral quoth Huon, I know well you will keep covenant with me in that ye have promised me: but Sir above all other matters, I pray you have pity on your own soul, the which shallbe damned in hell without ye leave your belief, in that it is neither good nor just, without ye do thus, I swear by my faith, that I shall call hither many men of arms, that all the houses in your Palace and City shallbe full. When the Admiral heard Huon say so, he beheld his own men & said. Sirs, here ye may well hear the pride that is in this Frenchman, who hath been more than half a year in my prison, and now he threateneth to slay me, because I will not take on me his law and leave mine own. I have great marvel where he should find such store of men as he hath said, or what lets me to slay him at my pleasure? Sir quoth Huon, yet I demand once more of you if ye will do as I have said. Huon quoth the Admiral, beware on pain of your eyen, and as much as you love your life, that ye speak no more to me of this matter, for by the faith that I owe to Mahu, if all King Charlemaine's Host were here assembled, it should not lie in their power to save your life. Admiral quoth Huon, I am in doubt that too late ye will repent you. Chap. XLVI. ¶ How Huon seeing that the Admiral would not forsake his belief, blew his Horn, whereby Oberon came to him, and how the Admiral was slain and all his men. And how Huon and the fair Escleremond were in peril of drowning, by reason that he broke the commandment of king Oberon. WHen Huon saw that the Admiral would not leave his Law to receive christendom, he set his Horn to his mouth, & blew it with such violence, that the blood issued out at his mouth, so that the Admiral and all other that were there put the tables from them, and rose and all that were in the Palace began to sing and dance. The same time king Oberon was in his wood, & hearing the Horn blow, said. Ah good Lord, I know surely that my friend Huon hath great need of me, I pardon him of all his trespasses, for he hath been sufficiently punished, & now I wish myself with him with an C.M. men well armed, for there is not in all the world so noble a man as Huon, it is great pity that his heart is so light and mutable. Then incontinent he with all his company were in the City of Babylon, whereas they began to slay all such as would not believe on jesus Christ, and then Oberon went to the Palace with all his Chivalry, and every man with his sword naked in his hand. When Huon saw Oberon, he embraced him and said, I ought greatly to thank God and you, that ye be come so far off to aid me in all my business. Huon quoth Oberon, as ye believe me, and work by my council, I shall not fail you: then on all sides they slew the Paynims, men, women, and children, except such as would be christened. Oberon came to the Admiral & took him, and delivered him into the hands of Huon who had thereof great joy, and then Huon demanded of the Admiral what he was minded to do, if he would leave the law of Mahu, and take christendom. Huon quoth the Admiral, I had rather be hewn all to pieces, then to take your law and forsake mine own. Oberon then said to Huon, why do ye tarry to put him to death, whereupon Huon lifted up his sword and therewith strake the Admiral, that his head flew from his shoulders, and Oberon said to Huon. Now it lieth well in thy power to be quit with king Charlemagne: then Huon took the Admiral's head, and opened his mouth, and took out his four great teeth, & then cut off his beard, and took thereof as much as pleased him, than Oberon said. Now thou hast in thy hands the Admiral's teeth and beard, look as well as thou lovest thy life, that thou keep them well. O Sir quoth Huon, I require you to put them in such a place, where they may be well kept, and so that I may have them again in time of need, for I feel myself that my heart is so light, as either I shall forget them, or else loo●e them. Of this that thou sayest quoth Oberon, I think thou speakest wisely, therefore I do wish them in Gerames side, in such manner that they shall do him no hurt. He had no sooner spoken the word, but by the will of God, and the power that he had by the Fairy, they were closed in Gerames side in such wise, that no man could see them, than he said to Huon. Friend I must go to my Castle of Momur, I desire you to do well, ye shall take with you Escleremond daughter to the Admiral. But I charge you on pain of your life, and in as much as ye fear to displease me: that ye be not so hardy as to company with her bodily, until ye ●e married together in the city of Room, for if thou dost the contrary, thou shalt find such poverty and misery, that though thou hadst double the mischief that thou hast had ●●nce thou camest out of France, yet can it be nothing in regard of that, that shall fall to thee hereafter if thou break my commandment. Sir quoth Huon, by the pleasure of our Lord jesus Christ, I shall well beware of doing of any thing against your pleasure. Then Oberon appareled a rich ship, well garnished with chambers, and hanged so richly, that it was incredible to be heard or seen, there was no cord, but it was of gold and silk, if I should show you the beauty and riches of this ship, it would be over long to recite it. When the ship was furnished with victuals, than he put therein his horses, and Oberon took leave of Huon, and kissed and embraced him greatly lamenting. When Huon saw him weep, he had great marvel and said Dear Sir, for what cause do you weep? Huon (quoth he) the thing that moveth me thus to do, is because I have great pity of thee. For if thou knewest the poverty and misery that thou shalt endure, there is no member that thou hast but it would tremble for fear: for I know for certain, that thou hast so much to suffer, that no human tongue can rehearse it, and then Oberon departed without more speaking. When Huon saw Oberon depart, he was right pensive, but his sweetness of youth put him out of his sorrow. Then he made his ordinance in the city, and christened the fair Lady Escleremond, and afterward did marry his Cousin Sibilla to an Admiral of the country who was newly christened, and Huon gave to them the City of Babylon, and all that longed thereto. Then he made and ordained a little ship, to go with his own ship, to th'intent to send a land for victuals when need should require. Then he and his company went into his great ship, and so took his leave of his cousin that was newly married, who was right sorrowful for his departing. Then they set up their sails, and had a good fair wind, and so sailed till they were out of the river of Nile, and so passed by Damieta, and came into the high sea and had wind at will. And on a day as they sat at dinner and made good cheer, for by reason of his Cup they had wine at their pleasure: Ah good Lord quoth Huon, I am greatly bound to thank king Oberon, that I have such a Cup and Horn & Armour, for whensoever I shall blow my Horn, I can have men enough to come to aid me, and also I have the Admiral's ●eard and great teeth, but specially the fair Lady Escleremond, whom I love so perfectly, and am so enamoured with her fair body, that I can no longer endure it. How be it, the Dwarf Oberon to mock me, hath forbidden me strictly, that I should not touch her in any wise. But I will that he well know, that in this case I will not obey him, for she is mine own, therefore I will do with her at my pleasure. When Gerames heard him, he said. Alas sir, what will ye do? ye know well Oberon never as yet made any lie, but always ye have found him true, for if he had not been so, both you and we all had been lost before this time. And now again you would break his commandment, if ye touch this Lady ere the time come that he hath set you, great misfortune shall f●ll thereby. Gerames quoth Huon, for you nor for any other will I forbear, but ere I depart I will have of her my pleasure, and if any of you be afraid, I am content he shall depart in this little ship, and go where he list, and take victual into it for his provision. Sir quoth Gerames seeing ye will do none otherwise, I am right sorrowful, and I will depart, and so will all our other company. Then Gerames departed out of the great ship, and entered into the little ship, with the xiii. in his company, and Huon tarried still with the Lady, and when he saw that all his company was departed, he went and made ready a bed, and said to the Lady. Madam surely I must now have my pleasure of you, when she heard Huon, she fell down sore weeping, and humbly desired Huon that he would forbear her company until ●he time that they should be married together, according to the promise that he had made to king Oberon. Fair Lady quoth Huon▪ no excuses can avail, for it must be thus, than he took the Lady, and made her go to bed, and there they took together their pleasures. He had no sooner accomplished his will, but there arose such a marvelous tempest, that the waves of the sea seemed so great and high as mountains, and therewith it blew and thundered and lightened, that it was very fearful to behold the sea, and the ship was so sore tormented, that it burst all to pieces, so that there remained but one piece of timber, whereupon Huon and the Lady were. And it happened so well for them, that they were near to an Isle, and thither the wind drove them, and when they saw that they were there arrived, and that they were on the land: they both kneeled down, and thanked our Lord jesus Christ, that they were so well escaped the peril of drowning. The other company that were in the little ship, drove at adventure in the sea, and they cried to our Lord jesus Christ to save them from drowning, for they had seen well how the ship with Huon and the Lady was broken in the sea: wherefore they thought surely that Huon and the Lady were perished. Now let us leave speaking of them, returning again to Huon of Bourdeaux and the fair Escleremond. Chap. XLVII. ¶ How Huon and Escleremond arrived in an Isle all naked, and how the Pirates of the sea took Escleremond and left Huon alone, and bound his hands, feet, and eyes. WHEN Huon and Escleremond saw how they were driven a land all naked, piteously weeping they entered into ●he Isle, whereas there dwelled neither man nor woman, but the earth was so fair and green, that great joy it was to see it, it was likewise so fair & hot, that they hid themselves in the green grass, to th'intent they should not be perceived, still the Lady wept piteously, and Huon said unto her. Lady be not abashed, for if we die for love, we shall not be the first, for Tristram died for the love of the fair Isoluda, and she for him, and so all weeping they clipped and kissed each other. And as they lay wrapped in the green grass, there arrived Ten Saracens in a little vessel, who entered into the Isle to take fresh water and other things that they needed, than they said each to other, let us go forth into this Isle, and see if we can find any adventure: these men were Pirates of the sea, and had served before the Admiral Gaudise Father to Escleremond. Huon (who was with his Lover in the green grass) heard how near to them people was coming, he thought to go to them to see if he might get any meat. Dear Lover quoth Huon, I pray you go not hence till I return. Sir quoth she, God be your guide, but I require you to return again shortly. Then he departed all as naked as he was borne, and so came to them before they had dined, where he saluted them & desired them humbly for the love of God to give him some bread. One of them answered and said, Friend, thou shalt have enough, but we pray thee show us what adventure hath brought thee hither? Sir quoth Huon, the tempest of the sea hath brought me hither, for the ship that I was in is perished and all my company. When they heard him, they had great pity, and gave him two loaves of bread. Huon took them & departed, and thanking them went back to his Love, and gave her part of the bread, whereof she was not a little glad. Then the Pirates that had given Huon the bread, said one to another, this man that is thus gone from us, surely it can not be but that he hath some other company, therefore let us go presently after him, and peradventure we shall find out his company, for me thinks if he were alone, he would not so have come to us. Let us go and see quoth all the other, and not return till we know the troth. Than they went all together, & followed Huon as privily as they could, and when they came near whereas he was, they saw him and the Lady hard by him eating of the bread that they had given him, there they stood still & advised them, to see if they could have any knowledge of him or of the Lady. Now among them there was one that said: Sirs, never believe me, but this Lady is the fair Escleremond daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, and he that is with her, is the same Frenchman that fought with Agrapart & slew him, and also the Admiral, it is happy that we have found them and specially that he is naked without armour, for if that he were armed, our lives were but short. When they knew certainly that it was Escleremond daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, than they approached near to them, and cried aloud and said. Madame Escleremond, your flying away availeth you nothing, for by you and your means, your father hath been slain by the thief that sitteth there by you, therefore we shall bring you to your Uncle juoryn of Mombrance, who shall take of you such correction, that ye shallbe an example to all other, & the leachour that is by you, shallbe there slain before your face. When the Lady saw these Paynims, she● was right sorrowful and sore discomforted, than she kneeled down and held up her hands, & prayed them humbly, that they would have pity on the frenchman, & as for her own life, she did put it to their own pleasures, either to slay her or to drown her, or else to bring her to her uncle. And sirs (quoth she) I swear by Mahu, that if ye will grant my request, if I can be agreed with mine Uncle juorin, I shall do you all such pleasures, that ye and all yours shall be rich for ever after, for little shall ye win by the death of one poor man. Lady quoth they, we are well content to leave him here, but we shall do him all the shame and rebuke that we can, that he may remember it for ever after. Then they took Huon, and laid him on the green grass, and did blind his eyes, and bind his hands and feet, so that the blood burst out at his nails, whereby he was in such distress, that he swonded three times, and piteously called on our lord god▪ to have pity of him and to forgive him his sins. When the sweet Escleremond saw her Lover Huon so handled, and that she should depart from him: to show the pitiful complaints that she made, it were impossible. Also Huon made piteous complaints when his Love Escleremond departed, the which grieved him more than his own pain that he suffered. Now we shall leave speaking of him, and say what happened afterward to the fair Escleremond.▪ Chap. XLVIII. ¶ How the fair Escleremond was led away with the Pirates of the sea, and how the Admiral Galaffer of Anfalerne delivered her out of their hands. NOw showeth the History, how that when these thieves had taken and bound Huons hands, feet and eyen, they left him alone in the Isle, and took the fair Escleremond and brought her into their ship. Then they gave her a gown and a mantel furred with ermins, for they were Robbers of the sea, and had much goods in their ship, than they sailed forth night and day, at last a wind took them, that whether they would or not, they arrived at the Port of Anfalerne, and at the same time the Admiral there was newly risen from his dinner, and stood leaning out at a window in his Palace, and when he perceived the ship that lay at anchor in the haven, and saw the banners and streamers waving with the wind, thereby he well perceived, that the ship pertained to King juoryn of Mombrance, whereupon he with his Lords went down to the haven. Then he cried out aloud, & said. Sirs what merchandise have ye brought? Sir quoth they, we have brought sendals & clothes of silk, wherefore sir if we shall pay any Tribute or custom, we are ready to pay it at your pleasure. Then Galaffer the Admiral said, I know well enough if ye should pay any tribute, ye should not choose but do it: But sirs I pray you tell me, what Damsel is that which I see in your ship sore weeping. Sir quoth they, it is a slave a Christian woman whom we bought at Damieta. The Lady heard well how the Admiral demanded for her, and likewise what answer the Mariners had made, than she cried out aloud and said. Alas Sir Admiral, for the love and honour of Mahu, I pray you have pity on me: for I am no slave, but I am Daughter to the Admiral Gaudise of Babylon, who is dead and slain by a Frenchman, the Mariners here have taken me, and would carry me to mine Uncle king juoryn of Mombrance: and I know surely that if he had me, he would burn me. Fair Lady (quoth the Admiral, dismay you not, for ye shall abide with me whether they will or not, than he commanded the Mariners to bring the Lady to him, but they answered that they would not so do, than the Admiral commanded to take her from them perforce, and then they of the ship began to make defence: But anon they were all slain, and the Lady taken and brought to the Admiral, who had great joy thereof, howbeit he was sorry, because one of them that were in the ship scaped away and fled to Mombrance, notwithstanding the Admiral cared not greatly for it seeing he had the Lady, whom he brought into his Palace. When the Admiral saw her so exceeding fair, he was taken in her love, so that incontinent he would have married her after the Saracens law, whereof she was right sorrowful and said. Sir, reason it is that I do your pleasure, seeing ye have rid me out of the hands of these Pirates of the sea. But sir I require you for the love that ye bear me, that ye will forbear your pleasure at this present time, for Sir I have made a faithful vow and promise, that for a year and a day from henceforth, I will not lie with nor touch any man boldly, for the which vow sir I am now sorry, even for the love that I bear to you, but Sir I am right joyful that ye will do me so much honour, as to have me to your wife, our great god Mahu reward you. Now sir, for the love of him I pray you be content, until my vow be accomplished. Fair Lady quoth he, know for troth, that for the honour of my God Mahu, but more for the love of you, I am content to tarry this year, yea and if it were Twenty years, to be sure of your love then. Sir quoth she, Mahu reward you, but she said to herself. Ah dear Lord god jesus Christ, I humbly require thee to give me that grace, to keep my troth to my Lover Huon: for ere I shall do the contrary, I shall suffer as much pain and grief as ever woman did, and I will never break my troth for fear of death. Now leave we to speak of her, and say somewhat of the thief that scaped out of the ship. Chap. XLIX. ¶ How the Pirate fled to Mombrance to juoryn, and how he sent to defy the Admiral Galaffer of Anfalerne, and of the answer that he had there. YE have heard here before, how the fair Escleremond was received by the Admiral Galaffer, and of the manner that she found to keep herself true to Huon, and how one of the Mariners scaped away and fled by land till at last he came to the City of Mombrance, where he found juoryn, to whom he showed all the whole matter as ye have heard, and how his brother the Admiral Gaudise was slain by a young french knight, and how he and his company found the said knight and his niece the fair Escleremond, whom they had thought to have brought to him. But (quoth he) the Admiral Galaffer hath taken them from us by force, and hath taken our ship, and slain all your men that were within it, so that none escaped but I alone. When king juoryn understood the Mariner, he said. Ah mighty Mahu, how hast thou suffered that my brother Gaudise hath thus piteously been slain, and also my niece his Daughter to consent thereto? certainly the grief that I feel at my heart, constraineth me rather to desire death than life. And also moreover, to see him that is mine own Subject and holdeth his lands of me, to keep my niece, and thus to slay my men. Alas, I cannot well say what I should do therein, a little thing would cause me to slay myself. Then in great displeasure he called his Lords and caused the Mariner to come before them, & there he made him to show again all the matter b●fore them, both how his brother the Admiral Gaudise was slain, and also how the Admiral Galaffer held his niece by force, and how he had slain his men, which when the Lords had heard, they said thus to juoryn. Sir, our advice is, that ye should send one of your secret messengers to the Admiral Galaffer, and command him incontinent to send you your niece, and to make amends for that he hath slain your men, and that he send you word by writing, what cause hath moved him thus to do, and if it be so, that pride doth so surmount in him, that he will not obey your commandments, then by a just quarrel ye may go and make war upon him, and take from him all his lands that he holdeth of you. When juoryn understood his Lords, he said, Sirs I perceive well your opinion is good, and then a Messenger was appointed, and his charge given him, and so he departed and road so long till he came to Anfalerne where he found the Admiral Galaffer, whom he saluted in the name of Mahu, and then he declared his messsage at length, but assoon as Galaffer had heard his messsage, he said. Friend, go and say to king juoryn, that as for the deliverance of his niece, I will not do it, and as for his men that are slain, it was through their own folly, and as touching that I should come to him, I will not come to him, let him do what he can, but if he come to assail me, I shall defend as well as I can. When the Messenger heard that, he said. Sir Admiral, seeing ye will do none otherwise, in the name of our god Mahu, and in the name of great king juoryn, here I defy you, & he sendeth you word by me, that he will leave you neither City, Town, nor Castle, but he will put them all to flame and fire, nor leave you one foot of land, but also if he may take you, ye shall die a shameful death. When the Admiral saw how he was defied, he was more inflamed than a burning firebrand, and said to the messenger. Go and say to thy Lord, that I set nothing by his threatening, and if I may know when he cometh, I shall do him that honour, that I will not abide till he enter into my country, but I will meet with him before, and say unto him from me, that if I can take him, I shall soon rid his soul out of his body. So the messenger departed, and came to Mombrance, where when juoryn saw him, he said▪ Friend, what saith Galaffer? will he send me my niece? Sir quoth the messenger, he will not do it, he saith he doubteth you nothing, and if ye be so hardy as to come and assail him, than he will meet with you before, and fight with you: and I heard him swear, that if he may take you, he will slay you without mercy. When juoryn heard that, he sweat for anger, & was in that case that he could not speak one word of a long space, but when he had somewhat assuaged his ire, he swore by his God Mahu, that he should never have joy nor mirth at his heart, till he had destroyed the town of Anfalerne, and slain the Admiral Galaffer. Then in hast he sent for all his Lords, and with them concluded to send for all his men of war, and gave them day to be with him within xv. days before Mombrance, the which thing was done, for at that day they were all assembled as ye shall hear hereafter. Now leaveth the History to speak of them, and returneth again to speak of King Oberon. Chap. L. ¶ How king Oberon at the request of two Knights of the Fairy, called Gloriant and Mallaborn the monster of the Sea, went and succoured Huon, and carried him out of the Isle of Noysant. NOw the History showeth, that King Oberon (the same time that Huon was in the Isle of Noysant) was in his wood, where for the most part he was accustomed to be conversant, because the place was very much delectable and far from people, there he sat him down under a fair oak, and he began to weep and complain. When Gloriant a knight of the Fairy, saw him, he had great marvel, and demanded of him why he lamented so much? Gloriant quoth king Oberon, the perjured Huon of Bourdeaux causeth me thus to do, whom I have always perfectly loved, and yet he still trespasseth my commandments, for when I departed from him, I caused him to have the Admiral Gaudise at his pleasure, and also I made him to have the fair Escleremond the Admiral's Daughter, and also I have given him my rich Horn of ivory and my good Cup, the which he hath lost by his pride and folly and therefore he hath been punished, and now he lieth all naked bound hands and feet, and his eyes blindfolded in an Isle, in the which place I will suffer him to die most miserably. Not so Sir, (quoth Gloriant) for the honour of our Lord jesus Christ, call to your remembrance, how that by Gods own mouth, Adam and Eve were forbidden from the eating of the fruit that was in Paradise, yet they by their fragility broke God's commandment, howbeit our Lord God had great pity of them. And therefore Sir, I pray you have pity of Huon, than Mallaborn stepped forth and said. Alas Sir, for the honour and reverence of our Lord God, I desire you to grant me this one time, that I may go and aid him. When Oberon saw he was so earnestly desired of Glorian● and Mallaborn, he was sore displeased, and answering, said. Mallaborn, it pleaseth me so well, that this Caitiff Huon who endureth so much pain be visited by thee: therefore I condemn thee to be xxviij. years a Monster in the Sea, beside thirty. years that thou art enjoined too already. Now I will that thou givest him none other counsel nor aid, but alonely to bear him out of the Isle that he is in, and to set him on the main Land, then let him go whether he will, for I desire never more to see him. Also I will that thou bringest again unto me, my rich Horn of ivory, and my rich Cup, and my Armour, fetch them there as he hath lost them. Alas Sir, (quoth Mallaborn) great pain you put him unto, when for so small an offence you are so sore displeased with Huon. And as for the Armour that you would have again, you know well how Huon of Bourdeaux did conquer it, and he had been lost if it had not been, great ill you shall do if you cause him not to have it again. But Sir, since I have Licence to bring him out of the Isle, I pray you show me in what place is the Isle whereas he is. Then Gloriant said, Brother Mallaborn, this Isle is near unto Hell, and it is called the Isle Noysant. Well, (quoth Mallaborn) than I commend you all to our Lord jesus Christ, and so he departed and came to the seaside, and when he came there, he leapt into the Sea, and began to swim as fast as the bird flieth in the air, and so arrived in the Isle Noysaunt, and so came unto Huon whom he found sore weeping, and said. Sir Huon, I pray our Lord jesus Christ to succour and aid thee. Ah dear God, (quoth Huon) who is that that speaketh unto me? Huon, (quoth he) I am a man who loveth thee, and am called Mallaborn, and am a beast of the Sea, who hath before this time borne thee over the salt water to Babylon. Ah Mallaborn dear Brother, (quoth Huon) I require thee unbind me, and bring me out of this dolorous pain. With a right good will, (quoth Mallaborn) than he did unbind him and opened his eyes. When Huon saw that, he was right joyful, and demanded who sent him thither. Huon, (quoth he) know for troth, that it was King Oberon, and whereas I was condemned before to be a beast of the Sea Thirty years, now for thy sake I must endure so eight and Twenty years more, yet I care not for the pain, for the love that I bear unto thee, there is no pain impossible unto me to bear: but I must carry again unto Oberon the rich Horn and Cup and Armour, for so I have promised King Oberon to do. Ah, (quoth Huon) I pray to our Lord jesus Christ to confound the Dwarf, who hath caused me to endure all these pains for so small an occasion. Huon, (quoth Mallaborn) you do ill to say so, for you have no sooner spoken it, but that King Oberon doth know it. Certainly, (quoth Huon) I care not what he can do, he hath done me so much ill, that I can never love him: but Sir, I pray thee tell me, if thou wilt bear me hence, or else whether that I must abide here for ever. Friend, (quoth Mallaborn) I will bear thee out of this Isle, and set thee on the main Land, other aid may I not do thee, and then Mallaborn took upon him again his beasts skin, and said: Sir, leap upon me, than Huon leapt upon his back as naked as ever he was borne, and Mallaborn leapt into the Sea, and began to swim, and came to the main Land, and said. Friend Huon, more service can I not do unto thee at this time, but I recommend thee to the keeping of our Lord God, who send thee comfort, I now must go and seek for the Horn, Cup, and Armour, the which thou wert wont to have and enjoy, and I am to bear them unto King Oberon, for thus have I promised to do. Now Huon was there all alone and naked, piteously complaining and said. Ah good Lord, I require thee to aid me, I know not where I am, nor whether I may go, yet if I had clothes to cover my naked skin, I should have some comfort, for than I might go and seek some adventure: greatly I ought to hate the crooked Dwarf Oberon, who hath brought me into all this pain, but by the faith that I owe unto God, seeing he hath left me thus, from henceforth to do him the more spite, I shall make lies enough, I shall not leave for him, whom I recommend now to a hundred Thousand Devils. When he had been there a certain space all alone, he arose and looked all about him, to see if he might perceive any man pass by, from whom he might have any succour, for he was near famished for lack of sustenance: howbeit, he thought to depart thence to seek some adventure, so he went on his way, and he went so far, that he found an adventure such as you shall hear, for our Lord jesus Christ never forgetteth his Servants. Chap. LI. li. How Huon found a Minstrel, who gave him clothing and meat, and took Huon with him as his Varlet, and went to Mombrance. WHen Huon had gone a great way, he beheld on his right hand, and saw near him a little wood by a fair meadow-side, and therein was standing a great Dake full of leaves, and there beside was a clear Fountain, and there he saw an ancient man with white hairs sitting under the Dake, and before him he had a little cloth spread abroad on the grass, and thereon flesh and bread and wine in a Bottle. When Huon saw the old man, he came unto him, and the ancient man said. Ah thou wild man, I pray thee for the love of Mahu do me no hurt, but take meat and drink at thy pleasure. When Huon saw him, he espied lying beside him a Harp and a Viol, whereon he could well play, for in all Pagany there was no Minstrel like him. Friend, (quoth Huon) thou hast named me right, for a more unhappy man than I am, there is none living. Friend, (quoth the Minstrel) go to yonder Male and open it, and take what thou likest best to cover thy naked skin, then come to me and eat at thy pleasure. Sir, (quoth Huon) good adventure is come unto me thus to find you, Mahu reward you. Sir, (quoth the Minstrel) I pray you come and eat with me, and keep me company, for you shall not find a more sorrowful man than I am. By my faith, (quoth Huon) a companion of your own sort have you found, for there was never man that suffered so much poverty as I have, praise be unto him that formed me, but seeing I have found meat to eat, blessed be the hour that I have found you, for you seem to be a good man. Then Huon went to the Male and took clothes, and then came unto the Minstrel, and sat down, and did eat and drink as much as pleased him. The Minstrel beheld Huon, and saw that he was a fair young man and a courteous, and then he demanded of him, where he was borne, and by what adventure he was arrived there in that case that he was in. When Huon heard how the Minstrel demanded of his estate, he began to study in himself, whether he should show the troth or else to lie, than he called to our Lord God, and said. Ah good Lord, if I show to this man the troth of mine adventure, I am but dead: and King Oberon, for a small offence thou hast left me in this case, now if I show the troth of my life to this man, I am but dead, I shall never trust thee more, but I will now put all my trust in God, for the love that I have to my Love, thou hast me in hate, but seeing it is so, as often as I have need I shall lie, nor I shall not leave it for fear of thee, but rather do it in despite of thee: then Huon said to the Minstrel. Sir, you have demanded of mine estate, and as yet I have made you none answer, the troth is, I find myself so well at mine ease, that I forgot to answer you, but I shall now show you seeing you would know it. Sir, of certain I was borne in the country of Africa, and fell in company with divers Merchants by the Sea in a Ship, thinking to have sailed to Damieta, but a great misfortune fell upon us, there arose such an horrible tempest, that our Ship perished and all that were within it, none escaped but I, and I thank Mahu that I am escaped alive: therefore I desire you now to show me your adventure, as I have showed you mine. Friend (quoth the Minstrel) seeing you will know it, know for troth, I am named Mouflet, I am a Minstrel as thou seest here by mine Instruments, and I say unto thee, that from hence to the red Sea, there is none so cunning in all Instruments as I am, and I can do many other things, and the dolour that thou seest me make, is because of late I have lost my good Lord and Master the Admiral Gaudise, who was slain miserably by a vagabond of France called Huon, that Mahu shame him, and bring him to an ill death, for by him I am fallen into poverty and misery, I pray thee tell me thy name? Sir, (quoth Huon) my name is Solater. Well, (quoth the Minstrel) Solater, dismay thee not, for the great poverties that thou hast suffered, thou seest what adventure Mahu hath sent thee, thou art now better arrayed than thou wert, if thou wilt follow my counsel thou shalt have no need, thou art fair and young, thou oughtest not to be dismayed, but I that am old and ancient have cause to be discomforted, seeing in mine old days I have lost my Lord and Master the Admiral Gaudise, who did me so much good and profit, I would it pleased Mahu, that he that slew him were in my power. When Huon heard that, he spoke no word but cast down his head. Solater, (quoth the Minstrel) seeing my Lord is dead, I will go to Mombrance to King juoryn, to show him the death of his Brother the Admiral Gaudise, and if thou wilt abide with me, so that thou wilt bear my farthel and harp a foot, ere it be half a year past, I warrant thee thou shalt have a Horse, for whensosever thou shalt hear me play upon my instruments, all the hearers shall take therein such pleasure, that they shall give me both Gowns and Mantles, so that thou shalt have much ado to truss them in my Male. Well Sir, (quoth Huon) I am content to serve you, and to do all your Commandments. Then Huon took the Male on his neck and the Harp in his hand, and Mouflet his Master bore the Viol, and thus the master and the servant went on their way to go to Mombrance. Ah good Lord, (quoth Huon) my heart ought to be sorrowful when I see myself in this case, that now I must become a Minstrels Varlet: Gods curse have Oberon the Dwarf, who hath done me all this trouble. Alas if I had now my good Armour, my Horn, and my Cup, I would reckon all the sorrow that I have endured as nothing. But when I had xiii. Knights to serve me, how is this chance now turned, that I myself must serve a poor Minstrel? When Mouflet heard Huon make such sorrow within himself, he said. Dear brother Solater take good comfort, for before to morrow at night, thou shalt see the good cheer that shall be made to me, whereof thou shalt have part, and of all the goods that I can get. Master quoth Huon, Mahu reward you for the goodness that ye have showed me, and shall do, thus the master and the servant went forth together devising, at last Huon espied behind them coming certain men of arms, holding the way to Mombrance. Master quoth Huon, here behind us are coming men in armour, I know not whether they will do us any hurt or not. Solater quoth Mouflet, be not abashed, we will abide here, and know whether they will go, and within a while the man of war came to them, who were in number Five. C. persons, the minstrel saluted them and said. Sirs, I pray you show me whether ye will go. Friend quoth one of them, because we see that ye be a gentle minstrel, I shall show you, we are going to king juoryn of Mombrance, who will needs go and make war upon the Admiral Galaffer, because that now of late, the Damsel Escleremond daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, passed by Anfalerne, who should have been brought to her Uncle king juoryn of Mombrance, but the Admiral Galaffer took her by force, and slew all them that led her, and hath married the fair Escleremond, whereof King juoryn is as sorrowful as may be, and for that cause we be sent for by king juoryn, who is minded to assemble all his power, to go & destroy the Admiral Galaffer. Now I have showed you the cause of our going to the City of Mombrance. Chap. LII. ¶ How Huon and his Master Mouflet arrived at Mombrance, and how Huon spoke with king juoryn. WHen Huon of Bourdeaux understood the Paynims, how they were going where the Lady Escleremond was, he was surprised with joy, & said to his Master. Sir, I require you let us go to the wars with them. Solater quoth Mouflet, beware what thou sayest, for where as war is, I would not come there for any thing. Thus they went forth until they came to Mombrance, and went strait to the Palace, whereas they found King juoryn and all his Barons, when the Minstrel saw him, he saluted him in the name of Mahu, and said. Sir, I am right dolorous for the news that I bring you, for Sir, your Brother my Lord and Master the Admiral Gaudise is piteously slain. Mouflet, (quoth juoryn) these news hath been brought unto me before this time, whereof I am much aggrieved, and also I am sorry for my niece the fair Escleremond, who is kept from me by the Admiral Galaffer, and for any messsage that I can send to him, he will not send her back to me. But by the faith that I owe to my God Mahu, I shall make him such war, that the memory thereof shall be had an Hundred years hereafter. For I shall leave him never a foot of Land, but I shall bring all into fire and flame, and clean destroy him, and in the despite of his teeth, I will see my Niece Escleremond, and if I may get her, I shall cause her to be stricken all to pieces, and burn her into ashes, for my Brother is dead by a Villain of France, upon whom she was amorous. When Huon heard him speak of his Lady, his heart rose, & made promise in himself, that ere the month was past, he would go and see her, and find the means how to speak with her. Then King juoryn called Mouflet the Minstrel, and said: Friend, I pray thee do some thing to make me merry, for by reason of the displeasure that I have had, my joy is lost therefore it were better for me to take some mirth, then to be long in sorrow. Sir, (quoth Mouflet) I am ready to do your pleasure, than he took his Viol, and played thereof in such wise, that it was great melody to hear it, for all the Paynims that were there had great joy and mirth, and made great feasting, when Huon heard it, he said. Good Lord I require thee, that this great joy may turn to me, as to hear some good news of her who I desire so sore to see. When the Minstrel had finished his song, the Paynims did of their clothes, and some gave him their Gowns, & some their Mantles, he thought himself right well happy that could give the Minstrel any thing. Huon had enough to do to gather together the clothes that were given him, and he put them into his Male, whereof Huon was joyful, because he should have the one half. King juoryn beheld Huon, and said unto them that were about him, great damage it is that so fair a young man should serve a Minstrel. Sir, (quoth Mouflet) be not abashed though this young man do serve me, he hath cause so to do, for when your Brother was dead, I departed from thence to come hither, & by the way I found a great Dake, under the which I sat down to rest me, and there by was a great Fountain fair and clear, there I spread abroad a Towel on the grass, and set thereon bread and such meat and drink as I had, and the same time this young man arrived and came unto me all naked, and prayed me for the love of Mahu to give him some of my bread, and so I did and clothed him as you see, and I did so much for him, that he promised to serve me, and to bear my farthel and my Harp, and moreover, when I came to any passage of water, he would cast me in his neck as light as though I had been nothing, (he is so strong) and bear me over. Ah poor Caitiff, (quoth King juoryn) hast thou lived so long, & cannot perceive why he doth it? he abideth until thou hast gotten some riches, and then he will cut thy threat and cast thee into the River, and then go away with all thy riches, cause him to come and speak with me. Sir, (quoth Mouflet) he shall come to you, and so he called Huon, and brought him to King juoryn. My friend, (quoth the King) I pray thee show me where thou wert borne? for I have pity of thee, to see thee in so low estate, as to be Varlet to a Minstrel, it were better for thee to serve some Prince, or help to keep a Town or a Castle, rather than thus to lose thy time. I wot not what I should think therein, but that it seemeth to me that thou art of a faint courage, what hath moved thee thus to do? thou seest thy Master hath nothing, but that he getteth with his Viol, canst thou find none other means to live by more honestly? Sir, (quoth Huon) I can Crafts enough, the which I shall name unto you if you will hear me. Say on, (quoth juoryn) for I have great desire to know what thou canst do: but of one thing I advise thee, make no vaunt of any thing, without thou canst do it indeed, for in every thing I will prove thee. Sir, (quoth Huon) I can mew a Sparrowhauke, and I can chase the heart and the wild Boar, and blow the prize, and serve the hounds of their rights, and I can serve at the table before a great Prince, and I can play at Chess and Tables aswell as any other can do, and I never found man could win of me if I list. Chap. LIII. ¶ How king juoryn caused his Daughter to play at the Chess with Huon, upon condition, that if he were mated, he should lose his head: and if she were mated, Huon should have her love, and how Huon won the game. WHEN king IVORIN heard Huon, he said, hold thee to this, for I shall prove whether it be true that thou sayest or not. Yet Sir (quoth Huon) I pray you let me show farther what I can do, and then assay me at your pleasure. By Mahu quoth the king, I am content that thou shalt show all that thou canst do. Sir quoth Huon, I can right well arm me, and set the helmet on my head, and bear a shield & spear, and run and gallop a horse, and when it cometh to the point where strokes should be given, ye may well send forth a worse than I. Also Sir, I can right well enter into Lady's chambers, to embrace and kiss them, and to do them any service. Friend quoth juoryn, by that which I hear by thee, thou canst do more things than should turn to good, but to prove thee, I shall cause thee to be assayed at the play of the Chess: I have a fair Daughter, with whom I will that thou shalt play, upon condition, that if she win, than thou shalt lose thy head, but if thou canst mate her, than I promise thee that thou shalt have her to thy wife, to repose with her at thy pleasure, and a C. marks of money therewith. Sir quoth Huon, if it were your pleasure▪ I would be glad to forbear that enterprise. By Mahu quoth the king, it shallbe none otherwise, come thereof what will. In the mean season that this Bargain was making, a Paynim went into the Lady's chamber, and showed her how there was with the king her father a young man, who had made promise, how he should play at the Chess with her upon condition, that if he lost the game, he should then lose his head, and if he chanced to win, than he to have you to his wedded wife, and a C. Marks of money. But Madam quoth he, I assure you he that shall play against you, is the fairest man that ever I saw, pity it is that he should be a varlet to a Minstrel as he is. By Mahu quoth the Lady, I hold my Father a fool, when he thinketh that I should suffer a man to die for winning of a game at Chess. Then juoryn sent for his Daughter by two Kings, who brought her to the King her Father, than juoryn said. Daughter, thou must play at Chess with this young Varlet that thou seest here, so that if thou win, than he shall lose his head, and if he win, than I will that he shall be thy husband, to do with thee at his pleasure. Father quoth the Lady, seeing this is your pleasure, it is reason that I do it whether I will or not. Then she beheld Huon, whom she saw to be right fair, and said to herself. By Mahu, for the great beauty that I see in this young man, I would this game were at an end, so that I were his wedded wife. When then Lady was come, their places were made ready, than she and Huon sat down, and king juoryn and all his Barons sat down about them to see them play, than Huon said to the King. Sir I require you, that you nor none other do speak in our game, neither for the one party nor for the other. Friend quoth the King, have no doubt thereof, and for more surety, the King caused to be proclaimed thorough out all his Palace, that none should be so hardy as to speak one word upon pain of death. Then the Chess were made ready, and Huon said: Lady, what game will ye play at? Friend quoth she, at the game accustomed, that is to be mated in the corner, than they both began to study for the first draft, there were Paynims that beheld Huon, but he cared not for any of them, but studied on his game, the which they had begun so, that Huon had lost most part of his Pawns, wherewith he changed colour and blushed as red as a rose. The Damsel perceived him, and said, Friend, whereon do ye think? ye are almost mated, anon my Father will strike of your head. Madam quoth he, as yet the game is not done, great shame shall your Father have, when ye shall lie all night in mine arms, and I being but a servant to a poor Minstrel. When the Barons heard Huon say so, they began all to laugh, and the Lady, who was so surprised with the love of Huon, (in regard of the great beauty that she saw in him) that she forgot all her play to think of him, whereby she lost the game, whereof Huon was right joyful, and called the King and said. Sir, now may ye see how I can play, but if I would study but a little more, I could mate your Daughter whereas I list. When the King saw that, he said to his Daughter. Arise, cursed be the hour that I begat thee, for great dishonour hast thou now done to me, that heretofore hast mated so many great men, and now I see here before my face, that a Minstrels varlet hath mated thee. Sir quoth Huon, trouble not yourself for that cause, as for the wager that I should win thereby, I am content to release it quite, let your Daughter go into her chamber, and sport her with her Damsels at her pleasure, and I shall go and serve my Master the Minstrel. Friend quoth the King, if thou wilt show me this courtesy, I shall give thee an hundred Marks in money. Sir quoth Huon, I am content with your pleasure, and the Lady went her way sorrowful, and said to herself. Ah false sainted heart, Mahu confound thee, for if I had known that thou wouldst thus have refused my company, I would have mated thee, and then thou hadst lost thy head. Thus the matter passed till the next day, than king juorin made proclamation through out all the city, that every man should be armed and mounted on their horses, and that it was his mind to set forward towards his enemies. Then every man armed them and mounted on their horses, many helmets glittered against the sun, and many trumpets & drums began to sound, such brute was made within the city that it was marvel to hear it. Chap. liv. ¶ How Huon was armed, and mounted on a poor horse, and went after the army to Anfalerne. WHen Huon saw how he had not wherewith to arm him, his heart mourned right sore, for gladly he would have gone forth with other, if he might have had any horse to have ridden on, wherefore he came to king juoryn and said. Sir I require you to let me have a horse and armour, that I may go with you to the Battle, and then shall ye see how I can aid you. Friend quoth juoryn, I am content that ye go with me. Then the King commanded one of his Chamberlains to deliver him a horse and armour, and the Chamberlain said. Sir, beware what ye do, for oftentimes such flying vagabonds are of a light courage, if he have a horse and armour, he may assoon go to your enemy's part, as to keep with you, and never trust me, but he is some counterfeit varlet. When the King heard him say so, he said, it may well be, yet let him have a good armour, and helmet and shield, and let his horse be but of a small value, to the intent that he shall not go far of though he would. The same time there was a Paynim, that heard the king grant, how Huon should have armour, he went to his house, and took out of his coffer an old rusty sword, and brought it to Huon, and said Friend, I see wéell ye have no sword to aid yourself withal, and therefore I give you this sword, the which I have long kept in my coffer: the Paynim did give it to Huon in a mockery, for he thought the sword to be but of a small value. Huon took the sword, and drew it out of the sheath, & saw letters written thereon in french, saying, how this sword was forged by Galams, who in his days forged three swords, & that same sword was one of the three, and the second was called Durandell, and the third Courtayn. When Huon had read the letters, he was right joyful, and said to the Paynim. Friend, for this good sword that ye have given me, I thank you, and I promise you if I may live long, I shall reward you with the double value thereof. After that Huon had this sword there was brought unto him a good Armour, helmet, shield, and spear with a rusty head, Huon cared little for it, by reason of the great desire that he had to come to the place whereas he might show his strength & virtue, them there was brought to him a lean horse peeled, with a long neck and a great head. When Huon saw that horse, he took him by the bridle, & leapt upon him without any foot in the stirrup, in the sight of a M. Paynims that were there present, & some said it was not well done to give him a horse, the which could not serve nor aid him in time of need. When Huon was mounted on his lean feeble horse, he was sorrowful, for well he perceived how they mocked him, and said softly to himself, Ah ye false Paynims, if I may live a year, I shall quit your mocks. Then Huon road forth with others, but for all that he could do with his spurs, the horse would go but his own soft pace, whereat divers Paynims mocked him. Thus king juoryn departed from Mombrance with his great army, and tarried in the fields for his men, & when they were all assembled together, than he departed and took the way to Anfalerne, the which was distant of but four leagues, and when they came there, they ran before the city, and drove away all the beasts, beeves and muttons, and sent them to Mombrance. Then when the Admiral Galaffer saw king juoryn before his city, and had driven away all the pray about the town, he was so sorrowful that he was near hand out of his wit, and then he saw the fair Escleremond before him & said. Madame, the great love that I have set on you, is this day dearly bought, for by your occasion I see my country destroyed, and my men slain and led in servitude. Sir quoth she, I am sorry thereof, it lieth in you to amend it, seeing this ill is come to you by me, than it is in you to render me to king juoryn, and thereby ye and your country shallbe in rest and peace. Fair Lady quoth Galaffer, by the grace of Mahu, for any fear that I have of juoryn your Uncle, I will not render you into his hands, until I have had of you my pleasure. Sir, (quoth she) you may do with me as it shall please you, after that the two years be passed for the accomplishing of my vow. Madam quoth Galaffer, before I will render you to your Uncle juoryn, I shall have never a foot of land, for first it shall be clean destroyed. Chap. LV. ¶ How Huon fought with Sorbryn and slew him, and wan the good Horse Blanchardyn, whereon he mounted and won the Battle, and was brought with great triumph to Mombrance. WHen Sorbryn (Nephew to the Admiral Galaffer) heard his Uncle make such sorrow, he said to him. Fair Uncle, be not dismayed, though juoryn hath taken and slain some of your men, and driven away your beasts: for each one of yours, if I live, I shall render again to you four, I shall tell you how, I will go and arm me and issue out, and show to juoryn, that if he will set one or two of the hardiest men of all his host to fight with me, and that if it be so that I be overcome, than you to render his fair niece Escleremond to him, to do with her at his pleasure: and that if I discomfit his men, then let him depart, so that for all the damage that he hath done to you in this war, he will render again to you the double thereof, for better it were that this war should end by two men, rather than so much people should be destroyed. Fair Nephew quoth Galaffer, I never heard a better word, I am well content if ye will have it thus. Then Sorbryn went and armed himself, he was a goodly knight, for in all the Paynims lands there was not his Peer, nor none that approached near to his valiantness. When he was armed, than Blanchardyn his good horse was brought to him, the goodness of this horse exceeded all other, and of beauty there was none like him, he was as white as snow, the freshness of his apparel, it was so rich and goodly, that I cannot make due mention thereof, for no man could esteem the value of the riches of the bridle, saddle, and harness. Then Sorbryn leapt upon his horse without any stirrup, and took a great spear, and so road out of the City, and when he saw king juoryn a far of, he cried aloud & said. Ah thou juoryn of Mombrance, the Admiral Galaffer hath sent me to thee, and willeth that thou do arm one of thy valiantest men of thy Court, and let him come against me, and if he can vanquish me, than he shall deliver to thee thy niece Escleremond: but if I overcome thy man, than thou to return to thy City, and suffer thy Niece to remain still with him, and also thou to restore all the damages that thou hast done to him and his in this war. When juoryn heard the Paynim, he looked about him, to see if any of his men would take on him this enterprise to fight with Sorbryn, but there was no Paynim that durst speak one word, for they feared Sorbryn for the fierceness that was in him, and they said among themselves, that whosoever did fight against him, was like miserably to finish his days. The same time that juorin spoke with Sorbrin, Huon was among the other Paynims, & heard what Sorbryn had said, and also he saw that no man durst go against Sorbryn, then as well as he might, he got himself out of the press upon his lean horse, & strake him with his spurs, but for all that he could do the horse would neither troth nor gallop, but go still his own pace. The old Minstrel beheld Huon his Varlet, who made him ready to fight against the Paynim, and saw that he was so ill horsed, he cried on high and said. Sir King juoryn, it shallbe unto you great dishonour, when such a Horse that is nothing worth you have delivered unto my Varlet, who gooth for your sake to fight with Sorbryn, with whom none of your other men dare fight, great sin it is that he hath not a better Horse. Then Huon said unto Sorbryn: Sarazin, I pray thee speak with me. Friend, (quoth Sorbryn) what will't thou with me? Paynim, (quoth Huon) I require thee to prove thy virtue against me. Then (quoth Sorbryn) tell me, art thou a Paynim or a Sarazin? Friend, (quoth Huon) I am neither Paynim nor Sarazin, but I am christened, believing in the law of jesus Christ, and though thou seest me but poorly appareled, despise me not, for I am come of a noble extraction, wherefore I require thee on thy law that thou believest on, let me not go without battle. Friend, (quoth Sorbryn) in this request thou dost great folly, for thou desirest thy death, I have pity of thee, & therefore I council thee to return back. Paynim, (quoth Huon) I had rather die then to return ere I have jousted with thee. Then they went each from other to take their course, but for all that ever Huon could do, his horse would not advance forth, whereof Huon was sore displeased, and said: Ah very God and man, I desire thee to give me the grace, that I may win this Horse that this Paynim doth ride upon. When Huon saw that his horse would neither go forward nor backward, he set his shield against his enemy, & Sorbryn came running like the Tempest, and with his Spear struck in Huons shield such a stroke, that the buckles nor any thing else could resist the stroke, but the Shield was pierced throughout, but the good armour saved Huon from all hurts, and he removed no more for the stroke then if it had been a strong wall, whereof juoryn & all other had great marvel, and said one to another, how they had never seen before so great a stroke, nor a goodlier receipt thereof without falling to the earth, every man praised greatly Huon that he held himself so firmly. By Mahu, (quoth juoryn) our man is fierce and of great hardiness, I would he were mounted now upon my horse. And Huon who had received the great stroke, in great ire cast down his Spear, and took his Sword with both his hands, and gave therewith the Paynim a great stroke as he passed by him a high upon his helm, the stroke was so puissant, that neither the helm nor coif of steel could resist the stroke, but that his head was cloven to the shoulders, and so he fell down dead in the field. Then Huon who was quick and light, took that good horse Blanchardine by the rain, and alighted from his own horse without feet in the stirrup, leapt upon the Paynims horse, and left his own in the field, and when he saw himself on Blanchardine, he smoat him with his spurs to prove him, when the horse felt the spurs, he began to leap and gambould, and gallop as it had been the thunder, and the Paynims had marvel that he had not fallen to the earth, so when he had well proved him and turned him in & out, he thought he would not give him for the value of a Realm, than he came unto King juoryn with twenty gan●●●ulds. By Mahu, (quoth juoryn) this Varlet seemeth rather Son to a King or Prince, then to be a Varlet to a Minstrel, than he came unto Huon and embraced him, and made him great respect, and the Paynims that were within Anfalerne, with the Admiral Galaffer issued out of the City, and when Galaffer saw his Nephew slain, he road about him three times, and made a piteous complaint, and said. Ah right dear Nephew, I may well complain, by reason of your youth, when I see you thus piteously slain, certainly, if I live long, your death shall dearly be bought, so he caused the dead body to be carried into the City with great lamentations, and then he and his men entered into the Battle, where was great slaughter made on both parts, but among all other Huon did marvels, he slew and beat down, & tore of helmets, and strake out brains with the pummel of his Sword, he slew and beat down all that came within his stroke, his prowess was such that no Paynim durst abide him, but fled as the Sheep doth from the Wolves, he did so much by virtue of his arms, that within short space he brought all his enemies to plain discomfiture, so that the Admiral Galaffer with much pain fled and entered into the City, right sorrowful for the loss that he had received that day, for the third part of his men were slain in the Battle, and all by the valiantness of Huon, the which was so great, that King juoryn and his Barons stood still to behold his valiant deeds. And as Huon fought, he spied out the Paynim that had given him his Sword, than he remembered the promise that he had made him, and he lifted up his Sword, and strake another Paynim therewith, so that he clave his head to the breast, and so he fell down dead, and Huon took the Paynims horse, and gave the horse to him that had given him the good Sword, and said. Friend, take well in worth the gift of this horse, f●r a reward for the good Sword that you gave me. Sir, (quoth the Paynim) I thank you. In brief, Huon did so much, that there was no Paynim that durst abide him, but fled and entered into the City of Anfalerne, than they closed their gates and lifted up their bridges, and King juoryns' men departed with the booty that they had won: then with great triumph Huon was conveyed, riding cheek by cheek by King juoryn, and so brought to Mombrance, whereas they were received with great joy, and the Admiral Galaffer was entered into Anfalerne, in great sorrow for Sorbryn his Nephew who was dead, & also for his men that he had lost in battle, and when he was unarmed, he caused his Nephew to be buried with sore weepings and lamentations. Now let us leave speaking of them, until we have occasion to return unto them again. Chap. LVI. ¶ How Huon was had in great honour, and sat at the Table with King juoryn of Mombrance. WHen juoryn was entered into Mombrance, he went & unarmed him, & his Daughter came unto him to make him reverence, and when he saw his Daughter, he kissed her and said. Dear Daughter, thou wert mated in a good hour by the Minstrels Varlet, for in the day of battle that we have had against the Admiral Galaffer, he was discomfited by the only prowess of this Varlet by whom thou wert mated, thanked be my God Mahu, for by him I have overcome mine enemies, and beside that, he fought hand to hand against Sorbryn Nephew to the Admiral Galaffer, and he slew him, but if I may live one year, the great service that he hath done unto me, shallbe even right well rewarded: Father, (quoth the Lady) you are bound so to do. Then King juoryn went up into his Palace, and his Daughter with him, and Huon went to the lodging where as the Minstrel was lodged, where he unarmed him, and went with his Master to the Palace, but when King juoryn saw them, the King advanced forth, and took Huon by the hand, and said. Friend, you shall go with me and sit at my Table, for I cannot do you too much honour, for the good service that you have done unto me, I abandon unto you all my house, to do therein at your pleasure, take all my gold and silver, and jewels, and give thereof at your pleasure: I ordain and will, that all that you command shall be done, all that is here I abandon unto you, yea in the Lady's chambers take there your pleasure as you list, and when I go out, you shall go with me. Sir, (quoth Huon) of the great honour that you have done to me, I thank you, than they sat down at the Table, and when they had dined, the King and Huon sat together upon the rich Carpets. Then Mouflet the Minstrel opened his Viol, and played so melodiously, that the Paynims that heard him had great marvel thereof, for the Viol made so sweet a sound, that it seemed to be the Mermaids of the Sea, and King juoryn and all his Lords had so great joy, that it seemed unto them that they were in the glory of Paradise, so that there was no Paynim, but that gave him Gowns and Mantles and other jewels. The Minstrel saw Huon sit by the King, he said: Friend, yesterday I was your Master, and now I am become your Minstrel, I think now you have little care for me, yet I pray you come unto me and gather together these clothes, and put them into my Male as you have done ere this. When the King and his Lords heard that, they began to laugh. Now let us leave speaking of them, and say somewhat of the old Gerames. Chap. LVII. ¶ How the old Gerames arrived at Anfalerne by fortune, and the Admiral Galaffer retained him to maintain his war: And how the fair Escleremond spoke with him, YE have heard here before the Adventures that have fallen to Huon, & how the old Gerames and xiii. with him▪ departed and left Huon, because he would not believe them whereby fell to him such adventures as ye have since heard, and how Gerames and his companions that were in the little ship, sailed forth in the tempest, without any knowledge what was become of Huon, but they thought rather he had been dead then alive and so within a month after, they were driven by another tempest to the port of Anfalerne. When Gerames saw how they were arrived there, he said to his company. Sirs we be not arrived at a good Port▪ in this City dwelleth a Paynim king who believeth not in our god, a more fierce Paynim cannot be found from hence to the red Sea, he is called the admiral Galaffer, without god have pity of us, I cannot see but we are like to die, and we cannot return back. The same time the Admiral Galaffer was risen from dinner, and looked out at a window, and beheld the seaside, and then he perceived the little Ship, where Gerames and his company were in, when he saw it, he went down with some of his men, desiring to knew what they were that there arrived: then he approached to the Ship, and said. Sirs, what men be you that are thus arrived at my Port? Sir, (quoth Gerames) we be Frenchmen, Pilgrims, and are going to offer at the holy Sepulchre, the fortune of the Sea hath brought us hither, and therefore Sir, if there be any Tribute that we ought to pay, we are ready to do your pleasure. Sirs, (quoth the Admiral) have no doubt, that by me or any of mine you shall have any displeasure, for if ye will abide with me, you are well arrived. Sir, (quoth Gerames) I would it might please you to show us the cause why: Why, (quoth the Admiral) that I shall show you. True it is, here near me dwelleth King juoryn of Mombrance, who maketh upon me great war, he slayeth my men, and destroyeth my Country, whereof I have great sorrow in my heart. Sir, (quoth Gerames) if your quarrel be just and rightful, we shall be all ready to aid you truly, for Sir, without your quarrel be good, we will not abide with you. Sirs, (quoth the Admiral) I shall show you the troth, so it was, upon a day I stood in a window, and looked down to the seaside, (as I did now when you arrived at this Port) and then I saw a Ship coming, which took anchor there as you be now, and in the Ship there was a Damsel and Ten Mariners, who thought to have led her unto King juoryn of Mombrance, I cannot tell where they had taken her, but she was Daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, that Mahu take his soul, and I knew for certain, that if King juoryn might have the Damsel, he would have burnt her, because it hath been showed him, that she was the cause of the death of her Father the Admiral Gaudise, who was Brother to King juoryn, and so he is Uncle to the Damsel, and when I was advertised, that the ten Mariners would have delivered her into the hands of her Uncle juoryn, I took her from them, and slew them all, because they would not deliver her to me with entreaty, and thus I have wedded the Damsel. When juoryn heard this, he made me war, and was here before my City with all his puissance, & hath slain my men, and led away all my beasts and provision, and hath burnt and destroyed my Country, and every day he cometh and over-runnes all the Country, and he hath with him a young man, I know not of what country he is of, but this last day he slew a Nephew of mine, whom I right dearly loved, and who was called Sorbryn, he was Son to my Sister, for whom I have such sorrow at my heart, that it cannot be appeased, and he hath led away his Horse called Blanchardyn, the which is the best horse in ten Realms, his like is not in all the world, wherefore I desire you (as I may deserve your service) to abide with me, and to do so much, that I might have the said young man taken Prisoner, and the horse again to me restored, and if you can this do, I shall so reward you, that you shall always be rich, and all those in your company. Sir, (quoth Gerames) if he come any more hither, & that you show me him, I shall do my best to bring him, and the Horse also unto you. Friend, (quoth the Admiral) if you will show me this courtesy, I shall abandon all my Realm to be at your pleasure and commandment. With these words the old Gerames issued out of the Ship & all his company, and entered into the City of Anfalerne with the Admiral Galaffer, & when they came to the Palace, Gerames said. Sir, I and my company require you to show us the Damsel, for whose sake you maintain this war. Friend, (quoth the Admiral) if you were a young man, I would not show her unto you, but I see well you be old and ancient, wherefore no young Lady will set any thing by you: then the Admiral took Gerames by the hand, and led him into the Chamber whereas Escleremond was, assoon as the Lady saw Gerames, she knew him, wherewith she began to change colour, and fell down in a swound in the Chamber, making a great outcry. When the Admiral Galaffer saw that, he was right sorrowful, and said: Fair Lady, why do you make this sorrow? are you troubled at the sight of this old man that I have brought hither? Nay surely Sir, (quoth she) it is for a pain that hath taken me in the right side whereby I have often times great annoyance: but Sir, if it were your pleasure, I would gladly speak with this french Knight, for customably they know many things, and peradventure he may show me such things as shallbe for my health, for Frenchmen are right discreet in giving of good counsel. Madame, quoth the Admiral) it pleaseth me well that you speak with him secretly. Then the Lady called Gerames, and said: Friend, I pray thee give me some good counsel, that I may be eased of the pain that I endure. Madame, (quoth Gerames) for the honour of you and of the Admiral that is here present, I shall aid you in such wise, that you shallbe eased of the pain that you endure. Then Gerames who was subtle, well perceived the mind of the Lady, than he approached near unto her, and they sat down together on a Couch there by. Gerames, (quoth the Lady) I pray you what adventure hath brought you hither? Madame, (quoth he) we be come hither by reason of tempest of the Sea, but Lady, (quoth he) I pray you what is become of Huon? By my faith, (quoth she) I believe he is dead, for when you departed from us, such a marvelous tempest rose on the Sea, that all that were in our Ship were perished, and the ship drowned and broken in small pieces, except Huon and I, we saved us on a Table of wood, whereupon we arrived in an Isle that was near us, and when we were on the Land, there came unto us Ten Mariners, and they took me from thence, and ●●it Huon there blindfold, his hands and feet fast bound, so that he had no power to relieve himself, and those Ten Mariners brought me hither, and the Admiral Galaffer hath slain them all, therefore I think surely that Huon is dead, jesus have mercy upon him, and thus I am here with this Admiral, who hath assured me to wed me, but as yet he never meddled with me bodily, but I have made him to believe, that I made a vow to Mahu for two years to come, that no man should have use of my body, and that is for the love of Huon, whom I cannot forget, the Admiral hath believed me, and for as long as I live I shall never forget Huon, and shall always be ready to die, in the pain to keep me from the bodily company of any man living. Ah Sir Gerames, if you might do so much, that I might escape from hence with you, you should do me a great courtesy, for if I might escape from hence and come into a christian Realm, I would yield myself into some Abbey of Nuns, to the intent that the reasidue of my life, I might pray for the Soul of my Lover Huon. Madam, (quoth Gerames) be not dismayed, for if I can escape from hence, whatsoever come to me thereof, I shall carry you with me. Then the Admiral came unto them, and said: Friend, you hold overlong talking with the Damsel, come away, you have tarried there long enough; then Gerames departed from Escleremond, straining her by the hand, and the Admiral Galaffer took Gerames by the arm, and brought him into the Hall to Supper, and after Supper they communed of the Feats of the war. Now let us leave speaking of them, and return to King Inoryn of Mombran●e, and noble Huon who was with him. Chap. LVIII. ¶ How King juoryn came again before Anfalerne, and how Gerames and Huon fought together, and at last they knew each other. And how they entered into Anfalerne, and shut the Admiral without. NOw showeth the History, that about two days after King juoryn had made his course before Anfalerne, than Huon came unto juoryn & said. Sir, cause your men to be armed, and let us go visit the Admiral Galaffer, for a man that is in war ought never to lie still, until he hath brought his enemy to utter ruin, for it seemeth that he setteth but little by you, when he keepeth still your Niece against your will, he being your Subject, and one that holdeth his Lands of you. Friend, (quoth juoryn) you say truly, I shall do by your counsel, than he made to be cried through the City, that every man should make him ready, to go with the King before Anfalerne. Huon who was desirous to have battle, armed him, and took Blanchardyn his good Horse, mounted on him without any stirrup, and took a great Spear in his hand with a good sharp head. Now the same time as Huon was in the Palace, king juorins' daughter was leaning in a window in her chamber, accompanied with divers Ladies and Damsels, she beheld Huon and she said. By Mahu, it is a goodly sight to behold yonder young man sitting on the horse Blanchardyn, how well he becometh his armour, a goodlier man cannot be found, nor a more hardy: for the last day he slew Sorbryn the valiantest knight in all Pagany, and also wan his good horse. But yet I am displeased with him, for that when he played with me at the Chess, he was not so hardy as once to embrace and kiss me, if he had, I would have loved him in such wise, that if he had required of me my love, I would not have refused him, though my father had sworn the contrary an hundred times: thus the Ladies and Damsels devised together, but Huon set little thereby. Thus king juoryn and his men issued out of the City of Mombrance, and came to the fields and then road forth toward Anfalerne, & at the last came before the gates of the city, and there ordered them in battle array, and Huon who had great desire to attain to renown, came to the gate with his spear in his hand, and cried aloud to them that were on the walls, and said. Where is Galaffer your Lord? go and show him, that he come and Just against him that hath slain his Nephew, and that I will serve him in like sort if I may meet with him in Battle, or else he shall deliver to me the fair Escleremond. Galaffer was near by, and heard what Huon said, and knew well that it was he by reason of the horse Blanchardyn, whereof he was right sorrowful, & said to Gerames. Friend, I shall show you here him that hath done me all this ill, now I shall see if ye will keep promise with me. Sir quoth Gerames, take no care, for by the faith that I owe to God, I shall render to you both the horse and the man, to do with them at your pleasure. Then Gerames issued out all armed, well horsed, and took a good spear in his hand, he was a goodly knight of his age, puissant of body, and in his time greatly redoubted, and when he was on his horse, he stretched himself in his saddle in such wise, that his stirrups stretched out a long handful or more, he was greatly praised of the Paynims that saw him, and then the Admiral Galaffer commanded every man to be armed, and he himself was armed richly. Then the gate was opened, and Gerames was the first that issued out with his company, when he was without the city, he strake his horse with his spurs, so that he was a great space before all his company, with his spear in his hand & his shield about his neck, and his white beard hanging down on his breast under his helmet. Now when Huon on the other part saw Gerames coming, he spurred Blanchardyn, and came against Gerames, and so they met together without any word speaking, and strake each other on their shields, so that all was broken, but their armour was so good that they took no hurt, but their spears broke to their hands, and the shivers flew up into the air, and the strokes were so rude, that both the knights & horses fell to the earth, but they arose again, and gave each other great strokes. Gerames who was expert in deeds of arms, took his sword with both his hands, and gave Huon such a stroke on the helmet, that perforce he was feign to set one of his knees to the earth the stroke was so heavy, and if it had not been by the grace of God, he had been slain, and Huon was so astonished with the stroke, that he had much ado to recover, but said: Ah good Lord succour me, and grant me that before I die I may see the fair Escleremond. These words he spoke openly, for he thought that Gerames had not understood him, for he little thought that it had been Gerames that fought with him, then he came to Gerames with his sword in his hand to have been revenged, for he never before received such a stroke as Gerames had given him. But Gerames understood Huon by his words and knew him, and therewith cast down his sword to the earth, and had such sorrow that he could not speak a word. When Huon saw that, he marveled greatly why he cast his sword to the earth, and then Huon would not touch him, but said. Paynim, what is thy mind to do? wilt thou have peace or else fight with me? Ah sir quoth Gerames, come forth and strike of my head, for well I have deserved it seeing I have stricken you so rudely, but I knew you not, whereof I am very sorry. When Huon heard him speak, anon he knew well that it was Gerames, whereof he had great joy in his heart for finding of him. The Paynims that regarded them, had great marvel what thing the two Champions meant or thought to do. Sir quoth Gerames, it behoveth us shortly to determine our business, for I see on all parts Paynims assemble together to behold us, I shall show you what is best for us two to do, leap you upon your horse, and I shall leap on mine, than I shall take you, and lead you perforce as my prisoner to the City of Anfalerne, and there shall ye see your Love Escleremond, who will have great joy with your coming, and she will tell you other news. Friend quoth Huon, I shall do as ye devise, than they leapt on their horses, and Gerames came to Huon and laid hand on him, as though he took him Prisoner, and so led him toward the city of Anfalerne, and his company followed him, and when king juoryn saw how Gerames had led away Huon as Prisoner, he began to cry & said: On forth ye Saracens, how suffer you this young man to be led away as a Prisoner to the city of Anfalerne? I shall never have joy at my heart if ye suffer him thus to be led away. Then the Saracens dashed into the press to have rescued Huon, and on the other part the Admiral Galaffer came & met Gerames and Huon, and then Gerames said to him: Sir, go and fight with your enemies, behold here the young man that slew your Nephew Sorbryn, I shall lead him into the city and set him in sure prison, and then I shall shortly return again to you to fight against king juoryn. Friend quoth Galaffer, I require you so to do, and assoon as ye have set him in prison return again. Gerames departed from the Admiral, and went to the city with Huon and his xiii. companions with him, when they were entered into the City, they lifted up the bridges and closed the gates, in the City there was no man of war, for all were in the field with the Admiral against king juoryn, there were none but women, children & old folks, and when that Gerames and Huon saw how they were strong enough for them in the City, they went into the streets and cried Saint Dennis, and slew all that they met aswell old men, as women and children, so that within a short space they had clean won the town. Many Paynims fled and leapt into the dikes, and broke necks, arms, and legs, than they went into the Palace, and there they found the fair Escleremond, & when Huon saw her, he did of his helmet, and ran and embraced her, and when the Lady saw that it was Huon, the joy that she had was so great that it was marvel to see it, there was such joy at their meeting that it cannot be recounted. Huon and the Lady embraced & kissed each other many times, and she said. Ah Huon, ye be right heartily welcome, for I thought that I should never have seen you more. Lady quoth Huon, I ought greatly to love and cherish you, and I am right joyful that it hath pleased God that I have now found you in good health and prosperity, for a more truer man than ye be there is none living. When all the company had made their salutations one to another, they went to dinner and were richly served, for there was great plenty in the city, and the Saracens were without the City, whereas they fought and slew each other, there was such slaying on both parts, that the fields were covered with dead men and fore wounded, many a horse ran about the field and their Masters lying dead, these two Kings fought one against the other puissance against puissance, and two Saracens that were escaped out of the City of Anfalerne, came to the Admiral Galaffer and said. Ah Sir, your City is lost by the Frenchmen, who be entered into it, there is neither man nor woman therein but they are all slain, the old knight that came to you and his xiii. companions be all servants to the young man that slew your Nephew, when the two Frenchmen fought one with another, they took together acquaintance, and they be all subjects to the young man that was with king juoryn, and it is he that slew the Admiral Gaudise, and discomfited the giant Agrapart, we knew him well when he entered into the city, we would have showed you thereof, but we durst not until ye were returned from the battle. Now they be in your Palace which pleaseth them, for there is neither man nor child living, but all are slain except some thirty. Ladies and Damsels, who were with her that should be your wife, and they be put out of the City, ye may see them sitting without the gate piteously weeping. When the Admiral Galaffer heard that, he was heavy & sorrowful, and said to his men that were about him. Sirs, I pray you hastily give me some council what I shall do, for it is needful. Sir quoth they, it is now of necessity that ye go to king juoryn, and kneel down at his foot, and pray him to have mercy upon you, other council as now we cannot give you. Sirs quoth Galaffer, I shall do as ye have said, than the Admiral Galaffer with his sword in his hand went through the press, and came to king juoryn, & alighted from his horse and kneeled down before him, and said. Sir King, I yield to you my sword, with the which if you please strike of my head, for well I have deserved it. But Sir I pray you for the love of Mahu have mercy of me, I offer to make you such amends as you & your Lords shall judge, so that ye will aid me to take the Frenchmen that be in my City, and have taken away my wife your niece Escleremond. Sir, the young man that ye so loved, who came but lately to your Court with a Minstrel, is the same Frenchman that slew your brother the Admiral Gaudise, these tidings I have heard by two messengers that knew him in your Court, and now there are with him xiii. other Frenchmen, whom I had retained with me to maintain my war, but they be all subjects to the young man, and now all xiii. be in my palace, and my wife with them. Chap. LIX. ¶ How juoryn caused Mouflet the old Minstrel, to be brought to the gibbet to have been hanged, and how he was rescued by Huon. IVORIN heard Galaffer, and said, Alas, I was unhappy that I knew not this young man that had slain my brother, if I had, it should dearly have been bought. Therefore Sir Galaffer, cause your men to withdraw from the battle, and I shall withdraw mine, and I shall know of my Barons what counsel they will give me. Then both parties blew the retreat, and King juoryn said to his Lords. Sirs, what counsel will ye give me, as touching the Admiral Galaffer? Sir (quoth they) give him again his lands, since he asketh mercy, if he hath done ill, he offereth to make amends. Then juoryn called Galaffer, and said: Sir Admiral, I render again to you all your lands, and pardon you of all mine ill will, and beside that, I shall help you to destroy the Frenchmen that are in your city of Anfalerne. Then Galaffer kneeled down, and thanked King juoryn for the courtesy that he showed him and offered to do, and so would have kissed his feet, but juoryn would not suffer him, but lift him up. Thus these two kings agreed together, and swore together, to have the death of Huon and his knights. Then Huon and his company abandoned up the city of Anfalerne, because he had so few men to keep it, and so kept the Castle, the which was strong enough, standing on a rock on the sea side, it was indeed impregnable, so it were well victualled, at the corner of the Castle there was a strong tower, and underneath it was the Port whereas ships came to their anchor. When juoryn and Galaffer saw that the town was given up by the Frenchmen, they entered into it with all their great puissance, and lodged about in the town, but in taking of their lodgings, Huon and Gerames, and such as were with them, shot out darts, and quarreled in such wise, that there was not so hardy a paynim that durst peer before the Castle, if he did, he was slain or hurt. When juoryn & Galaffer saw the dealing of the Frenchmen, they raised up a gibbet before the Castle, thereby to make the Frenchmen afraid, and then they took Mouflet the Minstrel, and bound his hands behind him so sore, that the blood came out at the nails, than they hanged his viol about his neck, and then he was brought before juoryn, who said to him. A thou false traitor, ill hast thou remembered the goodness that my brother Gaudise hath done to thee, when he that slew him, thou hast brought into my Court, thereby to do me despite. But I shall neither eat nor drink, till thou hast thy desert, and that is to be hanged. Alas quoth Mouflet, never in all my life have I done or thought any treason, nor knew not that, that I brought to your Court, him that slew your brother the Admiral Gaudys, who was my Lord and Master, therefore Sir, great sin it were for you to put me to death, for that I am not guilty of. Thou liest false traitor (quoth juoryn) and so commanded a thirty men to lead him to the gallows, and when they were come thither, they caused the minstrel to mount up on the ladder. The Frenchmen in the Castle had great marvel who it should be that they would hang up there: and when the minstrel was above on the ladder, he turned him towards the Castle, and cried with an high voice: Ah Huon, how will ye suffer me here to die? yet remember the goodness that I have done to you, and the courtesy that I did, when ye came all naked, I gave you then clothing, and meat and drink, and I abandoned to you all that I had, ill it hath been employed without ye reward me better. When Huon heard the Minstrel, he knew well that it was Mouflet who had been his master, than he said to his company. Sirs, I require you arm you quickly, for the Paynims here without have reared up a gibbet, whereon they will hang a Minstrel, who hath done me great pleasure, I would be right sorry if he should have any ill. Then Gerames and all his companions made them ready, and issued out of the Castle with Huon, by a secret postern, so that they that were about the gibbet were not aware of of them, till Huon and his company was among them. Huon ran at him that should have hanged the minstrel, and strake him with his spear clean through, and so he fell down dead, and then Huon took down the Minstrel, and made him to fly away to the postern, and his viol about his neck, he that had seen him fly away, could not have kept himself from laughing, for he ran so fast, that he seemed to be no old man, but rather of the age of thirty year, and Huon and Gerames and his company, slew and beat down all the thirty paynims, so that none escaped the death. When King juoryn and Galaffer perceived that there was much ado about the gibbet, they said, Sirs, the Frenchmen are come out of the Castle, go and look that ye do so much, that none of them enter again. Then Paynims on every part issued out of their lodgings, and ran thither he that best might, without keeping of any good order, & Huon and Gerames when they saw them coming, they made semblance to return to the city a soft pace, and the Paynims came after them crying and howling like dogs, and when they approached near, Huon suddenly turned, and with his spear he met so the first, that he ran him clean through the body with his spear, so that he fell down dead, and Gerames and his company strake so among the paynim, that the place ran like a river of blood of the dead Paynims: Huon strake with his sword with both his hands, he strake none with a full stroke, but that he clave the head to the teeth, but finally, the force of the paynim was so great, that at length they could not abide it. Then Huon, who was expert in deeds of arms, perceived that it was time to depart, he called his men together, and went toward the postern, the which with much pain they got in thereat, and so they entered in all xiii. companions, but yet they were so hasted and pursued, that Garyn of Saint Omer abode without, and defended himself valiantly: but at last he was slain by the Paynims, than Huon was right sorrowful, when he saw that Garyn was not entered into the Castle, and piteously complained for him, and said. A dear cousin, who for the love of me have left your wife and children, and land, and signories, I am sorry of your death. Sir, quoth Gerames, leave your sorrow, and think to make good cheer, and to keep well our fortress, our Lord God hath always aided you, and shall do through his grace, go we up and make good cheer, for with this sorrow we can win nothing. Then when they came into the Palace, they met with Escleremond, and when Huon saw her, he said: My fair Love, this day have I lost one of my good friends, whereof I am sorrowful. Sir, quoth she, I am sorry thereof, but that thing that cannot be recovered, must be left, we be all made to die, God will have mercy on his soul, with such like word Escleremond and Gerames appeased Huon, and when they were in the hall, they unarmed them, and went to dinner, and afterwards they looked out at the windows, to see the countenance of the Paynims: then Gerames said to the Minstrel. Mouflet my friend, I pray thee take thy viol, and give us a song to make us merry, than the Minstrel took his Instrument, and gave them a most sweet song, the which was so melodious for to hear, that they all believed that they had been in Paradise, and they all made exceeding great joy, with such a cheerful noise, that the Paynims that were without, did hear it, and said among themselves. Ah these Frenchmen are people to be feared and doubted, and they were right sorrowful for the men that they had lost by the prowess of these Fourteen persons. Chap. LX. ¶ How the good Provost Guyer, Brother to Gerames, arrived at the Port of Anfalerne. WHen that King juoryn saw and knew the great loss that he had received, he was right sorrowful, and then the Admiral Galaffer said. Sir, for the honour of Mahu be not so sore troubled, for a thing the which you shall well achieve and bring to an end, you know well these Frenchmen are as a bird being in a Cage, for they cannot escape neither by land nor by water, and they are without hope of any rescue: to day they were Fourteen, and now they be but Thirteen, you are lodged in a good Town, and have the fields and the Sea at your pleasure, it is not possible for them to escape, they have neither Ship nor Galley to fly in: Therefore Sir, appease yourself, suffer them to waste their victuals. By these words somewhat King juoryn was appeased, and the Frenchmen in the Castle devised together, and Huon said unto Gerames. Friend, you see well we be here enclosed, and we can neither depart by Land nor by Sea, nor we look for no succour of any man living, and here before us are lodged Paynims who have sworn our deaths. Sir, (quoth Gerames) true it is, but I hope in our Lord God that he will send us some good adventure, and if it please you, let us two go down and sport us by the water side, near to the Port until night come. I am content, (quoth Huon) we may go thither and not be seen by the Paynims, for thither might come Ship or Galley without danger of the Town: thither they went, and when it was near hand night, Huon looked into the Sea, and saw a Ship coming thetherward. Then Huon said unto Gerames: Friend▪ behold yonder cometh a Ship with full sail, they will arrive at this Port, they be Christian men I see well by the tokens that the Ship doth bear, for upon the Mast I see a red cross. Sir, (quoth Gerames) by all that I can see the ship is of France, and therefore (as I have said to you before) God will send us some good adventure, & therewith by fear of the Tempest, the Ship came into the Haven and cast their anchors. Then Huon approached to the Ship, and demanded for the Patron, and for the master of them that were in the ship, than the Mariners regarded the place whereas they were, and they knew plainly by the great Tower, that they were in the Port of Anfalerne, whereof they had great fear, and said one to another. Ah good Lord God help us, for we see well we are but dead, seeing we be arrived here in this Port, for we know well, that the Lord of this place is the most cruelest Paynim between this and the red Sea. Thus they complained them one to another, and Huon (who was near them) understood them well, and said. Sirs, have ye no doubt of death, for ye are arrived at a good Port: I require you to show me from whence you come, and what ye be? and they answered & said. Sir, seeing you can speak French we shall show you, so that you will assure our lives. Sirs, (quoth Huon) have no fear of death, nor of any hurt that ye shall have, for we that have this place in keeping, are Frenchmen: therefore show us hardly your intents? Sir, (quoth they) since you would know what we be, we are all borne in the Country of France, and one of us is of Saint Omers, and some of the City of Paris, and of divers other parts of the Realm of France. Friends, (quoth Huon) I pray you show me, if there be any among you borne in the City of Bourdeaux. Sir, (quoth one of them) here is one in this ship that was borne in Bourdeaux, an old ancient man, I think he be of an hundred years of age, his name is Guyer, and we are going on pilgrimage for the love of our Lord jesus Christ, to visit the holy Sepulchre, but fortune by force of Tempest of the Sea hath caused us to arrive here, and this Tempest hath endured these three days and three nights passed, whereby we be so weary and so sore travailed, that we can do no more. Friend, (quoth Huon) I pray you show him forth, that you speak of. Then the Patron of the Ship commanded, that the old man of Bourdeaux should come forth, then Guyer the Provost came to Huon and said. Sir, behold me here, what pleaseth it you to say unto me? When Huon saw him, he knew incontinent that it was Guyer the Provost, and said: Friend, I require you show me where you were borne? and what hath moved you to come hither, seeing the great age that you be of? and to show me what is your name? Sir, (quoth he) I shall show you the truth, I had a Lord whom I loved entirely, he was Son to Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, and he was called Huon, and it fell so out, that after the death of his Father about a Seven years, King Charlemagne sent for him to do his homage to receive his Land of him, the young man by the commandment of his Mother, he and his brother Gerard with him took their way towards Paris, and by the way King Charlemaine's Son called Charlot, was lying in a wood by the counsel of certain Traitors, and there lay in a weight to have slain Huon and his Brother Gerard, but the case fell otherwise, for Huon slew Charlot not knowing who it was, wherefore King Charlemagne banished him out of the Realm of France, and charged him ere he returned, to go to Babylon to do a messsage to the Admi- Gaudise. But his Brother Gerard abode still at Bourdeaux to keep the heritage, and then the Duchess his Mother was so full of sorrow, that her Son was so banished without cause, that she took thereof such a malady, that she died thereof about five years past, and so thereby Gerard is Lord and Governor of all the Lands, and he is married to the daughter of the most cruelest Tyrant from thence into Spain, and this Gerard hath learned of him many ill customs, and hath left all the good ways that was used in the days of Duke Sevin and of the Duchess his Mother, and he hath raised up in all his Lands new Tails, and Gables, and Impositions, and chased and put from him all noble men, he destroyeth the Burgesses and Merchants, Widows & Orphelings, there can no man show you the ill that he hath done and doth daily, and he hath disinherited me. And on a day the Barons of the Country desired me, that I would take the pains to go and search aswell by land as by water, if I might find the young Lord Huon who is our rightful Lord, it is now about two years that I have searched for him in divers Countries, but I could never hear one word of him, whereof I am right sorrowful, & to seek him I have spent all my gold and silver: howbeit, these good Merchants have taken me into their Ship, and for the love of God, they thought to have brought me into France, but by fortune we be here arrived at this Port. Chap. LXI. ¶ How Huon and Gerames, and all their company, with the fair Escleremond, departed from the Castle of Anfalerne, and sailed thence on the Sea. WHen Huon understood the Provost Guyer, he said unto Gerames. Sir, come forth, here I have found your Brother. Then Gerames came to his Brother, and embraced and kissed him all wéping, and said: My dear friend and Brother, you be right heartily welcome. Ah Brother, (quoth Guyer) now I care not whether I live or die, seeing I have found you, and if it were so that yet once ere I died I might see my Lord Huon: then I cared not how soon I died. Ah dear Brother, (quoth Gerames) you shall not die so soon, and yet you shall see Huon, whose presence you so sore desire, it is Huon to whom you have spoken all this season. Then Huon sore weeping came and embraced Guyer, and said: My dear Friend, your coming is a joy to my heart, for a more truer Knight cannot be found. Sir, (quoth Guyer) do you know me? Yea truly, (quoth Huon) and do you know me? Yea Sir, (quoth Guyer) you are greatly desired in France, and Brother Gerames, I desire you to show me where you have been since I saw you, for it is about Forty years since you departed out of France: then Gerames showed him all his life, and showed at length how he found Huon. Long they were talking together, whereof they of the Ship were right joyful, for than they saw well they were arrived at a good Port, and then Huon said to the Mariners. Sirs, I pray you make this night no great noise, nor make no fire, nor show no light, for here before the castle is lodged two Admirals Paynims, who have swoorne that they will never go hence until they have us at their pleasure: therefore I counsel that we may escape out of this castle, we be here about thurteene persons, and with us a noble Lady, wherefore I require you let us come into your Ship or else we be all lost, and fear not but you shall be well paid for your labour, ye shall have gold and silver as much as ye will desire. Sir quoth the Patron, ye need not to speak of any gold or silver, for this our ship is yours to do therewith at your pleasure. Sir quoth Huon, I thank you of your courtesy, I pray you and your company come with me into the castle, and I shall charge your ship with gold and Silver, and rich jewels and precious stones, that you and all yours shallbe rich for ever, this must be done in haste, before the Paynims here without perceive us, for if they perceive us, we shall never get hence, but incontinent they will send some of their ships and take this ship. Sir quoth the Patron, we are ready to obey your commandment, and then the Patron and xxiiii. Mariners went with Huon into the Castle, and charged all the treasure that was within the castle, and other riches that Huon and his company had taken in the town, they bore all into the ship, and victuals sufficient, than Huon took Escleremond by the hand all smiling, and said. Fair Lady, one thing I demand of you, be ye not displeased to leave that country & land where as ye were borne? Sir quoth she, I have long desired to see the day that I now do see, therefore well we may thank our Lord God, that hath given us that grace to be set out of the hands of the enemies of the faith of Christ, wherein we ought to believe, than Huon entered into the ship, and the fair Escleremond and Gerames and all the other company, so they were in number within the ship some xxxiiij. persons, and with them was Mouslet the Minstrel, & when they were all entered into the ship, and the ship charged with all things necessary, they weighed up their anchors, and hoist up their sails, and had so good and fresh a wind, that they were within a while far from the lands of the two Admiralles Saracens. They sailed so long, that ere it was day light, they were passed the coast of the Roads, & so came by the Isle of Crect: and so by the aid of God and good wind, they arrived at the Port of Brandis. And so about noon, the Admiral that lay at siege before the castle of Anfalerne, had gread marvel that they could see no man stirring within the castle, than a Paynim said to juoryn. Sir, know for troth, that within the castle ye shall find no man, the Frenchmen are all fled, but we cannot tell how. When the two Admirals heard that, they were sore troubled, and in hast they set forth a Galley and thirty. Paynims therein, commanding them to go to the Postern, which they did incontinent, and when they came there, they found neither man nor woman, but found the Postern open, and so they entered into the castle, and so opened the broad gates, and the two Admirals entered in sore displeased that the Frenchmen were so escaped. Now let us leave speaking of them, and return to Huon, who was arrived in safeguard at the Port of Brandis. Chap. LXII. ¶ How Huon and his company arrived at the Port of Brandis, and from thence went to Room to the Pope, who wedded together Huon and the fair Escleremond, and of their departing from thence. WHen Huon and his company saw how they were arrived at the Port of Brandis, they issued out of their ship, and devoustly went to the church of our Lady, and there gave laud & praise to our Lord God, that had brought them thither in such safeguard, than they went to Garyn of Saint Omers lodging, when they came there, the Lady of the house (who was right wise and courteous) came to Huon & said. Sir, of your coming I am right joyful: but Sir I pray you where have you left Garyn my Lord and husband? for seeing I see him not with you, my heart trembleth, for fear lest he be dead, or else of some great encumbrance happened unto him. Madam quoth Huon, to hide the troth from you, cannot cause you to have him again, for it hath pleased god that he is departed out of this world: wherefore I will counsel you as much as ye may leave dolour and heaviness, for we must all come thereto, and I repute you so wise, that ye know well that for any sorrow or weeping that ye make, ye cannot have him again. When the Lady had heard Huon, she fell down in a trance, more like to be dead then alive, than Huon and his company set her up, and comforted her as much as they might, than Escleremond took & brought her into her chamber, and did so much with her fair & sweet words, that somewhat she appeased her, and then sore weeping she came to Huon, and he said. Madame appease yourself, and pray for him, for we must all pass the same passage. With these words and such other the Lady was appeased, than they washed and went to dinner, and after Gerames and other of his company went into the town, and bought horse and Mules to ride on, and bought rich gowns all in one livery, there they tarried about viii. days, and on the ix. day they paid the Patron of the ship in such wise, that he was rich ever after, and every Mariner had a good reward, whereof they thanked Huon and offered to do him service. Then Huon and Escleremond with all their company took their leave of their hostess, whom they left sore weeping, and at their departing Huon gave her a rich gift, whereof she humbly thanked him, and when they were all ready and their baggage trussed up, they depatred and took the way towards Room with great joy and gladness: whosoever was joyful, Guyer the Provost was joyful in two manners, one in that he had found his Lord Huon, and the other for that he had found his brother Gerames, and also because that his Lord Huon, had fulfilled the messsage that King Charlemagne had charged him to do to the Admiral Gaudise. So long they road together, that in a morning they came to Room, and alighted at their lodging, than they all together went to hear divine service, and as they issued out of the Church, they met a servant of the Popes, than Huon demanded of him in what estate the Pope was in. Sir quoth the Squire, he is ready to hear service, than Huon and his company leapt on their horses, and road to the Pope's Palace and their alighted, and then Huon held the fair Escleremond by the hand, and the good Provost Guyer held his brother Gerames by the hand, and so all the other two and two together, than they found the Pope sitting in his throne devising with his Cardinals, than Huon approached and saluted him humbly. When the Pope beheld Huon, he knew him incontinent, and arose up and came to him and embraced and kissed his cheek, and said. Fair son Huon ye be welcome, I pray you show me how is it with you, and show me of your adventures? Sir quoth Huon, I have endured many evils and troubles enough and all these that are come with me, but (thanked be our Lord god) it is so now, that I have brought with me, the beard and great teeth of the Admiral Gaudise, and have also brought his Daughter who is here present, and Sir I require you to give her Christendom, and then I will wed her to my wife. Huon quoth the Pope, all this pleaseth me right well to do, and the rather seeing it is your pleasure, & I desire you to tarry here with me this night. Sir quoth Huon, your pleasure shallbe mine. Thus Huon and his company tarried with the Pope all that night, whereas they made great joy, and on the nexts morning a Font was made ready, wherein the fair Escleremond was christened without changing of her name, and also there was christened Mouslet the Minstrel, and he was called Garyn, and when the Sacrament of Baptism was finished, the Pope himself said service, first he confessed Huon, and assoiled him of all his faults, than he wedded him to Escleremond, and when divine service was ended, than they went all with the Pope to his Palace, and there was made the solempnities of the Marriage, but to show the manner of their service, with the meats and drinks, and that apparel of the Brides, it would be over-tedious to rehearse it. But one thing I dare well say, that there had not been seen of a long time before such a glorious and rich seast, for the Pope did as much for them as though they had been his own Brother and Sister, the melody of the Minstrels that played was so sweet and delectable, that every man was satisfied with the hearing thereof, and specially it was marvel to hear Garyn the new christened Minstrel to play, he played so swéetlye on his viol, that it was great joy to hear it. Thus there was great joy in the Pope's Palace, and even as they were well served at dinner, so it was better at supper, and at night every man withdrew himself, and the new Brides lay together in great pleasure all that night, & in the morning they arose and heard service, and then dined, and then they trussed up all their Baggage and charged their Somers, Mules, and Mullets, and saddled their horses, and then Huon and Escleremond went and took their leave of the Pope, and thanked him for the honour and great courtesy that he had showed them. Sir quoth the Pope, if it would please you to tarry longer here with me, my goods and my house should be at your commandment. Sir quoth Huon, I cannot render sufficient thanks to your Holiness for the good that ye have done to us: But Sir, longer I cannot tarry, for the great desire that I have to accomplish the rest of my business, therefore Sir, I recommend you to our Lord God. The Pope kissed Huon, and took Escleremond by the hand: thus they took their leave, and at their departing, the Pope sent to them a Summer charged with gold, and clothes of silk, and thus they departed from Rome. Chap. LXIII. ¶ How Huon and his company arrived at the Abbey of Mauryse, whereas he was received by the Abbot and Covent, with great reverence. AFter that Huon had taken leave of the Pope, he and his company departed, and the fair Escleremond was mounted on a fair mule, and so long they road, till they might see the town of Bordeaux. When Huon saw it, he lift up his hands to the heavens, thanking God of his grace, that he had brought him thither in safeguard, and then he said to Escleremond. Fair Lady, yonder you may see the City and Country whereof ye shall be Lady and Duchess, though it hath been ere this time a Realm. Sir (quoth Guyer the Provost) it is good ye regard wisely your business, the which toucheth you right near, and Sir, if you will do after my counsel, send first to an Abbey that is here by, called the Abbey of Maurise, the Abbot is a notable Clerk, let him know of your coming, and that ye will dine with him. Sir (quoth Huon) your counsel is to be believed: and then Huon sent to the Abbot, certifying him of his coming. When the Abbot knew of Huons coming, he was right joyful, for he loved entirely Huon, wherefore he sore desired the sight of him, than he called all his Covent, and charged them in the virtue of obedience, to make themselves ready to receive Huon, the rightful Inheritor to the country of Bourdeaux, though the kings of France be our founders. But as to our good neighbour we will do this reverence, for honour is due to them that deserve it. Then the Covent as they were commanded, ordered themselves, and so went out of the Abbey to meet Huon, who when he saw them, he alighted on foot, and also Escleremond and Gerames and all the other, thus the Abbot and his Covent in rich cluthes seeming, met with Huon, when Huon was near to the Abbot he was right joyful, and the Abbot who anon knew Huon, came to him right humbly and said. Sir Duke of Bourdeux, thanked be god that ye are come home, for your presence hath long been desired, than they embraced each other with weeping tears for joy, than the Abbot welcomed the Provost Guyer and all the other: But he knew not Gerames, for for if he had, he would have made him great feasting. Chap. LXIIII ¶ How the good Abbot sent word to Duke Gerard of Bourdeaux, how his brother Huon was in the Abbey of Maurise. THUS the Abbot with his Covent brought Huon to the Abbey of Maurise, and Huon and Escleremond on foot followed them, & when he came into the church, Huon offered great gifts, and after their offerings and prayers made, they went into the hall, and went to dinner: how well they were learned, it need not to be rehearsed, they had every thing that needed, the Abbot sat by Huon and said. Sir, I pray you show me how ye have done, & how ye have ended your messsage, that ye were charged to do by King Charlemagne. Sir quoth Huon, thanked be our Lord God, I have accomplished and done all that I was commanded to do, for I have brought with me the Beard and the four great teeth of the Admiral Gaudise, and also I have brought with me his Daughter the fair Escleremond, whom I have wedded in the city of Room▪ and to morrow by the grace of God I will depart to go to King Charlemagne my sovereign Lord. Sir quoth the Abbot, of that I am right joyful, but if it were your pleasure, I would send to certify your coming to Gerard your Brother, that he might see you before ye depart hence. Sir quoth Huon, I am content that ye send for him. Then the Abbot commanded a Squire of his to go for Duke Gerard, and so he went and rested not, till he came to Bordeaux before Duke Gerard, & said. Sir, if it be your pleasure to come to the Abbey of Saint Maurise, there shall ye find your brother Huon,, who is come lately from beyond the sea: when Duke Gerard heard certainly, how his brother Huon was come to the Abbey of Saint Maurise, he was so overcome with ire and displeasure, that his visage became like a flame of fire, and said to the messenger: Go and return, and say to my brother Huon, that I will incontinent come and visit him. Sir (quoth he) I shall show him of your coming, and so departed, and came again to the Abbey, and showed Huon what his brother Gerard had said. And when Duke Gerard saw that the messenger was departed he was sorrowful and pensive, and called to him his father in law, his wives father, who was named Gibovars, the most falsest traitor that was from the East to the West, and Gerard said to him: Sir, I pray you give me counsel in that I have to do, for all the devils in hell have brought my Brother Huon from the parts beyond the Sea, and he is now present in the Abbey of Saint Maurise, the Abbot there hath sent me word thereof, and that I should come thither to speak with him, for as to morrow he would depart to go to Paris to the king, so that when he is come thither, he will do so much that all his land shallbe rendered to him, and that I shall have never a foot of land left me, but that which ye have given me with my wife your Daughter, wherefore dear Father in law, I pray you in this great matter to council and aid me, or else I am but lost. Fair Son quoth Gibovars, dismay you nothing, for without my wit do fail me, I think to play him a turn, that it had been better for him to have tarried where he was, than to have come hither to claim my land. Chap. LXV. ¶ How Gybovars of Beam and Gerard practised Huons death, and how the traitor Gerard came to see his brother Huon, who with great joy received him. THus as ye have heard, these two traitors conspired, and then Gybovars said to Gerard. Fair son, go ye your way to your brother Huon, and take with you but one Squire, and when you come there, make to him all the cheer you can, and show him as great love as ye can do, and humble yourself to him, to the intent that he take in you no suspicion. But when the morning cometh, hast him to depart, and when ye c●me with him near such a little wood, find some rigorous words to him, and make as though ye were displeased with him, and I shall be ready in that same little wood ambashed, and xl. men of arms with me. And when I see that words are between you, I shall issue out and slay all those that come with him, so that none shall escape alive, and then take your brother Huon, and cast him into prison, in one of the Towers of your Palace in Bourdeaux, and there miserably he shall end his days, and then in haste ye shall ride to Paris. But ere ye go to Paris, ye shall take from him the Admiralles beard and great teeth, and then ye shall show to the King, how Huon your brother is returned, without bringing either beard or teeth of the Admiral Gaudys, and how for that cause you have put him in prison. The King will believe you, for he hateth Huon greatly, because of the death of his son Charlot, whom he slew: for the hate that the King hath to him in his heart, shall never depart from him, and therefore son, when you be with your brother, demand of him, if he have the Admiral's beard and teeth or not, and whether he do bear them himself, or who else, for if he have them not, he shall never have peace with the King, but he will cause him to be slain of an evil death, either hanged or drawn, for your brother laid hostage, promising that he would never return, without he brought with him the Admiral Gaudys' beard and great teeth, and also he promised, that he would never enter into his heritage, till he had spoken with the King, and that was enjoined him on pain of death. Thus as ye have heard, these two Traitors devised and concluded the death of Huon. Gerard (quoth Gibovars) think well on your business, and I shall go and assemble together forty of my most secret servants, and in other places where I can get them, to furnish this enterprise. Sir (quoth Gerard) I shall go to the Abbey to see my brother, when it is a little near to night. So when the hour came, the false Traitor departed from Bourdeaux, and with him but one Squire, and so they road till they came to the Abbey, and there alighted, and when he perceived his brother Huon, he embraced and kissed him with such a kiss as judas kissed Christ. When Huon saw his brother Gerard come with such humility, the water fell from his eyes with kindness, and embraced him and kissed him, and said. Right dear brother, I have great joy to see you, I pray you show me how ye have done since my departure? Sir (quoth Gerard) right well now I see you in good health. Brother (quoth Huon) I have great marvel that ye be thus come alone without company. Sir (quoth Gerard) I did it for the more humility, because I know not how ye shall speed with the king, nor whether ye shall have again your land, or no, if God will that ye shall have it, I shall assemble all the Barons of the court to receive you, & to make you cheer according, this Sir I shall do till you return, for often times these great Princes are mutable, & lightly believe, for this cause Sir, I am secretly come to you. Brother, (quoth Huon) your advise is good, I am content that you thus do, and to morrow betimes I will depart towards Paris; then these two Brethren took each other by the hand making great joy. Brother, (quoth Gerard) I am right joyous when I see you thus returned in health and prosperity, have you accomplished the messsage that King Charles charged you withal? Brother, (quoth Huon) know for troth, that I have the beard and great teeth of the Admiral Gaudise, and beside that, I have brought with me his Daughter the fair Escleremond, whom I have taken to my wife, and wedded her in the City of Rome, and also I have here with me thirty Somers charged with gold and silver, and rich jewels garnished with pecious stones, whereof the half part shall be yours, and if I should show thee the pains, travails, and poverties that I have endured since I saw you last, it would be overlong to rehearse. Sir, (quoth Gerard) I believe you well, but Sir, I pray you show me by what means or aid you did bring your Enterprise to an end? Brother, (quoth Huon) it was by a king of the Fairy called Oberon, who did me such succour and aid, that I came to my purpose, and struck off the Admiral's head and so took his beard and great teeth. Brother, (quoth Gerard) and how do you keep them, and where? Brother, (quoth Huon) behold here Gerames, who hath them in his side, King Oberon did set them there by the Fairy, and by the will of God. Sir, (quoth he) which is Gerames? Brother, (quoth Huon) here you may see him before you, he with the great hoary beard. Sir, (quoth Gerard) of what Land is he of? He is of the best Friends that I have, (quoth Huon) and he is Brother to the good Provost Guyer, you never heard speak of a truer nor more noble man, I found him in a wood, whereas he had dwelled about Forty years in penance, God aided me greatly when I found him, for if he had not been, I could not have returned hither, much pain and poverty he hath endured for my sake, and now Brother, I pray you show me how ye have done since I departed from you? it hath been showed me that ye are very richly married, I pray you where was your wife borne, and of what lineage is she of. Sir (quoth Gerard) she is daughter to Gybovars of Cecyle, who is a great Lord and signor. Brother (quoth Huon) I am sorry that ye have taken such alliance, for I know him for the most vile traitor that can be found, and the most untruest. Sir (quoth Gerard) ye do ill to say so, for I take him for no such person. Chap. LXVI. ¶ How these two Brethren departed from the Abbey about midnight, and how the Traitor Gerard began to fall at rude words with Huon, when they approached near the wood whereas Gibovars lay in ambush. THus as these two brethren devised of Gibovars, the Abbot came to them, and demanded of Huon, if it were his pleasure to go to supper. Sir (quoth Huon) when it please you, I and my brother shall be ready. The fair Escleremond, who was weary of travail, was in her chamber apart, and divers other of her company with her, whereas she supped and lay that night. Huon was somewhat troubled, because his brother had taken to his wife the daughter of a Traitor, thus they washed, and sat them down to supper, where they were richly served: and at another table sat the Provost Guyer and Gerames his brother, and divers other Barons. Gerard beheld the Provost, whom he utterly hated, because he went to seek for Huon. He swore to himself, that if he might once go out of the Abbey, that he should be the first that should lose his life, and he did eat and drink but little for thinking to accomplish his ill Enterprise. When they had supped, they aroase from the board, and their beds were made ready. Then Huon called the Abbot apart, and said: Sir, I have brought hither with me great riches, I will leave it here with you to keep until my return, and I pray you for any manner of thing that may fall, deliver it unto no man living, but all only to myself, and if God give me the grace to return, your part shall be therein. Sir, (quoth the Abbot) all that you take me to keep shall be safely kept to your behoof, and I shall do so that you shall be content: then he went to bed and Gerard with him, where Gerard said, Brother if you think it good I shall call you up betimes, for it seemeth that to morrow the day will be hot. Brother, (quoth Huon) I am content. Thus they lay together in one bed, but the Traitor Gerard had no list to sleep, for the great desire that he had to be revenged of his Brother, who never did him any trespass, but alas why did not Huon know his intent? if he had, the matter had not gone so to pass. At last the hour came that the Cocks began to crow, than Gerard awoke Huon, and said: Brother, it were good for us to arise for anon it will be day, it is good to ride in the cool, but the ill Traitor, his thought was otherwise. When Huon heard his Brother, he rose up, and every man arose up and made them ready, Sir quoth Gerames, how is it that ye be so hasty to depart from hence? I pray you let me sleep a little longer. Sir quoth Gerard, that is ill said, for he that hath business to do that toucheth him near, ought not to sleep nor rest until his business be finished. By my troth quoth Huon, my Brother saith troth, for I have a great desire to speak with King Charlemagne, than every man trussed up their things and took their horses, and the fair Escleremond was ready and mounted on a stately mule, and so they all took their leaves of the Abbot, who was right sorrowful that they would depart so early. Then the gates were opened, and so departed Fourteen in a company, and Escleremond made the Fifteen, and Gerard road before to lead them the right way that he would have them to ride, and Escleremond being very sumptuously appareled rode very soberly, and she came to Huon and said. Sir, I cannot tell what aileth me, but my heart is so sore troubled, that all my body trembleth. Madam quoth Huon, be not dismayed, nor have any fear, for ye be in a good country, where by the grace of god, ye shall be served like a Princess and Lady of the country, and with those words speaking, her Mule stumbled on the one foot before, so that she had near hand a great fall, than Huon approached to her, & took the bridle of the Mule in his hand & said, Fair Lady have ye any hurt? No Sir (quoth she) but I had almost fallen. By my faith quoth Gerames, we have done very ill, for that we departed from the Abbey before day light. Sirs quoth Gerard, I never saw men so fearful for so small a cause. Sir quoth Gerames, I know not why ye speak it, but if I might council ye, we would not go one foot farther, but return again to the Abbey till day light. By god quoth Gerard, it were great folly to return again now for the stumbling of a Mule, I never saw men so fearful, let us ride forth and make good cheer, I see the day beginneth to appear. So they road forth until they came to a cross, whereas there was four ways, this was about a League from the Abbey. Then Huon rested and said: Lo, here is the border of the Territory of the Abbey of Saint Maurise, and this one way is to Bourdeaux, the which way I will not ride, for so I have promised to King Charlemagne, to whom I never yet falsed my faith, if I did, it should be the cause that I might lose my Signiory, and this other way goeth to Rome, & this other way before us is the right way into France, the which way I will ride and none other. So they road forth and all their company, and within a while they were near to the wood, within a bow shoot whereas the Traitor Gybovars lay in ambushment. Now when Gerard saw his hour and time to speak unto his Brother Huon, he said: Brother I see you are in mind to go into France unto King Charlemagne, to have your Lands and Signories, the which I am sure you shall have, it is a long space that I have kept it & maintained the Country in peace and rest, and good justice, and have won but little, nor have had but small profit, not the value of one penny, and I am married to a noble Lady, Daughter to a great Lord, and it troubleth my heart sore when you repute him for a Traitor, if he knew it by likelihood it might turn you to great folly, for we believed that you should never have returned, therefore now I may say that I am not worth a penny: Therefore I would know of you, how you would aid me, and what part I shall have at your return out of France? Brother, (quoth Huon) I have great marvel of this that you say, you know well that in the Abbey of Saint Maurise I have left Twenty Somers charged with fine gold, and I have said unto you, that your part shall be therein as much as mine, nor I shall have no penny but that one half is yours. Brother, (quoth Gerard) all this sufficeth not to me, for I would have part of the Signory to maintain mine estate. When Huon understood his Brother, his blood rose into his face, for he saw well his Brother searched all that he could to fall at debate with him, and Gerames who was sage and wise, perceived anon that the matter was like to go evil, and said unto Huon. Sir, grant to Gerard your Brother his demand, you are both young enough to conquer Lands. Gerames, (quoth Huon) I am content that he shall have Bourdeaux or Gerone, let him take which he list. Brother, (quoth Huon) show which of these two you will have, and I will have the other. Chap. LXVII. ¶ How these Traitors slew all Huons Company, except Gerames, and Escleremond, and Huon himself, the which all three were fast bound hands and feet and blindfold, and so brought unto Bourdeaux and were put in prison. WHen the false Traitor Gerard saw and understood his Brother, how he did grant him his desire, & saw how that in no wise he would strive with him: he was therewith so displeased that he was near hand in a rage, than he came to the Provost Guyer, and said. Guyer, Guyer, false Traitor, by thee and by thy purchase I am like to lose all my Signory, but by the faith that I owe unto him that created me, before I die I shall strike off thy head, nor I shall not let to do it for any person, and therewith when he saw his time, he cried his word and token, and Gybovars who was in the wood with Forty men armed, broke out with their spears in their rests, and when Huon perceived them, it was no marvel though he was abashed: then humbly he besought our lord God to save his body from misfortune, and gladly he would have returned to the Abbey, but he was so sore overlaid that he could not, than he drew out his Sword, and gave therewith the first that came such a stroke, that he clave his head to the teeth, and so fell dead to the ground, and Huon strake so upon the right hand and upon the left, that whosoever he strake a full stroke, needed after no Surgeon, if he had been armed he would not lightly have been taken without great loss, but his defence could not avail him, for he and all his company were unarmed, and all the other Forty were clean armed, & they all fought cruelly, in such wise that within a while Twelve of Huons men were slain in the place, & none escaped alive except Huon, who was beaten down to the earth & his hands bound: then Gerard the Traitor came to Gerames, who was beaten down by force, and then he cut open his right Side, and took out thereof the Admiral Gaudise beard and four great teeth, the which were set there by King Oberon of the Fairy. Huon seeing the old Gerames lying on the earth, he said with a high voice unto Gerard: Brother I pray you show me that courtesy, as not to slay that old Gentleman, but save his life. Brother, (quoth Gerard) that he hath, let him keep, other hurt he shall none have at this time, than they bound his eyes, and then they came to Escleremond, who lay on the earth in a swound they bound her hands and eyes, and so set her whether she would or not upon a horse, and Huon as he was blindfold, he heard the cries & weepings that she made, than he said: Brother Gerard, I pray you for the love of our Lord jesus Christ, suffer none ill to be done to that good Lady, who is my Wife, nor no dishonour. Brother, (quoth the Traitor Gerard) think on yourself, & speak no more, I shall do as it pleaseth me. Then they set Huon & Gerams on two horses, & the false Traitor took the Twelve dead bodies, and did cast them into the great River of Gerone, than they took that way to the City of Bourdeaux, and led the three Prisoners fast bound upon three horses. Pity it was to hear the noble Lady Escleremond complain, and she said unto Huon: Ah Sir, you have said to me, that when we were once in your Country of Bourdeaux, that you would cause me to be crowned with gold: but now I see well, that in great pain & misery we must use the residue of our lives, you have found here an ill Brother, since he hath purchased for you so much ill, surely there is better faith & troth among the Saracens, then is in the people of the Realm of France. Madame, (quoth Huon) your trouble more displeaseth me, than mine own, God send to my Brother Gerard such reward as he hath deserved, for the treason that he hath done us. Thus they complained, and wist not whether they were carried, they entered into the City of Bourdeaux an hour before day. Alas that the good Burgesses of the City had but known, how their Lord Huon was so falsely betrayed, if they had known it, he had been rescued, and Gerard & Gybovars hewn all to pieces, but the false Gerard brought them by privy dark Lanes to the Palace, for that they should not be perceived. Thus they came to the Castle, where they alighted and unarmed them, than they took Huon and Escleremond & Gerames, and put them all into a deep Prison all three together, & ordained that they should have every day barley bread and water, and commanded the jailor to give them none other thing, & also commanded, that neither man nor woman should speak with them, the jailor promised so to do, for he was servant to Gybovars, & such as the Master was, so was the Servant. Thus Huon betrayed piteously by his Brother Gerard, & set in prison, and with him his wife Escleremond, and Gerames wounded on the Side as he was. Now we will leave to speak of this piteous company, enduring great sorrow in the horrible prison in the great Tower of Bourdeaux. Chap. LXVIII. ¶ How the Traitors returned to the Abbey of St. Maurise, and slew the good Abbot, and took away all the Treasure that Huon had left there. THus as ye have heard here before how Gerard and Gybovars had put in prison Huon and Escleremond and Gerames in great misery, and when it was day, Gerard and Gybovars departed out of Bourdeaux and all their company, and road again unto the Abbey, and so came thither to dinner, than Gerard sent for the Abbot to come and speak with him. When the Abbot heard how Gerard was come again to the Abbey, he had great marvel, and so came to Gerard and said: Sir, you be welcome, I pray you what adventure hath brought you hither again so shortly? I had thought that you had been gone with your Brother Huon. Sir, (quoth the Traitor) after that my Brother Huon was departed hence, he remembered his riches that he left with you to keep, and because he shall have great need thereof, to give gifts unto the great Princes and Lords that be about King Charlemagne, to the intent that his business may take the better effect: Therefore my Brother hath sent me unto you, desiring you to send his goods unto him by me. Sir, (quoth the Abbot) when your Brother Huon departed hence, true it was, that he left with me his riches to keep, and charged me, not to deliver it to any person living, but all only to his own person: Therefore Sir, by the faith that I owe unto my Patron Saint Maurise, I will not deliver unto you one penny. When the Traitor Gerard understood that answer, he said: Dane Abbot thou liest, for whether thou wilt or not, I will have it, and no thanks to thee, and yet thou shalt also repent thy words. Then Gerard suddenly took the Abbot by the hair of the head, and Gybovars took him by the one arm, and did so strike him with a staff, that he all to bruised him, and then did cast him to the earth so rudely, that his heart burst in his body, and so died. When the Monks saw their Abbot slain, they had great fear, & so fled away, and the two Traitors with their Swords in their hands, went after them with sore threatenings, & when the Monks saw how they could not escape for the two Traitors and their men, they fell down on their knees, humbly praying them to have pity of them, and they would show them all the gold & treasure that was in the house, to do therewith at their pleasure. Then the Traitor Gybovars said how the Monks had spoken well, & when the Monks saw how they had peace, they showed to the two Traitors the place where the treasure was, and delivered to them the keys, so they took away all the treasure that Huon had left there, and besides that, all the treasure of the church, crosses, sensers, chalesses, copes, and candlesticks of silver, all they took and carried away, & if I should recite all the riches that they had there, it should be too long to be rehearsed. In that house there was a Monk who was cousin to Gibovars, whom the two Traitors made Abbot of that place, so when they had achieved their enterprise, they departed with all that riches, wherewith was charged xv. strong summers, they left not in the Abbey the value of a Florent, for every thing that was good they took with them, and so road until they came unto Bourdeaux. Now as they passed through the Town, they were greatly regarded of all the Burgesses of the City, who had great marvel from whence their Lord came with so great riches. These Traitors passed forth until they came to the Palace, and there they discharged their Somers, than Gerard took the Treasure that five of the Somers did carry, and laid it in his Chambers and Coffers, than he ordained that Ten Somers should be trussed forth to go to Paris, and sent them forward, & said how he would follow soon after. Then he and Gibovars dined, and after meat they mounted upon their Horses, and the new Abbot Cousin to Gibovars with them, and two Squires and about si●e other Servants, and so road in haste to overtake their Somers with their treasure, and so within two Leagues they overtook them, & so then they all together road so long, until on a Wednesday they came to Paris, they lodged in the Street next unto the Palace in a good Hostrie, and were well served, and so rested until the next morning: then they arose and appareled them in fresh array, and they led with them five of their Somers with riches, and two of them they presented to the Queen, & the other three to the King, wherefore they were received with great joy, then after they gave great gifts to every Lord in the Court, and specially to the Officers, wherefore they were greatly praised. But whosoever took any gift, Duke names would take never a penny, for he thought that all that riches was not well gotten, and that they did it for some craft, thereby to attain to some false & damnable enterprise, this Duke was a noble, wise, and a true knight, and of good council, and he very well perceived their malice. Then the King commanded the three Coffers to be brought and set in his chamber, and would not look into them until he had spoken with Gerard, whom he caused to sit down by him, and Gibovars in like manner, and also the new Abbot, for it is an old saying and a true, that they that give are always welcome. Gerard quoth king Charlemagne, ye be welcome: I pray you, show me the cause of your coming. Sir quoth Gerard, I shall show you, the great business that I have to do with your Majesty and your Lords, hath caused me to give these large gifts that I have given to you and others, and Sir I am sorrowful at my heart for that which I must show you, and I had rather be beyond the Sea, then to show you that thing which I must needs do, for to hide it, that cannot avail me, yet I never showed any thing in all my life with so ill a will, for I shall be blamed of many persons, howbeit, I love better to defend mine honour than I love all the world beside. Gerard quoth the King, ye say troth, for better it is to show the troth, then to be silent in so great a matter which so much toucheth your honour. Chap. LXIX. ¶ How the Traitor Gerard showed to King Charlemagne, how Huon his brother was returned to Bourdeaux, without doing of his messsage to the Admiral Gaudise. SIr, quoth Gerard, true it is that you have made me Knight, and beside that, I am your liege man, wherefore I am bound to keep your honour to my power, for I am certain I shall show you such news, that all that be in your Court will be sorrowful, much more myself. Gerard quoth Charles, come to the point, & use no more such language nor such ceremonies, by that I see in you, it is but evil that you will say. Sir quoth he, but late as I was in my house at Bourdeaux, and with me divers Lords and Knights, as we were devising together, I saw my Brother Huon enter into my house, and three with him, the one was a young damosel, and the other an old man called Gerames. When Duke names of Bauyer heard Gerard, he had great marvel, when he said that Gerames was one of them, and said: Ah dear God▪ I hear that, which with great pain I can believe, for if it be the same Gerames that I think it be, he and I were companions together at a tourney holden at Chalons in Champanie, where he slew by misadventure, the Earl Solomon. Sir, quoth Gerard, I shall show you as I have begun, true it is, when I saw my brother Huon, I was greatly abashed, howbeit I did him honour, and made him good cheer, and made him and all his company to dine: then after dinner I reasoned with my brother, and demanded of him, if he had been at the holy Sepulchre of our Lord God. But when he saw that I demanded that of him, he was sore abashed, so that he wist not what to answer, and then I perceived by his words that he had not been there. And then Sir, after I demanded of him, if he had furnished your message to the Admiral Gaudys, but he could give me no answer, nor say any words that I could believe, and when I saw that I could find no truth in any of his words, I took him, and set him in prison, howbeit, it was full sore against my will, but I considered in myself, that I must owe unto your grace, faith & fidelity, and that I am your man, and that for no man living, (though he were never so near of my kin) yet I would not be found with any treason, and therefore Sir, my Brother, his wife, and his Companion, I have retained them in my prison: wherefore Sir, it is in you to do herein what it shall please you best. When all the Princes and Lords that were there understood the words of Gerard, and that he had taken his Brother Huon, and had put him in prison, there were none but that were sorry thereof, and many (for the love that they bore to Huon) began to weep, and demanded of Gerard, who had done that deed, saying, surely it is done by some manner of treason. Chap. LXX. ¶ How the King commanded that Huon should be sent for from Bourdeaux, to the intent that he should die. WHen the Emperor Charlemagne understood Gerard, he arose up on his feet, sore troubled and full of ire, for by Gerardes' words, the ancient hate and displeasure that the King had to Huon for the death of Charlot his son, was renewed in his heart, and said openly that every man might hear him. Lords that be here present, before you all I summon them that were Pledges for Huon, in such wise, that if the Traitor Huon be not rendered into my hands, to do with him my pleasure: I shall cause them to be hanged & drawn, and there is no man in my court that may be so hardy, as to speak or desire the contrary, but I shall cause him to die a shameful death. And when he had thus said, he sat him down again, and called Duke names to him and said. Sir Duke, ye have heard what Gerard hath said of his brother Huon. Sir quoth the Duke, I have well heard him but I believe the matter to be otherwise then he hath said, for there is no man will say the contrary, but that all that Gerard hath said, is done by false treason, and you shall find it so, if the matter be wisely inquired of. Sir quoth Gerard, you may say as it pleaseth you, but I take God to witness, and my father in Law Gibovars, and this good notable religious Abbot, and his Chaplain, that all that I have said is true, for I would not for any thing say that which is not just and true. Then Gibovars and the Abbot his Chaplain answered and said, how it was true that Gerard had said. By my faith quoth the Duke names, all you four are false liars and thieves, and the King is ill counseled if he believe you. names (quoth the King) I pray you how seemeth it unto you, this matter between the two brethren? Sir quoth the Duke, it is a great matter, he that is here before you, is the accuser of his brother, and hath set him in prison, & now he is come and accuseth him here before you, because he knoweth well he cannot come hither to defend himself. I should do a great evil deed, if I had a brother that were banished out of France, and if he came to me for refuge, and I then to take him, and set him fast in prison in mine own house, and then after to go and complain upon him, to the intent to purchase his death. I say there was never Noble man would think so to do, and they that have done thus, are all false Traitors: all Noble men ought not to believe any such, and specially he that will purchase such a deed against his own brother, I know well, all that they have imagined and done, is by false treason, therefore I say according to the right, that all four are false Traitors, and I judge for my part, that they are worthy to receive a villainous death, for they are four false witnesses. When Gerard heard Duke names, he changed colour, and waxed as white as snow, repenting in himself the deed that he had done to his brother, he cursed to himself Gybovars, in that he believed his counsel, yet he answered Duke names and said. Ah Sir, ye do me great ill to owe me your ill will. Gerard (quoth the Duke) it is for the illness that is in you, ye that would be one of the Peers of France: certainly of such a Councillor as you be, the King hath little need, I had rather have lost one of my hands, than I should once have consented thereto. Duke names, quoth the King, I will you cause to come before me, all such as were pledges for Huon at his departing. Then the Duke caused them to appear before the Kings presence, of whom there were divers Dukes and Earls. Then King Charlemagne said, Sirs, ye know well ye be pledges for Huon of Bourdeaux, and you know the pain that I laid on your heads, if Huon did not accomplish my message that I gave him in charge, the which he hath not fulfilled, wherefore without you deliver Huon into my hands, ye shall not escape, but that ye shall die all. Sir (quoth Duke names) for God's sake I require you, believe me at this time, I counsel you to take a good number of your notable men, & send them to Bourdeaux, and let them take Huon out of prison, and bring him to you, and hear what he himself will say, and if it be true that Gerard hath said, than I desire you to have no pity on him, but I believe surely ye shall find the matter otherwise then Gerard his brother hath said. names quoth the king, your saying is reasonable, I accord thereto, I will he be sent for. Chap. LXXI. ¶ How the Emperor Charlemagne went himself to Bourdeaux, to cause Huon to be slain, for the great ill will that he bore to him. YE have heard before, how the good Duke names did so much, that King Charlemagne was content to send for Huon, but the king was sore displeased with him, that he would not abide so long as to send for him, but he made himself ready to go thither in person with all his train, and commanded that the pledges should be set in prison till his return: but the good Duke names became pledge for them all to be forth coming, and so they went not to prison. The King made him ready, and took with him twelve of his Peers, and so took their way towards Bourdeaux: God aid Huon, for he was now in peril of his life, if God had not pity on him. Thus as I have showed you, King Charlemagne nobly accompanied, road so long by his journeys, that he came within the sight of Bourdeaux, and when he approached near to the City, Gerard came to the king and said. Sir if it please you, I would gladly ride before you into the City, to ordain to receive you accordingly. Gerard quoth the King, it is no need that you go before to prepare for my coming, there be other that shall go before, you shall not go till I go myself. When Duke names heard the king's answer, he said to the king. Sir you have answered like a noble Prince, blessed be he that counseled you so to say: thus the king road forth, without giving any knowledge of his coming, and so entered into the City of Bourdeaux, and road to the Palace and there alighted. Then dinner was made ready, & the King sat down and Duke names by him, and at other boards other Lords and knights, and there they were richly served: great brute was made in the Palace, so that Huon being in prison, had great marvel of the noise that he heard, and demanded of the Jailer what noise it was that he heard above in the Palace: the Jailor answered with great pride and despite, and said, It needs not you to demand, for you are like to know it too soon, but since you would know it, I shall show you the truth, it is king Charlemagne and all his Barons, who are come hither to judge you to be hanged. Go thy way false traitor quoth Huon, canst thou not show to me none other tidings but that? thus Huon answered the Jailor, and there was as great brute in the City as in the Palace, with lodging of the king's men. The Commons and Burgesses of the City of Bourdeaux had full great marvel, why the king came thither at that time so suddenly, and the king sitting at the table made good cheer, but Duke names who sat by him, began to weep, and could neither eat nor drink, he rose up then suddenly, so ●udely that he overthrew cups and dishes upon the table. names quoth the King, you have done ill thus to do. Sir quoth Duke names, I have good cause thus to do, and I have wondrous great marvel that I see you so doted, I am in such sorrow thereby, that I am near hand out of my wits: how is it that you be come into the City of Bourdeaux, for to eat and to drink, and to take your ease? you need not to have gone out of France for that, for you had meat and also good wines sufficient at home in your own house. Ah right Noble and worthy Emperor, what mean you to do? it is no small matter to judge to death one of your twelve Peers, & it is not possible to give any true judgement, when you and we are full of wine and spices. But Sir said the Duke, by the Lord that me formed, that whosoever this day doth eat or drink wine, as long as the life is in my body, I shall never love him. names quoth the King, I am content with your will. Then the King commanded that the table should be avoided & commanded incontinent Huon to be taken out of prison and brought before him, they that had commission to do it, went to the prison, and there they took out Huon and his wife Escleremond, and old Gerames, and they were all three brought before the King and his Barons. Huon saw where King Charlemagne sat among all his Lords, and they all arose when they saw Huon and his company so pale and ill coloured, by reason of the noisome prison that his brother had put them in, and Escleremond and old Gerames were greatly regarded: and when the Pledges saw Huon before the King, they said. Sir, now ye may see Huon for whom we be pledges, we trust now to be quit and discharged, it lieth now in you to do with him at your pleasure. Sirs (quoth the King) I hold you quit, you may go from hence forth where you please, for Huon cannot now scape our hands, than Huon kneeled down before the King right humbly, and when Duke names saw him, the drops fell from his eyes, and said to the king. Sir I require you give Huon audience, and hear what he will say. I am content quoth the King, let him say what he will, than Huon kneeling on his knees said. Sir, in the honour of our Lord jesus Christ, I first cry mercy to God, and to you and to all your Barons I complain me of that false traitor that I see there, who was my brother, if there had been any faith or troth in him, but I believe in all the world cannot be found so cruel and false a Traitor, for Cain that slew Abel his brother, was never so false nor so cruel. When all the Lords heard Huon, they all began to weep, saying each to others. Ah good Lord, where is the beauty become that was wont to be in Huon? we have seen him so fair, that no one could pass him in beauty, and now we see him pale and lean and ill coloured, it appeareth well, he hath not been always in the Lady's Chambers, nor among damsels to sport and to play with him. Thus they devised of him, and took no heed of Gerard who was by them. Then Huon spoke again, and said to the King. Sir, true it is, the message that you gave me in charge to do unto the Admiral Gaudys, I have done to the very uttermost as you have commanded unto me, and I have passed the Sea, and came unto Babilone to the Admiral Gaudys, & there I required of him in the presence of all his Lords, to have his beard & four great teeth. But when he had heard my demand, he held it for a great folly, and so incontinent he cast me into prison, whereas I had died by famine, if the Admiral's Daughter had not been, whom ye may see yonder sitting by the pillar, and also by the aid of good King Oberon whom I ought greatly to love, he is a king of the Fairy right puissant, and is in the City of Momur, and he knowing of the peril that I was in, had pity on me, and came and succoured me in such wise & with so great a puissance, that in Babylon he slew all such as would not believe in our Lord jesus Christ. Then he took me out of prison, and then we entered into the Palace, and there we slew all such as we found there. Then I went to the Admiral Gaudys and strake off his head, and then I cut off his beard, and opened his mouth and drew out four of his great teeth, and when I had them, than I desired king Oberon to aid me, and to find the means that I might safely bring the Beard and teeth to your presence, and to show me where I might best keep them. Then the good king Oberon, by the grace of our Lord God and by the puissance that God had given unto him, he closed them within the side of Gerames, so that they could not be perceived, and Sir know for troth, ye never heard of such a man. Now when I saw that I had furnished your messsage, I returned, & took with me the fair Lady Escleremond Daughter to the foresaid Admiral Gaudys, and the Twelve gentlemen that went with me out of France, who always have been with me. And Sir, if I should show you the great pains and paverties that I and they have suffered, it would be too long to rehearse, but I may well say, if the grace of God had not been, I had never come hither again, if I had had x. lives I could never have escaped the death. Next after all these pains and travails that I and they that were with me suffered, by the grace of God we came and arrived at Rome, whereas the Pope received me with great joy, & there wedded me to Escleremond the Admiralles daughter, whom you may see yonder all desolate, and full of displeasures, and not without cause. When the Barons that were there heard the piteous complaints of Huon, every man of pity beheld the Lady, who pale and ill coloured sat sore weeping, so that such as regarded her, were constrained to take part of her sorrow, there was no man but they began sore to weep, and Huon who was before the King, was sorrowful to see his wife make so great dolour. Then he said unto the King. Sir, if you will not believe my saying, send to Rome to the Pope to know the truth, if you prove my words contrary, I submit myself to receive such death, as you and your Barons can devise, if the Pope do not bear witness of that I have said, God forbid that I should show you any thing otherwise then truth. I have said nothing, but he shall show tokens that my saying is true, and I can say more if I would show all, but it is not needful that I should make a long sermon. But Sir, thus as I have showed you, I did return from the place that you sent me to, and Sir know for truth, I came not so unprovided, but that I brought with me great plenty of gold and silver, and my company came all with me, and I purposed not to rest in any place till I had spoken with your grace, for the great desire that I had to see you, and so along I road till I came to an Abbey here hard by, a four leagues hence called Saint Mauris, because the Abbey was of your foundation, and not pertaining to the land of Bourdeaux, for I would not have entered into this town, because of the commandment that you gave me. Thus I came and lodged me in the Abbey, and the Abbot received me with great joy, and he sent word of my being there to my brother Gerard, and the traitor came to me like a false traitor, and brought with him but one Squire, whereby now I may perceive, that in him was nothing but falseness and treason. Huon quoth Duke names, your reason is good, for if he had been true as he ought to have been, he ought to assemble the Barons and Lords of the Country, and so to have come with them, and have received you with reverence and honour. Sir quoth Huon, it is true, but the Traitor did otherwise, for when he was come to me, by great subtlety he demanded how I had sped in my journey, and whether I had spoken with the Admiral Gaudys or not, and declared to him your message, and if I had brought with me his beard and four great teeth: and I showed him I had accomplished your whole commandment, than the unhappy Traitor demanded where I kept them, and I showed him, for I had no mistrust in him. Then he so exhorted me, that at the hour of midnight he made me to arise hastily, and mkde me and all my company ready, and so leapt on our horses and road forth our way, and when 〈◊〉 came to a cross way, and saw that I took the way into France, he began to speak rigorously, to have occasion of some strife between us, and near thereunto was a little wood, whereas there lay in ambushment Gibovars and his company, forty men of arms well armed, and they came and ran at me and my company that were unarmed, whereby they found in us but small resistance, and so finally the twelve Gentlemen that were with me, were all slain and all to hewn, and then they took their dead bodies and did cast them into the river of Gerone, than they strake me to the earth, and bound fast mine feet and hands, and blindfolded mine eyes, and in like sort they did to my wife, and then they came to Gerames, and the Traitor my Brother came to him, and with a sharp knife opened his side, and there 〈◊〉 took the beard and four great treeth of the Admiral Gauges, the which were set there by king Oberon, the 〈◊〉 Traitor knew the place whereas they lay, by rea●●● that I had showed him thereof before, would to God that the same time that he came to Gerames to do that cruel 〈◊〉 that Gerames had been armed, I am sure than the 〈◊〉 durst not have regarded him, to have done him 〈…〉, but Sir when he had taken out the beard and teeth, than he bound Gerames hands and feet, hurt as he was, as Sir ye may know the truth by him. Then Gerames stepped forth and lift up his cloak, and showed the king the wound in his side, the which every man might see that was there. Sir quoth Huon to the king, when he had done all this, he set us on three lean horses, and so brought us into this town bound hands and feet, and then set us in a deep prison, and so hath kept us hitherto with bread and water, and so hath taken from us all the riches that we brought with us, and Sir, if he be so hardy to say the contrary, that it is not true that I have said, let him and Gybovars, like traitors as they be, arm themselves, and I shall fight against them both, and if I can conquer them both, whereof I have no doubt (with the aid of our Lord God) then let them have as they have deserved: and if I cannot overcome them, nor make them to show the truth, I will that then incontinent you cause me to be drawn and hanged. By my faith quoth Duke names, Sir, Huon can say nor offer no more, for he offereth to prove the contrary of that Gerard hath said. Sir quoth Gerard, my brother saith at his pleasure, because he knoweth well that I will not strive against him, because he is mine elder brother, let the king do as it shall please him, as for me, I never consented to do so cruel a deed as he layeth to my charge. Ah good Lord quoth Duke names, how the false Traitor can cloak and cover his illness. Huon quoth Charlemagne I cannot tell what you have done, but I will you show me the beard and ●oure great teeth of the Admiral Gaudis. Sir quoth Huon, I cry you mercy, I have showed you how they be taken from me, by the false traitor my Brother Gerard. Huon quoth the King, ye know well at your departure out of France, I charged you upon pain of your life, that i● by adventure you returned again into France, that you should not be so hardy as to enter into this City of Bourdeaux, until you had spoken with me first, and to keep me promise, you delivered to me Hostages, the which I have quit seeing I have you in my hands, it lieth now in me either to hang you or to draw you, or to give unto you any other judgement, for at your departure you were agreed that I should so do, and by the faith that I owe unto Saint Denis, before it be night I shall cause thee to be hanged and drawn, and that shall I not let so to do for any man living, for now I take you in your own house. Sir, (quoth Huon) God forbid that a King of France should do so great a cruelty. My Lord, I cry you mercy, for God's sake do not to me so great an outrage, for you may know right well that perforce I was brought hither, and therefore great King, I require you let me have rightful and true judgement. By my faith Huon, (quoth Duke names) it is but a small request that you make, for your right is so clear, that if reason may be showed to you, there is no man can say the contrary, but that your Lands ought to be rendered unto you frank and free, and your Brother Gerard to be hanged and strangled. Then the Duke said to the King: My Lord, I require you have pity of Huon, and do nothing to him but right, and you shall do great sin without you do him right. names, (quoth the King) you know well it is in me to cause Huon to die, but seeing that he is one of my Peers, I will order him by judgement. When the Lords and other Knights heard the King say so, they were right joyful, for than they believed that the King would have pity of Huon, but whosoever was joyful, yet Duke names was not content, and said to the King: My Lord, by that I see and hear, you bear Huon but small ●o●e, seeing that you will put him to judgement, considering his deeds and sayings to be true, and namely whereas he offereth to prove it by the holy Father the Pope, than Huon withdrew back and leaned him to a pillar there by. Then the King called unto him all his Peers and Lords, and 〈◊〉. Sirs, I require you by the faith and truth and homage that you bear unto me, that for me, nor for mine amity, that you aid not Huon against me, nor lay nor do no falsehood, but the most rightful judgement that you can make, do, I charge you give true judgement, without any favour or partiality. When the Lords heard the King say so unto them, and that he conjured them so sore to do right and justice, well they perceived, that the King had great hate unto Huon, and that the death of his Son Charlot was not forgotten out of his mind. Then they all together drew apart into a Chamber, right pensive and mourning, and they sat down on benches, and beheld each other without speaking of any word a long space. When Duke names saw that, he arose upon his feet and said: Sirs, ye have heard how the King hath charged us to say the troth, we may perceive well by him, that he beareth great hate unto Huon, who is one of our Companions, and therefore Sirs, I require you, that every man by himself will say his advise as he thinketh. Chap. LXXII. ¶ How the Twelve Peers drew to counsel, to give sentence upon Huon, either with him or against him. THen there rose up a knight called Gaulter, he was issued of the lineage of Ganelon, who was one of the Peers of France, than he said. Sirs, as for me, I say, seeing the case as it is, that Huon by right judgement ought to be hanged and drawn, for as ye know well, the King hath found him in the City of Bourdeaux: therefore I say that the King may (without doing any sin) put him to death, and Sirs, if ye think that I have said good reason, agree ye then to the same, and let Gerard his Brother be Lord and Master of all the Lands and Signiories that should appertain unto Huon. I consent and will as much as toucheth my part, that Gerard be one of the Peers of France, in the place of Huon his Brother, and when Gaulter had ended his reason, Henry of Saint Omers spoke and said. Sir Gaulter, go and sit down, your words can bear none effect, for they be of no valour. But Sirs, (quoth he) shortly to speak and righteously to judge, I say that it is reason, that Huon be restored to all his Lands, for his deed is well proved and by good witness, as our holy Father the Pope, for we may believe surely, that Gerard his Brother that thus hath betrayed him, hath done it by false covetousness: therefore I say and judge that Gerard be drawn at horse tails, and then hanged until he be dead. Then he said no more, but sat down again. When Henry of Saint Omers had said his reason, that Earl of Flaunders arose up and said to Henry. All that you have said, I will not consent thereto, but I shall show you mine advise what ought to be done. Sirs, ye all know well the world, the which as now is little worth, for now adays cannot be found such true Friends as were wont to be, ye may well see by these two Brethren, the strife that is between them is foul and dishonest, we should do well, if we could find the means by any manner of ways to appease them, and therefore I counsel, let us all together go to the King, and desire him to have mercy & pity of both these two Brethren, and that it might please him to appease them, & ren●er to Huon all his Lands, and if we could bring it to this point, it should be a good deed as to accord them together. Chap. LXXIII. ¶ How the Peers laid all the deed upon Duke names, to give the judgement upon him: But for all that ever he could say or do, the King judged Huon to die. AFter that the Earl of Flanders had spoken, the Earl of Chalons rose up and said. My Lord of Flanders, your reason is good, and you have spoken like an Noble man: but I know surely, that the King will do nothing at our desires. But Sirs if ye think it good, let us all put the whole matter upon Duke names of Bauyer, and all that he will say, let us agree thereto, than all the Lords accorded together, and said how the Earl of Chalons had said right well. Then they came to Duke names, and desired him that he would take the charge of that matter upon him, and whatsoever he did, they were all agreed thereto: when the Duke heard them, he stood still a certain space, and began to study on the matter, and took all the ten Peers to counsel with him. And when the fair Escleremond saw Huon her husband in that danger, among them with whom he should have been in joy, than she began sore to weep, and said. Ah Huon, I see here great poverty, when in the same proper town whereas you ought to be Lord, to be in this danger, and beside that, ye are not believed nor heard of any man that is here, for any proof or witness that ye can say or show. King Charlemagne will not believe that you have been in the City of babylon, and yet surely there you have been, for I saw you there slay my Father the Admiral Gaudys, and took his beard, and drew out of his mouth four of his greatest teeth, great pity it were if you should die for your truth and faithfulness, but the thing that most feareth me, is that I see none that be here likely to be a Noble man, except the King, (who is chief of all other) and yet me thinks he is full of falsehood, for I see none other but he that seeks your death. But I promise to God, that if he suffer you to have this wrong and thus to die, I say then as for my part, that Mahu is better worth than your King Charlemagne, and it be so that you receive death without a cause, I will never more believe in your king, but renounce his law, and believe in Mahu. There were many Lords and knights that heard the Lady's words, whereof they had such pity, that the most part of them began to weep. And when Huon heard his wife, he turned toward her, and said. Lady I desire you to leave your sorrow, and trust in God almighty, who so oftentimes hath succoured us, you know not what he will do, let us be content with his good pleasure. Thus with such words Huon appeased the fair Escleremond. And Duke names, who was in counsel with the other Peers, said to them. Sirs I have great sorrow at my heart because of these two Brethren, so that I cannot tell what counsel to find: I desire you all in this weighty matter to counsel me, and show me your opinions therein. Sir, (quoth the Lords) other counsel you shall not have of us, for we have laid all the matter upon you, to do therein what it shall please you. Sirs, (quoth the Duke) to dissemble the matter availeth not, but since that Huon must pass by judgement, how say you, shall he be hanged or drawn? Sir quoth Gaulter, who was the first speaker, me thinks he can escape none otherwise? Ah Traitor quoth the Duke, thou liest falsely, for it shall not follow after thy council, whether thou wilt or not, there is no man this day that shall be so hardy as to judge him to die, therefore Sirs yet show me again, whether ye will agree to my council. Sir quoth they, we have laid the charge upon you, the which we will all abide by, but whosoever was glad, Gaulter was sorrowful & angry, for he would have consented to the death of Huon. Then all the Barons right sad and pensive went out of the counsel Chamber, and they could find no manner of ways how to save Huon, but they all prayed to God to aid and succour him. And Huon seeing the Barons coming so sadly together, thought that the matter was not at a good point, whereby he began sore to weep: when Escleremond and Gerames saw the sorrow that Huon made, they had great pity thereof. Then Huon beheld Duke names, for he knew well all the matter lay in his hands, he feared greatly the judgement that should be made upon him and said. Thou very God and man, as I believe verily that thou didst die on the holy cross to redeem us all, and that on the third day thou didst rise from death to life: I require thee humbly in this great need to succour me as truly as I am in the right, for more wrong no man can have. Then the Duke names of Bavier came to the king, and said. Sir, will it please you to hear what we have devised? Yea quoth the king I desire nothing else to know. Well Sir quoth the Duke, than I demand of you, in what place of your Region think you to judge one of your Peers of France? names quoth the King, I know well you be a Nobleman, and all that you say is to deliver Huon of Bourdeaux, but I will ye know, all shall not profit him. Then the Duke said, Sir to say so ye do great wrong. Therefore sir regard well in what place you will have one of your Peers judged, if you know not where it should be done, I will show you. In your Realm are but three places to do it in: The first is the Town of Saint Omers, the second is Orleans, and the third is Paris, and therefore Sir, if you will proceed upon Huon by justice, it is convenient that it be done in one of these three places, for here in this town he cannot be judged. names quoth the King, I understand well why you say this, I well see and perceive, that you intend to none other end, but to deliver and quit Huon: I had thought to have entreated him by the order of justice, to the intent that none of you should have reproved me, therefore I ordained that he should have been judged by you that be the Peers of France, and I see well you have done nothing therein, and therefore as long as you live, you shall meddle no more with that matter, but by the beard that I bear on my chin, I shall never dine nor eat meat after this dinner, till I see him hanged and drawn, for all your bearing of him against me▪ Then he commanded the tables to be set up, and when Gerard understood the king, he was joyful thereof in his heart, but he made no semblance of joy, because of the Lords that were there present. When Huon and Escleremond had heard how the King had sworn the death of Huon, the dolorous weep and tears that they made were so extreme, that hard it were to declare it, and Escleremond said to Huon. Ah Sir, now I see well that great pity it shall be the departing of us two, but if I had a knife, I would not abide your death, but first I should slay myself before this false and untrue king. Her complaints were so pitiful, that most part of the Lords wept for pity, and the old Gerames sorely wept and said: Ah good Lord God, in what hour was I borne? in great dolour and pain have I continued my youth, and now in mine age thus shamefully to die? Thus all three made such sorrow, that it would have made a hard heart to lament. All three thought no otherwise but to die, because they had heard King Charlemagne make such promise, but that which God will save, no man can let: and god save the good king Oberon, for king Charlemagne shallbe forsworn, as ye shall hear hereafter. Now let us leave speaking of this piteous company, and speak of the noble king Oberon of the Fairy, who as then was in his wood. Chap. LXXIIII. ¶ How king Oberon came to succour Huon, and made Gerard to confess all the treason that he had purchased against Huon his brother. YE have heard before, how King Oberon was displeased with Huon, because he had broken his commandment. But when Huon had been at Rome, and confessed all his sins, and was assoiled of the Pope: then King Oberon was content, and in his heart forgave all the ill will that he had to Huon, and as he sat at dinner he began to weep. When his Servants saw that, they had great marvel, and said unto him: Sir, we desire you to show us, why you do weep and be so troubled? there is some displeasure done unto you: therefore for the love of our Lord jesus Christ, we desire you hide it not from us. Sirs, (quoth the King) I remember now the unhappy Huon of Bourdeaux, who is returned from the far parts, and he hath passed by Rome, and there hath taken his Wife in marriage, and is confessed of all his sins, for the which sins he hath been by me sore punished. But it is time if ever I will do him any good, now to aid him and to succour him against King Charlemagne, for he hath sworn never to go to bed, until he have hanged & drawn the poor Huon, but by the grace of our Lord God, Charlemagne shall be forsworn: for at this time I shall succour and aid him, for he is as now in such a danger, that without he be succoured, incontinent death is near him, he was never in his life in such peril. He is now in the Palace at Bourdeaux, & his Wife the fair Escrelemond and the old Gerames, with fetters on their feet, being in great sorrow, and king Charlemagne is set at dinner, and hath made his oath to hang Huon, but yet whether he will or not, he shall be perjured, for I will go to my Friend Huon and help him at his need, therefore I wish my Table and all that is thereon, near to King Charlemaine's Table, and somewhat above his about two foot higher, & also I will, because I have heard say, that often times of a little Castle cometh a greater: therefore I will that on my table be set my Cup, my Horn, and my Armour, the which Huon conquered of the Giant Angolaffer, and also I wish with me a C.M. men of arms, such as I was wont to have in battle. He had no sooner said the words, but by the will of god and the puissance of the Fairy, his table and all that king Oberon had wished, was set just by king Charlemaine's table, more higher and greater than his was. When king Charlemagne saw the table, and the Cup, Horn, and coat of mail, he had great marvel, and said to Duke names: Sir Duke, I believe you have enchanted me. Sir, (quoth the Duke) never in my life I me●le● with any such matter: the Lords & such as were there, were greatly abashed how that matter came to pass. Gerames who sat near to Huon, when he saw the Table, the Cup and horn of ivory, & the Armour thereon, he knew them well, and said to Huon. Sir, be not dismayed, for on yonder Table that you may see, is your Cup & horn of ivory, and coat of mail, whereby I perceive that you shall be succoured by King Oberon. Huon beheld the Table, & had great joy when he saw it, than he lifted up his hands to heaven and thanked our Lord God, that he would visit such a poor sinner as he was saying: Ah King Oberon, in many great needs have you succoured me. Therewith arrived King Oberon in the City, whereof the Burgesses & the Commons were greatly abashed, when they saw such a number of men of war enter into their city, without any knowledge before. When king Oberon was within the Town & all his company, he said to his Lords: Sirs, look that you set good watch at every gate, so that no man go out, the which they did diligently, for at every gate they set x. M. men. Then King Oberon took the way to the Palace, and at the gate he left x. M. men, commanding them upon pain of their lives, that they should not suffer any man to pass out, and also he commanded, that if they heard him blow his Horn of ivory, that incontinent they should come into the Palace to him, & slay all such as they should find there. Then king Oberon went up into the Palace, and many of his Lords with him, he was richly apprrelled in cloth of gold, and the border thereof was set with rich precious stones, goodly it was to behold, for a fairer little person could not be found: he passed just by King Charlemagne, without speaking of any word, and went so near to him, that he shouldered him so rudely, that his bonnet fell from his head. Ah good Lord quoth Charlemagne, I have great marvel what this dwarf may be, that so rudely hath shouldered me, and almost overthrown my table, he is fierce when he thinks scorn to speak to me, howbeit, I will see what he will do, I cannot tell what he thinketh to do, but me seemeth he is right joyful, and also he is the fairest creature that ever I saw. When Oberon had passed by the King, he came to Huon and wished the fetters from all their feet, and led them before Charlemagne without any word speaking, and caused them to sit down with him at his own table that he had wished thither: then he took his cup, and made thereon three crosses, then incontinent the cup was full of wine, than King Oberon took it, & gave it to Escleremond to drink, and then to Huon, and so to Gerames, and when they had all three drank well, he said to Huon. Friend arise up, and take the cup and bear it to King Charlemagne, and say unto him, that he drink to you in the name of peace, if he refuse it, he did never such a folly in all his life. King Charlemagne, who sat near to them at his own table, hearing king Oberon's words, wist not what to think, and so sat still and durst not speak one word, for the great marvels that he saw there, and no more durst none of his men, for they were so abashed, that there was none there but that gladly would have been a hundred leagues thence. But whosoever was afraid, Gerard was not very well pleased. Then Huon rose from Oberon's table, and took the cup, and went therewith to king Charlemagne, and delivered it to him. The king took it, & durst not refuse it, as soon as it was in his hands it was dry & void, & not a drop of wine therein. Fellow quoth the King, you have enchanted me. Sir quoth Oberon, it is because you are full of sin, for the cup is of such dignity, that none can drink thereof without he be a noble man, and clean without deadly sin, and I know one that ye did not long ago, the which as yet you were never confessed of, and if it were not to your shame, I should show it here openly, that every man should hear it. When the Emperor Charlemagne heard King Oberon, he was abashed, and afraid that King Oberon would have shamed him openly: then Huon took again the cup, and then incontinent it was full of wine again, and then Huon bore it to Duke names, who sat next to Charlemagne. names took the cup and drank thereof at his pleasure: but all the other could not touch the cup they were so full of sin. Then Huon returned to king Oberon, and sat down by him, than Oberon called to him Duke names, and commanded him to rise from Charlemaine's table, and to sit down by him at his table, the which Duke names did, for he durst not say nay. Then Oberon said to him. Sir Duke names, right good thanks I give you, in that you have been so true and just to Huon, and thou King Charlemagne that art Emperor of the romans, behold here Huon, whom wrongfully and without cause you have disinherit, and would take from him all his lands, he is a Noble man and true, and besides that I say unto you for truth, he hath done your message unto the Admiral Gaudys, and I aided to bring him to his death, and then he took out of his mouth four of his greatest teeth, and also did cut off his white beard, and I did ●lose them within the side of Gerames by the will of God, this that I have said, you may be surely believe, for at all these deeds I was present. See yonder false Traitor Gerard, who by his malicious intent hath done this treason, and to the end that you may know the matter more surely, you shall hear it confessed by his own mouth. Then Oberon said to Gerard, I conjure thee by the divine puissance and power that God hath given me, that here before King Charlemagne and all his Lords, thou show and declare the troth of this treason, which thou hast done against Huon thy Brother. When Gerard understood Oberon, he was in such fear that he trembled for dread, for he felt in himself, that he could have no power to hide the troth of the treason, & then he said. Sir, I see well to hide the troth cannot avail me, therefore true it is, I went to the Abbey of Saint Maurise to see my Brother Huon, and Gybovars accompanied with Forty men at arms, we departed from this City and laid our ambushment in a little wood about two Leagues from this City, to watch when my Brother Huon should pass by that way. Gerard, (quoth King Oberon) speak out higher that you may the better be heard, and that every man may hear the treason & falseness that you have done unto your Brother. Sir, (quoth Gerard) I wot not what to say, for I have done so ill and falsely against my Brother, that more ill I could not do, and I am ashamed to recount it. But to say truly, that before it was midnight, I made my Brother to rise and to depart from the Abbey, and when we came near the place where as my Father in law Gibovars was with his ambushment, I began to strive with my brother so highly, that Gibovars might hear me, who when he heard me speak, he broke forth of his ambushment, and ran at my brother's company, and so slew them all, except these three that be here, than we took the dead bodies, and did cast them into the River of Gerone, than we took Huon and his wife, and the old Gerames, and bound their hands and feet, and blindfolded their eyes, and so brought them on three lean horses into the City, and I took out of the side of old Gerames the beard and four great teeth, the which (if it please you) I shall fetch from the place where I left them. Gerard quoth Oberon, you shall not need to take that labour, for when it shall please me, I can have them without you. Well Sir quoth Gerard, thus when I had set them in prison, I went back again to the Abbey, and then I demanded of the Abbot and Covent, where the treasure was that my Brother had left there, and that he should deliver it to me, bearing him in hand that my Brother Huon had sent for it. The good Abbot would not deliver it to me, wherefore Gybovars and I slew him, & then we made this Monk here the Abbot, who is near of kin to Gybovars, to the intent that he should aid to bear us witness, and to justify our sayings. Then we took all the treasure that was there, and brought it hither, than I charged Ten Somers, the which I had with me to King Charlemaine's Court at Paris, the which treasure I gave part thereof to the King, and to other, by whom I thought to be aided to perform mine unhappy Enterprise, and I believed surely, that by reason of the riches that I gave, that my Brother should have received death, and thereby I to have been Lord and Master of all his Lands and Signiories, and all this treason that I have showed, Gybovars caused me to do it, or else I had never thought to have done it. Gerard, (quoth King Oberon) if it please our Lord jesus Christ, you and he both shallbe hanged by the necks, there is no man living shall save you. Sir Emperor Charlemagne, you have well heard the confession of Gerard, of the great treason that Gybovars and he have done unto Huon: but by the Lord that formed me to his semblance, both they two and the Abbot and his Chaplain, shall be hanged for their false witness. By the faith that I owe to Saint Denis, (quoth King Charlemagne) they cannot escape it. Sir, (quoth Duke names) it is great sin to trouble a noble man, you shall do well if all four be hanged. When all the Lords heard Gerard confess that great treason that he had done unto his Brother, they blessed them, and had great marvel of the false treason that the one Brother did to the other. Chap. LXXV. ¶ How King Oberon caused to be hanged the four Traitors, Gerard, Gybovars, and the two Monks, for their false witness, and of the peace made between Huon and Charlemagne: And how King Oberon gave unto Huon his Realm of the Fairy. WHEN King Oberon had heard Gerard confess the treason done to his Brother, and heard how Gerard had offered to go and fetch the beard & great teeth, and how he had denied him to go: then he said, I wish them here upon this Table, he had no sooner made his wish, but they were set on the Table, whereof all such as were there had great marvel. Sir, (quoth Huon to King Oberon) humbly I require you, that of your grace you will pardon my Brother Gerard all the ill that he hath done against me, for he did it by Gybovars, and as for me, here, and before God I pardon him, and Sir, if you will do thus, I shallbe content therewith. And to th'intent that we may use our lives from henceforth in good peace and love, I will give him the half part of my Lands & Signiories, and Sir, in the honour of our Lord jesus Christ, have pity of him. When the Lords that were there present understood Huon, they all for pity began to weep, & said among themselves, that Huon was a noble knight, and that it had been pity if the matter had framed otherwise. Sir Huon, (quoth Oberon) it is not necessary to request this, for all the gold that is in the world shall not respite their deaths. I wish by the puissance that I have in the Fairy, that here beneath in the meadow there be a pair of Gallows, and all iiij. thereon hanged. Incontinent it was done, & all iiij. hanged: thus as ye have hard the traitors were paid their deserts. When king Charlemagne had seen the great marvels that were done by king Oberon, he said to his Lords. Sirs I believe this man be some God himself, for there is no mortal man can do this that he hath done. When Oberon understood the Emperor, he said. Sir know for truth I am no God, but I am a mortal man as you be, and was engendered on a woman as you were, and my father was julius Cesar, who engendered me on the Lady of the Secret Isle, who had been before lover to Florymont son to the Duke of Albany, she bore me nine months in her womb, and I was begotten by julius Cesar, when he went into Thessaly after Pompey the Great, he was amorous of my mother because she prophesied that my Father julius Cesar should win the battle as he did, and when I was borne, there were with my mother many Ladies of the Fairye, and by them I had many gifts, and among other there was one, that gave me the gift to be such a one as you see I am, whereof I am sorry, but I cannot be none otherwise, for when I came to the age of three years, I grew no more, and when this Lady saw that I was so little, to content again my mother, she gave me again, that I should be the fairest creature of the world, and other Ladies of the Fairy gave me divers other gifts, the which I overpass at this time, and therefore Sir know for truth, that above all things God loveth faith and troth, when it is in men, as it is here in Huon, and because I know for certain that he is true and faithful, therefore I have always loved him. After that king Oberon had ended his words, and showed the Emperor Charlemagne of all his estate, he called Huon and said. Sir arise up, and take the beard and the teeth, and bear them to king Charlemagne, and desire him to render you your lands as he promised. Sir quoth Huon, I ought so to do, than Huon came to King Charlemagne, and said. Sir by your grace, and if it may please you, receive here the beard and teeth of the Admiral Gaudis. Huon quoth the King, I hold you quit, and I render to you all your lands and signiories, and pardon you of all mine ill will, and put all rancour from me, and from henceforth I retain you as one of my Peers. Sir, (quoth Huon) of this I thank God and your grace. Then the Emperor Charlemagne clipped and kissed Huon, in token of peace and love. When the Lords saw that, they wept for joy, and thanked God that the peace was made, and especially Duke names was joyful: then within a while divers of the Lords departed from the Court. Then king Oberon called Huon unto him and said: Sir, I command you as dearly as you love me, that this same day four year to come, that you come into my City of Momur, for I will give you my Realm and all my dignity, the which I may lawfully do, for at my birth it was given me that I might so do, for it lieth in me to give it whereas I think best, and because I love you so entirely, I shall set the crown upon your head, and you shallbe King of my Realm. And also I will, that you give unto Gerames all your Lands and Signiories in these parts, for he hath well deserved it, for with you and for your love, he hath suffered many great travails. Sir, (quoth Huon) seeing this is your pleasure, I ought well to be pleased therewith, and I shall accomplish all your commandments. Huon, (quoth Oberon) know for troth, I shall not abide long in this world, for so is the pleasure of god, it be hoveth me to go into paradise, where as my place is appointed in the fairy, I shall bide no longer, but beware as dearly as you love your life, that ye fail not to be with me at the day that I have appointed, beware that ye forget it not, for if ye fail, I shall cause you to die an ill death, and therefore remember it well. When Huon heard king Oberon, he was right joyful, and stooped down to have kissed his feet, but then Gloriant and Mallaborn took him up. Then said Huon: Sir, for this great gift I thank you. Chap. LXXVI. ¶ How King Oberon departed, and took leave oh f king Charlemagne and of Huon and Escleremond, and also how king Charlemagne departed from Bourdeaux. WHen king Oberon had imparted to Huon as much as he would that he should do, than he said to Huon, how he would depart, and took leave of him, and kindly embraced him: then Oberon stood still a little while and beheld Huon and began to lament, when Huon saw that, he was sorry in his heart and said. Ah Sir king, I desire you to show me why you make this sorrow at your departure? Huon quoth Oberon I shall show you, it is for pity that I have of you, for I swear by him that created me, that before I shall see thee again, thou shalt suffer so much pain, travail, poverty, hunger, thirst, fear, and adversity, that there is no tongue can tell it, and thy good wife shall suffer so much, that there is no creature that shall see her, but shall have great pity of her. Ah Sir quoth Huon, than I require you to aid & comfort me. Huon quoth Oberon, what comfort would ye have of me? Sir quoth Huon, I desire you to let me have your horn of ivory, to th'intent that if I should have any need, that you may succour me, for so well I know you, that you will come and succour me. Huon, (quoth Oberon) seeing I have agreed you with Charlemagne, trust not on me to be succoured in any of your business, suffice you with the gift that I have given you, even all my Realm and puissance that I have in the Fairy, trust on none other succour of men. Sir, I am sorry thereof quoth Huon, that it may be none otherwise. Then King Oberon took leave of King Charlemagne, and of Duke names, and of all other Lords there present, and went to Huon and embraced him, and took his leave of him, and of Escleremond and Gerames, and said to Escleremond: I commend you to God, and desire you, if you have done well hitherto, that you will persevere ever better and better, and bear always faith and honour to your husband. Sir quoth she, I pray God I live no longer then, if I do the contrary. Thus King Oberon departed, and after his departure, king Charlemagne made ready his company, and took leave of Huon and of Escleremond and Gerames, and they brought the King about two leagues off, and then took their leaves of him, & of Duke names, and of all the Lords. Then the king said Huon, if any war be moved against you, or if that you have any great affairs to do, let me have knowledge thereof, and I shall come and succour you, or else send you such aid as shall be sufficient. Sir quoth Huon I thank your grace, and so took his leave of the king, and returned to Bourdeaux, whereas he was received with great joy. Now let us leave speaking of Huon, and speak of Oberon of the Fairy. Chap. LXXVII. ¶ How king Oberon devised with his knights, in the City of Momur in the Fairy, of the deeds of Huon of Bourdeaux, and of that which should happen after to him. WHen King Oberon was departed from Bourdeaux, he came to his City of Momur, and there he began sore to weep, Then Gloryant demanded of him, why he made that sorrow? Gloryant quoth Oberon, it is for the unhappy Huon, he is alone, and I know well hereafter he shall be betrayed, and all for Escleremond his wife, for though that he have ere this time suffered great travail, and much trouble and poverty, yet I know surely, that he shall suffer more than ever he did, and he shall have no succour of any man living. Why Sir, (quoth Gloriant) how can that be? for Huon is a great Lord, and hath many friends, and is the most hardiest Knight now living, and he is at accord which King Charlemagne, therefore he were a great Fool that would make him any war, or do him any displeasure. Well, (quoth Oberon) God aid him in all his affairs, for ere it be long he shall have much to do. Thus Oberon entered into his rich Palace, and said again. Ah dear Knight Huon. I know well you shall be betrayed for the love of your Wife, who is fair and good, and if you take not good heed, you shall leave her and yourself in great peril of death, and if you escape the death, yet you shall suffer such pain and poverty, that there is no Clerk living so sage that can put it in writing. Sir, (quoth Gloriant) me thinks this cannot be, seeing the love that is now between him and Charlemagne. Gloriant, (quoth Oberon) yet I say again unto you, that before this year be passed, Huon shall be in such distress and so hardly kept, that if he had Ten Realms, he would give them all to be out of that danger that he shallbe in. Then Gloriant was pensive, and said. Alas Sir, for God's sake never leave Huon your friend in such danger, but rather succour him. Nay surely, (quoth Oberon) that will I not do, seeing I have promised him my dignity and Land, he shall not be aided nor succoured by me, for he shall be closed in such a place, that I would not go thither for Ten of the best Cities of the world. Now let us return unto Huon, being in his Palace at Bourdeaux. Chap. LXXVIII. ¶ How Huon took homage of his men, and chastised his Rebels, and of three Pilgrims, by whom much ill fell after, as ye shall hear. AFter that king Charlemagne was departed from Bourdeaux, & that Huon was returned, he assembled all his Barons, to whom he made good cheer, and there they took their Lands and Fees of him, and made their homage. Then he took a Thousand chosen Knights with him, & road to his Lands, and took possession of Towns and Castles, and was obeyed in every place: except of one named Angelers, who was Cousin germane to Amerie, whom Huon had slain before at Paris, before the Emperor Charlemagne for the love of Charlot. This Angelars was false and a Traitor, and he had a strong Castle within three Leagues of Bourdeaux, he would not hold of Huon, nor obey him though he was his Leigeman. When Huon saw that he would not hold of him, nor do him homage: he was sore displeased, and made promise, that if that he might get him perforce, he would surely hang him up, and as many as were in the Castle with him. Then Huon assailed the Castle, and they within defended themselves valiantly, so that many were hurt and slain on both parts, Huon was there eight days, and could not win the Castle: then Huon ordained before the place a pair of Gallows, and upon the ninth day he made a fresh assault by such strength, that he wan the Castle and entered perforce. Angelars was taken and Forty men with him, and they were all hanged on the Gallows. Then Huon gave the Castle unto one of his Knights, and then he departed, and went to the Castle of Blay, whereas he was received with great joy. And the fair Escleremond was in the Palace at Bourdeaux, well accompanied with Ladies & Damsels, and as they were devising together, there entered into the Palace three Pilgrims, who right humbly saluted the Lady Escleremond. Sirs, (quoth the Lady) I pray you show me out of what Country ye are come? Madame, (quoth one of them) know for troth that we are come from jerusalem, and have made our offering to the holy Sepulchre, we have suffered much poverty in our journey, wherefore Lady we require you humbly for the love of our Lord jesus Christ, to give us some meat. Sirs, (quoth she) you shall have enough, and then she commanded two of her Knights to see that the Pilgrims should have meat and drink, and so they were set at the end of the Hall, and a Table covered for them, and thereon bread, flesh, and wine, they were well served. Then the Duchess Escleremond went to visit them, and demanded where they were borne? and whether they would go? Madame, (quoth they) we be all three borne at Vyenna, and thither we would return. Sirs, God be your guide, (quoth the Lady) and she gave them Ten Florents, whereof they had great joy & thanked the Duchess: but alas, that gift was ill bestowed, as you shall hear hereafter. They departed & took their way, and travailed so long, that upon a Tuesday they arrived half a League from Vyenna, and there they met Duke Raoul who was going a kauking, he was a great and puissant Lord of Lands and Signiories, and hardy in deeds of arms, great pity it was that he was such a Traitor, for a more subtle man could not be known, for all the days of his life he was ever a mover of war and strife, and to do treason without having regard either to kin or other, God confound him, for by him and his cause Huon suffered so much ill, that it cannot be recounted. This Duke Raoul was to marry, thus as he was in the fields a hawking, and twenty Knights with him, he met the said three Pilgrims, and anon he knew them. Then he road unto them and said: Sirs, ye be welcome home, they were joyful, when they saw the Duke their Lord salute them so humbly, and for joy thereof they showed him such news, that by the occasion thereof, twenty Thousand Knights lost after their lives, and Raoul himself received the death, and Huon had such trouble, that he had never none such before, as you shall hear hereafter. Then the Duke said to the Pilgrims: Friends, I pray you show me, by what Countries you have passed to come hither. Sir, (quoth they) we have passed by France, and first we were at Bourdeaux, and there we found the Duchess Escleremond wife to Huon of Bourdeaux, of whom you have hea●d so much speaking, for she is so fair and so well favoured, so sweet, pleasant and gracious as can be devised, she is Daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, whom Huon hath slain and taken her to his wife, great pity it is that Huon should have such a wife, for she were meeter to be wife to a puissant King, for whosoever had such a wife to lie by, might well say that there were none like her in all the world, would to our Lord God Sir, that she were your wife. When the Duke heard that, he changed colour, and greatly coveted the Lady in his heart, so that he was stricken with such violent and burning love, that he had to the Lady Escleremond, as he promised and swore that he would have her whosoever said the contrary, and said that he would slay Huon, & them have Escleremond to his Wife. Thus Duke Raoul swore the death of Huon, & then he departed from the Pilgrims: ill was bestowed the alms that Escleremond had given them. Chap. LXXIX. ¶ How Duke Raoul of Ostrich, by the report of the Pilgrims▪ was amorous of the fair Escleremond, and of the Tourney that was proclaimed, to the intent to have slain Huon. THus Duke Raoul returned to the City of Vyenna right pensive, & sent for his privy counsel, and then he commanded them to assemble as many people as they could, because he said that he would go to his Uncle the Emperor of Almain, to whom he sent a secret messsage, that he should cause a Tourney to be proclaimed in some convenient place, to the intent that the Knights of Almain and of other countries should assemble there. The false Traitor did it for a craft; to the intent that Huon by his prowess and hardiness should come to that Tourney. The Messenger road forth until he came to Strasbrough, whereas he found the Emperor who was uncle to Raoull, for he was the emperors brother's son. When the Emperor heard the messsage, he was joyful, and not a little pleased to hear such news from his Nephew Duke Raoull, whom he loved entirely, and to do him pleasure, he sent to all Lands under his obeisance, to all Knights and Squires, such as of custom were wont to just and tourney, desiring them to come at a day assigned to the city of Mayence, for there he would keep open Court. Now the Emperor knew not for what intent his Nephew Raoull had devised that tourney: Alas he did it but to find the place to slay Huon, to th'intent to have his wife Escleremond. Then Duke Raoull assembled his Barons, especialle such as he had perfect trust in, he showed them at large the cause why he had assembled all the people to go to the tourney. Therefore Sirs quoth he, I will that ye swear to me the death of Huon of Bourdeaux, for I will that ye and I put all our uttermost to slay him, and then I will wed his wife, of whom I am so amorous, that I cannot sleep nor take any rest. The same time that they thus made promise and swore the death of Huon, there was among them a varlet with Duke Raoul, who in his youth had served Huon of Bourdeaux: now when he understood, that if Huon came to the Tournay, there he should be murdered: as privily as he could, he departed from Vyenna, and never rested until he came to the City of Bourdeaux, whereas he found Duke Huon in his Palace with his Lords, who had been before advertised, that there should be held a great Tourney at Mayence in Almain, and he devised with his Lords how to go thither. The same time the Varlet came thither, and humbly saluted Duke Huon, who said to him: Friend where hast thou been so long? Sir quoth the Varlet, I come now from Vyenna in Ostrich, where Duke Raoul who is Lord thereof, hath proclaimed a Tourney in every Country, but Sir, if you go thither, you shall be slain, for this Tourney is devised for none other intent, because it is too well known, that there can be no high deeds of arms done in any place, but that you will be present at it. And when they have slain you, than Duke Raoul will have the Duchess your Wife in marriage: therefore Sir, (for God's sake) advise you well that you come not there, in as much as you love your life, for you cannot escape, there be twenty Thousand men that have sworn your death, therefore if you enter into the Tourney, you can never escape the death, and I have heard Duke Raoul swear, that when he hath slain you, he will keep all your Lands. When Duke Huon had heard the Varlet, he swore by God and made a solemn promise, that Duke Raoul should dearly buy his false treason. Then the Duchess Escleremond kneeled down before Huon and said: Dear Lord, I desire you to forbear your going thither at this time, for I have heard often repeated, that this Duke Raoull is puissant and hath great Lands, & beside is Nephew to the Emperor of Almain, and also I have heard say, that a faller Traitor there is none living in this world. Madam quoth Huon, I have well heard you, but by the Lord that formed me to his Image, though I should lose half my lands, yet will I go to see the Traitor, what, thinketh he to abash me with his threatenings? If I may meet him at the Tourney, or in any other place where soever it be, though he had with him ten Thousand men of arms, and that I had alonely but my sword in my hand, I shall slay him whatsoever should fall thereof, and let our Lord God do with me as it shall please him: I shall never have joy at my heart till I have slain him. When the Duchess heard Huon how he would do none otherwise, and that she could not let him of his enterprise, she was sorrowful and said. Sir, seeing it is your pleasure, reason it is that I must be content, but yet Sir I desire you to take with you x. M. men well armed, to th'intent that ye be not found unprovided: so that if ye be assailed, yet ye may be of sufficient puissance to resist your enemies, and that it will please you to suffer me to go with you, and I will he armed with my shield and sword by my side, and if I may meet Duke Raoull, I shall give him such a buffet, that I shall strike him from his horse, for I am so displeased with him, that there is no joint in me but in trembleth for anger, and I shall never have joy at my heart till I be revenged of him. When Huon heard the Duchess his wife, he was well comforted, and began to laugh and said. Fair Lady, I give you great thanks for your words, but ye are too far gone with child to ride armed, it is a seven. months past since ye were first with child, than Huon made to be proclaimed in all his lands, that every man should be ready to go with him to the Tourney at Mayence. The Duke's intent was anon known throughout all the country, so that it being spread abroad, the brute thereof came to the hearing of the Duke Raoull, and when he heard that Huon would come to the Tourney he was not a little joyful thereof, than he swore he would go and see Escleremond in the guise of a pilgrim, and then he put on a beggars garment, and took a staff and a wallet, he showed his intent to them of his privy Council, they would have stopped his going, but they could not. Thus he appareled himself like a beggar, and with an herb rubbed on his face and hands, that such as had not seen him otherwise appareled, could not have known him, he was so foul and black, than he desired his men to keep secret his enterprise. Then he departed from Vyenna, and never rested till he came to the City of Bourdeaux, and so went unto the Palace, where he found Huon amongst his Barons making great cheer and feast, for unto him were come divers Lords and Knights, devising of the Tourney that should be holden at Mayence. Thus Raoull came before Huon, and desired him for the honour of our Lord God to give him some meat and alms. Friend quoth Huon, thou shalt have enough, but I pray thee tell me from whence thou comest, and whether thou wilt go, and of what country thou art. Sir quoth Raoull, I was borne in the country of Berry, but it is xx. years past since I was there, when I departed thence I was but young, for if I saw my father or mother now before me I should not know them, & Sir I came from beyond the Sea, whereas I have been prisoner among the Saracens, the space of 14. years in a strong Castle, where I have suffered much disease of hunger and cold, and at the last I escaped, by reason of a young man, to whom I promised that if he could bring me to Acre in safeguard, that I would then give him twenty Ducats of gold, the young man was covetous to have the money, and found the means that he brought me to Acre, whereas I found a kinsman of mine, who paid the young man the money the which I had promised unto him, and also he gave me fifteen Ducats, the which I have spent with coming hither. Friend, (quoth Huon) I pray unto God to aid thee, for if thou wert not so ill appareled, thou shouldest seem a man of a high lineage, for it seemeth to me if thou wert well armed & weaponed, and were in some business, thou wert like enough to be feared. Chap. LXXX. ¶ how after that Duke Raoul had been at Bourdeaux in the guise of a Pilgrim to see the fair Lady Escleremond, he returned again to Vyenna. AFter that Huon had long devised with Raoul, he washed & sat down to dinner and the Duchess his wife by him, than Huon commanded that at the end of the Table right before his Table, Raoul the Pilgrim should be set, and there he was well served: but Raoul had little care either of meat or drink, for his thought was of another matter whereupon he sore studied, for before him he saw the noble Duchess Escleremond, of whom he was so amorous, that he could not withdraw his eyes from her, for the more he beheld her, the more he was embraced with her love, he thought he never saw before so fair a Lady in all his life, so that for the great beauty that was in her, he changed often times his colour, but it could not be perceived, because he was so black and foul with rubbing of certain herbs, and he said within himself, that whosoever had such a Lady to his Wife, might well make avant to be the happiest man of the world, even he that might but have his pastime with so fair a Lady, & sweere by the Lord that formed him, though he should be damned in hell for ever, he would slay Huon and have his Wife in marriage, and all Huons Lands to be his for ever. Alas that it had not pleased our Lord God, that at this hour Huon might have known the treason of Raoull, he should then have bought it full dearly. When the Traitor had eaten and made good there, Huon gave him a Gown, shirt, hose and shoes, and money for his dispense, Raoul took it, he durst not refuse it but thanked Huon, and so took his leave and departed, he durst no longer tarry for fear of knowledge, and assoon as he could he departed out of the Town: of his journeys I will make no long rehearsal, but he laboured so long that he arrived at Vyenna, than he went to his Palace, whereas he was well received of his Lords, and they laughed when they saw him in that apparel. Then within a while after he made him ready, and his men who were a great number, and so departed from Vyenna, and took the way to Mayence. When his Uncle the Emperor of Almaigne was advertised of his coming, he went and met him without the Town to do him the more honour, and when he saw him, he was joyful and kissed him, and said: Fair Nephew, I am glad of your coming, I have long desired to see you. The good Emperor knew nothing of the treason, that his Nephew had purchased against Huon of Bourdeaux, for if he had known it, to have died in the quarrel, he would never have consented to that treason. Thus hand in hand the Emperor and his Nephew Raoul entered with great joy into the City of Mayence, whereas they were highly received, great joy was made at their coming, much people were in the Town come thither to Just and Tournay, and many other to behold the Triumph. Now let us speak of Huon of Bourdeaux. Chap. LXXXI. ¶ How Duke Huon took leave of the Duchess his Wife, and how he arrived at Mayence, and went to the Palace. WHen Huon saw his time to depart from Bourdeaux, to go to the Tourney at Mayence, he made ready his train, and took with him ten Thousand men of arms for the guard of his person, of the best horsemen in all his Country: then he took his leave of the fair Escleremond his Wife, who began sore to weep when she saw his departure, right sweetly they kissed together at their departing. Then he took his Horse, and he and his company departed from Bourdeaux, and rested not until he came to Coleyne on the Rhine, there he tarried two days to refresh him, and upon the third day he armed himself, and called his company before him and said: Sirs, I will take my leave of you all, for none of you shall go with me, be nothing abashed, for he that always hath saved me out of all perils, will not forsake me at this time. When his men heard him, they had great marvel that he would take his Voyage alone, and he said unto them. Sirs, have no doubt of me, for I shall not die until mine hour be come. They of Coleyne inquired nothing of their estate, for as then there was no war, and they believed that they would go to the Tourney. When his Lords saw that he would thus depart, they were sorry that he would go to the Tourney alone, and said one to another, we fear greatly that he shall never return again, & we shall never have such another Master again. Sirs, (quoth Huon) you shall not need to take any sorrow for me: for certainly I know well, if any perilous business should come to me, that I should be aided by King Oberon: but he needed not to have said so, for when King Oberon departed from him, he had him not to trust upon any aid from him, and therefore Huon was a fool and ill advised to trust thereon, or to undertake so perilous an Enterprise as he did, whereby he was in great peril of death, as ye shall hear hereafter. When Huon was ready, he leapt upon his horse without any stirrup, clean armed as he was, and after stretched him so in his stirrups, that the leathers strained out three fingers, he was a puissant Knight armed or unarmed, and greatly to be feared, he took leave of his men, and left them weeping in that City of Coleyn. Then he road towards the City of Mayence, and so long he road that he had a sight of the City, and then he saw about in the meadow many Tents and rich Pavilions, pitched up with pummels of fine gold shining against the Sun. Huon beheld them well, and so passed forth and entered into the City, whereas he saw every street full of Knights and Squires, abiding there until the day of the Tourney. Huon passed forth until he came to the Palace, whereas he found the Emperor and his Nephew Raoul, whom Huon loved but little, as he showed well shortly after as ye shall hear. When Huon was come before the Palace, he saw the Emperor and Raoul his Nephew going up the stairs: then Huon met with a great Almaigne, and said to him. Friend, I pray thee show me what be yonder two Princes that go up the stairs, and that so much honour is done to them? Sir, (quoth he) the first is the Emperor, and he that followeth is his Nephew Duke Raoul, he was Son to the emperors Brother, the Tourney that shallbe made, is done for the love of him, & at his request, and after the Tourney, he thinketh to marry a great Lady, whose name shall not be known till the Tourney be done. When Huon heard that, he blushed in the face for the great ire that he was in, for he knew well, that Raoul (if he could find the means) would have from him his Wife the fair Escleremond: but he promised in his mind, that first he should dearly buy her. Friend, (quoth Huon) I desire you to do so much for me, as to hold my horse until I return again out of the Hall, and that I have spoken with the Emperor and with his Lords. Sir, (quoth the Squire) with a good will I shall here hold your horse until you come. Now God aid Huon, for ere he might return again, he was in great peril of death, as ye shall hear. Chap. LXXXII. ¶ How Huon slew Duke Raoul in the presence of the Emperor, sitting at his Table, and of the marvels that he did: And how in the chase that was made after him, he strake down the Emperor, and wan his good horse. HVon who was full of ire and displeasure, went up into the Palace, and came into the Hall, whereas he found many people, there was the Emperor, who had newly washed his hands, and was set at the Table. Huon pressed forth before the Table with his Sword in his hand, and said. Noble Emperor, I conjure thee by the great virtue divine, & by your hopeful part of Paradise, or that your Soul is to be damned, if case be that you say not the troth, and give true judgement without falsehood, nor to spare to say the troth for no man living, although he be your nearest Parent. Friend, (quoth the Emperor) say your pleasure, and I shall answer you. Sir, (quoth Huon) if you have wedded a Lady, & love her dearly, and that she be fair, good, sweet, and sage, and replete with all good virtues, and that you know surely, that she loveth you entirely, as a good true wife ought to love her Lord and Husband, and then a Traitor privily to purchase your death for love of your Wife, and if by adventure afterwards you find him in the field, or in town, meadow or wood, in Palace or in Hall, and that you might accomplish your thought and your desire, against the same Traitor who did purchase the said treason against you: I demand then of you, if you would slay him or not? Friend, (quoth the Emperor) you have conjured me, and I shall answer you to the troth. Not for the value of ten Cities I will not lie, therefore know for troth, if I had a Wife such a one as you speak of, adorned with such fair virtues, and whereof there be many such: Howbeit, if I had such a one as you recite, and that I knew surely that she loved me entirely, then if I kn●w any man living that would purchase me such a treason, although he were my near Parent, if I might find him in what place so ever it were, and though I should be slain in the quarrel, there should neither be Church nor Altar that should save his life, but that with my two hands I should slay him: and also my heart should serve me further, that after I had slain him, I would draw out his heart out of his body, and eat it for despite. When Huon heard the Emperor, he said: Oh right noble and virtuous Emperor, just and true judgement you have given, the which I repeal not, but I shall show you what hath moved me to demand of you this judgement, if such a case should have fallen unto you. And Sir, to the intent that you shall know the troth what hath moved me thus to do, you may see here before you he that would do in like case against me, which is your Nephew Raoull, who hath purchased my death like a cruel and a false Traitor, to the intent to have Escrelemond my Wife and all mine heritage's: the judgement that you have given is just and true, you shall never be blamed in any Court, but you shall therein be named a noble Prince, and therefore Sir, having found him so near me, that purchaseth for my death and shame, I should never be worthy to appear in any Prince's court, without I were revenged of him, and I had rather die then to forbear him any longer. Therewith he drew his Sword, and when Raoul saw the clearness of the Sword, he was afraid because he was unarmed: howbeit, he thought that Huon would not have been so hardy, as to do him any hurt in the presence of his Uncle the Emperor: but when he saw that Huon did lift up his Sword to strike him, he was in great fear, & fled to the Emperor to save his life, but Huon perceived him so quickly, that he strake him with a reverse stroke in such wise, that he strake off his head from his shoulders, and the body fell down before the Emperor, & the head fell upon the Table in the dish before the Emperor, whereof he had great dolour. God give me good luck, (quoth Huon) this Traitor shall never be amorous of my wife, for now I am sure enough of him. The Emperor who sat the Table, had great sorrow at his heart when he saw his Nephew dead before him, than he cried aloud and said. Sirs ye my Barons, look that this Knight escape you not, I will never eat nor drink until I see him hanged, I should have great sorrow at my heart if he should escape. Huon understood him well, and feared him but little, but with his sword he laid on round about him, and strake off arms, hands, and legs, so that there was none so hardy that durst approach near to him, he slew so many that it was fearful to behold him, within a short space he had slain more than eight and Twenty, and the Emperor was in such fear, that he wist not how to save himself, for the great marvels that he saw Huon do, he doubted because he was unarmed, and Huon cried and said: Traitors I doubt you nothing. Then on all parts Almains and Baviers assailed Huon, but he defended himself by such force and puissance, that by the murder that he made, the blood ran upon the pavement like a River. Huon might have tarried too long, for the Emperor and his men went and armed them, & Huon who saw well, that he could not long endure without great peril of death, striking with his sword round about him, he withdrew back down the stairs of the Palace, and none durst approach near him, because they were unarmed and for fear of him. Huon by his high prowess, for all his enemies, came unto his horse and mounted upon him, and so issued out, and there was a Knight called Galeram, who was cousin German to Duke Raoul, and he was clean armed and mounted on a good horse, and he followed Huon and said: Abide Villain, thou haste slain Duke Raoul my Cousin, without thou return unto me, I shall strike thee behind. When Huon heard him, he swore he had rather die then to refuse to turn unto him, than he turned, and they couched their Spears, and they met so fiercely together, that they gave each other marvelous great strokes, Galerames Spear broke all to pieces, and Huon who had employed all his force and virtue, strake Galeram upon the Shield with his Spear, the which was big and strong, so that Galeram fell out of his Saddle so rudely, that in the fall he broke his neck, and so lay dead upon the earth, and Huon who thought he had not been dead, returned again to him, but when he saw that he stirred not, he departed thence: but he tarried very long, for he saw well he was closed in round about, & saw well without God had pity of him, he was not like to scape without death or taken Prisoner. They cast at him Darts and Swords, and one with a sharp Sword came unto him and gave him a great stroke, but his good Armour saved his life, for all the strokes that he had received, he never removed out of his Saddle. When Huon saw in what danger he was, he called upon the Lord God humbly, praying him to deliver him out of that peril, with his sword he did marvels, he slew and clave heads to the brain, that he seemed rather a Spirit of hell than a man, for he that had seen him, would have said that he had been no morta●l man. He saw pass by him a Knight of Almaigne, called Sir Hans Sperguer, as he passed by, Huon gave him such a stroke that he clave him to the girdle: whereof the Almains were so abashed, that none durst approach near to him, they feared him sore. Alas that his men at Coleyne had not known what case he was in, they were so far off. Huon who fared like a wild boar, he laid on round about him, so that his sword was all bloody, of the men that he had slain and maimed. They cast darts at him so, that at last his horse was slain under him, whereof he was sorrowful: howbeit like a courageous Knight, with his sword still fought valiantly with his enemies, and he saw where the Earl of Seyne came to him, to have stricken him with his sword, but Huon met him so hastily, that he had no leisure to strike him, and Huon gave him such a stroke, that his helmet could not save his life, for Huons sword entered into his brain, and so he fell down dead among the horse feet. Huon who was quick and expert, took the dead knight's horse, and leapt upon him, and when he saw that he was new horsed again, he was joyful, and then he was able to depart in despite of his enemies: but the Emperor who had great sorrow at his heart for the death of his nephew Raoull, made great haste after Huon with ten thousand men with him, and so came from Mayens all on the spur, desiring to overtake Huon, and so road on before his men, for his horse was so good, that he would run as fast as a bird could fly, in all the world there was no horse like him. The Emperor on this horse followed Huon, and as he road, he saw all the way dead men lie that Huon had slain, he spurred his horse, that anon he overtook Huon, and said. Thou Traitor, turn thy shield towards me, or else my Spear shall go through thy body: for the sorrow that lieth at my heart, for love of my Nephew whom thou hast slain, constraineth me to make haste to be revenged of thee, nor I shall never have joy at my heart until I have slain thee, much it grieveth me that I am constrained to slay thee with my Spear, for I had rather hang thee. When Huon heard the Emperor who was so near him, & saw how he was mounted on so good a horse, he called upon our Lord God, & desired him of his grace to aid him to conquer that horse, and when he saw that the Emperor was far before his men, he turned his horse head towards the Emperor, and couched his spear, and the Emperor came against him like the tempest, and they met together so rudely, that their spears were pierced, so that the emperors spear broke all to shivers, and Huons spear was so rude & strong, that he strake the Emperor with such puissance, that he was stricken from his horse to the earth sore astonished, so that he wist not where he was, and Huon who had great desire to have the emperors horse, alighted quickly from his own horse, and took the emperors horse and mounted on him, and was thereof right joyous, than he said to himself, that he doubted not them all, he strake the good horse with his spurs, and found him quick and light under him. There he left the Emperor lying on the earth, who was not a little content that he was so soon succoured, for if the Almains had not quickly come, Huon had slain him, but when the Almains came to their Lord, and found him lying on the earth, they believed verily he had been dead they began to make great sorrow, and the Emperor who was come again to himself said. Sirs, thanked be God I féel● no hurt, but I may well ride, but I have great sorrow at my heart, that Huon hath thus led away my good horse, and is escaped away, and also hath slain my two nephews: but Sirs I counsel you that none follow him, for it shall be but a lost time, for the good horse that is under him and he that is on him is so valiant in arms, that he is greatly to be doubted, therefore I counsel let us return back again, for we may lose more than we shall win, but by the grace of God, ere it be three months past, I shall assemble such a number of men, that the valleys and mountains shall be full of men, than I will go to the City of Bourdeaux, and will not depart thence till I have won it, and if I may get Huon, I shall make him die of an evil death, and shall take and waste all his lands. Chap. LXXXIII. ¶ How Huon after that he was mounted upon the emperors good horse, he arrived at Coleyn, where he found his men, and how he departed thence: And of the Emperor who lay enambushed in a wood, abiding there to have slain Huon. THus as ye have heard Huon departed with the Emperor's good horse, and left the Emperor lying on the earth, who commanded his Barons to return back, and not to follow Huon any further. Therewith there came to the Emperor a Knight called Godun, he was borne at Norembridge, and he said. Sir, if you will believe me, and do after my council, you shall do otherwise, you shall return to Mayence this night, and ordain four Thousand of such men as you have here, and send them within two Leagues of Coleyne on the high way into France, and there you shall find a little wood, and there let them lie enambushed till Huon pass by them, for I know well he will go strait to Coleyne this night, & lodge in a Frenchman's house that dwelleth there, and in the morning surely he will depart thence, and so pass by the said ambushment, so that it shall not be possible to save himself alone, but either he shall be slain or taken. When the Emperor heard Godun, he said: Sir, you have given me good counsel, and this is likely to be done, but it were convenient to send more than four Thousand, for the great desire that I have to get him into my hands, constraineth me to cause him to be taken, to the intent to be revenged of him: therefore I would go myself, and take with me ten Thousand men, and shall go and lie in the place that you have appointed, for I shall never have perfect joy at my heart as long as Huon is alive, for he hath caused much sorrow at my heart, for the death of my two Nephews whom so piteously he hath slain, let us take our way about two Leagues beside Coleyne, nearer we will not approach, to the intent that our coming be not known. Then he chose out ten Thousand of the most valiantest men in his company, and the rest he sent back to Mayence. Thus the Emperor road forth, and road so long that day and night, that an hour before it was day he came to the said wood, and there laid his ambush. And Huon road so, after he was departed from the Emperor, that late in the Evening he came to Coleyne, whereas he was received of his men with great joy, then Gerames said. Sir, I require you show us of your adventures, than Huon showed them every thing, and the manner how he had slain Duke Raoul, and how he departed from Mayence, and how he was pursued, and how he wan the emperors good horse: whereat Gerames and all the other had great joy, and thanked God of his fair adventure, and had great marvel how he escaped: but they knew nothing what the Emperor was about to do, nor that he was in the wood abiding there for Huon. That night Huon and his company were at Coleyne making good cheer, and the next morning they heard service, than they mounted on their horses & issued out of the town, they were to the number of thurteene Thousand hardy fight men, and when they were out in the fields, Huon like a good man of war said. Sirs, I desire you let us keep together, and ride like men of war, to the intent that we be not suddenly taken, and so they did: the day was fair and clear, they might well be perceived a far off, as they were by the Emperor of Almain, who lay enambushed for Huon, the Emperor espied them first, and said to his company. Sirs, yonder a far off I see many people coming toward us, they seem unto me men well expert in arms, never believe me but they be Frenchmen, and he that is their Captain is Huon of Bourdeaux, he is not come hither like a small parsonage, but he is highly accompanied like a great and mighty Prince: I see well he is valiant by that he hath done, he is so noble & hardy that none may be compared to him, you have well seen, how that he all alone came into my Palace, and there slew my Nephew Duke Raoul, wherewith my heart is in great displeasure, he is greatly to be doubted, for without God help us, we shall have enough to do with him, would to God that he and I were at accordment and agreed, for he is so noble and so valiant that he feareth no man. You have well seen since he departed from Mayence, he hath slain more than forty of my men, and hath borne me to the earth, and he hath taken from me my good horse, whereby he may be well assured, that there is no man shall take him if he be upon his back: howbeit we must set upon him, for my heart shall never be in ease as long as he liveth: therefore Sirs, I desire you every man, this day show the love that you bear unto me, and the safeguard of your lives, for to fly away availeth not: therefore Sirs, set on together, and do so that we may have the first advantage. Chap. LXXXIIII. ¶ Of the great Battle within two Leagues of Coleyn, between the Emperor of Almain and Huon of Bourdeaux, and of the Truce that was taken between them. HVon who road before his Barons devising with old Gerames, regarded on his right hand towards the little wood, and he saw in the wood great clearness, by reason of the Sun shining on the helms and on the spears points, whereby he perceived plainly, that there was much people hidden in the wood, he showed them to Gerames and to his other company, and said: Sirs be in a surety, that without battle we cannot scape, here is the Emperor who lieth in wait for us. I desire you let us do so, that he shall have no cause to make any avaunt of us, yonder you may see them, how they set themselves in order to abide us, therefore let us quickly set on them: and so they did in such wise, that with the very running of their horses the earth trembled, and the sun lost his light, by reason of the powder that rose up into the air from both parts. Huon who ran before on his puissant horse, beheld Godun who was foremost in his company, he ran at him with a strong spear, so that he ran him clean through the body, so that he fell down to the earth, and with the same spear Huon met Crassyn Polinger, who bore the Emperor's banner, Huon strake him so fiercely, that he bare horse and man and banner all to the ground, whereof the Almains and Baviers were sorrowful. Huon did so much ere his spear was broken, that he first bore five to the earth, so that they had no power after to relieve themselves, there were many spears broken, and many a knight borne to the earth, and there died among the horse feet, for the father could not help the son, nor the son could not help the father, and many a horse ran abroad in the field, and their Masters lying dead in the blood and mire. Huon who road about in the battle slaying and wounding his enemies, beheld on his right side, and saw the Earl Savary slaying many of them of Bourdeaux. Ah good Lord quoth Huon, if yonder knight reign long, he shall do me great damage. Then he road to him, and gave him such a stroke with his sword, so that he strake off his shoulder and arm so rudely, that it fell upon the earth, so that for the great pain that the Earl Savary endured, he fell from his horse, and there was slain among the horse feet, whereof the Emperor (who was there by) right sorrowful when he saw another of his nephews slain, and said. Ah Huon, of God be thou cursed, since thou hast slain so many of my friends, I shall never have joy in my heart, till I have thee in my hands to hang thee. Sir (quoth Huon) ere you have taken me, you are like to lose more of your friends, and beware of yourself, that you come not into my hands, by your nephew Raoull ye have all this damage, who by his falseness thought to have betrayed me, and to have had my wife: if I have slain your nephews and your men, I have done it in defending mine own body, I say to you if you be not well aware of me, I shall bring you to the point that it shall be hard for you to be carried away in a litter. Huon quoth the Emperor, the great hate that I have to thee for the death of my nephews, makes me feel much dolour at my heart, that I had rather die than that I should not be revenged of thee, therefore beware thou of me, for I shall neither eat nor drink, till I have thee either quick or dead. Then they two went back to take their course together, but ere they met, the Almains came running thither, for the fear that they had of losing their Emperor, and on the other part came thither the old Gerames, who fought so fiercely, that whomsoever he strake with a full stroke, had no need of any Surgeon, and his company failed not for their parts, and Huon with his good sword opened the thick press, so that the Almains greatly doub●ed him. Huon with his noble chivalry, caused his enemies to recoil back half a bows shoot. Then there was a knight of Almain saw well, that without some remedy were found, the Emperor and his company were like to be slain, he went out of the battle as privily as he could, and ran on the spurs, and rested not till he came to Coleyn, where incontinent he road to the Provosts house, and found him in his house newly rain from mass, than the Knight said to him. Sir Provost, if ever you will see the Emperor alive, cause the commons of this City to be armed, and come and succour the Emperor hastily, for when I came from him he had great need of aid: there is Huon of Bourdeaux, who hath slain three of his nephews, and this other day he was lodged in this City, the Emperor knoweth well that you knew nothing thereof, for Huon had lodged his men in the suburbs, and in other little houses, because he would not be perceived. Sir Provost make haste in this business. When the Provost heard what danger the Emperor was in, he sounded the watch bell, and made to be cried in every street, that every man that was able to bear arms, should arm them, and go out into the field to succour the Emperor, who was in great danger of his life. When the burgesses of the town heard that cry, every man armed them as well as they could, some were harnessed behind, and some in a jack all smoked, and with staves and other weapons, what a foot and a horse back, there went out of the City twenty thousand men, if you had seen the horsemen, you would have laughed at them, for it seemed they were set on horse back in despite, there was never seen so rude a company it was no marvel, for they were not accustomed to ride in harness. The Provost went before, and exhorted them to do their devoirs, so they took their way to come to the battle, whereas Huon and his company did part of their wills, and the Emperor seeing that, he began to lose his men and place, he road searching in the battle for Duke Huon, whereas he found by adventure Huon, who had then newly slain by adventure the emperors Seneschal. When that the Emperor saw him slain, he was right sorrowful, and in a great rage he cried to Huon and said: Thou knight that never art satisfied to shed the blood of my men, to abate my lineage and force, I pray thee turn thy shield unto me, for if thou knewest the great hate that I bear thee, thou wouldst never appear before me. Sir quoth Huon, I marvel that you so sorely hate me, & have tarry●d so long for revenge, therefore beware, for if I can I will send you after your Nephews, whom ye say that ye love so well. They took their course with great and rude spears, and so came together like the tempest, and met so rudely, that the buckles of their Armour all to braced, and the emperors spear broke all to pieces, but Huons spear was big and strong, & therewith he strake the Emperor with such puissance, that his spear ran through his shoulder, so that the Emperor fell to the earth so rudely, that with the fall he broke the bone of his thigh, whereby he was in such dolour that he swooned. And when Huon saw him lie on the ground, he came to him with his sword in his hand, and would have slain him if he had not been succoured: but there came so many Almains, that whether Huon would or not, they took the Emperor and bore him out of the field, and laid him in the wood, and then demanded of him how he did. Sirs quoth he, I am sore hurt, for my thigh is broken, whereby I endure more grief than I can abide, but as for death, I trust by the grace of god I shall escape it. When they heard that, they were all joyful, and said: Sir, know for troth, that your men are sore discomfited, for they be so sore oppressed by Huon and his men, that we fear all your men will be slain, we will go again to the battle, and leave some with you to look unto your Majesty. Well quoth the Emperor, but your force nor your defence cannot avail you any thing against Huon, nor against his men. But I shall show you what ye shall do, ye shall send quickly to Huon, and desire him in my name to cease slaying of my men, and that there may be a truce had between him and me, for the space of half a year, for within that time I hope to find some other treaty that he and I might be friends: and if he refuse this, than I see none other remedy but that we shall be all slain or taken, and then he will cause me to die in some noisome prison. Sir (quoth his knights) we shall do your commandment, but we fear sore that we shall not be heard. Sirs quoth the Emperor, go to him and do the best ye can. Then they returned to the battle, whereas they found their company ready to fly away, for they were near all slain and taken, the Knights from the Emperor came to Huon, and desired him in the name of the Emperor that he would cease the battle, and sound the treaty, and they would do likewise in the same manner, and that there might be a firm truce between them for half a year, and in that season they trusted that some good ways would be found, that the Emperor and he might be good friends together. Sirs (quoth Huon) if the Emperor your Master had me in that danger which he is in, he would not suffer me to scape alive for all the gold in the world, howbeit, I am content that he have truce for half a year, the which I shall surely keep on my part, and if I be assailed, I shall defend me, and if so be that he come to Bourdeaux to assail me, by the help of God and my good friends, I shall do the best that I can. But if he will have peace with me, and pardon me his displeasure, for the death of his nephews, I shall be ready to make peace, and I shall make amends for all wrongs, though I was not the beginner. Then Huon caused the retreat to be sounded, and in likewise so did the Almains, who had thereof great joy: it came to them at a good point, for else all had been slain or foiled. When he had the upper hand, now that he pursued still his chase, for than he might have had an end of that war, and neither shield nor spear more broken, whereas after many a man was slain, and was the cause that the City of Bourdeaux was lost, and the fair Escleremond taken and set in prison in the City of Mayens, and Huon suffered so much pain and trouble, that no mortal man can show it. Thus as you have heard Huon granted the truce, and so both parts withdrew, whereof the Emperor and his company were right joyful. Then Huon called his company, and showed Gerames and his Lords how he had granted truce to the Emperor for half a year, and therefore I charge you all not to break the peace: the Emperor was glad when he heard it, for he knew well he had scaped a great danger. Then he charged all his men on pain of death, that they should not break the truce. And Sirs (quoth he) I pray you make ready a litter that I may be carried to Coleyne, for the pain that I feel in my legs causeth all my body to tremble, and when I come there, I will tarry till I be whole. Sir (quoth his Lords) your commandment shall be done, than they laid the Emperor in a litter, sore complaining the loss and death of his nephews and Lords that were slain, and his leg grieved him sore. Then Huon said to Gerames, Sir thanked be God we have vanquished the Emperor, and slain many of his men, therefore it is good that we return now to Bourdeaux, I have great desire to see my wife Escleremond, who thinking long for my coming, I am sure she is sorrowful that I have tarried so long Sir (quoth Gerames) if ye have great desire to return, so have all other of your servants, they would gladly see their wives and children, and some would see their lovers. Chap. LXXXV. ¶ How Huon granted the truce to the Emperor, and how the Provost of Coleyne came and assailed Huon, not knowing of any peace taken. WHen Huon understood the old Gerames, he had great joy, than he sounded the Trumpets with such brute, that marvel it was to hear, and commanded every man to set forward towards Bourdeaux. Then he beheld on his right hand, and saw them of Coleyne coming in a great number, they were well near twenty thousand Burgesses and other, they came with banners displayed ready to fight. When Huon saw them, he had great marvel from whence they should come so hastily. Then he said to his men: Sirs, I perceive clearly we be betrayed, for if I had pleased, the Emperor nor his men could not have escaped, he hath falsely betrayed me, since under the colour of truce they come to set newly upon me. Thus Huon said by the Emperor without cause, for he knew nothing thereof, nor that any succour should have come to him. Sirs (quoth Huon) let us rest here, and tarry till they come nearer to us, then let us set on them with such haste, that they shall not know what to do. Sir (quoth his men) have no doubt, we shall not fail you for fear of any death, we trust to slay so many, that the earth shall be covered with the dead bodies of your enemies. Huon ordered his battle, and the Provost of Coleyne comforted his men, saying: Sirs, our Emperor is discomfited by Huon and his company, who be yonder abiding before us, they think to depart in safeguard, but they have no power to do so, for the most part of them are sore hurt, and their horses sore travailed, wherefore they shall the sooner be discomfited. Then the Provost and his men ran quickly upon Huon and his men, there began a fierce battle, wherein many a most valiant man lay on the earth dead, and at the very first brunt there were so many slain, that the whole field was covered with dead and maimed men: some were overthrown without any hurt at all, and yet they could never rise, because of the great press of the horses that did run over them. Huon who was very full of ire, because he had thought that under the colour of truce he was assailed, he ran fiercely at a knight, who had done very great hurt among his men, it was he that went to Coleyne for that succour, and Huon strake him clean through the body with his Spear, so that he fell down dead to the earth. Then Huon cried his cry to call his men together, he laid on the right side and on the left, so that he did cut of arms and legs, and razed their helmets from their heads, he seemed rather a man of the Fairy than a mortal man. But he had much to do, for his men who had fought all the day, were sore travailed and weary, howbeit they defended themselves right valiantly, and slew so many of the Commons of Coleyn, that the blood ran on the ground in great streams, and the Emperor who issued out of the wood in his Lyttour, when he came into the field, he heard the brute and cry of the Battle, wherewith he was so abashed. Then he demanded what noise it might be. Sir (quoth a Knight) it is the good Provost of Coleyn, who hath brought with him the Commons of the City of Coleyn to aid and succour you. Sir, (quoth the Emperor) and he shall dearly buy it: howbeit, I think he knoweth not of the Truce that we have taken with Huon, for if I knew that he was advertised thereof, I should cause him to die an ill death. Go to him and command him that incontinent he go to Huon, to make amends for his trespass, and if he will not do it, I charge you incontinently to slay him. When the Emperor had given his commandment to one of his knights, he road as fast as he might to the Provost, who was right sorrowful, for that he had lost four thousand of his Commons, & the knight was slain that came to him. Then the emperors knight said. Sir Provost, ye have done right ill, seeing ye have broken the truce that was made between him and Huon, if the Emperor may get you, ye shall never see fair day more, without incontinent ye go to Huon, and deal so with him that he be content, so that no reproach be laid to the Emperor. When the Provost and his company heard the Emperor's commandment, they were sore abashed, & recoiled back. And the Provest, who was in great fear for that he had done, and desiring to accomplish the emperors commandment, strake his horse with his spurs, and rested not till he hrd found Duke Huon. Then he lighted a foot, and took his sword and said. Ah right noble and virtuous Prince, I desire thee in the honour of jesus Christ have pity on me, and pardon me the injury that I have done against you, the which I have done without the knowledge or licence of the Emperor, who will cause me to die a shameful death without ye pardon me, for all I knew not of the truce between you and the Emperor, for I thought he had been dead: Sir that which I have done, was to the intent to rescue my rightful Lord, and thereby I have lost this day more than four thousand Burgesses and commons of the City of Coleyn, and the most part of my best friends, and therefore Sir, I pray you have pity on me, else the Emperor will slay me, or set me in perpetual prison. Chap. LXXXVI. ¶ How Huon arrived at Bourdeaux, and of the counsel of the fair Escleremond his wife, the which he would not believe nor follow. WHen Huon understood the Provost, he had great pity, and though that he ought in reason to pardon him, seeing that that he had done was in a just cause, and that he was not advertised of the truce taken between the Emperor and him. Then Huon approached to the Provost and said: Friends arise up, I pardon you this trespass that you have done for your Lord, and it is but reasonable, since ye knew nothing of the truce, ye have done as a true subject aught to do to his Lord, and I cannot be angry with you for the same. Then the Provost took leave of Huon, and returned to the Emperor, who was then near to Coleyn, and Huon road forth towards Bourdeaux, and so on a Wednesday about dinner he entered into Bourdeaux, whereas he was received with great solemnity of the burgesses, and of all the Clergy of the City. Then he alighted at his Palace, whereas he was by the Duchess Escleremod well received with great joy, and she demanded of him if he were well and in good estate. Fair Lady (quoth Huon) thanked be our Lord God I am in good health. Sir (quoth she) of your coming I am right joyous, and I desire you to show me of your adventures. Madam (quoth Huon) know for truth I have been at Mayens, whereas I found the Emperor, and with him Duke Raoull his nephew, who had proclaimed a tourney, and because he was advertised of my coming, his intention was that if he had found me there, he had concluded with his men to have slain me, but by the grace of God I have done so much, that in the presence of the Emperor his uncle, and all them that were there present, I strake off his head, because he made his avaunt, that as soon as he had slain me, he would have had you to his wife, and all mine heritage. And when I had slain him, I departed in haste to Mayens, and it was not long after, but that the Emperor followed me with all his men, mounted upon the good horse that ye have seen, who is so good, that I believe surely there is not such another in the world, and the Emperor who had great desire to revenge the death of his nephew Duke Raoull, vanced himself a bow shoot before his company, and cried after me with many injurious words. And when I saw that he was far off from his men, I turned toward him, and ran and bore him to the earth, than I took the good horse and mounted on him, and let mine own go, and wh●n his men saw him lying on the earth, they feared lest he had been dead, they assembled about him, and took no heed to follow me, because they knew well it was but a folly to follow me, seeing I was mounted on the Emperor's good horse. Thus I departed from them, and went and lay all that night at Coleyne, whereas I found my men, whom I had left there when I went to the emperors Court all alone, the next day I departed, but I was not gone far out of Coleyn, when the Emperor and ten thousand men met me in the way, whereas they had lain in a little wood in wait for me. Then they ran at me and at my men, there was a great battle on both parts, and many slain and wounded: but I did so much by the grace of God & my good company, that I overcame them, and I slew two of his nephews, and I bore the Emperor to the earth, and when he saw that the loss of the battle ran on his side, he sent to me then a messenger to have truce for half a year, the which I granted, because I thought I had done him displeasure enough, as in slaying of three of his nephews. Thus we departed, & as he returned, I met the Provost of Coleyn, who brought with him twenty thousand men to have rescued the Emperor, and so we fought together. But as soon as the Emperor was advertised thereof, he sent and commanded that he should no more fight with me. Then the Provost came to me and cried me mercy for that which he had done, excusing himself that he knew nothing of the truce. Then we made to sound the retreat on both parts: and thus we departed without any more strokes giving, whereof I thank God that I am thus scaped. Sir (quoth Escleremond) ye ought to thank God that he hath sent you that grace, for I have heard say, that the Emperor of whom you have slain his two nephews, is great, puissant, and a rich Prince, right sage and expert in the wars, wherefore it is to be feared, that he will not let the matter thus to rest. Madam (quoth Huon) I know well this that you say is true, I think well he be displeased with me for the death of his nephews, and many other of his kin, thus as I have said I jousted with him two times, and at the second time I strake him to the earth in such wise that he broke his thigh, so that he was constrained to be borne thence in a litter, and it hath been told me since, that the loss of his good horse grieveth him more than the loss of his men. Lady to show you the perils and adventures that I have had since I departed from you, it would be too long to show you. But surely I think as soon as the truce is expired, that then the Emperor with all his puissance will come and besiege me here in Bourdeaux, for it hath been showed me of troth, that then the Emperor hath so made his oath and promise, and hath sworn by his crown imperial, that he will not depart hence till he have taken and destroyed the City. Sir (quoth Escleremond) if you will believe me, ye shall resist this, and I shall tell you how, ye know well I have a brother called king Salybraunt, who is king of Bougye, the which extendeth on the one side near to Mombraunt, and on the other side near to Trypoley in Barbary, he may lead in battle a hundred thousand men, and Sir, surely he is a good Christian, howbeit there are but few that know it, verily he hath believed in jesus Christ, and Sir if you will go to him and desire his aid, by the same token, that when you were prisoner in Babylon, I discovered the secrets of my mind to him, and showed him of the love between you and me, and how ye would lead me into France, whereof he was joyful, and desired me affectuously that I should do so much to you, that we might come and see him in his own Realm. But the adventure fell so, that our departing fell otherwise then we had devised, he was there, and saw how my father was slain, and all such as were with him, then for fear he ran away, and did hide him in a garden behind the Palace, and there tarried till it was night, and then he stole away and went into his own Realm, there shall ye find him if you will go thither, I know surely that he will make you exceeding great good cheer, and will not refuse for to aid and succour you, for he will be so exceeding puissant and mighty, that he will bring with him more than a hundred thousand Sarizens, and also Sir, I would counsel and advise you, for to take along with you some five or six Priests well furnished with Oil and cream, for assoon as he hath his men out of his own Country, he will cause them to be christened, and such as will not, he will cause them to die an ill death. Sir, I require you believe my counsel at this time, for you know well, that out of France you shall get no succour, for if some would, yet they dare not for doubt of King Charlemagne, the hate that he hath to you is not yet quenched, for the death of his son Charlot he will never forget, and Sir if ye go not to my brother for succour, ye may happen to repent it, and peradventure it may be too late, and do as he doth, that shutteth the stable door when the horse is stolen. Thus the fair Lady Escleremond exhorted Duke Huon her husband, whom she loved entirely. Chap. LXXXVII. ¶ How Huon had great joy for the birth of Claryet his Daughter. WHen Huon had well heard his Wife, he said: My right dear Lady and Companion, right well I know the great love that you bear to me, the which hath constrained you to say thus, whereof I thank you. But by the Lord that upon the Cross died for to redeem human Lineage, I will go to no place, nor send for any succours, until I see them before my City, and that I have cause to labour for succours, nor until I feel the strokes of Almains and Bauiers, that they can give when they be out of their own Country, nor as long as my shield is hole and found, first I think they shall feel the sharpness of my Spears head and good Sword, and yet by God's grace I shall not abandon you, nor leave my City and good Burgesses, for it might greatly be laid to my reproach if I should thus go away. Alas Sir quoth Escleremond, ye may well know that this that I have said, is for the fear that I have of you, for I have been well advertised, that the Emperor sore hateth you, and not without cause, for his Nephews and Lords that ye have slain, and therefore Sir if ye will believe me, ye shall have men to defend you brought hither by the king my brother, so that when the Emperor is come into your land, it shall lie in you either to make peace or war at your will: reason it were, that you made him some amends for the hurts that ye have done unto him. And on the other part, if he will have no peace, them it shall lie in you to make him such war, so that he shall not depart without your agreement and to his great loss. Sir, the fear that I have to lose you, constraineth me thus to say, I have heard it often times said, that the entry into war is large, but the issuing out thereof is very strait, nor there is no war but it causeth poverty. But seeing it is your pleasure not to believe me, it is reason that I must be content that your pleasure shallbe fulfilled: then they entered into other devices, and great joy & feasts were made in the Palace at Bourdeaux between Huon and the Lords of the Country. At last the fair Lady Escleremond, who was great with child, fell upon travailing, and she prayed to god for help, and suffered great pain, whereof Huon had great pity when he heard thereof, for the love between them was exceeding great, at last the Lady was brought to bed of a fair Daughter, whereof Huon thanked God: then entered into the Lady's chamber a great number of the Ladies of the Fairy, and came to Escleremonds bedside and said. Lady, ye ought 〈◊〉 to thank God, for ye have brought forth the fairest & best creature that as now is in the world, and to whom our Lord god hath granted most graces at her birth, for a more fair, me dost, wise, and courteous hath not been borne this C. years past, for she shall have such destiny & fortune in this world, that of the Realm of Arragon she shall be crowned Queen, and she shall so govern herself, that she shallbe accounted of, as if she were a Saint in Paradise. At Tortouse there is the Church where she is honoured, the which is founded in her name, and is named Saint Clare. Escleremond was joyful of the words of these Ladies of the Fairy, and great joy & feasting was made every where for the birth of this Child, who was greatly regarded of the Ladies of the Fairy, and they said each to other, that this Child was the fairest creature in all the world, they took this Child each after other, and blessed it three times, & then they laid it down and departed suddenly, so that no man wist not where they were become, whereof all the Ladies and other had great marvel. This tidings was brought unto Huon, he was right joyful and said: A worthy King Oberon, I believe surely that as yet you have not forgotten me: now I doubt nothing the Emperor nor all his puissance, seeing you have remembrance of me. Then Huon came into the Hall, and thither his Daughter was brought unto him to see, he took her in his arms and showed her to his Lords, who were very joyful to see her. Then she was borne to the Church, and with great solemnity christened, and named Clariet, because she was so fair and clear to behold. Then she was brought to the Duchess, who had of her great joy. When the Duchess had kept her Chamber a month, than she was churched, whereof all the Court was joyful, and such feasting was made, that if I should show you the riches and nobleness that was there showed, it should be overlong to rehearse. Therefore I will leave speaking thereof at this time until another season. Chap. LXXXVIII. ¶ How the Emperor assembled a great host, and came unto Bourdeaux. YE have at large heard here before, the manner and cause why this war was moved, between the Emperor of Almain and Huon Duke of Bourdeaux, the which after the Truce was expired, & that the Emperor was hole of his thigh that Huon had broken: he published the war again, and sent over all his Empire, that every Duke, Earl, Baron, Knight and squire should come to him, and Soldiers from all parts, and that within a month they were to be at the City of Mayence, to the intent to make war upon Huon of Bourdeaux. This commandment was published, and such diligence was made, that by the day appointed, every man was come to the City of Mayence, and lodged in the City, and in Pavilions about the City: there were assembled more than forty Thousand, and all men well appointed for the war. When this Emperor who was named Tirrey saw them, he was very joyful, and sore threatened Huon, and made promise to all his Barons that he would never return into his own Country, until he had first slain Huon, who had done him so great damage. Then he commanded his Constables and Marshals to be ready to depart the next day, & to take the way towards Coleyne with all his Artillery and carriage, the which was done. The next day the Emperor entered into the field, & so road towards Coleyne, and when the Emperor was within a League, than there met with him the old Sauarie his Brother: who was Father to Duke Raoul slain by Huon. when these two brethren met together, there was great joy made between them. But then Duke Savary began to weep, and said to his brother the Emperor. Sir of your coming I am right joyful: But when the piteous death of my dear beloved son your nephew Raoull cometh to my mind, there is no member of me but for dolour and displeasure trembleth, nor I can never have perfect joy at my heart, as long as he that hath done me this displeasure liveth. This Duke Savary was a noble man, but between him and his son Raoull was great difference: for the Duke Raoull was the untruest Traitor that ever lived: the which wickedness proceeded by the Duchess his mother, who was daughter to Hurdowin of France, the most untruest and falsest Traitor that as then lived in the world. When the Emperor heard his brother speak, the tears fell from his eyes, and he embraced him & said. My right dear brother, your dolour much displeaseth me, for your dolour is mine, and thereof I will have a part, and if ye have much joy, my part shall likewise be therein. But it is not possible for us to have him again for whom we make this sorrow. God aid Huon now from his enemies, for they greatly desire his death: yet oftentimes they that desire another man's death, advanceth their own. Thus as you have heard, the Emperor and Duke Savary entered into the City of Coleyne, whereas they were received with great joy, and so road to the Palace, and there they supped. I will make no long rehearsal of the good cheer that they made there. Then after Supper they went to their rest, and the next morning rose and heard service, and took a sop in wine, & then departed out of Coleyne. It was a goodly host to behold, they and their carriage and their artillery reached four leagues of length. Thus they all had sworn the death of Huon, they passed by high Borgoyn and by Dolphinne, and so passed the river of Rouen, and so into the country of Bourdeaux. Now I will leave speaking of them till another season. Chap. LXXXIX. ¶ How the Emperor Tirrey of Almain besieged the City of Bourdeaux, and how Huon made him ready to fight with his enemies. THus you have heard here before, the devices that the Duchess Escleremond had made to her husband Huon, who as soon as she was churched, Huon sent his commandment through all his country, every man to be ready in arms, and to come to Bourdeaux, because he was advertised of the coming of his enemy's. The messengers made such diligence, that within fifteen days after every man was come to Bourdeaux, and there Duke Huon received them with great joy. Then he repaired the City and the towers and walls, and it was well furnished with victuals and artillery, as in such a case it well appertained, for at that time the City of Bourdeaux was not so strong as it is now, when Duke Huon saw the City so well garnished with men and victuales, he was right joyful, and then he called to him the old Gerames, and said: my right dear friend, ye see well this war that is apparent between the Emperor and me, and now we be well advertised of his coming, who is ready to come with all his 〈◊〉, to besiege this our City, and therefore my hearty dear friend▪ who hath aided me in so many businesses, I pray you counsel and aid me now, for in all the conduct of my war, I will that ye have the charge, and that you will comfort my men well, so that of us there be no evil report ma●e, and that our enemies have no cause to praise the war that they have against us, nor that when they be returned into their countries, that they make not their avaunts among their wenthes and their lovers. Sir quoth Gerames, I thank you of the honour and great trust that you have in me, howbeit, ye have many other more sage and hardy than I am; to whom this great charge should better appertain then to me. But Sir, as for me, I shall so acquit me, that I trust I shall not be reprehended. Thus as you have heard, Huon made his devices among all his Barons, and made all his ordinances for the defence of the City, and the manner of their issuing, and appointed men for their rescue in recoiling. And the Emperor was entered into the Country of Bourdeaux with a mighty army, burning and destroying the Country, whereof the poor people were sore abashed, because they never had war before, and thus the Emperor never rested wasting and destroying the Country, till they came before the City of Bourdeaux, and there he pitched up his tents and pavilions, and the Emperor lay on the way leading to Paris, on the other part Duke Savary father to Raoull was lodged by the emperors marshals, so that all the City was closed round about. Huon who was within the City, beheld their countenances and manner of their lodging: he commanded that all his men should be ready to issue out upon their enemies, the which they did. Then Huon armed himself very richly, and mounted upon his good horse, the which was the Emperors, and swore that ere he returned again, he would show his enemies what they of Bourdeaux could do. When he was mounted on his good horse, he came into the City, and found the old Gerames ready appareled with all his company. Then he appointed five thousand men to keep the City, and twenty thousand men to go with him. Thus Duke Huon made his ordinances. Ye may well imagine that the sorrow was great that Escleremond made for the Duke her husband, she was right wise, she feared to lose him, because she knew him so adventurous, and that his enemies were of so great number, but right piteously weeping, she made her prayers to the Lord God devoutly, that he would keep and defend Huon her husband and all his men from danger and loss, and to send him peace with his enemies. Chap. LXXXX. ¶ Of the great Battle that was before Bourdeaux, whereas Huon had great loss, and the old Gerames taken. THus as you have heard, Bourdeaux was besieged by the Emperor of the high Almains, and by his brother the Duke Sauary with a great number of men. Then Huon issued out, and when he was past the port, he made haste, to the intent to surprise his enemies, for at that time the Emperor was set at dinner. Then Huon and his company all at once dashed in among the tents and Pavilions, and beat them down to the earth, so that they that were within were much abashed, for they thought verily that Huon durst never have issued out of the City against him and the great number that he was of. Huon laid on round about him, so that who soever met with him, had no need of a leches craft. Also the old Gerames did marvels, and so did the Bourdeloys, many a rich tent and Pavilion was beaten to the ground, and they within slain and all to behewen, and Huon who was mounted on a good horse, met a Knight of the emperors house, and he gave him such a stroke with his sword, that he clove his head to the teeth, and then he struck another, that his head, helm and all fell to the earth, they that saw that stroke were sore abashed. The emperors men assembled together by heaps, but by the mighty prowess of Huon, anon they were again departed, for he was so doubted and feared, that none was so hardy to approach near him. The cry and voice mounted so high, that the Emperor who was at dinner, when he heard them cry, he rose from the table and demanded what noise it was? Sir (quoth a knight) who was fled and sore hurt, know for truth that your enemy Huon is issued out of Bourdeaux, and hath done so much hurt, that he hath slain a quarter of your host, and without that you do rescue your men very shortly, your loss is like to be exceeding great, for I have seen Huon your enemy mounted upon your good horse, whereon he doth great marvels, for there is none that meeteth him but he is slain, he is so cruel and hardy. When the Emperor heard the knight, he sweat for displeasure, and incontinent he armed him, and issued out of his tent, and mounted on his horse, and found his men ready. Then he saw Huon mounted on his good horse, whereon he said to his men. Sirs I require you at this time put to your pains, that I may be revenged on my enemy, who before my face yonder killeth my men, he is so valiant, that whomsoever he striketh with a full stroke, is but dead, great damage it was when he slew my nephews, whosoever can deliver him to me quick or dead, shall be my friend for ever, and I will show him that courtesy, that Escleremond who is so fair, I shall give her unto him in marriage, and all the Court of Bourdeaux. Then such as heard the promise, made them ready for the covetousness of that gift: But some hasted so much to accomplish the emperors will, that it was too late after for them to repent. It is an old saying, that an ill haste is not good, some hasted so much, that afterwards bought it too dear, as you shall hear here. After these words spoken by the Emperor, such as desired to accomplish his will, ran in altogether into the Battle against the Burdeloyes, where was great slaughter made on both parts. Huon who had great desire in his heart to slay his enemies, did so much by his prowess, that he recoiled his enemies to their tents, and it had been ill with them if Duke Savary had not rescued them, he with his great prowess made them to recover again the field, and there was a sore battle on both the parts. The old Gerames that day slew many a man, but he adventured himself so far forth among his enemies, that his horse was slain under him, so that he was constrained to fall to the earth, and then he was taken and led to the emperors tent, and great fetters clapped upon his legs: alas that Huon had not known thereof, if he had, he should not have been led away without great loss. But he was in the Battle doing marvels in arms, he held his sword in his hand, tainted with blood and brains of men that he had slain, there was none so hardy that durst approach near unto him, he cried still Bourdeaux, to draw his men together, and dashed into the greatest press, and strake on all parts, in such wise, that his enemies still gave him place, for none durst abide his strokes. Now the press was so great of the men of Duke Savaries, that he had great pain to break in among them, he fought so, that he seemed rather a man of the Fairy, or a Spirit, than a mortal man, every man had great marvel of the prowess that he and his company showed. Then came against him the old Duke Savary, with a burning desire to be revenged for the death of his son Raoull. And Huon perceived him well, and made such haste, that the Duke had no leisure to give the first stroke, for Huon gave him such a stroke with his sword, that he cut a quarter of his shield clean off, and the stroke glided to the horse neck by such virtue, that it strake off the horse head clean, so that thereby the Duke fell to the earth, and if he had not been well succoured, he had been slain, but there came to him so many men, that whether Huon would or not he was succoured, and mounted upon a new horse. When Huon saw that he was escaped, he called upon our Lord God, and said. Ah good Lord, if I tarry here long, I see well that my force shall but little profit me, for there be twenty against one. Then he called certain of his Lords that were about him, and said. Sirs, I perceive well our force cannot long endure, therefore it is better to depart betimes, then to tarry too long. Sir (quoth they) as it shall please you, so than they turned them towards Bourdeaux a soft pace, and Huon did as the shepherd doth go behind his sheep, so went he with his sword in his hand, defending his company from his enemies, right sorrowful and angry for the loss that he had that day, for in the morning when he departed from Bourdeaux, he had twenty thousand of good fight men, and at his return he saw well that he had not above four thousand, wherewith he was sore displeased, and oftentimes by the way turned and returned to his enemies. At last he met with a Knight named jozeram, and gave him such a stroke, that he fell down dead to the earth, whereof the Emperor Tyrrey was sore displeased: for he was his cousin germane, and after that he slew four other Knights of Almain. Then he returned again after his men, and so led them forth still as the shepherd doth his sheep, and oftentimes turned and returned upon his enemies, so that there was none so hardy that durst approach near him. Therewith thither came the Emperor, richly armed with arms imperial, and mounted upon a puissant horse. Then he cried, on forth my Barons, take heed that this traitor Huon scape not away, if I may have him in my hands, all the gold in the world shall not redeem him from hanging. Huon who heard the Emperor said: Ah false old dotard, thou liest falsely, I was never traitor. Then the Emperor ran at Huon, and strake him on the shield, and strake it clean through, and the spear broke all to pieces: but Huon with his sword strake the Emperor on the Helmet, so that the circle set with stone and pearl was beaten to the earth, and if the horse had not swerved, the Emperor had not scaped alive: nevertheless the stroke light so on his shoulder, that the sword pierced the mail, & gave him a deep wound, & further the sword descended to the bow of the saddle, so that the horse was strooken nigh asunder in two pieces, and so the Emperor and the horse fell down to the ground together, so that if he had not been rescued by the Almains he had been slain. Huon was sorry when he saw the Emperor so scaped with his life, than he turned and rode towards Bourdeaux after his men, who tarried still for him, and Huon did so much by his prowess, that for all the Emperor and his men he entered into the City of Bourdeaux. But as then he knew not that the old Gerames was taken prisoner, so thus as you have heard Duke Huon entered into Bourdeaux with four thousand men, of whom the most part were sore hurt, than he road to the Palace, and there alighted. Then he looked about him, and was sore abashed when he saw not Gerames by him, than he demanded if any man knew where he was. Sir (quoth a Knight named Gallerance) know for truth that he is taken prisoner, and is in the hands of your enemies, for to have aided him I was wounded in three places, and near hand slain, I employed my force to have succoured him, but I could find no remedy. When Huon heard that, he praised greatly Gerames force and virtue, and greatly complained and said. Alas that I had not known of his taking ere I returned, I would sooner have died, but that at the least I would have taken some man sufficient to have redeemed him again out of danger. A lamentable thing it was to hear Duke Huon, what sorrow he made for his friend Gerames, but his complaints could not avail him, his Lords said, Sir by the grace of God you shall have him again safe and alive. Sirs quoth Huon, it shall be a great adventure without they put him to death. Then Huon mounted up to the Palace, whereas he met Escleremond his wife, whom he kissed and embraced many times. Sir (quoth the Lady) I pray you show me of your news. Lady (quoth Huon) they be but poor and dolorous, for of twenty thousand men that I had with me out of this City, I have brought home alive but four thousand, and yet the most part of them before wounded, and beside, the old Gerames is taken prisoner, who hath suffered before this time so many pains and travails for my sake. Alas Sir quoth the Lady sore weeping, I had rather you had believed me, and that you had gone and sought for succour of my brother, who would not have failed you, but would have come with you with so much people and puissance, that the Emperor should not have durst to have abiden you. Madam (quoth Huon) speak no more thereof, for the loss of as much as ten Cities be in value, I would not have gone thither, nor to none other part for any succour, nor yet will not, till that I see me more oppressed than I am as yet, I might well be reputed for a coward and recreant, thus to abandon my City, I had rather be dismembered into pieces, then for fear I should leave you, it would be greatly to my reproach in the Courts of high Princes, and when I come there, to be marked with the finger for that great default. Sir (quoth Escleremond) your pleasure is mine, since that you will have it so, but I am right sorrowful for the old Gerames, who is prisoner in the tents of your enemies, who hath suffered for your sake many great pains and poverties, I cannot be but sorry when I remember him. Madam (quoth Huon) as yet Gerames is not dead, I hope by the grace of our Lord God that we shall have him again alive. Sir quoth she, I pray to God that it may be so. Now let us leave speaking of Huon, and speak of the Emperor, who lay sore hurt on the earth. Chap. LXXXXI. ¶ How the Emperor raised up a pair of Gallows, to hang up the old Gerames, and all the Bourdeloyes that were taken prisoners. YOu have already heard here before recounted, how Huon entered into Bourdeaux, after he had beaten down the Emperor Tirrey, whom he left lying upon the earth, and had been slain, if his men had not quickly rescued him: now his men were sorrowful, for they feared he had been dead, and unlaced his helmet, and was right joyful when they found him alive. Then they demanded and said: Sir, we desire you show us in what case you feel yourself? Sirs, (quoth he) I am sore hurt, whereby I feel great pain, this enemy Huon hath brought me into this case, I was foolishly counseled when I came hither to seek for him, for if I had tarried still at Mayence, I believe to do me displeasure he would have come thither: sirs, I pray you bear me into my Tent, that my wound may be searched, than he was borne into his Tent & unarmed, and laid upon his bed, and he swooned thrice for pain of his hurt. And when he came to himself, and his wounds were searched by his Surgeons, he demanded where the Knights of Bourdeaux were, they that were taken in the Battle, and demanded that they should be brought to his presence. Gerames was brought before him, who was great & puissant, with a beard as white as snow, he was a fair old Knight to behold, his visage plain and smiling, he seemed to be a man of high affairs, when the Emperor saw him, he said: Thou old Caitiff, show me what thou art, beware and show me the troth? Sir, (quoth Gerames) know well that for fear of any death I shall not spare to say the troth, ●●●ing you will needs know what I am, I am named Gerames, and am Huons Servant, whom I love naturally, and also I am his kinsman, whereby I have the more cause to love him, and I have slain divers of your men. Well, (quoth the Emperor) I repute thee for a Fool to give me this knowledge, for by the grace of God, to morrow early ere I eat or drink, thou shalt be drawn & hanged, & xl. of thy company that were taken with thee in the battle. Sir quoth Gerames, of this that you show me I give you no thank for it, but I hope by the aid of jesus christ, that I shall do you more damage ere I die. Ah Villain quoth the Emperor, great marvel I have of thee, that thus before me thou dost use these threatenings, & yet thou seest how thou art my prisoner, & that it lieth in me to put thee to what death it pleaseth me, know for troth, & if it were not so late of the day as it is, I would not suffer thee to live one hour. But ere I sleep I shall cause a Gallows to be made, whereas thou and thy company shall be hanged, and I shall cause thee to be hanged so near to the City, that if Huon be so near kin to thee as thou sayst, he will show how well he loveth thee, he may have great ●olor, when before his eyes he shall see his cousin and his men hanged, & then afterward I will assail the city, & take it perforce, so that then Huon in any wise shall not escape out of my hands, & so to be hanged with other, & the fair Escleremond shallbe burnt or condemned to prison, and then I will burn all the City and destroy it clean. Sir quoth Gerames, you may say your pleasure: but in the doing is all the matter, & when the Emperor saw that Gerames doubted not the death, he was sore abashed. Then he commanded incontinent Gallows to be raised up, so great, to hang thereon the forty prisoners, & to be set on a little rock near to the City of Bourdeaux, to the intent that Huon and his men might see them plain, thereby to abash them, the which was done, so the matter rested until the next day in the morning. And when it was day, Huon within the City rose and came to his Palace, and regarded out at his windows, to see and behold the host of his enemies, and as he stood, he espied the new Gallows standing on the rock: then he called his Lords and said. Sirs, never believe, but yonder Gallows that I see new raised, is for none other intent, but for to hang thereupppon my men that be taken and my good Friend old Gerames: whereof I am very sorrowful. Therefore Sirs, quickly make you ready, and mount upon your horses, for ere they be hanged, we will prove ourselves against them: look toward the Host, and see when they be coming toward the Gallows, and when you see them, be ready on horseback and open the gate, that we may issue out all at once, and let us never think to return until we have rescued our men, for I purpose never to return into this City, until I have delivered them out of the hands of our enemies. Then they armed them about seven Thousand by tale, of good men of arms well horsed, ready at the gate to depart when time came. Now we will leave speaking of Huon, and speak of the Emperor. Chap. LXXXXII. ¶ How Huon issued out of Bourdeaux, and rescued the old Gerames and his company, whom the Emperor would have hanged. THe Emperor, who had great desire that Gerames and his company were hanged, caused them to be brought forth by couples, one fast tied to another, and Gerames was the foremost, who then right tenderly began to weep when he saw himself in that case. Ah good Lord, (quoth he) I require thee have mercy on our souls, & keep and defend my good Lord Duke Huon, who by the commandment of King Oberon, should give me his Duchy, and he to have king Oberon's dignity of the Fairy after four years passed: I cannot say what fortune will fall, but I may well say, that I shall never come to greater honour, yet I am comforted in that I am so old, it is good reason that I be content to have lived so long, it is now time that I depart out of this world. Then the Emperor called unto him a Knight, and said: Sir Othon, I will that incontinent you take three Thousand men, and take these Prisoners, and hang them up all upon the Gallows that were made yesternight late, and if it be so that Huon issue out▪ look that you quit yourself valiantly, and if you have need of any aid, take my horn and blow it, for I have ready appointed ten Thousand men to succour you if need be. When Othon heard the Emperor, he was right sorry to have that evil office, for in his youth he was brought up in the house of Duke Sevin Father to Huon, and somewhat he was of his kin, but as then he had slain a man, wherefore he fled from Bourdeaux, and came and served the Emperor at Mayence, wherefore he was right sorrowful to have that Commission: then he said unto the Emperor. Sir, me thinks you do ill to cause them to die so hastily, better it were to abide to see what end your war will come unto, and also if it fortune that any of your Lords to be taken hereafter, for one of them you might recover him again, and if you slay them, then if any of your Barons happen to be taken, they shall die of like death: and therefore Sir, if you will believe me, you shall forbear slaying them at this time, and Sir, if you will give me licence, I will do so much to Duke Huon, that for the offence that he hath done unto you, he shall make you amends at your own pleasure, and he shall go unto some holy Pilgrimage, to pray for the Souls of your Nephews, and other of your lords that he hath slain, and he to have with him two Hundred men in their shirts, and so to go to the holy Sepulchre at his own charge and cost, and he to hold of you all his Lands, and to do you homage. Then the Lords that were there present, all with one voice said unto the Emperor: Sir, the counsel that sir Othon hath given unto you, is worthy to be believed, we all agree thereto, and desire you so to do, but when the Emperor heard them, he was sorrowful and sore displeased. Sir, (quoth Othon) you may surely know, if you hang any of them that be taken, if Huon happen to take any of your men, he shall never escape unhanged and drawn. When the Emperor had heard Othon speak, he was so troubled & angry, that it seemed by his face, that for very anger he was near hand in a rage, and said. Behold sirs this Fool, who would let me to take vengeance on them that so sore have troubled me, he hath heard me ere this time swear and make solemn promise, that I would never return into my Country, until I had hanged and drawn Huon of Bourdeaux, for by that Lord that made me to his similitude, I know no man this day, though he were never so near a kin to me, except mine own Brother, but I shall make him to be slain, if he speak any more to me for respiting of their lives, nor I shall never love him, for I make a vow to our Lord God, that I will never return into my Country, until I have taken this City perfor●e. Sir, (quoth Othon) seeing it is your pleasure I shall speak no more thereof, but I believe it will be long hereafter before you find any that will be glad to do your pleasure. Othon, (quoth the Emperor) dispatch the matter, and revenge me upon the old Gerames and upon all his company. Sir, (quoth Othon) it is convenient that I do it seeing it is your pleasure: then without any more words he departed, and took Gerames and the other Prisoners, and went with them towards the Gallows. Gerames went before with the halter about his neck sore weeping, and all his company after him, so that at the last they came to the place of execution, where the Ladders were set up, and then the hangman came unto Gerames and said: Come on thou old Dotard, thou hast lived long enough, thou shalt no more see him whom thou lovest so well, and I hope shortly he shall bear thee company waving in the wind. When Gerames heard him, he beheld him fiercely and said: Ah thou unhappy Villain, if one of my hands were loose, thou shouldest never see fair day more, how art thou so hardy, to say or to think so villainous a word, of the best and most valiantest Knight now living? Then Othon came to them, and hearing the hangman how he reviled Gerames, he said. Ah thou base slave▪ thinkst thou not that this knight hath not enough to suffer though thou dost not revile him? if thou thyself were in that case that they be in, and they in the city of Bourdeaux, thou wouldst soon repent thy saucy words, and therewith he lift up a staff that he had in his hand, and strake the hangman therewith, that he fell down to the earth: then he said. Ah thou false thief, do thine office and speak no words: whereupon the hangman durst speak no more, but then he took Gerames by the halter that was about his neck, and so mounted upon the ladder and Gerames after him, who made piteous complaints for Huon his good Lord. The same time that Gerames mounted upon the first step of the ladder, they within the City upon the walls perceived it, and saw evidently, that without the prisoners were speedily rescued, their lives were lost, than they said to Huon. Sir, if you tarry any longer, your men shall be all hanged, for yonder we see one of them is mounted on the ladder, who hath a beard as white as the snow. When Huon heard that, he was sore displeased, and said. Ah good Lord, I know surely that it is my true friend Gerames, whom they would first put to death, therefore Sirs, I require you quickly let us issue out at the gate, for if Gerames be not presently succoured, the Traitors will put him to death, but if that I may come time enough, his peril shall be dearly sold to them. Hereupon Huon with seven thousand fight men, issued out at the gate so fiercely, that the earth seemed to groan under them, their horses made such a thundering, and so within a short spare (by a secret way) they came to the place whereas the gallows stood. Huon was the first that arrived there, and he marked well the hangman that should have hanged Gerames, and gave him such a stroke with his spear, that he ran him through, so that he fell from the ladder dead, so was Gerames revenged of the injury that he had done to him before: then Huon said, Gerames come down of the Ladder, and arm you in some armour of them that shall be here slain. Gerames thanked our Lord God, and came down the ladder, and then thither came Huons company, who untied all the other Prisoners: then began a sore Battle, the Almains would not fly, the which Huon seeing, cried to them and said: ye false Traitors, your deaths are judged, dear shallbe sold to you the offence that ye have done unto me, when ye would slay thus my men with so villainous a death, better it had been for you to have been at Mayence, hidden in the laps of your Mothers and Lovers. When they understood Huon, anon they knew him, whereof they were sore abashed, than Huon met with a Knight of Almaigne, and ran him clean through, and so he served three other, than he drew his sword wherewith he did great marvels, for ere he ceased, he slew fourteen, and also his men did marvels in arms, so that within a short space the Almains were discomfited, so that none escaped away alive, except Sir Othon, who valiantly defended himself. But when he saw that his force would not help him, he yielded himself to Huon, and gave him his sword, and cried him mercy, and said. Sir, I beseech you slay me not, but have pity on me, and I promise you faithfully, that against my will I came hither, but I was forced so to do by the Emperor, and first I desired respite. Insomuch that the Emperor was sore displeased with me, I entreated for a peace to have been made between you and him, but my words could not prevail. Sir I am your kinsman, & was brought up in Duke Sevin your father's house, and there I served a master who did beat me, and when I felt myself strong and of age, I was displeased that he did beat me so without a cause, & I slew him & fled away, and came to Mayens, and ever since I have served the Emperor, who is come hither to besiege you. Friend (quoth Huon) fear not your death, but I pray you from hence forth aid and serve me, as ye ought to do to your loving friend. Sir quoth Othon, God shame me if I do the contrary, but I shall serve you truly as long as life is in my body. Then Huon came to the foot of the ladder, whereas he found Gerames as than not untied, Huon embraced and kissed him often times, and said. Right dear friend, I am right glad at my heart when I see you whole of body, and then he went to the other and loosed them, and unbound their eyes, and said. Sirs arm yourselves with the harness of them that be dead, for a man that is armed hath the advantage of others that be not armed. It was needful for them to be armed, God defend them from evil, for anon after they had so marvelous a re-encounter, that they had never the like before, for the other ten thousand men came to revenge them that were dead, they hoped to have come time enough, but they failed, for they came too late, Huon had taken of all them their truage. When Huon saw that he had done that which he came for, he returned him towards the City, but he was so pursued, that he was near surprised and stopped from entering into the City. When Huon saw his enemies coming, he cried aloud to his men, saying. Sirs, let us turn upon them that come toward us, to the intent that they shall not make their avaunts, that they have caused us to fly away before them: then he and all his men turned against their enemies with a most valiant courage, and at that meeting many spears were broken on both parts, and many a knight borne to the earth, that had never the power after to relieve themselves, there was such a slaughter on both parts, that it was pity to see them. And great marvel it was to see Huon, how he beat down his enemies, & clave helmets, and razed them from the heads of his enemies: he dealt in such wise, that no Almain durst abide his strokes he was so doubted and feared, he made the thick press to break a sunder, and fly away before him, and by him was Sir Othon, who that day did many a noble deed of arms, for next Huon (above all other that day) he bore the price. Finally, Huon and Othon and his other men did so much, that the Almains were chased to their Tents, and many slain in the chase and sore hurt, so that they never road upon horseback after. Sometime it fortuneth, that it is folly to venture too much forward, and too late to repent afterward: I say this for Huon and his company, who were gone so much forward, that in great dau●ger they returned to the City, for the Almains (who were thirty Thousand men ready before their Tents) when they saw Huon and his men chase their company, they set forth against Huon: and when Huon saw them, he said unto his men. Sirs, it is good that we recoil into our City, for yonder I see coming 〈◊〉 than thirty Thousand Almains as fast as they can: so when Huons company saw them, they doubted greatly, and not without cause, for they had been before at two great skirmishes, whereby they and their horses were weary and sore travailed, the which was no marvel, so by the counsel of Huon, they returned a false gallop toward their City, and the Almains were at their back, and chased them so quickly, that more than five Hundred Almains entered into the City with them of Bourdeaux. But they that kept the gates that day were wise and discreet, for as soon as they perceived that Huon and his company were entered, and with them about five Hundred of their enemies: they would keep their gates no longer open, for fear that their enemies should have entered with too great a number, so that for hast they cut asunder the cord that held up the Port●●lloys, the which fell down by such force, that it fell upon the horse of an Almain that was under it, the which horse was cut clean asunder, so that the man and the fore part of the horse fell within the gate, and the hinder part of the horse fell without, whereat the Almains that followed after were sorrowful and angry, that they had not come thither sooner. Then they returned to their Tents, complaining for the great loss and damage that they had sustained that day, by the high prowess of Huon and his men, and also they that were entered into the City were sore abashed, when they saw themselves enclosed within the City. When Huon perceived it, he had great marvel, that they were so entered in among his men, for he knew not thereof, and yet he himself was the last that entered, than he said. Ah ye false Traitors, ye shall all die an ill death: and then he said to his men. Sirs, slay them all, then incontinent they alighted, and kneeled down before Huon, and required him to have mercy and pity of them, and to save their lives, and put us in prison (quoth they) we be all men of a noble lineage, and it may be so, that by us ye may have peace with the Emperor. Then Gerames said unto Huon: Sir, I require you to have pity of them, and put them not to death, for so it may be that by them you may have peace with the Emperor. Friend, (quoth Huon) I am content to do at your pleasure, as you will have me do: then he commanded that they should all be unarmed, and they all made promise unto Huon not to depart without licence. Gerames, (quoth Huon) I will that these Prisoners be brought up into the Borough, and there parted and set into divers houses that be sure, and let them have all things necessary for their living: then Gerames delivered them to the keeping of such as he trusted, and so each of them was kept in a courteous Prison. Now let us leave to speak of Huon and of his Prisoners, and return to the Emperor. Chap. LXXXXIII. ¶ How the Emperor assailed the City of Bourdeaux two times, whereas he lost many of his men. AS you have heard here before, how Huon chased his enemies to their tents, and how it was time for him to return to his City, and how he was so pursued by the Almains, that more than five hundred of them entered into the City, and were closed within it, and the residue returned to their tents, sorrowful and angry for the great loss that they had. So when they were returned, the Emperor demanded what tidings, and how they had sped, and if they had not taken Huon quick or dead. Sir (quoth a knight) it is folly for you to speak thus, for Huon is no man so lightly to be taken, for the fifty men that you sent to have been hanged, be rescued by Huon, and the three thousand men that you sent with them are all slain, and divers other sore hurt and in peril of death, and besides that, five hundred men of the best of your friends are entered into Bourdeaux: for we so hastily pursued Huon and his men, that entering into the City, five hundred of our men entered into the City, intermeddled with Huons men, and there they be enclosed within: therefore Sir we advise and counsel you, that you agree with Huon, for if you do not you shall lose all your men, for Huon is so fell and cruel, that he will hang up your men, as ye had thought to have done his, of whom one of them was his cousin, you may do as it pleaseth you. When the Emperor heard his Barons, what counsel they gave him, he was very sorrowful and said. Sirs ye do me great wrong, to require me to make any peace with Huon, since ye know well what ●ath and promise I have made, that I will never be at peace with him, & to the intent that ye shall speak no more thereof, know for troth, that if X.M. of my nearest friends were taken by Huon, I would rather suff●● them to die a shameful death, then to agree to any peace with Huon till I have slain him, and his City be burnt and destroyed. Sir (quoth they) seeing it is your pleasure, ye may do as you think best. Sirs, (quoth the Emperor) I will that ye assemble all mine host, and send to my Brother that he bring all his men, & then with all our puissance we will assail the City, and that none be so hardy as to recoil back until the City be taken: this was proclaimed through the Host, and every man was ready to assail the City, and the chief Captain was Duke Savary, who brought all his men in good order to the dikes, well furnished with ladders and other necessary things pertaining to assault. The same time Huon and his men were unarmed and going to dinner, but when he heard the noise and cry without, he took a sop in wine, and armed him & all his men, and every man went to the walls to their defence, and Huon & old Gerames, Othon, and Barnard a valiant knight mounted on the tower over the gate, and the Almains on every part entered into the dikes, and raised up many a scaling ladder to the walls, but they within cast them down, so that they had no power to rise up again, for there was cast down upon them earth, timber and stones. Fierce was the assault that the Almains made, & they within made noble defence, for Huon and Gerames shot so with their crossbows, that at every shoot they slew some man or sore wounded him, and long endured this assault, so that finally the Almains were constrained to recoil back a bow shoot, whereof they within were very joyful. Then the Emperor Tirrey being sorrowful and full of rage, came to his men, and rebuked them shamefully, commanding them that incontinent they should return again to assail the City, saying that they should not fail to win it. Then the Almains (to please their Lord) returned in great haste with their ladders & pikes, and came into the dikes whereas then there was no water, & raised them up to the walls: but they were no sooner up, but they within beat them down again, and put them in danger of their lives, for they cast down Timber, stones, and faggots, with fire and hot oil and lead upon them, so that the assailants were feign perforce to recoil back, and they within shot arrows so thick, that it seemed like snow. The Emperor was sore displeased and Duke Savary, when they saw none other remedy, many were slain and sore hurt, and the Emperor and Sauary his Brother seeing that they could nothing profit, sounded the retreat, and so returned to their Tents, sore displeased for their great loss that they had, for they lost that day more than two Thousand men, lying dead in the field and in the Dikes, and more than three Thousand sore hurt. Then Duke Savary said to the Emperor: Sir, me thinks it is but folly to assail this City, it is strong, and well furnished with men and good Knights to defend it, wherefore we may well perceive, that without great damage we cannot win it, without it be by famine, for he that is Lord thereof is hardy and cruel, and to be feared and doubted, for he is expert in arms, wherefore it is impossible to take the City perforce. When the Emperor understood him, he was right sorrowful, and made again new promise, not to depart thence, until he had Huon at his pleasure. Huon, who little set by the threatenings of the Emperor, went into his Palace, and said to his men: Sirs, we ought greatly to thank God for the defence of our City, many Almains ●ee slain and hurt, I doubt them nothing, for our City is strong, & before it be lost, it will cost many men their lives. I desire you all take good heed that we be not beguiled. Sir, (quoth they) we shall take good heed thereof, as well for you, as for the safeguard of our lives. Thus Huon and his men devised together, howbeit, they were sore grieved, for at the beginning they were about twenty Thousand men, & then they were not above six Thousand. Now let us leave speaking of them, and speak of the Emperor, who was right sorrowful for his loss. Chap. LXXXXIIII. ¶ How Huon sent Habourey his Messenger to the Emperor, to require peace, and of his answer. WHen the Emperor had heard Duke Savary his Brother speak, he made a solemn oath, that whatsoever fortune should fall, he would not depart thence Winter nor Summer till he had won the City, and then he sent for his Réerband, as far as his Empire stretched, commanding every man to come to him all excuses laid apart, and so they did. Now of their coming by the way I make no mention, but so long they travailed, that they came within a League of Bourdeaux, and when the Emperor knew thereof, he had great joy, and mounted on his horse with other Lords with him, and road & met them, and spoke to them and made them good cheer. Thus his force increased, & Huons diminished daily, often times Huon issued out upon his horse called Amphage, & made daily many great Skirmishes, sometime he won, and sometime he lost, he slew many Almains, so that they all feared him, for there was none that durst abide him, his horse was so cruel, that none durst approach near him without he were slain, & Huons men quit them valiantly, so that if they lost at one time, they won iij. times for it: but their force could not long endure, for their enemies were so many & they so few, & they had made so many issues, that they had lost many of their company, for of xx. M. they were left but v. C. men, whereof Huon was sorrowful. Now when he saw that he had but v. C. men, he called to him Gerames, Othon, Barnard, & Richard, saying. Sirs, I see that every day we diminish, wherefore we cannot long endure against the Emperor's force, therefore I think that it were good that we sent to the Emperor, to know if he will hear speaking of any peace. Sir, (quoth they) we think your advise right good, and it were good to know if he will agree thereto or not. Then Huon called Habourey his Messenger, and commanded him that incontinent he should go to the Emperor, and say unto him: that if it be his pleasure to hear speaking of any peace, I shall (quoth he) condescend thereto, and to make him amends at his pleasure, for the wrong and damage that I have done unto him and his men. Also show him, how that I will become his man, and do him homage for all the Lands that I have, the which I was wont to hold of the King of France: but seeing I have no succour from him, I am driven perforce to purchase for my profit in some other place. And besides that show him, that the five Hundred Prisoners that I have of his men, I shall deliver them quit without any ransom paying, and also when Lent cometh, I and a Hundred knights with me at my cost & charges, shall pass the Sea and go to the holy Sepulchre, to pray for the Souls of his Nephews that I have slain, and for all other that have been slain by occasion of this war. Sir, (quoth the Messenger) I am ready to fulfil your commandment whatsoever fall thereof, and so he departed & went to the emperors Host, & entered into the rich Tent, and then he kneeled down before the Emperor and said. The almighty God, who on the Cross died to save all human kind, keep and defend from all ill the Emperor & all his Barony: Sir, Duke Huon of Bourdeaux sendeth to you salutation and good amity, requiring you in the honour of god, that he may have peace with you, by that he will become your liegeman, and do you homage and hold his Lands of you, and will deliver quite the five Hundred men of yours that he hath in prison in the City, and moreover, he offereth himself and a Hundred Knights to pass the Sea this next Lent, and to go to the holy Sepulchre, to pray to our Lord God for the souls of your Nephews that be dead, and for other that by him and by his means have been slain in this war. Sir if it please you this to do, ye shall do a great alms deed, for life cannot be had again to them that be dead. When the Emperor Tyrrey had well heard Habourey the messenger, he became as red as a brand of fire, and regarded the messenger fiercely, and said. Avoid my sight thou false varlet, but that I doubt to be reproved, I should cause thee to be hewn in pieces, but a messenger ought not to be touched for any words that he can speak, but say to thy Lord, that by him and by his means I have lost more than twenty thousand men, beside my three Nephews & my younger brother, but by the Lord that died on the Cross to redeem us all, I will never have peace with him, till I have him at my pleasure, nor never return thou again hither to me, nor none other, upon any such message. When Habourey the messenger heard the Emperor, he was in great fear, and would gladly have been in Bourdeaux, than he departed without any more speaking, and rested not till he came to Bourdeaux, where he went to the Palace, whereas he found Duke Huon, than he said. Sir I have been with the Emperor, and showed him at full all your message, but his answer will not serve to your demand, for he said to me, that he will have no peace with you, till he have you at his pleasure, to do with you what he will, and thus I departed from him, and left him sitting at his table at dinner. Chap. LXXXXV. ¶ How Huon issued out of Bourdeaux, and came to the tents and fought with the Emperor. WHen Huon understood the Messenger, he was full of anger and displeasure, and said. Sirs, I command you all in haste to go and arm you, for ere ever the Almains be risen from their dinners and armed, I shall make them so sorrowful, that they shall curse the hour that ever they were borne, for I had rather die then to leave them in this point, for I will go serve them of their first mess. Then every man armed him, and Huon leapt upon his good horse Amphage, and then he took his leave of the fair Escleremond his wife, and so departed out of Bourdeaux with his company, and road towards the emperors Tents. The same time the Emperor was risen from his Table, and he had ordained three hundred men on horseback to keep the Tents whiles he was at dinner: then Huon and his company came so quickly, that he was among them ere they perceived any thing, and he cried Bourdeaux, and strake a Knight with his Spear clean through the body, so that he fell dead to the earth, than he ran at another, and served him in likewise, and so he slew four before his Spear broke. Then he drew his Sword, & beat down men and horses, and broke the thickest press, so that every man gave him way, and Gerames, Othon, Barnard, and Richard and all his company did marvels in arms, & so much they did, that within a short space the iij. hundred Almains that were set to keep the Tents, were all slain. Then Huon and his company entered in among the Tents and Pavilions, where they bet down the Tents, & such as they met were slain: then the Almains on all parts armed them, and the Emperor sounded his Trumpets & armed him: he was so sorrowful and angry, with the travel & damage he was put too by Huon, that he enraged and was near out of his wit, for night and day he could take no rest. When he was armed, he mounted on his horse, and xx. M. Almains with him, and they all swore the death of Huon, whom God defend, for if he long tarried there, he should be in danger of his life. But he was wise and discreet in Feats of arms, & he looked towards the emperors Tent, and saw well twenty Thousand men ready to come upon him, than he said to his men. Sirs, it is time that we retire to our City, we may well now go without blame, for we may no longer tarry here without great danger. Sir, (quoth Gerames) we be ready to do your commandment, than they took the way to return to the City, but the Emperor who greatly desired the death of Huon, he & his men pursued Huon as fast as their horses could go, & when the Emperor was near to Huon he said. Ah thou false Traitor, so many times thou hast troubled and angered me, that longer I will not suffer thee to live, turn toward me, for with thee I will just, or else I shall slay thee flying: I had rather to die, than not to take of thee vengeance for the hurts that thou hast done to me. When Huon heard how the Emperor called him Traitor he was sore displeased, and turned his horse towards the Emperor and said. Ah false old Churl, whereas thou sayest I am a Traitor, I shall show thee how thou liest falsely: then they ran each at other with their Spears in their rests, so that they met so rudely, & strake each other on their shields by such force, that their shields burst asunder, the Emperor was a puissant Prince, so that his Spear burst all to pieces, but Huons Spear was strong and held, wherewith he gave the Emperor such a stroke, that Shield nor Holberd could not warrant him, but that the Spear entered into the Emperor's side, so that if he had not swerved aside, he had not escaped death, that stroke was so sore, that the Emperor sell to the earth in such wise, that near hand he had broken his neck with the fall, and so lay in a swound. Huon seeing the Emperor lying on the earth, in great rage and displeasure, he desired to have slain the Emperor, than he drew out his Sword, & turned to strike off his head: the which he had done, if he had not been rescued: but the Almains from all parts came thither, so that they rescued the Emperor from death, and set him on a horse with much pain, than he thanked our Lord God that he was so well escaped, and made a vow to God, that he would never more fight with Huon hand to hand, but he would pursue him to the death if he could. Chap. LXXXXVI. ¶ How Huon made another issue out of Bourdeaux, and took away all the beasts that were in the pastures without the town, pertaining to the emperors host. WHen Huon saw that he could do no more at that time, and that the Almains increased in great number to have assailed him, than he spurred his good horse Amphage, who made such leaps, that it seemed he had flown in the air, he had his sword in his hand, and stroke therewith so great strokes, that none durst approach near him. Thus he road after his men, and led them towards the City as the shepherd doth his sheep, for as soon as his enemies approached near him, he showed them his shield and his spears point, and as he road, there came a young knight named Gerard, right hardy and valiant in arms, he was bastard son to the Emperor, who greatly desired in his heart to win honour and praise: he saw Huon mounted on his good horse, and saw likewise that no man durst approach near unto him, he came after him and cried. Ah thou false Traitor, to fly away it shall not avail thee, for I bring thy death in the point of my spear, with the which I shall slay thee flying, without thou turn to me, for ere thou scape me, I shall cause thee to be hanged in the sight of them within Bourdeaux. When Huon understood the Knight, and saw the great hate and rage that he was in, and hearing how he called him Traitor, he thought and said to himself, that he had rather die, than he that had said these words should have departed without feeling the sharpness of his spear, the which he couched in the rest, and spurred his horse, who ran like the thunder, and he gave the knight such a horrible stroke, that neither his shield nor his armour could save his life, for his spear pierced through both his sides, and he was clean borne over his horse ●●upper stark dead. Go thy way quoth Huon, thou shalt never have power to do any man displeasure any more▪ and then he drew his sword, wherewith he dealt such discipline among the Almains, that all fled before him. Gerames, Othon, and Bernarde, and Richard employed their forces and virtues right valiantly, but the Almains did so much, that Huon lost part of his men, and the rest he led with him, oftentimes he turned and returned against his enemies, but whatsoever force or prowess he showed, if he had not in haste gone away, he nor never a one of his men had escaped without death, for more than thirty thousand Almains were near him, and all those desired his death, but God gave him that grace, that he and the small number that he had left, entered with him into the City, and the gates were clo●●●, and the Emperor in great displeasure returned to his tent, and by the way he found his bastard son dead, for whom he made such sorrow, that his Lords nor his brother could not appease him, and so he caused him to be borne to the tents, and was greatly complained of all the Barons, for he was like to have been a very noble man. And Huon went to his Palace, where he found the fair Escleremond, who demanded how he did. Right well Lady, quoth Huon, thanked be God I am returned in safeguard, but I have lost many of my men, and therewith he wept, and the Lady comforted him so much as she might. Then the Emperor being in his host, knowing for truth that Huon 〈…〉 a small company in the City, and that he thought he could do● him but small damage from thence forth, 〈◊〉 and came and lay nearer the City, and dressed up his 〈◊〉 and mountains to break the w●lles, and made every day b●ttering at the walls, and they within defended ●hem valiantly, for with their crossbows many men both within and without were slain. This siege endured from the beginning of August to the Easter after, whereof Huon was sore displeased, and very much complained for the loss of his noble Barons, and other good men that he had lost. Also he saw his towers and gates so beaten, and his enemies lying before the City, and looked for no succour from any part, and that he had with him not above three hundred knights, and a hundred men to keep the City withal, than he called Es●le●emond his wife, and said. Madame, I know well you endure trouble and displeasure enough, and therefore I pray you if you can give me any good counsel, give it me now, for the rage and displeasure that I have at my heart troubleth so mine understanding, that I cannot tell what to do●, now on the other part I see my City besieged, and my men slain, and I can get no agreement with the Emperor, for he is sore displeased with me, that I can never have his love, he hath slain my men, whereof I am so sorrowful, that my heart near faileth me. Sir (quoth Escleremond) ye do great wrong to say these words before me, or in this sort to complain your damages, if you would have believed me, than you had gone to my brother for succour, who would have come with you, and brought you such a number of men, that the Emperor durst not have abidden you, and also to have made thereby my brother a Christian man, for he hath believed in our Lord God this seven years past. Madam quoth Huon, all that you say might have been done, but I had rather have lost three such Cities as this, then to have left you and my Lords and good Burgesses whom I love so faithfully: if I had but a thousand Knights to defend my City, with an ill will I should depart from you, for I am assured, that if I go and seek for succour, both I shall have pain enough, and ye that shall abide here, are like to have more, for I know well that the Emperor so hateth us, as he setteth all his intent to have us, and if he take you, you shall be in great peril, and if I tar●ie here with you, and go for no succour, this City will be taken or famished, and both you and I be destroyed: the Emperor who loveth us but a little, and not without a cause, i● he may take me, I shall die a shameful death. It is no marvel if he be displeased with me, for I have slain his sons and nephews, and many of his best friends, if he may take me, I shall have no pity showed me, and I know well without I have some succour, my end is at hand. Wherefore Madam, I think it best that I go to your brother for succour, for I see that I have tarried overlong. Sir quoth Escleremond, ye speak of this very late, for now ye know well, that all our bread and wine, and flesh, and fish begins to fail us, and all our other victuals, wherefore it cannot be long after your departure, but that this City will be taken and destroyed, and the men within slain, and I led into great misery, yet for all that I would not counsel you to abide here, but I pray you make haste to depart. When Huon heard her, he began to weep, & abashing his cheer to the earth, and studying a little, he said▪ Madame I think upon one thing, the which to you will be profitable, whereby you shall have victual enough to live an whole year. Sir quoth she, of that I thank God if it may so come to pass. Madam quoth Huon, I shall tell you how this City may be revitayled without any great loss of any men, true it is, that here without in the meadow, there are two hundred men set there by the Emperor, to keep the beasts pertaining to his host, the which are without number, what in beeves, kine, & hogs, and more the● ten thousand sheep, which beasts ere I sleep, I will bring into this City, and then ye may slay them and po●der them in salt, so that ye shall have no famine for a whole year. Sir, (quoth she) I pray unto God you may bring it well to pass: thus they tarried until supper time, and after when it was night, and that they thought that they of the host were a sleep, and saw that the weather was troublous, even as they would desire it, he armed him and all his men, and set men at the gate to defend him at his recoiling. Then he mounted upon his good horse, and he opened the gate, and issued out as privily as he might, and took the way to the meadow and came thither: and Huon then cried and said. Ah ye Villains this pasturage is mine, I come to challenge it, in an evil hour ye put your beasts here to pasture, ye shall make me amends, for all the beasts that I find here in my pasture, I will go and pound them, and if the Emperor will have them, he must buy them and make amends for their forfeit, and ye that be the Keepers shall dearly abide it. When the keepers heard Huon speak, they had great fear, and they thought to have gone and taken their horses, and so to have defended themselves: but Huon and his company gave them no leisure so to do, for Huon with his spear strake one stark dead, and after he slew the second, than the third, and fourth, and so slew very many as long as his Spear held: then he set his hand on his sword, wherewith he clave asunder healmets and shields, and beat down men on every side, and Gerames, Othon, & Richard did very valiantly, and so much did Huon and his men within a short space, that the two Hundred men that kept the beasts were all slain, except one who escaped, and ran to the emperors host, where he showed the Emperor, how Huon and his men were issued out of the City and that all the keepers of the beasts were slain, and the beasts taken and driven into the City. When the Emperor heard these tidings, he was right sorrowful, and armed him and his men, and leapt on their horses and ran towards the City, to stop Huon from entering into the City: but before they came thither, all the beasts were entered into the City. Now when Huon saw the Emperor coming, he said unto his men: Sirs, I require you let us turn upon our enemies who cometh after us, for I would feign show them, how men that cometh from foraging can run with their Spears. Then they turned against the Almains, so that each of them ●●re a man to the earth, and they drew their Swords, and stew men round about them, and Huon upon his good horse Amphage held his Sword in his hand, all to be sprinkled w●th the blood of his enemies, wherewith he cut off arms, legs, and hands, he was more doubted than the Devil, for by his prowess he did so mu●h, that his enemies fled before him and made him way, so that in despite of all the Almains, after that he and his men had slain four Thousand of his enemies, he entered into the City with all that pray of his beasts, wherewith the Emperor and his men that followed, were sore displeased for the loss that they had received, & for that Huon was so escaped from their hands, and that he had taken away their beasts and slain his men. Thus as ye have heard, Huon entered into the City of Bourdeaux with all his prey. Chap. LXXXXVII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux made him ready to go to seek for some succour: And of the sorrow that the Duchess his wife made. AFter that Huon was entered into the City, he went to his Palace, and there found the Duchess Escleremond, who unlaced his helmet, and clipped and kissed him, and said. Sir, I pray you how have you done? Fair Lady, (quoth he) we have slain many an Almain, and have brought away the pray, for in all the emperors host we have not left neither Pork, Kine, nor Mutton: we have brought all into this City thanked be God, so now I shall leave you in more surety in mine absence, for you have now victual enough for a whole year. Now I will go to your Brother, and if I find that he will be christened, I shall bring him with me: if not, I shall defy him and slay him, without he will believe on jesus Christ whatsoever fortune fall. Sir, (quoth Escleremond sore weeping) have no doubt of that, for it is more than seven years since he desired to be christened: wherefore Sir, I require you love my Brother. Madame, (quoth Huon) I shall do your pleasure: then he called to him his privy friends, and said. Sirs, ye know well what danger and peril we be in: and because in all things needful, there ought to be made provision with diligence, this City is now well provided of victuals, wherefore ye shall not need to make any issuing out, without ye see great advantage: & as for assault, if ye defend it well, it is impregnable for our enemies to win it, but if ye be to yield it up, beware what ye do, for the great hate that the Emperor hath against us, peradventure will constrain him to break his promise, if ye be taken by force or by this means, ye shall all die miserably, and my wife be murdered in prison, or else miserably to finish her days, and my little Daughter Clariet, whom I love so dearly, she shallbe lost, and my City destroyed and brought to utter ruin: wherefore I commend unto you my wife and my Daughter, and all the rest until I return again: the which shallbe shortly if I may, and I shall bring with me such succour, that ye shall all be joyful thereof. Sir, (quoth Gerames) God give grace to send you again in safeguard, you know well that you leave us in great poverty and fear: wherefore we all desire you not to forget us, and therewith they all wept. Then Huon said, I pray ye▪ make no such sorrow ●or my departing, for ye know the business that causeth me to depart: for without I go for some succour, ye know well we are but dead, and Gerames I give you the keeping of my wife and Child, ye are bound to serve me truly, for in you I have my perfect trust. Sir, (quoth Gerames) have you no doubt, but that as long as I have life in my body, I shall not fail them in life nor death. When Huon heard Gerames say so, he began sore to weep, and the fair Lady Escleremond began to make such sorrow, that great pity it was to see her: she wrong her hands and tore her hair, and made such outcries, that every man had pity of her, yet they comforted her as much as they might. But she had great cause to weep and to be sorrowful, ●or before Huon returned to Bourdeaux, she and all they that were with her suffered so much pain and poverty, that to show it would cause a hard heart to weep for pity. And after that Huon had thus spoken to his company: he entered into his Chapel, and was confessed of the Bishops of the City, and received the Sacrament. Then the Bishop gave to Huon a stole that was hallowed and of great virtue, and said. Sir, I require you for the love of our Lord jesus Christ, keep well this stole, for such an hour may fall that it will stand you in good stead. Huon right humbly took it, and thanked the Bishop: it did him good service afterward, for on a day as he passed, he had thereof so great need, that he would not have forborn it for fourteen good Cities, as ye shall hear more hereafter. Chap. LXXXXVIII. ¶ How Huon departed from the City of Bourdeaux, and sailed until he came into the high Sea, and had many great fortunes. WHen Huon had taken the the hallowed sto●le, he delivered it to his Chaplain, who was a wise man, & of a holy life, and commanded 〈◊〉 to keep it well. Then he to●ke five knights to have with him, and his chaplain and a clack to serve him▪ Then Huon went to his wife, and kissed her at his departing, and she fell in a swound in his arms, and Huon 〈…〉, releaved he● and said. Fa●re Lady▪ I require 〈…〉 making of this sorrow. Ah good sir (quoth she) 〈…〉 aught to be sorrowful, since ye leave me besieged with them that desire your death. Madam, (quoth Huon) 〈…〉 you not, for by the grace of God I shall make a short return. Then he clipped and kissed her, recommending her to our Lord jesus Christ. Then Huon and such as were appointed to go with him, departed out of the Palace, and went to a back pos●er●e upon the river of G●round, where there was a ship ready, and richly garnished with all things convenient, there Huon being armed and his men, entered into the ship, and had no horse with them▪ When Huon departed, he delivered his good horse to the ●éeping of sir Bernarde his cozen, and took his leave of Ger●mes and of all his other company, & so hoist up sail, and 〈◊〉 was day in the morning, he was more than two 〈◊〉 from Bourdeaux. Then Huon regarded the City, and ●●re weeping, did recommend it to our Lord jesus Christ, humbly requiring him to have in his safeguard, his 〈◊〉, wife and child, and all other that were within it. Thus 〈◊〉 Huon sailed along the river of Geround, piteously complaining for his wife the fair Escleremond, and for hi●●ayre daughter Claryet, whom he could not forget, for he had so great doubt to lose them, that when he remembered them he wept. They sailed so long, that they entered into the high Sea, and he had good cause to weep and 〈◊〉 great sorrow: for he 〈…〉 till the 〈◊〉 had taken it: 〈…〉, Huon 〈◊〉 in his Ship, 〈…〉 his heart gave him, that before he 〈…〉 City of Bourdeaux, the City should be taken and his 〈…〉 Escleremond 〈…〉 therefore he 〈…〉, that if it so 〈◊〉, and if ever he returned 〈…〉 end 〈◊〉 thereof, he would 〈◊〉 the Emperor 〈◊〉: and that Castle nor Town should no● save him. There was a notable knight with Huon, who said 〈◊〉 him: Sir, leave your musing, and put your trust in God, he shall aid you and succour you in all your 〈…〉 your Wi●e, and keep your City 〈…〉 for't yourself no further, 〈◊〉 th●nke of God, and 〈◊〉 unto him to give you the grace to accomplish your Voyage, the 〈◊〉 I hope you shall not fail of, if you thus d●e. When Huon heard him, he was much comforted, and thanked the Knights and so sailed forth, until they were 〈…〉 the Sea, and lost their right way, for the ship turned ●n the right hand, and loss the way that they should have sa●led, and 〈◊〉 unto places not known to any of the 〈◊〉, whereof the Patron was sore abashed in himself, without making any knowledge thereof, and so long they sailed with wind and weather, that they arrived at a Port whereas they found many boats, there they cas● their anchor, and went a 〈…〉 themselves. Then Huon called to him the 〈…〉, and demanded of him if he could sail 〈…〉. Sir, (quoth the Master) I was 〈…〉 no wind to go thither, it were a 〈…〉 me to sail thither, 〈…〉 by that strange Sea. But I 〈…〉 here in this Port whereas you are now, to 〈…〉 Patron that can bring you 〈…〉 (quoth Huon) I pray you to do so much as to get me 〈◊〉. Sir, (quoth 〈…〉 do what I can: then h●● and Huon 〈…〉 Ship, and from boat to boat to get a Pilot, 〈…〉 to an ancient man, who said that he could well bring them thither, and said how that he had been there before that time. Friend quoth Huon, if he will bring me to the Realm of Aufamie, I shall give you gold and silver plenty. Sir quoth the old Patron, I shall do your pleasure, but Sir, one thing I say to you, know for troth the voyage is very dangerous for to pass, and a very long voyage, for it will be half a year ●re you can come thither, and beside that, we must pass by a perilous Gulf, the which is reputed to be one of the mouths of hell, and if by adventure or fortune of the wind, that we be blown near unto it, we shall never depart, but be lost forever. When Huon heard the Pilate, he began to weep and complain for his wife and his dear daughter, whom he had left in the city of Bourdeaux in great danger to be taken. For he saw well then, that he could not return for the space of a whole year with any succour: howbeit, he left not his voyage, than he commanded his servants to discharge all his baggage and victuals out of the one ship into the other, and when the new ship with the new Patron was ready in all things, Huon entered into it. Then the new Patron demanded of the old mariner, the cause why they came thither, and from whence they came. Sir, quoth he, true it is, we came from the city of Bourdeaux, the which standeth upon a notable river, and when we were entered into the sea, a sore wind rose upon us, in such wise, that we were constrained to abandon our ship to the wind and weather, and fortune of the sea, the which hath brought us hither. Friend quoth the new Patron, as soon as ye were out of the river of Gerone, if ye had turned your stern towards the sea road, ye had never come hither, and within a month ye should have come to the realm of Aufamie, whereas now ye be very far off. When Huon understood the cause of their coming thither, he was right sorrowful, and sore displeased if he could have amended it. But his displeasure could not help him, but rather hinder him▪ therefore he let it pass, and so took leave of his first Patron, and lift up their anthors and sails, and when they were in the sea, the wind arose, and increased more and more for the space of six weeks that the wind changed not, so that if God had suffered the wind to have continued one month or six weeks longer, they had come to the place whereas they would have been. But ere that they came there, they suffered much pain, for there arose upon them such a wind and tempest, that they were forced to avail their sails. The heavens waxed dark, the moon was covered, the torment was great and dangerous, the waves of the sea were of a great height, & terrible to behold, whereby, whether they would or not, they were constrained to go as the wind would lead them, their fortune was so great and terrible, that there was never seen such a mighty storm before, whereof Huon and his men, and his Patron were greatly afraid, & specially the Patron more than Huon was, he was sore discomforted, and piteously he called on our Lord jesus Christ, requiring him to bring them to a good Port, there was neither mariner nor Patron, but all were sore afraid, nor they wist not where they were. They were in this torment for the space of ten days, in all the which time they never saw the clearness of the sun, for the great darkness that was there as then, the which did very greatly annoy them. And when it came to the eleventh day, and that the torment and wind began to abate, and the sea waxed peaceable and still, therewith Huon and his company wer● well comforted: the heaven cleared by, and the glorious sun cast out his rays along upon the sea. When the master of the ship saw the fortune of the Sea, and that the great torment began to cease, he caused one of the mariners to mount up into the top, to see if he might descry any land, but he could see none, whereof the Patron was greatly abashed, and said how that he knew not in what Country he was, for he never sailed in those parts, and said to Huon. Sir, it is fifty years since that I first used the sea▪ but yet I never sailed in these parts, whereof I have great marvel. When Huon heard that, he was sore displeased and said. Sir let us take the advantage of the wind, and let our Ship drive under the conduct of our Lord jesus Christ, I hope that our Lord God will not suffer us to be perished in this Sea. Sir, (quoth the Patron) I do agree well to your saying, and so let us do: then they turned their hel●●●, and took the wind into their full sail, the wind was ●ood and fresh, and the Sea very meek and peaceable, so that within a short space they had sailed a great journey. When Huon called upon our Lord God, and held up his hands towards heaven and said. Thou very God, who in 〈…〉 transitory world didst vouchsafe to be borne in the 〈◊〉 of a maid, and afterwards didst reign here upon earth xxxi●. years, and then didst suffer death and passion upon a Friday, and after that didst rise from death to life, and went'st into hell, & drewest out souls out of pains infernal: Even so as I believe that this is true, I require thee to have pity and compassion upon us, and give us grace that we may safely escape out of this perilous Sea, and to keep and save my dear and loving wife Escleremond and my Child, and my noble Lords whom I left in the city of Bourdeaux in great peril of their lives, and give me the grace, that I may bring with me such succour and aid, that thereby I may bring them out of the danger that they he in. Chap. LXXXXIX. ¶ ●owe Huon arrived on the perilous Gulf, where as he spoke with ●●das, and how he arrived at the Port of the 〈◊〉. WHen Huon had made his prayers to God, he beheld into the Sea, and saw a far off like a great piece of Canvas, and there by he heard as great a noise, as though there had been a Thousand Smiths, and a Thousand● Carpenters, and a Thousand great running Rivers together, all beating and labouring together. Huon who heard this great noise, had great fear thereof, so that he wi●te not what to do, and so were all those that were in his company, the Patron commanded a Mariner to mount up into the top of the Ma●●, to see what 〈◊〉 it was that made all that noise, and so he did, and 〈◊〉 round about him and beheld that way, and at 〈…〉 the dangerous Gulf, whereof he had heard often times spoken, and thereof he had such great fear, that near hand he had fallen down into the Sea, he came down and said unto the Patron. Sir, we be all in the way to be lost, for we be near one of the Gulfs of hell, whereof Huon and the Patron and all other had such great fear, that they all trembled. Sir, (quoth the Patron) know for troth, that it is impossible to escape out of this perilous Gulf, for all the Seas, and waters and Rivers there assembleth together, and perforce we must pass that way, which when Huon heard: then he began piteously to complain, and said. Ah sweet and looving wife Escleremond, I see now clearly that our loves must depart, the beauty and the bounty that is in you I cannot forget. Alas I shall never see you more, I pray to our Lord jesus Christ to give you that grace, as to be agreed with the Emperor Tirrey, to the intent that in peace and rest you may use the residue of your life: for as for me, I shall never bring you any succour or aid. Then he studied a long season, and then said again. Good Lord I thank thee, and since it pleaseth thee that I shall pass out of this world: I humbly require thee to receive my S●●le into thine hands, as for my body and life I care little for, seeing it pleaseth thee that I shall thus end my days, and depart this life. Then Huon left his weeping, and the wind ceased and the sail abated: yet nevertheless the ship still went forth alone in such wise, as though it had flown upon the Sea. Sir, (quoth the Master of the Ship) you may see evidently, that we need not to travail ourselves to guide our Ship, for the Gulf that is so near us, draweth the Ship unto him in such haste as ye may see, and anon ye shall see that we shall tumble therein. Master quoth Huon, it is convenient now that we abide the adventure and fortune of the sea, such as our Lord God will send, let us trust in him, and desire him that his pleasure be fulfilled, and more I cannot strive. Then Huon Chaplain confessed them one after another, and then incontinent the great noise ceased. But they came thither at a good point, for the very same time, (as their good fortune was,) the Gulf was full and plain, so that a ship might pass over it without danger, as well as in another place of the sea, and when the Patron saw that, he said to Huon. Sir, we ought greatly to thank our Lord God, for we are now come at such a time, that the Gulf is full and plain, so that we may pass over surely without any danger. When Huon heard that he was right joyful, and all weeping he kneeled down, and so did all the company, and devoutly they thanked our Lord God, that he had sent them that good grace. Then Huon rose up, and saw beside him a great piece of Canvas, and the waves of the sea beating against it with great violence, whereof he had great marvel. For the waves of the sea bea●e so sore against the cloth, and with so great violence, that they recoiled back, and for all the beating of the sea against the canvas, yet it broke not. Then Huon heard a voice crying an high, and pitifully complaining, saying. O very God, in an ill hour I was borne, when I sold the puissant God▪ who did me that favour, as to take me as one of his disciples and Apostles, and for the goodness that he did me, I rendered him an evil reward: for the devil, the enemy of all human lineage, entered into my body, the which was full of sin, and exhorted me to sell my God & good Lord, for thirty pence of money, that was then currant in the country of Jude, and unhappy that I was, if I had trusted in his great mercy, all the trespass that I had done had been forgiven me. But pride and misbelief, and false hope that was in me with the devil, who blinded mine understanding, and would not suffer me to have any hope of grace, or pardon for my trespass, for of my sin I never had repentance. And the Devil doubting to have lost me, put me into despiration, whereby I lost the grace of God: for if I would have asked mercy of my Lord God, he would have pardoned me of all the trespass that I had committed against him: Alas poor Caitiff that I am, from hence shall I never depart, but always to remain in this torment and pain. When the Master of the Ship heard this voice, he demanded of him and said. What art thou that thus pityously complaineth? I command thee to show me, and whether there be any man living in this world that can aid and succour th●e, and cast thee out of the torment and pain that thou art in. When the voice heard him, he spoke no more words, nor made no answer at all: then Huon advanced himself to the board of the Ship, being desirous to know what thing it was that made that pitiful complaint, and said. Thou that so sore dost complain and mourn, I conjure thee in the name of our Lord jesus Christ, and by all his power, and by the blessed Virgin Saint Marie his Mother, and by all the Saints and holy Angels and Archangels, that are in the Realm of Paradise, and by all that ever God hath made and created in Heaven and in earth, that thou answer and show me what man thou art, and who hath put thee here in this misery? and wherefore thou art here? and whether thou mayst come to us or not? and what is thy name? and why that this Canvas is here set, wherefore it serveth? and also show me if ever thou shalt depart from hence or not? When this voice had heard Huon conjure him in such wise it answered him shortly, and said. O thou mortal man that hast conjured me so sore: and also hast desired for to know my name, I shall show unto thee for certainty, that my name is judas, and I am the self same man that sold our Lord jesus Christ to the jews for thirty pence, then being currant money in the country of Jude, and delivered into their hands my right dear Lord and Master, who so much honoured me, as to account me as one of his Apostles, and by a false and a feigned love, I kissed him on the mouth, for to 〈…〉 which was he. And after I saw him beaten 〈…〉 as ye may read in the holy 〈◊〉 and 〈…〉, who therein have made 〈…〉 passion, 〈…〉 I had betrayed my 〈…〉 〈…〉 my 〈…〉 sore displease●, 〈…〉 cry 〈…〉 I did commit 〈◊〉 ●olly, for he was so 〈…〉, that if I had cried him mercy, he 〈…〉. But the Devil 〈◊〉 is enemy to 〈…〉, would not suffer me to do it▪ for I went 〈…〉 and hanged myself on a tree, and when I was 〈…〉 in the place whereas ye see 〈…〉 I shall remain 〈…〉 & pain, 〈…〉 from hence, for now it is too late to 〈…〉 grace, for judgement is given upon me. 〈…〉 suffer this torment and pain continually, 〈…〉 and ●euers of the world do assemble together 〈◊〉, even here as I am in this Gulf, where I am sore 〈◊〉 and greatly tormented, by the great 〈◊〉 and course 〈…〉 I am tormented, and cannot by 〈…〉 shall come out of this great torment nor 〈◊〉▪ 〈…〉 that ye demand whereto it serveth, and 〈…〉, know for a troth, that on a day I 〈…〉 of God, nor I 〈◊〉 gave after any thing 〈…〉 as long as I lived, and therefore when I was 〈…〉 God would, that the good deed that I 〈…〉 this 〈◊〉 for his sake, should not be 〈…〉 our Lord God would that this 〈…〉 right side, to the intent for to 〈…〉, and from the great waves of the sea, 〈…〉 against me, as you have 〈…〉 against this C●●●as, I had no grace for 〈…〉 God for my trespass the devil was 〈…〉, wherefore let every man take example by 〈…〉 he hath space: and thus I have showed 〈…〉 quoth Huon, I believe if thou wilt yet cry 〈…〉, he will have mercy and pity on thee. Nay, nay quoth judas, to pray now cannot avail me, for I am damned for ever, and if ye will believe me, beware, and tarry not here too long, for if ye do, ye shall never depart hence, for the G●lfe which is now full and plain, it will not continue long, but that the sea will issue out, and all the rivers within it: ye were happy that ye came at the hour that you did, for anon the waters will issue out with such abundance, that the waves that will rise shall seem like high mountains. It is more than two hundred years since there passed any ship this way, but that men, ship and all were swallowed into the Gulf: wherefore Huon I counsel thee, that incontinently thou depart hence, without thou wilt be lost forever, it is time that thou depa●t hence whilst the Gulf is full, for it will not long rest, but that the waters will issue out with such a brute and noise, that if ye be fi●teene leagues off, ye shall well hear the torment that it will make. If ye had come but half an hour sooner than ye did, ye had never escaped the great danger thereof. When Huon understood judas, he had great marvel, & joined his hands toward the heaven, thanking God of the grace that he had sent him. Then Huon desired the Patron that they might depart from thence in haste: Sir (quoth he) it shall be done. Then they drew up their sails and departed, and they had not sailed a league, but that the saw a far off great brands of fire burning, issuing out of the Gulf so long and so high, that they had near hand come to the●r ship: and the waves that issued out of the Gulf, were as high as mountains, and they approached so near unto their ship, that they had like to have perishes, for there 〈◊〉 was near hand full of water, so that they had 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 to lad out the water and were fain to abate their sail, and the water that ●ssed out of the Gulf dra●e them so ●●orftly, that a bird could not die no faster than they went. In that case they we●e a month, and durst never hoist up sail, but thus they drove a great season without seeing of any land, than Huon called upon God, and said. Ah very God, I had rather have tarried still in mine own Country, and have taken such fortune as it should have pleased thee to send me: then here to be lost in this strange Sea. Dear La●ie Escleremond, I pray unto God to keep you and Clariet my Daughter, for I think that I shall never see you more. Thus Huon complained, sailing in the Sea in fear of his life, and thus they were in the danger of this Gulf five weeks, and never could see land, whereof they were in great fear, often times they prayed to our Lord to have pity of them. Then Huon desired the Patron to mount up to the Mast, to see if he might see any land, and the Patron who greatly desired so to do, anon he mounted up, and regarded on all parts, to see if he might espy any land. At last he saw a far off an high rock, and on the height thereof they saw a thick wood, and at the entry of the wood he saw a little house, whereof he thanked God, and descended down and showed Huon what he had seen, and said. Sir, yonder a far off I have seen a great Rock, and on the height thereof a great thick wood, and therein I have seen a little house or hermitage, the house is white, I cannot tell what it is, but by the grace of God ere it be night, we shall land there and refresh ourselves. When Huon heard that, he was right joyful and thanked God: then they drew to that Port, and had good wind and a fresh, weening to have come thither the same night: but they sailed four days and four nights, and could come no nearer to the wood than they were before, whereof they had marvel, for it seemed to them ever, that the wood and the house rose up higher and higher, and then they could not tell whether they went, for if they had known, they would not have gone thither for all the gold in the world, for if God had not had pity of them, they were all likely to have been lost, for the place that they saw a far of was a Castle, and therein closed the Rock of the Adamant: the which Castle was dangerous to approach, for if any Ship come near it, and have any iron nails within it, and that a ship come but within the sight thereof, the Adamant will draw the Ship unto him. And therefore in those parts the Ships that saileth by that Sea, are made and pinned with wooden nails, and without any manner of iron, otherwise they be lost and perished, for the property of the Adamant is to draw iron to him. Thus Huon and his company were there the space of six days, going and sailing about the Rock of the Castle of the Adamant: But if they had had a good wind the first day, they had arrived even at the white house that they saw first in the wood, the which was the fairest and most richest house in the world, within the which was so much gold and riches, that no man living could esteem the value thereof, for the Pillars within that h●use were of Cassedony, and the walls and Towers of white Alabaster. There was never described in Scripture nor History, the beauty of such a Castle as this was, for when the Sun cast his rays on it, it seemed a far of to be of fine crystal, it was so clear shining. In this Castle was neither man nor woman, but dead men's bones lying at the gate of this Castle, and at the Port there lay many Ships, so that their Masts seemed a far off to be a great Forest. Chap. C. ¶ How Huon devised with his Patron, in regarding of the Castle of the Adamant. THis castle was set on a rock of the Adamant ●one, from the East to the west was not so strong a Castle, for if all the world had come before it and men within to defend it, could never be won by any mortal men. The forest that so seemed to them a far off, were the ●a●●s of ships that had been there arrived by constraint of the Adamant, but for all the ships that were there, there was no man living therein, yet there lay bones of men that had died by famine & rage. Huon and his comnalte had great marvel, for when they approached 〈◊〉 to the Castle, they 〈◊〉 forced to strike sail, for the adamant drew the ship so sore, that if they had not quickly stricken their sail, their ship had broken all to pieces, and they all been drowned in the sea. The ship went so fast, that it was marvelous to consider it, and then the Patron of the ship, who was wise and discreet, knew anon how they were near to the Castle of the Adamant, because their ship went so fast without sail thitherward, faster than if they had had a full wind in all their sails, and they could not turn their ship any way from that part, for they would gladly have returned, but it would not be, because the Adamant drew the iron so sore to him by nature. When the Patron saw that needs they must arrive there, he began piteously to lament, and said to Huon. Sir, our Lord God hath created us in this world to live and to die, and there is none but must pass the passage of this, and because we know surely that no creature can escape that, therefore we ought to be content with that which can be none otherwise: Sir I say this, that we must all die. When Huon heard the Patron, he had great marvel and said: Patron, I pray you show me the cause why ye say thus? in this Castle that we see before us, are there any Saracens within it, or spirits of hell that have sworn our death? surely I doubt them not, make good cheer, and be nothing abashed, take good courage and joy, ●or by the aid of our Lord jesus Christ, and by the force of my arms, and good Sword, if there be any man within the Castle that will resist against us, I assure you I shall soon deliver you from him. Anon you shall see what I can do, I never 〈◊〉 in all my life so fair a Castle, I cannot tell whether they within will defend us the entry into the Port or not: if they will have any Tribute of me, I shall gladly pay it, so they demand nothing else, and if I see that they will demand any thing else of me, I shall show them how my Sword can answer it, for I had rather to die, then in any Prince's Court it should be laid to my reproach and shame, that for any man I should retire back one ●oote for fear or doubt of any death, for I will never be taken alive, thereby to die in prison. Sir, (quoth the Patron) your force and great prowess can nothing avail you, for if we were as strong and as great as ever was Samson, it should nothing advantage you, I shall show you the cause why. The Castle that you see yonder before you, is the most fairest and strongest Castle in all the world, it is set and compassed round about with a Rock of Adamant stones, the which naturally doth draw unto it all manner of iron, as you may well see by our ship that goeth so fast without any sail: the Adamant doth draw it, because of the anchors and nails that be in our Ship, the wood that seemeth to be a Forest, are the Masts of such Ships as hath there arrived, and are drawn thither by the Adamant. When Huon understood the Patron, he was right sorrowful, and no marvel, then piteously he complained for his wife and for his Child, for he saw well that he could not escape the death, nor never depart from thence: then he wept piteously and said. Ah good Lord, who in this world hath form me, I require thy grace, that thus (poor sinner that I am) inclined to all misfortune, that it may please thee to receive my soul into Paradise, as for my life I make none account thereof. But I pray thee good Lord to save my Wife and Child, whom I have left in danger of death, or else in shameful imprisonment. And with those words the Ship entered into the Port with such a force and puissance, that it ran in amongst the other Ships, so that if the ship had not been strong, and the other ships rotten, Huons ship had been broken all to pieces, for it ran under the water three or four of the other old ships, and was not broken thanked be almighty God. Then he looked into the Haven, and saw so many ships, that he had great marvel thereof, and he was sore dismayed and abashed, in that he saw neither man woman nor Child stirring abroad. Also he looked about him and beheld the Castle, the which was so fair and rich, that there was none such throughout all the world. Then he thought to send thither one of his company, for to know what people were within the Castle, but he saw well that there was no way to enter, but by a strait way of three Hundred and fourscore gréeces of height, the way was so strait and narrow, that no man but one at once could mount up the degrees, he had great marvel & was sore troubled in mind, when he saw no man coming from the Castle. Then he called one of his Knights and said: Sir Arnold, I will and command that you go up into this Castle, to see what people be within it, either Saracens or Paynims: know who is Lord thereof, and say how that I greatly desire to be acquainted with him: if you can do so much that I may be acquainted with him, than I and my men will mount up together until some good adventure fall, for I hope in our Lord God that we shall escape this danger. Sir, (quoth Arnold) I shall do as you have commanded me. Then he departed, and went from one ship to another until he came to the land, and then he went to the 〈◊〉, and ●ound the degrees and mounted up: but before he came to the Castle gate, he rested himself three times, and when he came to the gate, he rested him he was so weary, and beheld the gate, the which seemed unto him marvelously fair and rich: then he began to cry and call, to the intent that some man should come and to speak with him, and when he saw that none did speak, he stolde and harkened if any person were coming to open the gate: but none appeared, and then he knocked and called again, and said: Porter that art within, come and open the gate, or else cursed be thou of God: this arnold had a good occupation to knock, cry, and call, for within was neither man woman nor Child that would open the gate, when he saw that, he was near angry with displeasure, and looked down under the gate to know if he might espy either man or woman to speak unto, than he turned him round about and looked on the right hand of the Hall door, and there he saw an horrible Serpent, the which kept the Castle and Palace, it was a marvelous great Serpent, higher than any horse, his eyes like two Torches burning: when Arnold saw him, he was right sorrowful and sore displeased, and when the Serpent heard the knocking and great noise at the gate, braying and crying he came toward the gate: and when Arnold saw the Serpent with great fury approaching to the gate, he fled away in so great haste, that he near hand (with very fear) fell down the stairs, he rested not until he came to the ship whereas Huon was, and said. Sir, I have been above at the gate of the Castle, and called and knocked thereat more than the space of an hour: but there was neither man, woman, nor Child that did appear, and when I saw that, I laid me down and looked under the gate, to know if I might see either man or woman to speak unto, but I could never see any creature, but a great and a horrible Serpent higher than a great horse, with eyes redder than fire, with marvelous great talons and and tail, there was never man saw a fouler figure of a beast. Alas, (quoth Huon) now I see we be all but dead, for we have nothing to eat nor drink, wherefore we shall die for famine and rage. But if I may enter into the Castle, I shall give that Serpent such a stroke, that he shall never hurt any man living. Alas what have I said, my hardiness nor my prowess cannot help me, for I see well that I and all you must die, for it is impossible for us to depart from hence. Then the Patron said to Huon sore weeping. Sir, it behoveth us to part our victual, if you will sustain the right & custom of the sea, when men come to such a case, that there is no remedy to get any fresh victual, than it is reason that the Lord and Captain to have the one half to his part, and the other part 〈◊〉 to be divided amongst his men. Master, quoth 〈◊〉) you may do your pleasure, do as you shall think 〈◊〉▪ 〈◊〉 the Patron caused all their victuals to be brought 〈…〉 was divided, the Patron was a wise man. 〈…〉 that, he began to weep, he did eat but 〈…〉, because his victual should endure the 〈…〉, all that but little availed, for before fifteen 〈…〉▪ all their victuals were spent, except Huons 〈…〉 man part, and kept for 〈…〉 other men had. And as they were in this 〈…〉 a Galley wherein were Thirty men 〈…〉 and Pirates of the Sea, they came and arrived ●eere ●● the Ship whereas Huon was in, not knowing what place they were in: when they arrived it was in a dark night, they had great marvel of Huons Ship wherein they saw great light, and then they said one to another, it is happy for 〈◊〉 that we have found here this fair Ship, it can ●ot ●ee but it is rich and full of goods: they shall not escape us, 〈◊〉 shal● be ours, for therein are ●ut few men to defend the Ship. Chap. CX. ¶ How a Galley with Saracens came and ●ff●yled Huon, who 〈…〉, and also all Huons men, and how Huon went to 〈…〉 of the Adamant and slew the great Serpent, and of 〈…〉 that he found there, WHen Huon saw the Galley arrive and going to his Ship, he had great marvel what men they were, than he alighted a torch, and to●ke it in his hand▪ and came 〈…〉 on the Ship and said. Sirs of this 〈…〉 well arrived here, we have great joy of your company, when the Saracens heard Huon, they perceived by his language, that he and his company were Christian men: then each of them beheld other, smiling for joy, one of them turned his speech, and spoke good Spanish, and said to Huon: Fellow it is no need for us to hide what we be: all we that thou seest here be Saracens, and ye be Christened, wherefore we will have all the riches that is in your ship, and beside that, all your heads shall be stricken off, and your bodies cast into the sea. Paynim, quoth Huon, ere thou hast our ship at thy commandment, first thou shalt buy it dearly. Then Huon cried to his men that they should arm themselves to defend them from the Paynims, the which they did diligently. And Huon who was ready armed, and by that time the Saracens were entered into the ship. Huon was ready before them, with his sword in his hand, wherewith he strake the first that he met with all, in such wise, that his head flew from his shoulders. Then he strake another, and clave him to the throat, and so the third and the fourth were shortly slain, he laid on so round about him, that his enemies were afraid to behold him. Then the chief master of the thieves came and rebuked his men, because they had suffered Huon to do them so much hurt and damage, he approached to Huon to have stricken him, but Huon, who was light and expert in deeds of arms, avoided his stroke, and strake the Saracen with a reverse, that his head flew from his body a great way off. Then Huon cried Bourdeaux, to rejoice his men, and to give them courage. Also arnold who had seen the Serpent in the Castle, did marvels, and beat down his enemies, whereof Huon had great joy. And there was a great mighty Saracen, who came behind this knight Arnold, as he fought with another Saracen, and he gave Arnold with an axe such a great stroke, that he clave his head to the teeth, whereof Huon was right sorrowful, and said, he had rather die then the death of Arnold should not be revenged. Then he approached near unto the same Paynim, and lifting up his Sword with both his hands, he struck the Saracen on the shoulder, that the sword entered into the breast. And the Patron of Huons Ship, unarmed came into the battle with a great staff in his hands, wherewith he laid upon the Saracens in such wise, that such as he strake needed after no Surgeon. Then a Sarazin advised him, and came and gave the Patron such a stroke with a Sword upon the head, that his head was cloven to the brain, wherewith Huon was right sorrowful and sore displeased. But it was not long before he revenged his death, for he strake the Sarazin such a stroke, that he clave him to the breast, and when the patrons Servants saw that their Master was slain, they all made great sorrow, and disarmed as they were, they came and entered into the Battle with great staves in their hands, and fought with them fiercely. But the Saracens who were all armed, had anon slain them all, whereof Huon was right sorrowful and angry, for he had then with him lest alive no more but four men of defence. And the Saracens, who in the beginning were Thirty, were all slain except seven persons, they greatly feared Huon, for they saw well that none could endure against his strokes, and then they fled out of Huons ship and entered into their own Galley. But Huon and his three Knights that were with him, followed them so fast that they slew them all, and cast them into the Sea. Then Huon and the three Knights that were with him, took all the flesh, bread, and wine that was in the Galley, and bore it into their ship, whereby they lived more than seven Months. And then when their victuals began to fail, than they were right sorrowful, they had no victual to live by long, and yet they did ●a●e but little, so they began to be pale and lean through famine, piteously Huon complained and said. Oh ye my dear and true Friends, who for my love have left your Lands, your Wives and Children, now I perceive ye must needs die for thanage of famine: ●las poor Cayliffe that I am, I shall not long live after you, great pity it was to hear the complaints that Huon made, who saw that he must follow the same dance. Then he said: Ah fair Lady Escleremond, I shall never see you more, I pray unto our Lord God that he will comfort you in all your affairs, as for me poor soul, it is impossible to live four days longer. After that he had made this pitiful complaint, he beheld the three Knights, who rendered up their souls and died through hunger. The pitiful complaints that then he made was pity to hear, he had no hope to be aided by any mortal man, wherefore he knew surely that he could not live above two days longer. Then all weeping, he went from his Knights that lay there dead, and went to the board of his ship, and looked into the Sea to see if he might espy any manner of Ship coming thither. For he thought that if any ship came thither of the Saracens, he would have some victuals or else to die in the quarrel. Thus Huon was there alone without any company, sore weeping and almost dead through famine. When Huon saw that no manner of ship was coming thither, he was right sorrowful. Then he turned him and regarded the Castle, the which seemed unto him marvelously fair and great, and said. Ah good Lord, how can it be that this fair and rich Castle should be void without man or woman? I have great marvel of that sir Arnold showed me, for he showed me that within the Castle there was neither man nor woman, and how that there should be a great Serpent, I cannot tell whether it be true or not, or whether he spoke it for fear, but by the grace of God (though I shall die in the quarrel) I will know the troth, for I were as good to die by the horrible Serpent, as to die for hunger. Then he took his good Sword, and put on his helmet, and took his shield, and did so much with going from ship to ship, until he came to the gate of the land. And then with much pain he mounted up the degrees, and so came to the Castle, and then he sat down and rested him, and beheld the fair Castle, he thought that he never saw none such before, for the walls and Towers were of fine Alabaster clear shining, and the Towers richly covered with fine gold of Arabia: when the Sun cast his rays and spheres thereupon, it cast so great a light, that it gave light a far off, and when he had long beheld it at his pleasure, he saw the gate the which was fair and rich, that great beauty was to behold it: for the two leaves of the gate were covered with fine gold, intermeddled with other rich overages. And on his right side he saw by the gate a window, and over the same there was written in Letters of gold, saying: Let any man beware how he entereth into this Castle, without he be the worthiest Knight of all other, or else it were folly to assay it. For he shall find there such adventures, as if his body were harder than a stethye of steel, yet he should be but dead and lost, without he be of that puissance, to resist against the great Serpent and vanquish him, many men have assailed, that never could speed, and he that will enter into the Castle, behold a little purse that hangeth on the right hand of the gate, where he shall find the key for to open the gate. When Huon had read the writing, he began sore to muse in himself, and said: Good Lord, since thou hast saved me from so many perils in time past, I humbly require thee at this time to aid and succour me: and to give me that grace, that I may vanquish this horrible Serpent and bring him to the death, for I had rather die in fight like a valiant knight, then to die for famine. Then Huon arose up, and went to the purse, and took out the key, and opened the gate and entered, and closed the gate again after him. Chap. CII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux fought with the horrible Serpent, and slew him within the Castle of the Adamant. WHen Huon was entered into the Castle, he saw before the Hall door the horrible Serpent, who was risen up: his skin was of divers colours, and it was so hard, that no iron nor steel could enter into it. When Huon saw the beast so great, he doubted himself, and called upon jesus Christ, requiring him to have pity upon him, and to give him the grace to slay that dreadful beast: when the beast saw Huon, he had great marvel, for he had been there a long space that never man came there, he stretched out his claws, and cast his tail round about him, and came hastily against Huon, who when he saw the beast approach near to him, he made the sign of the Cross upon his forehead, recommending himself to God, with his Sword in his hand and his shield before him, and he fiercely marched towards the Serpent, he was so hideous and fearful to behold, that the beast seemed rather an enemy of Hell, than any other beast, his body was marvelous great with an ugly head, with two eyes bigger than two basons full of burning fire, and when he came near unto Huon, he lifted up one of his paws, thinking to have drawn down Huon to the earth, he strake upon Huons Shield with such force, that he pulled it from his shoulder, leather nor buckle could not resist it, and then with his teeth and nails he tore the Shield all to pieces: Huon who was legier and light, leapt by the side of the Serpent, and gave him a great stroke with his Sword upon the ear, that he thought to have cloven asunder his head. But he could do it no more hurt, then if he had stricken upon a stethy, so that his Sword rebounded again, whereof Huon was right sorrowful, and said: Ah good Lord, now I see well that my days are at an end. Ah fair Lady Escleremond, I pray our Lord God to save you and my Daughter Clariet, for this day you shall lose me. Then he advanced him to the Serpent, and gave him a great stroke upon the haunch behind, and if he did but little with his first stroke, he did less hurt with that stroke, for he could in no wise cut through the Serpent's skin, wherefore he was in great fear: and the Serpent when he felt himself stricken cast his tail round about Huon with such force, that he overthrew Huon to the earth, yet he quickly relieved again. Then he saw by the gate a great square Spear with a sharp broad head, and then he put up his Sword, and took the Spear in both his hands, and came with all his force and strength against the Serpent, who came and encountered him with open mouth to have swallowed Huon▪ but Huon who was strong and light, took the spear and laid it on his arm, and saw the Serpent with his mouth open, he strake the Spear into the mouth of the Serpent so deep, that with the head of the Spear, he cut his heart asunder, when the Serpent felt himself hurt to the death, he cast out a terrible cry, so that all the place sounded, and so that the noise might be heard a league off. Thus the horrible Serpent was slain. When Huon saw that he was dead, he kneeled down and lift up his hands to heaven, thanking our Lord God for his grace. Then he arose, and went to the Serpent and beheld him, for he was hideous and fearful to behold, he was eighteen foot long. When Huon had well beheld him, he went and sat down by the hall door for to rest him for he was so weary and faint with the blood that he had lost, and with sweat, that he had much pain to draw his breath, the which was no marvel, for he had neither eat nor drunk of all that day. When he had well rested him, than he arose up, as desirous to know whether any man or woman were within the Castle or not, to speak unto them, he entered into the hall, the which he marvelously regarded, it was so fair and rich to behold, that there is no Clerk in the world can describe the beauty and richesse thereof: the rich Chambers that were on the side of the hall, were all composed and made of whi●e marble poli●●ed, the posts were covered with fine gold, at the end of the hall there was a chimney, whereof the two pillars that sustained the Mantle tree were of fine jasper, and the Mantle was of a rich Calsedony, and the Lintel was made of fine Emera●is, trailed with a wing of fine gold, and the Grapis of fine Saphers. This chimney was so rich, that none such could be ●ound, and all the Pillars in the hall were of red Calsedonie, and the pavement was of fine Amber. When Huon had well beheld this Hall, he looked towards the Chambers, & over the door of every Chamber was written in letters of gold, the which showed where the keys were of every chamber: Huon who could well read the letters, and understood it, he found a purse, wherein were the keys of every chamber, all of fine gold: he took one of the keys, and opened one of the Chamber doors, and entered into the Chamber. Then he looked all about the Chamber, and saw it garnished and hanged with the most richest clothes that ever were seen, the benches and bedsteads were all of white ivory, so richly entrayled, and wrought and garnished with precious stones, that no man's tongue could describe the beauty and richesse thereof, all was made by enchantment. This Palace was exceeding great and large, and well garnished with chambers. When Huon had well beheld this chamber, he was greatly abashed, that he could neither see man nor woman. Then he looked over another Chamber door, where there was also written in letters of gold, according as it was written over the first door. Then Huon took the key, and opened another door, and entered into that Chamber also, and there he found a great quantity of gold and riches, and rich jewels, with other most precious stones, that great beauty it was for to behold. Ah good Lord (quoth Huon) I would never have believed that in all the world there had been so much riches, as I see here present before me: then anon he saw another chamber, and took the key and entered therein, and for all the riches that he saw before, there he found much more, there were Presses made of fine ivory, very richly wrought and entrayled, so that there was no beast nor bird, but there it was most cunningly wrought, in the which Press were gowns and robes of most fine gold: and most rich mantles furred with Sabyles, and all other things the which were appertaining unto the apparel of mankind, and the beds so richly covered, that it was impossible to be described by any mortal man, this chamber was so fair and rich, that Huon could never be satisfied with beholding and viewing thereof, there were windows very richly glazed, opening upon a Garden side, the which Garden was so fair, and so well garnished with flowers of most precious sweet smelling, and of all manner of trees charged with fruits, so good and so delicious to eat, that the very smell of them would have satisfied a man's appetite. Huon who saw this fair garden, desired greatly to enter into it, to gather some of that fruit, he looked over the door and found the purse with the key therein, and then he opened the door and went into the garden, and gathered of the fruit at his pleasure, and did eat thereof, for he had a great desire to eat, he thought the fruit marvelous good. If I should show or describe the beauty of this garden, it would be overlong to recite, there were so many sundry fruits, so fair and so sweet of smelling, that a sick man of any infirmity, would soon have recovered his health. Also there were herbs and flowers so sweet and delightful, that all the garden seemed to be full of balm. When Huon had been there a good space, and had well eaten of the fruit at his pleasure, he returned back into the chamber that he came from, and then he unarmed him, and put off all his clothes, and took out of the Press a fine shirt, and doublet, hosen, and shoes, gown, coat, and cap, such as he would choose, for there was no man to say him nay, when he was thus newly arrived, there could not be found a more goodlier man, according as the Chronicle saith, I believe he was borne by the Fairy, as then there could not be found so goodly a man living. When he was thus appareled, he went from chamber to chamber, always hearkening whether he could hear the voices either of men or women, but as long as he continued there, he could hear nothing, whereof he was right sorrowful. There he continued eight days, without eating of any thing, saving of the fruits of the Garden, whereby he waxed feeble and ●aint, the which was no marvel, for he had been there eight days without eating either bread or flesh, he was so feeble, that he thought he could not long endure there without death. Then he prayed unto our Lord God for to comfort and strengthen him out of that great danger: most piteously he complained for his wife and child, saying: Ah my dear Wife, God aid and succour you in all your affairs, for ye shall never have any succour and aid of me more, for I tarry but for the hour of my death, the which is now near at hand approaching unto me, for I am so sore and grievously bitten with famine, that I have much pain to sustain myself. Thus Huon was eight days in the Ca●●le of the Adamant, every day eating of the fruits of the garden, and at night he lay ever in the 〈◊〉 bed in the chamber. Now let us leave speaking of him, and let us turn to the Duchess Escleremond, who was besieged within the City of Bourdeaux, whereas she was in great displeasure, and not without a cause, for she suffered much pain and trouble. Chap. CXII. ¶ How after that Huon was departed from Bourdeaux, the Emperor made divers assaults to the City, but he could not win it, for the defence of the good chivalry that was within it, and of the ambushment that was laid by the counsel of Duke Savary, whereby the City was taken and won. YE have heard before, how Duke Huon departed from his City of Bourdeaux, whereas he left the Duchess his wife, who was in great displeasure when she saw the departing of her husband, she greatly complained, and said: Ah my right ●eere Lord, your departure ought greatly to grieve me, I fear you shall not come in time to succour, and to bring me out of the danger that I am in, for it is impossible for us long to endure against this Emperor. A●as I have more sorrow for my daughter▪ than for myself: and I am sorrowful for my Lords and 〈◊〉▪ who for the love of you and me are in pe●●ll of th●ir 〈…〉▪ had been better for us to have tarried still in 〈…〉 come hither to ●uffer all these to●men●s, pains, and 〈…〉, and at last painful death: with saying of these 〈…〉 Duchess fell in a tr●●●ce among her Lords. 〈…〉 relee●ed 〈◊〉▪ & said discomfort you 〈◊〉 but take good 〈◊〉 and 〈…〉 your men, who have great desire to defend 〈◊〉 City, for the safeguard of their own bodies and lives, thus to make sorrow, ye can win nothing thereby, but lose more to more: have no doubt that Huon your husband will leave you at this point, he is gone to your brother for succour, he will not long tarry, and he will bring you such succour, that the Emperor nor the Almains shall have no leisure to grant him the victory. Thus Gerames comforted the Duchess, who was glad for to hear Gerames, and thus as they devised together, the Emperor who was advertised of Huons departing, and how he was gone for succour, he assembled his Council into his tent, and there he showed and declared the great losses that he had suffered, as well of the death of his nephews, as of other of his friends and kin, and the great damage that by Huon he had suffered, and said. Sirs, all this ye know well, his acquaintance hath cost us dearly, ye have all heard how he is departed to seek for succour, but I cannot tell to what part he is gone. As for the Realm of France, I know right well he shall have no succour there, for as it hath been showed me of ●ate, that the right Noble and victorious Prince Charlemagne is dead, who loved Huon but little, because of his son Charlot, whom Huon slew, and Charlemagne hath left behind him but one son named Lewes, who is but of a young age: and I believe if he were of full age, that he would rather come for to succour me then Huon, who slew Charlot his brother, therefore it can be no otherwise, but that he is gone into some far country for succour, therefore I think it best that in the mean time ere he return, that on all sides let us continually assail the City, and let every one do their part, to be revenged for the death of their friends, which are here slain by them within the City. When the Lords heard the Emperor, all with one voice answered and said. Sir, the reason which you have showed unto us, is to be kept and done, and we shall go arm us and make us all ready, to the intent to come to your intention, the which is very good and reasonable. Then they sounded all their horns and busins, and every man speedily armed himself, and came with Ensign displayed to assail the City, and they that were within, as well as they could they defended the City: they which were without, reared up ladders against the walls with mighty strength, but they which were within did beat them down into the Dikes, and then they did cast down upon them hot lead and boiling Dyle, and quick lime, and great stones, and faggots burning, so that they which were down in the Dikes, had no power for to relieve themselves again, but there most miserably died under the ladders. There was on both parts exceeding great shooting with Crossbows, and slinging of stones so thick, that they seemed like unto snow flying in the air, marvelous it was to behold the old Gerames, how he exhorted his company for to do well, and also the Duchess Escleremond, with her daughter in her arms, crying unto her men, and said: Ye my dear Lords and Knights, fight lustily, but to your pains, for to defend your bodies and your lives, your wives, and your children, to the intent that the Almains make not their brags and vaunts of their winning of this most noble City by their assaults, the which is so goodly and rich, for Sirs, I know right well ye shall not abide this trouble for no long season, for Duke Huon your rightful Lord will shortly aid and succour us all. Then all the noble Barons, Knights, and Burgesses, hearing the exceeding great comfort of the Noble and virtuous Lady the Duchess Escleremond, with a marvelous great courage and valour they came to their defences, and behaved themselves so valiantly, that their enemies were forced to retire back with great loss and damage, whereof the Emperor and his Lords were right sorrowful, and they within the City right joyful of the great victory the which God had given them that day. Then every man went unto his lodging, and made great joy, and the Emperor and his men withdrew themselves in great displeasure for his loss. When the Emperor was unarmed, and had well refreshed himself, than he said unto his Lords, Sirs, we have been a long season before this City, and have sustained many losses, therefore sirs I require you to counsel me what is 〈…〉 do, this City is strong, and well furnished with knights and men to defend it, by us it will never be won: without victuals ●aile them, but I think they have but small store of 〈◊〉, therefore I desire you to show me your abvises, whether 〈◊〉 shall depart from this City without more doing, or 〈◊〉 here upon such fortune as God will send us. When the Emperor had said as much as he pleased, than the Duke Sau●●y his brother rose up and said. Sir, me thinks if it may 〈◊〉 believed, that this City cannot long endure, and the cause 〈◊〉 I shall show you: ye know well that Huon their Lord is 〈◊〉 to seek for succour, on the other side, they within the City have but few men, and but ill furnished of victuals, within the City there is an old knight, who is a valiant and a hardy knight, and therefore it were profitable to study how he might be taken or else slain, this should greatly advance your enterprise, of the which ye cannot fail, if you will believe my counsel as I shall show you. True it is that this day we have had great loss, and received great damage, whereof they within are joyful, wherefore it were good to send certain mut●ons and beasts in the night time, with a few keepers: send them into the meadow near unto the City, and I am sure that when the old knight knows thereof, the which he shall know by the watch men on the towers and walls, then incontinent he 〈◊〉 out 〈◊〉 such power as he hath, to take the beasts 〈◊〉 bring them into the City. And to the intent that they ●●all never return again into the City, incontinent ere the 〈…〉 a good number of beefs and Muttons. Then 〈…〉 armed ten thousand men, and send them to a 〈…〉 whereas the gallows is raised, and when they 〈◊〉 that they within the City be issued out to fetch the 〈…〉 the ten Thousand men draw near to the gate 〈…〉▪ to the e●tent that they without shall not enter 〈…〉 to their great loss. And if you will thus do, I put 〈…〉 that before it be midnight they shall be all taken 〈◊〉, and the matter may so come to pass, that you shall enter into the City at your pleasure. Thus I have showed you as I think best, if any man know any better way, let him speak. Then every man regarded the Emperor, and said, Sir the counsel that Duke Savary hath given you, we think that a better counsel cannot be given to any Prince. When the Emperor understood the counsel of his brother Duke Savary, and that all his Lords did allow the same, he was right joyful, and said that it should be so done. Then he called his marshal, and commanded that it should be done according as his Brother had devised it before, the which was done very diligently, and sent with him fifty men, with six hundred muttons, and two hundred beasts near unto the City, and then laid their ambushment of ten thousand men by the little mountain: it was dark night, and the Moon was not risen, whereby they within could not perceive them, the which turned to their great loss and damage, for all those that issued out of the City of Bourdeaux were slain and taken prisoners, as ye shall hear hereafter. Chap. CIIII ¶ Of the death of the old Gerames, and of the taking of the City of Bourdeaux, and of the coming of the Duchess with the Emperor, and of the delivering up of the Castle to the Emperor. YE have heard before, how the Emperor assailed the City of Bourdeaux, and of the great loss that he sustained, whereof Gerames and they within the City were right joyful, and made great feasts, and thanked our Lord God. Then after Supper Gerames called all the knights and other together, and said. Sirs, ye have seen this day the great assault that the Emperor and his men have made to this City, but thanked be God the loss is returned to them, for there are dead and wounded a great number of them, and many of them are sore wearied with travail, and think now for to rest themselves, and now is their hour that they be set at Supper, and customably they sit ever long at their Table, far longer than French men do: wherefore I think best, that incontinent without delay we should arm ourselves, and issue out of the City, and go to their tents and raise them, and then let us do there as good Knights ought to do, to the intent that good songs may be made of us, and that the Almains have no cause to say, but that we be as good men as they be. Sir (quoth Othon and Barnard) we be ready thus to do. Sirs (quoth Gerames) let us make haste, that we may return again ere the Moon riseth. Then they armed themselves. Alas what an ill adventure came to them at night, for the most part of those that issued out, were taken and slain. Ah good Lord, what a loss fell to the City of Bourdeaux. Ah noble Lady Escleremond, ye may well weep and complain all your days, for sorrow, pain, and dolour approacheth near, whereby ye are like to bear such diseases and poverty, that no man living can recount it, nor ye shall never be out of that danger and trouble, till ye be delivered by the good Duke Huon your husband. When Gerames and his company were ready, they mounted on their horses, and issued out at the gate as privily as they could, so that they were not perceived by them that were set to watch for them, nor they heard not when they were in the field, they road a false gallop to the tents, the which they might well ●e clearly by the lights that were in the tents: when they came near, they dashed their spurs to their horses, and cried Bourdeaux, and s●rake and cut asunder the cords and stays, so that many tents fell to the earth, and such as came out were slain, a great noise and cry began to rise in the host, and every man ran to their armour, and Gerames and his company slew many of their enemies, and made them for to fly before them, it was dreadful for to behold the damage that they did there. But finally the loss fell upon them, for the Emperor and all his men were ready, when Gerames saw how all the host was moved, than he said to his company. Sirs, it is time for us to retire back, for we may tarry here too long, yonder cometh the Emperor with a mighty army to close us in, it is needful for us to make haste, that we may go away in safety. Then altogether in one company they returned, and went the way towards Bourdeaux. But they had not gone far, ere that they were overtaken by the Almains, & they laid on on all parts with their swords & spears. Then Gerames turned him to an Almain, and with his spear ran him clean through, and in drawing out his spear, he fell down dead to the earth, and then he strake another, whom also he slew. He did such deeds of arms, that ere his spear broke, he slew five of his enemies, whereof the Almains were sore abashed. He broke the press in such wise, that none durst approach near unto him, right well did Othon and Bernard, and such as were with him. But when the Duke Savary, who with ten thousand men lay in ambushment near unto the City, had heard the great noise and cry, he supposed that they within the City were issued out. When Gerames and his company saw how they were enclosed both before and behind, they were sore abashed. When Gerames saw that their force and powers could not avail them, but that either they must be taken or slain, then earnestly he called upon our Lord jesus Christ, requiring him to save and defend his good Lord Huon of Bourdeaux, and the Duchess Escleremond his wife. And he cried to his company & said. Sirs, I pray you heartily at this time show forth your Prowess, and behave yourselves so valiantly, that this Emperor & Almains have no cause to make their avaunts, that they have found us as men amazed, but let us show them how our swords can cut. Then all together they assailed their enemies in such wise, that at the first brunt the Almains were constrained to retire back, and Gerames did such deeds, that none durst approach near unto him. Then the Duke Sauary with ten thousand men came upon them suddenly, the which was no equal part, and also the Emperor with his great battle came also upon old Gerames and his company, who had gotten themselves into the suburbs of the City, and a mighty wall behind them at their backs, whereas they did stand at a bay against the Almains. Gerames was in the midst of them, and underneath his helmet appeared his long white beard, and the Emperor who had great shame, that so few men in number should keep a bay against his highness, and do unto his men so great damage, he perceived where the old Gerames was, who had oftentimes slain many of his men, and done him so mighty damages, that he thought he could never be revenged thereof sufficiently, and thought that if he should have scaped then alive, that he would do him much more hurt and damage after, and said to himself, that he had rather die incontinent, than he should not as then be revenged on him, and therewith incontinent he couched his Spear and ran at old Gerames on the one side ere he was aware, so that the Emperor ran him clean through the body, so that the gentle knight Gerames fell to the earth, and died incontinent: great damage fell that day to Huon of Bourdeaux, for he lost the truest and best friend that he had. Alas for that piteous journey that fell that day to them of Bourdeaux. They had good cause for to weep, alas good Duchess Escleremond, what loss have ye received, to lose him, who was your chief comfort and refuge, ye might have called him more than father. Ah right noble Lady, there never came to you a greater mischief, than ye have by the death of Gerames, who lieth dead even now among the enemies. When the Almains saw that Gerames was dead, than they fought so, that within a short space all them of Bourdeaux were slain, and not one scaped alive, except Barnard, who was on the puissant horse Amphage: for the gambaudes and work that he made, not an Almain durst approach near him, for Bernard next unto Huon, was the most valiant knight of his body, that was as then living, for when the Almains saw him upon that horse, they chased him no further, but they went to their tents, and Bernard ceased not till he came unto the gate of the City, the which was opened, when he was entered, and the gate closed again, the Burgesses and communalty saw how Bernard came in all alone, they demanded of him, and said. Sir, where is your captain and the old Gerames. Then sore weeping, he showed them at length the piteous and dolorous adventure, the which when they heard, they made such cries and weeping, that pity it was for to hear and to see them, the bruit and noise was so great and loud, that the Lady Escleremond heard it, whereat she marveled, and stood in a great fear. Therewith Sir Bernard entered in at the Castle gate, and so mounted into the hall, whereas he found the Duchess Escleremond, who was sore abashed when she saw Sir Bernard come alone, who showed her the great loss that he had sustained that day, wherewith for inward sorrow she fell down in a swound, and so lay a long space as though she had been dead. Then the Ladies and Damsels sore weeping relieved her, and then she cast out a great cry, wring her hands, and tearing her hair, and said. Ah Huon my right dear Lord, this day ye have lost your most sorrowful and dolorous wife and well beloved daughter. Then the Ladies, & Damsels, and other wives, who had lost their husbands, fathers, and brethren, came into the Castle, and made such cries and sorrow, that the noise thereof was heard into the emperors host without, and it was showed the Emperor, that the noise and brute that was made within the City and Castle, was for the loss they had received that day. And then they said, that it should be good that the next morning every man should be ready to go and assail the City, and said, that if ever they would win it, the hour than was come. When the Emperor had heard that reason, he said that the advise was very good, and that he would that it should so be done, he gave the charge thereof to his Constable and marshals: & so the next morning his host was ready, and the Emperor commanded to set forward, and then they came before the City garnished with all things needful and necessary for assault: and they marched forward, and approached the City, and when they came there, they gave a great cry, and entered into the Dykes, and reared up their ladders to the walls in divers places, so that they that were within were sore afraid. For within were but Burgesses and Merchants, who could but little skill of war, howbeit, they mounted upon the walls, and defended their City. But the City was so sore assailed on all parts, that the defendants wist not where to make resistance, the shot of them without slew so thick, that none within durst appear upon the walls: whereby they entered perforce into the City, and slew as many as they met withal in their entering. And then they went unto the gate, and opened it, so that the Emperor and all his Lords entered into the City. Then every man went abroad in the streets, to take prisoners, and to spoil men's houses. When the Emperor saw he was Lord of the City, he caused it to be proclaimed in every street, that no man on pain of death should wrong any woman, or deflower any maid, nor to break any Church, nor to set any house on fire, and also such as were in any Church for safeguard, that they should go at their pleasure, without any trouble or danger either of body or goods, for the Emperor, who was a wise Prince, thought in himself, that great damage and pity it would be, to destroy and put to ruin such a famous City, so strong and well furnished with Burgesses and Merchants. When such as were fled into strong places for refuge, understood the emperors commandment, every man and woman returned to their own houses, so that there was but little damage done, and that was done by them that entered first. When the Lady Escleremond saw how the City was taken, ye may be sure she was right sorrowful. For first she saw her City taken by the enemy, and herself closed within the Castle ill furnished with victuals, and much people with her, whereby she saw clearly (without God did aid her) that her death approached near. Then piteously she complained to God and said. Very God on whom I believe firmly, and for whose sake I have left my first misbelief, and forsook my parents and friends to take to my husband a Christian man, to the intent to receive thy law, O God I require thee of thy grace to have pity upon me poor desolate creature, and to keep and defend my dear children from all ill encumbrances, for if it be thy pleasure to save my child, I am content to abide what fortune it shall please thee to send me, and beside that, I require thy grace to save and keep Huon my dear Lord and husband. Then all weeping she called unto her sir Bernard, and said▪ Right dear Friend, I can take no counsel now but of you, you see well how our deaths approach, and that it is impossible for us to keep and defend this Castle against the Emperor, who hath won the City, and I doubt if he enter into this Castle perforce, we shall be the first that shall receive death, and because I see well that I cannot escape from hence, I require you my dear Friend, and by the troth that you bear unto Huon my Lord and yours, that incontinent you take my dear Daughter Clariet whom I hold here in mine arms, and find some means that you may depart out of this City, and bear her strait to the Abbey of Clunie, the which is in Burgoyne, and deliver her into the keeping of the Abbot there: and recommend me unto him, he is Uncle to my Husband Huon, and great Uncle to my Child. Lady, (quoth Bernard) I know well that if I be taken here, I shallbe utterly slain: howbeit, if I could see or know that my abiding here could aid or succour you, both for mine honour and for the love of my good Lord and Master Huon, I would never depart hence from you, but my resistance and force is but of small value, and because I would serve you as I am bound to do, I am ready sournished to take upon me that adventure, as to bear your Child away, and to set her in safeguard by the grace of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ. When the Duchess understood Barnard, she was well comforted, and as for herself she regarded neither her life nor death, when she knew that her Child should be saved. Then she delivered her Child unto Barnard, to the intent that in the night time he should issue out. Then the Emperor and his Lords came before the Castle: and when the Duchess knew that, she came to the gate, and at a window she desired to speak with the Emperor, who was there ready present and said. Madame, say what you will to me at your pleasure: and when she saw the Emperor, she said. Sir, I know well that you are the head and chiefest of all the christened and noblest, whereby you are bound to defend and to keep from ill all noble men and women, I that am the Daughter of an high and mighty Emperor, and that for the love of my good Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, have forsaken mine own false belief, to believe upon the Christian faith: Sir, I require you (for his sake that made and created you) to have pity and compassion of me, and of all those that be here with me, & to respite our lives, and to put from you all rancour and malice, and pardon them that nothing had to do with the beginning of this war. When the Emperor had heard the reasonable request of this fair Lady, he cast from him all the mortal hate that he had unto her, and unto them that were within the Castle with her. Then he moved with pity and compassion of the noble Lady, answered and said: Madam, for the love of our Lord jesus Christ, I repel from me all my displeasure, so that you render unto me this Castle, and to put it under mine obeisance to use it at my pleasure, and to yield your body as my Prisoner, and all those that be within, and thus you shall have all your lives saved. Sir, (quoth the Duchess) laud and praise be given to our Lord jesus Christ, for this grace that you show unto me and to my company. Then the Emperor went back, and made express commandment throuhout the City, that no man should be so hardy, as to do any hurt or injury to any manner of person within the City, but to suffer every man to abide in their own houses peaceably without killing, whereof the Burgesses and commonalty of the City, were right joyful. Thus as ye have heard the City of Bourdeaux was taken by the Emperor, who was chosen in Almain: and committed by the Emperor Charlemagne until his Son Lewis should be of full age, and able to rule the Empire. Chap. CV. ¶ How the Duchess Escleremond delivered her Daughter Clariet to Barnard, to bear unto the Abbot of Clunie, of whom the Abbot was right joyful. YE have heard the pitiful taking of the City of Bourdeaux, and of the treaty and appointment that the Duchess Escleremond had made with the Emperor, & when she had made her appointment, she went unto her company piteously weeping, and showed them all the manner of her treaty, whereof every person was glad that their lives should be saved, but they made great sorrow, for that the Duchess should become a Prisoner, and then she called Barnard, and said. Sir, when it is night, issue out by the Postern with my Daughter Clariet, and bear her unto the good Abbot of Clunie, who is her great uncle. Madam, (quoth he) be of good cheer, and by the grace of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, I shall not rest two nights in one place, until I have delivered your daughter unto the good Abbot of Clunie her great uncle. Then Barnard took leave of the Duchess, who kissed her Daughter at her departing, sore weeping and pitifully complaining. There was a Postern that opened into the fields, and it was so small that Barnard was feign to lead his horse in his hand, the night was dark, but he knew well the ways, & afterwards he mounted on his horse with the Child in his arms, and so road forth and passed the Lands of Bourdeaux, and was never seen by any mortal man until the next day, he road so all the night that his horse was weary. And when he saw that he was past all dangers and escaped all perils, than he road at his ease for love of the Child, and he complained greatly for the good horse Amphage, that Huon had left in his keeping until his return, but he durst not take that Horse with him, for fear that he should have dealt the worse with the Lady Escleremond, the which had been true, for the Emperor loved the horse so well, that he desired more to have the horse again, then for to win the City, and therefore Barnard durst not take the Horse with him. So long Barnard road, that he arrived at Monglew, the which is called Lion on the River of Roan, and from thence he road to Mascon, and from thence he rested not until he came to the Abbey of Clunie, and then he alighted, and desired to speak with the Abbot: and when the Abbot saw Barnard with a Child in his arms, he had great marvel thereof: and when Barnard saw the Abbot, all weeping he saluted him and said. Sir, the right desolate Duchess of Bourdeaux, your niece and wise unto the Duke Huon of Bourdeaux your Nephew, hath sent here unto you her Daughter Clariet. Then the good Abbot embraced him, and took the child and kissed it more than twenty times, and demanded why he brought the Child unto him. Sir, (quoth Barnard) the City of Bourdeaux hath been besieged by the Emperor of Almain, and so straightly kept, that it was near hand famished, many Knights that were within are slain, so that Huon your Nephew, by the counsel of the Duchess his wife, and consent of all his company, is departed out of Bourdeaux to seek succour of the King of Auphamie brother unto Escleremond Huons Wife, and so it is a long time since he departed, and we never could hear word of him, and thus he left us in Bourdeaux, and our chief Captain was the old Gerames your Cousin, who was Brother to the good Provost Guyer, and so it was that upon a night we issued out and road to the emperors Tents, and slew many of our enemies, and when we saw our time we returned towards our City, but by some spy we were perceived when we issued out, whereby the Emperor knowing thereof, sent Duke Savary his Brother with ten Thousand men to lie in ambushment near to the City, so that when we had thought to have entered into the City, Duke Savary was before us with ten Thousand men, there we fought a long space, but finally the old Gerames and his company were all slain, none escaped but myself, and that was by reason of my horse, so I entered into the City, whereas there was made great sorrow, and the next day the Emperor with great assault wan the City, and came to the Castle whereas the Duchess was, who saw well that she could not long hold the Castle, she made her treaty to save her body and her company, and so they are all Prisoners: before she delivered up the Castle, she delivered me her daughter, and so I issued out at a Postern privily, and was not perceived, therefore Sir your niece hath sent you her daughter, to the intent that for the love of her father, and of her ye would keep and nourish her, till her father Duke Huon were returned. When the abbot understood Bernard, he began to weep, and took the child in his arms, and kissed her oftentimes, and said. My dear child, if it please our Lord God I shall be to you both father and mother, and shall nourish you until ye be great, and then marry you unto some mighty Prince, in whom it shall lie to conquers your heritage, lands, and signories, for I have here in my house such treasure, that it is sufficient to conquer a whole Empire. Then the Abbot sent for a noble Lady of the country, and a nurse, and delivered unto them the child for to keep and to nourish, for a fairer creature of her age was never seen. Then the Abbot said to Barnard, Sir ye shall abide here still with me, until the child be of age, or else till her father be returned. Now let us leave to speak of this young child Clariet, and of the Abbot, and return to speak of the dolorous company that were in the Castle of the noble City of Bourdeaux. Chap. CVI ¶ How the Duchess Escleremond yielded up the Castle to the Emperor, and how she and her company were prisoners in the City of Mayence. YE have well heard here before, that after the departing of Barnard from the Castle of Bourdeaux, with Claret Huons daughter, how the Emperor had made a treaty with the Duchess Escleremond, for the deliverance of the Castle, the which passed: and on the next morning the Duchess spoke with the Emperor, who with all his men was there ready before the place, abiding to have the deliverance of the Castle. And when he saw the Duchess at a window over the gate, he said. Madame, I will that the promise that ye made me yesterday ye perform, or else I will do according as I think best. Sir, (quoth the Duchess) I am ready to fulfil my promise, so that ye promise me again, that my body, and all Ladies and Damsels and other shall be saved, and not touched by no villain, nor no ill done unto our bodies. Madam (quoth the Emperor) all this that you require here, I promise to perform: but you, and all such as be with you shall be my prisoners. Sir (quoth the Duchess) my life and my body, and all such as be here with me, I put them in the safeguard of God and of you. Then she descended down, and came into the hall, whereas she found her company making great sorrow each to other, for they knew not where ever they should meet again or not. Then the Duchess commanded to open the gate, the which was done immediately. Then the Emperor and all his Lords entered into the Castle, but he would not go into the hall, till he had all the Ladies and other brought out, to the intent that they should make no request to him, and he ordained a thousand Knights of the most ancient men of his host, and then be delivered the Duchess, and six Ladies with her, and all the other prisoners, as well they that were within the Castle, as other that had been taken before at divers skirmishes, & sent them strait to the City of Mayence, and set them all in prison in Towers and other places, but the duchess was put all alone in a strong tower, within the which there was a deep dungeon, and therein she was set, out of the which she never issued until she was delivered by Huon her Husband. Then the Emperor being in the Castle of Bourdeaux sent over all the Country, that all such as were alive should come and do their homage unto him, and take their Lands of him, the which they did according to his commandment. Then he made his Provosts and Officers to do justice both in the City and Country: and after that the Emperor had been there eight days, he went out of the City, and road and took possession of Blames and Gerone, and set there his Officers, and when he had full possession of all the Country, he left Keepers in the Country, and so returned to the City of Mayence, whereas he was received with great joy and triumph. Now let us leave to speak of the Emperor Tirrey, and speak of Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, being in the Castle of the Adamant, in great poverty and famine. Chap. CVII. ¶ How there arrived at the Castle of the Adamant a Ship full of Sanazins, wherein was the Bishop of M●llaine, and how Huon caused them to be christened, and then he brought them into the Castle, whereas they found great store and plenty of victuals. YE have heard here before, how Huon was in the Castle of the Adamant in great poverty and famine, whereas he had been ten days without meat and drink, except Apples and fruit that grew in the Garden, whereby he became so feeble and weak, that he had scar power to sustain himself upon his feet, he found there riches enough gold and silver, apparel and jewels, and rich bedding, so that he wanted nothing except victual, and as he walked in the chamber whereas the treasure lay, he beheld an Arch vaulted richly, painted with gold and azure, under the which stood a rich chair, and therein a coushin of cloth of gold, bordered with pearls and precious stones. Huon who was weary of walking, sat down in the chair to rest him. Then he began sore to muse, casting down his looks to the earth, and by reason that his long Mantle had swept the powder away from the pavement, there appeared letters of gold written upon the pavement, & he read them, and the tenor of them was: Whosoever reads this Letter, shall find that under this pavement, there is a Cellar with victual both bread, flesh, and wine, and of all sundry meats for man or woman to eat of. But the Letters said, that whosoever should enter into this Cellar, except he be without deadly sin: as soon as he toucheth any of the meat, suddenly he shall die. When Huon had read all the Letters, he had great marvel and fear, and thought within himself, that when he departed from Bourdeaux, he was confessed before his Priest died, and since that time he could not remember any thing that he had committed that should be deadly sin: and then he made his prayers to our Lord God devoutly sore weeping, and when he had ended his prayers, as he kneeled upon his knees before the chair, he saw hanging upon the side of the chair a little key of gold, he took it up in his hand, and began to muse on the writing that said: Whosoever enters into this Castle, though they be valiant and wise or noble Knights, yet they shall not know well what to do. Then he said unto himself, rather than I should die for famine, it were better to die shortly then long to endure in this hunger and thirst. Then Huon recommended himself to the aid and help of almighty God, and took the key and opened a little wicket and drew the door unto him. Then he looked down into the Cellar, the which was as clear, as though the Sun in the midst of the day had entered in at the windows, and so he went down about Seavenscore greeces: than he regarded on the right hand, and saw a great Oven with two mouths, the which cast out a great clearness, than he saw near thereunto Ten fair young men, they were all of the Fairy, four of them made the Past for bread, and two delivered the loaves to other two, and they did set them down upon a rich cloth of silk: then the other two men took the loaves and delivered them unto one man by two loaves at once, and he did set them into the Oven to bake, and at the other mouth of the Oven, there was a man that drew out the white loaves and Pastes, and before him there was another young man that received them, and put them into Basketts which were richly painted. When Huon had well advised them, he had great marvel, and came and saluted them, saying: Sir, I pray to our Lord God to save you and all your company, and when they heard Huon speak, they gave unto him no manner of answer, but beheld each other, and when Huon saw that none of them would make him any answer, he was sore abashed and greatly troubled in his mind: howbeit he said. Sirs, you that be here, I conjure you in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the holy Ghost, and of the Angels and Archangels, and of all the Court celestial, that ye answer me to that I do demand of you. Then they all ceased from their labour and business, and beheld Huon, and rubbed off the paste & meal from off their hands and fingers, and the Master of them beheld Huon and said. Friend you do us great wrong to conjure us, we will that you well know, if you were either Sarazin or Paynim, you should never depart from hence without death: your troth and nobleness hath preserved you, you ought greatly to thank God, I know well that you have great hunger, for it is Ten days since you did either ●ate or drink any thing, except all only of the fruit that you found in the Garden, the which as yet is not ripe nor ready to eat. Therefore Huon fair Sir, I know well that you have great hunger, and therefore if that you will drink or eat, enter into yonder rich Chamber the which you see open, where you shall find the Table ready set, and the cloth laid, and the pots of silver, and the vessel of gold bordered with precious stones and pearl, and the Basins of gold and Ewers with water to wash your hands, and there sit you down at the Table, and there you shall find meats and drinks such as you will with for, and as long as you will tarry here in this Castle, you shall have every day like service or better if you list, for any meat that you will wish for, you shall have it at your pleasure, and of wine in likewise two times of the day without you will fast. But sir, I require you of one thing, that from henceforth you do not conjure me nor any of my company, and then you shall have every thing at your desire. Sir, (quoth Huon) from henceforth I shall not speak unto you, so that by the conjuration that I have conjured you, you will show me what people you be that abide here in this Castle: and what you call this Castle, and who is Lord thereof, and by whom all the riches that is here within is kept: I will go eat some meat, and then I pray you for to show it unto me? Then they answered Huon right fiercely and said: Ah thou false and untrue Knight, for to demand any such thing of us, at this time I shall show you, but afterward, by me nor by none other of my company, you shall never hear word spoken. Sir, (quoth Huon) the request I am sorry of: and I heartily desire you yet, if hereafter I speak unto you alone, that you will answer me. Nay surely, (quoth he) that will I never do, but I shall show you that I have promised, seeing you are so desirous to know it. Sir, know for troth, that julius Caesar Father to the good and noble King Oberon, caused this Castle to be made by craft of the Fairy, the which Castle cannot be grieved nor taken perforce: so it fortuned upon a day that julius Caesar, after he had vanquished the great Pompey, he came into Alexandria to ●●olomeus King of Egypt, and discomfited him and took from him all his Lands, to give it unto his Sister the fair Cle●●●tra, who was Queen of that Land, and after she married Marcus Antonius, and after that julius Caesar had this done, to refresh him, he came hither with the Queen of the privy Isle, and brought her the same night into this Castle, and there were three Kings of the lineage of Tholomeus, who when they knew that Caesar was in this Castle, they made an army, and with many Ships and Galleys, they came and laid siege before this Castle, and lay at the siege a long space, and could not hurt it the value of one penny, so long they lay here, that they were sore displeased therewith, and so they thought to depart home into their own countries, but by reason that their ships were nailed with iron nails, they could not depart from hence, for the Adamant stone that by nature draweth the iron unto him, and so they lay here so long, that they all died miserably for famine and rage, for no ship can depart from hence without it be pinned with nails of wood, and not of iron. And whereas you demand, from whence cometh the Treasure that is here within this Castle? Know for a troth, that it was the riches that these three Kings left in their ships when they died, the which Treasure after that they were dead, Caesar caused it to be brought into this Castle, and before he died, he delivered unto me the keeping of this Castle and Treasure. And I and Forty other of my fellows, are here condemned by the Fairy to abide here unto the end of the world. Now when that tidings came to the knowledge of the noble King Oberon, that his Father julius Caesar was slain, and murdered within the Senate of Rome by them whom he trusted well, King Oberon took such displeasure, that he made promise and assurement, that he would never come here more, and no more he hath done: for he thought if he should have come hither again, that he should have died for sorrow, for the great love that he had unto his Father julius Caesar. And since you will know my name, I am called Gloriadas, and this Castle is called the Adamant. Now I have showed you the troth of your demand, and one thing I say unto you, you shall never depart from hence as long as you live, without you fly in the air as a bird doth fly: now I have showed you your desire. When Huon understood him, he was right sorrowful: and so after he had well eaten and drunken at his own pleasure, he took his leave and departed, and came unto a door of a chamber, and saw Letters of gold written over the door, whereby he had knowledge where the key was, he tooked it and opened the door and entered into the Chamber, and saw how that all the Chamber was made of Crystal, and painted richly with gold and Azure, and there was the protraiture of all the Battles of Troy, and all the deeds of Alexander: and upon the pavement was spread abroad, Roses, flowers, and herbs sweet smelling above all other savours in the world, and in the Chamber there were divers birds flying about, singing so marvelous sweetly, that great joy and melody it was to hear them: the riches and great beauty of that chamber could not be described. Huon had marvelous great pleasure to behold it, and there he saw a Table set full of meat, and there by stood great pots of gold garnished with precious stones full of wine, there was no meat in the world but that there it was ready: Huon had good appetite to eat, for he had eaten but little before, by reason of the talking that he had with Gloriadas: and then two young men brought him a Basin of gold broadered with pearls to wash his hands, and another brought him a Towel to wipe his hands. Then Huon sat down at a rich Table, the which was bordered with precious stones, the cloth that lay upon the Table was of silk richly wrought, Huon did eat his meat, for he had good appetite thereto, a goodly young man carved for him, and another bare his Cup, many folks there was, to have done service unto any creature living in the world, and he spoke unto them, but none would answer him one word, wherewith he was angry and sore displeased: but when he saw that there was none other remedy, he did let it pass and forgot it, because of the sweet melody that the bird●s made: often times he wished for his Wife the fair Escleremond, and for his Daughter Clariet, and for Gerames, Barnard, and Richard, and his other company that he left at Bourdeaux. Thus Huon was served in the Castle of the Adamant, and when he had dined, the Servants took up the Table, and brought him water and a Towel for to wash his hands, and ●●en he rose up from the Table, and went down into the Seller, whereas he saw every thing as he had seen before, he sa●●●● them in passing by, but they made none answer, so he came unto greeces and mounted up, and then went and sported him from chamber to chamber, and then into the Garden, wherein he took great pleasure: and when the time came for to eat, he returned into the Seller, and so into the Chamber, whereas he found every thing ready as he had done before: but he was sore and greatly displeased, that they that served him would not speak no word. Thus Huon was there a whole month, and took such pleasure there, that he recovered his heath, and strength, and beauty, greatly he was annoyed that there was no man there that would speak one word unto him: oftentimes he wished himself at Bourdeaux with a hundred Thousand men at arms to give battle unto the Emperor who had done him so much damage. And upon a day as Huon walked in the Hall saying of his prayers, he looked out at a window into the Sea, and he saw a far off a Ship coming with full sail to arrive at the Port, and they were about Fourscore Merchants all of Spain, and they knew not what Port they did arrive at. Chap. CVIII. ¶ How Huon saw a Ship arrive at the Port of the Castle of the Adamant. WHen Huon saw this Ship arrive at the Port, he greatly complained for them, and said: Ah good Lord, what a sort of good Merchants have here been lost, if they of yonder Ship knew thereof, they would not arrive here by their wills, and so then he saw the Ship come in with such a force, and it dashed in so sore amongst the other old Ships, that the Ship was near hand perished. But the other Ships were so old that they were rotten, so that thereby the new Ship was saved, who had been twenty days in torment on the the Sea, so that the men that were within it were sore travailed and faint for famine, that they were scarce able to sustain themselves upon their feet. When Huon saw them arrive, all weeping he complained for them, for he saw well that they were all lost, and that they should never depart from thence, when the Ship was arrived, the Merchants within it called upon Mahu to aid and to succour them, and the Master of the Ship stood up and went a shore, and looked towards the Castle, and saw Huon where he stood leaning in a window: whereof they had great joy, thinking that they were arrived at a good Port, supposing that he that they saw there before them, had been the Lord of the Castle, because he was so marvelous richly apparelled, and then they saluted Huon in the name of Mahounde their God. When Huon heard that, he knew surely that they were Saracens, and he that could very well speak the Spanish language, answered to the Master and said. Friends, you that be here arrived, show me (I pray you) the troth from whence you are come? and what you be? for be you sure that as long as you live you shall never depart from hence, and without you have victuals brought with you, you are all arrived at an unfortunate place. Then the Master trembling said, Sir know for troth, that I am of the country of Spain, and dwelling in the City of Luysarne, and they that are come hither with me, are all Merchants of Portugal, and are come from the city of Acre, and there we charged our ship with Merchandise, and we had a marvelous good wind until we were passed the straits of Morrocco, and that we were near to our own country, and then suddenly a great tempest arose and took us, and drove us off from the coast of our own Country a great distance, and this tempest hath continued these twenty days passed so extremely, that we were feign perforce to abandon our ship to the raging of the Sea and wind, even as the ship would go at adventure, but at the last by good fortune we chanced to arrive by a great rock and there we cast anchor: and presently after that we were arrived there, we went up into the Rock, and there we found the Bishop of Lisbon and one of his Chaplains with him, who came thither driving upon a mast of a ship that had been perished, but all the rest of his company were drowned by misfortune at sea. Then the Bishop and his Chaplain humbly prayed me to have pity upon them and to save their lives, and to take them into my ship: whereupon I had compassion on them, and (as one very glad and willing to deliver them from that danger) I took them into my ship, and gave them meat and drink & other things such as I had, for they had been almost dead by famine if I had not succoured them, and yet I think that they will not live until to morrow at night, for truly I have no more victuals, neither for myself nor for such as be within my ship: thus Sir I have answered to your demand, and therefore I desire you in the honour of God and of Mahu, to show me to whom this Castle doth appertain, and who is Lord thereof? and what is the name thereof, and of this Port whereas we be arrived? Friend quoth Huon, know for troth that this Castle and Port is the place in the world most hated and doubted of Paynims and Saracens, and I shall show you the cause why this Castle is set on a Rock of Adamant stones, so that if any ship chance to come hither by adventure, it can never depart from hence again. For the Adamant is of that nature, that it draweth always unto him the iron: and therefore any ship that is nailed or have in it any iron, and by chance come near this Port, by force it shall be constrained here to arrive. When the Merchant heard Huon, he began sore to weep and lament, and so did all the other and said. Sir, we are sore dismayed and abashed, of these words that you have said. Friend, (quoth Huon) all that I have said is of troth: but sirs, if you will believe me, and take upon you christendom, and believe upon the faith of jesus Christ, and believe firmly in him: you and all such as be in your ship, I shall bring you into such a place whereas you shall have meat and drink at your pleasure, and apparel as rich as you shall demand, and then I shall show you so much gold and riches, that you shallbe satisfied with the beholding thereof. Therefore if you will believe upon God, and of his Son jesus Christ, you shall have all this that I have said before, or else you shall all die of rage and of famine miserably. When the Patron had well heard Huon, he said: Sir, know for troth, it is about Seven years past since I believed upon the faith of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, and Sir, I thank you of the courtesy that you have showed unto me, and from henceforth I submit myself to the safeguard of almighty God, and of his Son jesus Christ. When Huon heard that, he was right joyful, and said. Friend, go to thy Ship, and remove all thy company to believe upon jesus Christ, and show them what per●ll and danger they be in now, and what wealth they shall have if they believe upon almighty God, and of his Son jesus Christ, and also show them what pleasure they shall find in this place, and if they will not, thou mayest well say that they are come to their last and shortly, and the two men that thou hast saved, cause them to come hither unto me. Sir, (quoth the Patron) I shall send them unto you, and then he departed and entered into his Ship, and there he showed his company all that he had heard of Huon, and what he was commanded to say unto them. When the Merchants who were all Paynims had heard their Patron declare in what case and peril they were in, they all answered, how that they were all ready to do his pleasure and to receive christendom, whereof the Patron was right joyful to hear them say so. Then the Patron sent for the Bishop and his Nephew who was his Chaplain, and said, Sirs, in the Castle there is a Lord, who prayeth you that incontinent ye will come a land and go to speak with him. When the Bishop heard the Patron, he arose up with much pain for faintness by reason of famine, and said, how that he would gladly fulfil his commandment. Then he and his Chaplain departed out of the Ship, and came to the stairs and mounted up to the Castle, but they were feign to rest them by the way divers times, and when they came unto the gate, they marveled greatly of the great beauty and rich work that they saw there, and so they came unto Huon, who tarried for them at the Hall door. When they came near unto him, they humbly saluted him. Sirs, (quoth Huon) God save you, and I pray you show me the troth what Country you be of? Sir, (quoth the Bishop) seeing it is your pleasure to know, I shall show you the troth. Sir, I was borne in the Cite of Bourdeaux, and am Bishop thereof, and have been this Twenty years, and a devotion took me to go a Pilgrimage to the holy Sepulchre, but God would not suffer us so to do: for when we were departed from Lisbon, a great wind and torment arose upon our Ship, the which was fair and rich and well furnished with Merchants, and so by fortune our Ship ran against a Rock, so that our Ship burst all to pieces, and there all our company were drowned, except myself and my Chaplain, who is my Nephew, and we two saved ourselves upon the Mast of our Ship floating upon the Sea, so that by the grace of God, the Ship that is here beneath arrived by fortune at the Port near unto the Rock, and I prayed him in the honour of God and of his Son jesus Christ to save our lives, and the Patron had pity & compassion of us, and took us into his Ship, and did so much for us as though we had been his Brethren. Sir, thus I have showed you our adventure: and Sir, I require you to pardon me in that I so stearnly behold you, but I shall show you (quoth he) the cause why I do it, me thinks I see before me the good Duke Sevin of Bourdeaux, who sweetly nourished me in my youth, you greatly resemble unto him, and he set me to school at Paris, and then he sent me to Rome unto our holy Father the Pope of Rome, to whom I was a ki●, and he did me much good, and he gave me the Bishopric of Milan: Duke Sevin is dead, God be with him, and he had two Sons the eldest called Huon and the other Gerard, Huon was sent for to Paris by King Charlemagne, and by the way there fell unto him a marvelous adventure, for he show the kings Son Charlot in his own defence, not knowing that it was the kings Son: wherefore the King banished him out of the Realm of France, and sent him to the Admiral Gaudise in Babylon to do his messsage, and afterward he returned into France: and since he hath had great war with the Emperor of Almain, more I cannot say, and I am right sorry that I know not where he is become, for my Father who was Brother to the good Abbot of Clunie, long ago nourished Huon up in his youth, before his Father Duke Sevin died, my Father did teach him: wherefore I have great sorrow and grief at my heart that I know not where he is become, since the peace was made and concluded between him and the King of France. When Huon had well heard the Bishop and understood him, his blood changed, and embracing him sweetly, he said: Sir, you are my Cousin, & I am Huon, who passed the sea and went to the Admiral Gaudise, and slew him, and led away with me his Daughter the fair Escleremond, who was married unto me by our holy Father the Pope, and I have left her in the City of Bourdeaux in great poverty and misery, besieged by the Emperor of Almain, I believe surely that she is taken by this time. When the Bishop heard Huon, he began sore to weep, and Huon embraced and kissed him, and said. Cousin you are happy to find me here, or else shortly you had been dead. Sir, (quoth he) I ought greatly to thank God thereof. But Sir, I require you to give me some meat, for I am so sore punished with hunger and thirst, that I am near hand famished, and can scarce sustain myself upon my feet. Cousin, (quoth Huon) by the grace of God I shall bring you to such a place, whereas you shall have meat and drink at your pleasure, and such as you will with for. Then Huon took him by the hand, and brought him into the Palace and through the Chambers, the Bishop was greatly abashed to see the riches that he saw there. Then they went down into the Seller, the Bishop beheld the manner of every thing, and had great marvel that none of them that he saw there would not speak any word, he passed by them with Huon and saluted them, and then he entered into the rich Chamber, whereas the Table was ready and Servants to give them water, and they all three sat down: and then Huon said unto the Bishop. Cousin, I conjure you by the Sacrament that you have received, that you nor your Chaplain be so hardy as to eat one morsel of meat, if any of you be in any deadly sin, if you be, incontinent confess you to your Chaplain, and he unto you: for if you do otherwise, you shall no sooner eat one morsel, but incontinent you shall die. When the Bishop had well heard and understood Huon, he had great marvel and said: Cousin, by the grace of God I feel myself in good estate not to abide death, for when I departed from Rome, both I and my Nephew were confessed of the Pope, and assoiled of all our sins, and since we entered into the Sea we have committed no sin. Then Huon said: Cousin, seeing that you be both in this case, you may eat and drink at your pleasure, and so they did, for they had great need thereof, they all three were richly served, they had every thing as they wished for, the Bishop and his Nephew did eat and drink, and they were greatly abashed of the great riches that they saw there, and they were ravished at the sweet singing of the birds, and the herbs and flowers that were there spread abroad smelling so sweetly, that they thought themselves in Paradise, and they had great marvel to see the Servants to serve them so peaceable, but they would never speak one word, they would gladly have demanded the cause why, but Huon had expressly charged them that they should make none inquiry. Thus they passed their dinner in great joy, and then washed their hands & arose up from the Table, and the Bishop and his Chaplain said grace devously. Then Huon took the Bishop by the hand, and said: Cousin, we will go up into the Palace, and then you shall go down into your Ship, and show them without they will die incontinent, let them be christened, and dress up tub with water of the Sea, and hallow you it and christian them therein, and I shall come after you with my sword and clean armed, to the intent that if they refuse thus to do, I shall strike oft their heads. Sir, (quoth the Bishop) I shall do your pleasure. Then Huon armed himself, and went after the Bishop and his Nephew down to the ship, and when they came there, they found Elinas the Master of them, who had preached so much unto the Saracens, that he had converted them all except Ten, they bore him in hand that they were glad to be christened, but their thoughts were otherwise, for they Ten had concluded in their courages, not to renounce the Law of Mahomet, for to believe upon jesus Christ, but they were content to be christened, to the intent that they would not die there for famine. When Huon and the Bishop was come unto them, the Bishop said: Sirs, I require you all to show me your intention, that if with a good heart not coloured, you will become christened and believe on the Law of God the Father, and of his Son our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, and leave the false and detestable Law of Mahu, the which is nothing worth. Sir, (quoth they all) shortly deliver us, for we be so hungry and thirsty, that we are almost famished, the which overpresseth us so much, that we can no longer endure nor suffer it: and when Huon had well heard them, he humbly thanked our Lord God, and had great joy thereof, and the Bishop and his Chaplain confessed them all, and assoiled them of all their sins, and in two great vessels christened them all. Then they all cried upon Huon, and said: Sir, for the love of our Lord God give us some meat. Sirs, (quoth Huon) you shall have incontinent enough, so that you shall be satisfied. Then Huon and the Bishop and his Chaplain all three went into the Castle, and charged upon their necks meat enough, and brought it into the Ship, and caused all the Merchants to sit down, and the meat was set before them, and the wine powered out into Cups, among other sat the ten Saracens, who had received the christendom faintly and falsely, and at the first morsel that they did put into their mouths, suddenly they died: the other Merchants when they saw that, they were greatly abashed, and regarded each other, and durst not approach to touch the meat, for they had thought that they should have all died. Sirs, (quoth Huon) be not dismayed nor abashed at this, for these ten men that are dead, did baptise themselves but all only to save their lives and to have meat, and not with a good conscience, nor for the love of almighty God, who hath all men's hearts at his pleasure: therefore be not afraid, eat and drink at your ease, for ye shall want nothing, but have all things at your wish. When the other Merchants understood by Huon, how that they that died were no true Christian men, they were greatly abashed, and so fell to their meat and drink: and when they had eaten and drunken at their pleasures, they arose and took all the riches that were in the Ship and carried it up into the Castle, and when they came there, they had great joy and pleasure, to behold the Hals and rich Chambers that were there: so much gold and silver and other riches they saw there, that they had thereof great marvel. Then they beheld the rich beds, and Chambers appareled whereas they might rest them: and then they saw the fair Garden so pleasant and delightful to behold, that the more they regarded it, the fairer it seemed unto them, the place was of length and breadth a bow shoot and more. And when the hour came for supper, than Huon led them down into the Seller, and after into the rich Chamber, whereas there was meat and drink plenty, and after Supper they went again into the Palace, and lay in the rich beds that they found there ready, and in the morning the Bishop and his Chaplain did sing Mass before Huon, and all the other that were there present, and when they would eat, they went to the place accustomed, and there they found always ready every thing that they desired or wished for, in the day time they would be in the Garden to sport them, oftentimes the Bishop preached unto them, and confessed them of all their sins. Thus they were there all together the space of one month in great pleasure and solace, but whosoever had joy, Huon had none, for his abiding there greatly grieved him, for oftentimes he would complain for his Wife the fair Lady Escleremond, and for his Daughter Clariet, and said. Madame, as often as I remember what danger I have left you in, my heart near departeth out of my body: Ah cursed Emperor, thou causest me to suffer much ill, when I think that by this time thou hast taken my City, my Wife, and my Child, and set them in thy Prison, I would if it were the pleasure of our Lord God, that they were here with me: then I would never depart from hence, and no more I shall do, without it be by the grace of God. Ah noble King Oberon, you have given me the realm of the Fairy, if it might be your pleasure now so much to succour me, as to deliver me from hence, and to aid me to destroy this Emperor who hath done me so much ill: for ever were I bound to your Mightiness. Chap. CIX. ¶ How Huon was borne by a Griffen out of the Castle of the Adamant, and how he slew the Griffen, and five other young griffins: And of the Fountain of the fair Garden, and of the fruit of the Tree near to the Fountain. THus as ye have heard Huon passed away the time in the Castle of the Adamant, and upon a day he leaned and looked out at a window into the Seaward, and he saw a far off a great bird come flying thetherward, this bird or foul was bigger than any horse in the world, whereof he had great marvel. Then he saw where it came to the same Port, and lighted upon the Mast of a great Ship, and saw how with the weight of the Fowl, the Mast had near hand broken asunder. Then after he saw the Fowl alight down into the Ship, and took with his talons one of the Ten men that died because they would not believe firmly upon God, and of his Son jesus Christ, they could not putrefy, but lay still in the Ship all whole and found: then the Fowl lifted him up into the air, and carried him away as lightly as a Hawk would carry a Pigeon. Huon who saw this had great marvel, and beheld the Griffen which way she did fly, and as far off as he might see, he saw to his similitude a great Rock, as white to the sight as Crystal, and then he said to himself, I would to God that I were there, I think it be some place inhabitable, and then he thought within himself to come thither again the dext day, to see if the Griffen would come again to fetch his prey, if he did, he● thought if he would be out of the Castle, the Griffen might bear him armed as surely, that he should do him no hurt with his talons, thinking to lie down armed with his Sword in his hand among the dead men, and when the Griffen had brought him where his young birds were, then to fight with the Griffen, yet he thought before he would thus do, he would again see if the Griffen came, and held the same way that she did before, for he thought surely that if she returned to the same place, it must needs be some Land, and he thought that it were a thing impossible to get out of that Castle by any other manner of ways. Then Huon returned again to the Garden to the Bishop and unto the other company, and made no semblance of that he had thought to do, and then he talked with them of divers matters. And when the time came, they went to eat and drink as they had been accustomed to do before. When night came, and that Huon was in his bed, he lay and studied of the conveyance of the Griffen, desiring greatly for the day light, to go and see if the Griffen returned to fetch her pray. When day came, Huon aroase and heard service, and then he went to the window, and looked there so long, that at the last he saw a far off where the Griffen came flying from the place as she had done the day before, and came and sat down upon the same Mast, beholding the dead men that lay under her, which of them she might take to her pray: Huon beheld her, and saw how that she was a cruel Fowl. Her neck was marvelous great, her eyes as great as a Basin, and more redder than the mouth of a furnace, and her talons so great and so long, that fearful it was to behold her, and then at last she lighted down into the Ship, and took one of the dead bodies in her talons, and so mounted into the air, and flew the same way as she did the day before. Huon beheld the Griffen well, and saw how that she flew to the white Rock. This Rock was called the Rock of Alexander, for when Alexander passed the deserts of India, and went to speak with the Trees of the Sun and of the Moon, he came unto the same Rock, and at his return, he bathed him in a Fountain near to the Rock, and there he tarried a certain space, and saw there many things. Now let us leave speaking of this Rock, and return unto Huon, who fixed his courage, that he determined to be borne from thence by the Griffen, and said within himself, that he had rather adventure death, then to abide any longer there: for he had so great a desire to see his Wife and his Child, that he put from him all fear of death. When Huon saw that the Griffen was gone with her pray, he went to the Bishop and unto his company, and showed unto them all that he had seen and thought to do: and when they all had heard Huon, they began pitifully to weep, and wrong their hands, and did tore their hair, making the greatest sorrow and grief in the world, and cried out and said: Ah Cousin, (quoth the Bishop) by the grace of God you shall never take upon you such a folly, you ought not io seek your own death, sooner than it is the pleasure of God that your hour be come: Sir, for God's sake forsake us not, but tarry here with us. Friends, (quoth Huon) when I remember the danger that I left my wife and my child, and my City and Lords, and Burgesses and Commonalty in, my heart is so sorrowful and so aggrieved there at, that it near hand slayeth me, you shall abide here in the safeguard of our Lord God, and I will take the adventure that God will send me, and I pray you to speak no more unto me in this matter, for by the grace of God I will venture it. When they saw that they could not turn Huon from his Enterprise, the sorrow that they made no man can declare, that night they passed in great sorrow and dolour, until the next morning that Huon arose. Then he came to the Bishop, and was confessed and received at his hand, than he dined well with his company, and then after dinner he went and armed himself in double armour, and with mail upon his Legs and helmet upon his head, and guirded his Sword about him, and when he was ready and that it was time to depart, he took his leave of the Bishop and of all the other, and commended them all into the safeguard of almighty God. When the good Bishop saw his departure, he made great sorrow and so did all the other, but none of them durst speak any more unto him: the Bishop embraced him at his departing, and said. Cousin, into the safeguard of almighty God and of his Son our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ I commend you, and that he may of his grace preserve you from all your enemies. Sir, (quoth Huon) the great desire that I have to aid and succour her, whom I left in great poverty and doubt of her life, constraineth me thus to depart, for if I go not by this means, I must ever abide here, and then I shall break my promise unto her, but by the grace of God I will keep my faithful promise. Thus I recommend you unto God, and then he departed from them, and passed out of the gate, and went down the stairs, and so came into the ship, and then he looked into the Sea, and saw where the Griffen was coming, and when he perceived that, he lay down among the dead men with his sword naked in his hand, and held it upon his thigh▪ because it should not fall into the Sea, and assoon as he was laid crewling among the dead men, the Griffen came, and alighted upon the ship Mast as she was accustomed to do, and she was so heavy and so great (as is aforesaid) that the Mast was near hand broken asunder. When Huon saw that, he was in great fear, and called upon our Lord jesus Christ for aid and succour, and to save him from the cruel Griffen, and the Gr●ffen looking for her pray, saw where Huon lay armed, whereby he seemed more greater than any of the other dead men, the Griffen desired to have him unto her nest, to give him unto her young birds: and then she came down into the ship and took Huon in her claws, and strained him so fast by both sides, that her claws entered into the flesh for all his armour, so that the blood issued out, and Huon was in that distress, that all his body trembled, and piteously he called upon our Lord God for aid and succour, but he durst not stir for any pain that he felt, the Griffen did bear him so high and so far, that in less than three hours she did bear him unto the white Rock, and there laid him down, and for travail that the Griffen had, she flew down the Rock to a Fountain to drink, the which Fountain was of such great virtue, that the bounty thereof could not be described, and Huon who lay upon the Rock, was sore weary and faint, for the blood that he had lost, he thought within himself, that if ever he would escape from that danger, it was time for him then to show his Prowess: then he arose up and looked round about him, and saw how that there was near him a fair Forest, and then he prayed unto our Lord God to aid and succour him to depart from thence in safeguard, and that he might once again return into his own Country, to see his Wife and Child whom he so well loved: then anon he saw the Griffen, who had seen Huon rise up, than she came with her mouth open to have devoured Huon: but he was replenished with his Prowess, and came against the Griffen, who had her paws ready open to have gripped Huon, but he who was light and quick, gave the Griffen such a stroke with his Sword, that he strake off one of her feet by the joint, and so the Griffen fell to the earth, and gave such a cry, that the young Griffens being in their nest in the Forest heard the cry, and knew well that it was the voice of their Mother, Father they had none, for he was slain but a little before by a King of Persia with his Archers, because the Griffen had slain the King's Horse for meat for his young ones. Thus when they heard the cry of their Mother, they arose up into the air, they were five in number, they came all at once with open wings upon Huon, and when he saw all five coming upon him, he had great fear, he strake the first upon the neck, in such sort, that he strake off the head clean from the body: then the second seized Huon by the mail, that if he had not stricken off her Leg, he had borne him up into the air, but Huon gave him such a stroke, that the Leg hanged still at the lap of the mail, and he took it off with his hand and cast it to the earth, and with another stroke he slew that Griffen,: and then came the third and gave Huon such a buffet with his wings, that it made Huon to kneel down upon one of his knees. Then Huon strake that Griffen such a stroke on the wing, that it fell clean from the body. And the fourth he strake off his Legs, and with another stroke strake off his head, and then also he slew the other with the one wing. Then came the fifth Griffen, who was bigger than any of the other griffins, and then Huon strake at him, and the Griffen reared up his feet and spread abroad his wings, and gave Huon such a recounter, that the noble Knight was stricken to the earth. When Huon felt himself hurt and lay upon the earth, he called upon God for aid and succour, for he thought that he should never have risen more, and wished himself at that time that he had tarried still in the Castle of the Adamant with his company, who for sorrow that they had when Huon went into the ship, they durst not abide the coming of the Griffen, but went and did hide themselves in the Castle, and Huon who was sore wounded with this fifth Griffen, rose up as well as he might, and came to the Griffen, who was ready to destroy him with his beak and nails. Thus Huon like a virtuous and a hardy Knight took courage, and lifted up his Sword with both his hands, and strake the Griffen such a stroke upon the head, that he clave it to the brains, so that the Griffen fell down dead to the earth. Chap. CX. ¶ How Huon fought with the great Griffen, and slew her. WHen Huon saw that he had slain the five young griffins, he thanked our Lord God for the grace that he had sent him, as to overcome such five terrible Fowls: then he sat down to rest him, and laid his Sword by him, thinking that they had been all slain, but it was not long, but that the great Griffen who had brought him from the Castle of the Adamant, came upon him with three feet, and beating with his wings, and when she saw her young ones slain, she cast out a great cry, so that all the Valley rang thereof. When Huon saw her coming, he was in great fear, for he was sore weary with travail and loss of blood, that it was pain to sustain himself: howbeit, he saw well that it was great need to defend himself, and then he came to the Griffen to have stricken her, but he could not, the Griffen was so near him beating with her wings so fiercely, that Huon fell to the earth, and his Sword fell out of his hands, whereof he had great fear, for he thought himself never so near death in all his life as he was then, he called then right piteously for aid and succour of our Lord jesus Christ, and the Griffen did ●eat him marvelously with her beak, wings, and talons, but the noble coats of mail that he had on were so strong, that the Griffen could not break them, but if the Griffen had not lost before one of her Legs; and lost so much blood as she had done, Huon could never have escaped without death, the Griffen so sore defoiled and beat him, that he could not in no wise arise up again. Then Huon remembered himself, how that he had by his side a rich knife, the which he brought with him from the Castle of the Adamant, he drew it out, and therewith strake the Griffen upon the breast six great strokes, every stroke as deep as the knife would go, and as his fortune was, this knife was of length two foot, and therewith the Griffen fell down dead. Then Huon arose and put off his helmet, & lifted up his hands unto Heaven, and thanked our Lord God of his victory, and he was so sore travailed, and charged with blood and sweat, that he put off his helmet and beheld round about him, and could see nothing to trouble him. When he had tarried there a certain time, he arose up and looked down the Rock, and he saw a Fountain in a fair meadow: then he went down and came thither, and he saw the Fountain so fair & clear, that he had great marvel thereof, he saw the workmanship thereof rich, all of white jasper wrought richly with flowers of fine gold and Azure, and when he saw the water so fair, he had great desire to drink thereof, than he did off one of his double armours to be the more lighter, and so approached unto the Fountain, and saw the gravel in the bottom all of precious stones, and then he put off his helmet, and drank of the water his fill, and he had no sooner drunk thereof, but incontinent he was hole of all his wounds, and as fresh and lusty as he was when he came from the Castle of the Adamant, whereof he most humbly thanked our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ. This Fountain was called the Fountain of youth, the which was of such virtue, that whatsoever sickness a man or woman had, if they bathed them in the stream of that Fountain, they should be hole of all infirmities. Then Huon unarmed himself, and put off all his clothes and bathed himself in the stream, to wash away the blood and sweat that his body was coloured withal, and when he was clean washed, he armed himself again with one of his armours, and left off the other. By this Fountain there grew an Apple Tree charged with leaves and fruit, the fairest that might be found. When Huon saw the Tree charged with so fair fruit, he arose upon his feet and approached unto the Tree, and took thereof a fair Apple and a great, and did eat thereof his fill, for the Apple was great, & he thought that he did never eat before of such a fruit. Ah good Lord, (quoth he) I ought greatly to laud and praise thee, seeing thou hast thus replenished me this day with such a Fountain and such fruit. Then he looked upon his right hand, and saw a great Orchard full of Trees, bearing good fruit of divers sorts, that great beauty it was to behold them. This Garden was so fair, that it seemed rather a Paradise then a thing terrestrial. For out of this Garden there issued such a smell and odour, that Huon thought that all the balm and spicery in the world could not cast out so sweet a smell. Ah good Lord, (quoth Huon) what place is this that I am in? for if the Griffen had not been here, I would have thought that I had been in Paradise: good Lord God I pray thee to aid and succour me in all mine affairs and enterprises, and at this time that I be not lost nor dead. Chap. CXI. ¶ How an Angel appeared unto Huon, and commanded him to gather three Apples of the Tree by the Fountain, and no more: and how the Angel showed him tidings of his wife the fair Escleremond, and of his Daughter Clariet, and showed him the way that he should go from thence. THus as ye have heard Huon devised by himself at the Fountain, than he went again to the Tree, and said that he would eat of that fruit, and gather thereof as much as should suffice him for six days, and in that space he trusted to come to some place, whereas he should have meat sufficient. Thus as he was going towards the Tree, suddenly there appeared unto him a light shining, that he thought he was ravished in Heaven among the Angels, therewith he heard a voice Angelical that said: Huon, know for troth, that our Lord God commandeth thee, not to be so hardy as to gather any more fruit of that Tree, except three Apples, the which God is well content that thou shalt gather, and no more, hereafter they shall serve thee well, so that thou dost keep them clean and worthily as they ought to be kept, it shall not be long ere thou shalt have great need of them, the fruit of this Tree is called the fruit of youth, it hath such virtue, that if a man of fourscore, or of a Hundred years of age do eat thereof, he shall become again as young as he was at the age of Thirty years, in yonder Garden thou mayst go and gather there of the fruit at thy pleasure, and eat what thou list: but eat no more of this that thou hast eaten of, and therefore beware I charge thee, gather no more thereof, except the said three Apples. Know for troth that if thou breakest my commandment, the fruit shall be dearly sold unto thee. Sir, (quoth Huon) laud and praise be given to our Lord God my Creator, when he showeth his grace unto me that am so poor a sinner, and that he will thus visit me, I shall never consent to break his commandment, I had rather die then so to do: my body and my Soul I recommend unto his good grace. But thou the Messenger of God, I require thee to show me how doth my wife Escleremond and Clariet my Daughter, whom I have left in my City of Bourdeaux, besieged by the Emperor Tirrey of Almain, I have great fear that they be famished within the City, and my Lords and company that I left there with her slain and dead. Friend, (quoth the voice) know for certain, that the City of Bourdeaux is taken, and all thy men dead or taken, and thy wife in prison in the great Tower of Mayence, whereas the Emperor Tirrey keepeth her straightly, and thy Daughter Clariet is at Clunie in the Abbey, whereas she is well served, and the Abbot who hath always loved thee, he hath her in his keeping, and she is as well cherished there, even as she were his own Daughter. Sir, (quoth Huon) and why was she brought thither? Huon, (quoth the Voice) know well that Barnard thy cousin German brought her thither. Friend, (quoth Huon) I pray you to show me if Gerames, Richard, and Othon be alive or not? Friend, (quoth the Voice) at the taking of the City they were slain by the Emperor. When Huon had well heard those pitiful tidings, he began tenderly to weep, complaining for the fair Escleremond his wife, and for the death of the old Gerames, and said: Friend, I require you to show me if ever I shall escape, considering that I am here closed in with the Sea, the which goeth round about this Rock, I see no way to go out thereof, gladly I would know if ever I shall return into my Country, to see my Wife and Daughter who are in great fear and danger. Huon, (quoth the Voice) comfort thyself, thou shalt see them again, thy Wife Escleremond and thy Daughter Clariet, and thy good City of Bourdeaux, but ere thou shalt come there, thou shalt suffer much pain, and be in great fear and danger, the Emperor Tirrey hath conquered all thy Country, and Geronnell is under his obeisance with the City of Bourdeaux. Then Huon swore and made promise, that if our Lord jesus Christ would give him the grace that he might return into his own Country, that surely he would slay the Emperor Tirrey whatsoever end come thereof. Messenger of God, I require you to show me by what manner of ways I may pass out of this Rock. Huon, (quoth the Voice) go to the said Tree, and gather the three Apples, (as I have said unto thee before) and keep them well and cleanly, for thou shalt hereafter have so much profit by them, that at the end thou shalt come unto thy desire and will, and shalt be out of thy great pain, trouble, and thought, take this little path that thou seest here upon thy right hand, and so go thou down unto the foot of the Rock, and there thou shalt find a fair clear water, and thereupon a fair ship, enter into it, but first go into the Garden, and gather fruit to serve thee as long as thou shalt be in the ship, then unloose the ship from the chain that it is tied by, and let the ship go whether as it will, until it cometh to the Port whereas thou shalt arrive: but be thou sure before thou comest there, thou shalt be in as great fear as ever thou wert in all the days of thy life, nor thou wert never in so great peril, I commend thee into the safeguard of our Lord jesus Christ, I go my way, and leave thee here. Then Huon kneeled down and held up his hands, and said: Ah thou very Messenger of God, I require thee to have me recommended unto my Creator. Huon, (quoth the Voice) be of good comfort, for as long as thou art true and faithful, thou ●ha●t have aid and succour of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, and shalt attain to thy desires, but ere thou comest thereto, thou shalt suffer much pain and fear: but after (as I have said) thou shalt have wealth enough, & exalt all thy Fiends. Huon was glad of that the Voice had said unto him, but he was in great displeasure, in that his Wife the fair Escleremond was Prisoner in the great Tower of the City of Mayence, and of the death of the old Gerames and of other his Lords & Servants, and said to himself, if I may, the Emperor shall dearly abvy that bargain. Then Huon went to the Garden, and gathered fruit to bear into the Ship: and then he went to the Fountain, whereas the Tree of youth was there by, and there by the commandment of the Angel, he gathered three Apples, and trussed them safely: and then he drank of the Fountain at his pleasure. Then he departed, and took the little path, the which was between the Garden and the stream that issued out of the Fountain, the which stream ran and fell into the great River whereas the Ship lay, and when he was entered into this stream, he saw the goodliest precious stones that ever he saw, they were so fair and so rich, that the value of them could not be esteemed, the gravel of the stream that issued out of the Fountain were all precious stones, and they cast such light that all the Mountain and Rock did shine thereof, whereof Huon had great marvel. Also he saw the Ship so fair, that he was thereof greatly dismayed and abashed, the River joined to the rich Garden, whereas Huon had gathered fruit of Fourteen sorts, the which he put into the Ship, and then recommending himself to our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, he entered into the Ship, and untied the ship from the chain: then the ship departed from that Port, this River was called Diplayre. Thus this ship went as fast as though a bird had flown, and thus as ye have heard Huon sailed all along in this Ship upon the River of Diplayre, right desirous to bring out of danger his Wife the fair Lady Escleremond. Chap. CXII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux sailed in a rich Ship, and of the perilous Gulf that he passed by: and how he arrived at the Port of the great City of Thauris of Persia. THus as ye have heard, was Huon upon this rich River in his Ship, the which was bordered with white ivory, and nailed with nails of fine gold, and the fore Castle of white Crystal, mingled with rich Ca●sidony, and therein a Chamber, the sealing wrought with stars of gold and precious stones, the which gave such clearness in the dark night, as though it had been fair day, and the bed that Huon lay upon, there is no human tongue can esteem the value thereof, therein lay Huon every night, and in the day came abroad in the Ship, it was irksome to him for that he was alone without company, and sailed every day between two Rocks without sight of any Town or Village, man or woman: and when he had been in this Ship three days and three nights, he beheld before him, and saw how the two Rocks began to draw together and cover the River, and it seemed unto his fight, that the Ship should enter into a darkness: howbeit, the River ever still kept his full breadth, but the nearer he came, the darker the passage seemed: and when the ship came near unto it, she went so fast, that Huon thought that no bird in all the world could fly so fast, and then it began to be sore black and dark, and the wind rose and it hailed so extremely, that he thought the Ship should have perished, and Huon was so cold, that he wist not how to get him any heat. Then he heard pitiful voices speaking divers languages, cursing the time that ever they were borne. Then he heard thunder, and saw lightning so often, that certainly he thought to have been perished, and never to have escaped out of that danger. Thus Huon was in this ship in great fear of losing of his life, and when he was hungry, he did eat of the fruit that he had brought thither, then again he was comforted, in that the Angel had said unto him, that he should see again his Wife Escleremond, and his Daughter Clariet. When he had been in this case the space of three days, he sat down upon the Sea board of the Ship, and then he heard such a brute so great and so horrible, that if the thunder had fallen from the Heavens, and that all the Rivers in the world had fallen down from the Rocks, they could not have made so hideous a noise as the Tempest of the Gulf made, the which is between the Sea of Persia and the great Sea Ocean, it was never heard that ever any Ship or Galley escaped that way without perishing. When Huon saw himself in that danger, devoutly he called upon our Lord God, and said. Ah good Lord, now I see and perceive, that without thy aid and succour I am lost and come to my end, but seeing that it is your pleasure and will that I shall perish here, I beseech your benevolent grace to accept my Soul into your favourable hands. Huon had no sooner spoken those words, but a wind aroase with so great a Tempest, that he thought then surely to have been cast away. Then he saw coming against him great bars of iron red hot, that fell down from on high into the River before Huon in such sort, that when they fell into the water, by reason of the heat of the bars troubled so the water, that fearful it was to behold it. Thus Huon was a great space, before he could pass the Gulf, the which was so perilous, and the Ship went so sore by force of the wind, so that the ship went out of the midst of the stream, and was near to the Land, so that the Ship was grounded, and could go no further. When Huon saw and perceived that the Ship was upon the ground, he thought then surely to have been drowned. Then he took an anchor and put it into the water, to know how many foot the water was of deepness, and he found it but five foot. Then he took one of his anchors and cast it a shore, and then drew by the chord, until the ship came near to the bankside, than he issued out of the Ship and leapt a land, and then he saw suddenly about him a great clearness, whereof he was greatly dismayed and abashed, and wist not what to think: then he saw before him that all the gravel in the water were mingled with precious stones, and when Huon saw that, he took a scoop and cast into the ship so much of those precious stones, that it gave as great a light as though ten Torches had been burning, and so much of this gravel Huon did cast into the Ship, that he was weary of labour, and when he saw the Ship sufficiently charged, than he entered again and drew up the anchor, and travailed so sore, that he brought again the ship into the midst of the stream, than the ship went so fast that a bird could not have followed it. Thus he was ten days before he could pass that Gulf, and thus day and night he sailed with great fear, and sore oppressed through hunger and thirst, for he had nothing to eat nor drink but fruit, so that thereby he was waxed so feeble, that he could scarce sustain himself upon his feet, and upon the eleventh day at the Sun rising, he saw appear the clearness of the day light, and then he was out of the darkness, and entered into the Sea of Persia, the which was so pleasant and peaceable, that great pleasure it was to behold it, and then the Sun arose and spread abroad his streams and spheres upon the Sea, whereof Huon was so joyful, as though he had never felt pain nor fear: then a far off he saw appear before him a fair great City, and in the haven thereof there were so many ships and Galleys, that their Masts seemed to be a great Forest, whereof Huon had such joy at his heart, that he kneeled down lifting by his hands unto Heaven, and humbly thanking our Lord God that he had saved him from this perilous Gulf. This City was called the great City of Thauris in Persia, the Lord thereof was a puissant Admiral, who had made to be proclaimed and published, that all manner of Merchants by land or by Sea that would come to his City, should have free going and free coming without let or disturbance, either in their bodies or goods, whether they were christian men or Saracens, so that if they lost the worth of a penny, they should have again four times the value thereof, and the same time that Huon came and arrived at that Port, was the day of their free Feast: wherefore there was so much people of divers Lands, that they could not well be numbered. When Huon was come into the Port, he cast his anchor near unto the bankside, and was right joyful when he saw himself that he was upon the firm land: and then he had great desire to know in what place he was arrived in, and whether he was arrived at a good Port or no? Now let us leave speaking of the good Duke Huon, until we have occasion to return unto him again. Chap. CXIII. ¶ How Sir Barnard departed from the Abbey of Clunie, and went to seek for Huon his Cousin, whom he found at the Port of the great City of Thauris. YE have heard here before, how after the taking of Bourdeaux, Barnard who was Cousin unto Huon, had borne Clariet Huons child into Burgoine, and delivered her to be kept with the good Abbot of Clunie. After that Barnard had tarried there the space of eight days, he was weary with being there, and upon a day he said unto the Abbot. Ah Sir, I would at the taking of Bourdeaux, I had been slain with my Cousin Gerames, for when I remember my good Lord Huon, my heart faileth me in such wise, that it is great pain for me to bear the sorrow that I endure, and afterward when I remember the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, who endureth such misery that it is pity to think thereof, doubleth the sorrow and grief that I have at my heart. Alas, what shall Huon say, if he return and find his City taken, his men taken and destroyed, and his Wife in Prison in great poverty and misery? I fear me that he will die for sorrow. Alas, I see all that I have is lost for the love of Huon my Lord, for the which I care little for, if he be in safety alive, and that he may return again, and I am in great displeasure, that we can hear no news of him since he departed from Bourdeaux, I shall never rest as long as I live until I have found him, or hear some certain news of him. Cousin, (quoth the Abbot) if you will enter into this inquest, you should do me great pleasure, and for the great desire that I have had, that you should go this Voyage, I will give you a Thousand Florents towards your journey. Sir, (quoth Barnard) I thank you. Then the Abbot delivered him the money, and Barnard made him ready to depart the next day, and so he did, and took his leave of the Abbot and departed, and rested not until he came to Venyce, whereas he found Galleys ready to go to the holy Sepulchre, whereof he was right joyful, and so sailed forth until they came to the Port jaffe, whereas he went a shore with other Pilgrims, and ever as he passed by the other Ports, he ever demanded for Huon, but he could never find any man, that could show unto him any manner of news of him, and then he departed from the Port jaste and went unto jerusalem, whereas he tarried eight days. Then when he had done his Pilgrimage, he took forth his journey unto Kayre in Babylon, and when he came to Gasere, which standeth at the entering of the Deserts, he met with many Merchants, who were going to the free Feast which was holden in the great City of Thauris. Then he thought to demand of them whether so much people were going, and all in one company, and he spoke unto a Merchant of Geanes, and demanded of him whether so much people went together in one company, for they were to the number of sixscore merchants christian men, and he. Then the Merchant said: Sir, as me thinketh by you, you are of the Country of France, I shall show you whether we go: Sir, within this eight days the free Feast shallbe at the great City of Thauris, whereas there shall come a great number of Merchants, as well Christian men as Saracens, as well by land as by Sea, and there is nothing in this mortal world but there you shall find it, and hear of all manner of news, from all the parts of the world. Now I have showed you whether we are going, I pray you show me whether you would go and whom you do seek for? Sir, (quoth Barnard) know for troth that I am of the Realm of France, and I do seek for a Knight who is Lord of Bourdeaux, and is called Huon, and it is long since I departed out of my Country, and I could never hear any thing of his life nor death. Sir, (quoth the Genevoys) if ever you shall hear of him, (if you will believe me) you shall go with us into the Realm of Persia, to the free Feast at the great City of Thauris. Sir, (quoth Barnard) in a good hour I have met with you, I shall not leave your company until you come there, to see if God will send me so good fortune as to find him that I seek for. Then the Merchants departed, and road all together until they came unto the great City of Thauris, and when they were lodged, they went about their merchandise whereas they listed. Thus Barnard was eight days in the City going here and there, ever inquiring news for him whom he sought for: and upon a day he went down to the Port unto the Seaside, whereas many Ships and Galleys lay at anchor, and as he looked about, he saw near to the Seaside a little proper Vessel marvelously fair, and the nearer he came unto it, the fairer and richer it seemed, for he saw great clearness and shining within it, by reason of the rich stones that were therein, whereof he had great marvel, and especially because he saw within the Ship but one man clean armed, he wist not what to think, but he thought that he was christened: then he approached near to the Ship and saluted Huon, and said. Sir, God give you good adventure, for me thinks you be a Christian man. Friend, (quoth Huon) God save thee, me thinks by thy speech, that thou wert borne in the good Country of France, by reason that thou speakest French, for I have great joy when I hear that language spoken: and friend, I require thee to show me where thou wert borne, and what thou seekest for here? Sir, (quoth Barnard) seeing you will know of my business, I shall show you, as he that is right sorrowful and heavy, and little shall you win thereby when you do know it, but seeing that it is your pleasure, I shall show you the troth. Sir, I was borne in the good City of Bourdeaux, whereas I have left my house and heritage, to seek for my good Lord sometime Lord of the same City, and he was called Duke Huon, who went from Bourdeaux to seek for some succour whiles the City was besieged, and so it is, my Lord Huon returned not, nor it cannot be known where he is become, and because the City at his departing was besieged by the Emperor of Almain, and the City but ill furnished with victual to maintain it long, and also it was so sore beaten with Engines, that the Emperor wan the City perforce, and slew all those that my Lord Huon had left there, except three Hundred, the which were taken Prisoners by the Emperor, and led into the City of Mayence, with the noble Duchess Escleremond wife unto my good Lord Huon, and she is kept in a straighc Prison, whereas she spendeth her days miserably, whereof my heart is in such sorrow and grief, that when I remember them, it near hand slayeth my heart. When Huon had well heard and understood Barnard, he knew him well, but he had no power to speak any word unto him, his heart was so full of sorrow and grief, for that his Cousin Barnard had showed him, and the chiefest of his sorrow was for the trouble of his wife the fair Lady Escleremond, who was in great peril of death. Thus Huon was a great space, and could speak no word for sorrow and grief, and wist not what to do: and also he saw his Cousin Barnard, who had taken great pains to search for him, whereof he had such pity, that the tears fell from his eyes. When Barnard saw that the Knight gave him no answer, and beheld under the ventaile of his helmet, the tears of water fell down from his eyes, he was thereof so dismayed and abashed that he wist not what to say. Then he said: Sir, me thinks you are a Christian man, and because I see and perceive in you that you are a man, that hath been in many places and Countries: therefore I desire you to show me, if you heard ever any manner of speaking of my good Lord Huon Duke of Bourdeaux, whom I have sought for in many Countries both by land and by Sea, and I could never hear any certain tidings of him, whereof I am right sorry, for if I can hear no word of him by you, I will never hope more to have any knowledge of him: I think I shall have some knowledge by you if he be alive, for if I know nothing by you, I will never seek him further, but I will go into a Desert unto some solitary place, and there to do penance, and to pray unto God for my good Lord Huon, and to pardon me of all my sins and offences, and I require you in the name of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, to show me what you be? and where you were borne? and from whence you come, that hath brought in your ship so great riches, for I know certainly, that in all France cannot be found the value of so great riches: nor the puissant Charlemagne could never assemble together such riches as you have in your Ship. When Huon had well heard Barnard, he said: Friend, I have great marvel of that I hear you say, for in my Ship I know neither gold nor silver, nor none other thing but my body and mine armour. Sir, (quoth Barnard) beware what you say, for the riches that I see in your Ship, if you will sell it, you may fill again your ship with money, if you will believe me, the Treasure and riches that you have brought in your Ship, the value thereof cannot be esteemed. When Huon heard that, he had great marvel and was right joyful, than he looked down into the bottom of the Ship, and saw the rich stones there lying among the gravel, the which he never took heed of before, for when he did cast it into his Ship, he thought all had been but gravel to ballaice his Ship withal, that it might sail the more surely. Then Barnard said: Sir, I pray you hide it not from me, where have you had this Treasure and in what Country? all the stones that be there I know the virtue of them all, for since I came out of my Country, I was a whole year with the best Lapidary and knower of stones that was in all the world, and he taught me his Science: Sir, surely the place whereas you had them in is of great dignity. Friend, (quoth Huon) I shall show you the troth, fortune brought me by the Gulf of Persia, whereas as I suffered much pain and trouble, but thanked be God, I escaped from that hard adventure, the force of the wind that came out of the Gulf, drove my Ship out of the stream to the land, and when I saw that I was so near to the land, I went out of the ship and took a scoop, and therewith I did cast into the ship some store of the gravel that lay by the sea side, to ballays my ship therewith, not knowing that any precious stones had been among the gravel: and when I thought that I cast in sufficient, I entered again into my ship, and so sailed forth more surely than I did before, there I had these stones that be in this ship: the which ye say be of so great value. Sir, (quoth Barnard) I pray you wherefore serveth yonder foot of a great Fowl or beast, that I see hang yonder in your Ship, I cannot tell whether it be of a Fowl or of a Dragon, for it is a fearful thing to behold. Friend, (quoth Huon) anon I shall show you, but first I pray you show me, what virtue and bounty are in these stones, the which you have so much praised: and also to show me unto whom this noble City appertaineth. Sir, (quoth Barnard) this City is called Thauris, whereof is Lord a rich Admiral, who is Lord of all Persia and of Media, who when he shall be advertised of your coming hither, he will have of you Tribute as he hath of other Merchants, and as for your stones, two of them that I see yonder if you give them for your Tribute, he will be well content: and Sir, I shall aid you in your merchandise to the best of my power, the Admiral is a noble man in his Law, and of great credence. Friend, (quoth Huon) I thank you for the courtesy that you show me: but Sir, I pray you show me the stones that be of so much virtue, I would have the best laid apart from the other. When Barnard heard how Huon desired him to show the virtue of the stones, then especially he showed Huon six stones, and he drew them out from the rest, and laid them upon Huons shield, and so chose out Thirty other, and showed them all unto Huon, and said. Sir, these Thirty stones that I have laid upon your shield, are of so great value, that there is neither King nor Emperor that can pay the value of them, and especially of five of them: and when Huon heard that, he was right joyful. Then he would hide no longer himself from Barnard, and also because of the great heat that he was in, he did put off his helmet, the which he kept on all that season, because he would first know of Barnard some tidings ere he would be known unto him, for he knew his Cousin Barnard well enough at his first coming unto him. Chap. CXIIII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux and Barnard his Cousin, acknowledged themselves each to other, and showed the discourse of their adventures. WHen Barnard saw Huon put off his helmet, he became as ruddy as a Rose, and was so ravished that he wist not what to say or think, and said: Sir, I cannot say truly what you be, but you resemble so much like Huon whom I seek for, that I cannot tell whether you be he or not. Cousin, (quoth Huon) come hither unto me and embrace me, I am he whom you do seek for, and so they embraced each other in such wise, that of a long space they could not speak one to another, at last Huon said. My right dear Cousin, I pray you show unto me all the news that you know of Bourdeaux since my departing. Sir, (quoth Barnard) I shall show you that I would feign know myself, but first Sir, I pray you show unto me the adventures that you have had since your departing from Bourdeaux. Cousin, (quoth Huon) if I should show you all the Adventures and Fortunes that I have had since my departing from you, it would be overlong to rehearse it: but briefly I shall declare it unto you. When I was upon the Sea, a great Tempest rose upon us, the which continued the space of Ten days without ceasing, and then Huon showed him how he was in the Gulf, and what peril he was in there, and how he spoke with judas, and how he arrived at the Castle of the Adamant, and how his company there died by famine, and how he entered into the Castle and slew the Serpent, and showed him of the beauty and adventures that were in the Castle: and how he was borne unto a Rock by a Griffen, and how he slew the five young griffins, and afterward the great Griffen, whose foot was in the Ship the which he showed unto Sir Barnard: and discoursed of the Fountain and Garden, and Tree of youth, and of the Ship the which they were in, and how he found it by the River, and how by the voice of the Angel he entered into the Ship: and afterwards he showed what great pain and peril he suffered in passing the Gulf of Persia: and how he was perforce driven a shore, and there he cast in the stones thinking it had been gravel: and how he was as then come and arrived at the great City of Thauris in Persia. When Barnard had well heard and understood Huon, he embraced him, and said: Ah right dear and virtuous Knight, to whom in prowess and hardiness none can be compared, of your coming I ought to be joyful, and I thank our Lord God of the grace that he hath sent you. Sir, (quoth Huon) I ought greatly to thank our Lord jesus Christ, in that I see you in good health, and now I pray you to show me what hath fallen in the Country of Bourdeaux since I departed from thence. Then Barnard all weeping showed him every thing as it had fallen, and showed unto Huon the manner how the good City of Bourdeaux was taken, and of the death of the old Gerames and his company, and of the taking of the noble Duchess the fair Escleremond: and how the Emperor held her in prison in the City of Mayence, in great poverty and misery, and of his Daughter Clariet, how he had brought her unto the Abbey of Clunie, and set her in keeping there with the Abbot her Cousin. When Huon had well understood Barnard, he made great sorrow in his heart and said, if God would aid and help him, he would cause the Emperor to die an evil death. Sir, (quoth Barnard) will you appease yourself, if you have trust in our Lord God, desire of him aid & succour, and let the wheel of fortune run, and if you do thus and take in worth any thing that is fallen unto you, you shall not fail but come unto your desire: thus with such words Barnard appeased Huon his Cousin, and thus they devised together of divers things. Cousin, (quoth Huon) I pray you to show me the virtue of these precious stones that you have laid aside from the other. Sir, (quoth Barnard) the five that lieth there by themselves have great virtue, this stone is of such great virtue, that he that beareth it upon him cannot be poisoned, also it is of such dignity and worth, that whosoever do bear it, may go and come thorough fire without feeling of any heat, though he were in a hot burning Oven, also if a man fall into the water, having this stone about him, he cannot sink nor drown: Sir, this is the virtue of this first stone. Then Huon took it and kept it for himself: and then Barnard took up another and said. Sir, here is another stone of such virtue, that a man bearing it about him, can have neither hunger, thirst, nor cold, nor shall not wax elder by seeming neither in body nor visage, but he shall ever seem to be of the age of Thirty years, nor fasting shall not impair him. Then Huon took that stone and put it into his bag, and said that he would keep that stone for himself. Well, (quoth Barnard) Sir, here is another of such bounty and virtue, that he that beareth it cannot be hurt in arms, nor vanquished by his enemies, and if any of his kin were blind, and touch but his eyes with this stone, incontinent he shall see again, and if the stone be showed unto a man's eyes, he shall incontinent be blind, and if a man be wounded, do but turn this stone in the wound, and incontinent he shall be whole. When Huon heard that, he was right joyful, and said that he would keep well that stone. Sir, (quoth Barnard) here is another, the which hath so great virtue, that if a man or woman be never so sick, show them but this stone, and incontinent they shall be whole of any manner of malady, and also if a man were closed in prison, in chains and fetters, hands and feet, do but touch them with this stone, and the chains shall break, and also if any man have any cause to be pleaded in any Court before any judge, be his matter rightful or wrongful, he shall win his cause whether it be for Lands or Goods, and also if a man have this stone in his hand and close it, he shall be invisible and may go whereas he list and shall not be seen. And you shall see the proof, for as he had this stone in his hand, he closed it, and incontinent he was invisible, so that Huon could not see him, whereof he was not content, for he feared lest that he had lost his cozen Barnard forever, and said: Ah good Lord, thou hast given me the grace to find my cousin Barnard, who should have kept me company until I had returned into mine own country, and now I see well that I have lost him. When Barnard heard Huon, he laughed, and Huon who heard him, groaped all about with his arms abroad, until at last he embraced him, and held him fast, and when Barnard felt that, he opened his hand, and then Huon saw him again, whereof he was right joyful, and blessed him at the virtue of that stone, and took it and laid it up among the other in his bag, and said how that he would keep that stone especially, because it was of such a wonderful great virtue. Thus Barnard did choose out the stones one from another, and there were so many good stones, that the value of them could not be esteemed: then he turned up the bottom of the gravel to seek out the best, and among other he did choose out a Carbouncle, the which cast out such a light, as though two Torches had been light. Barnard took it and delivered it unto Huon, and said: Sir, be you sure that whosoever bears this stone upon him, may go dry footed upon the water, as sure as though he were in a Vessel, and also if a man go in the dark night, he shall see as well as though he had the light of six Torches, and if a man be in battle, having this stone about him, he cannot be overcome nor hurt, nor his horse weary nor faint, nor hurt nor wounded. When Huon heard that, he smiled, and took the stone and put into his bag among the other. Thus as they were devising together, there came unto them divers Merchants Saracens, who with great marvel beheld this little ship, and they saw it so fair and rich, and so well garnished with precious stones, that they thought that all the merchandise that were in the Haven, was not half the value and worth of that they saw there, than they approached unto the ship and saluted Huon, and said: Sirs, is it your pleasure to sell us any of your stones, we are here divers Merchants, that will be glad to buy of them, if ye please? Sirs, (quoth Huon) as for me, as this day I will sell none until to morrow in the morning, and then if it please ye, you shall have of them: therewith the Merchants held their peace and spoke no more, but there came so many Saracens and Paynims to behold the Ship, that great marvel it was to behold them: so that the news thereof spread abroad in the City, and the Admiral was advertised thereof, who incontinent accompanied with his Lords, came to the Port side, whereas this Ship lay at anchor. When the Admiral was come thither, he beheld the Ship, the which he thought fair and rich, and how that there was never King nor Emperor that ever beheld any such, and it shined so clear by reason of the stones, that the Admiral and all such as were with him, thought that it had been the Sun shining in the midst of the day. Then he approached unto the ship, and found there Huon and Barnard, the Admiral saluted them, and said: Sirs, it appeareth well that you be Christian men, it is convenient that you pay me the Tribute that is accustomed to be paid in this City. Sir, (quoth Huon) it is good reason and right, that we pay you as we ought to do. Sir, here is two stones the which I give you, and I desire you to take them in worth: the Admiral took the stones and beheld them well, and said. Friend, now you may go and come into this City, to make your merchandise at your pleasure to your most profit and gain, for the gift that you have given me is to me more acceptable, then if you had given me the value of four of the best Cities in all this Country, right joyful was the Admiral, for he knew well the virtue of the stones, the one of them was of such bounty and dignity, that the bearer thereof could not be poisoned, nor no treason could be done nor purposed, coming in the presence of him that beareth this stone, but incontinent the doer should fall down dead: and the other stone had that virtue and dignity, that the bearer thereof could never be perished by fire nor water, nor destroyed by iron, for though he were all a day burning in a hot Oven or furnace, he should not lose one hair of his head, nor perish in the Sea. Friend, (quoth the Admiral) the courtesy that you have done unto me this day shall be well rewarded, I will and command that throughout my Realm as well of Persia as of Media, that you shall go at your pleasure to sell your Merchandise, and no man shall let nor trouble you: but one thing I would desire of you to show me, what adventure hath brought you hither? and of whence you be, and of what Country? and in what place you have found these stones, whereof you have so great plenty? howbeit I understand your language, whereby I know that you be Frenchmen, long ago I was in France and dwelled there, and served in the Court of King Charlemagne, and was never known, and I have great marvel where you have found so many goodly stones, it is near hand a Hundred years since I was guirded with a Sword: but I never saw so rich stones here before. Chap. CXV. ¶ How the Admiral of Persia did great honour unto Huon of Bourdeaux, and led him into his Palace, whereas he was received with great joy and triumph. WHen Huon of Bourdeaux had well heard and understood the Admiral, he regarded him much, because he was a fair old man, and seemed to be a noble man, and said. Sir, because I know and see apparently in you great nobleness, troth, and freedom, I shall show you at length all mine adventures, without hiding of any thing from you. Sir, know for troth, my name is Huon, and I was borne in the Country of France in a City named Bourdeaux, and I departed from thence about two years past, since the which time I have suffered much pain and poverty. When I departed from thence, I had with me Seven Knights, and my Chaplain and a Clerk to serve him, and we took our Ship at Bourdeaux, and we sailed down the River until we came into the main Sea, than the wind rose against us, and so continued a long space, so that our Patron knew not where he was, and so at the last we came to a Port, whereas we found many ships of strange Countries, and there we got us a new Patron, and as shortly as we might we sailed forth on our journey. But when we were come again into the high Sea, a great Tempest arose so that we were near hand all perished: this Tempest endured Ten days, so that we were feign to abandon our ship to the wind, and upon the eleventh day we arrived at the perilous Gulf, whereas we found judas, who betrayed our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, we were then in such fear, that we looked for nothing but when we should perish and end our lives: but God always his Servants and such as believe in his holy Laws, and keep his Commandments, will ever keep and preserve them, he sent us a wind, the which drove us from that perilous Gulf, and brought us unto the Castle of the Adamant, and there he showed the Admiral at length the beauty of that Castle, and how there arrived a ship with Saracens who were Pirates of the Sea, and how they fought together, and also he showed him all the adventures of the Castle that he had there, as well of his men that died by famine, as of them that he left there, and also he discoursed how he ●ame by victuals, and also he showed how he departed from thence, and was borne away by the Griffen, and how he strake off one of her Legs when he fought with her, after the Griffen had set him upon the Rock, the which Leg he showed unto the Admiral, whereof he had wonderful great marvel: and then also he showed him how he fought with the five young griffins, and slew them, and also of the old Griffen, and also of the Fountain wherein he bathed himself, and of the fair Garden, and of the Tree of youth that stood by the Fountain, and of the virtue of the fruit thereof, and how he did gather of the same, and more would have done, but that he was forbidden so to do by an Angel sent from God, but before I was commanded to the contrary, I did both eat of the fruit, and drank of the water of the Fountain▪ whereby I was whole incontinent of all the great wounds that the griffins had given me when I slew them. And Sir, (quoth Huon) know for tro●h, that of this Tree I gathered three apples by the commandment of the Angel, and have kept th●m surely: then the Angel showed me the way how I should go from the Rock, and under the Rock side I found a great fair River, and there I found this ship that we be now in, and entered into it: and then there came a wind (quoth he) and drove my ship so fast, that a bird could not have overtaken it. Then he discoursed unto the Admiral, how he passed by ●he Gulf of Persia, and what torments he suffered there, and how he was there ten days and how he was driven to the sh●are, whereas he found ●hose precious stones, and he thought that it had been nothing 〈◊〉 grau●ll, and that he purposed nothing else but to ball●●ice therewith his ship, that the ship might sail the more surely, and he said. Sir, God upon whom I steadfastly believe so aided and succoured me, that I am escaped from thence in safeguard. When the Admiral had well heard and understood Huon, he had great marvel, for he never heard before of so great and wonderful adventures, and was sore dismayed and abashed, and said. Friend, I have great marvel of that I have heard you say, for it is near hand sixscore years since I came first into this world, and I never heard that ever any man escaped alive out of the Gulf of Persia: therefore you may well say, that the God upon whom you do steadfastly believe, hath showed that he loveth you well, when he hath saved and preserved you out of that perilous Gulf, your God is puissant, and loveth all men that steadfastly and unfeignedly believe in his holy Laws, and keep his Commandments, and he is false and untrue that believeth not in his Laws, but he loveth you well, when he hath delivered you out of two such Gulfs, and also from the Castle of the Adamant, from whence none can depart nor never did, nor I think never shall: and also hath suffered you to slay the griffins, surely you ought to love him that hath given you that grace, and for the great marvels that he hath done unto you, I will be christened and receive your Law, but I fear me if my Lords and men knew thereof, they would slay me shortly, for against them all I cannot resist. Sir, (quoth Huon) to the intent that you should have the firmer belief in our Lord & Saviour jesus Christ, I have three Apples, the which have such virtue in them, that if you will believe in our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, I shall give you one of them, the which you shall eat, and incontinent after you have eaten it, you shall become young again of the age of Thirty years, and you shall b●e as fair and as lusty, as you were when you were of that age, there is not so old a man nor so crooked, if he eat of this and believe firmly and unfeignedly in our Lord jesus Christ, but he shall become as young and as lusty as he was at Thirty years of age. Friend, (quoth the Admiral) if it be so, that by eating of this Apple I shall become as young and as lusty as I was at Thirty years of age, whatsoever come of me, I will be christened and believe in the Law of jesus Christ, the fear of death shall not let me to do it, for too long I have believed in this false and detestable Law of Mahomet, for if I had neither seen nor heard no more than you have showed unto me, I ought to believe yet in your Law, and I shall do so much, that I trust I shall cause all my Realm to believe in the same. Sir, (quoth Huon) and if you do as you say, you shall be saved, and I shall give you the Apple, the which you shall eat in the presence of all your Lords and men: and when they shall see you wax young again, know for troth, that marvel thereof shall cause them to believe in our Lord jesus Christ, and to renounce their false and detestable Law of Mahomet. Friend, (quoth the Admiral) I believe well that which you say, and I shall use myself after your advise. Then the Admiral took Huon by the hand, and went together out of the ship, and Huon left Barnard there to keep it, many people were come thither to see the Ship, and also for the great marvels that they had heard fallen unto Huon, and they beheld Huon, and had great marvel of the honour that the Admiral made unto him, for he led him still by the hand until he came to his Palace, as they passed through the City they were greatly regarded of men of sundry Nations, for Huon was so fair in his visage, and so valiant a Knight in ●●ature, that none could be found as then that might be compared unto him. When Huon was come to the Palace, whereas he was honourably received with great joy, the Admiral made him great feast and cheer, and the Tables were set up, and they sat down to dinner: of their service and meats I will make no long rehearsal, but when dinner was done, the Admiral commanded Carpenters to make a great scaffold of Timber before the Palace, the which was covered with rich clothes of gold and silk, and thither was brought a rich Standard of gold with other things, and then he commanded throughout the City, that all his Lords and Barons of his Realm that were come thither unto his free Feast, that they should all come unto him at an hour appointed, the which they did, there came so many strangers and other, that there were mo● assembled together then a Hundred and Fifty Thousand men. When they were all there assembled together, than the Admiral holding Huon by the hand, mounted upon the rich stage, and divers other great Lords with him, and when they were there, the Admiral stood up, and said with a high voice unto the Lords and to the people. Sirs, ye that be come hither by my commandment, know for troth, the great love that I have had unto ye and have, moveth me to say and to show you the way, how that I and all you may come to eternal Salvation, for if we die in this case that we be in, we shall be all damned and lost by the false and detestable way that you and I do hold: therefore I counsel and pray you, for the love that you have long borne unto me, that you will leave with me the Law of Mahomet, and believe in the Law of our Saviour and Redeemer jesus Christ, who is worthy and holy, as ye may see by the evident miracles that he hath showed for this poor Knight that ye see here by me. Then the Admiral showed unto the people all the marvelous adventures that had fallen unto Huon, that is to say, how he had been at the Castle of the Adamant, and how the Griffen did bear him from thence, whom he slew and five of the young Griffens, and also of the Fountain and Garden, and of the fruit of the Tree of youth, and how he had passed the two Gulfs, whereas he had taken the rich stones that he had brought thither, the which things could not have been without the aid and help of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, and also he shall show before you evident Miracles, that jesus Christ will do for me if I will take his Law, for he saith unto me, that if I will believe in his God, he will make me to eat of such a holy fruit, by the which I shall become again but of the age of Thirty years, and as lusty as I was at that time: and therefore Sirs, if jesus Christ will do this for me, I will be christened. Then all the people answered and said: Sir, if this that you have said come to proof, we shall be all content to be christened, and to believe upon the Law of jesus Christ, and to leave the law that we have long kept, but we are hard of belief that this shall be, for if it be so, there was never heard of such a wondered Miracle. Chap. CXVI. ¶ How the Emperor, by reason of the Apple that Huon gave him to eat, he became of the age of Thirty years, whereby he and all the people of Persia and Media were christened, and of the great honour that the Admiral made unto Huon. WHen Huon had well heard and understood the Lords and the people, how they were content to leave their Law and to believe upon jesus Christ, he was right joyful, and thanked God with all his heart: then Huon said unto the Admiral. Sir, eat of the Apple that I have given unto you, and then the people that be here assembled, shall see what grace our Lord God shall send you, the Admiral took the Apple and began to eat thereof, and as he did eat he began to change colour, his hair and his beard the which were white, began to change and wax yellow, before the Apple was clean eaten he was clean changed, and his beauty and strength as he was when he was but of Thirty years of age. Then generally all the people that were there, with one voice cried and required to be christened, whereof the Admiral and Huon were right joyful, because they saw that the good will and desire of the people was to receive Christendom. When the Admiral felt himself again young and lusty, the joy that he had at his heart could not be declared, the people also were right joyful, the Admiral who was a goodly Prince, took Huon by the hand and said. My right dear Friend, blessed be the hour that you came hither, for me and my people you have brought us into the way of Salvation, and delivered us out of darkness, therefore I will from henceforth, that in all my Realm you shall have your part as well as myself, and I will and command that you be so obeyed: then he embraced and kissed Huon more than Ten times, saying: Friend, blessed be the good hour that ever you were borne, and happy was that woman that bore you in her body, the Paynims and Saracens that were there, seeing the great beauty that the Admiral was of, and also the wonderful great Miracle that they had seen, said one to another, how they never had heard of such a Miracle, and how that from thenceforth they that would believe upon Mahu, were accursed and unhappy, for they said that his belief, his law, & his doctrine, was of no valour: then they cried with a high voice. Oh right noble and puissant Admiral, desire that noble man that is there with you, that he will cause us to receive Christendom. And as then in the City there was a Bishop of Greece, who was come thither in embassage to the Admiral from the Emperor of Constantinople, who hearing the will and desire of the people, was right joyful, and he came unto the Admiral and to Huon and said. Sir, it shall be no danger for you to be christened, for Sir, I am here ready to do it. Then incontinent there was brought forth Forty great Vessels full of clear water, the Bishop did hallow them, and christened the Admiral, and named him Huon, because Huon was his Godfather. Then afterward all the Lords and people were christened, and received the Law of our Saviour and Redeemer jesus Christ. When they were all christened, the Admiral with great triumph and joy, returned unto his Palace leading Huon by the hand, and great joy and feasting was made that day in the City, and especially of the Christian Merchants that were there, among the which there were about fifteen Priests, and they all aided the Bishop to christian the people, the number could not be declared of the men, women, and children that received that day christendom. The Admiral being in his Palace, making great joy and Feasting with the noble Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, said unto him: Friend, well you ought to render thanks to our Lord jesus Christ, seeing by you these two Realms, that is to say Persia and Media, are reduced and brought unto the Christian faith and Law, and I will that you know, that you may well say that in these two Realms you may command any thing at your pleasure, without finding any person to do or say to the contrary of your will and pleasure, and to the intent that you shall surely believe what great love and affection I bear unto you: I will that mine all only Daughter you shall have to your wife, so that you be not bound unto none other. Sir, know for troth, the great desire that I have to have you tarry still here with me, moveth me thus to do, I have none other heir but my Daughter, whereby after my death you shall be Lord and heir of the Realms and Dominions that I hold, and in the mean season, I will that the moiety of the revenues of these Realms and Dominions shall be yours, for your company pleaseth me so entirely, that I would never have you to depart from hence. Chap. CXVII. ¶ Of the complaints that Huon made unto the Admiral of Persia upon the Emperor of Almain, and of the succours that the Admiral promised unto Huon. WHen Huon had well understood the Admiral, he said: Sir, know for troth, that it is four years passed since I was married unto a noble Lady, who passeth in beauty all other that be alive in these days, and when I remember her, all my body and heart trembleth for sorrow, when I think of the trouble, displeasure, and poverty that she is in: and therefore Sir, I thank you of the great honour and courtesy, that of your bounty you offer me, I pray unto God that he may reward you. Huon, (quoth the Admiral) seeing it is so that you have a Wife, I hold you well excused: but I pray you to show unto me, for what cause your Wife is in such case, or what Christian Prince is so hardy as to trouble you, or to do you any displeasure? Sir, (quoth Huon) when I came out of my Country, I left my City of Bourdeaux besieged by the Emperor of Almain, who hath taken my City and slain my men, and some he keepeth in servage, and my Wife put in prison, and there kept in great poverty and misery, the which when I remember, sorrow and grief so sore gripeth my heart, that all my members and joints tremble with displeasure. Huon, (quoth the Admiral) I pray you to leave your sorrow and displeasure, and cast it from you, and take joy and comfort, for by the holy law that I have received, I shall so aid and succour you, that the Emperor who hath done unto you so many displeasures, I shall make him such war, that whether he will or not, for the damage and loss that you have had and received, I shall constrain him to make full restitution, for I shall lead with me in your company such number of people, that all the Valleys and Mountains shall be covered with them. Sir, (quoth Huon) of the courtesy and succour that you offer me I humbly thank you, but if it please our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, who hath aided me out of many perils, I hope that he will so aid me, that I shall not need to make any war to destroy the Christian blood, but Sir, first I shall go to the holy Sepulchre, and then I will return into my Country, and do what I can to get my Wife out of danger and the pain that she is in. Sir, the wife that I have wedded, was Daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, who held as then Babylon and all the Realm of Egypt. Then Huon showed him all the matter how he came by the fair Escleremond, whereof the Admiral was sore abashed, for the great marvels that he had heard Huon declare, and so were all other that heard it, and said one to another, that without Huon had been well beloved of our Lord jesus Christ, he could never have escaped the death, with one of the least adventures that he had showed unto the Admiral. Sir, (quoth Huon) the Emperor of Almain hath taken my City and my Wife, and destroyed my men, and hath taken into his hands all my Lands and Signiories, but by the grace of God, I shall do so much to get them again, and if I cannot attain thereto, than I shall return again unto you to have your succour and aid. Huon, (quoth the Admiral) put all melancholy from you, for if you give me knowledge that you cannot have your will of this Emperor, I shall bring you people innumerable, that all Christendom shall tremble for fear of you, and shall render unto you your wife and all your Lands and Signiories, and your men that be in prison or in servage, and I shall put the Emperor into your hands, to do with him your pleasure, or else I shall not leave in all his Land neither City nor town standing upon the earth. Sir, (quoth Huon) of this I thank you heartily, but Sir, I must work another way first, for when I escaped from the Gulf of Persia, I promised unto God, that before I went into mine own Country, to go and visit the holy Sepulchre in jerusalem, and to make war upon the Saracens, before I made any war upon any Christian men, but Sir, if I may get of the Emperor by fair speech my Lands and my wife, I shall serve him with all my heart, for as long as I live I shall make no war against any christian man, if I may have right and reason showed unto me. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) of this that you say I give you good thanks, but by the grace of God I shall go with you the Voyage to the holy Sepulchre, and take with me fifty Thousand men, to make war against the Paynims and Saracens such as believe not in God, and I shall put to my pain with all my power, to exalt and increase the law of our Lord jesus Christ. Sir quoth Huon, you have said nobly, if you thus do, great grace and glory perpetual you shall deserve, whereby you shallbe crowned above in the Imperial Heaven. Now leave we to speak of this matter. Chap. CXVIII. ¶ How the Admiral of Persia assembled much people, and he and Huon with all his army, took the Sea and came to the Port before the City of Angory, whereas they found a great number of Paynims and Saracens, ready to defend the Port. AFter that the Admiral and Huon had devised together of many things, the Admiral sent out his letters and briefs, commanding throughout Persia and Media men of war to be ready, and gave them a day to be ready to go with him, certifying them, that his Navy of Ships should be ready for the transporting of him and them, the which was done, and every man came at the day that was assigned. In the mean season, Huon and Barnard went oftentimes together, and visited the City of Thauris, whereas much honour was made unto them, whereof Huon and Barnard oftentimes thanked God, of the good adventure that he had sent them. Thus as ye have heard, the Admiral of Persia assembled a great number of people, and made him ready and entered into his ship, and all other into divers Ships, and shipped their Armour and horses, and Huon who desired to please the Admiral, took his own little Ship and discharged it, and took all the precious stones & did put them into another ship, the which the Admiral had delivered to serve him, and then he said unto the Admiral. Sir, I know well that the little ship that I came in hither, is not to serve in the wars, and therefore Sir, as it is I do give it unto you, whereof the Admiral had great joy, for in all the world there was none such of beauty nor of riches. Then Huon gave the Admiral all a Bushel of the stones and unto the Lords together, and they thanked Huon of his courtesy and Largesse, of all the stones he kept to his own use but three Hundred, and gave away all the residue. Then he entered into the Ship that was appointed for him, and then every man entered into their Ships, the which were well furnished and victualled for the wars: then the Admiral took his leave of his Daughter, who pitifully wept at her Father's departing, and then they weighed up anchors and hoist up the sails, and they had such good wind, that anon they were far from the Port: A goodly sight it was to behold the Navy, for at their departing they made such great noise with Trumpets, Drums, and Horns, that all the Sea did ring thereof. Great joy and gladness had Huon and Barnard of the grace that God had sent them, so long they sailed with good wind and sail, that they entered into the great Sea of Caspis, and then they saw a far off a fair City standing by the Seaside, called the City of Angory, wherein there dwelled an Admiral right puissant and rich, and the same time he was in one of his Towers of his Palace, and when he saw and perceived such a puissant Navy come sailing so fast towards his City, he had great marvel, and was sore dismayed and abashed, for he knew well that the Ships were of Persia, by the pennons and banners that he saw waving upon the ships, and upon the other part he saw in the tops and fore-castles, banners standing all of white, and therein red crosses, than he said unto his Lords that were about him. Sirs, I am greatly dismayed and abashed, what meaneth yonder great fleet, seeing this City was won by Reignard of Montauban, there came never Christian man here, and I have more marvel to see the banners and arms of Persia, the which these Christian men do bear● upon their ships. Then the Admiral went down, and published in the City that every man should arm them, and go to the Port to defend it, that the christian men should not land there, than the cry and alarum began in the City so great and horrible, with the noise of Trumpets, and Drums, Horns, and Basins, so that the noise of them range upon the Sea, so that the Admiral of Persia and Huon, and such as were upon the sea might well hear them. Then the Admiral said unto Huon: Sir, I see and perceive well that at our landing we shall have great battle and resistance. Sir, (quoth Huon) I pray you what people be they that have that City in guiding, and who is Lord thereof? Sir, (quoth the Admiral) know for troth, that this City is great and well peopled, they believe not in God, and about Twenty years passed this City was won by a Lord of France, called Reignard of Montauban, and he made it to be christened, and then about eight years after, it was won again upon Christian men by the Admiral's Son, the which Admiral was Lord thereof when it was won. And now again they be all Paynims and Saracens, as you may see upon the seaside they are ready to abide for us and to defend their Port. Sir, (quoth Huon) we ought greatly to thank our Lord jesus Christ of this fair adventure, when we see before us the enemies of our Christian faith, and by the grace of our Lord and Saviour jesus Christ, this day we shall do so much, that the City and the Inhabitants therein shall be in our hands to use them at our pleasure. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) I beseech almighty God to give us the grace that it may be so, great grace our Lord God shall do unto us if we may win this City. Then the Admiral caused his men to be armed, and then they saw half a League from the City a Port or Haven, the which was not kept nor defended, because the Admiral of Angory would not issue out far from his City, until he saw what countenance the christian men would make. Then the Admiral of Persia and Huon advanced themselves so forward, that they cast out their anchors, and launched out their boats well garnished with men Archers and Crossbows, so that they landed at this Port in safeguard & without any danger. Then the ships drew to the land, and unshipped their Armour and Horses, and so every man landed, except such as were assigned to keep the ships, and then every man mounted upon their horses, and ordained three Battles, the first was led by Huon, and with him twenty Thousand men of haughty and high courage: the second was led by a great Lord of Persia, who was Marshal of the Host, the third guided the Admiral of Persia, who road from rank to rank, admonishing his men to do their endeavours valiantly, than a soft pace they drew in battle array towards the City. Chap. CXIX. ¶ How the Admiral and Huon took the Port, and fought with the Admiral of Angory, and discomfited him and took the City, and how afterward Huon went into the Deserts of Abillant, to search adventures. WHen the Admiral of Angory saw and perceived, that the christian men had taken land and were ready to give battle, and were coming towards the City, he ordained & ranged his Battles, and divided them into four parts, and set them to be led and guided by such as he thought best, than he advanced forward, and was to the number of fifty Thousand men. When these two Hosts saw each other, there was none of them but that feared the death, the day was fair and clear, and so they approached, and all at a rush on both parts dashed together in such wise, that by reason of the powder and dust that did rise by their horses, the Sun that was fair and bright waxed dark, and ●he shot on both parts flew so fast and as thick, as though it had snowed. At their first meeting many spears were broken, and many a Knight borne to the earth, so that they could never be relieved after, but lay on the ground among the horse feet and there died in dolour, there were many horses running abroad, trailing their bridles after them, and their Masters lying dead upon the earth in the blood and in the mire. Great slaughter there was made upon both parts, and Huon who went breaking the great preasses whereas he slew so many Paynims, that every man feared him, he saw where the Admiral of Angoryes Nephew was, who had slain a christian Knight, and they ran so fiercely each at other, that the Paynim broke his spear upon Huon, and Huon failed him not, but gave him so marvelous and so great a stroke, that his Spear passed through his body, and so he fell down to the earth and died. Then Huon ran at another, and gave him such a marvelous stroke that it passed through his shield and body, and with drawing out of the spear, he fell to the earth and never relieved after, and so they three and four more he served in like manner, and did so valiantly behave himself, that he slew eight before his Spear broke, and then he drew out his Sword, and therewith he did such deeds, that it was fearful to behold him, he cut legs and arms, and rassed off helmets, so that none of his enemies durst approach near unto him, but they fled before him, as the bird doth before the Hawk, he broke asunder the thick preasses, he did so to be feared that his enemies left him, for he never struck any man with a full stroke, but he that received it was slain. Also with him was Barnard his Cousin, who ever followed him, and did marvels in arms, for he was a sharp and an eager Knight. And also the Admiral of Angory enforced himself to do damage unto the Christian men, he saw where the Admiral of Persia was slaying of his men, and came and ran at him, and the Admiral of Persia saw him, and encountered with him by such force and puissance, that each of them bore the other to the earth, then quickly they relieved themselves with their Swords in their hands, willing both of them to slay each other, the which had been done indeed, if their men had not come and succoured them, but thither came so many on both parts, that the two Admirals had no power one of them to touch the other. With great force came thither Paynims and Saracens, so that the Christian men could not remount up again the Admiral of Persia, but was feign to fight a foot, and had been in great jeopardy and danger, if Huon and Barnard had not come and rescued him, they came thither hastily, when they heard the shouting and crying that was made about the Admiral of Persia, and they broke asunder the great press of the Paynims. And when they saw Huon approach near unto them, they were sore afraid, and they knew him well and parted, and spread abroad and durst not abide, and Huon seeing the Admiral of Persia a foot among his enemies, with his Sword valiantly defending himself, which should but little availed if he had not been quickly succoured: and when Huon saw him he said. Oh right puissant Admiral have no doubt, than Huon took a Spear out of the hands of a Paynim whom he had slain, and therewith he ran at the Admiral of Angory, and gave him so horrible and so vehement a stroke, that the Spear passed through his body more than a foot, and so he fell down dead among his men, whereof the Paynims were sore dismayed and abashed, when they saw their Lord lie dead upon the earth, and then Huon quickly took the Admiral's horse by the rain of the bridle, and came unto the Admiral of Persia, whereas he was fight a foot, and said: Sir, mount upon this horse, for the Paynims and Saracens are discomfited. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) blessed be the hour that e●er you were borne, for by your excellent Prowess I am saved and all mine Host, and have vanquished and overcome mine enemies. Then the Admiral mounted upon the good horse, whereof he was right joyful, and so he and Huon and Barnard dealt such st●●●kes among the Paynims and Saracens, that they were constrained to ●y and to turn their backs, and then they were chased by such force, that they entered into the City one with another▪ than the Christian men show the Paynims and Saracens, men, women, and children, that great pity it was to 〈…〉 lie dead upon heaps in the streets, so that the blood of them that were slain, ran through the streets to the horse pastors: finally by the high prowess of Huon, and by the puissance of the Admiral of Persia, the Paynims and Saracens were discomfited in the City of Angory. When the slaying was ceased, and that the Admiral and Huon saw how that they had overcome their enemies, they ceased slaying of the people, and they went into the Temples, Towers, and palaces, wherein many Paynims and Saracens were withdrawn, they were taken to mercy, promising to save their lives, if they would leave the false and detestable Law of Mahomet, and believe in our Saviour and Redeemer jesus Christ, and so many were christened, and such as would not, were slain. When the Admiral and Huon saw that the City was become christened, than they set their Officers, Provosts, and Bailiffs to govern the City, and with them two Thousand persons to keep the City. Thus they tarried there by the space of Eight days, and then they made ready to depart, and trussed & new victualed their ships, and then they entered into their ships, and the trumpets, busins, and tabors made great noise, and the Mariners weighed up their anchors and hoist up their sails, and sailed so long until they were out of the Sea of Caspus and entered into the great flood of Euphrates, the which descendeth into the great Sea, and when they were passed the River, they coasted the deserts of Abilaunt, the season was fair and clear and the wind● fresh. Thus as they sailed by this great sea, the Admiral and Huon stood at the board side of their ship, and devised of their adventures, and praised God of his grace for that he done unto them: Huon quoth the Admiral, I have great desire to see the holy City where our Lord God was crucified and laid in the Sepulchre. Sir quoth Huon, by the grace of God we shall right well and shortly come thither, and I hope he shall do unto us far greater grace yet, as to aid us to conquer and to destroy all those in our way, that believe not on our holy Law, for that is the chiefest intent of our Voyage. Thus they devised together the space of eight days, without finding of any adventure, and so upon an Evening, Huon all alone stood leaning over the ship board, beholding the Sea the which was plain and peaceable, and then he remembered the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, therewith the tears ran tenderly down his visage, and said. Ah right noble Lady, when I remember what peril and danger that I left you in, and in what poverty and misery you be in now, I have no joint nor member but that trembleth for the displeasure that I am in, and for fear lest that the false Emperor cause you to die ere my return: then he began to make great sorrow and grief, but Barnard who was not far from him, said. Ah Sir, you know well that in all the fortunes and adventures that have come unto you, God hath aided you and saved you from the peril of death, therefore take good comfort to yourself, and laud and praise our Lord God for that he sendeth unto you, and doubt not if you have perfect hope and trust in him, he will aid and comfort you, and he never forgetteth them that with good heart serve him. Thus with such words Barnard comforted Huon, and then the Admiral came and leaned down by Huon, and they devised together about divers and sundry matters. The same time there arose up a wind and Tempest so great and so horrible, that the sails were broken in divers places, and some Masts broke and flew over the boards of the ship, the sea began to be rough and furious, so that every man thought to have been perished, the fortune of this Tempest was so horrible, as every man devoutly called upon our Lord God to save them from the peril and danger that they were in. Sir, (quoth Huon) I pray you to show me what Country is yonder that I see before me, we were happy and fortunate if we might arrive there, and cast our anchors under the Rock that I see there? Sir, (quoth the Admiral) we be arrived at an evil Port, for we be near to the Deserts of Abilaunt, upon yonder Mountain that you see is conversant an enemy, who hath caused many a ship and Vessel to be drowned in this Sea, whereby we be all in great danger to be lost, for none can approach to this Rock, but that he is strangled and slain by the enemy that is there: then every man was in great fear, and the Admiral said unto the Mariners. Sirs, I pray you if it may be, let us draw out of this quarter. Sir (quoth Huon) me thinks you are too sore dismayed & abashed, for by that Lord that made me to his semblance, I shall never have joy at my heart, until I know why that enemy causeth them to perish so fast this way, I shall never rest until I have spoken with him, and if he do any thing contrary to my pleasure, I shall strike off his head. Huon, (quoth the Admiral) I have great marvel of that you do say, for if there were five Hundred such as you be, within one hour you should be all dead and strangled. Sir, (quoth Huon) doubt not you that, for though I should die in the quarrel I will go see him, and know the cause why he letteth or troubleth this passage, before it be three days to an end, I shall go and speak with him what fortune soever cometh thereof. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) in you it is to do your own will, for since it pleaseth you I must be content, but if you would believe me, you should not take upon you that Voyage and Enterprise. Sir, (quoth Huon all smiling) I have my hope and trust in almighty God, who hath heretofore saved me from death, and so I hope he will do yet, for it is a common proverb said, he whom God will aid and succour no man can hurt. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) I pray unto our Lord God to defend you from all evil, and to give you the grace to return again in safeguard. Sir, (quoth Huon) I thank you heartily. Then Barnard arose up and said: Dear Cousin, I require you to let me go with you, and then the Admiral said. Sir, I desire you to be content, that I and Barnard may keep you company, and we shall have with us for the more safeguard of our persons four Hundred hardy Knights. Sir, (quoth Huon) by God's grace I will go alone, none shall go with me but myself and jesus Christ and his blessed Mother, in whose safeguard I commit myself. When Barnard heard that, he had great sorrow at his heart, and so had the Admiral when they saw that they could not turn Huon from his dangerous Voyage and Enterprise. Then Huon armed himself, and took leave of the Admiral and of the other Lords, and of Barnard, who made great sorrow for his Cousin Huon, who all alone would go into the Deserts to seek adventures. When Huon had taken his leave, he was set a shore, and made the sign of a cross upon his breast: then he mounted upon the Mountain, but ere he was the half way, a great wind arose upon the Sea, so that the Tempest was great and horrible, whereby the cords and cables of the ships with the Admiral burst asunder, and so perforce they were ●ain to take the Sea, and sail at adventure as wind and weather would serve them, whereupon they were cast out of that great Sea, whereof the Admiral and Barnard and all the other Lords had great fear, and greatly complained for Huon, who alone without company was mounted upon the Mountain, and as he was going, he looked down into the Sea, and saw the marvelous Tempest that was in the Sea, so that of two Hundred ships that he had left there with the Admiral, he could then see no more but two together, for all the rest were separated one from another in great peril and danger. Then he began pitifully to weep and complain for his Wife the fair Escleremond, whom he thought then never to see more, because he was in that Desert, and saw the ships driven from the land in great fear of losing. Then he kneeled down, and held up his hands unto Heaven, requiring our Lord God of his pity and grace to aid and to give him comfort, that he might escape from thence alive, and to save the ships, and to bring them again in safeguard to the place from whence they departed. Then grievously he complained for his wife and Daughter, and said: Ah right noble Lady Escleremond, when I remember the pains and dolours and poverties, that by my cause you suffer and have suffered, all my body sweateth by pain and dolour: Alas, I had thought in short space to have aided and succoured you, but now I see well that our departing is come for ever more, in yonder perilous Sea I see my Cousin Barnard and divers other Lords, that by my cause are in the way of perdition without God do aid and succour them, whom I humbly require to send them that grace, that they may arrive at some good Port, and that I may see them once again, to the intent that I may fight against the Paynims and Saracens, in exalting the Law of jesus Christ. Thus Huon of Bourdeaux made his prayers to our Lord jesus Christ. Chap. CXX. ¶ How Huon went so long in this Desert, that he found Cain, and spoke with him a long season: and how he beguiled Cain and departed. AFter that Huon had thus made his prayers unto our Lord God, he arose up and blessed him with the sign of the cross, recommending himself unto our Lord God, and came to the top of the Mountain, but when he was there, all his body trembled with travail, so that he was very faint and feeble. Then he looked round about him, and saw in a fair meadow a clear Fountain, thither he went to refresh and to rest him, than he laid him down upon the grass to refresh him before he would drink, he was so hot, and when he was well cooled, he came to the Fountain and drank thereof a little, and washed his hands and face, and then he went further into the Forest, and could find neither Town nor Castle, Garden nor Trees with fruit, whereof he was right sorrowful and sore displeased, and so searched all day to find some man or woman, but all was in vain, and when he saw that the Sun went to rest, and could find no creature, he was sore discomforted, he chose out a Tree, and there under laid him down and slept, and in the morning when he saw the Sun rise, and that his beams spread abroad upon the earth, he arose and blessed him, and so went forth into the Desert, and found neither man nor woman, beast nor bird, wherewith being sorrowful and angry, devoutly he called upon our Lord God, praying him to have in his tuition and keeping his body and soul, and that he might yet once see his Wife the fair Escleremond, and Clariet his Daughter. He went so long in this Desert, that at last he came to a plain of three bow shoot large, and in the midst thereof he saw a Tun made of the heart of Oak, bound all about with bands of iron, and it turned and rolled in the plain, and never passed out of the circuit of the plain, and beside the Tun he saw where there lay upon the ground a great mall of iron, great marvel had Huon, when he saw this Tun roll about thus without cease like a Tempest, and as it passed by Huon, he heard a pitiful voice within the Tun sore complaining, and when he had heard it two or three times, he approached near to the Tun and said. Thou that art in this Tun, speak unto me, and show me what thou art, or what thing thou hast need of, and why thou art put there? Then when he that was in the Tun heard Huon, he rested still and spoke no word: and when Huon saw that it would not speak, he said. Whatsoever thou art, I conjure thee by him that created all the world, and by his Son our Lord jesus Christ, whom he sent down to suffer death and passion upon the Tree of the Cross, to redeem his Friends, who by the sin of Adam and Eve were in Limbo, and by his glorious Resurrection, and by his Angels and Archangels, Cherubins, and Seraphins, and by all his holy Saints I conjure thee to show me what thou art, and why and for what cause thou art set here in this Tun? When he that was within the Tun heard how sore he was conjured, he answered and said. Thou that hast conjured me, thou dost great evil to cause me to show thee the troth, know surely that I have to name Cain, and Son I was unto Adam and Eve, and am he that slew my Brother Abel, by false and cursed envy that I had unto him, because his oblations and Dimes that he made unto God were exalted, and the fume thereof went upward to Heaven, and those that I made the fume went downward, and when I saw that, I slew and murdered my Brother Abel, wherefore, and for the great sin that I have committed, I am damned to be and to suffer this martyrdom within this Tun, wherein I am closed burning, and with Serpents and Toads here within devouring me, and yet I cannot die, and here I shall be until the day of judgement, and then my pain shall be doubled. Now have I showed thee thy demand, wherefore I repute thee for a fool, when thou art so hardy as to enter into this Desert, whereas never man entered and departed without death, for know for troth, that hither repaireth two enemies Féends of Hell, who shall slay thee and bear thy soul into Hell, without thou wilt do as I shall show thee. Friend, (quoth Huon) I pray thee to show me what it is that thou speakest of, or what thing thou wilt that I should do and I will do it, to the intent that I may depart from hence, there is nothing in the world but I shall do it for thee, so thou wilt show me the way how I may depart from hence. Friend, (quoth Cain) I shall show thee what thou shalt do, thou shalt take this mall of iron that thou seest there, and strike therewith so long upon this Tun until thou hast broken it, to the intent that I may issue out, and when I am delivered, I shall set thee in safeguard in jerusalem or in France, or in what country soever thou wilt wish. If thou wilt do this that I have said, and deliver me from this torment: I shall set thee wheresoever thou wilt be in any Land Christian or Heathen, and if thou dost not this that I have said, before it be night I shall cause thee to die with great torments, for anon thou shalt see come hither two Devils of Hell, foul and hideous to behold, and they shall stangle thee and bear thy soul into Hell. Ah good Lord, (quoth Huon) humbly I require and beseech thee to save me from this torment. Cain, (quoth Huon) thou speakest me fair and sayest as thou list, but I will not deliver thee out of this Tun, until first thou showest me how I may depart from hence. Then Cain said, if thou wilt promise me by thy faith, and by thy part of Paradise to deliver me out of this Tun, I shall show thee the manner how thou shalt escape from hence. Cain, (quoth Huon) have no doubt, and that I promise thee to keep my faith, so thou wilt show me the manner how I may depart out of this Desert, I shall deliver thee out of thy torment. Then Cain said: thou shalt go by this little path that thou seest here by upon thy right hand, the which shall bring thee strait to the Seaside, the which is not far from hence, and then go down the Mountain, whereas thou shalt find a ship, and therein but one man, but before thou dost enter into the ship, bless three times, for he that thou shalt find there is a fiend of Hell, and show unto him how thou art Cain, escaped out of the rolling Tun, and bid him to pass thee over, and say that thou wilt go and slay all the Christian men that be in the world, and bring their souls into Hell, and when he heareth thee say thus, he wlil pass thee over in safety, for it is long since that he hath tarried for me, because he thinketh that I should escape out of this Tun: but thou must take with thee this mall of iron upon thy neck, to the intent that he shall the better believe thee, and surely he will then pass thee over. Cain, (quoth Huon) I pray thee is this of troth that thou hast said? Friend, (quoth Cain) I lie never a word. Now I pray thee seeing I have showed thee the manner how thou mayest escape, take this Mall of iron, and break asunder this Tun that I am in, that I may be delivered out of this pain and torment. Cain, (quoth Huon) I pray thee to show me who is he that did put thee into this Tun, and what is his name? Sir, (quoth Cain) know for troth that God of Heaven set me here, because I had displeased him for slaying of my Brother Abel, wherefore I have suffered so much pain and sorrow, that more I cannot endure: and therefore yet again I pray thee to deliver me from hence. Cain, (quoth Huon) God forbid that I should deliver thee, seeing our Lord God hath set thee there: Know for troth, that thou shalt never depart from thence except it be by his commandment, for there thou shalt be ever for me, I had rather be perjured then to undo that thing which God will have done, to punish thee for the evils that thou hast done. I know well, as for the evil that I have done, as in breaking of my promise to thee: God will lightly pardon me for it, abide thou there with thy cursed sins, for sure by me thou shalt have none other aid. Chap. CXXI. ¶ How Huon departed from Cain, and passed the Sea in a Vessel guided by the Devil, who believed it had been Cain, and Huon arrived at a City called Colanders, whereas he found the Admiral of Persia and Barnard his Cousin, who had laid siege to the City. WHen Cain had well understood Huon, he said: Ah thou false Traitor, by whom I am beguiled and mocked, thou art not worthy to be believed in any thing that thou sayest, thou liest worse than a Dog. Oh thou false perjured Traitor, thou hast ill kept thy promise, thou art not worthy to be believed. Cain, (quoth Huon) other good gettest thou none of me, for thou art not worthy to be heard, when thou hast stain thy dear Brother by false envy and cursed treason, whereof thou art full: go thy way false Traitor, too much evil cannot be done unto thee, be content with the Tun that thou art in, thou needest not fear of any refreshing nor of more furthering for me, well hast thou deserved it, but within short time thou shalt have worse pain and sorrow. Ah Traitor (quoth Cain and false liar, thou hast lost thy part of Paradise. Thou liest, (quoth Huon) unto thee ought to be kept neither faith nor promise, because thou hast slain Abel thy Brother: wherefore thou art now punished and well hast thou deserved it. Ah thou false liar, (quoth Cain) subtly thou hast deceived and mocked me by thy false words and subtleties, I see well that thou wilt go from hence and leave me still in this pain. Certainly, (quoth Huon) that which I promised thee was but to beguile thee, for as by me thou shalt not come out, without he command it that set thee here. Well Huon, (quoth Cain) know for certain, that in all thy life thou wert never better counseled, for if thou hadst delivered me out, incontinent I would have strangled thee. Ah false Fiend, (quoth Huon) yet hast thou no repentance of thine evil that thou hast done. I will go my way, and thou shalt abide here still in great pain and torment forever, therewith Huon departed, and took the Mall upon his neck, and entered into the little way that Cain had showed unto him. Now we will leave speaking of Huon, and speak of the Admiral of Persia, and of his Army upon the Sea. Upon the second day the Tempest ceased, and the Sea waxed calm and fair, than the ships drew again together as it pleased God, and arrived at a noble City, the which was as then in Arme●●● called Colanders, a great and a fair City, but after it was destroyed by the noble Duke Ogyer the Danoyse, he went into I●●ia. The Admiral and his company greatly complained for Huon whom they had so lost, they thought never to see him more, and Barnard his Cousin made such sorrow that great pity it was to see him, the Admiral and all his Lords sore wept and pitifully complained for Huon, they thought never to see him again, but he that our Lord jesus Christ will have saved cannot perish, for Huon the same time came down the Mountain, to come unto the Port whereas the Vessel lay and the Devil within it. When Huon saw the Vessel and the Fiend within it, who was so hideous and horrible to behold, that it was marvel to see, he seemed well to be the Devil of Hell, his head was as great as an Ox head, his eyes more ●edder than two burning coals, his teeth great and long, and as rough as a Bear, he cast fire and smoke out of his gorge like a Furnace, it was no marvel though Huon doubted him, for when he saw him so foul he had great fear, and so lent himself to a Rock the better to behold him, and then he blessed him with the sign of the Cross, recommending himself to the safeguard of our Lord God, but it fortuned so the same time that the enemy saw him not. Ah good Lord, (quoth Huon) I pray and require thee humbly to counsel me, in what manner I should trust in this foul Fiend who is fearful so behold, I marvel how I might be acquainted with him, whether I might trust to be in the ship with him, certainly I have great doubt that he will cast me into the Sea, or else slay me on the other side of the Sea, I wot not what to do, for I must be feign to trust him, or else to return into the Desert, whereas I shall die with famine, and never more see wife nor child: but seeing it is thus, I shall adventure myself with him, and if I may escape from this adventure, I shall go to the holy Sepulchre, whereas our Lord jesus Christ was quick and dead, and then I shall make war upon the Saracens. Then Duke Huon took upon him heart and courage, and with the Mall upon his neck he marched forth fiercely: then he called the enemy and said. Oh thou that keepest this Vessel and passage, pass me incontinent over this Sea, and set me a land upon the other side. When the Devil saw Huon with the Mall upon his neck, and speaking so fiercely, he said: What art thou? whether wilt thou go? or what dost thou seek for here? or how art thou so bold to come hither? thou shalt never go further, but I shall cast thee into the Sea or strangle thee, and then bear thy Soul into Hell. When Huon heard him, he began to tremble, but he was nothing abashed, for if he had fainted or tarried to have made answer, he had incontinent been destroyed and slain, but like a hardy Knight full of great Prowess, and firm in the faith of jesus Christ, said. Hold thy peace thou Fool, for I am Cain, for whom thou hast tarried here so long, I came even now out of the rolling Tun upon the Mountain, hast thee and pass me over this arm of the Sea, for I shall find neither man nor woman that believeth in jesus Christ, but I shall slay him, to the intent that hell may be filled with their souls. When the Fiend heard Huon say so, he had great joy, and said. Cain, why hast thou made me tarry here so long as I have done? I am joyful of thy coming, for I could never have departed out of this place, without thou hadst been delivered out of the Tun: therefore Cain come on thy way, enter into this Ship presently, and I shall bring thee whereas thou wilt be, gladly I will pass thee over the Sea, to the intent that thou shouldest slay Christian men and Saracens, to have their Souls into hell. Then Huon entered into the Ship, recommending himself to our Lord jesus Christ, and said. Quickly pass me over: Before Huon thought that he had gone but two Leagues, he was over on the other side, whereof Huon had great marvel that he was so soon over, and thanked our Lord God that he was out of that danger: then he took leave of the enemy, and said. Farewell, I will return again shortly, within these three days thou shalt hear tidings of me, and then the Fiend answered shortly and said. Cain, go thy way quickly and hast thee, to the intent that when thou returnest into hell, thou shalt have good cheer of our Masters, who greatly desire thy coming. Then Huon departed quickly, he thought ever that the Devil had followed him, and he went so long that he approached to a City called Colanders, glad was Huon when he had lost the sight of the evil Spirit, and in the Evening he entered into the City of Colanders with the Mall upon his neck, the Paynims and Saracens that were within the City had great marvel, when he came alone afoot clean armed into the City, and among other, there was one demanded of him what he was, and why he went so alone armed? Then Huon answered him fiercely to abash him therewith, and said: I am Cain, who by mine illness slew Abel my Brother, wherewith God was angry with me, but before it be long time I shall take such vengeance, that as many men or women or children as I find believing in the Law of jesus Christ, I shall destroy them all in such wise, that the Paynims and Saracens shall have no doubt for any evil that they shall do unto them, for I shall destroy and slay them all, neither sparing old nor young. When the Paynims heard that, they were right joyful, and that night served Huon well and made him a great feast, because they trusted that he should destroy all Christendom, and said among themselves, that as then he was welcome thither, because the City the day before was besieged by the Admiral of Persia. Thus Huon had great joy and feasting made unto him, and after Supper he was brought into a fair and rich Chamber, wherein he lay and slept sound until the next morning. Chap. CXXII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux had great joy, when he saw the Admiral of Persia before Colanders, where he fought with the Saracens. AFTER that the Admiral of Persia had left Huon in the Desert of Abillaunt, and how he had a great storm upon the sea, and at last their Ships assembled together, and arrived at the Port before the City of Colanders, in the which City Huon was now in, who was right joyful, when he knew that the Admiral was come thither to lay siege to the City, and the Admiral and his company was sorrowful because they had lost Huon, and especially Barnard his cousin, for he thought never to have seen him again: but he had shortly tidings of him as ye shall hear after. When the Admiral was arrived at the Port, they armed themselves, and ordained their men as well as they might to assail the city of Colanders. They issued out of their Ships, and came marching towards the City and made a great assault, and then the Paynims and Saracens armed them on all sides, and went to their defences: then the Captain of the Town came unto Huon, and said. Come on forth Cain, it is time for you to show what you can do, for here without are christian men assailing the City, I pray you spare them not, for we have great trust in you. Sirs, (quoth Huon) seeing I am in this city, ye need not to fear any person, anon ye shall see what I can do. Cain, (quoth the captain) I pray you go on before and we shall follow you. Well, (quoth Huon) with this Mall I shall astone them all, the Paynims had great joy of his words, weening surely it had been Cain. Then Huon armed himself, and he had a good horse brought unto him, whereupon he mounted: then he and the Paynims issued out of the city, and found as then the Admiral of Persia and all his company ready arrived in Battle. And when he saw that the Saracens were issued out, he set upon them fiercely, and Huon, who was joyful of the adventure that was fallen to him, he stepped out apart to behold the battle, and would not meddle, because he had been so well received and feasted in the city by them of the Town: and he well perceived, that the assaults were of the Realm of Persia, and how the Admiral and his cousin Barnard were there, whereof he had such joy, that he wept for gladness, and thanked God of the good fortune that he had sent him, and said. Ah good Lord, thou oughtest greatly to be praised, for thou never failest them at time of need that serve thee, now I may well say, that with thy gracious aid, yet I shall once more see my Wife and my child: thus Huon said to himself, beholding both Battles fight. Chap. CXXIII. ¶ How the City of Colanders was taken by the Admiral of Persia, after he had won the Battle, and of the great joy that was made unto Huon, when he was known by the Admiral of Persia and his Cousin Barnard. WHen the Admiral of Persia saw and perceived, that they of the Town were issued out, he marched forth his Battles, and set upon his enemies, there was great slaughter made on both parts: but at the last they of the City had the worst, for the christian men were of a greater number than the Paynims and Saracens that were issued out, wherefore they were constrained to grant the Victory to their enemies, the Paynims retired & fled towards their city, and the Admiral & Barnard with their company chased & slew them that it was pity to see it. Finally, the Admiral oppressed them so sore, that he entered into the City with them, and Barnard and his company, and slew and beat down the Saracens, that great marvel it was to see the blood that ran through the streets. When the Admiral saw that he had the victory, than he commanded to cease slaying, and that all such as would believe in our Lord God, their lives should be saved and their goods, and so all such as would not be christened, should be slain incontinent and none spared, the which was done, many of them received Christendom, and as many as would not receive it, were all slain. Thus as this City was taken, than Huon (who was entered into the City with the Admiral's men) came to the Palace, whereas he saw the Admiral and all the Barons and Barnard his Cousin, Huon had still his Mall upon his neck, and when he came into the Hall he put off his helmet, and saluted the Admiral and all the other that were there. When the Admiral and his Lords saw Huon, the great joy that they had no tongue can tell. Oh right dear and virtuous Knight, (quoth the Admiral) your coming doth so rejoice me, that I cannot tell whether I dream or not, you are much bound unto God, that he hath given you the grace to save you from peril. Then the Admiral embraced Huon, and you may well know that Barnard his Cousin had great joy, and so had all the other, and then the Admiral said unto Huon. Sir, I pray you to show me what adventures you have had since you departed from us? Then Huon showed them all as ye have heard here before, and how he escaped. When the Admiral and the other understood Huon, they were never so amazed and abashed in all their lives, of that he was so escaped from the hands of the Devil, and said that he was much bound unto God, they were all glad and right joyful for the coming of Huon, and especially Barnard. Then the Captain of the City who had newly received Christendom, came unto Huon and said: Sir, I require you to desire the Admiral to be my good Lord and Master, for I promised faithfully to abide here in this Town as his good and true Servant, keeping firmly the christian faith, the which I have newly received. When Huon saw the Captain, who had received him into his house at his first coming into the City, he went unto the Admiral, and said. Sir, I require you to give the keeping of this City unto this noble man, and he to hold it as his own, and to do homage unto you for it. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) all that you will I am agreeable unto, I grant it him for the love of you. Then Huon thanked the Admiral, the Captain seeing the great and rich gift that the Admiral had given unto him for the love of Huon, he had great marvel of the great Largesse and courtesy that was done unto him by the means of Huon, and then he kneeled down before them and thanked them, and did homage unto the Admiral in the presence of all the Lords and Barons, and promised truly to keep the City, against all men that would do any damage thereunto, nor never to yield it up unto any person, but all only unto the Admiral or unto him that shall have his Commission: thus as ye have heard the City of Colanders was taken. Chap. CXXIIII. ¶ How the Admiral of Persia and Huon of Bourdeaux, and all their Host passed by Antioch, and by Damas', and came to the City of jerusalem to the holy Sepulchre, and was nobly received by the King of jerusalem: and how the Souldan's Messenger came and defied the Admiral of Persia. WHen the Admiral and Huon saw this City won and brought under their obeisance, and had established there a new Lord and Captain, and set Provostes and Bailiffs and other Officers, than they took advise together, & determined since they were a ●and, to send back again their Navy of ships into Persia, and they to go by land to the City of jerusalem, for they had from thence as they were but Ten days journey unto Antioch, and so to pass by that City, and then unto Damas', and so to jerusalem, and there to do their offering, and if by adventure they found in their way either Kings or Admirals, that would let or trouble them in their passing, they said that they were of puissance sufficient to resist against them, and then they said, how that from jerusalem the Admiral might return by land into Persia, unto the River of Euphrates, and there his Navy to meet him, and so to convey him unto his City of Thauris▪ and Huon to return unto laugh, and from thence by water to return into France. Thus they concluded to do, the which advise was lauded and praised of all the Lords and Barons of the Host. After this conclusion thus taken, the Admiral commanded his ships to be discharged of all things necessary to be carried by land, the which was done diligently according to his commandment, their horses were set a land, and their Tents and Pavilions trussed upon Mules and Camels and Dromedaries, the which carriage seemed a great Host there were so many together, the noise and brute that they made seemed to be a new world, and when all the ships were discharged, the Patrons and Masters of the Ships took their leave of the Admiral, who commanded them expressly to abide for him in the River of Euphrates, and so they did accordingly. Now let us leave speaking of them, and return unto our former matter. When these Ships were departed and every thing trussed, than the Admiral commanded throughout all the Country, that all Merchants and other able to do it, should send after his Host bread, wine, and flesh, and biscuit to victual his Host, and the charge to see this done was given to the new Admiral of the City of Colanders, the which he did diligently. When the Admiral of Persia saw his time to depart, he made it to be proclaimed throughout the City by a Trumpet, that every man should make him ready to depart the next morning, to go whether it pleased the Admiral: this was done so, that at an hour before the next day there was great brute and noise made in the removing: then the Admiral and Huon made them ready, and mounted upon their horses, and issued out of 〈◊〉 City, and entered into the fields, and then the whole Host took the way towards Antioch: Of their journeys I make no 〈◊〉 fall, they road forth so that they passed by low Armenia, 〈◊〉 th● high Ermine, and so upon a Monday they came before 〈◊〉, whereas they lodged that night a long by the the 〈…〉, without that any person of the City made any 〈…〉 or to let them, but they brought out of the 〈…〉 bread, wine, and flesh, and other things 〈…〉 their company, whereof the Admiral and Huon 〈…〉 joyful, and gave them great thanks, and for that 〈…〉 would not suffer that any of his Host 〈…〉 hurt or damage unto any person of the City. 〈…〉 buy when they had dined, they took their way to 〈◊〉 the City of Damas', and as they went thetherward, they ●ooke certain Towns and Castles, and brought them under their obeisance, and such as were taken perforce, and 〈◊〉 not believe in our Saviour and Redeemer jesus Christ, incontinent they were all slain, and brought to utter ruin and destroyed. 〈◊〉 wasting and destroying the Country in their way, at last they came before the City of Damas. When they came thither▪ they lodged about the City in the Gardens and 〈◊〉▪ and constrained them within the City to bring them 〈…〉, the which they did, for doubt of the destroying of their 〈…〉 and fruits: there they lay one night, and the next day 〈…〉 the way to jerusalem, and had divers Battles by the way, but they were of so great puissance that none could 〈…〉 them. So long road this christian Host, that they came and lodged before N●pelous, and there left their host: then the next morning, the Admiral and Huon, and divers of the great Lords and Barons of Persia accompanied with them, 〈◊〉 from Napelous to the number of four Thousand vali●●● Knights, to guard them into the City of jerusalem, thither they came about noon, whereas they were received with great joy of King Thibault, and of the Patriarch and Archpriest, who as then were in the City of jerusalem, whom the Emperor Constantine had left there, and ordered for the keeping of the City. When the Admiral of Persia, and Duke Huon and Barnard, and other went and offered to the holy Sepulchre, than they went to the Temple of Solomon, and unto the holy Temple of Simeon, whereas they made their offerings, and the next Pilgrimages unto all the holy places in the City, with great devotion and reverence. When they had accomplished their holy Pilgrimages, they returned to the Palace of the King of jerusalem, whereas they were greatly feasted and honourably received, of their service I will make none account, but one thing I dare well say, that there was never King nor Admiral better served. And as they sat at dinner, there entered a Sarazin ●oule and black, called Trampoiguyffle, the which is as much to say as Balaach. Then he said a high before the Table, the same God that made the Firmament, and that down to us sent his holy Prophet Mahomet to teach us his holy Law, he save and keep Saphadin soldan of Babylon and of Egypt, and may confound them that be his enemies. To the Admiral of Persia and of Media, the soldan sendeth word by me, that wrongfully and without cause thou goest and destroyest his Country and his people, not giving him any knowledge why thou dost so, & therefore by me he sendeth thee word, that am his secret Messenger, that he will assign unto thee the day of battle, that is upon Thursday next coming, between Rames and lafte, whereas there is a plain Country, and he will that thou knowest for certain, that if he take thee, thou shalt be hanged and slain all quick and never see fair day more, and all other that I see here sitting at this Table. Chap. CXXV. ¶ Of the answer that the Admiral of Persia and of Media made unto the Souldan's Messenger, and of the report that he made unto his Master. WHen the Admiral had well heard and understood the Souldan's Messenger, he began to smile and said. Tell thy Master, that I set nothing by his threatening, nor by nothing that he can do, nor I will not leave for all his saying, to destroy and to take his Towns and his Castles, and to slay all them that will not believe in the Law of jesus Christ, and say unto him from me, that I am not in mind to retire back, but by the aid of God my creator, I shall come and meet with him, so that he shall not need to tarry for me, and I shall fight with him my puissance against his, to show him how they can do that believe in jesus Christ. Go thy way and say unto thy Master, that he shall not find me flying, for any fear that I have of any man believing in the false and detestable faith of Mahomet. Then the Admiral commanded to give the Messenger meat and drink, and forty Florents, the Messenger refused it not but took it, and thanked the Admiral, and when he had dined, he tarried not night nor day until he came to the City of Gasere, whereas he found the soldan and all his Army, the which was a great number, for they were a Hundred Thousand men, and all they threatened the death of the Admiral of Persia, but it is a common saying, that many things lacketh of foolish thoughts and so did they. When the Messenger was arrived at Gasere, he came before the soldan, and made his report what answer the Admiral had made him, and when the soldan had well heard and understood the Messenger, he had great marvel of the great outrage that he thought to be in the Admiral of Persia, in that he durst abide him, and swore by his Law, that if he might have the upperhand of the Admiral, that he would slay him quick. Then he commanded his Host to dislodge, and to take the way towards Escalonne, the which they did. Chap. CXXVI. ¶ How the Admiral of Persia sent for his men that lay at Napelous, and caused them to withdraw towards Rames, and how they departed from jerusalem: and how he went to fight with his enemies. AFter that Trampoiguyfle the Messenger was departed from jerusalem, and returned to his Master the soldan: then the Admiral of Persia and Huon of Bourdeaux, who were in the Palace with the King of jerusalem, thither they called all their counsel, and when they were all assembled, the Admiral said. Sirs, I pray you to counsel me, in what manner I shall use myself, to go and meet with the enemies of the Christian faith, the which are come against us: therefore I desire every one of you to show me your opinions what in this case is best to be done. Then Thibault King of jerusalem arose up, and said. Sir Admiral of Persia and Media, me thinks you should not abide them here, but rather you ought to depart, and to go against your enemies, for if you abide for them in this City, you shall do great damage to this country, for we have truce with the soldan for five years, the which with our honour we cannot break, for if we would have made war against him, we could not have resisted against him, and also we are far off from France, to seek for succour and aid there: thus the King spoke no more. Then Duke Huon of Bourdeaux said: Sir Admiral, the King of jerusalem hath showed you the troth, for if we should abide here, it should be always to our reproach and shame, if this holy City should be lost, the which was won by two noble Emperors of Rome and of Greece, for the King that is here, his honour saved and the surety of his country, may not break the Truce that he hath taken with the soldan of Babylon: and therefore mine advice is, that as 〈◊〉 as we may command your men that be at Napelous, 〈◊〉 to dislodge and to meet with you at Rames, and then when you have somewhat refreshed your Host, then set forward towards your enemies, (as the King of jerusalem hath said) for ● were great folly to give them leisure to come too far forward, first let them know, how the Swords and Spears of the Persians and Medians can strike, who sometime did 〈◊〉 in arms, wherefore it is reason that they follow now th●ir Predecessors. When Huon had finished his reason, the Admiral and all the other Lords that were there, praised and held that counsel good, that was purposed by the King of jerusalem and of Huon, and then they departed and returned to their Chambers and Lodgings. Then the Admiral commanded hastily his Host to withdraw towards Rames, whereas he would tarry for them, the which thing was done diligently, and the Host rested not until they came unto Rames, whereas they ●ound ready the Admiral's Harbingers, who had already appointed their Lodgings. Thus after that the Admiral had written to his Marshals of his Host, than he took his leave of the King of jerusalem, and in like wise so did Huon and Barnard his cousin, without knowledging of himself to the King of jerusalem. Then they departed from the holy city, and road so long that they came to the Town of Rames, whereas they found their Host lodged. Then they rested them there until the next day, and then the Admiral commanded them to dislodge, and to make them ready to take the way towards Escalonne. A goodly sight it was to see the Host dislodge, Huon had thereof great joy, for he desired rather to slay the Paynims, then to be in chambers with 〈◊〉 and Damsels. When they were all in the fields, the Admiral ordained his Battles, the first guided Huon of Bordeaux and Barnard his cousin, he had with him twenty Thousand Persians fierce and hardy, the second Battle led the Marshal of Persia, with twenty Thousand of good m●n of war, the third Battle led the Admiral of Persia and of Media, and with him thirty Thousand of the most valiantest men in his host, and when every thing was ordained as it appertained, he went and visited them, exhorting them to do well their devoir, and praying them to quit themselves valiantly: then he came unto Huon, and said. Oh right dear and virtuous Knight, garnished and replete with all prowess, all my hope I put in the strength and virtue of your arms and body: therefore I pray you this day to show out your great virtues wherewith you are garnished, for especially for the love of you and for your bounty, I have taken and received the holy baptism, whereof I laud and praise our Lord God of his grace that he hath done unto me: therefore I desire you this day to show unto the Saracens, that your Sword is to be feared. Sir, (quoth Huon) God give me grace to be such a one as you say, and to perform in me that which lacketh: and Sir, I trust by me it shall not be let, but that this day our enemies shall have no cause to praise nor to make their boast, and therefore Sir, let us ride forth surely, for by the grace of God I have hope, that this day we shall make our enemies so much ado, that they shall have scarce time and leisure to grant unto us the Victory. Now as the Admiral and Huon were thus devising together, they saw before them a far off, the air wax thick, and that the Sun lost his clearness, whereof they had great marvel, because they saw a little before the Sun shine so fair and clear, there as they were anon they perceived, that the darkness arose by reason of the dust rising of the Horses of their enemies, who were hastily coming towards them to have taken them in their lodging, whereby they came all out of order, trusting all in their great number of men, for they were more than a hundred Thousand, fearful it was to see them coming, so fast they road that the one host might see the other. When Huon had well perceived them, and saw their demeanour and disorder, he said unto the Admiral: Sir, well you ought to praise our Lord God, for this day he shall bring your enemies into your hands to slay them at your pleasure: therefore Sir, I counsel you, that incontinent we hasten and set upon them, to the intent that they shall have no time nor leisure to assemble together to bring themselves in good order, if we do thus, there is no doubt but by the grace of God we shall shortly discomfit them before they be assembled. Sir, (quoth the Admiral) your opinion is good and reasonable, let it be done as you have devised. Then the Admiral commanded the Marshals and Captains of his host to march forward his Battles against his enemies, and then Trumpets and Drums began to sound, that it was marvel to hear them, and then they set on towards their enemies. When the soldan and they of his host saw the Persians coming against them ready ranged in battle, he called unto him his Kings and Admirals, who were fifteen in number, and said unto them. Sirs, it were good that our men rested still a season, that we may order and range our Battles, for yonder we may see well our enemies coming. Then stepped forth the Admiral of Dorbrey, who was horrible and great to behold, he was fifteen foot of height, and road upon a goodly splayed Mare, the most fairest and greatest that ever was seen, she had a great horn in her forehead, if she were any thing chafed, none durst approach near unto her but alonely her Keeper, this Admiral was foul and great, he rather seemed a Fiend of Hell than any human creature, and when he came unto the soldan, every man made him way: then he said unto the soldan. Sir, I have great marvel of thee that thou art so afraid for a small number of men, who are coming towards their deaths. Sir, know for troth, that before you can order your men in battle array, I shall discomfit your enemies, and deliver unto you the Admiral of Persia either quick or dead. When the soldan had well heard and understood the Admiral of Dorbrey, he said: Sir Admiral, I put all the conduct of mine host into your hands, I have great affiance in the virtue that is in you, and in the strength of your arms, the which are greatly to be feared: then the soldan commanded all his host to set upon their enemies, and said. Seeing the the Admiral of Dorbrey is with me, I fear no man of Persia nor of Media, and so spurred his horse, without making of any good order. Chap. CXXVII. ¶ Now speak we of the great Battle that was in the plains of Rames, between the soldan of Babylon and the Admiral of Persia, the which was discomfited by the Prowess of Huon of Bourdeaux. WHen Huon who led the first Battle of the Persians, beheld and saw how the Saracens came on without any good order or conduct, he sounded his Trumpets, exhorting his men to do well and valiantly, and commanded his Constables and Marshals to march forward, and so did the Admiral and his company, and they joined near one to another, to the intent each of them to succour other. When Huon saw his enemy's approach, and that it was time to set upon them, he commanded his Archers and Crossbows to shoot, and so they did, that by reason of the shooting of both parts, it seemed like a cloud, that thereby and with the dust together it darkened the light of the Sun, and then Huon ●ouched his Spear, and ran at him that bore the Souldan's Standard, who was coming before all the other, to cause his company to follow the faster, Huon gave him such a stroke with his Spear, that he pierced him clean through the body, so that he fell from his horse with the Standard, whereof the Saracens were sore abashed and displeased, than they approached and came to raise up again their banner, but Huon and the Persians encountered them so fiercely, that many were slain on both parts: he that had seen Huon how he slew and beat down the Paynims and Saracens, would have said that he was no mortal man, but rather a man of the Fairy, for the great prowess and marvels that he did, for he caused the Paynims whether they would or not to retire back, and to forsake the banner that lay upon the earth, for before he departed from thence he slew five Kings and two Admirals, Huon was so feared, that there was none so hardy that durst approach near to him, and also his Cousin Barnard was greatly to be feared, and he ever followed Huon as near as he could, then there joined the Battles of the Marshals, and the Admiral of Persia set upon the Souldan's battle, and the Battle began so great and horrible, that a hundred years before were seen none such, so valiantly did the Admiral of Persia and such as were in his company. When the soldan saw his men so slain, he was right sorrowful and sore displeased, and said unto the Admiral of Dorbrey: I may well curse the day and time that I believed you, for by you I have lost my banner, and I see my men slain, for if I had ordered my battles before, this mischief had not happened, nor that which is apparent to fall, and then the soldan couched his Spear, and strake therewith a Knight who was great Master of the house of Persia in such wise, that the soldan ran him clean through, and so he served the second, third, and fourth, and when his Spear was broken, he drew out his Sword and did therewith great damage, great cry and noise was made when the battles joined, there might have been seen many horses running abroad in the field, trailing their bridles after them, and their masters lying in the field among the horse feet, and a horrible thing it was to see and to hear the complaints and cries, that the wounded men made among the horse feet, having no power to relieve themselves, but there died and finished their days miserably, great cry made the Saracens and Persians that fought together, and especially whereas Huon fought and searched the Ranks, and broke the great preasses, he beat down and confounded all that came before him, so that none durst abide before him, for by that time he had slain six of the Kings, and five Admirals beside many other, so that the noise and cry came to the hearing of the Admiral of Dorbrey, who did great destruction among the Persians, so that it was an horrible thing to see and behold, and when he heard how that there was a Knight that did great damage and hurt among them, and had slain divers Kings and Admirals, he said unto a Paynim who had brought unto him those tidings and news. Go thy way and show him unto me that hath done us so great damage. Sir, (quoth the Paynim) I shall show him unto you, but I will approach to him no nearer than I am, now you may see him yonder how he fighteth, and maketh our men to retire back from him, for there is none so hardy that dare approach near unto him. Then the Giant beheld Huon, and saw how he made the Paynims to retire back, and then he strake his Mare with his spurs, and Huon who well perceived and saw him coming, feared him: howbeit, he refused him not, but came with his Sword in his hand then against the Sarazin, and the Sarazin (who bore a great hatchet upon his neck) saw Huon coming, and strake at him, but as God would have it he missed him, for if the stroke had lighted upon h●m he had been slain, the stroke alighted upon the crupper of his Horse, so that the horse fell down dead and Huon upon his back, and he was not so soon relieved, but that the Giant took him by the armour, and cast him before his Saddle as lightly as though it he had been but a feather, and so he held and carried Huon with the one hand and fought with the other hand. When Huon felt himself so taken, he cried and called upon our Lord God, and prayed him to have pity and compassion of Escleremond his Wife, for he saw well that his life was determined. The Giant who was right joyful, in that he had taken Huon who had done the Saracens so much damage, he desired to find the soldan to make him a present of Huon, so that with the haste that he made he strake his Mare, and she began to leap and gambauld, and began to run, and as fortune was, she ran among the broken spears and dead men that lay upon the ground, so that she stumbled, & thereby kneeled to the earth, and the Giant thought to gave relieved her but he could not, by reason of the weight that lay upon her ne●ke, and by the great swiftness of her running, she was feign to fall down to the earth. When Huon saw and well perceived that, he was light and quick, and arose upon his feet, and when he saw the Giant fallen down and began to relieve, he hasted him, and lifted up his Sword with both his hands, and gave the Giant such a stroke upon the helmet, that he clave his head to the brains, so that therewith he fell down dead to the earth, and then Huon seized upon the Mare by the rains of the bridle, and leapt upon her and had great joy, and so had the Persians, and the Admiral had great joy, for it had been showed him how the Giant had taken Huon, and that he was escaped and had slain the Giant. When Huon felt himself upon the strong Mare, he dashed in among the Paynims and Saracens, and met with the King of Olyfarne, whom he gave such a stroke, that he clave his head asunder: then he ran at the Admiral of Orca●●y, who was Brother German unto the soldan, he gave him such a stroke upon the shoulder, that he strake off his arm, so that it fell down to the earth, shield and all, and when the Admiral felt himself hurt and wounded, he would have fled away, but Huon sitting upon the Mare, who was the swiftest of pace in all the world, ran after him, and when Huon had overtaken the Sarazin, he gave him such a stroke upon the head, that he clave it to his teeth, and so he fell down ●●ad to the earth, whereby the Paynims and Saracens were ●o afraid, that after that they durst not assemble together. This was showed unto the soldan, how the Giant was slain and five other Kings and Admirals, and his Brother also slain, and all by the hands of one Knight, and also he saw his Battle sore broken, and how they began to fly: wherefore he saw well that if he tarried there long, he should be either slain or taken, than the King of Antiphoney, who was near pa●ent to the soldan, came unto him and said. Sir, think how to save thy life, for if thou tarriest long here, there is none can save thee, for if the Knight that is with the Admiral of Persia happen to come hither, thy life is lost: therefore I counsel thee to depart and save thyself, or else thou art but dead. Then the soldan and about Twenty men with him departed, and took the way by the Seaside to go towards Acres, the which as then appertained unto the Saracens, and Huon who was mounted upon the puissant Mare, beating down his enemies, so that none durst abide his strokes, and the Admiral of Persia following him, regarding that by the high prowess of Huon his enemies were confounded and discomfited, and saw well how that there was no human body that had any power to resist against him, and escaped without death: then he said unto all his Lords and to Barnard. Sirs, (quoth the Admiral) yonder before you ye may see marvels and things incredible to be declared, for you may see that there is none so puissant and strong that can resist against my Friend Huon, I would to God that he were unmarried, than he should never depart from me, for I would then give him my Daughter in marriage, I shall be very sore displeased and discomforted when he shall depart from me. Thus as ye have heard the Admiral of Persia and Media said unto his company, and so slaying and beating down the Paynims and Saracens that fled, the Admiral and Barnard followed Huon, but by reason of his good horse he was so far before them, that they could not overtake him, for he desired nothing so much as he did to overtake the soldan, who was flying as fast as he might towards the City of Acres. When the Admiral saw that he could not overtake Huon, than he and Barnard entered in among the Saracens who were flying away, the Admiral and Barnard slew and beat them down, that great pity it was to see and behold them, for with the blood of the dead Paynims and Saracens their swords were tainted all red, if I should show all the high Prowess and marvelous deeds that were done there that day, it would be overlong to rehearse, but I dare well say, that by the great prowess of Huon, the Battle was vanquished and clean discomfited, the Persians and Medians chased the Paynims and Saracens, and slew and did beat them down: the chase endured more than four Leagues, and the Admiral had great marvel that he could not overtake nor hear any thing of Huon, who chased still the soldan and followed him so long, that Huon found the soldan all alone, for his men could not follow him so fast, because their Horses were so weary that they could not go no further, the soldan road upon a puissant and a goodly horse, and Huon who followed him upon the puissant Mare, anon overtook him, and when he came near to the soldan, he said. Oh thou traitorous soldan, great shame and reproach thou mayst have, when thou fliest away thus all alone without any company, turn thy shield against me, or else I shall slay thee flying. When the soldan had well heard Huon, he had great marvel and was greatly feared, for he knew well that it was he by whom he had received so great loss and damage, and by whom many Kings and Admirals had been slain, and thought to himself, if he returned not, that he should be slain, wherefore he took courage to himself, seeing that Huon was alone aswell as he, and also he thought, that it should not be long before he was succoured with some of his men that followed him: and therefore like a hardy Knight he turned his horse head towards Huon, who fiercely ran one at another, and gave each other great strokes. But it had been unto the soldan but small profit if he had not been rescued by his men, for if they had not come when they did, Huon had slain him: but thither came about forty Knights Saracens, and they all ran at Huon, who was sore dismayed and abashed when he saw himself so enclosed with his enemies: howbeit, he might have saved himself well enough if he had listed to have fled away, but for any fear of them he would not fly, and he dealt such strokes among them, that there was none so hardy that durst approach near unto him, so sore they feared him, for he strake none with a full stroke, but that his head was cloven to the brains or to the teeth, so that he needed after no Surgeon. When they saw that they could not take nor slay him, they were right sorrowful and angry: then the soldan cried and said. Sirs, upon him, great shame it is unto you all, when by the body of one man you are so put bark, and you see well that he hath no succour, go and slay the Mare that he rideth upon with spears and darts, than he shall be soon overcome, and you know well that it is he whom I have suffered at my great loss and damage, it is he that hath slain my men, and by him I have lost the Battle, if he escape from you, ye ought never to be seen in any Princes Court. When the Paynims and Saracens had well understood their soldan, than they sore oppressed Huon, who did great marvels in arms, but his puissance & virtue should but little have availed him, if he had not been shortly aided & succoured, and also by reason of the rich stones and pearls that were upon him: then the Paynims and Saracens who of forty were left alive but twenty eight, they saw well that they could not overcome Huon, without they slew the Mare first that he road upon: therefore they cast at her Darts and javelins in such wise, that finally they slew her under him, whereof Huon was right sorrowful and sore displeased, and was as then in great fear of his life, than he called upon our Lord jesus Christ to have pity and compassion of his soul, for he saw that his life was at an end, and said. Dear Lord jesus Christ, I pray thee by thy sweet mercy to have pity and compassion of my Wife Escleremond, who is in great peril and poverty for the love of me, without any desert of her part, and also I recommend into thy safeguard my little Daughter Clariet. After that Huon had made his prayer unto our Lord God, he took his shield and his sword in his hand afoot, and he saw where there grew a bush, he went thither and set his back thereunto, that the Saracens and Paynims should not come behind him, and so he stood at a bay like a wild Boar baited with Hounds, there was not so hardy a Paynim or Sarazin that durst assail him, they cast at him spears and darts, but they could never hurt his flesh, he covered himself so well and so surely with his shield, that nothing could pierce him. The soldan seeing that nothing could hurt him, he said to his men: Ah ye false and untrue Cowards, of Mahomet be ye cursed, when ye cannot slay nor take one man alone, and then the soldan approached unto Huon, and gave him a great stroke, so that he broke his shield in two pieces, whereof Huon then was in great fear of death. Then the soldan drew back, and looked behind him into the plains of Rames, whereas the great Battle had been: and then he saw coming the Admiral of Persia with twenty Thousand men, and they came to seek for Huon, and when the soldan saw that succour was coming unto Huon, the which he knew by reason of the great banner of Persia: then the soldan said unto his men. Sirs, let us leave this enemy, who by force of arms cannot be overcome nor vanquished, let us save our lives, for yonder I see coming the Admiral of Persia, and if we tarry long here we shallbe all slain and destroyed. Near unto them was the seaside, about a League from jaf the way towards Surrey, there was ready a Galley, the which the soldan had sent thither from the City of Escalonne, the soldan road thither, and his men left and did forsake Huon, who was right weary and could not long have endured, nor had not endured so long but for the virtue of the rich stones and pearls that were about him. The soldan to save his life, he and his men did so much, that they came unto the place whereas the Galley was, and entered into it in as great hast as they could by any means for the safeguard of their lives, and they did forsake their horses upon the Seaside. Chap. CXXVIII. ¶ How the Admiral of Persia and of Media found Huon, whereas he had fought with Forty men Saracens, and how the soldan fled to Acres, and how the Admiral of Persia and Media besieged him there, and of the strange Vision that Huon had in the night. AFter that the soldan was thus fled and departed, the Admiral of Persia and Media came to the place whereas Huon was sore weary of travail, and saw lying about him a great number of men slain, whereof they had great marvel, the Admiral seeing Huon alone, began sore to weep for pity and for joy that he had, and said. Oh right noble and valiant Knight, most excellent of all other living in the world, to whom in Prowess and valour none can be compared, you are the mirror of all Knights, the Temple of truth, the comfort of widows and Orphelings, to whom God hath given so great virtue and grace, that none can report the bounty that is in you, by whom the honour of the Persians and Medians this day is saved and kept, I desire you right heartily my dear Friend, to show me if you have any hurt, whereby you should be in any peril or danger. Sir, (quoth Huon) it appertaineth not unto me to have such high words or praises to be given, I ought to have none other praise but as one of your other Knights, whereof you have so many noble and valiant that they cannot be numbered: but Sir, know for troth, this grace and glory cometh of our Lord God, who hath aided and succoured you, reporting how that you have in him perfect affiance, and then the Admiral alighted, and came and embraced Huon, and after him came Barnard, sore weeping for compassion and for joy that he had found his Cousin Huon in safeguard, and came and kissed him more than ten times and said. My right dear Lord and Master, well you may thank our Lord God for his goodness always towards you, who hath saved you from so many perilous and dangerous adventures, whereof I thank our Lord jesus Christ that hath given you such grace, and then he was of all the Barons greatly feasted, and they had all great marvel of the perils and adventures that Huon had escaped: wherefore they said, that they ought greatly to laud & praise God, in that Huon was arrived in their Country, by whom they were reduced and brought to believe in the faith of jesus Christ. Thus devised the Lords and Barons among themselves, and beheld the dead men that lay about Huon, and when they had been there for a season, and saw that the soldan was fled, than a Horse was brought unto Huon and he mounted upon him, and then they departed from thence, and came unto the place whereas the Battle had been, whereas they found thrée-score and fourteen Thousand men lie dead upon the earth, beside them that were slain in the flying in that chase, whereas there were slain twelve Thousand men, besides the Prisoners: Great goods the Persians and Medians wan there, the which was parted and divided to such as it appertained, so that they were all made rich. Then the Admiral and Huon departed from the plains of Rames, and then they went and lodged in the Town, and in the morning they determined to tarry there three days to refresh them, and upon the fourth day they departed, because it was showed them how that the soldan was departed from Sayre, and gone by sea with a small company to the City of Acres. Then the Admiral and Huon drew their Host towards Napelous, and there tarried two days, and from thence they went to jene, and so to the City of Nazareth, and visited that holy place, whereas the Angel brought the salutation Angellike to the Virgin Marie. Then from thence they went to the Castle of Saffet, and took it with assault, and slew all them that were within it, except such as would believe in our Lord jesus Christ: and then from thence they went and lodged within half a League of Acres, and there pitched up their Tents and Pavilions, and when they were all lodged, their Foragers ran abroad, and brought to the Host great plenty of victuals, often times they skirmished before the City of Acres. But they could neither find man nor woman that durst issue out to do any deed of arms, there they lay eight days, and no man did them any damage, for the Paynims and Saracens were so afraid for the great loss and damage that they had suffered, that they durst not stir nor make any semblance. And the soldan who was within, wrote Letters into all his Countries, as well into Arabia, Egypt, Barbary and Europe, as to all other his Friends, that they would come and succour him at his need, he sent divers Messengers both by land and by sea, and also he sent into Antioch and into Damas', and to all other places whereas he thought to have any aid or succour: and upon a day two Foragers of the Admirals went forth upon the Seaside, and they found by the way Trampoiguiffle the Souldan's Messenger, they took and brought him into the Admiral's Tent, and there he was examined, and his Letters taken from him, the which were seen and read before the Admiral and Huon, the which when they heard it and the contents thereof, thereby they knew somewhat of the Souldan's counsel, than they took the Messenger, and brought him before the City of Acres, and made there a pair of Gallows, and hanged up the Messenger within the sight of the soldan, and of them there within the City. The same day the Admiral assembled his Lords and Barons in his Tent, and said unto them. Sirs, all you that be here assembled, know, that I have great desire to know what thing is best to be done, and how we shall use ourselves in this war that we have begun, you know well that the Victory by the grace of our Lord jesus Christ, and by the high prowess of Huon we have now obtained, and have here our enemy enclosed, who cannot fly except it be by the sea: therefore I desire you all, that every one of you will show your advise what is best to be done, and that to morrow about this time to give me an answer. Then all the Lords and Barons advised together, and so among them was divers opinions and reasons, howbeit, they departed every man to their own lodging, because they had day of answer, and the next day following: thus the day passed without any thing done, and at night every man went to rest, except such as had the charge of the watch that night, who went not to bed as is the order and custom of the wars. Huon tarried all that night in the Admiral's Tent, and about the hour of midnight Huon dreamt in his sleep, and thought that he was at the City of Mayence in prison, and saw the Emperor of Almain take Escleremond his Wife out of prison, and she seemed unto him pale and lean and ill coloured, and how she was in her Kirtle, and her hair hanging about her shoulders, and ten men leading her out of the Town to be burnt, and he thought that she made piteous complaints for Huon her Husband, and for Clariet her Daughter. And also he thought that he saw pass through the streets three Hundred Gentlemen, who had been taken at Bourdeaux when the City was taken, and he thought that he saw divers Gallows made, and how the Emperor had sworn to hang them all, so that he thought that he was right sorrowful and sore grieved in his mind, to see that company led toward their deaths, for in his sleep he thought verily that all this had been true and that he could not help it. Thus as Huon was in this pain sleeping, he gave an horrible cry, so that the Admiral and Barnard awoake therewith in haste, thinking it had been their enemies that had entered to have slain them: then they heard Huon say. Oh good Lord, I pray thee even for thy Son's sake and by thy pity and grace to succour and comfort my good Wife, for certainly I cannot tell but my heart thinketh, that the false Emperor will cause her to die and all the other Prisoners. Then the Admiral and Barnard arose up and came unto Huon, and had well heard his complaints, and said. Ah Sir, discomfort not yourself, nor give no faith nor credence to dreams, for the Emperor will never do such a villainy, as to put to death so noble a Lady, it is nothing but your thought and remembrance that you have daily, the which in the night representeth unto you sleeping. Ah Sir, (quoth Huon) I cannot believe but that my Wife hath somewhat to do. Alas too long have I tarried here, but if your wars were at an end I would gladly go my way, for I shall never have joy at my heart until I may know the troth. Then they arose for it was day, and the appointed hour was come that all the Lords of the counsel should assemble together in the Admiral's Tent, and every man sat down upon benches well covered with cloth of gold, and other rich clothes of silk, and when they were there assembled, the Marshal arose up, for he was a right sage & wise man, and said. Sir Admiral, we have communed together, and debated the matter at length, and we have had divers opinions, but we be all concluded to say nothing, until that Huon who is there by you hath showed first his opinion, what he thinketh is best to be done in this matter, for it is good reason that he be heard to speak first, and then the Admiral beheld Huon, and said. My dear Friend, you hear what my Lords and Barons have concluded together, and how they all rest upon you, that first you shall say your advise: wherefore I require you for the love of our Lord God, to show me what I ought to do as you think best. Chap. CXXIX. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux counseled the Admiral of Persia, to raise up his siege before Acres for divers reasons, and to return into Persia. WHen Huon had well understood the Admiral, and that he had well heard the Lords and Barons, that their opinions was that they would not speak until he had first showed his advise and opinion: then he said unto the Admiral. Sir, if it be your pleasure, I ought not to begin first this reason, for you have many Lords that can speak better in this matter than I, but seeing that it is your pleasure and theirs, I shall show unto you shortly mine advise, and as I would do if I were as you are. Then Duke Huon of Bourdeaux said: Sir Admiral of Persia and of Media, it is a long season since you departed from your Country, Lands and Signiories, and not without great travail and much pain, and that God hath done you that grace, that with one Army all you have passed and taken Castles, and have slain and destroyed the Countries, and men of the Souldan's of Babylon and of Egypt, and have been at the holy City of jerusalem, the which is in the midst of his Country, & after that the soldan hath fought with you with people innumerable, whom you have discomfited and slain almost all they that were with him. And also God hath given you the grace, that you are safely escaped with little loss or damage, and now you have in this City before us besieged and enclosed in, the soldan your enemy, who night and day doth imagine how he may recover his loss, as you may well know by his Letters sent by his Messengers, the which you have seen and read the contents of the same. And Sir, you may well think, that he hath sent divers other Messengers aswell by Land as by Sea to his Friends, to seek for succour and for aid, in the intention to be revenged of you: wherefore I counsel you, seeing you are so far off from your Country, as shortly as you can to depart from hence, and to raise your siege and to return into your own Country, your men be weary and sore travailed, and the soldan is in his own Country, he will always assemble great numbers of people, and always he may have succour and victuals, the which you cannot do nor have, for here without great pain you shall have no victual, for the Country is sore fouled and oppressed, and you can have no succour from any part, wherefore of necessity you must depart, the which you may do without any loss. For you may pass the River of Euphrates, before his people be assembled to do you any damage, and when the spring time of the year cometh, if it be your pleasure, you may return with such number of men as you shall think best, for you are of puissance so to do. Sir, this that I say, is for nothing that I would forsake or leave you as long as you be in these parts, I had rather die, although it be so as you well know, that the thing that I ought most to desire, is to depart from you and to go into my own Country, whereas I have left my Wife, my Daughter and my Country in great poverty and danger of death and destruction. Chap. CXXX. ¶ How the Admiral of Persia agreed well to the counsel of Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, and praised his saying: and of the fair offer that the Admiral of Persia made unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux. WHen the Admiral had well heard and understood Huon, he beheld his Lords, and all weeping said. Sirs, all you that be my men, you have all well heard Duke Huon, who hath showed his advice and opinion: and therefore I command and desire you all to show me what you think by the saying of Huon: then they all with one voice said. Sir, a more noble or profitabler counsel no mortal man can give, for your wealth and surety of your person and of us all, there was never man spoke better, and therefore all we pray and counsel you to uphold the counsel that he hath given you. Then the Admiral seeing that all his Lords and Barons agreed to the counsel that Huon had given him, he said: Sirs, as for me since yo●●re agreed thereunto, I am ready to believe all good counsel, there was never a higher counsel given unto any King or Prince, and when the Admiral had said, how that he would believe the counsel that Huon had given him, he called then Huon unto him, and said. Sir Duke of Bourdeaux, the pillar, shield, and sword of the Christian faith, and the defender of the Persians and Medians, I know well that by right I ought not to keep you, for it is good reason that you return thither where as you were borne, and to aid and comfort your true Spouse and Wife, for whom you be in great discomfort and not without cause, and therefore for the goodness and honour that we have found in you, we offer to go with you in our own proper persons, with all our Army and more, to the number inestimable, and to aid to revenge you of the false Emperor of Almain, who hath done to you so much ill and damage, or else if you will return unto us into Persia at this next springe time, we shall deliver unto you such puissance, and myself to go with them into Almain, so that the Valleys and Mountains shall be full of people, and we shall do so much by the grace of our Lord God, that we shall deliver the Emperor into your hands, to do with him at your pleasure. When Huon had well heard and understood the Admiral of Persia and of Media, who offered him so great an offer, he said. Sir, of the courtes●e and kindness that you offer me, I thank you with all my heart, God forbid that I should be the causer of destruction of Christian blood, first I will assay with all sweetness and reasonable offers, as much as in me is possible to do, to present and offer unto the Emperor, to the intent that I may attain to his love and to have peace, the which thing I will and desire to do with all my heart. And if it be so, that he will not incline neither to right nor reason, than Huon will come to you, and unto all other that I think or know to be my Friends, and then desire you all of your courtesies for aid and succour. Chap. CXXXI. ¶ How Duke Huon of Bourdeaux took his leave of the Admiral and of all the other Lords of Persia, and went and took shipping at the Port of Thesayre, and how he arrived at Marseilles, without finding of any strange adventure. WHen the Admiral had well understood Huon, he said. My right dear and well-beloved Friend, I give you good thanks of that you say, you may be sure that if you have any need, and that you can make no appointment with the Emperor, the offers that I have made unto you I shall uphold, and succour you in mine own● person. Sir, (quoth Huon) I most heartily thank you, for I am much bound unto you: wherefore I am yours. Then the Admiral took Huon by the hand, and said. Sir, I see well that we two must part, the which gréeneth me sore, but since it is thus I must suffer it, and I know well that you think long until you be gone, the service that you have done unto me I cannot recompense it, for our tw●● ways are contrary, yours is by water, and mine is by land. And therefore at the Port of Thesayre there is a rich Ship, the which was won upon the Souldan's men, I give her to you, enter into her at your pleasure, and therewith I give you ten Somers charged with gold, and Ten other charged with clothes of gold and silk, and you may take with you all the French men that be in this host, such as followed us when we departed from jerusalem, let them go with you into their Country, and after that you are departed, I shall raise my siege and return into Persia. Sir, (quoth Huon) of your gift and of your courtesy I thank you. Then the Admiral sent these Somers to the Port of Thesayre, and there all the riches were put into the Ship that were given unto Huon, and then he delivered to Huon to serve him, all the Pilgrims that were there of France, & the Admiral gave them rich gifts, whereof they were right joyful, and of the fair adventure that was fallen unto them, for they had more money at their departing, than they had when the came out of their own Country, whereof they thanked the Admiral, and promised to do true service unto Huon, and not to leave him until he had achieved all his business. Then Huon made him ready, and took with him t●● great griffen's foot, and the Admiral and his Constables and Marshals and the other Lords of the Host leapt upon their Horses, and conveyed Huon and his company to the Port of Thesayre, whereas his ship was ready furnished, with victual and other things appertaining thereto: then Huon all weeping took his leave of the Admiral and of the other Lords and Barons, for whose departing they were right sorrowful, and so returned to their Host before Acres, devising of the great valour, prowess, and courtes●e that was in Huon. Then the Admiral commanded privily the next morning to dislodge and depart, the which was done. Thus the Admiral departed from the City of Acres, and took his way towards Persia, and he found upon the City of Euphrates all his ships, and so with them he sailed into his own Country. And Huon and Barnard his Cousin, and divers other Knights and Squires of France, and when they were in their ship, they weighed up their anchors and made sail. Then they passed the Gulf of Sathale, and then passed by the Rhodes, and by Sardaine, and so long they sailed without danger or let, that they came and arrived at the Port of Marsell●s, and there they went a shore with great joy, and discharged the ship, and then Huon gave the ship to the Patron that had brought them thither, whereby the Patron was rich and thanked Huon. When they were all a land, they conveyed all their baggage into their Lodging in the Town, whereas they rested about eight days. Now let us leave to speak of Huon and of them that were with him, and let us speak of the Abbot of Clunie. Chap. CXXXII. ¶ How the good Abbot of Clunie laid an ambushment of men of arms, between Mascon and Tournous, against the Emperor of Almains Nephew, who was there slain and all his men, whereof the Emperor was so sore vexed and troubled, that he took the Duchess Escleremond out of prison to have burnt her, and the three Hundred Prisoners of Bourdeaux, to have hanged them all. YE have well heard in this History, how Barnard departed from the Abbey of Clunie, to go and search for his Nephew Huon, and the Abbot seeing that he could hear no news of Huon, nor of Barnard his Cousin who was gone to seek for him, he was right sorrowful and sore displeased, that he could have none other knowledge, but the thing that caused him to pass the matter the more easier, was because of Clariet Huons Daughter, whom he kept, and she was all his comfort, she was so fair and so sweet, that none were like her in beauty and in good virtues, and again when he remembered the Duchess her mother Escleremond, whom he knew was in great poverty and misery, he was therewith so sore displeased, that all his members trembled. So upon a day it was reported unto him by a notable man, that as he came from Saint james and by Bourdeaux, how that a Nephew of the Emperors should go from Bourdeaux to the City of Mayence, to his Uncle Tirrey the Emperor of Almain, and how he should have with him a great number of the Burgesses of the City of Bourdeaux as Prisoners, because upon a day they spoke of Huon their natural Lord, and also how that he should carry with him, the Tribute and money of the Rents and Revenues of the Country of Burdeloys, and such money as every man was bound to pay unto the Emperor. When the good Abbot of Clunie was advertised of the coming of the emperors Nephew, whom he reputed as his enemy, he assembled a great number of noble men, the most part appertaining unto the Duke of Burgoyne, who as then was Father to Gerard of Roussellon, being at that time but three years of age, and when the Abbot had assembled a great number of men, he chose the Lord of Vergier to be Captain and leader of that company, and then he sent out his Spies to know certainly which way the emperors Nephew should come, and at the last he had certain knowledge that he was lodged at Mascon, and the next day he should depart to Tournous, and then the Lord of Vergier and divers other, by the commandment of the Abbot of Clunie, went and laid their ambushment between Mascon and Tournous in a Valley, so that by their Spies who lay upon a Mountain, they saw the Almains coming about the number of two Thousand horses, and the Lord of Vergier had in his company above three Thousand horses, defencibly appareled, and they were right joyful when they heard by their Spies that their enemies were coming: then they appareled themselves to abide their enemies, who were come so forward, that they were past their first ambushment, and were entered into the Valley. When they of the first ambushment and they of the second ambushment saw their time, they issued out, and broke upon their enemies, and made a great cry, so that within a short space their enemies and the most part of them were slain, not one that escaped, but either he was slain or taken, they could not save themselves, because upon the one side was the Mountain and upon the other side the River of Some, and before and behind their enemies were they themselves. The same time the emperors Nephew was slain, who was a goodly Knight, and the Emperor had before sent him to Bourdeaux, to govern the Land and Country of Burdeloys, and he had been there the space of four years, of whose death the Lord of Vergier was sorry, for he had rather that he had been taken Prisoner, than they took his body and buried him in the chief Church of Tournous, whereas they lay all night with their Prisoners, who were to the number of eight Hundred, they of Bourdeaux that were taken as Prisoners were right joyful, when they were thus escaped from the hands of the Almains. After this discomfiture they returned to the Abbey of Clunie, whereas they were received with great joy of the Abbot and of the Covent, than the Lord of Vergier showed the whole discourse of their discomfiture, and then the booties were divided amongst them that had won, and all the men of war departed except a Thousand men, whom the Abbot retained for the safeguard of the town of Clunie, who made many skirmishes with the emperors men. And after this discomfiture, the news thereof was presently brought to the City of Mayence to the Emperor Tirrey, who was right sorrowful for the death of his Nephew who was his sister's son, by reason of the sorrow and great displeasure that he had, for he was three days after before he would come forth of his chamber, and on the fourth day he sent for all his Lords and Council, and to them he made his complaints, how by the occasion of Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, he had lost four of his Nephews and his Bastard son, and said. I ought greatly to be grieved, when I cannot be revenged of Huon, I think he shall never return again, but seeing it is so that I can take no vengeance of him, I shall take it upon his Wife Escleremond, and upon the three Hundred Prisoners that I brought out of Bordeaux, but by the same Lord that made and formed me to his semblance, I shall never have joy at my heart nor eat nor drink, until I have seen Escleremond burnt in a fire, and the three Hundred prisoners hanged and strangled, and I will that each of you know, that he that speaketh to me first to the contrary, I shall hate him ever after. When the Lords had well heard the Emperor make that promise, there was none so hardy that durst speak one word: then the Emperor commanded in haste great plenty of thorns to be carried out of the City, unto a little Mountain there beside, and there by to be reared up certain Gallows, to hang thereon the three Hundred Prisoners. All this was done as he commanded, for more than ten Load of thorns were carried out to burn the noble Lady Escleremond, and she was sent for out of the prison by four hangmen, and the Prisoners with her were brought into the City, and all to be beaten by the way. When the noble Lady saw how she was dealt withal, she piteously complained for her good Husband Huon, and for her Daughter Clariet, and said. Ah my right sweet Lord and Husband Huon, at this time shall be the departure of us two, and then she called upon our Lord jesus Christ, praying him by his grace and pity to bring her soul into Paradise: thus crying and complaining, the noble Lady was led through the Town, and then Ladies and Burgesses and Maidens of the City ran to their windows and doors, and beheld the dolorous and pitiful company leading towards their deaths: then they said a high. Ah right noble Lady, where is become the great beauty that you were wont to be of? for now your Visage is pale and discoloured that was wont to be so fair, and now so loathed and disfigured, where is become your fair hairs that now be so black and rugged, for the great poverty that you have endured? Alas noble Lady, great pity and compassion we have to see you in this estate if we could amend it: thus as this Lady was led through the Town, she was bemoaned of them that saw her, the three Hundred Gentlemen were also led forth, and the Emperor Tirrey and his Lords road after them, for his desire was to see the noble Lady burnt, and the other Prisoners hanged: he made haste, because of the sorrow that he had for the death of his Nephew and of his men, who were newly slain by the means of the Abbot of Clunie. When they were issued out of the City of Mayence, Duke Hildebert a near kinsman of the Emperors, was coming into the City the same time that the Lady was led forth, and he saw how rudely they dealt with the Lady: and when he saw her, he knew well that it was the fair Lady Escleremond, but when he saw her at that point, the water was in his eyes, and he said unto them that led her. Sirs, go not too fast, until I have spoken with the Emperor, the which they did gladly. When the noble Lady Escleremond had well heard and understood the Duke, she had some little hope, she turned her eyes towards him, & said. Ah right noble Prince, have pity and compassion of me, for I have done nothing whereby I should deserve to die. When the Duke had well understood her, he had such pity that he could speak no word, his heart was so full of sorrow, and then he road as fast as he might to meet with the Emperor, and passed by the three hundred prisoners, and had great pity and compassion of them, and so he came unto the Emperor all weeping, and said. Ah right noble Emperor, I require you in the honour of the passion of our Lord jesus Christ, have pity and compassion of this dolorous company, that are likely to die this day, remember that it is now in the holy time of Lent, wherefore I require you to respite their lives until it be past Easter, and Sir, humbly I require you, for all the service that I and mine have done unto you, grant me but this request for my reward, the which is both reasonable and just, great wrong you do to revenge your anger upon this noble Lady, you have chased her out of her Country, Lands and Signiories, the which you hold in your hands, and take the Revenues and profits thereof▪ if you be not sufficed with this, I doubt that our Lord jesus Christ will be sore displeased with you. When the Emperor had well heard the Duke his Cousin, he stood still and spoke hastily, and said. Fair Cousin, I have well heard you, and therefore I answer you in brief words, how that if all the men that be in mine Empire, and all the Priests and Friars were here, and did preach unto me a whole year, desiring me to respite this Lady's death and the other that be with her: I would do nothing for all them, and therefore speak no more to me in that matter, for by the beard that hangeth under my chin, since I cannot have Huon her husband at my will, I shall never eat nor drink until I have seen her burnt and the other persons hanged. For when I remember the death of my Nephews and of my dear Son, the which have been slain by Huon, there is no member in my body, but that trembleth for sorrow and displeasure. When the good Duke Hildebert understood the Emperor, he had great sorrow at his heart, and departed without any word speaking and without any leave taking, but returned from thence, and he became full of ire and displeasure, than the Emperor Tirrey cried with a high voice and said, how that he would shortly dispatch the matter, to see the Lady burnt, and led to the hill whereas the fire was ready. When the Lady perceived the place whereas she should die in, she cast out a great cry, and made a pitiful complaint to our Lord jesus Christ, and said. Ah right sweet Lord jesus Christ, thou knowest that for the love of thee I am christened, to believe in thy Laws wherein I will live and die, and I see well that my days are but short, and thou knowest well that there is no cause wherein I have deserved death: therefore I require thee humbly to have pity and compassion of my Soul, and that thou wilt vouchsafe to keep and preserve my Husband Huon, and my Daughter Clariet. Thus as ye have heard the noble Duchess Escleremond made her complaints, her hands bound and kneeling upon her knees before the stake, abiding for the hour of her death. Now let us leave to speak of this noble Lady, until we have occasion to return again: and speak of the noble King Oberon and of his company. Chap. CXXXIII. ¶ How King Oberon sent two of his Knights of the Fairy, that is to say Mallabron and Gloriand, to deliver the Duchess Escleremond, who should have been burnt, and the three Hundred Prisoners that should have been hanged, who were all delivered by the said Knights. Now showeth the History, that the same day that the Duchess the fair Lady Escleremond should have been burnt, King Oberon of the Fairy was in his Palace of Momur, whereas he had holden a great Court and a sumptuous, for his Mother the Lady of the privy Isle was there, and also the noble Queen Morgue●● say, and the Damsel Transeline her niece, with divers other Ladies of the Fairy, and divers Knighte● of the same making great joy. King Oberon was sitting 〈…〉 throne, garnished and bordered with fine gold and precious stones, and as he sat, he fell in a great study, and therewith the drops of water fell out of his eyes, and he began to weep and complain so sore, as though he should have been drowned with drops of water: and when these Queens, Ladies, and Damsels saw him make such sorrow, they had great marvel, and there was Gloriand the good Knight of the Frayrie, and Mallabron, who were right privy and well-beloved with King Oberon, and when they saw the King make such sorrow, they were sore dismayed and abashed, and Sir Gloriand said. Sir, what man is living in this world, that hath displeased you or done any thing against you? Gloriand, (quoth the King) the displeasure that I have is for the fair Lady Escleremond, wife unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux my very good Friend, she is as now led out of the City of Mayence, and brought unto a great fire, wherein the Emperor Tirrey will burn her, and other three Hundred poor Prisoners to be hanged, and I may not aid nor succour them, and I am right sorry thereof for the love of Huon, who is as now passed the Sea, and is in the way returning homeward, and he hath had such adventures, that there is no human body could suffer, nor bear the pains and travails that he hath endured, nor the marvelous adventures that he hath borne, and he hath had so many Battles, that it were great marvel and wonderful to hear them rehearsed. And now whereas he thought to have had rest, and to have found his Wife the fair Lady Escleremond alive, who shall now be burnt except she be shortly aided and succoured, I am sure that he will die for the sorrow and grief that he will have at his heart. When Gloriand and Mallabron had well heard and understood King Oberon, they kneeled down before the King, and said. Sir, we desire you to succour this noble Lady, for the love of her good Husband your dear Friend Huon. Gloriand, (quoth the noble King Oberon) that will I not do, but I am well content, that hastily you go and deliver the good Lady, and the other Prisoners that be with her, and say in my behalf to the Emperor Tirrey, that he be not so hardy as to do any ill to the Lady, or to any of her company, but say that I will and command, that he respite their lives until the holy Feast of Easter be passed, and that the Lady and the other Prisoners he cause to be returned again into the City of Mayence, and that the Lady be set in a Chamber at her liberty and pleasure, and let her be bathed and washed and new arrayed, and let her have four noble Ladies to se●ue and accompany her, and that she have meat and drink as good and as plentiful, as though she were his own proper Daughter, in like wise let all the other Prisoners be served, and say that I will and command that he doth thus until the time that Easter be passed, and show him that he be not so hardy to break or trespass against my commandment. Then Gloriand and Mallabron took leave of the King, and of all other that were there, and then they wished themselves in the place, whereas the Lady and the other prisoners were, where the Lady as then was upon her knees before the fire sore weeping and complaining, and abiding the hour of her death, the which had been near unto her, if she had not been shortly succoured, for they were about to have bound her to the stake. When Gloriand and Mallabron came braying in the air like thunder, & they were not seen of no person but alonely of the Lady, and when they were come and saw the fire a kindling, they took the ten Villains that would have cast the Lady into the fire, they took them, and cast them all Ten into the flaming fire, whereas they were shortly burnt, and beside them there were divers other burnt, whereof such as were there had so great fear; that none durst abide there: then the two Knights came to the Lady and loozed her, and said. Madame be of good comfort, we are two Knights sent hither from king Oberon, to succour and to bring you out of the peril and danger that you be in. Sirs, (quoth the Lady) it is not the first time that the noble King Oberon hath succoured us both me and my husband, God of his grace reward him. Madame, (quoth Gloriand) be merry and make joy, for your good husband Huon is come on this side of the Sea, whom you shall see within short time. When the good Lady had well understood Gloriand, she had such joy, that of a great space she could speak no word she was so ravished, but at last she said. Sir, I ought greatly to love you for bringing me such tidings: and then they said unto her. Madame, rest you here a season, until we have delivered the other Prisoners, whom we see yonder leading toward their deaths, and shortly we shall return again unto you. Therewith they departed from the Lady, and left her upon her knees holding up her hands unto Heaven, and devoutly rendering thanks to our Lord jesus Christ, for the succour and aid that he had sent her. Then Gloriand and Mallabron came to the Gallows, and there unloozed the three Hundred Prisoners, and s●ew divers of them that were sent thither to do execution, whereof all they that were there present had great marvel, and did wonder thereat, when they saw their company slain and could not see them that did it, but they thought that there were a Thousand Knights, by reason of the great brute and noise that the two Knights of the Fairy made, whereof they had such fear, that they fled away and ran to the Emperor, who was sore dismayed and abashed of that adventure, for it was also showed unto him, that the Lady was rescued, and they could not tell by whom, but they said that they heard a great brute and noise: then also the Emperor saw, how the people came running towards him flying from the Gallows, and they showed to him all that they had seen and heard, whereof the Emperor and all his Lords had great fear and were sore abashed. Ah Sir, (quoth the Duke of Ostrich) it had been better for you to have believed Duke Hildebert your Cousin: know surely, that you have greatly displeased our Lord jesus Christ, since that you would do such cruel justice in the holy time of Lent. Thus after these two Knights of the Fairy had rescued the good Lady and the other Prisoners, they took them and the Lady and brought them unto the Emperor, and showed themselves openly, and when they were in the presence of the Emperor and the Prisoners with them, and the Emperor saw that there were but two Knights armed upon horseback, he set little by them, and said. How are you so bold and so hardy, to deliver and to take out of my men's hands those that are condemned to die by justice? and beside that you have slain many of my men, and now bring them into my presence whom I have condemned to die: wherefore I will that you well know, that before I eat or drink you and all they shallbe hanged, and the Lady Escleremond burned, nor I shall not depart from hence until I have seen you all die the death. Then Gloriand and Mallabron lifted up their visors, and showed their faces, and they seemed unto all them that saw them, that they never saw before two so fair Knights in all their lives. Then Gloriand said unto the Emperor: Sir, of you nor of your threatenings we make thereof but little account: but Sir, know for troth, that the noble King Oberon commandeth you by us, in as much as you fear your life, that you be not so hardy, any further to do any ill or injury, nor command to be done unto this noble Lady that is here present, nor to these other Prisoners, until Easter day be passed. And also King Oberon commandeth you, that you do keep this Lady in your house, clothed and appareled, and as well governed, and to be accompanied with Ladies and Damsels to serve her honourably, as well as if she were your own proper Daughter, and that in like wise these Prisoners to be newly arrayed and ordered, aswell as other Knights of your house, and Sir, we warn and charge you, that in this that we have said, that you do not the contrary for any thing that may fall, for if you do otherwise, there is no mortal man shall save your life: thus the right noble King Oberon commandeth you to do, who is Sovereign Lord and Governor of all the Realm of the Fairy. When the Emperor Tirrey had well heard these Knights of the Fairy thus speak unto him, and saw how they were armed with their sword in their hands, tainted with the blood of his Almains, he had great fear and beheld his Barons, and said. Sirs, I pray you to give me some good counsel in this serious business, we have well heard much speaking of King Oberon, and of his great Acts and deeds: wherefore I fear him much, ye may well see what two of his knights have done, they have rescued them that I have condemned to die, and slain divers of my men. Also you hear, what word he sendeth me by his two Knights, that I should keep this lady and the other Prisoners honourably, and that I should not be so hardy, to put them to any danger until Easter be passed. Then an ancient knight said: Sir, know for troth that King Oberon is puissant and wise, for there is nothing in the world but that he knoweth it, and also as often as he list, he can be whereas he will wish himself, and with as great number of people as he list: and therefore Sir believe surely, that if you do otherwise then he hath commanded you to do, these two knights of his that be here present, have puissance sufficient to destroy you, and King Oberon to sit still at home: therefore Sir mine advise is, that you answer these two knights, that all that King Oberon hath commanded you to do by them, that you will do it surely: and then all the other Lords gave the Emperor the same counsel. When the Emperor had well heard and understood his Lords and Barons, he turned him unto the two Knights of the Fairy, and said. Sirs, ye shall salute me to King Oberon and say, that as for me, I shall do every thing as he hath commanded me to do to the best of my power. Sir Emperor, (quoth Gloriand) if you will do as you say, the king will take you for his Friend, & thereupon we commend you to God. Thus the two knights departed, so that the Emperor nor none other person knew not where they were become, whereof every man had great marvel and were sore abashed. And thus Gloriand and Mallabron within a while came to the City of Momur, whereas they found king Oberon, to whom they showed all that they had done. Well, (quoth king Oberon) as now the Lady Escleremond and the other Prisoners are at their ease and well served, but before a month be passed, they shall dearly ab●y the ease that they be in now, for the Emperor hateth them so sore, because of the malice that he beareth unto Huon of Bourdeaux, that he will set them all again into Prison in great poverty and misery, and when Easter is passed, he will burn the Lady Escleremond, and hang up all the Prisoners except they be rescued again. Sir, (quoth Gloriand) I cannot believe that the Emperor dare do it, or think so to do. Gloriand, (quoth the noble king Oberon) know surely, that the great hate that is rooted in the heart of the Emperor, shall constrain and urge him thus to d●e. Now let us leave speaking of the noble king Oberon, and speak of the Emperor Tirrey. Chap. CXXXIIII. ¶ How the Emperor Tirrey made the noble Lady Escleremond to be well served and appareled, and all the other Prisoners, but about three Weeks after, he made the noble Lady and the said Prisoners to be put again into prison, whereas they were in great misery. Now showeth the History, that after the two knights of the Fairy were departed, and vanished away out of the presence of the Emperor, and that the Emperor was returned into the City of Mayence, with the lady Escleremond and with the other Prisoners, whereof the Burgesses, Ladies, and Damsels of the city had great joy of their good adventure, and the Emperor had them into his Palace, and delivered unto them Chambers well dressed and hanged as it appertained thereunto, and the noble Duchess Escleremond had four ladies to serve her, and she was bathed and washed, and new appareled, as well and as richly as though she had been the Emperors own proper Daughter, so that within a short space she came again to her beauty, and to be as fair and well favoured as ever she was, and in like wise so did all the other Prisoners, who were kept also in fair and rich Chambers and new appareled, and had their ease and pleasures as other knights of the Emperor's Court had. But assoon as three weeks were passed, the great hate that the Emperor had unto the noble lady and to the other Prisoners, constrained him to take from them the joy and ease that they were in: and turned the same into pitiful weepings and great lamentations. And the Emperor Tirrey swore, that for all king Oberon, or for any thing that he could do, he would never be in peace in his heart, until he had set all the company again intd prison, and besides that, he swore that Easter should not be no sooner passed, but that the Lady Escleremond should be burnt and all the other prisoners hanged, and upon them to take vengeance in the despite of Huon of Bourdeaux, who had done him so much trouble that he could not forget it. Then he commanded to take again the Duchess Escleremond, and to put her and all the other prisoners into the prison again, the which was done according to his commandment. Then the Duchess Escleremond and all the other Prisoners were right sorrowful, and were in great fear, and said each to other. Alas now our deaths approach, and when that the Lady saw that she was set again in prison, she began sore to weep and complain for the Duke Huon her Husband. Too long (quoth she) you tarry, for I see none other way but that my death approacheth, for you shall not come in time, well may I curse the hour that ever I was borne, for in all my life I have had but sorrow and heaviness and dolours in supportable, better it had been for me to have been dead, then to spend my life in this dark Prison, right devoutly she called upon our Lord jesus Christ to have pity and compassion of her. Thus was this noble Duchess set again in prison, and also the three Hundred Prisoners, whereas they suffered great famine and poverty, for other thing had they not to live by, but Barley bread and clear water. Now we will leave to speak of them, and speak of Duke Huon, who was arrived at Marseilles. Chap. CXXXV. ¶ How Huon departed from Marseilles, and came to his Uncle the good Abbot of Clunie in habit disguised, and unto him discovered himself, whereof the Abbot had great joy, and so had Clariet his Daughter. AS ye have heard here before, how Huon was at Marseilles, and after that he had iourn there four days, he made him ready to depart, & bought Mules and horses for himself, and for Barnard and for his company, and then he charged his Somers, and upon one of them he trussed the griffen's foot, the which was great and horrible, and covered it because every man should not see it. When he was ready and every thing trussed, he departed from Marseilles, and road so by his journeys, that he passed by Provence, and came unto Masconoys, and upon a Thursday at night he arrived at the Town of Tournous. And when they had supped, he called Barnard his Cousin, and said. Cousin, I pray you to stay here, for I will go to see mine Uncle the good Abbot of Clunie, and Clariet my Daughter, whom I sore desire to see, and shortly I shall return again unto you, I will go privily disguised, to the intent that I will not be known. Sir, (quoth Barnard) seeing that it is your pleasure, we must be content. Then they went to bed, and in the Morning Huon arose up, and appareled himself like a Pilgrim, with a staff in his hand and a bag about his neck, and with great boots upon his Legs, he had a great beard and long hair: wherefore he seemed well a Pilgrim that came out from a far Country, and so he had done indeed. When Barnard, and his company saw him so appareled, they laughed and said. Sir, it appeareth well by your manners, that you are escaped out of some good place, it seemeth to us, that if you will shake your staff, you will make the money to avoid out of men's purses, you are so bold a beggar. When Huon heard them, he laughed, and took leave of them, and departed all alone with his bag about his neck, so afoot he went until he came unto Clunie, and then he came unto the Abbey gate, and called the Porter unto him, and said. Friend, I pray you to let me enter, than he opened the wicket and beheld Huon, who seemed to him to be a tall and a goodly man, and said. Pilgrim, enter when you please. Then Huon entered in at the wicket, and said unto the Porter. Friend, I come strait from beyond the great Sea, and have kissed the holy Sepulchre, and have suffered much pain and poverty, and because before this time I have been here with the Abbot of this place, therefore I thought that I would not pass by without speaking with him, I pray you to show me that courtesy, that I may speak with him, for he will soon know me. Sir, (quoth the Porter) it seemeth unto me by your manners, that you seem to be a man of a good place: therefore I give you leave to go into the house at your pleasure, and you shall find our good Abbot in his Hall, whereas he is communing with his Brethren, certainly, I know well that you shall be welcome unto him, if he have of you any knowledge, for a more noble man, courteous, and liberal you shall not find upon this side of the Sea. Friend, (quoth Huon) your courtesy may avail you. Then Huon went into the Hall, whereas he found the Abbot with his Brethren, and then he saluted the Abbot and all his Covent. Friend, (quoth the Abbot) you are welcome, I pray you to show me from whence you come? Sir, (quoth Huon) I shall show you the troth, I come now from beyond the Sea, from the holy City of jerusalem, whereas I have kissed the holy Sepulchre, and where our Lord jesus Christ was quick and dead, I have been in those parts more than Seven years, and the cause why I am come hither to see you is this, I found there a young Knight of mine age, named Huon of Bourdeaux, and he said that he is your Nephew, and when he saw that I would depart from thence to come into his Country, he humbly prayed me to recommend him unto you: and therefore I am come unto you to do his messsage, for he and I hath been together in divers Battles, and great amity have been between us. When the good Abbot had well heard and understood the Pilgrim, many tears fell from his eyes and trickled down his cheeks, when he heard his Nephew Huon named, and said. Friend, I pray you (if it be true as you say) to show me the troth if you have seen my Nephew Huon, for it is he that I love best in all this world, and desire most to see him, and I pray you to show unto me what is his mind, either to return hither or else to abide there still? I would to God that I were in debt to pay a thousand Marks of gold, so that he were as now here in this Hall. Sir, (quoth Huon) your Nephew whom you desire so much to see, before a month be past he will (by the grace of God) be here with you, and Sir, he showed me at my departing from him, that he hath a Daughter whom you have nourished and brought up, and he charged me greatly that I should desire of you to see her before I departed from you, he knoweth not whether she be alive or dead, I would gladly see her if it were your pleasure. Friend, (quoth the Abbot) right gladly you shall see her, I shall cause her to come hither, and then you may see her at your ease, and I dare well say unto you, that in all the world you shall find no fairer nor a sweeter creature, nor more wiser of her age nor better learned, and yet she is but Ten years of age. When Huon understood the Abbot, you may well know that he had great joy at his heart privily, and thanked our Lord jesus Christ. Then the Abbot called unto him a right notable Knight named Sir Emerie, and commanded him to go and fetch thither his niece Clariet, the Knight went into the chamber, whereas the fair Lady was with other four noble Ladies, who had brought her up: then Sir Emerie saluted the Lady and the other that were with her. When the young Lady perceived Sir Emerie, she arose up and rendered to him his salutation, and right humbly saying. Sir Knight I am joyful of your commig, I pray you to show me of your news and tidings. Certainly fair Lady, (quoth the Knight) hither is come a Pilgrim, who is come from beyond the Sea, and he hath showed unto the Abbot your Uncle tidings of your Father Duke Huon: therefore your Uncle desireth you to come and speak with him. When the Lady heard speaking of her Father, with all her heart she desired to know some certain tidings, and then she and her Damsels departed out of the Chamber, and came into the Hall to the Abbot her Uncle, accompanied with two notable Knights, than she entered into the Hall richly appareled, no man could describe her beauty, for she was so well formed, that nature herself could not amend her, her skin was as white as the flower in the meadow, and coloured like the red Rose, her haunches low, and her paps somewhat rising, her throat smooth and clear, her chin vaunted, her mouth as vermeill as a Rose, her teeth small and well ranged and white, her face white and well coloured mingled white and red, her eyes smiling, her cheer amorous to behold, her nose strait, her forehead white, her hair yellow, and her ears gentle and close, I cannot devise the tenth part of her excellent beauty, none could regard her nor look upon her but that praised and loved her, all her beauty and sweet demeanour, and great humility that was in her, if I should here describe it, it would be overlong to rehearse. When Huon had well seen his Daughter Clariet who was so fair, he gladly beheld her without making of any knowledge. Then the Abbot took his niece by the hand, and led her unto Huon, and said. Pilgrim, how say you by her, she hath not been sore travailed nor much come in the Sun, I have kept her a long time, and if she be garnished with beauty, in like wise so she is with wit and bounty, she is Daughter unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, the man that I most love in this world, I would to God that I did see him as I do you now, but if God send me life and health, this Lady shall be richly married, I will give her goods that she shallbe rich and puissant. Sir, (quoth Huon) I pray to our Lord jesus Christ to give her good fortune, and that she may be so married, that her blood thereby may be lifted up and exalted: then the fair Lady Clariet said unto Huon. Sir Pilgrim, I pray you to show me, if you know any tidings of my Father Duke Huon of Bourdeaux. Fair Lady, (quoth Huon) he and I together have been a long time beyond the Sea, and Companions together, and we sought the soldan of Babylon that now is, it is not he that was set there by Huon, after that he had slain the great Admiral Gaudise, it is another, who since that time conquered both the City and the Country of Egypt, many adventures Huon and I have suffered, but at the end we discomfited the soldan, and his men are slain and destroyed. Pilgrim, (quoth the fair Lady Clariet) I require you to show me if you know, whether my dear Father will return hither again or no? the which is the thing in the world that I most desire? Fair Lady, (quoth he) I answer you, that before two Months be passed, you shall see him here in good health. I pray unto our Lord God (quoth the Lady) that it may be so, that he may deliver my Mother out of the prison, whereas she is in great poverty and misery. When Huon had well heard and understood his Daughter, he would no longer hide himself, but said. My right dear Daughter, before August be passed, I shall deliver her or die in the pain, for I shall make such war against the Emperor Tirrey, that yet before I die I shall strike off his head from his body, whatsoever fall thereof. When the Lady heard Huon, how he said that he was her Father, she changed colour, and blushed as ruddy as a Rose, and thought to herself by the words that he spoke, that he was her Father, whereof she was right joyful, and said. Ah Sir, I pray you if you be Duke Huon of Bourdeaux my Father, to show me. My right dear Daughter, believe it surely, for I will no longer hide it from you. When the Lady heard that he was her Father, she clipped him and Twenty times kissed him. Then the Abbot came and embraced him and said. My right dear Nephew, the joy that my heart hath of your coming, is to me so acceptable, that I cannot tell whether I dream or not that I see you here, and then again he embraced him, making the greatest joy in the world. Also there was Clariet his Daughter, who embraced and kissed him: then all that were in the house came thither to make great cheer and feasting. Fair Nephew, (quoth the Abbot) I am sore abashed that you be returned with so small a company. Good Uncle, (quoth Huon) it could be none otherwise, I have had such fortunes upon the Sea, that the most part of my men are dead and perished, & some by malady, and some are returned into their own Countries, and especially they that went with me are abiding at the Rock of the Adamant, and there all be dead by famine, and they that were my Guides to have brought me unto Euphame, are in like wise dead there. Then Duke Huon began to show unto the Abbot all the adventures that he had, since he departed from the noble City of Bourdeaux, there were some that heard it, that took it for a mock and a lie, he showed of so many great marvels, they thought that the most part of them were lies, and one said to another: Great advantage have these vagabonds to lie, because they find no man to say them nay, and if any man say nay, their answer is ready to say, go and see: then the good Abbot said. Fair Nephew, if I were of the age to bear armour, gladly I would go with you to aid you to destroy this Emperor, who hath done you so much ill, I shall send for such a number of men of war, and pay them with my Treasure, the which I have long time gathered together, and shall aid you to make such war, that it shall always be had in remembrance, or else I would die in the pain and all they that should go with me, and to cause him to make you amends, of all the ills and damages that he hath done unto you, yet somewhat I have done already, for it is not long since, that one of the emperors Nephews were slain by my men, and all they that were with him slain or taken, for Nephew, I have gathered together a great Treasure, that I may therewith entertain a hundred Thousand men for two years, without selling or laying to pledge any foot of Land appertaining to my Church, but as now I am so old that I cannot ride out, for I am a hundred and fourteen years of age: and therefore seeing that I cannot go with you, I shall abandon unto you all my Treasure, and take thereof as much as it shall please you. Sir, (quoth Huon) you make me so great an offer, that once before I die, I trust to render unto you the double value, by the grace of God. Chap. CXXXVI. ¶ How Duke Huon of Bourdeaux showed to his Uncle the Abbot of Clunie, all the adventures that he had, since he departed from the noble City of Bourdeaux: and how he gave the Abbot the Apple of youth, whereby the good Abbot became again to his beauty, that he had when he was but of Thirty years of age. WHen Duke Huon of Bourdeaux had well understood the good Abbot his Uncle, and saw the fair offer and service that he had offered unto him, he said. Sir, of your courtesy and Largesse, and all the good that you have done unto me and to my Daughter Clariet, God reward you for it: true it is, after that I had fought with the griffins, I came unto a fair Fountain, and there by was a Tree growing charged full of fair fruit, the Tree was called the Tree of youth, of the which I gathered three Apples, whereof you shall have one and shall eat it, and assoon as you have eaten thereof, thereby you shall become as young and as strong and lusty, as you were when you were of the age of Thirty years. Then there was a Monk in the house, called Dan johan Salivet, who began to laugh, and hasted him to speak and said. Ah Sir, what is it that you say, these two Thousand years there was never man at the Tree of youth, therefore this tale is not to be believed, and when Huon heard the Monk, he waxed red for anger, and lifted up his staff, and would have stricken therewith the Monk, and if he had not skipped back, and said. Ah thou false Monk, thou liest falsely, I have been there, and that thou shalt see the proof thereof, whether I say true or not. Then the Abbot came betwe●ne them and stopped the stroke, and said unto Huon. 〈…〉 ●ight dear Nephew, appease yourself, and then he said to the Monk. Ah thou rude Groom, by the faith that I owe unto my Lord Saint Bennet, for thy words thou shalt be sore punished, than he caused the Monk to be set in prison, and then the Abbot said unto Huon. Sir, I pray you to be no longer displeased. Then Huon took one of his Apples, and gave it to his good Uncle the Abbot, and said. Sir, take this Apple, the which I gathered of the Tree of youth, I gathered thereof three, and one I gave to the Admiral of Persia, and another I kept for myself, the which I give you, and I would have gathered more, but I was forbidden by an Angel sent from our Lord jesus Christ: and Sir, know for troth, that the Admiral of Persia before I gave him the Apple, he was of the age of sixscore years and more, but assoon as he had eaten thereof, he became as fair and as strong, as when he was of Thirty years of age, and he is as now one of the fairest Princes in the world. By the which Miracle, he and all his people of his Realm did forsake the false and detestable Law of Mahomet, and took upon them the belief of our Lord jesus Christ, and were christened, and they that would not were hewn all to pieces, and after that for the love that he bore unto me, he passed the Sea with me with great puissance, and we entered into the Souldan's Land, whereas we discomfited him in plain Battle. When the good Abbot had well heard and understood his Nephew, he had great joy, and took the Apple, and made thereon the sign of the Cross, and did eat it up every whit, whereby incontinent in the sight of all them that were there present, he became into his first youth, as he was when he was but of the age of Thirty years, his white beard fell away and a new beard came, his jaws that were lean and pale, the flesh grew again new quick flesh, so that he became a fair young man, and well furnished of body and members, a fairer man could no man see, nor lighter, nor lustier, whereof he had such joy at his heart, that he ran and embraced Huon, and kissed him more than Ten times. When they that were there present saw that great marvel, they were greatly abashed, & said one to another, that Huon was worthy to be believed, for out of such a Prince's mouth (quoth they) never issued a lie, there was much joy made, the Tables were set and they went to dinner, there sat the Abbot and Huon and Clariet his Daughter: Of their Service and meats I will make no rehearsal, for they were richly served. After that they had dined and grace said, all the Monks of the Covent came and kneeled down before Huon, and humbly required him of pardon for Damp johan Saliver, who was too hasty to speak, and all was through negligence of youth and ill advised. When Duke Huon saw all the Monks before him upon their knees, desiring him to pardon the Monk of his folly, he said unto them. Sirs, I am content to fulfil your desires, for I am not come hither to trouble any man. When the good Abbot had well heard Huon his Nephew pardon his Monk, he thanked him and said. Sir, by Saint Bennet, if you had not pardoned him, he should not have come out of prison this year. Then the Monks went to the Prison, and they showed unto the Monk that was in prison, what marvels were done in his absence, and how their Abbot who was a Hundred and fourteen years of age, was now become of the age of Thirty years. Sirs, (quoth he) I am glad of my deliverance, but I cannot believe that it is so as you say, nor I will not believe it until I see it: then he went into the Hall, whereas the Abbot and Huon were together, and when he saw the good Abbot young again, than he kneeled down and cried Huon mercy, and required him of pardon, the which Huon granted. Then there was great joy, and the Abbot said. Nephew, send for men of war on all sides, and I shall pay their wages to the number of twenty Thousand men, for I have gold and silver enough, and let us send for all our Friends, and we shall be a great number of men able to fight with the Emperor, who hath wrongfully and without cause disinherited you, and keepeth your Wife in prison, whereof my heart is so sorrowful that I can no longer endure it. Sir, (quoth Huon) if I can find any other way to come to peace with the Emperor, than my Spear and shield and no man slain, I would think then that I had well sped, for if I might do so much with the Emperor, that he would render unto me my Lands and Signiories, and my Wife and men, and that thereby I might become his Liegeman, I would then think that I had made an honourable end, for I have done him great damage. Fair Nephew, (quoth the Abbot) I would feign know by what manner you could bring this matter about. Uncle, (quoth Huon) this night I will study upon the matter, the which I trust in our Lord jesus Christ to bring to a good and prosperous end. Chap. CXXXVII. ¶ How Huon of Bourdeaux departed from Clunie, and went to the noble City of Mayence upon a Friday: and how he came near unto the emperors Oratory. After that Huon and the good Abbot had devised together of divers things, Huon wrote a Letter unto his men being at Tournous, that they should come unto him to the Abbey of Clunie, he sent a Gentleman of the Abbey to fetch them, and when he was come to Tournous, and had delivered his Letters unto Barnard, they made them ready, and trussed their Somers and departed from thence, and they road so long, that they came in at the gates of the Abbey of Clunie, the same time Huon and the Abbot were leaning out at a window, the Abbot saw fifteen Somers charged, and seven Mules and Mulets, whereof he had great marvel of whence they were, and said to Huon. Fair Nephew, can you tell unto whom appertain these Somers, or what be they that bringeth them? Sir, (quoth Huon) know for troth that I have conquered them, and they are mine, and yonder is Barnard that doth conduct them, who hath had much pain and trouble before he could find me. Fair Nephew, (quoth the Abbot) great joy I have at my heart, that he hath sought you so long to find you at the last, nor I could not have sent a more noble man, you ought greatly to love him, and also he is our Kinsman, and always he hath been unto you true and faithful. Sir, in him I have found all that you say: and Sir, the great Summer that you see yonder with two great Coffers well banded, they be full of precious stones, and jewels more worth than four good Cities, I will leave them here with you to keep for the marriage of my Daughter, and with those words he kissed her. Dear Nephew, (quoth the good Abbot) and besides that you will give her, I shall depart with her largely of my Treasure. Therewith Barnard came thither and all the other of his company, and when the Abbot perceived Barnard, he came unto him right joyfully with his arms abroad and clipped and kissed him, and made unto him great feast and cheer and to all his company. Then Duke Huon and the good Abbot his Uncle, and the fair Lady Clariet his Daughter, went into their Chamber and discharged the Somers, and opened every Coffer. When the Abbot had seen the riches that were in them, he was never so abashed and said. Ah Duke Huon fair Nephew, I think you have brought hither riches to buy therewith the whole Realm of France. Then Duke Huon took a collar of gold full of precious stones, that the clearness of them illumined all the house, and Huon did put the collar about his Daughter's neck, and kissed her mouth and said. My dear and loving Daughter, I give you this collar, I never gave you any thing before, it is so rich that the stones therein are worth a Realm or a Duchy. When the Lady saw the rich collar, she was right joyful, and kneeled down before her Father, and humbly thanked him: then Huon showed all his Treasure unto his good Uncle the Abbot, and when all had been seen and viewed, the Abbot did put them into the Coffers. Then Huon appareled himself with rich apparel, and he seemed then to be a Prince of high degree, he was so fair to behold, that all such as saw him had great pleasure to behold him, there he made good cheer and feasting for the space of right days, and upon the ninth day in the Morning, he departed from thence privily, and took Barnard with him without the knowledge of any person except the Abbot, unto whom he said. Fair Uncle, I and Barnard will depart, and I require you to let no man living know of my departing, as long as you can keep it secret, until you do here from me some tidings. Sir, it shall be done, (quoth the Abbot) and I commend you to the safeguard of our Lord jesus Christ, and I beseech him humbly that you may have peace with the Emperor Tirrey. Then Huon and Barnard departed before any man were rising, and they took their way towards the City of Mayence, and rested not until they came to Coleyne, and the next Morning they road until they came within a League of the City of Mayence, and then they entered into a wood, & there they alighted. Then Huon appareled himself like a Pilgrim in habit hose and shoes, and he took a herb and rubbed therewith his Visage, in such sort, that he seemed that he had been in the Sun Ten years, so that he was unknown, and Barnard that was with him could not know him by the face, and then Barnard laughed: then he took his staff and scrip, and said unto Barnard. Sir, go your way before into the City with our horses, and take none acquaintance of me though you see me, and take up some small lodging, so Barnard went on before, and Huon fair and easily went after him, and so entered into the City, and he had with him the Thirty rich stones in his bosom. When he was entered into the City, he rested not until he came to the Palace, and as he went up the stairs, he met the Steward of the emperors house, unto whom he said. Sir, I pray you in the honour of our Lord jesus Christ to give me some meat, for I am so hungry that I can scarce go upon my Legs, nor I have no money to buy me one morsel of bread. When the Steward had well heard and understood the Pilgrim, he beheld him well, and saw how his staff shaked in his hand, the which he thought had been with feebleness and poverty, and had of him great pity and compassion, and demanded of him from whence he came? Sir, (quoth Huon) I come strait from the holy Sepulchre, and I have endured much poverty and misery. Friend, (quoth the Steward) I pray you to tarry for me here a little season, until I have been in the Prison to carry meat unto the Duchess Escleremond, and to the other Prisoners, who cry out through famine and rage that they be in, for if they be long in this case that they be in now, they cannot endure it, for the Emperor hath taken such an inward hate against her, and against them that are in prison with her, that he hath made promise, that assoon as Easter is passed the Lady shall be burnt, and the other Prisoners all hanged, and this day is Shrove Thursday, so that they have to live but five days, and I am right sorry for the noble Lady, that our Emperor will put her to death without a just cause. When Huon had well heard that, he had no member nor joint but that trembled, and he cast down his Visage, and began pitifully to weep, and suffered the Steward to pass and spoke no word unto him, but returned into the Town, and went and lodged in the Town right heavy and sorrowful: howbeit, he was right joyful, in that his Wife was alive, for he greatly feared that she had been dead. He lodged in a notable Burgesses house, who received him well for the love of God, but whatsoever he had there he could neither eat nor drink, for the sorrow and grief that he had at his heart: then he said unto his Host. Sir, to Morrow is good Friday, the which day I think the Emperor will give great Alms. Friend, (quoth his Host) you may surely believe, that the Emperor will give as to morrow great Alms, he will give of his goods so largely unto all poor men, that if they come unto him that day they shall be all satisfied, you shall not find a Prince that doth give greater Alms, and of one thing I advertise you: the Emperor hath one custom, that the first poor Pilgrim that cometh unto him to morrow shallbe happy, for there is nothing in the world be it never so dear, but if he demand it of the Emperor, it shall not be denied him, it must be at the same hour and time that the Emperor goeth unto his Chapel to say his Orisons. When Huon had well understood his Host, he began to rejoice, and thought within himself, that if he could in any wise, he would be the first that should demand Alms of the Emperor, but that should be neither gold nor silver, it should be his Wife and his men that he hath in Prison: and also if he may he will ask therewith his Lands and Signiories. Then the Host went to his rest, and Huon abode in his Chamber alone, and slept not of all the night, but thought how he might deliver his Wife, and the other Prisoners that were with her, and all the night he was at his prayers, humbly desiring our Lord God to counsel and to aid him to recover his good Wife Escleremond. Early in the Morning he arose and made him ready, and took his scrip and staff, and went strait to the Palace, and sat down upon the greeces whereas the Emperor should pass: at which time the Emperor was new risen, and there were many other Pilgrims that were there abiding for the emperors coming, and every man coveted to have the first gift, but Huon did so much by his subtlety, that he was the first that entered into the Chapel, and none other perceived him, and he did hide himself closely in a corner near unto the emperors Oratory, and there he sat still without any word speaking, abiding there for the coming of the Emperor. Chap. CXXXVIII. ¶ How Duke Huon of Bourdeaux did so much with the Emperor Tirrey, that he had peace with him, and his Wife rendered unto him, and all his Lands and Signiories: and how the Emperor brought him unto the Abbey of Clunie, whereas they found the good Abbot in armour, not knowing any thing of the Peace that was made. Now showeth the History, that anon after that Huon was entered into the Chapel, the Emperor came in and kneeled down before the Altar, and made his prayers, and many poor men were there abiding the end of his prayers, and no man saw Huon whereas he was hidden closely in a corner hard by the emperors Oratory. When the Emperor had made his prayers, he arose and turned him to have gone into his Oratory, and Huon who had great desire to be the first, and to have the first gift of the Emperor, he drew out of his bag a rich stone, the which was of such virtue, that whosoever did bear it about him could not be overcome with his enemy, nor could not be drowned nor burnt, the stone had such great virtue, that none could esteem the value thereof: and besides that it cast such clearness in the Chapel, that the Emperor was abashed thereat, nor he knew not from whence that light should come. Then he beheld Huon, and Huon did hold the stone in his hand, and showed it unto the Emperor: and when the Emperor saw the rich stone, he greatly desired to have it, and advanced himself, and took it out of the Pilgrims hand, who presented it unto him. When the Emperor had the stone in his hand, he had great joy at his heart, for he was cunning in the descrying of stones, and swore to himself, that the Pilgrim should never have it again for any thing that he could do, but he thought within himself that if he would sell it, he would give him as much gold and silver as he could reasonably demand, or else he thought to keep it still whatsoever fell thereof: and then the Emperor said unto Huon. Pilgrim, I pray thee to show unto me where thou hast gotten this rich and bountiful stone? Sir, (quoth Huon) I have brought it from beyond the Sea. Friend, (quoth the Emperor) wilt thou sell it, and I shall give thee for it whatsoever thou wilt have? and to be in the more surety to bear away my gift that I will give thee for it, I shall cause thee to be conducted into thine own Country wheresoever it be. Sir, (quoth Huon) I will give it unto you with a good heart, so that it be true that mine Host hath showed unto me this day, for he hath showed unto me that your custom is, that the first person Pilgrim that cometh unto you upon this day being good Friday, should have of you a gift such as he would demand, after that you have made your prayers to our Lord God. Pilgrim, (quoth the Emperor) he that showed thee that, said that which is true: and therefore whatsoever thou demandest, either Borough, Town or City, or what thing soever it be, I promise faithfully to give thee, whosoever be displeased therewith I grant it to thee, therefore demand whatsoever thou wilt. Sir, (quoth Huon) of your grace and fair gift, I most heartily thank you: therefore Sir, with a good heart I give you that stone, the which I delivered unto you but even now, in the recompense of the courtesy and gift that you have granted unto me, the which shall be neither gold nor silver: and Sir, because I know certainly, that the renown is over all the world, that you are a just and a true noble man, and that which you promise you will uphold and keep, and never serve from your promise, and because that I know surely, that the promise that you have made unto me you will uphold, of whatsoever gift I desire to have. Friend, (quoth the Emperor) I will that you well know, that if you demand four of my best Cities, I shall give you them, seeing I have made that promise, and if God be pleased I shall not go from my promise, for I had rather that one of my hands were cut off, than I should be found false in my words: and therefore demand, and surely you shall have your demand without any denial. Sir, (quoth Huon) I heartily thank you, and would have kissed his feet, but the Emperor would not suffer him but took him up. Sir, (quoth Huon) first, and before all other things I desire of you pardon, of all the ill deeds and trespasses that I or my men have done against you, and if you have in your Prison either men or women appertaining unto me, or of my lineage, that you will deliver them all unto me: and also if you have any thing of mine, either Town or City, Borough or Castle, I require you by the promise that you have made unto me, to render them unto me quite: Sir, any other thing I demand not. Pilgrim, (quoth the Emperor) make no doubt to have that which I have promised unto you: therefore I grant all your desire, but I require you humbly to show unto me what man you be, and of what Country, and of what Lineage, seeing you have desired of me such a gift? Sir, (quoth Huon) I am he that sometime was Duke of Bourdeaux, whom you have so much hated, I come now from beyond the Sea, whereas I have endured much pain and poverty, I thank our Lord jesus Christ that I have done so much, that I am now agreed with you, and I shall have again the Duchess Escleremond my loving Wife, and my men, and my Lands and Signiories, if you will be as good as your word, and uphold your promise. When the Emperor had well heard and understood Huon, all his blood began to change, and he was a great space before he spoke any word, he was so sore abashed, but at the last he said. Ah Huon, are you he by whom I have suffered so many ills and damages, and have slain so many of my Nephews and other of my men? I would not have thought that you would have been so hardy, to have showed yourself before me, nor to have come into my presence, you have well overcome me and enchanted me, I had rather have lost four of my best Cities, yea▪ and all my Country burnt and destroyed, and myself banished out of mine own Country for three years, rather than you should have thus come to my presence: but seeing that it is thus, know for troth, that which I have promised unto you I shall uphold and keep, and from henceforth in the honour of the passion of our Lord jesus Christ, and of this good day, upon the which he was crucified and put to death, I pardon you all mine ill will and good will, I shall not be perjured, your Wife, your Lands and Signiories, and your men, I shall render them into your hands, speak thereof who list, otherwise it shall not be, nor I will never do the contrary. Then Huon kneeled down before the Emperor, and right humbly thanked him, and desired him to forgive him all his trespasses. Huon, (quoth the Emperor) God forgive thee, and as for me, with a good heart I do pardon you. Then the Emperor took Huon by the hand, and took him up and kissed him very kindly, in token of good peace and amity. Sir, (quoth Huon) great grace have I found in you seeing you keep and uphold your promise: but Sir, if it please our Lord God, your guerdon shall be double. Huon, (quoth the Emperor) I require you to show me of your news and adventures that you have had since you departed from the City of Bourdeaux. Sir, (quoth Huon) with a good will after that your divine Service is done, and the passion of our Lord jesus Christ read. Huon, (quoth the Emperor) I give you good thanks for that you say. Then the Emperor took Huon by the hand, and led him into his Oratory with him, whereas they heard the divine Service, whereof many Knights and Lords were sore abashed, and had great marvel what Pilgrim it was that the Emperor did so much honour unto. After that the divine Service was done, the Emperor returned into his Palace holding Huon by the hand, and dinner was made ready, and they washed their hands and sat down to dinner: and when dinner was done, and the Tables taken up, then in the emperors presence, and of all the other Lords there, Huon showed all his adventures. First, he showed how he had passed the Gulf and spoken with judas: and afterward how by fortune of the Sea he arrived at the Castle of the Adamant, and how his Company died there by famine: and declared the beauty of the Castle, and of the great riches therein: and afterward how he was carried from thence by a Griffen to a great Rock, and how he slew five young griffins, and the old Griffen that brought him thither, whereof he hath left at Clunie the foot of the same: then he showed of the Fountain, and of the Tree of youth, and how he gathered thereof three fair Apples, and more he would have gathered, but that our Lord God commanded him by his Angel, that he should not be so hardy as to gather any more. And after that he showed, how that he passed the Gulf of Persia in ●reat peril and danger, and said furthermore. Sir, when I was passed that Gulf, I gathered many precious stones, that which I have given you was one of them, the which stone is of great virtue: and then I came to the great City of Thauris in Persia, whereas I found a noble Admiral an old ancient Knight, and he showed to me great courtesies, and I gave him one of mine Apples to eat, and assoon as he had eaten thereof, he became to be as young as he was when he was but of Thirty years of age, and I think that from thence hither cannot be found a fairer Prince, and he was before of sixscore and Seven years of age: and Sir, because I desire with all my heart to have your good grace, and that good peace and firm may be had between you and me, I will give you the third Apple, the which I kept for myself, by the which if you do eat it, you shall become again as young and as lusty and as strong, as you were when you were but of the age of Thirty years. The Emperor, when he heard that the Apple that Huon would give him to eat, should cause him to return to his young age again, he was so joyful, that he never made such cheer before in all his life to any man as he did then unto Huon, and said, how that he would be his Friend for ever, and never fail him, and said. Friend, I abandon my body and goods at your pleasure, and I give you two good Cities to increase your Signiory, and besides that I promise you, if you have any business to do, I shall succour you with forty Thousand men, and shall aid you as the Father should do the Son. Therewith Huon would have kneeled down to have thanked the Emperor, but he would not suffer him: and then Huon took the Apple out of his bag, and delivered it unto the Emperor, the Emperor who was sore desirous to know if he should wax young again, by reason of eating of the Apple, he called unto him his Lords and Barons, to the intent that they should see that marvel, and when the Emperor had the Apple in his hand, he put it into his mouth, and did eat it every whit, and as he was eating thereof, his age changed into youth, and by that time he had eaten all the Apple, his white beard fell off, and the skin changed like a man of Thirty years of age, and also his face and all his body that before was all wrinkled and rugged and pale, became then as white and as ruddy, and felt himself as light and as fresh, and a● quick to do any thing and as strong, as he was when he was of the age of Thirty years, whereof all that were there present had great marvel, and were right joyful of that adventure, that was fallen unto the Emperor whom they loved, than they said. Sir, such a gift was never given to any Emperor or King, well you ought to praise our Lord God, whatsoever loss you have had or received, that ever you were acquainted with Duke Huon. Chap. CXXXIX. ¶ How the Emperor made good cheer unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux. WHen the Emperor saw himself wax young again, he was so joyful that he wist not what to do, than he clipped and kissed Huon more than Ten times, saying. My right dear Friend, I pray you to forgive me all the ills and damages that I have done unto you, and for the pain and sorrow that I have caused your noble Wife and men to suffer: then the Emperor called unto him two of his Lords, and said unto them. Sirs, I will that all the poor people that be in my Chapel this day be newly appareled, and to have meat and drink sufficient, for the love of the passion of our Lord jesus Christ, who this day hath done me that grace that I am returned from age to youth. Sir, (quoth they) your commandment shall be done: then they went and executed his pleasure. Then Duke Huon approached unto the Emperor, and said. Sir, I humbly desire your grace to deliver my Wife Escleremond, and my men out of Prison. Sir, (quoth the Emperor) it is good reason that I do it: then he sent for the jailor, who had the Lady and the other Prisoners in his keeping, and commanded him that the Lady Escleremond and the other Prisoners should be brought into the Hall, the jailor went to the Prison and Huon with him, and when they came thither, Huon went to the door and cried out aloud, and said. Ah my right sweet Sister, I believe that you have been but ill lodged here, I have great fear that by reason of the pains that you have endured, you cannot long continue, certainly if you die I shall never have joy at my heart. When the Duchess Escleremond had well heard the voice of him that spoke at the door, she stood still and studied what voice it might be, for she thought within herself▪ that she had heard that voice before that time, and when she had mused a little while, she thought that it should be the voice of Huon her Husband, whereof she had such joy and mirth at her heart, that of a great season she could not speak but fell in a swound in the Prison: and when she revived and came again to herself, she cried out and said. Ah my right dear Lord and Husband, long have you left me in pain and misery, all alone in this stinking and horrible Prison, in the hands of them that love you nothing, and have suffered much pain, cold, and hunger▪ and have endured great poverty, and in great fear of death and desperation. When Huon had w●ll heard and understood his dear Wife, who spoke so piteously, (sorrow and grief so closed his heart) that he had no power to speak one word, and the tears fell from his eyes, and trickled down his cheeks for the pity that he had of his loving Wife Escleremond: and also the jailor for very pity th●t he had was constrained to weep, and so went down into the Prison and brought the Lady up: and then Huon and she beheld each other, and could speak no word of a great space, but renew and embraced and kissed each other, and so fell down to the ground both in a trance, and they lay until other Knights came thither, fearing that they had been dead, there was none but that wept for pity. Then the Emperor came thither himself, and sore wept and repent himself of the ills that he had done to the Lady and made her ●o suffer: and then the Knights and Lords revived them, than they clipped and kissed together, and Huon said. Fair Lady I require you to pardon me in that I have tarried so long from you, and have left you in such poverty, pain, and danger of death, and have escaped, for the which I humbly thank our Lord God of his grace. Sir, (quoth she) we ought greatly to thank almighty God, when he hath sent us that grace to see each other, and to come together again, and that you have peace with the Emperor. Then the jailor went to all the Prisons, and took out all Huons men and brought ●hem unto him, and they had great joy when they saw their Lord & Master in safeguard, and thanked our Lord God, and humbly saluted Huon, and said. Sir, blessed be the hour of your coming, whereby we are delivered from the pains, travails, and poverties that we have been in. My right dear Friends, (quoth Huon) thus goeth the world, you and I are bound to thank our Lord God for that he sendeth unto us. Then the Emperor took Huon by the one hand, and Escleremond by the other, and led them into his Palace, whereas the Tables were set, and there sat down together the Emperor and Huon and the Duchess, and all the Prisoners at another Table, and were all richly served: Of their meats and Services, and joy that they made, I will make thereof but small rehearsal. And when they had all dined, the Emperor ordained Lady's and Damsels to serve the Duchess Escleremond▪ and ordained Chambers for the Duke and her, and for all the other, they were there served of all things that they desired, and they had new apparel according to their degrees. Anon the news and tidings were known in the City, of the Peace made between Huon and the Emperor, and how he had his Wife the Duchess Escleremond rendered unto him, and his men delivered out of prison, whereof B●rnar● (as he was in the Town hearkening for news) was right joyful, and went in haste unto the Palace, whereas he found Huon in his Chamber with his Wife the fair Es●leremond and assoon as he saw the Duchess, the water fell from his eyes for joy: then he saluted Huon and the Duchess, and the Lady knew him incontinent and said. Ah sir Barnard, well I ought to love and cherish you, that ye have so sought for my Lord and husband, as that now at last through your tedious travail you have found him and brought him hither. Madam quoth he, I have done nothing but what I was bound in duty to do, I am sorry for the great pains and travail that my Lord hath suffered, and then he showed such news as he knew, whereof many great Lords and knights had great joy to hear him for she marvels that he discoursed unto them. Then when they had been there the space of Eight days, and that their men were well refreshed, the Emperor assembled all his Lords & said▪ Sirs it is my will, to lead and conduct Duke Huon and the Duchess to Bourdeaux, and to set them in possession of their Lands and Signiories, and I will have Ten Thousand men to go with me and them, and to bring me again hither to Mayence, according to his commandment the men were made ready, and when the Emperor had ordained for Huons estate as it appertained for him, and his Wife and his men, and when every thing was ready, they all mounted upon their horses, and the Duchess had a rich Litter, so they departed from the City of Mayence, and ceased not till they came within two Leagues of the Abbey of Clunie. The good Abbot, who knew nothing of the agreement made between the Emperor and Huon, had gathered together of men of war about twenty Thousand, and they were lodged in the Town of Clunie, and the Abbot was advertised of the emperors coming into those parts, and he heard no news of Huon, whereof he was right sorrowful and sore displeased, and thought that the Emperor had taken Huon Prisoner: then he issued out of the Town, and ranged his men in good order of Battle, without the Town in a faireplaine, and there abiding for the Emperor whom he saw coming. Chap. CXL. ¶ How the Emperor arrived at Clunie, and how the Abbot set upon him, and of the peace that was there made, and how the Emperor conveyed Huon to Bourdeaux, and rendered to him all his Lands, and of the parting of them and the Emperor, and how Huon made his provision to go to king Oberon. WHen the Emperor saw the Town of Clunie, he demanded of Huon if he could tell him to whom that town appertained. Sir quoth he, it belongeth to an Uncle of mine who is Abbot thereof, and we must pass that way, and also I must needs speak with him before I go to Bourdeaux. The same time the Abbot, who was then mounted on a puissant and strong Courser well armed at all points, saw the Emperor coming towards Clunie, and then he said to his men. Sirs, think this day to do well and valiantly, for yonder before us we may see the Emperor our enemy coming, wherefore we cannot escape the Battle, I am sure he hath taken Huon my Nephew, but by the faith that I owe to my Lord and to Saint Bennet my Patron, that taking shallbe dearly bought: then they couched their spears and spurred their horses, and came running towards the Emperor: and when the Emperor saw them, he called Huon and said. Sir, yonder ye may see men of war all armed come running against us, I wot not what they mean to do, but they seem to be our enemies as far as I can perceive, and they are a great number, and therefore they are to be doubted and feared. Sir quoth Huon, it is mine Uncle the Abbot of Clunie, who hath raised up his men to succour me, for he is not advertised of the Peace made between you and me, surely he thinketh that you have taken me prisoner, and therewith the Abbot dashed in amongst the emperors Company, and the first that he met he ran him clean through with his spear, and so he served the second, third, & fourth, and when his spear was broken, he drew out his sword wherewith he beat down the Almains that it was marvel to behold him, and then came in his men, and they did such deeds of arms, that perforce the Almains were feign to retire back, and many were slain and destroyed, and cast down to the earth. When the Emperor saw that, he was in great rage, and said unto Huon. Sir, you are greatly to blame, to suffer your uncles men to slay mine. Sir, (quoth Huon) I am right sorry for that they have done, I am ready to make you amends in whatsoever it shall please you: therewith Duke Huon road unto the good Abbot his Uncle, and in great displeasure said. Uncle, you have done great evil, and when the Abbot saw and perceived Huon, he was right joyful, and he embraced him, and said. Fair Nephew, I thought that the Emperor had taken you Prisoner, and would have put you to death, I knew not that you had Peace with him: then he made his men to retire back from the Almains, and then he and Huon together came unto the Emperor, and the Abbot saluted him, and said. Sir, I pray you to pardon me, in that I have thus come against you, for certainly, I had thought that you would have hanged and slain my Nephew Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, nor I knew not that there was any Peace between you: therefore Sir, I require you to pardon me, and I offer myself to make you amends by the advice of your counsel. Sir, (quoth the Emperor) I pardon you for the love that I bear unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, whom I take for my faithful and special friend. Thus as ye have heard the Peace was made between the Emperor and the Abbot of Clunie. Then they road together until they came unto Clunie, where the Emperor was received with great joy. When the good Abbot had received the Emperor and lodged him in the Abbey, than he came unto the Duchess Escleremond, and embraced and kissed her, and said. My right dear niece, your coming unto me hither is greatly acceptable, well I am pleased to see you whole and in good health, and I am sore displeased for the great evils and poverties that you have endured, if I might amend it, but since it is the will and pleasure of our Lord jesus Christ, both you and we all ought to be content, blessed be his name. Good Uncle, (quoth the Duchess) greatly we ought to thank and to cherish you, for you have been Father and refuge of my Daughter Clariet, whom I desire greatly to see: then the good Abbot led the Duchess Escleremond into the chamber, whereas her Daughter Clariet was, who came and kneeled down before her Mother, and when the Duchess her Mother saw her, it was no marvel though she was joyful at her heart, for when she saw her so fair, and so well educated, you may well think that her joy exceeded all other, she embraced and kissed her more than Twenty times, and said. My dear Daughter, since I saw you last I have endured great poverty and misery, but thanks be given to our Lord jesus Christ, and to his sweet Mother, your Father and I are come together in safeguard, and have Peace with the Emperor: then they went into the Chamber, whereas their dinner was prepared ready for them, and there dined together with great consolation, and all that dinner time the Duchess could not cast her eyes from the regarding of her Daughter Clariet, for the great beauty that she saw and perceived in her, and when they had dined, the Lords and Knights, and squires came to see the Ladies as they were accustomed to do, and as they were devising together, Huon entered into the Chamber and the good Abbot his Uncle with him, and they said unto the Duchess. Fair Lady you must come unto the Emperor, and bring your Daughter with you, for he desireth greatly to see her: then the Lady (who was ready to do her Husband's commandment) went into the Hall and her Daughter with her, whereas they found the Emperor, who received them with great joy, and took the young Lady Clariet in his arms and kissed her sweetly, and said. My right dear Daughter, your coming hither is to me right acceptable, god perform in you that which wanteth, as for beauty you want not. Huon, (quoth the Emperor) great thanks you ought to render unto our Lord jesus Christ, that he is so friendly unto you, as to send you such a Child as this Lady that is here before me, for I think that of beauty, this day there is no Lady nor Damsel that is living in this world, that is able to compare with your Daughter. Sir, (quoth Huon) I pray unto our Lord God to perform in her that which she wanteth: great pleasure had the Emperor to behold the Damsel, and so had all other Lords, Ladies, and Damsels that were there present. Thus as ye have heard the Emperor was received at Clunie, and was greatly feasted by the Abbot there, for assoon as the Emperor was come thither, the good Abbot sent over all the Country for Ladies and Damsels to feast the Emperor, and there they were three days with great justs and sports, and when they departed, there was neither Lady nor Damsel, but that the Emperor gave her some gift: the fourth day after that the Emperor had heard Service, and his baggage and carriage ready, than he and Duke Huon, and the Duchess Escleremond, and Clariet her Daughter departed from Clunie, and with them the good Abbot, who brought them unto the City of Bourdeaux, for he loved so well Huon and the Duchess, and Clariet whom he had brought up, that he would not abandon them so soon. Huon sent Barnard before unto the City of Bourdeaux, signifying unto them of the City of the emperors coming and his, and of the Peace made between the Emperor and him. Barnard departed, and was well received at Bourdeaux: then he assembled together all the Burgesses of the City, and showed unto them of the Emperors coming thither, and with him Duke Huon, and the Duchess Escleremond, and Clariet their Daughter, and of the Peace that was made between the Emperor and Duke Huon, this news was sent incontinent to Blaye and to Geronnill, and over all the Country of Burdeloys, and then all the noble men aswell as Burgesses came hastily unto the City of Bourdeaux, for to receive their rightful Lord Duke Huon, and when they were there assembled, they mounted upon their horses, and road forth to meet the Emperor and Duke Huon their natural Lord, they were together about six Thousand horses: when they approached near unto the Emperor, they saluted him, unto whom the Emperor said openly. All ye Sirs, noble men and Burgesses, that have before this time made unto me fealty and homage, I deliver you quite into the hands of your right natural Lord, as you have been before time, and I quit clearly your homages and fealties done unto me: then they all thanked the Emperor of his good justice and reason, that he had always done unto them in the season whiles they were under him, the Emperor was right joyful that they so praised him before Duke Huon, and then they came unto Duke Huon, and to the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, and to Clariet their Daughter, and did unto them their reverence accordingly. Thus they came unto the City of Bourdeaux, whereas they were joyfully receceived, and a cloth of estate was borne before the Emperor, under the which he road, still holding Huon by the hand until they came unto the Palace, the streets were strewed with green herbs and rushes, and hanged richly, the windows garnished with Ladies and Damsels, Burgesses and Maidens, melodiously singing, whereof the Emperor was right joyful, the Children running in the Streets and crying noel, noel, for the great joy and mirth that they had of the coming of their Lord and Lady. When they were come unto the Palace, they alighted and went to their Chambers ready appointed for them, if I should rehearse the joys, and sports, and solemnities that was made at the noble City of Bourdeaux, it would be too tedious and overlong to declare it, for the feast and cheer was such, that no man as then living had seen any such, the which endured for the space of Eight days, during the which time, the Emperor declared unto them of that Country, the Peace that was made between him and Duke Huon, and how he would deliver all his Lands and Signiories into his hands, and clearly acquit every man of their fealty & homage to him made, whereof every man was joyful, and upon the Ninth day that the Emperor should depart, he called Duke Huon unto him, and said. My right dear Friend, he that I love best in this world, if any war or business happen to fall unto you, let me have knowledge thereof, and I shall send you forty Thousand men at arms, and myself in person to come to aid and succour you. Sir, (quoth Huon) of the courtesy that you offer me I heartily thank you, and always I shall repute myself as your true Servant and faithful Friend. Then the Emperor went to the Duchess Escleremond, and took his leave of her, and of the fair Lady Clariet her Daughter, and embraced and kissed them at his departing, and so he did all the other Ladies and Damsels, and gave every one of them some gift, he gave rich gifts unto the Duchess and to her Daughter, and then he took his leave and mounted upon his Horse and so issued out of the City of Bourdeaux, and Duke Huon and the good abbot of Clunie conveyed him about two Leagues: then they took their leave of the Emperor and of his Lords and Knights, and returned unto the noble City of Bourdeaux. Then after that Huon had sojourned there about Eight days, he road unto Geronnill and to Blames, and unto all other towns and Castles, where he was received with great joy and mirth, and set Officers in them: then he returned again unto the City of Bourdeaux to the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, and after that he had tarried there about a month, Duke Huon devised with his Wife in the presence of the good Abbot his Uncle, and of Barnard his Cousin, and said. My right dear wife, he that remembreth not the goodness done unto him, may be reputed as ungrateful, I say it, because you know well that King Oberon hath done unto us great good, and hath delivered us out of many great perils of death, and as you saw but lately by the two Knights that rescued you from the death, and from the danger that you were in, and you know well that the last time that King Oberon departed from Bourdeaux, he gave me all his Realm of the Fairy, and the puissance that he hath there, and he made me to promise him, that after that Four years were passed, that I should come unto him, and that he would then put me in possession of his Realm, and he said that if I failed my day, he would utterly destroy me, you know well what hath fallen unto me (before this) by breaking of his Commandment: and therefore dear Lady and Wife, it is necessary that I go unto him, and I shall leave with you Barnard, who shall have the keeping of my Lands and of you, and as for my Daughter, I will leave her with the Abbot here mine Uncle, who I desire here before you, that he will keep and govern my Daughter Clariet, and with him I will leave all my riches and precious stones that I brought with me, to the intent to marry her, so that it be to a man of great valour, but I will not that she be married unto any person for riches, but a person that is worthy and valiant I would should have her, for she hath and shall have riches enough for herself, and for a man of great authority. Fair Nephew, (quoth the Abbot) your going shall be displeasing unto me, if I might amend it, if God will, no man living shall have your Daughter my niece in marriage, except he be a man of a high Parentage, and garnished with virtues and good manners, and as for your riches, pearls, and jewels, she shall not need to have any thereof, for I have Treasure and riches enough to marry her nobly. Chap. CXLI. ¶ How Duke Huon devised with the Duchess his Wife of his departing, and how she said that she would go with him: And how he left his Daughter and Land and Signiories in the keeping of his Uncle the good Abbot of Clunie, and of Barnard his Cousin. WHen the Duchess Escleremond had well heard her Husband the Duke make his devices, to go unto King Oberon, you may well believe that she had great dolour and grief at her heart: and then all weeping she kneeled down before her Husband, and said. My right dear Lord, and if God will, you shall not go on foot but that I will go with you, if you take any ill or annoyance I will have my part, and if you have any good adventure I will have my part with you, for your long absence hath been right hard for me to endure. Fair Lady, (quoth Huon) I pray you to forbear your going, and abide here with your Daughter, for the Voyage shall be sore for you to do: here I shall leave Barnard my Cousin, and mine Uncle the good Abbot, and they shallbe unto you as Fathers. Sir, (quoth she) I shall have many sorrows to abide here without you, I had rather to endure whatsoever God shall send us together, then to abide here without your company. Thus ye have heard here before, that for any excuse or reason that Huon could show unto the Duchess his Wife, he could not turn her from her opinion, but that she would in any wise go with him. When Huon saw that, he said. My right dear Lady, since it is your pleasure to go with me, and to be content whatsoever God doth send us either good or evil, your company pleaseth me well, and I am right joyful thereof. When the good Abbot and Barnard had well heard and understood the will and pleasure of Duke Huon, and of the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, they were sore displeased therewith, if they could in any wise have letted them, but they could not turn him for any thing that they could do: then Huon said unto the good Abbot. Fair Uncle, I leave with you my Lands, Signiories, and my Daughter until I return again, the which shall be as shortly as I may. But of force now I am driven, to go and take possession of the Realm that King Oberon hath given to me: Therefore fair Uncle and Cousin Barnard, unto you I recommend my Daughter whom I love entirely, and all my Lands and Signiories, I leave all in your keeping until my return, and with you mine Uncle I leave all my precious stones and Treasure, for the marriage of my Daughter whom I leave in your keeping. Fair Nephew, (quoth the good Abbot) seeing that it is your pleasure, I shall keep her as well as though she were mine own Child. Good Uncle, (quoth Huon) I pray you that the griffen's foot that I brought with me, may be sent unto the young King Lewis of France, and salute him from me, and present it unto him to do therewith his pleasure. Sir, (quoth the good Abbot) before Easter be come your messsage shall be done, and that being done, the young King was joyful thereof, and caused it to be hanged in his Palace: and afterward by King Philip it was hanged in the holy Chapel, whereas it is until this day. Now let us leave speaking of the griffins foot, and return to our former matter. Chap. CXLII. ¶ How Huon took leave of his Daughter, and of the good Abbot his Uncle, and of Barnard his Cousin, and entered into the River of Gerone, and the Duchess with him: and of the strange Fortunes that they had. WHen the good Abbot and Barnard had well understood Huon, and had heard his will and pleasure, they answered, that as for his Lands and Signiories, and for his Daughter he should not need to care: but they said, that it greatly displeased them the Voyage that they were in mind to do, but since it was his pleasure so to do, it was reason that they should be content: and then he ordained that Barnard should make ready a little Ship, appareled and garnished with victuals and other things necessary, and that another great Ship to be made ready at the mouth of the Sea, to enter into it when they were out of the River of Gerone, the which thing was done. Then he took six Knights and a Dozen Servants of his own, and when Huon saw every thing ready, and had showed his Enterprise unto his men, and to the men of his Country, and that every thing was ready furnished: then he took his Daughter in in his arms, and kissed her more than Ten times, and in like wise so did Escleremond her Mother, and her heart was so closed with sorrow and grief, that she could speak no word, for the departing from her Daughter, you may well think that great was the sorrow there at their departing, for he that had been there, and seen the dolour and pitiful complaints that the Lady Clariet made, for the departing of her Father and Mother, with whom she had not been no long season, there is not so hard a heart, but that needs he must have taken part of her sorrow, for there was never seen so heavy a departing. Then Huon all weeping embraced the good Abbot his Uncle, who gave Huon at his departing a hollowed stool, the which afterward did good service unto Huon and to Escleremond. Also Huon took leave of Barnard his Cousin, than the Duchess said unto the Abbot and to Barnard. Sirs, unto you two I due recommend my Daughter. Thus Huon departed, and they went to the Postern, and there they found ready their little Ship, and they entered into it, and so made sail down along the River of Gerone, and when they came to the mouth of the Sea, they took their great Ship, and so made sail and had good wind, so that shortly they were far off from any land, and were in the high Sea for the space of Six days, and upon the seventh day a wind arose with such an horrible Tempest, that they were driven into the great Spanish Sea, and were so far from any land, that they wist not where they were, and ever the Tempest increased in such wise, that there was never none such seen nor heard of before, the waves were like Mountains, and like to have swallowed up the ship, so that sometime there entered into the Ship a Tun of water at once. Chap. CXLIII. ¶ How Huon lost all his men, and the Ship broke in peeces● and how he and the Duchess saved themselves upon a board, and came and arrived at the Castle of the Monks. WHen Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, and the Duchess Escleremond his Wife saw these great and sudden tempests, they were in great fear of death: & they greatly complained for their Daughter Clariet, whom they had left at Bourdeaux. Then Huon, who had with him in his bag Nine of his dear precious stones, he drew out two of them, and knew the virtue and bounty of them, and gave his wife one of them and said. My dear and loving Wife, hold this stone in your hand and have no fear, for the virtue of the stone will not let you perish, nor me neither: he that had heard the cries and lamentations that the Mariners made, would have had pity and compassion of them, for they saw well that they should all perish. And Huon and Escleremond were upon their knees sore weeping, holding each other by the hand, humbly praying to our Lord jesus Christ to have pity and compassion of them, and to bring them unto some Port in safeguard of their lives: great and horrible was the Tempest and long endured, so that the helm, Ma●, and sails burst all to pieces: and when the Ship was without a stern to guide it, the great waves entered into it, so that the Ship was full of water, whereby it was constrained to sink into the Sea, in such sort, that it was all covered with water, and all that were within were drowned and perished, except Huon and Escleremond, who sat together upon a Table floating upon the Sea, so that by the grace of our Lord God, and by the great bounty and virtue of the precious stones that were upon them, they were saved. And when they saw their Ship all to pieces, and their men drowned and perished, and themselves floating upon the Sea, whereof Huon had such sorrow and gree●e at his heart, that great pity it was to see him, and said. Ah good Lord, why was I ever borne into this world, when I am so unfortunate, that I can have no men to serve me, but at last they end their lives in my service miserably? Ah my God, why dost then suffer me so long to live? Then the Duchess comforted him as much as she could, and said. Ah Sir, leave your sorrow, and pray unto our Lord God for his mercy and his grace, and to have pity and compassion of us, that we might arrive at some good Port. Thus the noble Duchess Escleremond comforted Duke Huon her Husband, howbeit, she was in as great fear, and not without a cause: and thus they floated upon the Sea, greatly bewailing the death of their men, whom they saw perish before their eyes. Then Huon as far off as he might see, he saw a Castle standing upon a Rock, the which seemed dark and black: and then he lauded and praised our Lord God, praying him humbly to bring them thither in safeguard. Then the Sea was peaceable, and the Tempest ceased, and the wind fresh, the which drove them in a short space unto the Port under the Rock: and when they were near to the land, Huon and the Duchess waded unto the land, holding each other by the hand. When they were upon the dry land, they kneeled down and lifted up their eyes unto Heaven, and made their devout prayers unto our Lord jesus Christ, desiring him to have pity and compassion of the Souls of their men that they saw drowned and perished: then they arose up and saw a little path way lying strait towards the Castle, and they entered into it, and when they were near unto the Castle, they saw a great River running round about it, and saw that the Castle was of marvelous great beauty, thinking that they never saw none such before, the Towers were covered with glistering gold, shining so bright as though the Sun did shine thereon: Also they saw an ancient Church adjoining to the Castle, with a goodly Steeple full of bells, the which began to sound, whereof Huon had great marvel, for he saw neither man nor woman coming nor going, and when he had well regarded the Castle, he came unto the gate, and saw how that there were three bridges to pass before he could enter. When Huon saw that, he said. Ah good Lord, in all my life I never saw so fair a Castle, he that is Lord thereof seemeth to be a great and a noble man, for if there were within it but Forty men to keep it, and garnished with victuals, it would never be won for any man living. So long Huon beheld this Castle, that he had forgotten his sorrow, the Castle pleased him so well, and said unto the Duchess his Wife. Madame, I believe surely that this is the Castle of Momur, appertaining unto King Oberon, we may well thank our Lord God that he hath brought us hither, we shall see him, you know well that he hath promised to give me his Realm and all his dignity. Sir, (quoth the Duchess) I have heard say before this, that Momur is a great and a noble City, and full of people of all sorts: wherefore, you may well perceive that this is not that City, it may well be that this Castle is his. Madame, (quoth Huon) the King hath that puissance, that he may make City or Castle at his pleasure. Sir, (quoth she) I believe it well. Then Huon took his way to the gate, and as he went devising with the Duchess Escleremond his wife, he saw before him four Monks in white apparel: & when they came unto him, they said. Sir, Duke of Bourdeaux, of your coming we are right joyful, for a more noble man came not here of a long season. God bless you and the Duchess your Wife. Sirs, (quoth Huon) God save you, I pray you to show me what you be? and who hath showed you my name, and who is Lord and Governor of this Castle? Sir, (quoth one of the Monks) this Castle is ours, and here is no Governor but I and my Brethren, we make none answer unto any Lord living: therefore if it please you to enter, we shall make you as good feast and cheer as we can, if it please you to tarry Eight or fifteen days you shall be welcome, and when you depart, we shall give you to carry with you meat and drink, sufficient to serve you and your Wife for Fifteen days, and you shall have need thereof, before you find out King Oberon. Sirs, (quoth Duke Huon) of your courtesy I most heartily thank you. Then Huon entered into the Castle with them, and came into a great Hall, well garnished and adorned with rich Pillars of white Marble, vaulted above, and richly painted with go●ld and Azure, and set full of rith precious stones, the which cast a great light, for by reason of the precious stones, at midnight it was as bright as at noon days. Huon and Escleremond thought that they never saw so rich a thing. Madame, (quoth Huon) this place is delectable: then they were brought into a rich Chamber, whereas the Tables were set, and garnished with every thing that a man could wish for. Then there came in many Servants, some brought in the Basins of gold adorned with precious stones, and some brought in the Towel and water, and they gave the water unto Huon and Escleremond to wash their hands: then they sat down at the Table▪ and did eat and drink at their pleasure, for they had their meat and drink at their wish. When they had eaten at their pleasure, and the clothes taken up, then there were Spices brought, and Huon did eat thereof, but Escleremond would not so much as taft thereof: then they were brought into a Garden to sport them, and when they were there, they thought that they had been in Paradise, for the sweetness of flowers and fruits upon every Tree, and they heard divers kind of birds sing melodiously. Sirs, (quoth Huon unto the the Monks) well you ought to thank our Lord jesus Christ, that he hath given you such a place to serve him in: and Sirs, I pray you when it is midnight, awake me, to the intent that I may rise to go and hear your Service when you do it. Sir, (quoth one of them) I shall awake you when the time is, that you may come and here us. Sir, (quoth Huon) therein shall you do me great pleasure. Then Duke Huon and the Duchess Escleremond were brought into a rich Chamber, well furnished with clothes of gold and silk, wherein was a rich and sumptuous bed, wherein Huon and the Duchess his Wife lay together: the Chamber was fair and rich, for all the night it was as clear as though the Chamber had been full of Torches, by reason of the shining of the precious stones, for there was no bench nor Post, but that were set full of rich stones, the riches of that Chamber could not ●e described, and therein was painted with gold and azure all the Battles of Troy. And in this rich Chamber and bed they slept, until the hour of midnight was come: and then all the Monks arose, and the bells began to ring to Service, than there came a Monk unto Huon, and awaked him, and said. Sir, it is now time that you arise, for it is past midnight, make you ready to come and hear our Service. Then Huon arose, and called up the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, than she arose, and thus they made them ready and went unto the Church, the which was paved with a white Marble, powdered with fleurs-de-lys of gold, intermeddled with red Roses, and the Vault was chequered with Amber and Crystal, and at every point a rich stone, whereby there was such clearness, that there needed no Candle light. When Duke Huon and the Duchess Escleremond had well seen and beheld the great beauty and riches of the Church, they were sore abashed, and made the sign of the Cross upon their foreheads, for the marvels that they saw there: then they entered into the Quire, and kneeled down before the high Altar, and made their prayers unto our Lord God, desiring him to be their safeguard, and to conduct them surely unto King Oberon. Then the Abbot began Service, and read the first Lesson, and when he was in the half thereof, he held his peace, and departed clean out of the Church, than the Prior began another Lesson, and in like wise left it in the midst and departed out of the Church, thus every Monk did one after another, and there were two and Thirty Monks, and in the midst of every Lesson and Psalm, they departed out of the Church one after another. When Duke Huon saw and heard that, he was sore dismayed and abashed, and swore that before the last Monk departed, he would know the cause why they did so: and then he went unto the last Monk, who would have gone out of the Church, and Huon took the hallowed stole that he had in his bosom, and did cast it about the Monks neck, & held it fast with both his hands. When the Monk saw how he was holden, he was sorrowful and angry, and did what he could to have escaped, but he could not: and when he saw that he could not escape, he embraced Huon, and prayed him humbly to let him go after his Brethren. Certainly, (quoth Huon) out of my hands you shall not escape, until you have showed me why you sing your Service after the manner that you do, and ever to leave the one half unsonge, and why the Abbot and the other Monks do depart one after another, without any word speaking unto me, and except you show me the troth, with my sword I shall strike thy head to the brains. Then simply the Monk feigned to weep, and prayed Huon to suffer him to depart, and said. Sir, I am he that yesternight brought you to your Chamber and made your bed. Then Huon (who had his Sword in the one hand, and the stole in the other hand) said: Except thou showest unto me my demand shortly, I shall strike off thy head. When the Monk heard that, he was in great fear, and stood still as though he would give none answer. And when Huon saw that, he lifted up his Sword to have stricken him, but then incontinent the Monk joined his hands and cried for mercy, and promised him to show him the troth of his demand. Chap. CXLIIII. ¶ How Duke Huon made semblance to have slain the Monk, holding him fast with the stole, to the intent that he should show unto him the troth. THen Huon put up his sword, and the Monk began to speak, and said. Sir, know for troth, that all we that be here are of the evil Angels, that were chased out of Paradise with Lucifer, who by his pride would compare with God, he made us believe, that we should be as good as God himself, and we believed him, but as for us that be here in this house, God was with us displeased, and thereby we were condemned to be conversant abroad in the world, among men and women when we list, and some be in the likeness of Bears, and some like wary wolves, and thus we shall be until the day of judgement, and some other there be that be Tempter's of men and women, desiring to bring them to damnation, and some there be in the air, and followeth the thunderings and Tempests, and some be upon the Sea, and drown many a man, and perish the ships, whereof but lately you were in jeopardy, for if it had not been for the great virtue and bounty that is in the precious stones, that you and your Wife bear about you, both you and your Wife had been perished for ever. And other there be that are in the bottom of hell, whereas they torment the poor Souls, and there is Lucifer, and they that be most evil with him, and though they were once fair, now they be foul and misfigured, and they shall never depart from thence, but we that be here yet, we hope to come unto Salvation, but thus we shall be as long as it pleaseth God. Then Huon demanded the cause, why they began the Lessons in their Service, and to leave it in the midst, and every Monk to depart so one after another. Sir, (quoth the Monk) our Lord jesus Christ as yet hath not given us that dignity nor power, to make an end of our divine service, but we have that grace in this world, that we have all our desires, and to be conversant among the people as well as they of the Fairy, there is nothing but by wishing we can have it incontinent, and when we will it is in our power to make Town or Castle set upon high Rocks closed in with Rivers bearing ships, and we have Minstrels, Hals, and Chambers, garnished and ordained as you have seen here within. Also we have wine and victuals, and fish and flesh at our pleasure, this Castle and Church that you see, was yesternight made by the Fairy, but one hour before that you came hither, here was neither Tower nor wall, nor water nor Rock, and nothing but a fair great meadow, the which you shall soon perceive: and Sir, we be those that have the conduct of all the Fairy in the world. Now Sir, I have showed unto you what we be and all our secrets, the which was never showed before unto any mortal man, whereby I shall suffer of our Abbot such punishment, that there was never so ill adventure that fell unto me before: therefore Sir, now I have showed unto you every thing, suffer me to depart unto my company. Monk, (quoth Huon) I will not let thee go, until thou hast showed unto me, by what manner of way I may go until I have found King Oberon: thus Huon and the Monk talked together, until it was fair day light. Then Huon looked round about him, and saw neither Castle nor Church, Rock nor River, but he saw that they were in a fair meadow, whereof Huon and Escleremond were sore abashed, and blessed them, having great marvel of that they had seen: then the Monk desired Huon to let him go. Monk, (quoth Huon) to draw or to struggle cannot avail thee, for thou shalt not escape out of my hands, until thou hast showed me the City of Momur whereas King Oberon is. Huon, (quoth the Monk) I am content to do it, but first, I pray thee to take from my neck the stole. Monk, (quoth Huon) thy reasoning cannot avail thee, for thou shalt not escape from me, until thou hast set both me and my Wife near unto the City of Momur, for thou shalt go with us foot by foot. Well, (quoth the Monk) since it is thus, I am content to fulfil your pleasure, but one thing I say unto you, you never did a wiser deed, then that you would not let me go away, for if the stole were not, wherewith you do hold me, and the precious stones that you have about you, you should never have departed from hence, I thought to have beguiled you, so that you might have let me gone my ways whether I would go. Monk, (quoth Huon) if I can, you shall not depart from me, until you have set me and my Wife within the City of Momur. Sir, (quoth the Monk) that will I not do, nor I cannot do it though I would, but I shall set you both upon the Mount of Hircama, and from thence you may well see unto the City of Momur, and all the country of the Fairy, and then I will return unto my company, who by this time are passed the great Sea of T●rta●y. Monk, (quoth Huon) I am content, so that thou wilt set us in that place, whereas we may see the City of Momur. Chap. CXLV. ¶ How the Monk bare Huon and Escleremond over hills and Valleys in the air, until he came into the Country of King Oberon. THen the Monk took Huon upon the one arm, and Escleremond upon the other, but always Huon held the stole still about the Monks neck, to the intent that the Monk should not beguile him, and thus by the Fairy and enchantment, the Monk bare Huon and Escleremond unto a high Rock to rest them, and from thence he bore them as fast as the bird flieth in the air, at last they alighted in a fair meadow: then the Monk said. Sir, in an evil hour I met with you, for you have caused me to suffer great pain, and now Sir, I can go no further, for you are now in the Land of King Oberon whereas we have no puissance, but first I will bring you unto your lodging whereas you shall rest: then before them they saw a Castle newly made, the which was so fair, rich, and strong, that if I should describe it to the uttermost, it would be overlong to rehearse. Then the Monk took his leave of Huon, and of the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, and left them in the Castle that he had made. Huon suffered him to go, and thanked him of his courtesy, the Monk suddenly vanished away they wist not whether, and then Huon and his loving Wife entered into the Castle, and came into a rich Chamber well furnished, and there they found a Table set with divers meats and drinks, but there was no man to speak unto: then they sat down at the Table, and did eat and drink at their pleasure, and then they went from thence, and when they were gone a little way, they looked behind them, and saw neither Town nor Castle, whereof they were sore abashed, and recommended themselves unto our Lord God: then they went forth into the meadow, and could see neither Town nor Castle, House nor Village, nor man to demand the way of: and they went so long, that they came to the foot of a Mountain, whereon they mounted with great pain and travail, and when they were upon the top of the hill, they rested them, and then within a little season, Huon saw appear before him a great City, and upon the one side thereof a fair and rich Palace, the walls and Towers of the City and the Palace, were all of white Marble polished, the which did shine so bright against the Sun, as though it had been all of Crystal: then Huon said unto his Wife. Madame, yonder before us we may see the noble City of Momur whereas King Oberon is. Sir, (quoth Escleremond) our Lord God hath done unto us a great grace, in that he hath brought us hither in the safeguard of our persons. Then they went forth until they came near unto the City of Momur, and before the City they saw a marvelous great River and very deep, and two bow shoots in largeness, and it was marvelous pleasant to behold, and when they came to the Riverside, they found there a man with a little Vessel, awaiting upon all them that would come unto the City to pass them over. Then Huon and Escleremond his Wife entered into the little Ship, and saluted the Guider thereof, but he would give them none answer, but marvelously beheld them, and when they were over, the Mariner who was named Clarimodes, and he was Son to a Damsel of the Fairy, than he demanded of Huon, what he and his Wife were, and said, me thinks you be none of the Fairy, wherefore I am not content that I have passed you over. Then Huon gave him none answer, but went forth and entered into the City, and as they passed, they were greatly regarded of them within the City, and said one to another, it is great marvel to see these two persons enter into this City, for King Oberon (who lieth sick in his bed) gave great charge unto Clarimodes, that no stranger should pass the River to enter into this City. Huon heard them, and was thereof right sorrowful, when he heard that the King lay sick in his bed, so he passed forth and came unto the Palace, every man there beheld him and his Wife, and had great marvel to see any mortal persons to enter into that Palace, and they were thereof abashed and wist not what to think. At the same time, Mall●bron and Gloriand were walking together in the hall, they saw Huon and Escleremond entering into the Hall, and incontinent they knew them, and came unto them and embraced them, and said. Ah noble Duke Huon and Duchess Escleremond, you are welcome, of your coming we are right joyful: then Mallabron went from them, and went into the Chamber whereas the King lay sick, and said. Right dear Sir, your good Friend Huon and Escleremond his Wife, are come into your Hall. When the King heard that Huon and Escleremond were come, for the great joy that he had, he quickly arose out of his bed. Therewith Gloriand, Huon, and Escleremond entered into the chamber where King Oberon was: and when the King saw them, he came unto them, and said. My right dear Friend Huon, and you my dear Love Escleremond, of your coming I am right joyful, than he embraced and kissed them both more than Ten times, and said. Huon, my right dear Friend, for the great truth and nobleness that I find in you, I shall make you King of all the Fairy, and your Wife Escleremond shall be Lady and Queen of the same, and besides that, I will give unto you all my dignity. When the King had well saluted them, than he sat down upon a Couch, and made Huon and Escleremond to sit down before him, and then he commanded Gloriand, that incontinent he should fetch unto him his bow, and when he had it in his hand, he took an arrow and did shoot therewith: then incontinent it seemed that all the world had arrived in the Town and Palace, there came thither so many Knights and Ladies of the Fairy, that all the Town and Palace was full: and when they were all assembled together in the Palace, King Oberon commanded to carry him into the great Hall in his rich Couch, than he commanded silence to be kept among them all, and then he said. Lords and Lady that be here assembled, all ye know, that every mortal thing cannot long endure, I speak it for my own self, because I am Son to a mortal man, and was engendered upon the Lady of the prime Isle, who can never die because she is one of the Fairy, engendered of a man of the Fairy, and Daughter to a woman of the Fairy, and whereas it is so, that julius Caesar was a mortal man, therefore it behoveth me to pass out of this world by the commandment of our Lord God, who hath ordained that it should be so. And because of my love, during the time that I have been conversant here with you, therefore I will not leave you without a Lord, but first in my life days I will purvey you of one, who shall be Duke Huon, whom I love well and dearly, and also I will that his Wife the Duchess Escleremond shall abide with him, for in no wise I will separate them asunder: therefore I ordain, that Huon who is here present, be your King and Lord, and Escleremond your Quern and Lady, and from henceforth I put my Realm and dignity into his hands, and I will that he use it as I have done in my life time, howbeit, King Arthur hath sore pressed upon me to have my Realm and dignity, but I will that none shall have it but alonely Huon of Bourdeaux, who is here present, and whom I will crown King in all your presence. Chap. CXLVI. ¶ How the noble King Oberon crowned Huon and Escleremond, and gave them all his Realm and dignity that he had in the Land of the Fairy, and made the Peace between Huon and King Arthur. WHen the people of the Fairy both Knights and Ladies, had well heard and understood King Oberon, they were right sorrowful, in that he should leave them, and said. Sir, since it is your pleasure, and that it is your will, o● reason we must be content to receive Huon of Bourdeaux for our king, and Madam Escleremond his Wife for our Queen. When the King understood his Lords and people, than he caused to be brought thither two Crowns, the one was set upon Huons head, and the other upon Escleremonds head: then Oberon sent for his Horn. Napkin, and Cup, and the good Armour, & he delivered them unto Huon, to do with them his pleasure, great joy and feasting was made in the Palace, by the Knights & Ladies of the Fairy. Then king Huon looked out at a window, and saw upon the Mountain that he passed over at his coming thither, a great number of Tents and Pavilions: and he said unto King Oberon. Sir, upon yonder Mountain I see a great number of men assembled, and many Tents and Pavilions pitched up. Huon, (quoth king Oberon) know for troth, that it is king Arthur, who meeneth to have my Realm and dignity, but he cometh too late, for the promise that you made unto me you have kept, therefore he faileth and cometh too late: for if you had not come, I had given him my Realm and dignity, I know well, that he will be here soon to see me, and he will be sorrowful and angry of your coming hither, but if I can I shall do so much, that you shall be both in peace and rest, for good reason it is that he do obey you. Therewith king Arthur and all his Chivalry entered into the City of Momur, and came & alighted at the Palace, and with him his Sister Queen Morguele Fay, and Transeline their niece, they came and saluted king Oberon, who received them with great joy, and said. Great king Arthur, you are welcome, and Morgue your Sister and Transeline your niece, and Sir, ●●ray you to show me, what fair Child is that I see there before your Sister Morgue? Sir, (quoth Arthur) he is called Marlyn, and is Son to Ogier the Dane, who hath wedded my Sister Morgue, and I have left him in my Country, to rule it until I return. Sir, (quoth king Oberon) the child shall have good fortune, he shall be in his time feared and redoubted▪ for Ogier his Father is a good and a valiant knight: And noble king Arthur, you are welcome, and of your coming I am right joyful, I have sent for you, to show you the pleasure of our Lord God, that I shall depart out of this world, and to the intent that you should be content, in that I have given you heretofore in the Fairy so much dignity and puissance, wherewith I desire you to be contented, for behold here Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, and his Wife the Duchess Escleremond, unto whom I have given my Realm and my dignity, to use it as I have done heretofore: and therefore I pray and command you, that you will obey him as King and Sovereign of all the Fairy, and you to live together with good love and peace. When King Arthur heard King Oberon, he answered fiercely, and said. Sir, I have well heard you, and you know well, that your Realm and dignity you gave me after your decease, and now I see well, that you have given it to Duke Huon: Sir let him go into his own Country, and unto his City of Bourdeaux, whereas he hath left his Daughter Clariet, and let him go and marry her, for as here he hath nothing to do, I had rather to be clean exiled for ever and chased out of my Realm, than I should obey him or do unto him any homage, for he shall have nothing to do over me, without he win it with the point of the Sword. When King Huon had well heard King Arthur of Britain, he answered fiercely, and said. King Arthur, know for troth, for all your words and threatenings I will not spare to say unto you, that whether you will or not, it must behove you to obey and to be under me, since it is the pleasure of my Lord King Oberon here present, or else you may depart, and go and dwell in the Country of Britain. Then King Oberon seeing appearance of great war to be moved between these two Kings, he spoke and said, that he would have their evil will laid down, and never to have war between them: and said unto King Arthur. Sir, I will that you hold your peace, for if you speak one word more against Huon the Sovereign King of the Fairy, that he would condemn him perpetually to be a warre-wolfe in those parts, and there to end his days inpaine and misery, but if he will believe him, he would agree them together: then King Arthur stood still and would speak no word. Then Morgue and Transeline fell down upon their knees, and desired King Oberon to have pity of King Arthur, and to pardon him of all his ill will, and after that Morgue had spoken, than King Arthur kneeled down, and said. Right dear Sir, I pray you to pardon me, in that I have spoken so much against your pleasure. Arthur, (quoth King Oberon) I will that you well know, that if it were not for the love of your Sister, who hath desired me to pardon you, I would have showed you the power that I have in the Fairy, the which from henceforth I give unto Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, and all the dignity and puissance that I have used in all my life. Then Duke Huon thanked King Oberon right humbly of his courtesy. Chap. CXLVII. ¶ Of the Ordinances that the noble King Oberon made before he died. WHen King Oberon had deposed himself of his Realm and dignity, and that he had put all his puissance into the hands of Huon, than he said unto King Arthur. Sir, because I desire with all my heart, that after my decease Huon and you should live together in good peace and love: I give you all my Realm of Boulquant, and all the Realm that S●billa holdeth of me, to do therewith at your pleasure, and of all the Fairies that be in the plain of Tartary, I will that you have so much puissance there, as Huon hath here. Provided, that here before me you make homage unto him, and that good peace and love may be between you. Then Arthur, Morgue, and Transeline, and all the other Lords and Ladies that were there, thanked King Oberon and said, how that they never heard nor saw so rich a gift given before, as that King Oberon had given unto King Arthur. Then King Arthur in the presence of King Oberon, came and made homage, and kissed Duke Huon, than King Oberon and all the other had thereof great joy, because of the Peace made between those two Kings, and great feasting and joy was made in the Palace: for all the most noble Lords and Ladies of the Fairy were there assembled, there was great solemnity made. Thus as they were in this great joy, king Oberon feeling that his last end approached, for he knew the day and hour, then (seeing that in his life time he had provided a King for his Realm) he humbly thanked our Lord God, of the graces that he had given him in this world: then he called before him Huon of Bourdeaux, and king Arthur, Gloriand, and Mallabron, and said. Sirs, I advertise you, that long I shall not abide among you, therefore Huon, for your bounty and nobleness wherewith you have been always endued, I have chosen you among other to have the keeping and Signiory, and the ministration of all the Fairy, as well of the Country of warrewolues, as of other things secret reserved, and not to be showed to any mortal men: and also I have given you my dignity and puissance, to do therewith as I have done in my time, & because I have thus chosen you, therefore I will, that when I depart out of this world, that you do make a new Abbey of Monks, the which I will be set in the meadow here before this City, because all my days I have loved this City, and I will that in the Church of the same Abbey, you do bury my body as richly as you shall think convenient, and I recommend unto you all such as have well served me, and I will that you retain them into you Service. When King Oberon had said as much as pleased him, Huon answered & said. Dear Sir, of the great goodness and honour that you have done unto me, I thank you, and all that you have ordained or will do, by the grace of God it shall be done, in such wise, that my soul shall bear no charge for it at the day of judgement. When the Lords and Ladies that were there assembled heard the words of king Oberon, and saw well that his last end approached near, she cries and clamours that were there made was great marvel to hear, and especially there was such weepings and lamentations in the City, that great pity it was to hear it, for they were advertised that king Oberon drew near unto his last end, who lay in his rich Couch in the midst of his Palace, making his prayers unto our Lord God, and holding Huon by the hand, and at the last, he said. My right dear Friend Huon, pray for me, and then he made the sign of the Cross, and recommending his Soul unto God, the which incontinent was borne into Paradise, by a great multitude of Angels sent from God, who at their departing made such shining and clearness in the Palace, that there was never none such seen before, and therewith there was so sweet a sm●ll, that every man thought that they had been ravished into Paradise, whereby they knew surely that king Oberon's Soul was saved. When king Huon, and king Arthur, and Queen Escleremond, Morguele Fay, and Transeline, and king Carahew, Gloriand, and Mallabron, and all other knights and Ladies, knew that king Oberon was dead, there is no human tongue can tell the cries, weepings, and complaints that were made there for the death of king Oberon: ●hen his body was taken, and borne to the place where his Sepulchre was devised, the which king Huon caused to be made right richly, and sounded there an Abbey as king Oberon had devised. After the Burial, they returned to the Palace, whereas the Tables were set, and there sat three crowned kings, and two excellent queens full of great beauty, at the upper end of the Table sat king Huon, and next unto him king Arthur, and then king Carahew and the two queens, and the other Ladies departed, and went and dined in their Chambers, and they were all served of every thing that was necessary. And after dinner and grace said, king Arthur, and king Carahew took their leave of king Huon, and of Queen Escleremond, and so departed every man into his own Country, and Morgue and Transeline tarried a certain space with Queen Escleremond in great joy and solace. Now let us leave speaking of king Huon and Queen Escleremond, who tarried still in the Fairy, and shall do until the day of judgement, and ●et us return unto our former matter, and speak of fair Clariet Daughter unto King Huon, who was at the noble City of Bourdeaux. Chap. CXLVIII. ¶ How the King of Hungary, and the King of England, and Florence Son unto the King of Arragon, desired to have in marriage the fair Lady Clariet, and how she was betrayed by Brohart▪ and how Sir Barnard was drowned, and of the evils that the Traitor Brohart did unto the fair Lady Clariet, and how he died at the last. YE have heard here before, how King Huon and Queen Escleremond when they departed from the City of Bourdeaux, they left their Daughter in the keeping of the good Abbot of Clunie her Uncle, who grew and daily amended, in such sort, that when she came to the age of Fifteen years, for her excellent beauty her renown was so great in every Country, that there was neither King nor Duke but desired to have her in marriage, so that the Abbot and Barnard her cousin, had great business to give each of them their answer to be content. One was the King of England, another the king of Hungary, and the other was Florence Son unto the king of Arragon, but especially the king of Hungary would have had her: the good Abbot answered the king of Hungary's Ambassadors, and so to all the other, that until he had heard some news from Duke Huon her Father, he could not agree to any marriage for her: but if they would return again by the Feast of Saint john next following, than he would be content, to hold a day of communication of marriage in the Town of Blay, whereto the king of Hungary was content, and so were all the other Ambassadors. And when the day came, the good Abbot took his way unto Blay, to be there against the coming of the Kings of England, Hungary, and Florence Son to the king of Arragon: the good Abbot left the Lady Clariet in the keeping of Barnard her cousin, who loved her entirely, and when the Abbot was come unto Blay, he made the Town to be hanged richly for the coming of the said kings. And the third day after the Abbot came thither, first came to the Town the king of England, who anon after he was alighted and somewhat rested, he leapt upon his horse again, and went a hunting into the lands, than afterward came the king of Hungary, in goodly array, he alighted at the Palace, whereas the Abbot received him with great joy, than afterward entered Florence with a noble company. The Abbot did salute them all one after another, saying, how that he and the whole Town were at their commandment, and they thanked him. There was a false Traitor borne in Bourdeaux, who had heard all the conclusion that the Abbot had taken with these Princes, and that was, that they should see the Lady, and he that pleased her best, should have her in marriage, this Traitor that heard that conclusion, thought within himself, that he would let that matter if he could, and have her himself: this Traitors name was Brohart, he departed from Blay, sore desiring to attain to his false Enterprise, he took a little Ship, and sailed incontinent unto Bourdeaux, then in hast he went on shore, and feigned himself as though he had great business to do, so he came to the Palace, whereas he found the fair Lady Clariet and Barnard leaning in a window devising together. Then Brohart saluted Barnard and the Lady all smiling. Brohart, (quoth Barnard) the matter must be good that I see you come smiling, I pray you to show unto me how doth the good Abbot of Clunie my Cousin, and how hath he received the Princes that be come to Blay? Barnard, (quoth the Traitor) know for troth, that in all your life you never saw such nobleness as is now in the Town of Blay: and therefore Sir, hastily before the matter goeth any further, the good Abbot of Clunie (who is Uncle to my Lady here present) sendeth you word by me, that incontinent assoon as night cometh, that privily my Lady Clariet be made ready, and appareled and disguised like a man, and you and I to bring her unto Blay to her Uncle the Abbot of Clunie, and that to morrow about noon you ordain Damsels to come after, and to bring with them all her rich robes and apparel, to array her therein when time shall be, and that we take with us some of her apparel to put on when she comes there, until all her other apparel cometh, and the cause why that her Uncle sendeth now for her so privily, is that she should see all them that desireth her in marriage, for out of the Chamber whereas she shallbe in, she shall see them all one after another out at a secret window. When Barnard heard the unhappy Traitor, weening that all that he had said had been true, because he was a man of credence, therefore he believed his words. Alas, why did he so? for a more vild Traitor there was not from thence to Rome, his Father and his Brethren were so all, but Barnard believed him, because he went with the Abbot: then Barnard said unto Clariet. Lady, you must make you ready, to depart assoon as night cometh, and you must be appareled as Brohart hath showed, to the intent that you be not perceived, until you come to Blay to your Uncle the Abbot. Barnard, (quoth the Lady) since it is the pleasure of mine Uncle and of you, it is great reason that I do it, than she went into her chamber, and appareled her with her privy Damsels, and they laughed at her when they saw her in man's apparel, and the cruel Traitor did so much, that he got a little Ship, and brought it ready to the Postern of the Palace, and he had gotten ready a great stone, and tied thereto a cord, than he came unto Barnard, and said. Sir, it is full time to depart, that we may be at Blay before it be midnight. Then Barnard came to the Lady, whom he found ready to depart, and said all smiling. Fair Lady, you resemble well to be a gentle Squire, Barnard put his sword about him, and took the Lady by the arm and said. Come on Companion, it is time we go. Brohart went on before, and Barnard and the Lady went after arm in arm, and so went on to the Postern so primly, that no man perceived them, than Brohart entered into the Ship first, and took Clariet by the hand, and led her to the end of the Ship, and then Barnar● entered, Brohart softly did let the stone slip into the water, and held the cord still in his hand, and said unto Barnard. Sir, I do this, because the Ship shall not go too fast, until we be passed the middle of the stream, and said unto Barnard. Sir, hold you this cord in your hand, until we be passed the high stream, and then we shall draw it up again. Barnard (who thought none ill) did as the Traitor said: then they took the helm in their hands, and so departed a long the River of Gerone. Chap. CXLIX. ¶ when the Traitor Brohart drowned Barnard, and of their adventures, and how Brohart was slain. WHen Brohart saw that they were far off from the Town, and that the night was dark, he came unto Barnard and said. Sir, quickly draw up the stone by the cord out of the water, than Barnard stooped down low to draw it up, and Brohart took Barnard by one of his legs before he was aware, and with all his strength he tumbled him over the shipboard into the water, whereas he was drowned: the which was great pity, for a more truer Knight could not be found. When the fair Lady Clariet saw that Brohart had cast Barnard over the shipboard, she gave a great cry, and she came unto Brohart and drew him by the hair. When that the Traitor saw that the Lady tore his hair, he took her by the arms so fiercely, that he cast her to the bottom of the Ship, and did beat her cruelly, & said, that her cries and weepings could not aid her, for whether she would or not he would have his pleasure of her. When the Lady heard the false Traitor, she was in great fear and began sore to tremble, making her prayers to our Lord God, to defend her from dishonour, and to bring her out of the hands of that false Traitor her enemy, than the unhappy Traitor came unto her and said, that it were better for her to fulfil his pleasure with good will and love, rather than by force, or else he would cast her into the River of Gerone. Oh false Traitor, (quoth she) as long as thou livest thou shalt never have joy nor pleasure of my body: then the false murderer did beat the Lady that pity it was to see, and so he left her in a manner lying dead. When he saw that it would be no better, he was weary and so fell a sleep, the Ship went forth by force of the stream, and by that time it was fair day, so far the ship went that night, that they were near to the end of the River of Gerone, and the Lady sore weeping, beheld the Traitor how he slept, and saw lying by him a loaf of bread, the famine that she was in constrained her to take and to eat it, for she had such famine that she could forbear it no longer, than she made her prayers all weeping to our Lord God, requiring him to keep and defend her virginity, and to preserve her from that false Tyrant who had betrayed her. So far went the Ship, that it entered into the Sea, the wind was great, and they had neither helm nor sail to aid themselves withal, than the wind took them, and drove them to a little Port under a high Rock in a little Isle: then Brohart awoake, and was glad when he saw that they were arrived near to the Land, for he knew right well the country, and then he said to the Lady. Thou ●eest well that thou hast no puissance to go against my will, the which thou must needs fulfil, for thou canst not have any succour of any man or woman living, nor all thy defence cannot avail thee, thou seest well we be in an Isle whereas the Sea goeth round about it, wherefore I have great doubt that we shall never depart from hence: therefore dismay you not, for as now I will do thee no hurt. This thief when he saw that he was in this Isle, he began to curse God, and the hour that ever he saw Clariet, for the false Traitor saw well that he should die there by famine and rage, for there was no ship to enter into the Sea, therefore he had then no mind to do any harm to the Lady, the which was by the grace of God, who would not that the Lady should be dishonoured: and when she saw that they were so near the land, sore weeping she issued out of the boat, and ran up the Rock. Now God defend her, for the same time there was upon the Mountain six thieves, who lay to espy the Merchants, and they had a little Galley lying in a little corner of the Rock near to them, and had covered it with bows and green leaves. When Brohart saw the Damsel run away, he cried as loud as he could and said. By God Madam, your flying shall not avail you, for whether thou wilt or not, this night I will have my pleasure of thee, the six thieves who were upon the Mountain eating of their meat, when they heard Brohart crying after the Damsel, they were sore abashed, and were in great fear that they had been espied. Then the Damsel who ran upon the Mountain, when she saw them, she said. Ah Sirs, I pray you have pity of me, and aid and succour me against this false Traitor, this night passed he did steal me away out of the City of Bourdeaux, and I am Daughter to noble Duke Huon. When these thieves heard the Damsel, they arose up all, and thought that it had been some feigned matter to have beguiled them: but when they saw Brohart follow the Lady, than the Master of the thieves stepped forth and said. How is it that thou art so hardy to come upon us, thou art come hither to espy us, but we shall never be accused by thee, thou art but ill come to this bridal. When the Traitor Brohart saw the six thieves, he was sore abashed, and saw well that he should be feign to defend himself, than he drew out his sword, and strake the Master Thief such a blow upon the head, that he clave him to the teeth: and when the other five thieves saw their Master slain, they were right sorrowful and angry, than they assailed Brohart on all sides, and he defended himself so well, that before he was stricken to the earth, he slew four of them, and in the mean time whiles they fought, the Lady Clariet came to the place whereas the thieves had been, and there she sound meat and drink plenty: and when she saw the meat, she was right joyful and thanked God thereof, and did eat and drink at her pleasure, and she saw that the thieves had cast Brohart to the earth, whereof she was joyful: howbeit, she knew not what company she was come into, nor in whose hands she was arrived in. When the thieves had cast Brohart to the earth, they made him show where he had taken the Damsel, and he showed them all the matter, and how he had taken her to the intent to have dishonoured her, and to have had her to his Wife, and to have carried her into some strange place unknown. When the thieves heard what Brohart had said, they said. Oh thou untrue and false Traitor, there is no torment in the world so cruel, but that thou hast deserved a worse pain, and therefore by us thy desert shall be rewarded, than they took him and bound fast his feet, and hanged him up by the feet upon a Tree, than they made a fire, and under his head they made a great smoke, and so made him to die in great dolour and pain: thus ended the Traitor Brohart miserably his days. Then the two thieves came to the place whereas Clariet was, and they demanded of her estate, and she showed them all the manner, and how she was taken by the Traitor Brohart, and she declared unto them what she was: then the thieves caused her to put off her clothes that she was in, and to put on her other rich apparel, and when they saw her 〈◊〉 appareled, they thought that no Lady nor Damsel in the world could pass her in beauty, for she was come again to her beauty, and she thought herself well assured, because she was delivered from the false Traitor Brohart. When one of these two thieves saw the great beauty of this Damsel, he said unto his fellow: this night I will have my pleasure of her, the other said, that he would not suffer that, and said how he was the first that overthrew Brohart, who had stolen her away: then the other drew out his dagger, and strake his fellow into the body to the heart, and when he felt himself stricken to the death, he took courage on him, and drew his Sword, and strake the other upon the head to the brains, and so he fell down dead, and the other that was wounded to the death, fell down in like wise by his fellow dead, and so thereby the fair Lady Clariet was left there all alone. When she saw herself so all alone in the Isle, whereas no habitation was, she began then piteously to weep and complain, saying. Oh good Lord, I pray thee by thy grace to have pity of me, and I require thee humbly wheresoever I go, to save and defend my virginity, and aid me that I may come to safeguard. Now let us leave speaking of the fair Clariet, and return to speak of the Kings and Princes that were at Blay, abiding the coming thither of the fair Lady Clariet. Chap. CL. ¶ Of the great sorrow that was made at Blay, by the Abbot of Clunie, and by the Princes of the noble City of Bourdeaux, for the fair Lady Clariet that was stolen away: and of the sorrow that was made, when they saw Barnard brought in dead by Six men. And of the punishment that was done to the Lineage of the Traitor Brohart. WHen these Kings and Princes were arrived at Blay, and had spoken with the good Abbot of Clunie, they concluded between them three that the Lady Clariet should be sent for, and he that she would freely choose, should be her Husband, for each of them thought themselves most fair, & thought that there could not be found three goodlier young Princes than they were, but especially Florence Son to the King of Arragon was the most fairest. And the same time that they were determined, to send to the City of Bourdeaux for the Lady Clariet there came thither the Knights, Squires, Ladies, and Damsels appointed by Brohart, thinking to have found there the fair Clariet, and they brought her robes and jewels to apparel her withal, (as Brohart had devised) they came & alighted at the Palace, the Abbot of Clunie being at the gate, and seeing the Ladies and Damsels coming, thought that it had been his niece the fair Lady Clariet, he went incontinent unto them, and demanded where his niece Clariet was. Sir, (quoth the Knights) we think to find her here with you, for yesternight late the Lady departed from the City of Bourdeaux to come to you, and Brohart came for her, who with Sir Barnard went with her, and they commanded us that we should not fail to be here with you at this hour: then they showed all the manner how Brohart came, and what he had said unto them. And when the good Abbot of Clunie heard them, he fell suddenly to the earth in a swound, so that all that were there present thought that he had been dead, then at last he revived, and cast out a great cry and said. Ah my right dear niece, I ought to be sorrowful thus to lose you in this manner, I would to our Lord God that I were under the earth, for I would live no longer in this world. Ah thou false Traitor Brohart, thy kindred did never good: Oh Barnard, where is become your nobleness? yet I cannot believe that you be any thing culpable. Anon these news were known in the Town, so that all the Kings and Princes were advertised of the matter, and they came hastily 〈◊〉 the Palace, whereas they found the Abbot in sore wée●inges, whom they had slain, if it had not been for the good renown that they knew to be in him, therefore they forbore him: then every man mounted upon their horses and road towards the City Bourdeaux, whereas they found the Burgesses and the common people in great cries and weepings, bewailing for the noble Duke Huon and the Duchess Escleremond his Wife, and for Clariet their Daughter, who was lost and betrayed by Brohart. When the Abbot of Clunie and the other Princes were entered into Bourdeaux, and saw such sorrow made there, they all 〈◊〉 to weeping, and as they were in this sorrow, there came thither Siremen, bringing with them Sir Barnard dead, who they had found drowned in the River of Gerone, if the sorrow was great before, than it was more renewed when they saw Barnard dead: if I should rehearse the sorrow that was made that day in the City of Bourdeaux, aswell of the Princes as of the Abbot and common people, it should be too long to rehearse. Then the Kings and Princes, well advertised of the Lineage and Parents issued of the blood of Brohart, and how always they have been full of treason, they were searched out in every place of the City, as well men as women and Children, there were found out to the number of Thrée-score and ten persons, and they were all taken and cast into the River of Gerone, to the intent that none should be left alive of that kindred, and never more to be had in remembrance. After this was done, the Kings and Princes departed out of the City, and road into their own Countries, right sorrowful and sore displeased for the losing of the Lady Clariet, and the Abbot abode still at Bordeaux, and buried Barnard, who were sore complained for of the people. Now let us leave speaking of them, and return to the fair Lady Clariet, who was all alone upon the Mountain. Chap. CLI. ¶ How the Lady Clariet all alone came to the Seaside, whereas arrived the King of Granado in a Ship, who took away Clariet, and of other matters. Now showeth the History, that after the thieves were slain and Brohart dead, the Lady Clariet abode alone upon the Mountain with the dead men, she wept piteously, and said. Ah good Lord, in what hour was I borne in, alas, what ill hap and destiny have I▪ it had been better for me never to have been borne, for I see well that here I must die: Alas, I wot not whether to go, for in this Isle is neither man nor woman, to whom I may go for any refuge. Thus sore complaining, the Lady went down the Mountain, and by that time the Ship that she came in was floated away, and as she looked into the Sea, she saw a great Ship coming towards the Port, for fresh water and for wood: and when she saw that, she was right joyful and thanked our Lord jesus Christ, and she thought that they had been Christian men, but they were Saracens & Paynims, and with them was a King, who was their Lord and Sovereign, he was king of Granado, and was returning into his Country, but he had such fortune upon the Sea, that he was constrained to come thither: then they cast anchor an● took land, and the King when he saw the Lady upon the Seaside, he demanded of her what she was, and of what Country▪ Sir, (quoth she) seeing you will know of mine estate, I shall show you: then the Lady showed before all them that were there present, how she was Daughter to Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, and showed all the adventure that was fallen unto her. When the Sarazin King heard that, he was right joyful, and said. Fair Lady, it is happy for you that I have found you, for I have no Wife, you shall be my Wife, and lie with me this night, but first you must deny your Law, and believe upon the Law of Mahomet upon whom I do believe. When the fair Lady heard the Paynim King, she said. God forbid that I should leave the Law of jesus Christ to believe in the Law of Mahomet, I had rather have all my members drawn one piece from another with wild horses, then to be wedded wife to such a kind of man as you be. When the King heard the Damsel, that she set so little by him, he had great displeasure thereat, and lifted up his hand, and gave her upon the cheek such a blow, that the blood ran out of her mouth and nose, so that she fell to the earth, whereof he was sore blamed of his men, and he said unto them. Why Sirs, did you not hear how she despised our Law, and set no more by me then if I had been but a boy? then he commanded that they should take and cast her into the Sea, and he departed from her, in great displeasure that she answered him so rudely. Then the Saracens came and took the Lady rudely, and carried her into the Ship, and so saved her, but the King knew not thereof. Then when the King came again to the Ship, they drew up their anchors, and hoist up sail, and had good wind, then as the King walked up and down in the Ship, he saw the Damsel within the Ship, whereof he was sore abashed, for he thought that his men had drowned her, than he looked upon her, and thought that he never saw so fair a Lady, and so he desired her with all his heart, and said unto her. Fair Lady, now you be here, your denial shall not avail you, for this night you shall lie with me. When the fair Lady Clariet heard the Paynim King, devoutly she called upon our Lord God, and humbly required him to preserve her virginity, and to bring her out of the hands of the Saracens, and then she kneeled down before the King, humbly desiring him to have pity of her, and said, how she was content to follow his pleasure, assoon as he came into his own Country. Well quoth the King, whether you will or not you must suffer my pleasure, for I will not depart from you until I have line with you one night, and that I may hold you in mine arms: and when she understood him, she began sore to weep, desiring God to aid and succour her at that time, for otherwise she saw well that she was but lost. Therewith there arose so great a wind and so horrible, that the Sea that was calm and peaceable, began to arise, and the wind was so great, that whether the Saracens would or not, it behoved them to abandon their Ship to the wind, whereof they were in such fear, that the King and all other had great doubt of their deaths, for their sails were all to torn with the wind, and near hand the Ship perished, they cried and called upon their God Mahomet for succour and aid. The King was in such fear, that he had now no list to desire the fair Lady Clariet of her love, who was sore afraid and pale for fear: this torment & Tempest endured all the night, and they were driven the same night beyond Valencia the great, and in the morning they saw the Town of Tours, to the which Port the wind drove them: and when the Paynims saw that they were arrived there, they were right sorrowful, for they knew well that the Town was christened, they saw no way how to eschew it, but they had rather to ●e as slaves all their lives, then to be drowned in the Sea. The same time there was arrived at the same Port, a noble Knight named Sir Peter of Arragon, and when he saw the other Ship coming to the Port by constraint of the wind, and saw well (without it were succoured) the ship should be perished against the Rock, whereby they within and all the riches should de perished and drowned, than he cried to the Galleys that lay in the Port, to go and succour that strange ship, and then the Mariners went to the Sea and came to the Ship. When the Saracens saw that, the were in great fear to be slain: then there came two Paynims to the Damsel, to have taken her and to have cast her into the Sea. Then she took the Mask of the Ship in her arms, and held it so fast, that they could not draw her from it: then the Aragonoyse began to approach to the Ship, and cast their hooks to join together. The Lady in the Ship had great fear, the which was no marvel, howbeit, she was joyful, when she knew that they that came were christened, than the Aragonoys by the cords and ropes entered into the ship: and when Peter of Arragon and his company were entered into the Ship, he saw the Lady sore weeping, than he demanded of the Saracens, where they had gotten that Princess, right now (quoth he) I saw, how you would have taken her and cast her into the Sea, if I had not come hastily: then one of them said. Sir, we be of Granado, and fortune of the Sea hath driven us hither, we be ready to be your slaves, or else to pay ransom at your pleasure. Paynims, (quoth Peter) all the gold in the world shall not save your lives, none of you shall escape, than he commanded that they should be all slain, and that none shall escape alive, the which was done incontinent, all were slain except the King, of whom Peter of Arragon demanded, why he would have drowned that noble Damsel, and where they had found her. Sir, (quoth the King) we know her not, nor what she is, for we found her all alone upon a Rock in an Isle within the Sea. And when I saw the great beauty and bounty that was in her, I coveted her, and caused her to be put into my Ship, thinking to have had my pleasure of her, but she would in no wise suffer me, wherefore I was displeased with her. Well, (quoth Peter) you shall be slain and go after your men, without you will believe in jesus Christ, and renounce the Law of Mahomet. Sir, (quoth the Paynim) I had rather to be slain all quick, then to leave my holy Law and to take that belief that you are of. When Peter heard him say so, he gave him with his sword such a stroke upon the head, that he clave it to the teeth, and the King fell down dead, whereof the Lady Clariet was right joyful. Then Peter came unto her, and demanded what she was, and where the Paynims had found her? Sir, (quoth the Lady) I was borne in a part of France, in a Town called Aunts in Britain, and my Father was of L●sborne, and he had great desire to see his Friends, so he entered into a Ship, and two of my brethren and myself, and divers other Merchants together, and when we had thought to have entered into the Haven at Lisbon, a great horrible wind took us, so that we were feign to abandon our ship, and to let it go by the grace of God, and at the will of the wind and weather, than we passed the straits of Maurocco, and there our Ship ran against a Rock and burst all to pieces, so that my Father and all that were in the Ship were drowned, and by the grace of God I sat upon a sack of will, and held me fast, and then the waves brought me to the landside, whereof I thanked God, and within an hour after, this heathen King arrived there with his company by fortune of the Sea, and so they took me into their Ship, and the King enforced himself to have had his pleasure of me, and then by fortune of another Tempest we arrived here, whereas you have slain him and all his men. Fair Damsel, (quoth Peter of Arragon) you may thank God that you be come into my hands. Sir, (quoth she) I know well that if you had not been, I had been lost for ever: and therefore Sir, as long as God shall give me life, I will be glad to serve you, as the most lowliest Chamberlain in your house, and put my body and honesty into God's hands and yours. Fair Damsel, (quoth Peter) as long as I live you shall not lack, for by the grace of God, your body and your honour shall be well saved, and peradventure you shall have such a Husband, that you shall think yourself right happy, our lord God did unto you a great grace when you fell into my hands. Then Peter of Arragon took the Damsel by the hand, and commanded to hoist up the sails, and to return unto Taragon a City between Barselona and Valencia the great, whereas then was the King of Arragon, and so long they sailed night and day, that at the last they saw the Towers of Taragon, whereof they thanked God, and as they approached near to the City, the King of Arragon was in his Palace looking out at a window, than he saw coming in the Sea six Galleys and a great Ship, whereof he was abashed, and marveled what it might be, for he knew them not because of the great Ship, than they that knew them, came to the King and said, how that it was his Cousin Peter of Arragon, who is come home in safety thanked be God. Then the King and his lords with him went down, and went to the Seaside, whereas he found the noble man Peter of Arragon his Cousin, and all his company with him. Then the King embraced him, and said: Cousin, you are right heartily welcome, I am joyful of your good adventure. I pray you (Cousin) to show me where have you gotten this great Ship, that seemeth to be so rich? Then Peter showed unto him all the adventures, and how he rescued the Damsel out of the hands of the Saracens, and he showed her unto the King, and said. Sir, I believe in this world there is not a fairer, sweeter, nor more gracious creature, nor none that seemeth more to be extract of a higher lineage. The King beheld the Damsel, and she kneeled down before him. Fair Damsel, (quoth the King) I pray you to show me what you be, and of what lineage, and from whence you come? the Lady who was in great fear to name herself truly, for fear lest she should be in ill hands, cast down her head presently & began to weep, so that the tears fell from her eyes, and said. Sir, I require you desire no such thing of me at this time, for I know not who is my Parents, nor of what lineage I am of. When the King understood the Damsel, and saw how she wept, he had great pity of her, and comforted her as much as he could: then Peter showed unto the King all that the Damsel had showed him before, and she was found by the Saracens (quoth he) whom I have slain, she was happy that she fell in to my hands, for by the grace of God I shall see her well married and set forth. Then the King and Peter went from the Ships into the Town, and caused the Damsel to be brought after them, with two Gentlemen into Peter's lodging, and as she passed through the Town, she was regarded with Ladies and Damsels, and they all praised her beauty, saying one to another, that there was never a fairer Lady borne, nor more likely to be come of a noble blood. Great feasting was made in the City, for the coming home of Peter of Arragon, and of the Damsel that he had brought with him. The same time, Florence the kings Son had been a hunting, and came home, and when he was in the Town, and saw the streets hanged, and the Ladies and Damsels and other making so great joy and feasting, he was abashed, and demanded of a Burges, if there were any new wedding, and wherefore it was that the people made so great joy and feasting? Sir, (quoth the Burges) the feast that is made now and the joy, is for the coming home of Peter of Arragon, who hath been so long out, for that God hath sent him good adventure, for he hath won and conquered the great Ship of Maliga, wherein was the King of Granado, great riches he hath won, and he hath slain all the Saracens that were in the Ship. Then Florence rested not, until he came to his Cousin Peter of Aragon's lodging, and made him good cheer, and said. Cousin, you are welcome home, and I am right joyful of your good adventure. Sir, (quoth Peter) I thank God I have had good fortune, and Sir, I shall show you one thing that I have won, whereof I am most joyful: then he showed him the Damsel, who was sober and sad, and showed him how he wan her. When Florence saw the Lady, his heart sprang for joy, and the more he beheld her, the more fairer she seemed: and the Damsel beheld him right humbly, and she thought that she never saw a fairer young man before, nor better made nor formed of all his members. Florence so beheld the Damsel, by reason whereof the dart of love strake him to the heart, whereof the wound could not be lightly healed, I may well say, that in all the world in that time could not be found again two such persons, for the great beauty wherewith they were garnished could not be described, for God and nature had forgotten nothing in forming of them, sweetly they regarded each other, at that time if Florence had known, that she had been the fair Clariet of Bourdeaux, he would have married her incontinent, she was greatly taken in the love of Florence, and so was he with her: then he desired with all his heart to know what she was, for his heart gave him that she should be come of some noble blood, and said unto himself, that he desired much to know it, and that in all the world there was nothing he loved so well, and thought that without her love he could not long endure, thinking to desire her to take him for her Lover, and that if she refused him, that short should be his life, but thought to be so bold as to speak to her. Thus Florence taken with the fire of love, took the fair Damsel by the lily white hand, and caused her to sit down by him: then he drew her a little apart, to the intent that none should hear him, and then he said. Fair Damsel, you be welcome into these parts, I pray you to show me what you be, and of what Lineage? Sir, (quoth the Damsel) little shall you win when you know the certain what I am, but since it pleaseth you to know I shall show you. Sir, know for troth, I am Daughter to a poor honest man of the Country, and in times past was one of the Chamberers with the Duchess Escleremond of Bourdeaux, and Sir, by great treason I was stolen away, whereby since I have suffered much poverty, so that if God and this noble man Peter of Arragon had not rescued me, I had been lost for ever, and therefore Sir, since I am poor and desolate, I require you in the honour of our Lord God, that you will not require me of any villainy against my body and honesty, neither in word nor deed, and sir I believe surely no more ye think to do, for I had rather be hewn all to pieces, than any creature should have pleasure of my body without I were married. Fair Damsel, (quoth he) I swear by God that me created, that of me nor of any other man living, you shall not be desired against your honour, for I know no man living, that would require you of any dishonour, or say any thing that should not be agreeable unto you, but I shall make him to die of an ill death, and I will that you know, that from henceforth I will be your true Lover, and none shall make departure of us two, and if it were so that my Father were dead, I would never have other Wife but you. Sir, (quoth the Lady) I pray you to forbear speaking of any such words, for it were not meet for the Son of a King, so to debase himself, as to set his love upon so poor a Maid as I am, beware how you set your heart to love, for if the King your Father perceive any thing, that you should set your love upon me, he would soon put me to death, therewith she cast down her head, and said to herself. Ah good Lord, if this young Prince knew surely what I were, it might well be that he would have me in marriage, as yet in all my life, I never set my love upon any person, but this young man whom I never saw before, it maketh me to think that which I never thought before, that it maketh my blood and all my members to tremble, I am in worse case for his love, than he is for me, therewith she began sore to weep. When Florence saw her, he was right sorrowful, and said. Fair Damsel, I require you to take me for your true and faithful Servant, otherwise I cannot see how I shall live long. Sir, (quoth she) I am well content to grant you my love, so that your deed and thought be upon goodness and honour, for if I may perceive in any manner, that your thought be otherwise, you have lost my love for ever. Fair Love, (quoth Florence) have no doubt thereof, that ever I shall have any thought of villainy against you. Thus as ye have heard was the first acquaintance between these two Lovers, that is to say, the fair lady Clariet Daughter to Duke Huon of Bourdeaux, and of Florence Son to the King of Arragon. Chap. CLII ¶ How the King forbade his Son Florence, that he should not be so hardy as to fall acquainted with the fair Lady Clariet, and how Florence promised the King his Father, to deliver into his hands the King of Navarre Prisoner, in case that he would be content at his return, that he might have the new found Damsel, the which thing the King promised, but he did it not, for he made the Damsel to be taken, and had drowned her, if Peter of Arragon had not been, who rescued and saved her from the death. WHen Florence had long devised with the Damsel, he took his leave of her, and of Peter of Arragon his Cousin, and then he returned to the King his Father, and the next day he went again to the Damsels lodging. So often he resorted thither, that great brute ran in the Palace, and also in the Town, how that Florence was amorous of the Damsel, that Sir Peter of Arragon had brought thither, and the matter at the last was showed to King Garyn his Father, wherewith he was so sorrowful, that he was all in a rage, and said within himself. Ah good lord, this new found Damsel will win my Son if she can, and get him from me, I know well, that by reason of the great beauty that is in her, my Son will be enamoured of her, but by the God that I believe upon, if I see that my Son either go or come unto her, (as it is said he doth) that acquaintance shall be dearly bought, for with mine own hands I shall slay her. Right sorrowful and angry was King Garyn with his Son Florence▪ and with the Damsel, than he sent for his Son, and when he was before him, the King demanded of him fiercely, from whence he came▪ Sir, (quoth Florence) I have been a sporting in my Cousin Peter of Aragon's house, and have passed the time there with the new come Damsel, the most fairest that ever was borne, and the most gentlest and best taught, right fair and sweet are her devices. Florence, (quoth the King) I charge thee in as much as thou fearest my displeasure, that thou comest no more at her, beware that thou fallest not enamoured of her, if thou dost, thou wert never so ill acquainted with any Love, nor there never came so ill adventure to the Damsel, if she draw thee to love her, for if I may know that thou goest thither any more, I shall set her in such a prison, whereas I shall cause her to end her days miserably. Father, (quoth Florence) me thinks that you do us great wrong, to forbid us to play and sport together in all goodness and honour, and God defend that I should intend any ways to deceive her: Dear Father, remember that you have been young, therefore suffer that youth may pass their time in goodness and honour with us, as it hath done with you, now you are about fourscore years or more, you ought to think of nothing but to serve God, and eat and drink and sleep, it ought not to trouble you, though our youth pass the time in good works, you ought to be content, that we love by amours as you have done before this, for to the Damsel I bear all honour, and I will love her, howsoever it be taken fair or foul, there is no man living that shall let me as long as life is in my body, she is fair and gentle, and it is said that I am fair, and that it were a meet couple for us two to be joined together in marriage, and therefore Father, I pray you to blame me no more nor the Damsel, for in all that I can do, I am her Lover and she is mine. When the King had well understood his Son, in great ire and displeasure, he said: Oh thou ungracious Son, little thou prizest or honour'st me, in that thou wilt do thus against my will: know for certain, if I may live but till to morrow in the morning, I shall make a departure of your two loves. When Florence heard his Father, he said. My dear Lord and Father, if God will you shall not do as you have said, for if you do, with mine own hands I shall slay myself, for I will not live one day after. When the King heard that, he was right sorrowful for fear of losing of his Son, and studied within himself what to do, than he said. Fair Son, take thine armour, and go and seek adventures as I have done in my time, than I shall marry thee to some Wife, such a one as thou canst find in any Country, although she be never so great or noble, I shall cause thee to have her, i● thou wilt forsake and leave this new found Damsel, for by her no wealth nor honour can come unto thee, it should be a great evil unto thee, that after my days it should be said, that a new found Damsel should be Lady and Queen of my Realm. Thou knowest well, how thine Uncle the King of Navarre maketh me great war, for a debate that is lately fallen between him and me, I know well that now at this month of April, he will come and invade my Realm, and therefore good Son, seek for some other Wife, and let this folly pass: then I shall make thee a Knight, & then help to aid and defend my Realm against the King of Navarre thine Uncle, thou art big and strong enough to defend my Land. Good Father (quoth Florence) speak no more unto me, for I will never have no other Wife but this fair Damsel, whom I love entirely. Son quoth the King, thou abasest thyself over low, nor there is no friend nor kindred that thou hast, that will keep any company with thee, but they will clean fly from thee: therefore good Son, put away from thee this folly, beware, in as much as thou thinkest to have my Realm after my decease, and upon the pain to be banished out of my Country, take not her against my will. Then the King called unto him his Cousin Peter of Arragon, and charged him, that if Florence his Son came any more to his lodging, that he should incontinent tell him of it, for I promise (quoth he) by the faith that I owe unto our Lord God, if he come thither any more, I shall cause the Damsel that is in your house to be slain. Florence was right sorrowful, when he heard to the pleasure of the King his Father. Thus as the King rebuked his Son, there came in a Knight and kneeled down, and said. Sir, I have brought you ill tidings, for the King of Navarre is entered into your Realm, and setteth all your Country in flame and fire, and near to your City they be to the number of more than Thirty Thousand men, besides the great Battle that cometh after, wherein there is about thrée-score Thousand men, they exile your Country, and they slay men, women, and Children, they spare neither young nor old, it is great need that you make haste, and to bring your men together to resist your enemies. When King Garyn heard the Messenger, he was right sorrowful, than he called unto him his Cousin Peter of Arragon, who was his chief Constable, and said. Sir, make ready our men to resist our enemies, than he called unto him Florence his Son, and said. Fair Son, take thine armour, and show thy virtue against thine enemies, who waste my Realm, and take upon thee the chief charge, and lead mine Host, for I have no puissance nor strength to do it, because of the great age that I am of, I have lived so long that I can no more ride: therefore defend thou the Land that thou shalt hold after me, and then thou dost as a wise man should do. Father, (quoth Florence) by the grace of God I will put no armour upon my back to defend your Land, except you will give me in marriage the fair Damsel that is in my Cousin Peter of Aragon's house, if you will do me that courtesy, and promise me to do it, I shall deliver into your hands your enemy as Prisoner, to do with him your pleasure, otherwise look not that I shall do any thing. When the King saw that his Son would do none otherwise, than he commanded all his other men every man to arm himself, and to go and resist his enemies: the which they did incontinent, and they issued out into the fields more than ten Thousand men, and Sir Peter of Arragon had the leading of them, and they were not out of the Town above two Leagues, but they encountered their enemies, there were many spears broken, and many a Knight beaten down to the earth and slain, and their bodies lying without souls among the horse feet, right valiantly did Sir Peter of Arragon behave himself that day: but he had not strength enough sufficient, for his enemies increased, wherefore he was constrained to retire back towards the City, howbeit, before he entered, he did great loss and damage unto his enemies. When the Nauarnes saw the Aragon's retire into the City, than they pitched up their Tents and Pavilions about the Town, and when king Garyn saw his men returned, than he called his Son Florence, and said. Son, take thine armour and aid to defend the Land, the which appertaineth to thee after my decease. Sir, (quoth Florence) that will I never do, without first you promise me, to give me the fair Damsel in marriage, by that covenant, that I shall deliver into your hands as Prisoner mine Uncle the King of Navarre. When the King his Father heard him, he mused a little, and said. My Son, I grant thee thy desire, so that thou wilt deliver me thine Uncle the king of Navarre, to do with him at my pleasure, therefore take thine armour and make thee ready, thine armour is good, and thy sword is with the best, and if thou canst do as thou sayest, thou shalt have the fair Damsel, howbeit, he said to himself privily, that he had rather to lose one of his hands, than a stranger should be Queen after him, for assoon as my Son (quoth he) shall be issued out of the City, I shall cause the Damsel to be drowned in the Sea, for I will not suffer her to live, although I should be disinherited for it. Then Florence hearing his Father, promising to him to have the Damsel, he was right joyful: but he knew not the inward ill will of his Father, than he said. Sir, than I require you to send for my Love hither, to the intent that she may gird my sword about me, whereby I shall be the more bold and hardy when I come into the Battle. The king did as his Son required, but the Son knew not the Father's thought, the King sent two knights for the Damsel, and when she came there, she was greatly regarded of them that were there, for they had never seen a fairer, nor one that seemed to be extract of a high generation. When Florence saw her in the Palace, his heart rose up, and he ran unto her and embraced and kissed her, and the Lady suffered him with a good will: wherewith the king had at his heart such sorrow, that he had near hand run upon them, but he forbore it, because he saw his Son ready to go against his enemies, than he helped to arm his Son richly, and in like wise so did the fair Damsel. When king Garyn had made his Son ready, the Damsel did gird his Sword about him, than the king drew it out of the sheath, and therewith made him knight, and then his horse was brought unto him, and he leapt lightly upon him, with his Spear in his hand, and helmet upon his head, and shield about his neck. Then Florence said unto the king his Father. Sir, I leave with you my Love, whom I love best in all this world, I leave her in your keeping, for if our Lord God give me the grace that I may return, I shall bring unto you mine Uncle the king of Navarre as a Prisoner. The king granted unto his Son all that he would desire, but he knew not the inward intention that he was purposed to do. Then the king commanded Ten of his knights to see the guiding of the Damsel, and to honour her as much as they might, until his Son were out of the City, and then to drown her in the Sea, to the intent that never more tidings should be heard of her. Chap. CLIII. ¶ How Florence went to fight with his enemies, and how Sir Peter of Arragon returned towards the Town, to bring thither Prisoners: and how he rescued the fair Damsel Clariet from drowning, and how afterward King Garyn caused the Damsel to be closed up in a prison. WHen Florence was armed and mounted, he took up his horse freshly before the Damsel, and blessed him, and took his leave of the king and of his Love, and so departed and road to the gate: and all that saw him said, how they never saw so goodly a knight, nor more seeming to be feared, than he issued out of the gate, and road towards the Tents of his enemies, with ten Thousand good knights and hardy: the Ladies and Damsels went to the walls of the City to behold the young knight. When the Nauarnes saw him coming, there came against him more than fifteen Thousand men, and they came down in a Valley by covert, to have cut him the way between the Host and the Town, but the valiant knight Sir Peter of Arragon (who was with Florence) espied them, and so made haste to be afore them: and when he saw his time to set upon his enemies, Florence (who was sore desirous to fulfil his promise to the king his Father) took his Spear, and encountered with a knight with such virtue, that he ran him clean through, and with drawing out of his Spear, the Nauarnes fell down dead, than Florence said. God hath given me a good beginning, than he drew out his sword, and strake another upon the helmet, in such sort, that he clave his head to the teeth, and the third and fourth he made dolorously to die, and he never ceased until he had slain Ten of his enemies. Thus under the meadows of Courtoys, was a horrible Battle between the Nauarnes and Aragon's, where there was upon both parts such slaughter, that it was great marvel to behold it. Anon Florence sword was well known, for by the force of his arms he broke the great preasses, for upon whom soever his stroke lighted, he was either slain or cast to the earth, every man feared him so much, that none durst abide nor approach near unto him. The same time that Florence was in the Battle doing of marvels, the fair Damsel Clariet was upon the walls of the City, with other Ladies and Damsels, regarding the high Prowess that Florence did in the field, and the joy that she had thereof, was soon turned into sorrow and weepings, for king Garyn (who could not forget the mortal hate that he had to the Damsel) called unto him Ten knights of them that were secret with him, and said. Sirs, this new found Damsel, with whom my Son Florence is in hot amours, she displeaseth me so much, that I cannot find in my heart to look upon her, my Son thinketh to have her in marriage at his return, but as long as he liveth, he shall never see her more whatsoever fall thereof, therefore go your way, and take and cast her into the Sea, among the greatest waves that you can find. When these knights understood the King, who commanded them to do this murder, they were right sorrowful at their hearts, but they durst not say nay, nor do against his will, for if they had, they knew well that they should die, and they knew that there was neither mercy nor pity in him: therefore they durst make no semblance to the contrary, they feared so much to displease him. Then they went and took the Damsel whereas she was. Sirs, (quoth she) what will you do with me? wherefore do you take me? let me go, if you will have any thing with me, show me? They said, Damsel speak no more, for your end is come, you shall never see fair day more: and when she saw that she was so taken with Ten men, who went threatening to slay her, than she cast out a great cry, and desired God to aid and succour her. Then they bound the Damsels hands with a cord, in such manner, that her white tender skin burst, and they bound her so sore that the blood dropped out at her nails. Sirs, (quoth she) I cry you mercy, little shall you win to slay me, you shall do great sin, seeing I have not deserved it. Madame, (quoth they) your words cannot avail you, the King will not that you shall make avaunt to have his Son in marriage, for you shallbe drowned in the Sea whether you will or not, your weeping shall not aid you. Then four Ribaulds took and bound her, and drew her by the hair of her head, and led her toward the Seaside to have drowned her, but often times it is said, that which God will have saved, cannot be perished. The same season Florence was in the Battle, whereas he fought with his enemies, and Sir Peter of Arragon had taken many Prisoners, and he came unto Florence, and said. Ah Sir, I require you to let us return to the City, and be content with that you have done this day, for yonder you may see coming all the whole Host of the Nauarnes, against whom it is not possible for us to endure, for they are more than threescore Thousand men, and they all hate us to the death, you have done enough & aught to be content, if they take you, none can save your life. Cousin, (quoth Florence) I pray you before I depart, let me Just once with mine Uncle the king of Navarre, whom I have promised to yield as Prisoner unto the king my Father, and thereby I shall have in marriage the fair Damsel my Love, and for the love of that fair Damsel I shall make many a Navarroys to lose their lives. Sir, (quoth Peter) since you desire your own death, I am right sorry thereof, but I will no longer tarry here, for it is not possible for us to tarry here, without we will be slain wilfully, and I have here many Prisoners, I will go lead them into the City, and then I shall return again unto you, to the intent that if either I or you be taken Prisoner by them, we may be redeemed again. Then Peter went to the City with all his Prisoners, and when he was come into the City, he heard a great noise about the Market place, whereof he had great marvel, and went thither, and then he saw there four foul Villains, drawing the fair Damsel Clariet towards the Seaside to drown her. When he saw that, he was never so sorrowful in all his life before, and incontinent did let go his Prisoners, and drew out his sword, and cried unto them that led the damsel. Ah ye false thieves, let the Damsel go, whom I brought from beyond the Sea, ye did never such folly in all your lives, and therewith he strake the first with his Sword, in such sort, that his head slew from his body, and the second he clave to the teeth, and the third and fourth he slew. When the fair Lady saw the Earl Peter, right pitifully she began to cry, and said. Sir, I require you to have pity of me, and help and aid me as you have done before this time, neither Lord nor Master I have none but you. Sir for God's sake unbind me, and put me out of this pain that I am in. Then Peter went to the Damsel, and cut the cords asunder wherewith she was bound, and for the sorrow that she was in, she fell down in a swound: then Peter took her up and said. Fair Damsel, be of good cheer, for I shall help to save you: the fair Lady wept piteously, and said to herself. Ah Huon of Bourdeaux my dear Father, the great pains and poverties that you were wont to suffer, you have left me now Inheritor to the same, alas, I know not where you nor my Mother is, I believe that I shall never see you more. Then Peter of Arragon took the Damsel by the hand, and led her to his lodging in the Town, than he went to the Palace, whereas he found King Garyn, unto whom he said. Ah thou old doting fool, wherefore, or for what cause wouldst thou have slain the Damsel, and she is none of yours, she is mine, I wan her upon the Sea and saved her life, you can make no claim to her? Thus as Peter spoke to the King, there entered into the Palace two Knights, and they said to the King. Sir, before you is the Earl Peter your Cousin, who hath delivered and rescued the newfound Damsel, and hath slain the Four men that should have drowned her in the Sea. When King Garyn saw the Earl before him, he said. Why wert thou so hardy, as to slay my men for doing of my commandment? Then he cried to his men, and said: Sirs, I charge you take this Villain here, who hath done me this offence, for I shall never have joy at my heart, until I see him hanged a high upon a Rock. Then his men stepped forth to have taken the Earl Peter, and when he saw that he approached near unto him, he drew his sword, and clave the head of the first to the teeth, and he slew the second, third, and fourth, he beat down more to the earth, then the other that fled away, so that there was none that durst approach near unto him, for they were all unarmed and he well armed: then he came to the King, and said. Ah thou false old Dotard, full of sin and outrage, how dare you think to be such an outrage? you are not worthy to bear a crown, your Son Florence ought to have it, for a Traitor ought to hold no Realm, full dearly you shall abvy the ill will of the Damsel, and the more to make him abashed, he made semblance to run upon the King with his sword, who for fear of him ran into his Chamber, and shut fast the door after him, and the Earl Peter standing without, sore threatened the king, than the King said. Cousin Peter, I cry you mercy, if I have done evil, I am ready to make amends at your pleasure, I was sore displeased with my Son, and therefore I thought to be revenged upon her that hath caused all this, I shall make amends, but by the grace of God my Son shall never have her in marriage to die: therefore I will never consent, that a newfound Damsel should be Inheritor of such a Kingdom as the Realm of Arragon is. Then Sir Peter answered and said: Sir beware, blame her no more, be content with that you have done already, it may be that the Damsel is of as hy a Lineage as your Son, wherefore such time may come that you may be dearly rewarded, peradventure the Damsel was stolen away by some ill Tyrant, she hath been ill entertained with you, when you would so cruelly have slain her. Cousin, (quoth the King) the matter is ill come to pass, for her sake you have slain many of my men, the which I pardon you, but as for the Damsel, I will set her in prison in a Tower, out of the which she shall not depart, and I will show my Son that she is drowned in the Sea, and I will keep her in prison till my Son hath forgotten her, or else hath taken another wife, than I will deliver her, and send her into some other Country whereas she shallbe better entertained. When the Earl Peter heard the King say so, he agreed to his saying, and thought that advise to be good, and was content with that he had saved her life, than the King opened the chamber door, and so came into the Palace, than he sent for the damsel, and then she was set in prison in a Tower, and the King commanded to a secret Servant, that he should see that the Damsel should want nothtng for her living, and charged him upon pain of his life to keep the matter secret, and he charged all those that knew thereof, in any wise to show Florence his Son nothing of her. Then he closed up the door with stone, to the intent that she should not issue out, and left nothing open, but a little window towards the Town of Courtoys, wherein her meat was put, other windows there were opening upon the fields, the which gave great ligght into the house. Thus the fair Lady Clariet was closed up into the Tower, whereas she had good leisure to weep and wail. Now let us leave speaking of the Lady, and speak of Florence who was in the Battle. Chap. CLIIII. ¶ How Florence discomfited his enemies, and took the King of Navarre, and led him into the Town, and delivered him to the King his Father, and how Florence delivered him again quit, because that his Father showed unto him that the fair Damsel was drowned. YE have well heard here before, how the Earl Peter of Arragon departed from Florence, and returned into the City, for he could not cause Florence to leave the battle, whereas he did marvels, for the love of the fair Lady Clariet whom he trusted to wed: he slew so many of his enemies, that the fields were covered with the dead bodies. When the king of Navarre his Uncle saw that, he was right sorrowful to see his men so slain, than he came against Florence his Nephew, and said. Ah thou unkind Nephew, cursed be you, I shall never have joy at my heart, as long as I see thee alive, thou hast done me this day great damage, I had rather die an ill death, than not to be revenged of thee: wherefore I require thee to Just with me, I challenge thy Land, the which shallbe mine, thou shalt never be Lord thereof. Florence answered and said: I shall not refuse the Iustes, than he put up his sword, and took a great spear, and so ran against the king his Uncle, and the king came against him, and they met together so rudely, that the kings Spear broke all to pieces, but Florence Spear was big, wherewith he strake the king so rudely, that he fell to the earth with his feet upward, and he fell so suddenly, that he lay in a trance, and before he could be recovered Florence took him by the ventale of his helmet, and said. Navarre, before I sleep I shall deliver you Prisoner into the hands of a fair Damsel, whom I love entirely, for in all the world there is none like her in beauty, if you refuse thus to do, with my Sword I shall incontinent strike off your head from the shoulders: the king said, he was content to fulfil his pleasure and to yield himself Prisoner. Then Florence took his Sword from him, and made him to mount upon his horse, and to ride before him towards the Town, and delivered him to the keeping of Ten knights, and Florence road after with his sword in his hand all bloody, the cry and noise began to be great among the Nauarnes, they enforced them on all parts to have rescued their king, but they could not come in time, for by that time, Florence was within the gates of the City, whereas he was right joyfully received. When the Nauarnes saw how they lost their labour, and how their king was entered into the City, they were right sorrowful, and came before the Barriers and skirmished, and won but little, and so returned with small profit, and sorrowful for the loss that they had received that day, for the fields were covered with dead men. Thus they returned to their Tents and Pavilions, and the Aragon's entered into the City of Courtoys with great joy, and when they were in the City, than Florence took the king of Navarre his Uncle by the hand, and led him to the Palace, and there alighted and went into the Hall, whereas he found king Garyn his Father, who had great joy of his coming. When he saw his Son Florence bring his enemy Prisoner, he embraced his Son, and said. My right dear Son, I am right joyful of your coming. Father, (quoth Florence) I have done so much by the aid of our Lord jesus Christ, that I have taken your enemy Prisoner, whom I render into your hands, to do with him at your pleasure. Now I will that you keep your promise with me, seeing I have quit mine, now it is time that you deliver unto me the Damsel, whom I shall make Queen and Lady after your decease. When the king understood his Son, he was all in a rage, and said. Fair Son, leave thy folly, and take such a Wife according to thine estate, and think no more of that new Fondling: for know for troth, I have caused her to be cast into the Sea, whereas she is drowned. Thou art a Fool to think that I will suffer after my decease, that a poor Caitiff newfound, should be Lady and Queen crowned of such a Realm, beware, in as much as thou thinkest to displease me, that thou be not so hardy as to speak, or remember any more the newfound Damsel. When Florence heard the King his Father say, how the Damsel was drowned in the Sea, his blood mounted into his face, and his heart was so oppressed and so heavy, that he had no power to speak, and such a marvelous cold sweat took him, that there was no vain nor member in his body, but trembled for anger and sorrow that was in him, so that he had no power to sustain himself, but fell down to the earth in a great trance, in such sort, that every man there thought he had been dead, and every man complained for him, and especially the king his Father was right sorrowful, and would as then that he had never begun that matter. When Florence came again to himself, he said. Oh good Lord, the earth ought to be cursed, when it sustaineth such a traitorous king, that hath done such a deed, great peril it is to be conversant with him: then Florence looked upon the knights about him, and said. Sirs, I require you, for the love you ought of reason to bear me, bring me to the same place, whereas she whom I loved perfectly was perished and drowned, for other Sepulchre I desire none, but the same that she hath, for the love of her it shall please me well to be under covert, under the waves of the Sea, whereas my Love is, to the intent that of me there be heard never more remembrance. Then he beheld the king of Navarre his Uncle, whom he had taken Prisoner, and said. Sir king of Navarre, thou art my Prisoner, but if thou wilt aid me, to be revenged of this treason that my Father hath done: I shall then let thee go again free and quit. Fair Nephew, (quoth he) leave that folly and speak no more thereof, for it toucheth much your honour, and you shall be blamed of all them that hear speaking thereof. Sir, (quoth Florence) what is that you say? you know well that you are my Prisoner, and that it lieth in me whether you shall live or die? Fair Nephew, (quoth the king) I will well agree to your words, but if you will believe me, believe the king your Father, & leave to do after your own will. What? (quoth Florence) you know well, that in me it lieth to strike off your head, without you will agree unto my will and pleasure, the which thing I will do, except incontinent you swear the death of king Garyn my Father, and that never to take peace with him, until you have brought him to the death, upon this condition I shall set you in safeguard: for the Traitor hath deceived me, of the thing that I love best in all this world. Then the king of Navarre said. Dear Nephew, you are as yet young, I cannot tell whether your words and promises are stable and firm or not, for the youth that I see in you, and also for the great displeasure that you be in now: and therefore fair Nephew, I have great fear that you should beguile me. Sir, (quoth Florence) God forbid that I should be so deceivable of my promise, to promise you any thing and fulfil it not, whatsoever should fall thereof. At this time there were but few persons in the Palace with the king, for all the Lords and knights were gone into the Town to their Lodgings, to refresh them of their travail and weariness: therefore the king was in his Palace with a small company, the which Florence had well espied, and there was certain of Florence knights about him, unto whom he said all weeping. Sirs, incontinent go and get me my horse, and also the king of Navarre his horse ready at the gate, the which was done, and when they were come, than Florence said unto the king of Navarre his uncle. Good Uncle, if there be any courage in you, to be safe and out of servage, take this sword in your hand, and let us leave this unhappy king, to use his days in sorrow, and come and follow me. Fair Nephew, (quoth the king of Navarre) I have great fear that you will beguile me. Sir, (quoth Florence) think it not, but come after me, and you shall see what I will do: then Florence departed, and the king of Navarre with him, they leapt upon their horses, and when they were upon their good horses, there was no man at that time in the Town abroad to let Florence of his Enterterprize, but thus they passed both until they were without the Town, than Florence said to the king his uncle. Sir, now you know well that I have brought you out of this Town, and therefore I require you again, that you never take peace with the king my Father, until you have slain him. Fair Nephew, (quoth the king) that which you require me to do I shall fulfil it, and thus I recommend you to God. When the king saw himself so well delivered, he was joyful, and so road until he came to his Host, whereas his men received him with great joy, and they demanded how he was escaped out of the hands of Florence, than the king showed all the manner how Florence delivered him, whereof they had great marvel, and had great joy of his coming: and to accomplish his promise to Florence his Nephew, he sent to all his Realm of Navarre, to his Friends and other to come and aid him. Now we shall leave speaking of the king of Navarre, and speak of Florence his Nephew. Chap. CLV. ¶ How King Garyn put Florence his Son into a Tower in prison, and how the Damsel escaped out of the Tower, and spoke with Florence her Lover at an arch upon the Garden-side, and how they were espied, and how she thought to have drowned herself. WHen Florence had delivered the king of Navarre his Uncle, whom he had taken before in the Battle, than he returned again into the City, and so road till he came to the Palace, whereas he found the king his Father, and said as a man almost out of his wits. Oh thou false Traitor, thou hast done so much through thine illness, that I rather desire thy death then thy life. Then he said to the Knights that were there present: Sirs, I pray you bring me to the Sea, and cast me therein, in the same place whereas my Love was cast, for I will not live one hour longer, if you do not this, I shall slay myself with mine own hands. When king Garyn heard his Son say so, he was right sorrowful, and spoke fiercely unto his Son, and commanded to take him, and to set him in prison in the Tower, in such wise that he may be sure of him, and said. Well I ought to be angry in my heart, when this boy mine own Son thus dealeth with me: but by the faith that I owe unto our Lord God, the displeasure that he hath done unto me he shall dearly abvy it, for as long as he liveth, he shall have no foot of my Land. Sir, (quoth Florence) by you, nor by your Land, nor by any thing that you can do, I set not thereby a button, for I had rather die then live. There was no man present but that wept grievously for pity, and when Florence saw them weep, he said unto them. Sirs, come unto me, take off my Armour, and put me into the hands of the king my Father, for I will not that any of you should have any displeasure for my sake, let me bear the blame myself, seeing that I have lost the thing that I love best. Then the Knights came unto Florence, and unarmed him, and delivered him to the King his Father: then the king took him by the hand, and led him forth rudely, and said: how he would set him in such a place, out of the which he should not come of a long space. The Earl Peter of Arragon had great sorrow, but he durst speak no word, the king himself led him to the great Tower, and there left him sore weeping, and making great sorrow for his Love whom 〈◊〉 had lost, he made such sorrow that pity it was to hear, & when the night came, and that he remembered the Damsel, his sorrows began to renew. And aswell as he made sorrow for his Love, the fair Damsel Clariet, who was in the same Tower immured up in prison, thee heard the complaints that Florence made, and so long the harkened, that at last she thought that she knew the voice, and said. Oh good Lord, what may this be? who is this that I hear thus complain? me thinks I have heard that voice before this time, and me thinks it should be he that loved me so well, I will not leave searching until I may know the troth. Then the Damsel came to the door that was newly immured up, whereby the mortar was not fully dry, and she scraped with her fingers, and with a little knife that she had, so that at the last she scraped out a stone. Then she assayed to pull out more, and so much she did with her fingers and the knife, that she made a great hole in the new wall, so that she créeped out and went into the Garden, the which joined to the Tower, & then she felt by her a Roster, under the which she sat down, the Moon shone bright, whereby the Garden was as light as though it had been clear day. Then she took a fair Rose in her hand, the which smelled sweetly, and said. Ah good Lord, I would that it were thy pleasure that my Lover were here with me, I think he be not far from hence, I wish with him this sweet Rose, so that he knew that it came from me, I will not leave searching until I have found him, and if I cannot find him, in dolour and misery I must end my days. The same time that the Damsel complained thus in the Garden, Florence, who was in the Tower, and heard the fair Damsel in the Garden, he know her well by the voice, and said. Oh good God, what is it that I hear yonder in the Garden? Dear Lover, (quoth the fair Lady) it is she whom you do love so well, I am issued out of the Tower, wherein I have been in great misery, and I cannot tell what will fall thereof, comfort me, or else I shall die here in great sorrow. When Florence heard the voice of his Love, he had such joy at his heart, that he forgot all his dolour, when he saw that she was not dead, than he said unto her. Ah my right sweet Love, whether will you go? for if the King my Father know, that you be escaped out of the Tower, incontinent he will slay you, he will have no pity of you, and I cannot succour you. Sweet Love, I pray you to gather me some flowers, and cast them in at this window, than I shall pass my dolours the better, when I have in my hands any thing that cometh out of yours. Then the Damsel gathered Roses and flowers, and did cast them in to her Lover, whereof Florence had great joy, when he had received them from her, and kissed them oftentimes: then he came to the window, thinking to have taken his Love by the hand, but he could not the wall was so thick, whereof they were both sorry. The same time whiles they were thus devising together, the watchmen came about, whom the King had sent thither to espy and know, if Peter of Arragon did send unto those Prisoners any comfort or aid, and when they came thither, they harkened, and heard the voices of those two persons, & heard well their words, and wept for mere pity of them: then sweetly one watchman called unto them, and said. Hold your peace, for if you be spied you cannot escape the death, I have great pity of you both, I pray God to preserve you, for I cannot comfort you. Then they held their peace, and so went asunder, to the intent that they should not be heard nor seen, then there came thither two other watchmen, sent thither by the King, to see if any body came to the Tower, to aid or comfort the two Prisoners, and when they were come near to the Tower, they saw the new made wall broken, than they said each to other: surely the Damsel is fled, and hath broken out of prison, than they cried out, and made a great cry and said, the Damsel is fled out of the Tower. When the Damsel (being in the Garden) heard the noise that the Spies made, she was in great fear and doubt, the which was no marvel, then incontinent as privily as she could, she went from the Tower, and went to the end of the Garden, whereas there was a high Rock, and under the Rock a great water and deep, she did climb upon the Rock, and said. Ah Florence my dear Lover, this day shall be the departing of us two, it must behove me to die for your sake, she saw in the Garden a great number of Torch's light, and men seeking all about for her, whereof she was afraid, and not without cause, for she knew well that if she were taken, she were lost for ever. Right sweetly she called upon our Lord God, and on the holy Ghost for aid and comfort, and said. Alas, if I be taken, I cannot escape from the martyrdom of death, but since it is thus, that we must needs depart for ever, I had rather be drowned then be taken, therewith she made the sign of the cross, recommending her self to our Lord God, & therewith tumbled down the Rock, to have fallen down into the water, but as she fell, she lighted in a great bush by the way, whereby she was pricked in divers places on her face and hands, so that the blood followed, whereby she felt such pain that she swooned. Then the noise ran throughout the Palace, that the Damsel was escaped out of the Tower, in such sort, that the King was advertised thereof, who was sorrowful, and made promise that Earl Peter of Arragon should lose all his Lands and goods, for he thought that by his means she was escaped the prison. Cbap. CLVI. ¶ How the first Watchman found out the Damsel, and led her into a great wood there by, and afterward the same Watchman delivered Florence out of prison, and showed him the place where the Damsel was: and how Florence and Clariet entered into the Sea, and how the King went after his Son, and the Watchman taken. THus as the brute was in the Palace, for the escaping of the Damsel, the first Watchman that first espied the two Lovers together went all about in the Garden, to see if he could find the Damsel, he sought so long that he found the Damsel, whereas she lay in the bush in great peril to be drowned. This Watchman was a wise man, and as privily as he could he issued out of the Garden, and went down to the water side, and there he found a little boat, and entered into it, & so passed the vine Garden as privily as he could, so that none heard nor saw him: and when he was against the bush whereas the Damsel was, he spoke to her softly, and said. Fair Damsel, be not abashed, for if I may in any manner of wise I will aid you, come down, and enter into this boat, and I shall set you in the Forest, and tarry there until I bring to you Florence your Lover, the which I shall do by the grace of jesus, for if I can by any manner of means, I shall bring him out of the danger that he is in, because I have always loved him, and for the goodness that he hath done to me, I shall now reward it. When the Damsel heard the Watchman, for joy thereof she forgot all her sorrow, and incontinent aswell as she might she issued out of the bush, and went down the River side: then she entered into the boat, and the Watchman set her over, and left her in the Forest, the which joined to the water side, than he took his leave of her, and said. Fair Damsel, tarry here until I return again to you. Friend, (quoth the Damsel) I pray to God that you may so speed as to bring hither my Lover, and to set him out of danger, and so he departed, and entered again into the Garden, hearkening towards the Palace, whereas there was great brute made for the escaping of the Damsel: But there was no doubt made of Florence, because the Tower that he was in was strong and thick. Also the Chamber that he was in was not toward the Palace, but it lay open against the Garden: then the said Watchman came to the wall side, whereas there was a strait loop hole into Florence Chamber, and he had two Goats feet in his hands, than he called Florence, and said. Sir, if you will be with your Love, who tarrieth for you in the Forest, whereas I have l●●t her in safeguard: help yourself that you were out of this Tower, take here this goats foot, and do you so much there within to enlarge the loop, that you may issue out, and here without I shall make the hole wider. When Florence understood the Watchman, he was never so joyful in all his life, when he heard the man say that his Love was in safeguard, & they laboured so sore, that they made the loop so large, that Florence issued out, and then the Watchman brought Florence to the Stable, whereas some of the kings horses stood, especially there was one, whose like could not be found. This Watchman (who had great affection and desire to do service to this young Lord) did so much, that he brought unto Florence his Armour, his shield, his helmet, his sword, and a good Spear, and so Florence armed him, and leapt upon the good horse, than the Watchman showed him the place in the Forest, whereas as he had left the Damsel, and then he took his leave of Florence, who said. Friend, the service that you have done me, shall be well rewarded in time to come: then he road forth, and left not until he came whereas his Love was: and when he saw her, his joy was renewed, than he alighted, and kissed his Love, and when he saw that she was so bloody, he had great pity of her, and said. Dear Love, it is needful that we depart before the day come: Therefore make you ready and leap up behind me, and then Florence mounted, and she leapt up behind him, and so departed assoon as they might. When they were in the fields, the Damsel looked back towards the City, and she saw a great number of men issuing out, than she said unto Florence. Sir, I see well that we be lost, for I see much people issuing out of the City, it is not possible for us to be saved, but that we shallbe taken, and especially I cannot escape, I see well that now our love shall depart, your Father is fell and cruel, I know well that he will slay me. Then the Watchman came running after Florence, for fear that he had of the king, but he could not overtake Florence who fled with his Love behind him as fast as he might toward the Seaside, for Florence knew well the privy ways, because he had often times used the ways, when he was wont to go a hawking or hunting. So long he road, that he came to a little Port, where there was a Ship ready to depart, than Florence alighted and his Love with him, and tied his horse to a Tree, and then he took the Damsel by the hand, and came to the Master of the Ship, and agreed so with him, that he and his Love entered into the ship, than they hoist up their sails, and so sailed from the land, the Watchman came to the Seaside, trusting to have found Florence there, and he was right sorrowful when he saw them so far on the Sea, he was in great fear of losing of his life. Then King Garyn came thither with a great number, and when he saw the Ship so far in the Sea, he said. Ah good Lord, now have I lost my son, for I know well he is gone inyonder Ship, and the Damsel with him, but by the faith that I owe unto our Lord jesus Christ, this Watchman shall lose his head: then the Watchman was taken and fast bound, so that the blood came out at his finger's ends, and said all weeping. Ah good Lord, in an ill hour I was acquainted with Florence and his Love: Alas for the goodness that I have done, I shall have a small reward this day, I am like to lose my life for love of my Lord. Chap. CLVII. ¶ Of the great debate that was in the Palace for the Watchman's sake, whom the King would have had to be hanged, and how the king of Navarre took the City of Courtoys, and how he departed from thence. WHen the Earl Peter of Arragon saw the Watchman taken, by whom Florence and his Love were saved, he was sorry to see the man so sore beaten and threatened, than he went in haste to the King, and said. Sir, you show well by your works that you have but small reason, to suffer thus this poor man to be beaten, and that you would put him to death, for the goodness that he hath done to your Son, he hath done therein but as he should do, and like a true Servant, you ought the better to love him, you shall do ill to put him to death, I will that you know, that if you put him to death, I will not serve you one day longer, but I will rather go to the King of Navarre, and help to maintain his war against you. When the King heard him so to threaten him, he swoore by God that he should repent it, and how there should no man save the Watchman's life. Then the poor man embraced the King's Leg, and cried for mercy, but the King swore and made promise, how he should be hanged without mercy. When the Earl Peter heard that, he was very sorrowful: the poor man wept, and beheld the people that were there assembled, and desired them to pray for his soul, saying, how he should die for saving of his Lord, there was many of the poor man's kindred, they kneeled all down before the King, desiring him to pardon him, the king answered that he would not. When the Earl Peter heard that, he said to the King. Sir, surely he shall not die, without it be by judgement as your Lords and Counsel shall ordain. When the King heard that, he was sore displeased, and so entered into the City, and set the Watchman in prison, than he went to his Palace, and Peter followed him, and accompanied with many other Knights such as loved him, and in like wise so did the poor man's kindred. When the King was in his Palace, he commanded a Scaffold to be made, whereon he would have the Watchman to lose his head. When his Kinsmen heard that, they cried for mercy, but the king would do nothing at their desire. When the Earl Peter saw the ill will of the king, he made a token to the Watchman's friends, (who were in number about a Hundred and Fifty) that they should go to such a Tower, where there was great plenty of Armour, and to break it up and to arm them, and so they did, and came again to the Palace: and when the king saw them coming armed, he cried to his men, that they should arm them, and take them that were so bold to come into his presence all armed, and when every man was armed, they came again to the Palace to have taken the Watchman and all his kindred, but the Watchman and his Friends (who were ready in armour) set upon the kings men, and also Peter of Arragon and his company aided them, so that there was so great a Skirmish in the Palace, that it was pity to see it, they cut off arms, legs, and heads each of other. Finally, the king and his men were so sore constrained, that of force they abandoned the Palace and fled away, and the king fled into his Chamber for safeguard. Anon the news ran in the Town, that the king was sore assaulted in the Palace, and in jeopardy of his life. Then all the Commonalty went and armed them, and sounded the alarm bell, there was such a noise and brute, as though all the world had been lost. Then a Spy went out, and showed the king of Navarre, how king Garyn was assembled in his Palace within the City, because of a Watchman that the King would put to death, in that he had delivered out of prison Florence and the Damsel his love. Then the King of Navarre right joyful of those news, commanded hastily his men to be ready in Armour, for he said that it was then time or else never to assail the City. Great desire I have (quoth he) to be revenged of this King, who had wedded my Sister, whom he hath slain, I shall never have joy at my heart, until I be revenged: then every man armed them, and so assembled together with banners displayed, and so came in good order toward the City to assail it, but when they within the Town heard the cry and noise without, and saw their enemies coming towards them, they went and showed it at the Palace, whereby the strife there ceased, and then the king and all his Lords with all his people issued out in Battle. Then there began a sore Battle, and many a man slain and maimed, but there were so many Nauarnes, that whether king Garyn would or not, perforce they were feign to abandon the Victory to their enemies, and were feign to retire into the Town, but their enemies followed them so near, that the king of Navarre and his men entered in with them. Then the king of Navarre commanded that none should be slain, without they were found in defence, for he said that he cared not, so he might be revenged of the king. Then the Nauarnes spread abroad in the City, taking prisoners, than king Garyn fled to the Minster-church, than he stood in the Church door to make defence, but it could not avail him there was so many of his enemies, that he fled to the high Altar for safeguard, but the king of Navarre (who was entered into the Church) commanded his men to take king Garyn, the which they did. Sirs, (quoth king Garyn) ye do me great wrong to take me in this holy place, whereas every man should be saved above all things, the house of God ought to be refuge for every man. Then the king of Navarre (who was holden for a good holy man) hearing what king Garyn said, he knew well that he said the truth, and repented himself, and said. Fair Nephew, for the offence that I have committed against our Lord God, I shall amend it to the double, so that you will pardon the Watchman, that hath delivered my Nephew Florence out of your prison, I shall then show you this courtesy for the offence that I have made, I and all my men shall issue out of this City, without taking of any prisoner, or any manner of goods, for the love of my Nephew Florence whom I love entirely, and for the goodness of the people, I shall go to my Tents without, and I will grant you a Truce to endure for a month, and I promise you the month once expired, I shall approach again so near to this City, that as long as life is in my body, I shall not depart until I have taken this City and you, whom I take for mine enemy, to have you as my prisoner, for I shall never have joy at my heart until I have revenged the death of my Sister your Wife. Then King Garyn said. King of Navarre, of the courtesy and bounty that you show unto me I thank you, and as for the Watchman, I do pardon him all mine ill will, & whereas you say that you will come so near my City to win it, when that cometh (by the grace of God, and by the help of my true Subjects) I shall do the best I can to defend myself and my City. Then the King of Navarre issued out of the Church, and leapt upon his horse and road to the gate, and tarried there until all his men were clean avoided out of the City, to the intent that neither Prisoners nor goods should be carried out of the City, whereof his men were angry, and especially they that were poor, the other cared not greatly, because the two Kings had been so long friends together, wherefore the war displeased them, and they were sorry that it endured so long. When the King of Navarre saw that all his men were issued out of the City, than he withdrew him into his Tent, and he closed in the City with a siege, abiding until the Truce was expired. Now let us leave to speak of this war between these two Kings, and speak of Florence, who sailed upon the Sea with his Love Clariet. Chap. CLVIII. ¶ How the Ship wherein Florence was and his Love, was taken by the Saracens, and all their company taken and slain, and led to the Castle of Anfalerne. THe History showeth, that after that Florence was departed out of his country with his Love Clariet, howbeit, he knew not what she was, so it was, that the Master of the Ship that he was in was of Marseilles, and when he knew that Florence was Son to King Garyn of Arragon, and that he had put his trust in him, than he came unto Florence, and said. Sir, the goodness and honour that I see in you, causeth me to say unto you that which I would not do to another: I well perceive by you, that you are in great doubt of the King your Father, lest he should follow you to get you again, but Sir, to the intent that you shall be well assured of me and of my Mariners, I put into your hands myself, my Ship, and all my Mariners, and I will that they obey you as they have done me, and that you are Master over us all: and Sir, never think that the king of Arragon your Father shall trouble you, we are far enough from him, by the grace of God we shall so conduct you, that we shall bring you to the holy Sepulchre, and afterward bring you back to Marseilles, and then from thence you may go whether as it please you. Sir, (quoth Florence) of the honour and great courtesy that you offer me, I thank you: then all they that were within the Ship said. Sir, refuse not to be our Master, for if the wind had not been against us, we had been far off by this time: Sir, have no doubt, we shall all obey you and do as you command us, since it is so our masters pleasure. Sirs, (quoth Florence) I thank you of your offer, God suffer me to d●ser●e it. Florence was joyful of the good adventure that God had sent him, and thus he and his Love sailed joyfully in the Sea of Africa. So long they sailed, that they passed the Isles of Corsia and Sardania, and Cicilie, and ●n a Wednesday betimes, they arrived near to the Isle of Candy, there arose upon them a marvelous great wind and Tempest, so that perforce they were driven to the coast of Barbary, the Tempest was so great, that every man was in fear of drowning, the waves were great and fearful, & the Damsel was in great doubt when she saw the mariners in such fear, & she called devoutly upon our Lord jesus Christ, desiring him to have pity of her, & to bring them to a good Port. When Florence perceived his Love, and all the Mariners in such fear as they were, he comforted them the best he could, but it availed not, for the wind drove them whether they would or not towards Bongy, near to a City named as then Anfalerne, whereas they were feign to cast their anchor, in great fear of losing of their lives. Then there fell on them a Galley, wherein were a Hundred Saracens, & another great Ship, wherein were more than four Hundred men, and they all fell upon Florence Ship. When Florence saw both the Ship and Galley set upon his Ship, the Master of the Ship and the Mariners began to weep, and said unto Florence. Ah Sir, you and we all are lost, we shall be all slaves with the Saracens, yonder Galley and ship are full of Saracens, and they are ready coming to set upon us. When Florence heard that, he said. Sir, be not abashed, he whom God will save cannot be perished, no mortal man can hurt him, let us put our trust in him, & take such grace as he will send us, the great number of people cannot hurt us, if God will aid us, let us show ourselves like men, they be without law and without faith, and we believe in God, by whom we trust to be saved, let us arm ourselves, and show ourselves like men to defend our lives. When the Master and the Mariners heard Florence, they said. Sir, into the safeguard of our Lord jesus Christ, and to you we commit ourselves: then they all armed them, and every man stood at their defence, and Florence said. Sirs, let us all think, that we now do fight for our lives, and therefore let us not be abashed, every man think to do his best that he can, I love by amours, behold her here, by whom I am so moved to do well, and to defend both her and me. Sir, (quoth they) shame have he that fainteth: then the Ship and Galley came near to Florence Ship, than the shot of both parts flew so thick as though it had been snow, there was a great Battle between them, great hurt was done with casting out of bars from the tops, two times Florence entered into the Ship of his enemies, whereas he did marvels, and slew so many Saracens, that the water was red with the blood of them that were slain on both parts, there was an horrible Battle, many of Florence men were slain, the good Master was slain, & the most part of his men. Also from the land there were shot Bombards and Guns at Florence ship, so that thereby, and with the great bars of iron, the ship was sore impaired, for it was stricken thorough in a hundred places, in such sort, that the Sea entered in with great abundance. When the Damsel saw that mortal discomfiture, how their company were slain, and their ship near full of water, and saw no more persons left alive with Florence but six, she was then in great fear, and she thought that she had rather enter into the Saracens ship, then to be drowned in the Sea, she saw the Galley, the which lay joining to the ship, she leapt into the Galley to save her life. When Florence saw his Love in the Galley, he was near out of his wits for sorrow, and he saw well, that if he tarried still in his own ship he should be drowned, than he leapt into the Galley whereas his Love was, and there he slew many a Sarazin, but there was so much people, that with force of Darts and spears he was borne down, than they took and bound his hands so sore, that the blood ran out at his nails. Thus Florence was taken, and all his men slain and drowned, except some that were taken, than Florence wept for pity of them, & said. Ah my Father, how falsely have you wrought against me, thus by your folly I am in great danger, I shall never return into my Country without God help me, often times he beheld his Love, whom the Saracens did sore beat and ill threaten, whereof Florence had such displeasure, that he was near hand out of his wits. Alas, (quoth he) I ought to be sorrowful, to see her that I love best so sore beaten and tormented before my face. Oh cursed death, why sufferest thou me to live to see this day, that my Love should be thus dealt with, and yet I cannot help nor succour her? therewith he wept, and suddenly fell in a swound among the hands of the Saracens. When the Damsel saw her Lover fallen in a trance, and saw him so pale of colour, she came unto him, and she thought surely that he had been dead, and also the Saracens said the same. Then she cried out, and said. Oh good Lord, why do●st thou consent the death of my Lover? seeing that we must thus depart for ever, it is nothing the pain and ill that I suffer, but my sorrow is for the death of my Lover here before me, I ought to be sorrowful, when the most fair, sweet, and gentlest creature of all the world is thus dead and lost for ever, and the most valiant Knight that ever was borne: and therewith she fell down in a trance by her Lover, and all that saw them thought surely that they had been both dead without any recovery, and had great pity and compassion of them, than he that was the Captain of the town and Castle, who was named Sorbarre, came into the Ship, and saw where Florence & his Love lay one by another as dead, he had great pity of them for he was a good Christian man, but he durst not be to know thereof for fear of slaying, he loved God well, and did afterward good service in christendom, for by him the said two Lovers were saved from the death, as ye shall hear hereafter. When these two Lovers were come again to themselves, the Saracens delivered them both into the captains hands, and when Florence saw his sweet Love by him, he embraced and kissed her sweetly, the Captain Sorbarre, when he saw the youth of these two Lovers, he had great pity of them, but he made thereof no semblance, he took them both into the Castle with him, and the other Prisoners such as had taken them, brought them into divers Towers, whereas they were kept in great misery, for the Saracens had no pity of them, because they were christened. Chap. CLIX ¶ How Sorbarre the Captain comforted Florence and Clariet: and how there arrived four Ships with Christian men by fortune of the Sea, and how Florence was known by them. WHen the Captain of the Castle was within the Castle, and Florence and his Love with him▪ he said to them. Friends I have great pity of you, show me what ye be? and what fortune hath brought you hither, seeing you be so young? how is it that you would adventure upon the Sea, wherein are so many perils? if ye show me the troth, ye shall looze nothing thereby, for if I can I shall set ye in such a place, whereas ye shall be in safeguard? Sir, (quoth Florence) I shall show you all mine adventure, whatsoever fall thereof. Sir, know for troth, that I am Son to King Garyn King of Arragon, and I am departed from him in displeasure. Thus Florence showed Sorbarre all his whole adventure, and how he was taken by his Father, and how he escaped and his Love also, than he said. Sir, I have showed you the troth, and I commit my body and my Loves here into your hands, for in you lieth our lives and deaths, you may do with us at your pleasure, and therewith he kneeled down, than Sorbarre took him up. and said. Fair Son, be not abashed, for I have been before this time in as great adventure, have no doubt, I shall so order the matter, that you shallbe out of all peril but keep every thing secret to yourselves, then Sorbarre called unto him Four of his servants, and said. I command you to use well this Prisoner, and this Damsel, and let them have flesh, bread, and wine at their pleasure, as I had when I was prisoner at Terrascon. Fair Son, (quoth Sorbarre to Florence) know for troth, that I was once king of Belmarin, and once I fought with Aymerie of Narbone, and I was taken by the hands of Reynalt of Beanland, than I was brought to the City of Bourdeaux, whereas I saw a noble Prince named Duke Huon, who had wedded a noble Lady called Escleremond, Daughter to the Admiral Gaudise, and they had a Daughter well beloved of them, she was the fairest Lady that ever I did see, she was not above at that time Six years of age, and as I heard say since, there came to Bourdeaux divers Kings and great Princes, for to have had her in marriage, than I came privily to mine Uncle, who gave me this Castle to keep, when he saw that I had lost all mine own Realm, and because I was well entertained among the Christian men, I will that these Prisoners be well dealt withal. Sir, (quoth his Servants) seeing that it is your pleasure, we shall accomplish the same. Then they took Florence and the Damsel, and did set them in a Tower each of them in a Chamber apart, whereof they were right sorrowful. When the fair Damsel saw that she was put from her Lover, she was right sorry, than she began to complain, and said. Ah my right dear Father Duke Huon, and dear Mother Escleremond, I may well hate the acquaintance that ye have had with King Oberon, for by him I have lost you both, ye have forgotten me in this world, when ye leave me in this prison. Ah King Oberon, thou hast done me great ill and damage, when thou didst give my Father thy Realm, whereas is the City of Momur, and whereas now is the Duke my Father, and the Duchess my Mother, I have lost the flower of all my kindred, and I am sure that I shall die in this Tower with sorrow: Ah false death, thou didst me great ill, in that thou tookest not me when I was young & little, I yield myself to God, whom I require to have pity of me, & would to God that I were in company with my Lover Florence, the Captain hath done ill thus to separate us asunder, for if I were with him, I should the better pass the time, if his Father knew of what lineage I am of, and whose Daughter I am, he would not have refused to have given me his Son in marriage, but he shall not know for me whatsoever pain I suffer. Florence, who was above in the Chamber next unto the Chamber whereas the fair Damsel Clariet was, who had well heard the complaints that she had made before, and understood every word that she had spoken, whereof he was the woefullest man at his heart living, for if he loved her well before, than he loved her much better, and then he looked out at a window, whereas he saw Sorbarre walking up and down in the Court of the Castle. Then Florence required him, to have ●ity and compassion of the Damsel being in the Tower alone. Friend, (quoth Sorbarre) suffer for a time, I shall set you both in such a place before it be night, that you shall be both joyful, be not abashed, for the love of you I shall leave the Law of Mahomet, and believe in our Lord jesus Christ, for when it is night, and every man in bed, we shall enter into a Galley that lieth here by, but as for your other men, that be Prisoners abroad in the Town, it would be hard for me to get them out of prison. Then I pray to God (quoth Florence) to aid and succour them in their great need. Great pity had Sorbarre, when he heard Florence so piteously pray for the safeguard of his men, whom he must leave behind him, if God secure them not: then Sorbarre saw coming towards the Port four great Ships, wherein there were more than Two Thousand Pilgrims, who were coming from the holy Sepulchre at jerusalem, but by fortune of the sea and force of the wind, they were constrained to arrive there. Then the Captain Sorbarre went up into the tower to see Florence, whom he ●ooke by the hand and said. Friend, yonder you may see so●e great Ships full of people, coming hither by force of the wind, let us go down and see what they be, and who is their Captain. Sir, (quoth Florence) I am ready to follow your pleasure, my body and my Loves I commit to your safeguard: then the Captain sent for the Damsel, and when Florence saw her, he was right joyful, and said. Dear Love, be nothing afraid, the Captain and I will go down to the Seaside, to know what people they are that cometh in yonder Ships, and anon we will return again unto you. Sir, (quoth the Damsel) God be your guide. Sorbarre and Florence went down to the Havenside, and when the Ships arrived, they saw well that there was many people, and perceived well that they were Christian men. Then Sorbarre saluted them and said: Sirs, ye be welcome, I pray you to show me from whence you come, and what ye seek for in these parts, and what ye be? Then the chief Master of them answered and said. Sir, we be of the Realm of France, and we come now from jerusalem, from the Pilgrimage of the holy Sepulchre, and the force of the wind hath caused us to arrive here, and if we ought to pay any thing for coming hither, we are ready to pay it. Sirs, (quoth Sorbarre) seeing that this is your adventure, ye are welcome hither to me, since ye be here arrived, it is reason that I be comforted and aided by you, and I say unto you▪ that I believe upon jesus Christ, but as yet I was never christened, I shall show you (Sirs) what ye shall do, if you will believe me, you never came to so fair adventure, ye shall go with me into the Castle here above, in which place I shall furnish you all with horse and Armour, and ye shall abide in the Castle, & make no noise nor show yourselves, and I will go to the Haven, and garnish a Galley with all things necessary, in this Town there are many French men Prisoners, who were taken but lately in this Haven, and many were slain, and such as be taken are prisoners in this town, and early in the Morning we will issue out of the Castle into the Town, and set fire in divers places, than the Saracens will have great business to rescue and staunch the fire, and then we will enter into their houses, and take all their goods and all the Prisoners, and all the riches that we can find in the town we shall put it into our Ship, and if the Saracens come to assail our Ship with Boats and Barges, then let us defend ourselves aswell as we can, and first of all let us go and take all the Ships that be in the Haven. When the Captain of the four Ships heard Sorbarre, they praised his advise and good counsel, and they all with one accord concluded to do his pleasure. Sir, (quoth Sorbarre) to the intent that ye shall believe me, and to have of me no manner of suspect, if ye will have knowledge what I am, this young man that you see by me can inform you. Sir, (quoth the Patron) by your visage it appeareth well that all troth is in you, & that you are a noble man: therefore Sir, we all commit ourselves into your conduct and grace, but Sir, if it may be your pleasure to show to us, what young Gentleman this is that we see there by you? truly Sir, you should do me a great pleasure, for ●e thinks I should have seen him ere this. Patron, (quoth Sorbarre) since you will know it, gladly I shall show you, seeing he hath discovered himself to me, know for troth, that he so Son to King Garyn of Arragon, who by fortune of the sea arrived here, and here perforce he was taken, and his men most pa●t slain, and with him was taken a noble Damsel, who is above in my Castle. When the Patron & they that were with him, understood that it was Florence Son to the King of Arragon, they were thereof right joyful, for they were all of the Realm of Arragon, and sent forth by the King to search for Florence, they thanked God of their good adventure, that he had sent them to find Florence there, whom they were sent to search for: then they came to Florence, and kneeled down before him & said. Ah Sir, you ought to thank God that we have found you, we have marvel why you hide your name from us, for we be all sent from King Garyn your Father to search for you, for if God had not sent you this good fortune, we should never have heard any tidings of you, nor have showed the King your Father any thing to his pleasure. Chap. CLX. ¶ How Sorbarre and Florence and their company went into the Town, and robbed and spoiled it, and so took the Sea with great joy and triumph, and the fair Lady Clariet with them, and took their course to sail towards the Realm of Arragon▪ WHen the Patron & his company knew & saw Florence, the joy that they made could not be recounted, nor the cheer that they made to Florence when they were entered into the Castle, whereof Sorbarre had great joy. The same season whiles they made this great joy & feasting, there was in Sorbarres' company a Sarazin, who understood the French language, and had well heard the Enterprise that the Christian men were determined to do, and also he saw well, how Sorbarre was joined to their company: then privily he departed, and hastily he went into the Town, and showed the Burgesses and Commons of the Enterprise, what the Christian men had concluded to do, & how that Sorbarre was become a Christian. When the Saracens understood that, incontinent they went and armed them, and came to the Castle thinking to have won it, but they found there such defence and resistance, that that which they did there was small to their profit, yet the assault endured until the next day, and at last they were constrained to withdraw from the Castle a great space. Florence, who was within cried to them and said. Ah ye false Villains, ye have slain my men, but if God suffer me to live, their deaths shall be dearly bought. When the Paynims saw that they could not attain to the Castle, they blew the retreat, & every man returned to their own house. Then Sorbarre said to Florence and his company: Sirs I advise you to leap on your horses, for now the Paynims are returned to their Lodgings weary of their travail, and many of them sore hurt, and they are in great fear, I know their conditions well enough, and because that after travail & labour a man is feeble and full of fear, and now every man is in his own house and unarmed to be at their ease: therefore I counsel, that incontinent we issue out and set upon the Town. Then Florence and all the other said. Sir, as you have devised, we are ready to do it, for a more noble counsel was never given. Then every man made him ready, & issued out of the Castle, and Florence and Sorbarre went before them, and rested not until they were entered into the Town, for their entering could not be defended, because the Castle joined to a corner of the Town: then they made a great cry, and spread abroad in the Town, and put in fire in divers places, and slew down the Paynims in the streets and Market places, finally, they did so much by force of arms, that they brought the Town under their sub●ection, and the Inhabitants thereof all slain, and all the Christian Prisoners rescued, who had great joy when they saw Florence their Lord, whom they thought had been dead. Great riches that day was won in that Town, the which was given and parted unto them that had deserved it, and Florence gave to the Christian Prisoners great riches. Thus when the Town was won, and the riches thereof put into their Ships, they all departed, and set fire on all the City, than they went into the Castle whereas the Damsel Clariet was, who had great joy when she saw Florence her Lover: and then Sorbarre (who had great desire to depart from thence) took all the Treasure & riches and had it into their ships, and victualled them with all things necessary, then when it was day in the morning, they departed from the Castle, and went to their Ships with great joy, Florence holding his Love by the hand, said unto her. Dear Love, king Garyn my Father hath sent to seek for me, all about both by land and by water, and these that be come here with these Ships, were sent forth by the King my Father to search for me. When the Damsel heard that Florence would bring her again to his Father, she had great fear and said. Sir, y●u know right well the great hate and displeasure that your Father hath to you and me, for God sake sir, let us go some other way. Dear Love, (quoth Florence) have no fear of my Father, for if you had showed your n●me, & what you be before this time it had eased us of much pain. Ah Sir, (quoth she) it is not as you ween it were. Well▪ (quoth Florence) it is sufficient for me as it is: then they 〈◊〉 up their sails, and so sailed until they were far off 〈◊〉 that Land, and Sorbarre was right joyful, in that he had saved the Christian men, and for the love of Florence he forsook his own law and his country, than he said unto Florence. Sir, my body and goods I abandon to you in such wise, that I shall never leave you for life nor death. Sir, (quoth Florence) of the goodness and troth that you have showed me, I thank you, and I shall never have penny worth but the half shall be yours. Now let us leave speaking of them, sailing joyfully upon the Sea towards Arragon, and let us speak of king Garyn, who was besieged within the City of Courtoys, by his brother in law the king of Navarre. Chap. CLXI. ¶ How King Huon King of the Fayrey, sent two of his Knights to the two Kings: and how he appeared between them with a great number, and of the Peace that he made between them. WEll have ye heard before, how that after the King of Navarre had taken King Garyn prisoner, and that Truce was taken for a certain space, and then each of them to show their powers: so it fell, that two days before the breaking up of the truce, and that their aids and puissances were assembled together, the one party within the City, and the other without with the King of Navarre, who sore threatened King Garyn, because he had banished away his Son Florence his Nephew, and said, that he had rather die then such an ill King should not be punished: this King of Navarre had assembled such a number of people, that the Valleys and Hills were covered with men of war, & the night before the Truce broke up, there was heard in the air a fearful voice, the which when it began to speak, the earth trembled, and thundered and lightened, in such sort, that all they that were assembled aswell they within as without, had such fear, that they were likely to have run away. Then the voice began to speak, and said. Sirs, ye that be here in the field ready to fight, of both parties, make no haste to join together in Battle, for such aid and succour shallbe sent to you both, that ye shallbe all joyful. Therewith the voice passed away, and was heard no more, whereby both parties were abashed, & all the night they were at their prayers, beseeching God to aid & succour them. King Garyn was sore abashed when he heard the voice, and said. Oh good Lord, if these people that are assembled be slain by my means & for me, my soul shall be lost for ever. Alas my Son Florence, I was ill counseled when I chased you away from me, and I did great sin when I put you in prison, I am weary of my life, it is no matter though I die, and I am more sorry for you, (my dear Son) whom I have betrayed and driven away without a cause: alas, by my means this Realm will be wasted and destroyed, the which you ought to have after me. Therewith he swooned among his Lords, so that they all thought he had been dead, whereof they sore complained, and at last the king came again to himself: then his Lords comforted him, and so bade him to hear Service, and after service, there appeared suddenly before him two goodly young Knights, the one was Gloriant, and the other Mallabron; they were two Knights of the Fayrey: then they all smiling saluted the King, and said. Royal King, Huon of Bourdeaux saluteth thee by us, he is King of all the Fayrey, and he will come to aid thee and to defend thy land: also he will that thou knowest, that he is Father to the fair Damsel Clariet, whom thou namest the newfound Damsel, and because thou hast banished from thee thy Son Florence, he will come to thee, to make the Peace between thee and thy Brother in law the King of Navarre, and he will make the Marriage between thy Son Florence and Clariet his Daughter. When king Garyn heard the Knight of the Fayrey, he had such joy at his heart, that he wist not what to do or say, and he came to the Knight and embraced him all weeping, and said. Sir, know for troth, my body, my life, and all that I have, I submit into the hands of the good King Huon, to do therewith at his pleasure. With those words the two Knights vanished away, no man wist how nor whether, so that every man had great marvel. King Garyn and his Lords lifted up their hands to Heaven, making the sign of the cross, recommending themselves to jesus Christ, and the two Knights rested not, until they came to the City of Momur to King Huon, and showed him what they had done and said to King Garyn, & showed Huon of the day of Battle, that was taken between the two Kings, and said. Sir, have pity of Florence, and of Clariet your Daughter, who are as now on the Sea in a great Tempest: then Huon said. Surely, I & they shall be shortly before the City of Courtoys, with a number of people, that the earth shallbe covered with them, to the intent that if either of those two Kings do contrary to my will, I shall destroy him for ever, for shortly I will, that my Daughter Clariet shall be Duchess of Bourdeloys, and she is so fair that there is none like her, and I will show the great love that I bear to her. Then Huon called to him Escleremond and said: Lady you shall see this day the thing that you much desire to see, that is your Daughter Clariet, to whom I give her the gift, that she shallbe beloved of every man, and I will that from henceforth she shall give large gifts and rewards to Ladies, Damsels, Knights, and Squires, for I will that from henceforth she have her pleasure, without suffering of any more ill or peril, for she hath suffered enough. This day was fair and clear, & within the City of Courtoys there was many people assembled, and they were in great devotion, some made service to be song, and some were confessed, and ordered themselves towards the Battle. Then King Garyn commanded every man to leap upon their horses ready armed, and the King himself mounted: then they issued out of the City, and commanded his Constables and Marshals to ordain Three Battles in the name of God. King Garyn had assembled a great number of men, he had more than Fifty Thousand men, there ye might have seen Ladies, Damsels, and Burgesses that wept for fear of their Friends, whom they saw going towards the Battle, and they went all to the walls, Colleges, and Churches to pray to God for the good speed of their King, and of their Friends. Now let us leave speaking of these two Kings, who were ready in the fields ranged in order of Battle the one against the other, and let us speak of King Huon, who called before him all his Lords of the Fayrey, there was the fair Escleremond, and Gloriant and Mallabron, and many other Knights of the Fayrey: then King Huon said. Sirs, ye all know well▪ that by the will of God, King Oberon whiles he lived gave me all his Realm, and Signiory, and puissance that he had over all the Fairy of the world, thereby than I may have all my commandments fulfilled, and since God hath given me this gift, I will not suffer the manslaughter and murder, that is like to be between the Two Kings of Arragon and Navarre: therefore I wish myself with Two Hundred Thousand men well armed, and richly by seeming and all mounted on good horses: and also I wish to have as many ●●urnished with bows and Crossbows on foot. Also I wish a Hundred Thousand to be appareled in Gowns of cloth of gold and silk, and also I wish for my Daughter Clariet, whom I have left a long time in pain and misery, whereof I repent me, for mine intention is to marry her to Florence, Son to King Garyn of Arragon, the which Florence is so fair, so hardy, and so humble and courteous, that in all the world there is none like him, I wish him and all his company, and Sorbarre with him, to be at the Haven of Courtoys. Also I wish my Tent in the meadow between the hosts of the two Kings, and I will that my Tent be such, that there be none like it in all the world, and upon the top thereof I will there be pitched a Dragon of fine gold. King Huon had no sooner made his wish, but he and all his company were there as he had devised. When the king of Navarre saw so many people, and so many Tents and Pavilions so near him, and that he saw the rich and puissant Pavilion of King Huons with the flambing Dragon, he was greatly dismayed. Then he called his Lords and Knights, and said. Sirs, behold what people yonder are before us lodging, me thinks I never saw so many together in all my life, I wot not what it should be, I am in doubt: then he called unto him two knights and said. Sirs, go thither, and know what people they be, and what they mean, and whether they be Friends or enemies, & who is chief over them. Sir, (quoth the two knights) we will not go thither, for we know not whether they be our enemies or not. When the King of Navarre understood that those knights nor none other would go thither, he was sorrowful, and as the king was thus devising, thither came the two knights of the Fayrey Gloriant and Mallabron, and Gloriant said. King of Navarre, King Huon of Bourdeaux hath sent us to you, and commandeth you that you make peace between you and king Garyn, for he will give his Daughter Clariet to your Nephew Florence, who is the fairest Lady of the world. When the king of Navarre understood these two Messengers sent from king Huon, he was right joyful, and commanded all his Lords to go with him to king Huon, they obeyed his commandment, and road with him until he came to the rich Pavilion of king Huons, whereas they alighted and were well received, than the king of Navarre saluted king Huon, who said. Sir, you be welcome: and then the king of Navarre kneeled down before king Huon, and said. Sir, I am ready to fulfil your pleasure. Then Gloriant took the king of Navarre by the arm and raised him up, and set him down by king Huon and Escleremond: then king Huon sent for king Garyn, who incontinent came to him, accompanied with a Thousand knights, & when he was come, he saluted king Huon, and said. Sir, you are welcome into my Country of Arragon, the which I offer you to do therewith at your pleasure, and Sir, all that you have commanded me to do by your two knights, I am ready to accomplish, and there he showed to king Huon all weeping, the occasion of the war and of his Son Florence, who for the love of a newfound Damsel was put in prison, whereof he repented him, for he said that there was not a fairer Damsel in the world, and for the love of her, Florence my Son is departed from me, and I think I shall never see him more. King Garyn, (quoth Huon) know for troth, that shortly you shall see them both come hither to me, for I will marry them together, the Damsel is my Daughter, and her name is Clariet, and I will you know that she is noble, and issued of a royal Lineage, there is none more noble in this Country, and she hath bought her destiny right dearly. When king Garyn knew, that the noble Damsel was Daughter to king Huon, and that he would make a marriage between her and his Son Florence, & that they should come thither shortly, he was never so joyful in all his life before: then he kneeled down before king Huon, and cried him mercy, and said. Ah Sir, how may it be, that in my old days such a grace may come to me, as to have again my dear Son, and that the noble Damsel (whom I have done so much ill unto) shall be his wife. Then King Huon rose up and said. Noble king, have no doubt but that you shall have your Son, for I cannot so soon wish for him, but they shall be both here, wheresoever they be in the worid, whereof all they that were present had great marvel. Sir, (quoth the Queen Escleremond) when shall the hour come that I may see my Daughter Clariet? and Sir, you know well that I came hither with you for none other cause. Madame, (quoth Huon) you shall see her shortly. Chap. CLXII. ¶ How Florence and Clariet arrived there with their company, and came to king Huon, and of the great joy that was made at their coming, and how there they were wedded together: and the Peace confirmed between the two Kings. WHen King Huon saw the Queen his wife weep, his heart tendered and said. Ah my dear Daughter Clariet, great pity I have of you and of Florence the hardy: I wish you both and all your company here at the Port on the Seaside, as richly appareled, as ever was Queen or Prince departing out of their house to be married, and that with you there be Ladies and Damsels richly appareled, & of the fairest that be in my Realm of the Fayrey: he had no sooner made his wish, but that Ships and Galleys arrived at the Port, and anon Florence & Clariet were in the Meadow, richly accompanied with Trumpets, Harps, Viols, and Lutes, and all other Instruments, the which sounded so melodiously, that it seemed to all the hearers that they were ravished into Paradise, and also there were Ladies and Damsels, and knights of the Fayrey singing right sweetly, the hearers thought them to be Angels of Paradise, and they were appareled richly, and garnished with precious stones, so that with the Sun shining upon them, they glittered in such wise, that whosoever had seen them, would have thought that God and all the Court of Paradise had been there assembled. Thus Florence came with 3 Thousand men making great joy. After him came riding the fair Clariet, upon a rich Palfrey ambling so freshly, garnished and richly appareled, that in all the world there was none such, the armour hanging full of silver bells, making so sweet a noise, that it was marvel to hear them, if I should describe the beauty & riches that was on her Palfrey, it would be too long to rehearse. This Lady Clariet was accompanied with two notable Ladies of the Fayrey, the one was Morgue, and the other Glorianda, who came singing after Clariet: then after came the Lady Transelina, with many Damsels of the Fayrey, great joy there was made, and then king Huon said to Escleremond his Wife. Madame, it is time that you depart, for yonder I see coming toward us my Daughter Clariet and Florence. When Escleremond heard that, she was right joyful, for the great desire that she had so see her Daughter: the Queen went forth nobly accompanied. Then king Huon and the other two kings with all their companies, with banners displayed, with great joy and triumph, went to meet Florence and Clariet: ye may well think, that king Garyn had great joy of the coming of his Son, and saw such an assembly meet there together to receive him, that he devoutly thanked our Lord God. Thus these kings and Princes went to meet these two young persons richly accompanied, and great joy had Clariet, when she saw the Queen her mother before her, and she wept for inward joy that she had, & when the Queen saw her daughter, she embraced and kissed her often times, and of a great season none of them could speak to other for joy: then King Huon came & took his Daughter out of the queens arms, and kissed her more than twenty times. Then king Garyn came unto Florence, and said. Dear Son, I have much trespassed against you, in that wrongfully I put you into my prison, and I complain greatly to you of your Uncle the king of Navarre, who hath wasted your Country. Sir, (quoth Florence) I require you to pardon mine Uncle, it is reason that I should be content that peace be made between you, and Sir, I desire you to give me this Damsel in marriage. Son, (quoth Garyn) be in surety that you shall have her and none other, for a more noble Lady cannot be found in Ten Realms. Sir quoth Florence, I thank you: and thus these Two companies joined together, and the King of Navarre came to his Nephew Florence, and embraced him & said. Fair Nephew, of your return I am right joyful. Sir, (quoth he) I am well pleased with the peace that is made between my Father and you. Thus they road until they came to the Tents, and there alighted, than king Huon called the other two kings, and said. Sirs, how say you? will ye abide by mine advise, and put into my hands the discord that hath been between you? they answered, that they were content to do as he would have them. Then king Huon said. Sirs, than my will is, that peace and accord be between you and all yours: and they liberally agreed thereto, whereof king Huon was joyful. Then king Huon desired Florence to show his adventure, and how he was rescued by Sorbarre. Then Florence showed all his adventures, and the other kings were right joyful to hear it, and all other that heard it did greatly praise Sorbarre for his deed, and much honoured him, and made him great feasting & cheer, and caused him to be christened: then king Huon said to the two kings. Sirs, I will that presently each of you do pardon other of all ill will. Sir, (quoth they) we are ready to do it, and so each of them embraced other, whereof king Huon had great joy, and so had all other Lords and Knights that were there assembled. King Garyn, (quoth Huon) incontinent I will, that your Son Florence have my Daughter in marriage, and I give them the City of Bourdeaux, Blames, and Geronnill, and all the appendants thereto belonging. When king Garyn heard the offer that king Huon had made to his Son Florence, he thanked him heartily, & so did all the other Lords, who allowed greatly that marriage. When king Garyn saw the honour, love, and courtesy that King Huon did to Florence his Son, he kneeled down, and said. Sir, my Child and yours I commit into your hands, use them at your pleasure: then by consent of both Fathers, they were wedded and spoused together all in one day, the Feast & Solemnity of this marriage endured Eight days, the king of Navarre gave unto Florence his Realm of Navarre to possess and enjoy after his decease: Of the Feasts, justs, and Tourneys that was made on those Eight days, I make no mention thereof, for it were overlong to rehearse. Then king Huon gave his Daughter Thirty Somers charged with gold and great riches, whereby the joy increased of all parts: then the Lords and other people of Arragon came to king Huon, and all weeping, they desired him to have pity and compassion of them, and that he might find some means, that they might have some recompense for the great hurts an damages that they had received, by reason of the war between these two kings, whereby they were near hand destroyed by the Nauarnes. When Queen Escleremond heard the people complain, she embraced her Husband and said. Sir, I desire you (for the love of your children) to have pity of these people, who requireth for aid, for in you is all their trust. Madame, (quoth Huon) I shall incontinent show what grace I will do for the love of you. Then king Huon commanded all the people to kneel down, and then he said. Sirs, all ye that be here assembled, to the intent that you shall not think, that the thing that I will do should be any witchcraft or illusion, but that it is by the will of jesus Christ, the gift that king Oberon gave me before he died, the which was all the puissance and dignity that he had in all the Fayrey of the world: therefore know, that by the puissance and dignity that our Lord God, made king Oberon my Predecessor to give me, I will that this Realm of Arragon, whereas it hath had damage by reason of the war, so that the Realm is sore burnt and wasted: and I will that it be again in the same case, as it was before any war began, and that all Castles & houses burnt or beaten down, be better three times then they were before, and I will that from henceforth every man serve God, and thank him of this grace that he hath sent you, than he lifted up his hands, and blessed all the people with the sign of the cross: and assoon as he had done his blessing, every thing was as he had devised throughout all the Realm. Thus was the will of jesus Christ, at the instance and prayer of the noble king Huon. Chap. CLXIII. ¶ How King Huon and Queen Escleremond departed, and how he gave great rich gifts unto the two Kings, and to all other Lords, Ladies, and Damsels: and of the sorrow that was between the Mother and the Daughter, at their departing. WHen King Huon had made his prayers to our Lord God, and that his request was granted, he thanked God: such Feasts, justs, and Tourneys as was made there during the Feast, was never seen nor heard of in any Chronicle here before. Then king Huon made him ready to depart, and he gave gifts before he departed to them that were there, and especially to Sorbarre, to whom he recommended his Daughter Clariet, & desired him not to leave her. Sir, (quoth Sorbarre) the great love that I have to you, constraineth me never to forsake her, nor them that shall come of her as long as life is in my body. When Queen Escleremond understood the departing of her Lord Huon, and saw that she must leave her Daughter, she had great sorrow at her heart, and so all weeping she came to her Daughter, and said. Right dear Daughter, you ought greatly to thank our Lord God, in that he hath cast you out of so many perils, and now to have great honour, and to be exalted like a rich and puissant Lady: therefore always set your heart on God, and serve, fear, and love him, be liberal to them that be poor, nor mock no body, neither be no jangler against your Husband, nor hearken to none ill liars, fly from Flatterers, love your Husband, keep yourself always true, to the intent that none ill report be made of you. Mark well this doctrine, for I cannot tell whether ever I shall see you again or not. When the fair Clariet heard her Mother, suddenly she began to weep, and said. Oh my right dear Lady and Mother, the departing of you and of the king my Father from me, ought sore to grieve me, since we have been together so small a time, for your departing is to me so gréevable, that it is great pain for me to bear it. Then the Mother & the Daughter clipped and kissed each other more than Twenty times, and oftener would have done if king Huon had not been, for than he took his Daughter Clariet in his arms, and kissed her often times tenderly weeping, because he knew well that he should never see her again: then he lifted up his hands, and gave her and her Husband his blessing, & showed them many fair examples and doctrines. Then the noble Queen Escleremond kneeled down, & prayed king Huon her husband, that he would counsel and advertise them what they should do. Madame, (quoth Huon) rise up, for such pity I have of them & of you, that my heart near hand faileth me, and I tarry here too long, for I must needs depart: come hither my dear Daughter and kiss me, and Son Florence, with you I leave my Daughter, and keep her well as long as God will suffer her to be with you. Then king Huon took leave of the two kings, who were right sorrowful of his departing, and he desired them always to be good Lovers together, and so took his leave, and said, I wish myself my Queen, and all my company, to be in my Palace at Momur: he had no sooner spoken the words, but that he was there, and suddenly vanished from the two Kings, whereof they and all other were greatly abashed, so that they wist not what to say, & they had thought it had been but a dream, but by reason of the great gifts & riches that he had left behind him among them. Then after all these things done, the king of Navarre took leave of king Garyn and departed, and his Nephew Florence road with him four Leagues, and then returned to Courtoys to Clariet his wife, and there they tarried two Months in great joy and solace. Then after a certain space, king Garyn (who was very old and ancient) took a sickness, whereby he passed out of this world, for whose death, Florence his Son & Clariet wept many a salt tear. Then he was buried with great solemnity, and then by all the Lords and Peers of the Realm, Florence was chosen and crowned King, and Clariet Queen: great solemnity and joy was made at their crownation. Thus with great joy and gladness, Florence and Clariet were together, so that at the last Clariet was great with child, whereof Florence and all the noble men and Commons of the Realm were joyful, and thanked our Lord God, and when the time came, the Queen was brought to bed of a fair Daughter, whereof both Father and Mother were right joyful, the which joy within a while after turned to sore weeping and great heaviness, as ye shall hear hereafter. Chap. CLXIIII. ¶ How Queen Clariet was brought to bed of a Daughter, at which deliverance the Queen died▪ and how when the young Damsel came to the age of Fifteen years, the King her Father would have had her in marriage, wherewith all his Lords were sore troubled. WHen King Florence was advertised, that his Queen was delivered of a Daughter, he thanked God, the Child was borne to the christening into the chief Church, and was named Ide, the joy of the coming of this Child, cost ●éerely to the Queen her Mother, for by reason of the pain that she endured, she departed out of this life, and so died. The Child was brought to king Florence, and when he saw her, he was joyful, and demanded how her mother did, and they thought that the matter could not be hidden nor kept secret, they said. Sir, your Queen is departed to God. When the king heard that, he fell down in a swound, so that every man feared he had been dead, and when he came to himself, he said. Ah my right dear Love, in an ill hour were you borne, for your sake I had forgotten all pain, and thought to have lived in rest with you, me thinks you be ravished and stolen away from me. Ah false death, thou art hardy to take from me that thing which I loved best, the most fairest, truest, and sweetest creature living. Then his Lords came and comforted him, the cries, complaints, and weepings rose throughout the City: all Ladies, Damsels, Burgesses, and Maidens, and all the Commons made great lamentations: that night the Queen was watched, and the next morning, with great cries and weepings the Queen was brought into the chief Church, her obsequy was done notably, and so laid in a rich Sepulture, the sorrow that the king made was never none such seen. The king was visited by the Lords of his Realm, but they could not cause him to take any solace, but a lonely now & then to go to see his dear Daughter the Lady Ide, and ever when he saw her, his sorrow renewed, and she was well nourished & brought up: and when she came to the age of Fifteen years, she was beautiful, wise, and sage, for she was brought up with Four noble Ladies, and ordered as it appertained to a kings Child, and her Father King Florence loved her so well, that he could never be satisfied with looking upon her, often times he kissed her holding her in his arms, he would never marry again for the lone of her, so much grew and increased this noble Ide, that she came to the age of Fifteen years complete, the fresh beauty and bounty that was in her, if I should describe it, it would be overlong to rehearse: but I dare well say, that in beauty as then she passed all other women of the world, for God and nature had employed all their study to form her, there was never any man that saw her but loved her, and so did her Father, so that on a day the king had his Lords about him, and Sorbarre was among them, whom the king loved dearly, and the king seeing his Daughter I'd grow and increase in all virtues, he said to his Lords. Sirs, it were good that there were some Wife found out for me, whom I will marry, if any such can be found, in all conditions like to her that I had before. When his Lords heard him, they were joyful, in that the King would marry again: Alas, they knew not the kings inward intention, but shortly after the king knew it, whereby much ill and mischief came afterward, and many a man slain, and many a Church burnt, as ye shall hear hereafter. Then the king wrote, and sent to all his Lords and knights of his Realm, to come to his Court at a day assigned: & when they were all come to the Palace, there they found the King, who humbly received them, and made them great feasting, and had them to dinner with him. When the dinner was done, the king and all his Lords went into a Garden, whereas the king would keep his Counsel, and when they were all there, and the king set in his seat, he said. Sirs, you know well I have no more Children but a Daughter, who hath been desired in marriage by divers kings and Princes, but I would not consent to marry her, nor I thought not to marry myself, for the love of her Mother whom I so dearly loved, but now I am minded to marry and to take a Wife, so that she be semblable to her that is departed: and therefore I have sent for you to show you my will and pleasure. When his Lords heard him, they were joyful and said. Sir, know for troth, there is no woman living in Christendom, but if you will have her you shall, if she be never so fair or so high of Lineage: and therefore Sir, think in yourself, whether you will that we shall go to get you a Wife. Sirs, (quoth the king) in this matter you shall not need to take any pains, for the Wife that I will have is not far from hence, it lieth in me to have her if I list. Sir, (quoth the Lords) will it please you to name her that shall be so happy. Sirs, (quoth the king) it is my Daughter I'd whom I will take to my Wife, for the great love that I had to her mother. When the Lords heard that, they beheld each other, blessing themselves at the horrible and detestable words of the king, and looked on him marvelously. Then Sorbarre, (who was of the kings privy counsel) began to speak, and said. Ah Sir, God forbid that such a shame should come to you, for it is worse than heathen to him that will pollute his own proper Daughter by himself engendered, you should not be worthy to sit in a royal Chair, and you ought to be the mirror and example to other men how they should live, will you then break the Law that God hath given us? put from you that cruelty, you shall find no man that will praise you, in so doing or thinking. When the king heard Sorbarre, he beheld him angrily and said. Sorbarre, (know for troth) but that I hold myself much bound unto you, I would strike off your head, and there is no man that speaketh to the contrary, but I shall put him to death. Then all the Lords together said to the king. Sir, do as you please, Sorbarre hath said as a noble man ought to do, for if you do otherwise, you are not worthy to bear a Crown, and so held their peace, they durst speak no more for fear of him: and also because they thought surely, that the Devil was within him to motion any such matter. When the king heard the will of his Lords, he sent for his Daughter hastily, who came with a smiling countenance, not knowing of the unreasonable will of the king her Father, and when she came before him she kneeled down, the king took her up and set her between his arms, and kissed her more than Twenty times. The Lady knew nothing of her Father's intention, none otherwise but that she thought he did it, but as a Father ought to do with his Child: then the Lords said softly one to another. Oh unhappy King, his thoughts be far unlike to his Daughters, for if she were here alone, he would dishonour her although she be his own Daughter. The King seeing his Daughter I'd so excellent fair, he said to himself, that without he had his Daughter in marriage, he should die with rage, and the King beheld her, and made her to sit down by him, and said. My dear Daughter, you are as an Orpheling on the Mother's side, wherefore I have great pity of you that you have lost her, and you resemble so much your Mother, that I think when I see you in the face, that I see her before me, and therefore I love you the better, and for this cause it is my will to take you to my Wife, for I will have none other in marriage. Chap. CLXV. ¶ Of the great sorrow that the Damsel I'd made, when she heard her Father, how he would have her in marriage: and how by the means of a noble Lady and Sorbarre, she departed at midnight, and went at the adventure that God would send her. WHen the Damsel heard her Father, her fresh red colour became pale and wan, and she cast down her looks to the earth, & said. Ah my right dear Father, take heed what you say, for if you be heard of them that be here present, you shall be greatly blamed. Then the Damsel would have risen up to have gone from her Father, but the King took her by the hand and said. My Daughter, make no danger nor refuse to follow my will, for you slay me for the love that I bear you: then all the Lords kneeled down before the King, and held up their hands, and desired the King for his own wealth and honour, that he would have pity of himself and of his Daughter, and that he would never think to do such a deed, for if he did, he should never be set by after. When the king heard his Lords, and how they reasoned with him to have turned his mind, he answered as a man full of villainy and ire, and said, that in despite of them all, and whether they would or not, he would have her to his Wife, and that if there were any so hardy as to speak to him to the contrary, he would cause them to die a shameful death, and he sore rebuked them. When the Damsel heard her Father to speak unto the Lords and Knights, than she saw well the inordinate love of her Father, and she began to weep, and said. Oh good God, I shall be shamed and lost for ever if he take me to his Wife, for both of us cannot escape without damnation: then she thought within herself, that if she could in any wise escape, she would fly away so far off, that there should never any tidings be heard of her. Then the King sent her into her Chamber with her Maidens, who were sorrowful and discomforted when they heard of that matter, for the King had commanded them to keep her well, and to ordain a rich bed for her, because the next day he would marry her. When the Damsel I'd was in her chamber, she called to her an ancient Lady, who had been her Mistress, and then she avoided all other out of her Chamber, and made semblance to sleep: and when she saw that all other were gone, she kneeled down, and held up both her hands before the Lady, and all weeping said. Ah my right dear Lady and Mistress, I come to you as a poor Orpheling without Father or Mother, my Mother is dead as you know well, but he that should be my Father, would be my Husband, the which is a thing that the earth ought not to bear, nor sustain them that would live in such manner: and therefore (dear Mistress) counsel and aid this poor discomforted Orpheling, and help me, that I may be out of the sight of him that ought to be my Father, for I had rather go into some far Country, & there to live in poverty, then to end my days with him in doing of such a deed, and at the end to be damned and lost. When the old Lady (who was right noble and sage) heard the pitiful complaint of the Damsel Ide, whom she had nourished and brought up, she answered and said. My right dear daughter, for the great love that I bear you, I shall aid and counsel you, and bring you out of this doubt, as sometime did my Brother Peter of Arragon to the Lady Clariet your Mother, he rescued her out of the hands of the Saracens, when she was in jeopardy of her life, for all your Father I shall not let to aid you. When the Damsel I'd heard the good will of the Lady, how she would aid her, all weeping she kissed her, and said. Ah my right dear Mother, the goodness that you do to me God reward you for it, for it lieth not in me: then the old Lady issued out of her Chamber, and left the Lady I'd very pensive, and went into Sorbarres' Chamber, who was as then in the Palace, for he was one of the kings privy Counsel, and when he came to his Chamber, and found the Lady there, he demanded what adventure had brought her thither, the Lady drew him apart, and showed him the request and prayer of the Damsel Ide, whereof Sorbarre (for the great pity he had of her) began to weep, and avoided his Chamber, the better to speak with the Lady at his ease, and they devised together of divers things, and at last they concluded, for the safeguard of the damsels body, that this ancient Lady should bear to her the apparel of a man, and that at the hour of midnight, she should array her therewith, and then show her and let her go out of the Palace, and come to the stable, whereas she shall find me ready, with the best horse that her Father hath, ready for her to leap upon. When the ancient Lady understood Sorbarre, she was right joyful, and thought his counsel good, and then she departed, and made ready all the apparel belonging to a man: then she came to the Damsel Ides Chamber, and showed her the conclusion that was taken between her and Sorbarre. When the Damsel heard that, she had great joy at her heart, and she clipped and kissed her: the Lady was glad when she saw her somewhat comforted, and said. Fair Lady, the King your Father hath ordained a bath for you: therefore go thither and hath with other Damsels, to the intent that the King do not suspect any thing, and when you have bathed you a certain space, let your bed be made ready, and when you are in your Chamber go to your bed, and then command me and all the Damsels to go and bathe us, & I shall keep them there so long a space, that they shall have good list to sleep, and I shall leave here by your bedside all your man's apparel, and array you therein, and then gird this sword about you, and put on your spurs, and when you are out of the Palace, go to the Stables, where you shall find a horse ready for you. Then they went into the bathing Chamber, and she in her smock ready to go into the bath, and all the other Damsels were joyful, when they saw her come thither, for they thought she had been gone to sleep, because of the displeasure that she had at her heart: then they said one to another, it seemeth that our Lady is well appeased of her sorrow, me thinks to morrow she shall be Lady and Queen, and she shall be wife and Daughter to the King her Father, the which is a thing unreasonable: then they came to her and bathed her, & feasted her as much as they might. When the Lady I'd thought that it was time to depart, she said to her Mistress and to the other Damsels, how she had bathed her enough, and that she would go into her Chamber to sleep, and bad all the other to go and bathe them, and that there should no more go with her, but two of them to have her to bed, and she said to her Mistress, that she should go and bring her with the Damsels, the which thing they did joyfully: the damsel departed and went into her Chamber, wrapped in a Mantle of sca●let. When the two Damsels had brought her to bed, they took leave of her and departed, and closed the door after them, and then they went and bathed them with others: and when the Damsel I'd felt herself all dry, she rose and arrayed her in the man's apparel aswell as she could, and took the sword and girt it about her, & put on her spurs, and then she went to a great low window on the Garden-side, and there she leapt out into the Garden as privily as she could, and so went along by the wall side until she came to the Postern, than she went out towards the Stable, and when she came there, she found a horse ready in Sorbarres' hand, and at the pommel of the saddle, a bag full of bread and flesh, & two bottles of good wine. Then the Damsel took the horse, and without any word speaking, she leapt up quickly: then Sorbarre all weeping said. My dear Daughter, God be thy guide and bring thee to safeguard, go thy way, and keep the way upon thy left hand, and follow the Seaside. Sir, (quoth she) for the goodness you have showed me God reward you, into whose safeguard I commend you: thus departed this noble Lady Ide, to eschew and fly from the ill and dishonourable will of her Father, and she entered into the Forest keeping no high way, and so she road three days along the wood, until she thought well that she was far from her Country. Now let us leave speaking of her, until we have occasion to return to her again: and let us speak of King Florence her Father. Chap. CLXVI. ¶ How King Florence was sorrowful, when he was advertised of his Daughters departing, who was appareled like a man, and how she came into Almain: and how she found certain thieves in a Forest, and how she came to Rome to the Emperor like a Squire. YE have heard here before in this History, how King Florence of Arragon would have his own Daughter the Damsel Ide in marriage, against the will of all his Lords and people, after that he had spoken with her, and commanded the bath to be ordered for her, to the intent that the next day to have her in marriage. The night approached, and after Supper the King went to his bed, and the next morning betimes, tidings was brought to the King, how the King of Navarre was come to see him, the King went to meet him, and made him great cheer, & so came together to the Palace, and then incontinent it was showed the King, how his daughter was fled away, whereof the King was so sorrowful and angry, that no man durst speak a word to him, and he went into his Daughter's Chamber, and there he found the Ladies and Damsels that had the keeping of her, the King would have run upon them, if the King of Navarre had not been, who letted him and blamed him much, when he knew the cause of her departing, and what the King would have done: then came the Horse-kéeper to the King, and said, how his good horse was stolen away the same night. Then the King as a man desperate, commanded on all sides men to ride after her, and whosoever could bring his Daughter again, or else sure tidings of her, he promised to give him a Thousand Florents of gold. There were many, that for love of that money road forth, to the number of three hundred, they road divers ways, but there was none of them that could bring any tidings of her, and so returned to the King, who was sorrowful when he could hear nothing of her. Great lamentations there was made in the City, for the going away of the Damsel, because of the fear that she had of her Father, and road upon the good horse, in the day time she would rest her in the woods, and in the night she would ride forth. Thus she pa●●ed all the Provinces of Arragon, and she passed into Lombardy, of her journeys and adventures I will make no mention, because she found nothing in the way to let her, she road so long, that she approached to the Country of Almain, and when she came there her money failed her, whereby she was constrained to sell her horse for money to live withal, and so went a foot, and at the last came to the City of Basile, and there she tarried a season, and there spent her money, so long she lay there, that she heard the Emperor of Room sent for men all about, to aid and succour him against the King of Castille, who made him great war. When she said that many noble men were going to Room, to succour the Emperor, she was joyful, and said to her Host, that if she had horse and armour, she would go with other into the wars, and thought within her sel●e, that she would gladly be acquainted with the Emperor of Room, who was named Othon, and she thought if she might she would take counsel of him, & she did so much, that she fell in acquaintance with some of the Almains, so that they were glad to see her, she seemed to them to be so fair and a young Squire, than an Almain that was there said unto her. Friend, come hither to me, and show me what thou art? Sir, (quoth she) I am to him that my service may please, for I desire nothing but to serve some noble man, but of late I was in Arragon, and there I served a Lord that is dead, wherefore I am come hither for the displeasure that I have of his death, and I can well serve a Gentleman, and keep his horse, and if need be to drive his Sompter-horse, and if I come in Battle or in Skirmish with my Master, I think he shall have a worse than I am in his company. The Almain hearing her so to speak, said: Fair Son, that thou sayst proceedeth of a good courage, therefore good must come to thee, yet I pray thee show me thy name? Sir, (quoth she) I am called Ide. Brother, (quoth the Almain) I entertain thee into my service, take heed of my horse. Sir, (quoth she) I am ready to do you the best service that I can, so the Almain had her to his Lodging. Thus she then served, that was wont to be served, for she feared if it should be perceived that she were a woman, it would be to her trouble, therefore she kept herself close and secret, and she continued three days with her Master, after the other company were gone towards Room, but her Master might not depart so soon as the other did, for his business was not ready: & then three days after they departed to go to Room, and she was armed after the custom of the Country, she served her Master so well, that he praised her. So long they road, that they came and approached near to the Country of Rome, so that on a day they entered into a great dark Forest, wherein lay in ambushment about Seavenscore Spaniards, lying there to abide their adventure, they lay in a dark Valley: and when they saw the Almains, they despised them to the death and ran upon them. Then Ide (who road before her Master) couched her Spear, and strake a Spaniard therewith clean through the body, and with the drawing out of her Spear, the Spaniard fell down dead, of the which course her master praised her, than the Spaniards ran in among the Almains, who right valiantly defended themselves, but their defence could not avail them, for at the end they were all slain, so that none escaped alive, but alonely Ide, who did bear herself so valiantly, that she slew Four of the Spaniards, but when she saw that her master and all his company were slain, with her sword in her hand all bloody, she fled away, and road out of the way, and took a little path, the which brought her to a Rock, and there she alighted, and tarried in the wood all that night until the next morning, she had so great hunger & thirst, that she was near hand famished, for she had ridden all the day without meat or drink, and in the morning she looked all about her, and saw in an arbour about Thirty thieves, sitting at a Table eating and drinking at their pleasure: and when the Damsel saw them, for the great rage of hunger that she suffered, constrained her in such wise that she forgot all fear & went unto them. When the thieves saw her, one of them said to his fellows, I see yonder coming a Squire mounted upon a good horse, the which shallbe ours: and when I'd approached to them, she humbly saluted the company and said. Sirs, if it may please you to let me eat and drink with you, I will pay for my shot. Friend, (quoth one of them) is there any man that hath been your guide in this Forest? Sirs, (quoth Ide) God hath been my conduct and none other: then one of the thieves stepped forth, and took her horse by the bridle, and said to his company. Sirs, lay on, strike him down, he shall never eat nor drink more, his horse shall not escape me. When the Damsel saw that she was taken, she was in great fear, & she durst make no countenance to defend herself, there were so many thieves upon her, and she thought to humble herself which should be more profit, and said. Sirs, why make you that hast to slay me? little shall ye win thereby nor looze, hold here my sword, I yield myself into your hands, and I pray you (in the honour of jesus Christ) to give me some meat and drink, for I am so hungry, that I am almost famished. Then the master Thief said: squire, have no fear to be stricken, thou shalt have no more hurt then myself, but thou shalt have all that thou lackest, go thy way and sit down, and eat and drink at thy pleasure. Sir, (quoth Ide) I thank you. Then the Damsel sat down with them, and did eat & drink at their pleasure: and when they had all eaten and were risen up, the thieves began to strive among themselves, saying to their chief master, how he had done ill that he would not suffer them to slay the Squire: then another answered, & said. how there should be no hurt done unto him, because he was so fair a young man and so courteous, and said, that it should be great damage to slay him, and that it were better to keep him still with them, and to learn him to steal and to murder men, and if he will not so do, than it were good reason to slay him. When Ide understood the thieves, she was in great fear, & called upon our Lord God, praying him humbly in her great need to aid and succour her: then the chief master demanded what was her name, than she answered in great fear to be slain, and said. Sir, my name is Ide, and I am of the Realm of fance, and we were in company when we departed out of our Country about forty Gentlemen, we were going to have served the Emperor of Rome, who hath now war with the King of Spain, and we found in our way about seven score Spaniards in ambushment, lying in a Valley, so they set upon us, and slew all my company, none escaped but myself: and therefore Sirs, I pray you let me have again my horse and my sword, and show me the way to Rome, it would be a great alms deed to show me that courtesy. Nay, (quoth the master Thief) that we will not do, but thou shalt tarry with us, and learn to be a Thief and a Murderer, and if thou wilt not thus do, with my Sword I shall strike off thy head. Sirs, (quoth Ide) you would have me to do a thing that I was never accustomed to do, nor none of my Lineage, nor I have no intention to do any such works, therefore I pray you let me have my horse and my sword, than you do me great courtesy, and when I am mounted upon my horse, if one of you will defy me, and if I defend not myself from him, then strike off my head. I have bought my meat and drink very dear, if I should looze my horse: then the master Thief said. Because I see that thou art so hardy, I will wrestle with thee, upon this covenant, that if thou cast me, thou shalt be one of our company, and if thou be cast to the earth, than I will have thy horse and thy Sword, and spoil thee of all thy clothes. Then I'd said: I am content thus to do, so that you withdraw your men from me, and set my horse by me, and my sword tied to my saddle bow, for it is a common proverb, that a man is taken for a Fool that putteth his trust in a Thief. When the thieves heard that, they could not forbore laughing, and they had great desire to see this wrestling betwixt them, than they withdrew back, and set his horse there by him: then the noble Damsel I'd quickly took the Thief, who thought to have borne her to the earth, but she drew him so sore to her, that he could scarce have any breath, and therewith she cast him so rudely to the earth against a stone that he was therewith in a swound, and with the fall his teeth burst in his mouth. When Ide saw the Thief in that danger, she went quickly to her horse and mounted up: then she drew out her sword▪ and said. Ah ye wild thieves, your treason shall not avail you, for ye have all thought violence and treason against me, go & help your master who lieth yonder, I think he shall ever remember this wrestling between us, and I have now no doubt of you all, though you were a Hundred more, for if I can I shall make you all be hanged and strangled, than the quickest and the lightest Thief among them stepped forth & took him by the bridle of his horse: and when she saw that, she lifted up her Sword, and strake the Thief upon the hand, so that the hand flew from his body and hanged still upon her bridle, than he ran away, thinking to die with the pain of his hand: and then she dashed in among the thieves, for they had no weapons about them to defend themselves withal, but they were there to their folly, nor they had no fear of that which fell, nor they believed not that such a young Squire should have had such hardness and force: then she fought fiercely among them, and cut off arms and shoulders, and clave some to the brains, she did so much, that she slew five of the thieves before she dep●rted, and when she saw time to depart, she spurred her horse, for by that time the residue of the thieves had gotten weapons, and they followed her to have slain her or her horse, than she departed with the spurs, her horse was good, therefore anon she was far from them, than the thieves saw they lost but their labours to follow any further: therefore they let her go. When Ide saw that she was escaped their hands, she humbly thanked our Lord God, desiring him to aid and conduct her into some safeguard, and she road so long, that she issued out of the great Forest: Of her journeys and lodging I will make no mention, but she sped so in her journey, that she arrived at the noble City of Room, and she took up her lodging near to the Palace, whereas the Emperor was devising with his Lords of the Feats of war: then I'd went thither, & kneeled down and saluted the Emperor and all his Lords. When the Emperor and the Romans that were there saw the goodly young man, who so humbly saluted them, they regarded him much, for the beauty that they saw in him: then the Emperor said unto him. Fair Son, show me what you be, and from whence you come, that thus cometh hither to me? Sir, (quoth Ide) I am a Squire, that came now strait from Almain, whereas I have served a certain time, and little there I have won, whereof I am sorry, and but lately I was in place where divers Spaniards and other were in company, & they had great desire to make war, and they went to the king of Spain your enemy, but before they had gone far, they that were in my company met with them, and there we fought together and slew the most part of them, and there I was a little hurt: and now Sir, I am come to you to serve your grace, if my small service may please you, and in the best wise that I can, I shall serve you truly. Chap. CLXVII. ¶ How the Damsel I'd was entertained with the Emperor of Room, and how the Lady Olive his Daughter was enamoured of Ide, weening she had been a man: and how the King of Spain came before the City of Room: and how the noble Damsel I'd took the King of Spain in battle, and discomfited him. WHen the Emperor heard Ide speak, he beheld her well, and saw how she was big and great, and thought that in all his life he never saw so fair a young man, and as the Emperor was talking with Ide, there came to them Olive the emperors Daughter. Then all the Lords rose up at her coming, and she sat down by her Father, and greatly beheld the young Squire, and much she praised him in her courage, because of the marvelous great beauty that was in her, weening that she had been a man. This Olive was so fair, so sweet, and so meek, that (for her bounty and humility) she was beloved of every man: then the Emperor demanded of Ide what her name was, and from whence she came? Sir, (quoth she) my name is Ide, and I was borne at Terrascon, and I am kin to Duke names of Bavier, and to Aymerie of Narbon, and to Gillerme the Scot: but by the kinsmen of Ganelon, I was chased and banished out of my Country, & since I have endured much pain and poverty. Then the Emperor said: Friend, thou art of a good kindred, I entertain thee into my Court, for the bounty that I think to be in thee, and also for thy good Lineage. Sir, (quoth Ide) God give me grace that I may do you such service, that it may be to your pleasure. Daughter Olive, (quoth the Emperor) for the love of you, I have entertained this Squire to serve you. Father, (quoth Olive) I thank you, for it seemeth that he is come of a good Stock, and I had no Servant a great season that better contented me: then the Emperor said unto Ide. My Friend, serve me well, behold here my Daughter whom I love entirely, and to whom I deliver you to serve her, I have no more Children but she, and therefore serve her truly, as a man ought to do that is come of such a Lineage as you are, if you serve her well and truly, you had never in all your life so good adventure. Sir, (quoth Ide) I shall do so much, that by the grace of God, you and she shall be well content, and Sir, there is nothing lightly but I can do it, to serve a noble man, and in the war I shall defend myself I trust aswell as another, and also I can serve at a Table before a King or Queen. Friend, (quoth the Emperor) if you can do thus as you say, you are welcome hither, and you shall far the better, and I am joyful of your coming to serve me, you shall never have need to go out of my service. When Ide heard the Emperor, she humbly thanked him: and thus was Ide entertained with the Emperor, whereas she did so much by her good service, that the Emperor & his daughter, and all they of the Court, loved and praised her, and the Damsel Olive often times gladly regarded Ide, and began in her heart sore to love her, and Ide (who perceived her) prayed our Lord God, that he would so deal, that she be not accused neither of man nor woman. She gave alms often times to poor men, and she visited gladly the holy Church, she demeaned herself in such wise, that of every man she was beloved & praised: often times she prayed to God for King Florence her Father, although she was chased and fled out of her Country by his occasion and cause, yet she always prayed to God that she might be agreed with him. Thus this Damsel I'd was in this danger, serving the Emperor and his Daughter Olive the space of two Months, and on a day she was in the Palace with the Emperor, and thither came in great haste a Messenger, and came and saluted the Emperor, and said. Sir, know for troth, that the King of Spain with great puissance is entered into your Empire of Rome, and wasteth all before him with fire and sword, & many a Roman he hath slain, and he hath sworn by his Law, that before a month be passed, he will be within your City of Rome with all his puissance, and he saith, that he will have his pleasure of your Daughter, and to make you to die a shameful death, because you have refused to give him your Daughter in marriage. Sir, it had been better for you that he had married your Daughter, than so many men should have been slain, & so many Towns burnt and destroyed, and Castles beaten down. Sir, go quickly against him, and defend your Country, or else you shall see him shortly pitch up his Tents & Pavilions before this City. When the Emperor heard the messenger, he studied a great season, and looked upon Ide, and said. Friend, counsel me, for I thought full little, that these men of war would have come upon me, and now they wast and destroy my Land. Sir, (quoth Ide) trouble not yourself for it, comfort yourself, and rejoice your Lords and Servants, and let me have men to fight with them, and I will look upon them before they come any nearer, and by the grace of God, I shall cause them to buy dearly the destruction that they have made in your Country, if God save my life, & my sword hold. When the Emperor heard the valiant courage of Ide, he praised her much in his heart, and said. Friend, your reason pleaseth me well, and therefore I shall do you that honour, as to make you a Knight, whereby your Prowess and hardiness shall increase. Sir, (quoth Ide) of the honour that you will do to me, I am right joyful, and I thank you thereof: then the Emperor came unto Ide, and girt about him a good sword and a rich, it was so good, that there was none like it in goodness, neither sharper nor harder, and then the Emperor gave her the necke-stroake of Knighthood, and said. Ide, remember this order the which you have received this day, and I pray God that it may be to the increase of your honour, and eue● beware that your thoughts be not light nor wavering, but rather sage, discreet, and temperate, and be hardy in Battle, and cast away from you all fear, and when you have won any goods or riches, keep them not locked in your Coffers, but distribute them to poor Knights, the which shall increase and exalt your honour, and always love the holy Church, if you do thus, you cannot fail to come to great honour, and ever show your virtue against your enemies. Sir, (quoth Ide) by the grace of God I shall so do, and there is no Spaniard but that shall wish himself to be on the other side of the Sea: then every man arrayed them in the Palace and in the City, & then Trumpets, Drums, and Horns began to sound in the City, so that all the Chivalry and Commonalty of the City were ready armed: then they came all before the Palace, and presented themselves to the Emperor, who did command them that day to follow and obey the commandment of Ide, whom he committed that day to do and be as chief Captain, & said. Sirs, look that you do as much for him as you would do for me, and ye know well, that I am old and feeble, and can bear armour no longer, nor I am not able to ride as I might have done before this time: wherefore I desire you, and also command you all on pain of your lives, to do every thing as he commandeth in stead of me, aswell as though I did command you in mine own person, for he that doth the contrary, he shall lose his head without any other redemption. Then they all said they would so do since it was his pleasure. Then the noble Emperor caused Ide to be richly armed, and then delivered him his own horse, who was so good that his like could not be found in any Country, then I'd mounted up quickly with helmet, shield, and a good Spear: and I'd took leave of the Emperor, and of the Lady Olive, & so road through the City of Room with all his Host, & when they were without the City, I'd ordained Three Battles, the two first battles were led by two great Lords, and the Third Ide did guide: and thus with banners displayed, they advanced forth towards their enemies. The Spaniards thought surely that all had been theirs, because they saw of all the way that they had come, no manner of defence made against them, but it is an old saying, that many things remaineth of foolish thoughts as it did with the Spaniards, for they thought surely that the City of Rome was won, but if God aid and succour the Damsel Ide and her Chivalry, she should take from them ere it were night, their hope to have any Victory. She road by her Battles and encouraged her men, and moved them to do valiantly, and thus they approached towards their enemies. Great joy and noise there was when the Battles encountered together, the shot flew so thick on both parts, that it seemed to be snow and hail. I'd encountered with a Knight Nephew to the King of Spain, he received such a stroke, that for all his armour, Ides Spear went clean through his body, so that the Knight fell to the earth with his feet upward, and so died miserably among the horse feet: then I'd said, of God be thou cursed, in an ill hour thou camest hither to receive such an offering, I challenge from you all the Empire of Rome, than she said to herself. Good Lord God, I require thee humbly this day to aid and succour me a poor fugitive: therewith she spurred her horse, and with the same spear she slew another great Baron of Spain, and so slew with the same Spear divers other, & when the Spear was broken, she drew out her sword, the which the Emperor had given her: then she came to a notable Duke of Spain Uncle to the King, to whom she gave such a stroke with her good sword, that she clave his head to the teeth, and so he fell down dead, than she dashed into the thickest press, and ever did choose out the greatest personages, and slew many of them, for she thought the more that were slain of the great men, the more should her enemies be afraid: therefore she chose out such one after another. And also the Romans fought valiantly, so that by the high Prowess of Ide, and of the good Chivalry of the Romans that were with her, they made the Spaniards abashed, and caused them to fly away, and had never returned again if the Duke of Argon, with three Thousand Knights in his company had not been, who made them that fled to return again. Then there began again a fierce Battle, and many a man slain, the Romans did valiantly, by the aid and comfort of Ide their Captain, she road into the thickest of the press, and bore down the Spaniards on all sides, that it was pity to see, great was the noise, piteously cried out the hurt men lying among the horse feet, which were beaten down to the earth, than the King of Spain came into the Battle with his sword in his hand, and encountered with a great Lord of Rome which was Cousin to the Emperor, the King gave him such a stroke upon the helmet, that he clave his head into the brains, and then the King slew another: then Ide (who saw that) was sorrowful, and said. I ought little to be praised, without I revenge the death of these two Lords slain by the King of Spain: then she road to the King, and gave him such a stroke upon the helmet, that all the circles with stones and pearls flew down to the earth, and stroke away part of his coif, hair, and skin, and if the King had not turned his head, it had been cloven to the teeth, & the sword glanced and lighted upon his horse neck, and strake it clean asunder, and so the horse fell down dead and the King to the earth, whereof the Spaniards were sore abashed, thinking their King had been slain, so they fled away, and left him there lying on the earth in a trance, in such sort, that he could neither see, hear, nor speak one word: then the Damsel I'd took him, and delivered him to two noble Lords of the emperors Court, and when he revived, he was made to swear and promise to be a true Prisoner. Those two Lords went with the King of Spain into the City of Rome, and presented him unto the Emperor from Ide, whereof the Emperor thanked God that he had sent Ide thither to serve him: then the King was set in a strong Tower, and I'd was without still doing marvels in arms, so that every man was abashed thereof, & the Spaniards made her way. Finally, by the high Prowess of the Damsel Ide, the King of Spain was taken and all his men discomfited, happy was he that might escape to save his life, the chase endured long, wherein many were slain and taken. Then Ide and her company returned to their Tents and Pavilions, and there they found great riches, the which was brought out of Spain, and was given and distributed to them that had deserved it. Great joy was made in the noble City of Rome, for the Battle was well seen over the walls, and especially the Lady Olive, had well regarded the high prowess of Ide, whereby she loved her so in her heart, that she smiled with joy, and said to herself. To yonder young Knight I do give my love, the which I never granted before to any man living, but it is good right and reason that I grant my love to Ide, such like words Olive said to herself. Chap. CLXVIII. ¶ How the Emperor of Room highly received the noble Damsel Ide, and of the honour that was made unto her, and how the Emperor made her Constable of his Empire: And how the king of Spain was delivered out of prison, and made homage unto the Emperor. AFter that the Battle was done and finished, and the booty distributed, I'd with great triumph accompanied with Lords and Knights entered into the City of Room, and the Emperor was informed of the coming of Ide, and of her valiant deeds, by whom the Victory was obtained, & how that none could endure against her, whereof the Emperor had such joy at his heart, that he wist not what to do, and he thanked our Lord God, that the matter went so to his honour and glory, therewith I'd came to the Palace, whereas she was received with great joy with all the Colleges of the City, and when the Emperor saw her, he arose and embraced her, and said. My true Friend Ide, of your coming I am right joyful, for this day you have done such honour to our Empire, that you ought to be honoured for ever, and because you have done us such service, we will that you shall be the mirror for all other Knights, to encourage them to do well: we therefore make you our first Chamberlain, and high Constable of all our Roman Empire, and all my Lands and Signiories I abandon, to be at your commandment in all things that you think reasonable to be done, for I will and command that all my Lords do obey you. Sir, (quoth Ide) of this honour I thank you, God give me grace that I may always persever, to do that thing which shallbe to you agreeable, and profitable to your Countries and Signiories. Then the Emperor sent for the King of Spain out of prison, and when he was come, he kneeled down and said. Sir, I require you to have pity of me: the Emperor answered fiercely, and said. King of Spain, for what cause are you come out of your Country of Spain, and thus to destroy and waste mine Empire? you have slain many of my Lords and Knights, who never did you any displeasure, and besides that you have burnt many of my Towns, and beaten down my Castles, whereof I am sorry, seeing that I nor none of mine did you never any displeasure: and because that all evil aught to be punished, and all good deeds rewarded, before ever I drink any wine, I shall cause your head to be stricken off, for any man's speaking to the contrary, I shall not fail to do it. When the King heard that, he was in great fear, and humbly prayed him to have pity him, and said, how he was ready to make amends for all his trespasses, and to repair again all the ill damages done by him, or caused to be done within the Empire, and therewith to do homage and fealty unto him, and to hold the Realm of Spain of him: promising also, if any war were made against the Emperor, he would come and succour him with twenty Thousand men at his own proper costs and charges, and to be with him against all men that would trouble him: then the Emperor said. King of Spain, know for troth, that for all your promise and words, I will do but little for it, for you shall not escape from me: then the damsel I'd stepped forth, and said to the Emperor. Sir, I have often times heard say, that he that humbleth himself and crieth for mercy, than reason requireth that he should have mercy granted him: and therefore Sir, I require you to receive this ●ing to your grace, and pardon his trespass, séing the offers that he hath offered to do, that he will become your Liegeman, & hold his Land of you, and amend the damages that you have suffered: he that reason offereth, aught to have have reason, and you ought to thank God, since such a man as he is, putteth himself into your hands. When the Emperor understood Ide, he said. Friend Ide, your wit and courtesy is to be allowed▪ and because I know that the counsel that you give me is reasonable, I will do as you will have me, take you him, and by you he shall be delivered. Sir, (quoth Ide) I thank you. When the King of Spain saw that he should have grace, and that with amends making he should be delivered, he thanked God, and did homage to the Emperor, and delivered sufficient pledges to make restitution as he had promised: then the Emperor gave him a safe conduct until he came into his own Country, and all the other Prisoners were delivered, such as were taken in the Battle by the Romans, than the King of Spain was joyful, and often times thanked the Damsel Ide, by whose means this bounty and courtesy was showed him. Then he took his leave of the Emperor & of Ide, and of all other Lords and Knights that were there present, and so he returned into his Country of Spain, whereas he was received with sore weepings, for the great loss that he had received. Now we shall leave speaking of him, and return to our matter. Chap. CLXIX. ¶ How the Emperor gave his Daughter Olive in marriage to the Damsel Ide, knowing none other but that she had been a man, and how she was appeached by a Varlet, that heard their devices whiles they were in bed together, whereby the Emperor would have burnt the Damsel Ide. AFter that the King of Spain was departed from Room, the Emperor honoured and praised much Ide for the good service that she had done, who ever better and better persevered in good service doing, for she did so much by her wit, that all discords and debates that were in the Empire between Lords or Neighbours, she set them in peace and accord, wherefore the Emperor loved her in such wise, that without her he did nothing, and the emperors Daughter Olive loved her in such wise, that she could not live one day without the sight of her, she was so taken with love, thinking that she never saw so goodly a young man. And so on a day, the Emperor assembled his Lords and his privy Counsel, to whom he showed, and said, that he had but one Daughter, the which as then was of lawful age, wherefore he would that she should be married, to the intent that she might have heirs to enjoy his Lands after his decease, and said. Sirs, I think if all the world should be searched, there could not be found a man so worthy to have my Daughter Olive in marriage, as our well-beloved Constable the valiant Ide, by whom so noble service hath been done unto us and to our whole Empire, for I would before I die that she should be married, and I think I cannot better bestow her, for in all the world there is not a more valiant Knight than Ide is, nor that is more worthy to govern an Empire or a great Realm. When the Lords understood the Emperor, they all allowed his mind, and counseled him to do the same: then the good Emperor called to him Ide, and said. My dear Friend, for the great service that you have done, I will reward you as by reason I am bound to do, and I cannot give you a more richer thing nor that I love better, than Olive my dear Daughter, whom I will give you in marriage, and I will that you take her to your wife, to the intent that after my days you may govern mine Empire, for now I feel myself aged and feeble, wherefore I shall be content, that from henceforth you have the governing thereof, and now I deliver to you my Land in keeping, to govern it as your own. Ah Sir, (quoth Ide) what is that you say? you know well, that I am but a poor Gentleman, banished out of my Country, and I am worth nothing, great damage it should be to so noble a Damsel, to be assigned to such a poor man as I am. Sir, I cry you mercy, humbly requiring you to take advice, that your Daughter (who is so fair) may be married to some high Prince & puissant, to the intent that if you should have any bus●nesse, that he might be of power to aid and succour you, for I am poor, and aught always to travail and to take pains, to get honour for me, and to increase my Lineage. What, (quoth the Emperor) are you so hardy as to refuse my Daughter, by whom great wealth and goodness may come to you? Sir, (quoth Ide) since it is so, that it pleaseth you to show me this honour, I will not refuse it, but Sir, I say it to this intent, that you should take good advise therein, and seeing you are content that I shall thus do, and that it is your pleasure, I am content, and I humbly thank your grace of the honour that you bear me. Then the Emperor sent for his Daughter, who came unto him with a glad heart, for she had been advertised of the matter why her Father sent for her, and then the Emperor said. Daughter, you must promise me to do as I shall show you. Dear Father, (quoth she) it is not in me, nor I will not refuse any thing that is your pleasure. Daughter, (quoth the Emperor) you do well so to answer me, and because I have no more but you, that aught to have my Realm after me, therefore I will that you take a Husband to the intent that your Lands and Signiories may be defended by him, and therefore, I will that you take to your Husband our Captain the valiant Ide, whom I love entirely, this is my pleasure and agreement of all my Lords, if it be your pleasure to have him, he shall be King and you Queen after my decease. Sir, (quoth the Lady) I am ready to fulfil your pleasure and to obey your commandments, and I thank God of this fair adventure that is fallen to me this day, for I shall have him that I love best, I have not now lost my time, when I shall have at my will him whom I love best in all the world▪ then she kneeled down before her Father, and thanked him of his guilt: and then she rose and kissed her Father, and said. Right dear Father, I require you to hasten that this may be done, let us go to the Church to be wedded, for me thinks we ought so to do. When the Lords heard the Lady, they laughed at her haste: and then the Emperor said. Daughter, come forth and fiance your Husband, and you I'd approach near, and now after my death I give you all mine Empire, and I give you my dear daughter, in recompense of the good service that you have done me. When Ide understood the Emperor, all her blood changed, and she wist not what to do, all her body trembled for fear, and she called upon our Lord God right piteously to herself, and prayed him to have pity of her, and to counsel her what was best for her to do, for she saw that perforce the Emperor would marry her to his Daughter, and said. Ah my Father Florence, by you & by your disordinate rage, I am now brought to this case, when you made me to depart, because you would have had me to your wife, but before I would have consented thereto, I had rather to have been burnt: therefore I fled away to eschew that shame, whereby I have been since in many perils, from the which by the will of God I have escaped, whereof I ought to thank him, & I thought to keep myself within Room secret, and that no man should know that I am a woman: but I shall be accused by the emperors Daughter, whose love is so much set on me, that I have no power to escape, without I steal away privily from them all: and if I show them what I am, I may then have some villainy and be accused, and sent unto the King my Father, or else to send him word where I am, and then in great hast he will send for me, or else if I will escape, I must fly away over the Sea, howbeit, I speak but like a Fool, seeing this fortune is fallen unto me, to have the Emperor's Daughter in marriage and his Empire, I will wed her, and do as God will give me grace to do. All this the Damsel I'd spoke to herself. Then she said to the Emperor: Sir, since it is your pleasure to give me your Daughter in marriage, I am ready to take her. Then they were led to the Minster-church, and there they were fianced, whereof great joy was made in Room, than the day of marriage came, and the fair Olive was led to the Church between two Kings, and I'd went afore very sadly, and so came to the Church, & there they were wedded. Then great was the triumph and joy in the City of Room, many a rich garment of gold and silk was worn that day, and every man ran to see the new Brides: then they went to the Palace and so to dinner. Of the Feasts, sports, and rich meats that were there that day, if I should show it, the time would be overlong to rehearse it, but since Room was first founded, it was not known that there had been such a Feast as this wedding, for no body thought but that I'd had been a man: and after Supper, when it was time to go to rest, the Brides were brought into their Chamber, than the Lady Olive went to her bed, than came Ide, and the Chamber avoided, and she locked fast the door, to the intent that none should hear them, than she came to bed, and laid her down on the bedside, and said to Olive. My right sweet Love, God give you good night, for as for me, I can give you no good, because I feel such a disease, the which grieveth me sore, and therewith she kissed Olive, who answered and said. My sweet Lover, you are the thing in the world that I most desire, for the bounty and sweetness that I know in you, then do with me as it shall please you, and to the intent that you shall not think, that I have so great desire, that you should do the thing which of right aught to be done between man and Wife, I am content to forbear it Fifteen days, and because that divers folks are here about to hear us, I am content to give you truce, for we shall have time enough hereafter to sport us, and I know such nobleness in you that I am sure you will take none other Wife, nor touch none other, but that you will keep your faith and troth to me, for I am chaste and so shall you find me, it sufficeth me to kiss you, & as for the privy love, I am content for this time (since it is your pleasure) to forbear it. Then I'd answered: Fair Lady, I will not refuse your will, thus they passed that night with clipping and kissing. Then in the morning they arose and made them ready, and came into the Palace, the Emperor beheld Olive his Daughter, to see if she were any thing changed, and said. Daughter, how is it with your new husband? Sir, (quoth she) even as I desire, for I love Ide my Husband better than I love you, although you are my Father, at that word the Emperor and all his Lords laughed: so great joy and feasting was there made, that it endured Eight days. Then every man took leave and went whether as they listed, and after the Fifteen days were expired, that I'd had lain with Olive, I'd touched her not but with kissing, whereof Olive was sorrowful, and said to herself. Oh good Lord, I was engendered in an evil hour, when I have married with the goodliest person of the world, and the most worthy, and hardy that ever was girt with a sword, or road on horse, he maketh no semblance to do that thing which I have so sore desired: then she drew near to Ide and touched her, and Ide (who knew well what her desire was) turned toward her, and would hide himself no longer from her, but all weeping cried her mercy, and showed her from the beginning to the ending the manner of all her adventure, and how that she was a woman, and was fled away because her Father would have married her himself. And when Olive understood Ide, she was right sorrowful, howbeit, she comforted Ide, and said. My right sweet Lover, discomfort not yourself, for you shall not be accused by me neither to no man nor woman living, we are wedded together, and I will be good and true to you, since you have kept yourself so truly, with you I will use my time, & pass my destiny since it is thus, for I see well that it is the pleasure of our Lord God. Thus as Olive and Ide were devising together of their secrets, a Page being in a Chamber that joined close to their Chamber, heard well all their secret words and communication, what each of them had said to the other, than he in all haste went to the Emperor, and showed him all that he had heard between the two Lovers. When the Emperor heard that, he was right sorrowful, and said. Fellow beware what thou sayest, look that thy report be true, for if I find it contrary, thou shalt die an ill death. Sir, if it be not as I have said, and that I'd be not a woman whom you take for a man, strike off my head. Then the Emperor made him to be taken and kept, to the intent to prove the troth, for he thought that matter strange to believe: then he called to him the Lords of his privy Counsel, and he showed them the matter, whereof they had much marvel, seeing the great virtue and high Prowess that was in Ide, and they greatly complained of the matter and were sorrowful: then the Emperor (who was right pensive) swore and made promise, that if he found the matter in that case, he would cause both his Daughter and Ide to be burnt, because of hiding of that strange case, and said. If I'd had discovered the matter to me betimes, my Daughter should never have married her, and the matter now kept close from me, I shall never have joy at my heart until I know the troth. Then he commanded a bath to be made ready in his own Chamber, wherein he would have Ide to be bathed, to the intent that he might know the troth before she escaped away, for he said that he would not suffer no such falsehood to be used: the bathing was made ready, and I'd was sent for, who knew nothing of that matter, than the Emperor said to her. I'd do off your clothes, for you shall bathe you with me. When Ide heard the Emperor, she was sore abashed, and said. Sir, I pray you to forbear it for this time, because I have not been accustomed to be bathed: then the Emperor said. I will not forbear it, because I will see you naked, for if I find that true which hath been showed me, both you and my Daughter shall be burnt. When Ide heard that, she saw that she was betrayed and lost, than she kneeled down before the Emperor and cried him mercy, and required him to have pity of her, and the Emperor in great haste sent for his Lords, who were in the Hall talking together, and were sorrowful for Ide whom they loved entirely, so they came to the Emperor, and found I'd before him on her knees sore weeping, in such sort, that for pity of her they wept all, than the Emperor showed them all the deed: wherefore ye must needs see justice to be done upon Ide, who then by the Peers and Lords of Room was judged to be burnt. Then it was commanded, the fire to be made ready to burn her, the which was done: and I'd before the Emperor abiding her judgement, with her hands joined lifted up towards Heaven, making pitiful prayers to our Lord God, and to the holy Ghost, praying them to have pity of her soul, and to receive it into the holy Paradise, for she saw well that the end of her life was come. Chap. CLXX. ¶ How our Lord God made great Miracles for Ide, for God made her to change from the nature of a woman and to become a perfect man, whereof the Emperor and his Daughter Olive had great joy, and so Ide and Olive lay together, and engendered a fair Son named after Croissant. And of the death of the Emperor. THe same hour that I'd was in her prayers, there appeared suddenly in the Chamber a great clear light, and therewith a marvelous sweet odour, that it seemed all the Chamber to be full of essence & spices Aromatic: then presently after they heard an Angellike voice sent from our Lord God, and said. Thou Emperor of Rome, our Lord God commandeth thee by me, that thou be not so hardy as to touch Ide, to do her any hurt, for our Lord God hath given her the grace for the goodness that is in her, he doth consent and will by his divine puissance, that she be changed in nature, and to become a perfect man, as all other be without any difference: & also God commandeth, that the Page whom thou hast in prison, that thou settest him at liberty, for the which he showed thee was of troth, this morning I'd was a woman, but now she is a man. Also God commandeth thee to make thyself ready, for thou shalt live here in the world but Eight days longer, therefore from hence forth let Ide and Olive thy Daughter have the governing of thy Empire, who before this year be passed shall have between them a Son, who shall be named Croissant, who shall do marvels when he cometh to age, many adventures and poverties he shall suffer in his youth, but afterward he shall have joy and wealth enough: and with those words the Angel vanished away, and left the Emperor and his Lords and all the people of Rome in great joy, for the evident Miracle that our Lord God had sent by the prayer of Ide, who with Olive his Wife had great joy, and thanked our Lord God. Then the Feast and triumph began again at Rome, that day passed, and the night came, and Ide and Olive went to bed together, and took their sport in such wise, that the same night was gotten and engendered the fair Croissant, whereby the joy doubled in the City of Rome, and the next day Ide came to the Palace with other Lords. And the Emperor was in his Chamber making of his Testament, for he had not forgotten the words of the Angel, so he lived Eight days longer, and on the Ninth day he died, and he was borne into the great Church of Saint Peter, where his obsequy was done solemnly, and laid in his Tomb the which was ordained for him as it appertained, his Son in law and his Daughter mourned, according to the custom then used, and then after Eight days were passed, all the noble Lords of the Country came to the Court, and crowned Ide Emperor and Olive his Wife Empress, great joy and feasting was made at their Coronation. And when Olive the Empress approached her time, she was delivered of a fair Son, and when he was christened, he was named Croissant, that is to say growing, because the Moon the same time was increasing. Of the cheer that Ide and his Lords made at the birth of his Child, need not to be rehearsed, for you may well think it was as great as ever was any before. Then the time came that the Empress was churched, whereof great joy was made, this Child was well nourished, and two notable Ladies had the keeping of him until he was Seven years of age: then a noble Knight and an ancient was set about him, and a wise, and a great Clerk to teach him cunning, for commonly it is said, that a King without learning or cunning, is compared to an Ass crowned: Often times the Father and the Mother would visit their Child, he was kept to School until he was Fifteen years of age, & he was so good a Clerk, that there was none in the City of Rome, but that he could well dispute with him and assoil his questions: of his beauty, greatness, force, humility, & good virtues, wherewith he was endued, if I should describe them, it would be overlong to rehearse, whereof Ide and his Mother Olive had such joy, that they wist not what to do, but alonely to thank God of his grace, for their Child grew so in bigness & strength, that every man was thereof abashed, in such wise, that at that time there could not be found in the City of Rome of his age none so great, nor so high of stature, whereof his Father, and his Mother, and all the noble Lords, and Knights were right joyful. Chap. CLXXI ¶ How King Florence sent two Knights to Rome to the Emperor his Son, desiring him to come and see him, and leave the Empire of Rome to his Son Croissant, and to set noble men about him to guide him: And also to bring with him the Empress, the fair Olive. THe Emperor and the Empress seeing their Son to grow, and amend every day in all good works, they thanked God, praying him to give him the grace from better to better to persever: so it fell, that upon a Whitsunday the Emperor and the Empress held estate Royal at their Palace, for the solemnity of that day, & there was many Kings, Dukes, Earls, Barons, Duchess', and Ladies, and whiles they were in the midst of their dinners, there arrived Two notable ancient Knights: and when they were entered into the Palace, they came before the Emperor, and kneeled down, and said. God that created us, save and keep the noble King Florence of Arragon, and of Navarre, and Duke of Bourdeaux: and the same God save the right noble and excellent Emperor of Rome his dear Son, and his fair Daughter the empress Olive. When the Emperor I'd heard speaking of his Father, he was fearful in his heart, because of the shameful thing not faileable, the which he would have done against him, right intentively he beheld the two Knights, and demanded how the King his Father did, ever since he departed from him? Then one of the Knights answered, and said. Right dear Sir, if the dolour, displeasure, and the great rage wherein your Father was for your departing, if I should show it, too long it would be to rehearse: but shortly I shall show you the substance of the matter. The same Morning after your departing, tidings was brought to the King your Father, how that the King of Navarre your Uncle was come to see him, than your Father went and met him, and brought him into the City of Courtoys with great joy and mirth, and they alighted at the Palace, and there tidings was brought to the King your Father, how you were fled away, whereby such sorrow, dolour, & displeasure took him at the heart, that there was none that durst look him in the face, for he looked like a spirit, because of the foolish love that he had on you, and he ran about in the Palace like a desperate man, so that for fear of him, there was neither Lady nor Damsel that durst abide him, for the great fury & displeasure that he was in, so that by reason of his great ire, he fell into a grievous malady, wherein he thought that he should have died, and so was confessed and made ready to receive the holy Ghost. Then the King of Navarre and Sorbar, and divers other Princes came to visit him, and desired him to put the folly out of his mind, and to cry to God for mercy, many notable Docttors were there, and they showed him many good reasons and examples, and said, without he would leave and forsake his folly, he should be condemned body and soul. When the King your Father saw himself in that doubt, & knowing that he had done ill to cause you to fly away, & that no tidings could be heard of you, such a contrition and repentance took him, that great abundance of drops fell from his eyes, in such sort, that all his face was wet, and he had such dolour and grief in himself, that every man that saw him wept for pity, and the King of Navarre had so great pity of him, that he was so sorrowful, that a grievous sickness took him, so that the Fourth day he died, whereof the King your Father was right sorrowful. At last his sickness determined, & he was recovered, and in good health a certain space, but by reason of the dolour that he had for you, could not be ceased, but he fell again sore sick, and so he continueth, and hath no power to aid and relieve himself, but he eateth and drinketh enough. And after now of late it hath been showed him all your life, and how by the grace of God it is fallen to you, whereby such joy is come to his heart, that there was never so much joy in no man's heart, and yet he saith, that he shall never have perfect joy at his heart until he may see you: and therefore he hath sent us hither to you, and he desireth and commandeth, as much as the Father can command his Child, that both you and the Empress your wife, should leave this your country in the guiding of your Son, and to leave notable persons about him, to keep and conduct him, for it shall be to you more profitable and better, to use your life in peace in the Realms of Arragon and Navarre, with the Duchy of Bourdeaux the which to you appertaineth by just inheritance, and he hath given us in charge not to depart from hence, until you have showed us your will, to the intent, that we may bring him some good news. Chap. CLXXII. ¶ How the Emperor Ide and the empress Olive gave good instructions to their Son, when they departed from Rome▪ and how they arrived at Courtoys, and came to Florence, who with great joy received them as his Children. WHen the Emperor I'd had heard this Knight report these news of the King his Father, the water fell from his eyes for pity and joy that he had, and answered and said. Sirs, I will that ye know well, that of your coming and good news, I am right joyful, but I am sorry for the great sickness that my Father is in, wherefore to recomfort him and to make him joyful, I will that you return to him and say, how that I humbly recommend me to his good grace, and that at Midsummer next I and my Wife will be with him: the Messengers hearing that answer, were right joyful. Then after dinner they took their leave of the Emperor and of the Empress, who gave them many rich gifts, for the honour of King Florence their Father, and so the Messengers departed. When the empress Olive understood the will of her Lord, she was right sorrowful for to leave her Country, whereas she was borne and nourished, and especially to leave her Son Croissant whom she loved: but since it was the pleasure of her Lord so to do, she contented herself, for she loved her Husband so well, that she would in no wise say against his pleasure, nor let him to do his will. Right sorrowful were the Princes and Lords of that Country, and all the people of Room: but in the best wise that they could they comforted themselves, because of the young Prince Croissant, who should tarry and abide with them, and whom the Emperor delivered unto them to be kept. And then he spoke to his Son, and showed him many notable examples and reasons, he commanded him to be gentle and courteous to his Lords and people, and that he should not be light of credence, and that in any wise he should not listen with his ears to hear Flatterers, nor the filth that cometh from them that will lie and flatter to please him withal, to the intent to come to their intention, whereby many a Prince hath been destroyed and brought to Hell, & whereby they and their Lords also for believing of them, have been damned perpetually. Son, look thou be served with Gentlemen, such as are come of them that have been of good renown, love the holy Church, give alms to the poor for the love of jesus Christ, let thy Chests be open to thy good Knights, beware thou be no Niggard, and beware thou be not overcome with wine, lead an honest life, haunt and keep company with the ancient noble men, and praise them if they be worthy, fly Flatterers and Mockers, and beware thereof thyself, for thou canst not do worse, because it will abate thine honour. Thus the Emperor I'd said to his Son Croissant, and showed him many notable sayings and fair instructions, than he called his Lords, and said. Sirs, the most part of you know my will, the which is, that I and my Wife will go into Arragon to the King my Father: therefore I desire you all and command you, that ye will have my Son as recommended to you, I have left him great treasure, to the intent that if any war or any other business fall to him, that he shall have riches sufficient, to withstand them that would do him or his Country any damage, and also the Realm of Arragon is not so far from hence, but that anon I may have news from him. When the Lords understood the Emperor, and how he had taken on him this Voyage, they knew well they could not let nor stop him of his pleasure. Then they all answered in general, and said, that as near as they could, they would accomplish his commandment, and to serve truly his Son Croissant, and to aid, keep, and defend his Country against all men that would annoy him. Sirs, (quoth the Emperor) I thank you. Thus after the Emperor had spoken with his Son and with his Lords, and showed them his will and pleasure, he made ready for his journey, and took with him a certain number of Knights to accompany him and the Empress his Wife▪ and he furnished two great Ships, and caused them to be charged with victual and Artillery, as it appertained for the defence of their bodies and lives, and took with him great riches, apparel, & jewels: then he took his leave of the Pope, of all his Lords, and of all them of the City, who made great sorrow for their departing. Then they entered into the River of Tiber, accompanied with about five Hundred Knights, at their departing they took leave of their Son Croissant, and kissed him often times. When the Empress saw her Son, whom she must depart from, she began to weep, but the Emperor comforted her as much as he could. Then they took their Ships and so departed, and so long sailed in the River of Tiber, that they came into the high Sea, whereas they sailed night and day with good wind, that without danger they arrived at the City of Courtoys, whereas they were received with great joy, and so they came to the Palace, whereas they found King Florence lying on a Couch, who when he was advertised of their coming, he had great joy. Then the Emperor and the Empress entered into the Palace, and came whereas the King lay, than they both kneeled down before him: and when the King saw them, he had such joy that he could speak no word, but made a token that they should approach near to him, and so they did, and he embraced and kissed them oftentimes, and when he might speak, he said. My right dear Children, of your coming I am right joyful, and of the grace that God hath sent to you, than again oftentimes he kissed the Empress Olive, & said, how she was welcome into the Realm of Arragon: Of the great joy, feasting, gifts, and presents that were given and done at their welcoming, if I should show it at length, it would be overlong to rehearse: and therefore I pass it over. Now let us leave speaking of the King, and of the Emperor and the Empress his Wife, who took such pleasure to abide with King Florence, that never after they returned to Rome, but they reigned together all their lives in good peace and love, and they had no Child but Croissant, whom they had left at Room, and of whom we shall speak now hereafter. Chap. CLXXIII. ¶ How Croissant was so bountiful and so liberal, that he gave away all the Treasure that his Father had left him, so that at last he had no more to give, and so was constrained to go seek his adventure, he and a Varlet alonely. AFter that the Emperor Ide and the empress Olive were departed from the City of Room, Croissant their Son grew & amended in all things, he delighted to take his pleasure in all sports, and he made to be proclaimed justs and Tourneys, and gave large gifts to Ladies & to Knights, none went from him without some gift, he took great pleasure to give gifts, so that he was praised of every man: howbeit, divers ancient and wise men said, if Croissant our young Prince deal thus with the Treasure that his Father left him, it will be much wasted, and such as now follow him will forsake him, when they see that he hath no more to give, as they did indeed as ye shall hear, for he gave to them that were poor, whereby they were made rich, who after would not give him one morsel of bread: he was so liberal and so great a spender, that all the Treasure that his Father had left him, he gave it away, so that many complained greatly of his bounty and Largesse, for he gave away so much, that he was forced to diminish his estate, and was forsaken of all them that were wont to serve him, because he had no more to give them, so that when they met him, they would turn to another way: and when he knew that, he had so great shame, that he determined to depart privily out of the Country, and to go seek his adventures, for he saw well that he had given away and lent so much, that he could not then find one man that would lend him one penny. Then with that which was left he bought two good horses, and mounted on the one, and upon the other a Varlet and a Male behind him, and therein a Gown, and his shirts, hose, and shoes, and he had in his purse no more but one Hundred ●. for his expenses, and in a Morning he departed from Room, to the intent he should not be perceived, and road so long by his journeys, that he was far off from the City of Room more than Four days journey. Now let us leave speaking of him, till time shall be to return to him again. Chap. CLXXIIII. ¶ How they of Room sent to the King Guymart of Puylle, to the intent that he should come and govern that Country, and to be their Lord, because that Croissant was a Child, and had given and wasted all that he had: and how Guymart came thither, and was received as Lord. AFter that the Barons and Senators of Room were advertised, that their young Lord Croissant was departed from the City, and that he had wasted and spent all the Treasure that he had: then they assembled at the Capitol, and there was one said. Cursed is that land whereof the Lord is a Child, as ye may well perceive by our young Lord Croissant, who hath spent all and given away the great treasure that his Father had left him, very badly should he govern his Land and Country, when he cannot keep that which is closed fast in his Coffers: and therefore mine advice is, that we send to King Guymart of Puille, who is already of the mind to come and besiege us, because he knoweth well that we be without a Lord, and therefore mine advice is, that we send unto him a noble embassage, desiring him to come to this City of Room, and say that this City shall do to him obeisance, it is better to send betimes then too late, to the intent that neither he, nor none of his do any damage to the Lands of Room. All they that were there agreed to his saying, and so they sent to him, who received the Ambassadors right honourably, and so he came to Room, whereas he was received for their Lord peaceably. But before he entered into Room, they went and met him, and with great joy brought him into the City, with Trumpets and Drums blowing before him, until he came to the Church of Saint Peter, and there he offered and kissed the Relics, whereof he made his oath, such as Emperors are accustomed to make, he to defend and keep Room & the Empire. Then he went to the Palace, whereas he was received of the noble men and of the people: then he governed Room in good peace and justice. Now let us leave speaking of him, and return to Croissant. Chap. CLXXV. ¶ How Croissant arrived at Nise in Provence, and came to the Earl Remon, who was besieged by the Saracens, and of the honour that the Earl Remon did to Croissant, and how he gave him his banner to bear, and made him Knight: and of the great envy that the Earl's Son had at Croissant. AFter that Croissant was departed from Room, and his Varlet with him, and had well seen that in all Rome they set nothing by him, because he had no more gifts to give them. Then he road through Romania and Lombardie, and passed Piedmont, and then came into Daulpheney: and when he came into the Town of Grenoble, it was showed him that in Provence there was a noble Prince, named Earl Remon of Saint Giles, who was besieged by land & by water in the Town of Nise, by the King of Granado, & the King of Belmarin, who day and night made great assaults to the City, and they had sworn and made promise, that they would never depart from thence until they had won that Town, and slain the Earl Remon. When Croissant heard those good news, the hardy prowess wherewith he was garnished and replete, set him into so high a will, that he thought the Saracens flew to the air, and that he would raise their siege before it be night, and for the burning desire that he had, he thought to go thither to prove his virtue against the Paynims: so when he had rested his horse, he and his Squire mounted, and rested not until he came to Nise, in an Evening late he there arrived, without perceiving of them of the siege, for as then they were all in their Tents, because a little before there had been at the gate a great Skirmish, wherefore the Saracens were weary of their travail, and also on that part that Croissant arrived, there were no Saracens lodged. Then he came to the gate, and prayed the Porter to let him enter: and when the Porter saw there were no more but two persons, and that he was a Christian, he suffered him to enter without any refuse. And when Croissant saw that he was in without any danger, he was joyful, than he came to one of the best lodgings in the Town, and there he alighted and supped with his host, because it was too late to go that night to the Court: there he tarried all that night until the next morning, than he went to the Palace, whereas he found the Earl Remon, devising with his Lords and Knights of the deeds of war, than Croissant saluted the Earl and all his Lords▪ When the Earl saw the young man, he greatly beheld him, and thought that in all his life he had never seen so goodly a person, and thought that he was come of some noble Lineage. Then he took Croissant by the hand and demanded what his name was? Sir, (quoth he) my name is Croissant. Croissant? (quoth the Earl) you are welcome, you are come well at a point both for you and for me, for I have great need to have men with me to aid me, and me thinks by your parsonage, that you should achieve great enterprises, for of your age I have not seen in my days, a young man more likely to be feared of his enemies, and because I see by your apparel that you are no Knight, I shall make you a Knight, to the intent that to morrow your Prowess and hardiness may be proved, for you may see here without this Town two Kings, enemies to our Christian faith, and by the grace of God, I intent to morrow to give them battle, I look this night for my Brother the Duke of Callaber, who bringeth with him Thirty Thousand men of war, and Twenty Thousand I have already within the Town, and considering your high courage to come hither to serve me, I shall do you more honour: after I have made you Knight, I shall give you my banner to bear, and if you do as me thinks you should do, your pains shall not be lost. Sir, (quoth Croissant) God give me the grace, that to morrow to him and to you I may do such service, that it may be wealth to all christendom, and that God may perform in me that which wanteth, for if you make me Knight, all the days of my life after I shallbe yours. Then the Earl incontinent sent for a Son of his, who as then was no Knight, and divers other whom he made Knights with Croissant, than he said to Croissant. Friend, I pray to our Lord God to give you such fortune to Morrow, that you may vanquish the Battle. Sir, (quoth he) God give me the grace to render to you thanks, for the honour that now you do to me, for as for me, by the grace of God to morrow I shall so do, that your enemies shall curse the hour that they came hither to assail you. Whiles the Croissant was thus made Knight with the Earl's Son and others, the same time came thither the Duke of Callaber, and he came to the Palace: of the cheer that he had made him by his Brother the Earl Remon, I will make no mention thereof, but he came at the same season that these new Knights were made, and that a Quintaine was set up to prove themselves. Then the Duke of Callaber and the Earl Remon his Brother went thither, very desirous to see who did best, than the Duke demanded of the Earl, what young knight it was that road by his Nephew, for he thought that he never saw so goodly a young person, nor more puissant of his age: then the Earl said, how he was come thither to seek for honour: but what he was, nor of what Lineage he knew not. Thus they talked together of this young knight Croissant, and when they came to the place whereas the Quintaine was dressed up, the Earl's Son ran and broke his Spear all to pieces, & then others assayed themselves, some broke their Spears, and some fell to the earth by force of their stroke, but there was none that could remove the Quintaine. When Croissant saw that all had assayed themselves to overthrow the Quintaine, he had a great spear, and ran so fiercely, that he strake the Quintaine, and overthrew it to the ground, whereof every man had great marvel: the Duke said to the Earl, that he never saw so goodly a stroke, and said, how he is greatly to be doubted that give such strokes, he was greatly praised of the Ladies & Damsels that were there present, and especially of the Earl's Daughter who was a fair Damsel. But whosoever was joyful, the Earl's Son was displeased, he took against him a mortal hate and an ill envy, so that if he durst, he would have run upon Croissant to have destroyed him, and concluded in his courage, that if he might live long, he would make Croissants life to depart from his body, and so he had done, if God had not aided Croissant. When Croissant had run his course, he road to the Earl, who said to him right sweetly. Croissant, God increase your honour, and God give you grace to persever in your goodness, and I pray you humbly to show me the troth, what you be, and of what Lineage? for I am sure that you are of some high Lineage. Sir, (quoth Croissant) since you would know it, I shall show you the troth. Sir, know for troth, I am Son to the noble Emperor of Room, and I am departed out of the country, for certain causes which I would not suffer, and therefore I went to search mine adventures, such as God would send me. When the Earl heard him speak, he was right joyful, and thanked God, and said. Fair Son, you are welcome, I am joyful of your coming, and for the goodness that I see in you apparent, I have a Daughter right fair, whom I will give you in marriage, & as much of my goods and of my Lands and Signiories, that you shall never be poor. Sir, (quoth Croissant) your fair offer that you make me I will not refuse, and I thank you, but before I take a Wife, my will is to do so much, that mine honour may be exalted, and that renown may run upon me as it hath done of my Predecessors, and that I may conquer Lands and Signiories. Then the Earl's son hearing his Father make Croissant such an offer, as to give him his Sister in marriage, and a great part of his Land, he was therewith so sore troubled in his heart, as he took against him a cordial hate, and made promise within himself, that if he might return from the Battle, he would cause Croissant to die an ill death, thinking not to be disinherited by him. After those words, the Duke of Callaber and the Earl Remon took between them the young Knight Croissant, and led him by the hand to the Palace, whereas he was received with great joy, and after dinner they came into the Hall whereas all the Lords were. Then Croissant (who greatly delighted to be in such a place, whereas he might show his Prowess) spoke on high, and said to the Earl Remon. Sir, you know well, that the enemies of our Lord God & yours, have besieged you in your Town, the which is a thing not to be suffered so long, without doing of them any annoyance: and therefore Sir I counsel you, that before they knew much of your estate or puissance, or what people you have, it were best you went to assail them, therefore without any longer tarrying, ordain your Battles, and your Captains to guide your people, to the intent that when you are issued out of the Town, every man may know what you are purposed to do, and then send to your enemies a Messenger, and give your enemy's knowledge of your coming, and we shall follow so fast, that they shall have no leisure to arm them. When the Duke of Callaber and the Earl Remon understood the noble Croissant, they much praised his counsel and advise. Then they ordained their Battles and their Captains: and then they issued out of the Town with all their company. Chap. CLXXVI. ¶ How Croissant did marvels in the Battle, by whom the Saracens were discomfited and slain, whereof the Earl Remon and the Duke of Callaber were right joyful. WHEN the Earl Remon was without the Town, he ordained Three Battles. The first Croissant had the leading thereof, and the Earl said to him. Friend, I pray you this day to show from whence you come, and how that you be of the Lineage Imperial, and of the good Line of the Duke of Bourdeaux, for I have such trust in God and in the virtue of your arms, that me thinks mine enemies do now fly away before me. Sir, (quoth Croissant) I shall do so much by the grace of God, that our enemies shall have no leisure to grant us the Victory. The second Battle the Earl Remons' Son led, and his Father said to him, that he should that day show forth his virtue and Prowess. The third Battle the Earl Remon and the Duke of Callaber had the guiding thereof, and they set in every Battle Fifteen Thousand men: then the Earl Remon went before every battle, stirring & moving them to do well: and then the Earl sent a Messenger to the Host of the Saracens, to show them of the coming of the Christian men, & they were before their Tents in Five Battles, they were in number about a Hundred Thousand Saracens, whereof there were two Kings and Four Admirals. This Messenger did his messsage, & when he had done, he returned to the Earl Remon, and showed him all that he had heard and seen. Then Croissant said to the Earl: Sir, I pray you to show me what arms the two Sarazin Kings do bear? to the intent that I may know them, for the sooner the great men be slain, the sooner the other will fly, because that will abash them, and the sooner to be discomfited, for men without a Lord, are as sheep without a shepherd. Then the Earl showed him their arms and badges: Sir, (quoth Croissant) since I am hereof advertised, I shall never rest until I have encountered them, if God will save mine arms and good sword. Then the Paynims (who saw well the Christian men coming) cast up a great cry and so marvelous, that there was none so hardy, but was thereof abashed, for it seemed that all the world arrived there. When Croissant saw the Saracens approach, he advanced his Battle, and when they joined, he couched his Spear, and strake therewith the King of Belmarins Son, so that the Spearehead passed through his body more than a foot, and so with drawing out of his Spear, the Sarazin fell down dead among the horse feel, whereof the Paynims had great dolour. When Croissant had slain the King of Belmarins Son, there came before him the Nephew of the King of Granado, and Croissant bore him to the earth so rudely, that in the falling he broke his neck: then he ran at the Third & the Fourth and slew them, and as long as his Spear held, he ceased not to slay and to beat down the Saracens, and when his Spear was broken, he took his Sword, wherewith he clave the Saracens to the brains, and cut off arms and hands, he made among them such slaughter, that there was not so hardy a Sarazin that durst abide his full stroke, but they fled before him as the sheep do before the Wolf. Anon the tidings was brought to the King of Belmarin, how his Son was slain by a young Knight, who did marvels in the Battle: and when the King knew that his Son was slain, he wept for sorrow, and made promise that he had rather die, than the death of his Son should be unrevenged, and therewith he pressed into the Battle, and met at his coming the Duke of Callabers Seneschal, and strake him with his Spear in such wise, that he ran him clean through, and so he fell down dead, than the Battle began fiercely, and they of Provence & Callaber did valiantly. Then the Earl Remon came into the battle, and met with the Admiral of cords, and gave him such a stroke with his sword on the helmet, that he clave his head to the brains, and so he fell down dead. Then he saw the King of Granado, (who slew many a Christian man) and the Earl Remon took a spear, and ran at the King, and strake him so on the visor of his helmet, that he fell to the earth with his feet upward among his own men, and had been there slain if his men had not succoured him. In another place was Croissant, and he saw before him the King of Belmarin, who road about seeking for Croissant, to be revenged of him for the death of his Son: and when the King saw Croissant beating down horse and men, and that none could resist against him, he had great desire to be revenged, and said to Croissant. Oh thou false Traitor that hath slain my son, I ought greatly to laud and praise Mahomet, if I may be revenged upon thee: then he couched his spear, and strake Croissant in the midst of his shield, so that his spear flew all to pieces, but for all the stroke Croissant removed no more, then though he had stricken a stone wall, and Croissant sore displeased that the king had given him such a stroke, let go the bridle of his horse, and lifted up his sword with both his hands, & strake the king as he passed by on the corner of his helmet in such wise, that he strake it clean asunder, & if the stroke had not glanced, he had cloven his head to the guirdle, but the sword turned and alighted upon the horse neck, so that he strake the neck clean asunder, in such sort, that of force the king tumbled to the earth, sore astonished of the stroke that he had received, and if he had not been quickly rescued, Croissant had stricken off his head. Then the Saracens remounted again their King, and ran at Croissant, and cast darts at him and javelins to have slain him, but they durst not approach near him, so much they feared him, howbeit, they hurt him in divers places, he held his sword in his hands, wherewith he strake no man with a full stroke, but that he clave his head to the brains. Then he saw the great Admiral of Spain, and he gave him such a stroke, that his head was cloven to the chin, and so he fell down dead. Great sorrow made the Saracens, and especially the King of Granado: and when Croissant saw him, he knew him well by his arms, whereof he was joyful, and Croissant approached to him, and gave him such a stroke on the helmet, that his head was cloven to the brains, and so the King fell down dead: then Croissant ran at him that bore the Saracens banner, whereon was painted the Image of Mahomet, he strake him that bore it with a reverse stroke, between the neck and the shoulders, that the head with the helmet flew in the field, and laid on so in the thick press, that anon he made way, the Saracens would feign have raised up again their banner, but they could not. When the Saracens saw their king dead, and their banner lying on the ground, their courage began to fail them: then they brayed and opened their array, and began to loose place, & Croissant (who took heed of nothing, but to slay the great Captains) at last saw before him the king of Belmarin, who had slain many a Christian man that day, Croissant gave him such a stroke on the right shoulder, that his arm & shield fell to the earth, and by reason of the great dolour that the king felt, he fell in aswound among the horse feet, whereas he died miserably. The Duke of Callaber and the Earl Remon, regarding the high deeds of arms done and achieved by Croissant, had great marvel of his force and puissance, & they blessed the hour that he was borne in, thanking God of his coming thither, they rested and beheld him how he made their enemies to fly away, for none was so hardy to abide him. Finally, if I should rehearse the high deeds that Croissant did that day, it would be overlong to declare, for by him and by his great Prowess, the Paynims and Saracens were utterly discomfited, for he was happy that could save himself. Thus they fled on all parts towards the Seaside, and there were more slain in the flying, then were in the plain Battle, for from thence to the Seaside, the ways were covered with dead men, such as might save themselves in the Ships were happy, but there were very few that escaped. After the chase was done, they of Provence and Callaber came to the booty, the which was exceeding great, and the Earl Remon distributed so liberally thereof, that every man was well contented, for there was such riches in the Tents of the Saracens, that it could not be valued, whereby all such as were at the Battle were rich ever after, both the● and their Friends. Chap. CLXXVII. ¶ Of the great honour that the Earl Remon did to Croissant: and how he would have given him his Daughter in marriage, whereof the Earl's Son was sore envious, and thought the same night to have murdered the noble Croissant in his bed, but he failed, for the noble Croissant slew him, and afterward fled away as fast as he might. AFter that the Battle was finished, and that the Saracens were dead, the Earl Remon with great reverence came unto Croissant, and took him by the hand, and led him into the Town between the Duke of Callaber & himself, and they did him as great honour as they could devise, and so entered into the Town, and with great joy and solemnity they were received, and they came to the Palace & unarmed them: and when they were refreshed, the Duke of Callaber and the Earl Remon came to Croissant, and the Earl said. Oh right noble Knight, replete with all virtues and high Prowess, to whom no man is comparable, the strong arm, shield, and refuge of the Country of Provence and Languedoc, by thy high Prowess this day thou hast saved one of the quarters of Christendom, whereby the faith of Christ is exalted, the which (if thou ●●●●est not been) had been abated & staunched, it is not in me to say nor recount the goodness that you have done us this day, nor it lieth not in me to reward it, but if it were thy pleasure to abase thyself so low, as to take my Daughter in marriage, the which I would gladly see, & I will give thee the one half of all that ever I have, for a fairer jewel nor a richer I cannot give, than my dear Daughter whom I love entirely: she is the most fair, sweet, and the humblest Damsel that is now living. When Croissant had well understood the Earl Remon, he said. Sir, of your courtesy & rich gifts that you offer me, I will not refuse it, but thank you heartily thereof, & as for your daughter whom you offer to give me, I trust that I shall do her that honour, that upon her head I shall set a Crown of gold, and make her Empress of Rome, whereas she shall be served and honoured as Lady over all the Country. When the Earl heard the answer of Croissant, he was very joyful, but his Son (who was there present) was near hand in a rage with the displeasure that he had, and said inragedly to him. By God Croissant, since thus by you I shall be disinherited, and that my Father will give you that which of right appertaineth to me, before I grant thereto, I shall make you to die of an ill death, though I do it by treason, nor thou shalt never have my sister in marriage: thus thought the Earles Son to work against Croissant, who knew nothing thereof: and thus (without God helps him) he was likely to have been slain piteously. Then there began great joy in the Palace, the Earl Remon went to see his Daughter, and said to her. My dear Daughter, know for troth, I have given you in marriage to the most fair & hardiest Knight that ever was girt with a sword, that is Croissant who you see here, by whom we were all delivered, and brought out of service into freedom, for we had been all lost if his high prowess had not been, by whom all the Paynims are discomfited. When the Damsel heard her Father, she was right joyful, and thanked God, and said. Sir, since it is your pleasure to give me to this noble Knight, I shall not refuse him, but I am content to fulfil your pleasure: whereof Croissant was joyful, for she was so fair that every man had marvel thereof. Then the Damsel saluted Croissant, and said. Sir, of your coming and succours we ought to be joyful, for by you we are restored to joy, the which was lost. Lady, (quoth Croissant) so goeth the works of our Lord God, for men make Battles, and God giveth the Victory. Thus devising, they entered into the Chamber, whereas the boards were ready spread: but Izacars the Earl's Son would not come there, but went into a secret place of the Town, and thither he sent for Ten of his affinity, in whom he had perfect affiance: then he showed to them all his intention, and determined that when Croissant was in bed and a sleep, than they to murder him in his bed, and his Squire also. When these Ten Traitors understood their Master, they answered and said, how they were all ready to do his commandment, whatsoever came thereof. Thus they tarried the hour to accomplish their ungracious Enterprise, & as they were in their communication, there was in a Chamber there beside a young Squire, who had well heard their Enterprise, and what they were determined to do: then he said to himself, that surely he would advertise Croissant of their malicious Enterprise, to the intent that he should not be surprised: then he departed as privily as he could, and so came to Croissant, and showed him, how the Earl's Son with Ten men were determined to murder him, the very same night in his bed sleeping, and how that each of them had a sharp knife, and he said. Sir, be ready armed to defend your life, for they all have sworn your death. When Croissant understood the Squire, he waxed as red as a burning coal, and said. I cannot believe that such a treason should be in the courage of a noble man, as to murder him that never did him trespass. Sir, (quoth the Squire) you may do as you please, but except you find a remedy, you are but lost. When Croissant heard that, he trembled for the displeasure that he was in, and he thought within himself, that he would not show the matter to any person living, but he swore, that if any came to do him displeasure, with his Sword he would cléeve his head to the brains. Thus the matter rested until it was night, & so he went into the Hall among the other Lords, and there he found the Earl, who made him great cheer, and Supper was ready, than they sat down: of their service I make no rehearsal. After they had supped divers sports were showed in the hall, and when the hour requisite came, every man went to bed, & the Earl Remon had prepared for Croissant a fair Chamber, with a rich bed for him, and a Couch for his Squire. Then Croissant took leave of the Earl and of the Damsel, with whom he was enamoured: & then he came to his Chamber well accompanied with Knights & Squires, & within a while they took leave of him, & then he was alone saving only his Squire, whom he made to lie in the Couch, & showed him nothing of that he thought to do. Then Croissant armed him at all pieces, his helmet on his head, his shield about his neck, and his sword about him, and so laid him down in his bed, and hid him with clothes, that his armour should not be seen by them that would come thither, so there he lay as privily as he could: and then about midnight the Earl's Son entered into the chamber all unarmed, with his sword in his hand, and his ten companions with him, each of them with a sharp weapon in their hands, than they approached to Croissants bed, and the Earl's Son lifted up his Sword, and str●ke Croissant such a stroke on the helmet, that the sword swerved in his hand, whereby he perceived that he was armed, and that he had warning of their coming, whereof he was right sorrowful, than he recovered again another stroke, thinking to have ●●aine Croissant, but he could not his helmet was so good: then the other Ten strake at Croissant, but they could do him no hurt, his armour was so good. Then Croissant rose up quickly (as a hardy Knight) with his sword in his hand. When the Earl's Son saw that, he was never so afraid in all his life, and thought to have fled away, but Croissant was before him, and gave him such a stroke on the head with his sword, that he clave it to the chin, and so he fell down dead, and the other had slain Croissants Squire, whereof he was sorry, than he ran at them like a man desperate, and did so much, that within a short space he had slain Five of them, and the other fled away into another Chamber, and durst not speak one word. Chap. CLXXVIII. ¶ How Croissant depated from Nise with his sword in his hand: And how the Earl R●mon was sorrowful for the death of his Son, and chased after Croissant, but he could not be found. WHen Croissant saw himself so enterprised, and that he had slain the Earl's Son, he was in great fear, for he knew well, that if he were taken, he should be in danger of his life, therefore hastily he departed out of the Palace: and when he came to the Stable where his horse stood, he found a great iron chain before the door, to the 〈◊〉 that the horse should not be taken out in the night time, & when he saw that, he was sore discomforted, and said. Oh good Lord, now by thy grace aid me, I ought well to be sorry when I must leave my horse. Alas, now I cannot tell how to 〈◊〉 mine armour, certainly, except God secure me, I see no way how I can escape alive: Alas, I thought to have been married to the Earl's Daughter, but now I am far from it, 〈◊〉 I have slain her Brother▪ I was not minded to have returned into my Country so soon, until I had conquered some ●●●our and Lands, whereby I might have been received honourably of them that did set nothing by me: then he began sore to weep, so he went through the town as he might, for he could not travail long in his armour, but he beheld a void house in a corner of a street, & he went thither and unarmed him of all his armour, except his sword, & so he was in a white jacket, and then he rested not until he came to the gate, and called the Porter, & desired him to open the gate, saying, that he had business to do a little without the Town, the Porter answered stubbornly, and said, there rrquireth no haste, he might well abide, for he said that he would not open the gate until it was fair day. Friend, (quoth Croissant) I pray thee show me this courtesy: the Porter answered him fiercely, and said. Thou dost but lose thy labour, for the gate shall not be opened until the Sun rise. When Croissant saw, that the Porter would not open the gate by fair means, he set his hand to his sword, and said. Thou false Traitor, except thou dost open the gate incontinent, with my sword I shall slay thee. When the Porter saw that Croissant held a naked sword in his hand to strike him, he had great fear, and he came forth in haste with the keys in his hand, and said. Sir, I shall open the gate with a good will, howbeit, he was so afraid, that all his body trembled for fear, than he came to the gate and opened the wicket: and then Croissant issued out unarmed, and had on but a Cloak over his jacket and a sword about him, and a little purse at his guirdle, and therein Twenty Shillings in money and no more. Thus as ye have heard, Croissant issued out of the Town of Nise in Provence, and took the way towards Room, but before he had gone two Leagues, the Five Traitors that fled from him and were hidden in a Chamber, when they thought that Croissant was departed, for they thought he would not tarry, because he had slain the Earl's Son: then they went out of the Chamber, making great brute and noise, so that every man rose in the Palace, and the Earl himself arose, and came into the Hall with his Sword in his hand, and there he found the Five Traitors, who showed him, that for certain words between Croissant and his Son, there was a Fray between them, whereby your Son is slain by the hands of Croissant, the which he did wilfully, to the intent to have all your Lands after your decease, because you have given him your Daughter in marriage, and before we could come he was fled, but before he departed out of the Chamber, he slew Five men besides your Son, for they were not armed, but Croissant was armed & he seemed rather a spirit then a mortal man, and when we saw that we could not approach to him, because he was armed, we slew his Squire. When the Earl heard them, it was no marvel though he was sorrowful: and then he went into the Chamber whereas his Son lay dead, when he came there, for the great distress that he had at his heart, he fell down upon his Son in a swound: and when he came to himself, he cried and said. Ah Croissant, your acquaintance is to me very hard: then he commanded his men to arm them, and incontinent to go after Croissant, who so piteously had slain his Son, and said: if I may take him, he shall never escape my hands without death. Then in the Palace and in the Town every man armed them, & the Earl himself armed him & mounted on his Horse, and issued out of the gate with many people, and then they road abroad in the Country, searching and demanding if any man met with Croissant, but he could hear no certain news of him, except of one man, that said how he met him about five Leagues from thence, and that he went a great pace. When the Earl heard that, he saw well that it was but a labour lost to fellow any further: then he returned to the town right sorrowful, and sore displeased for the death of his Son, and yet again he greatly complained for Croissant in that adventure, and said, that a more valiant Knight could not be found, neither more courteous, nor more wise, I would to God that there were between him and me good amity, so that he had my Daughter in marriage, and that after my decease he might have my Land: then divers of his men said. Sir, let him go, he seemeth to be rather a Devil then a man, he is fierce and cruel, he makes no more to slay a man, than some 〈◊〉 to drink good wine, let him go, he was borne in an ill hour: then the Earl entered into the Town, right sorrowful and sore displeased for the death of his Son, and als● for Croissants adventure: and then he caused his Son to be buried as it appertained, & great sorrow was made by the Earl, and by the Duke of Callaber, & other Knights that were there, but they knew not the troth of the matter: whosoever made sorrow, the Earl's Daughter was sorrowful, both for her Brother, and also for the noble Croissant, whom she had thought to marry. Now let us leave speaking of them, and return to Croissant. Chap. CLXXIX. ¶ How Croissant arrived in the Suburbs of a little Town called Florencolle, and lodged among Ruffians and Villains, and how they fell at strife: and how Croissant slew them and fled, and was in great danger. And how he came into the City of Rome, whereas there was no man that would give him one morfell of bread: and how he went and lay in an old Palace upon a burden of straw. WHen Croissant saw that he was departed from the Town of Nise, and that he was alone afoot, he made his complaints to our Lord God, requiring him humbly to have pity of him: then he went forth, and so travailed Three days and Three nights, without meat or drink, but a little bread and water, he had such hunger and thirst, that he could scarce sustain himself on his feet, so at last a little before the Sun was set, he came to a little Town called Florencolle, whereof the gates were shut before he came thither, then in the Suburbs he saw a house like a Tavern, and he swore though he should be slain, he would go to that house to eat and drink, and to pay well for his shot: it had been better for him to have passed by, for there he was in great peril of his life as ye shall hear. Thus he approached to the house, and heard how the Cooks were busy in the Kitchen, than he saw a great fire in a Chamber, where there was the greatest Ruffians, and players at dice in all the Town, and they had prepared flesh and fish for their Supper. When Croissant saw the preparation that was made there for the Six Ruffians, he entered into the house, and saluted the Host, and demanded if he might be lodged there: the Host said yea, and how he should be there well served both of wine and of meat, such as he would demand. Then Croissant went in, & the Ruffians met him, and said, how he was welcome, and each of them pinched other, and winked with the one eye, and said softly to the master of them: this great travailer is come well at a point, for before he depart, he shall pay for our shot and expenses, and anon we will put the dice into his hands, whereby he shall leave his Gown, Cap, and money if he have any. Croissant did not understand them, because they spoke whisperingly: then Croissant said. Sirs, if I eat with you paying my shot, shall it turn you to any displeasure? Friend, (quoth the Master of them) it pleaseth me well that you eat with us: then they washed all together, and sat down at the Table near to the fire, & they were well served of every thing. When Croissant was set, he began to feed well, (his hunger was so great) for in Three days before he had eaten nothing but bread and water: & therefore he had the better appetite, and also he found there good wine and fresh, and he drank thereof at his pleasure. When they had well eaten and drunk, and were well chafed by reason of the good wine, the Host rose up & said. Sirs, it is time to make reckoning, & that every man pay his part, than the master Ruffian said. Sir, make you the account, for you can do it better than we, and show us what we shall pay. Every man alike Sirs, (quoth the Host) as near as I can reckon, ye must pay in all Twelve shillings, and look every man pay his part. Then the Master Ruffian began to swear blood and wounds, that they should play at the dice, to see who should pay for all, than he said to Croissant. Friend, you must come play with us, behold here Three dice good and square, we must do so, for one must pay the whole expenses before we depart. Sirs, (quoth Croissant) we shall not need to play at dice to know who shall pay for the shot, I will pay it all together without any strife: then they said▪ that they were well content therewith, and thanked him: than one of them, the falsest Villain among them, wilfully cast down a pot of wine upon the Table, whereof his fellows blamed him, than he answered and said. Sirs, you need not to be angry therewith, for there is none of you will drink thereof, it is better to have a fresh pot of wine of a new Vessel: they said, well, that is true, so be it. Then their Host brought them a new pot full of wine, and said. Sirs, this pot of wine is not of the first reckoning, this is a pot of a new account: then the Master Ruffian said to Croissant. Sir, take and cast the dice, for the first cast shallbe yours. Croissant beheld them fiercely, and said: Nay Sirs, I will keep me from that, for I never played at dice in all my life, be content with the twelve shillings that I shall pay for our shot, for by reason of the long Voyage that I have made, I am not well furnished of money, for I have but Thirtéen Shillings in my purse: then the Master said. Thou art better arrayed than we, and thou must use thy tongue otherwise, for thou shalt not thus scape, thou shalt leave thy Gown to pay for our shot to morrow in the morning: then another Ruffian said, and I will have his hose and shoes to morrow, to buy fish for our dinner. When Croissant heard the Villains, he began to change colour, and was sore displeased, and said right fiercely. Sirs, leave your clattering, yet I have xiii. s. in my purse, the which I will give you, rather than you should be displeased, me thinks this aught to suffice you: and Sirs, I am a noble man, & lately I was made Knight, for if I were once again in my Country, I would never come from thence to seek for such adventures, you ought to bear my honour, since I show you that I am a Knight: the Ruffians said, how his words nor his preaching should not avail him, but that he must leave his gown, jacket, hose and shoes. Then Croissant replete with ire, did off his surcoat, the which was furred with armins, and cast it to them, and said. Sirs, now you ought to be content with me, and I ought to be quit. When the Ruffians understood him, they cried all at once, that he should put off his hose and shoes, and his guirdle, purse, and Gown, and bade him quickly deliver it to them, and then to avoid the house, for they said there was no lodging for him, and the Host to please the Villains, said, how they said troth. Then Croissant full of ire and displeasure, turned his visage to the bench where his good Sword ●ay, whereof he was joyful that they had not taken it away, than he stepped thither, and took it in his hands and drew it out, and came to the Villains, and they rose against him with their swords in their hands, & he strake the Master Ruffian so marvelous a stroke, that he clave his head to the teeth, so he fell down dead before the Chimney, & from another he strake his head, and then he slew the Third and Fourth, & the other Two had so great fear that they fled away. Then the Host began to cry, a Thief, a Murderer: but Croissant would do him no hurt, and he issued out of the house with his sword in his hand, and ran as fast as he could until he was without the Suburbs, than he ran in the field over hedges and diches, to the intent that none should follow him, and he harkened towards the Town, where he heard great crying, and noise of the Host of the house that he came from, whereby all his neighbours, Tailors, Shoemakers, Drapers, and men of all crafts, came to the house, and there was such a noise made in the suburbs, that the Town gates were opened, and the Burgesses issued out, and came to the house whereas the noise was: and when the Magistrates of the Town came thither, and saw the men lie dead, they demanded of the Host who had done that murder. Sir, (quoth the Host) a Vagabond hath done it, who is big and mighty, for I never saw with mine eyes a man better made nor formed, and he is fled away with his sword in his hands on yonder high way: but Sir, for God sake come not too near him, for he seemeth no man when he is angry, but he is like a man out of his wits without all fear and doubt. Then the Magistrates commanded to follow him both on horseback and afoot, and they all ran to armour, though the Captain were not greatly afraid, yet he would not be the first that should go forth, he loved better that another should take that advantage. Thus on all sides on horseback and afoot, they followed Croissant, who kept not the high way, and it was far in the night: and also there were many that would not chafe themselves over much to seek for him, for they would make no press to receive his offering: because they feared to find him: and when they had sought a long space in the fields and in the high ways, and could not find him, they all returned to their Town, and Croissant went ever from the Town-ward, with his sword naked in his hand: and when he saw that he was two Leagues off, he entered into the high way, and praised God that he was so escaped without danger, but he was sore displeased, in that he had never a penny in his purse, and nothing but his Sword, his Coat, and a rich purse at his guirdle, and also he saw that it was Winter, frost and snow: also he felt the cold wind, the which did him much ill. Thus he went forth all night, and the next day, until it was near night, than he arrived at a Village, and there he was feign to sell his sword, for lack of money to pay for his shot, he came to a Lodge, where he was served of every thing that he would have: then in the morning when he departed, he sold his purse for as much as he could get, and he travailed so long that he approached to Room, and he came to a Lodging without the gate, and there he lodged that night, and in the morning he demanded of his Host, to whom that Town appertained, and who was lord thereof, and what his name was that governed the Town? The Host said: Friend, he that now is Lord here, is named Guymart of Puille, but before he came hither, we had a young Lord, the fairest young Gentleman that ever was seen, and he was Son to the noble Emperor Ide, you somewhat resemble him, but he was of so ill rule, and so full of follies, that all the riches and wealth that his Father had left him, he spent and gave away to every man that would crave any thing of him, so that in the end he left himself nothing to live by. And after I heard say, that he had in himself such shame, that he departed privily with a Squire, & went to seek his adventures: but no man knoweth where he is, nor whether he will ever come again or not, and the Commonalty of the City made little thereof, for after he was departed, they sent for King Guymart of Puille, whom they have made Emperor of this Empire. When Croissant understood his Host, he complained right piteously to himself, and said. Alas poor Caitiff that I am, what shall I do, that thus have lost all mine Inheritance without recovery? and beside that I have nothing to spend, nor I have no trade to live by, it must behove me to die through hunger and cold, I have no more but five and Twenty shillings, for the which I sold my purse. Thus as well as he could, he continued till Lent, than the season began to be somewhat hotter, and every day in the morning he would hear service, and every man that saw him, beheld him greatly for the great beauty that he was of, & there were divers that knew him, but they would make no semblance thereof, to the intent that they would give him nothing: and when they saw him, they would shun the way, because he should not know them, there were many of them that he had done much good unto, and given them in such wise, that they were become rich, and he poor, and there was none of them that would offer him one morsel of bread, whereof he was sorrowful, for than he saw well his money was gone, so that he had never a penny left, than he thought to sell his Gown, rather than to die for hunger, and so he did: he sold it for eight & Twenty shillings, and then he tarried in his Lodging as long as his money endured, & he continued there until Easter, & by that time all his money was gone. Then he thought that he would go into the streets, to see if he might espy any Burgesses, to whom he had done in times past some good unto, and to demand of them some courtesy: & so he issued out of his Lodging, and walked into the streets, & saw a rich Burgess, who was leaning out at a window in his house: Croissant knew him well, for it was he that made him rich, and before he was but poor: then he thought to acknowledge himself to that Burgess. Then Croissant went and saluted him right humbly, and said. Sir, have remembrance of a poor Caitiff, to whom fortune is contrary, and who in time past did you much good when you served him, if you be a good man as I believe you are, of the goodness have you remembrance, and it may be so, if you do so, you shall far the better. When the Burgess heard Croissant, he beheld him fiercely, & he knew him presently, and without making of any manner of answer, he called his Page, and commanded him to bring him a pan full of water to the window, and he did as his master had commanded him: then the Burgess took the pan full of water, and he beheld Croissant who stood under the window, and did cast the water upon his head, so that his fair hair, coat, and shirt were all wet: Croissant without any word speaking made himself clean, and afterward said to the Burges, that if he lived long, the offence that he had done him, he should dearly buy it, but the Burgess (who was proud and disdainful) set but little by his words. Croissant (who was right sorrowful) took his way towards the Palace, before the which there was an old Palace, whereas no man had dwelled in of a long space, and he entered in at the gate, the which was great and stood open, and there he saw a great Pillar, whereas there lay two burdens of straw: then he laid him down and slept, right sorrowful & angry with the Burgess that had so wet him with water: the which Burges after he had cast this water upon Croissant, he went to the Palace to the Emperor Guymart, to flatter and to please him, & he found the Emperor leaning in a window and saluted him, and said. Sir, I bring you certain tidings of Croissant, Son to the Emperor Ide, who of right aught to be Inheritor of this Empire, whereof you are as now Emperor: he is come into the Town in his doublet, without hose or shoes, he is arrayed like a Vagabond or a Ruffian, coming from the Tavern, & he is so great and so well made in all his members, that he seemeth more like a Champion ready to fight, than ever I saw man in all my life: if you will follow my counsel, strike off his head, or cast him into a pit, that of him there may never be had any more memory. For if he live long, he may do you damage, and put you out of this Empire which you hold, the which should appertain to him. When the Emperor Guymart understood the Burges, he beheld him fiercely and said: Speak no more to me of this matter, for thou dost like a Traitor, thou knowest well, that by him and his deeds thou and other be made rich, & thou art like him that betrayed our Lord jesus Christ: therefore I command thee from henceforth come not in my sight, for I will have no acquaintance nor conversation with a Traitor: if it be so that Croissant be poor, it is pity and lamentable, and great sin to do him any ill, for I have done him great ill, when I keep his Lands and Signiories wrongfully and without a cause, wherefore I think myself greatly culpable against the almighty God, for the sin that I have done him, in that I hold the honour and Signiory, that of reason ought to appertain to him, this day is Easter day, upon the which day every good Christian man ought to humble himself to God, crying him mercy and pardon for all their sins: it is reason that I make peace with God, and do so that he may be content with me. Chap. CLXXX. ¶ How the Emperor Guymart spoke & rebuked the Burgess that spoke ill of Croissant: and how the Emperor bare meat and drink to the place whereas Croissant slept. And of the marvelous Treasure that he found in a Chamber in the said old Palace: and of that which was showed him by two Knights whom he found there. WHen the Burgess understood the Emperor, he was in great fear, and so departed right sore abashed, & thought he had been too hasty to report such news, & so right sorrowful departed, and l●ft the Emperor alone in a window right pensive, & said to himself. Oh very God, the poverty that Croissant is in, is by my cause, for all that I have aught to be his, and I keep it from him perforce, if I keep it still, I may well say that my soul shall never come into Paradise, but shall be damned for ever. Thus the Emperor Guymart complained to himself, and so went down into his Palace, and there walked up and down by himself before the old Palace, the which was near to his Palace, & he looked in at a gate, & saw a man lie sleeping on a burden of straw, and he thought incontinent that it should be Croissant by the report of the Burgess. When the Emperor saw him, he had such great pity of him that he wept: and then he went into his Palace, and commanded one to bring unto him a Towel with bread and flesh, & a bottle of wine, the which thing was done: then the Emperor took a Mantle furred with grise, and did it about himself, and took the wine and meat, and commanded his men that none should follow him, than he went down the gréeces, and came to the Palace whereas Croissant slept, and the Emperor set the meat and wine near by Croissant, and awoake him not: then he covered him with the mantle, and then he departed, and as the Emperor was departing, he looked on his right hand, and saw a door open all of iron, & banded very strongly with iron bars, and he saw a clearness within in such wise, as though there had been a Hundred torches burning, & he went thither and entered into the Chamber, the which was great & large, and he saw all about the Chamber great Coffers, the which stood open and they were full of gold, and other Coffers full of jewels & rich stones, the which did shine with such light that the Emperor greatly marveled: also he saw great pieces of plate and money lying on the earth, and beside he saw a great Vessel of Cups, and pots of gold and silver, and great pieces of gold bordered with precious stones. Also he saw rich Gowns hanging on perches, of cloth of gold and silk, in so great number, that the Emperor was sore abashed, and said: whosoever left this Treasure here, might well be called a great Lord, for he thought if all the gold in the world, and all the rich jewels were brought together, they might not be compared to the Treasure that he saw there, and said he was happy to come thither. Then he passed forth where he saw an Image of fine gold, and it was as big as a Child of two years of age, and whereas the eyes should stand, there was two great Carbuckles, the which cast so great clearness, that all the Chamber was light therewith. When the Emperor saw that Image, he thought to have taken it, and to have borne it into his Palace, but he had much ado to lift it: then he looked towards a little door, out of the which he saw coming two Knights, well armed at all pieces with their swords in their hands, and they came to the Emperor, and said. Beware Friend, be not so hardy to bear any thing from hence, for the Treasure that is here is not yours, nor it belongeth not to you to have it: therefore set down again that Image, for without you do it shortly, you shall dearly buy it. The Emperor seeing the Two Knights threatening him, he was in great fear, and he set down the Image, and beheld the Knights, and said. Sirs, you speak fiercely to me for the Treasure, the which you warn me that I should not take any part thereof: by all right it ought to be mine and none others, since I have found it: and therefore I conjure you by the puissance of God, & of his Angels and Archangels, and of all Saints, that you show me the troth, to whom this Treasure doth belong, you ought to know it, since you have the keeping thereof: then the Two Knights answered, and said. Sir, this Treasure that you see here aught to appertain to Croissant, Son to the Emperor Ide, who alone lieth on a burden of straw here by not far from this Chamber, he lieth right poorly and naked, the which Treasure was judged to him Five Hundred years passed, and never since that time hath there been taken from it the value of one penny, nor never since it was laid here, there never entered any earthly man but alonely you. Croissant (who sleepeth without) is a valiant knight and full of troth: wherefore if you will know to whom this Treasure appertaineth, I shall show you the manner how you may know it: behold yonder heap of gold, go and take thereof three Besans, and put them into your purse, then return into your Palace, and cause to be proclaimed throughout Room, that all poor men come to your Court, and that to each of them you will give a Florent of gold. When Croissant shall hear that, he will not be behind, but he will come among other to take that alms: and then the Three Besans that shall be in your purse, take and cast them on the earth, one in one place, and another in another place, whereas the people must pass to come to receive your alms: then Croissant shall come the same way and find the three Besans, the which by reason of his nobleness and bounty, he will come and bring to you again, thereby you shall know that the Treasure that is here before you, appertaineth to him, & aught to be his. Then give him your fair Daughter in marriage: and bring him hither, and you shall see that he may take of this Treasure at his pleasure, for it is all his, no man shall say the contrary: and doing thus as we have said, you shall have part of this Treasure. Chap. CLXXXI. ¶ How the two Knights that kept this Treasure, spoke with the Emperor Guymart, and showed him the manner how he should know Croissant. And of the marvel that Croissant had when he awoake, and saw the meat and drink by him. WHen the Emperor had well heard the two Knights, he went to the heap of gold, and took the three Besans and put them into his purse: and then he took his leave of the two Knights and departed, and when he was issued out, he looked behind him, and he saw the door fast closed, whereof he had great marvel, and found Croissant still sleeping, and so he passed by and would not awake him, and then he went to his Palace, and his Lords demanded of him where he had been that he tarried so long, but he would not show them any thing of the matter. Then the Emperor went to dinner, and was richly served: and then Croissant (who lay and slept in the old Palace) suddenly awoake, and had great marvel of the furred Mantle that he found upon him, and he saw also lying by him a Napkin, and therein wrapped good white bread, Capon, roasted pheasant, & Partridge, and thereby he saw lying a great bottle full of wine: and when he saw this good cheer, he thanked God of that adventure. Then he did eat of the meat, and drank of the wine at his pleasure: and when he had well eaten and drunk, he departed from thence, and left the rest behind him, and took nothing with him: and also he left the furred Mantle, for he durst not wear it, but said to himself, that he had no right thereto, because it was a thing that was none of his, and so he went down through the streets of the Town. Chap. CLXXXII. ¶ The proof that the Emperor Guymart made to know Croissant, unto whom he gave his fair Daughter in marriage, and delivered him all his Signiory and Inheritance, whereof great joy was made at Rome. WHen the Emperor was risen from dinner, he called to him Four of his servants, to whom he gave in charge, that they should cause to be proclaimed in every Street of the Town, that all poor men that would come to the Emperor, should have in alms every man a Florent of gold, of the value of Ten Sons, the which cry was made in every street and Marketplace in Room, whereby every poor man drew towards the Palace. When this cry was made, Croissant heard it, whereof he was joyful and said. how he would go thither among others, to have the emperors alms, wherewith he thought he would pay his Host, and then in hast he went thither. The Emperor (who was there ready) thought to see & prove whether the two Knights sayings were true or not: & so drew out of his purse the Three Besans of gold, the which he did cast in divers places, in the way as the poor men should come to the Palace, but many poor men passed over them, and perceived them not: & then Croissant came among others, and he saw among the men's feet one Besan of gold fair and bright, and he stooped down, and took it up, and then he went forth: & within a little while after, he found the second Besan, the which also he took up: and a little further among the men's feet, he espied the Third Besan, the which also he took up: then he thought within himself, and said. Alas, what a Caitiff am I? if these had been silver, they had been mine, but they are fine gold, wherefore I am beguiled, for they appertain to the Emperor Guymart, who holdeth this Empire, I have no right to keep them, because they belong not to me: therefore I will render them to the Emperor, unto whom they do appertain: then he came to the Emperor, & said. Sir, I have found by the way as I came to your Palace three Besans of gold, the which here I deliver to you, for of right and reason they appertain unto you, because of the right and title that you have to the Empire, but if they had been silver, I might have kept them as mine own without blame. When the right noble Emperor understood him, he beheld him, and sighing he said. Friend, you are welcome, the bounty, nobleness, and wisdom that is in you, shall aid you to come to the place whereof in reason you ought to be: for the goodness and troth that I have seen in you, I will give you my dear Daughter in Marriage, whom I love entirely, and you shall take her to your Wife, and therewith I shall yield you the Crown Imperial of the noble Empire of Rome, the which of right appertaineth to you. When the noble Croissant had well heard and understood the Emperor, he was right joyful, and kneeled down to the earth in the presence of all the Lords that were there present, thanking him of the honour that he offered him. The Emperor (who was a noble and a wise Prince) took him up by the hand, and led him into a Chamber, wherein he caused a bathing to be prepared, in the which the noble Croissant was bathed: and then the Emperor brought him such apparel as was meet for him to have. When Croissant was thus richly appareled, a fairer nor a better formed man could not be found in Eighteen Realms christened, whereof the Emperor Guymart had great joy, and said, how that in all his life he never saw a more goodlier Prince, for he was great among other men, and well furnished of all his members, he was big and large in the shoulders, and the skin white mingled with red, his hair like golden wire, and his face strait with a large forehead, his eyes grey, and his nose well made, long arms and big hands, his Legs fair and strait, and his feet well proportioned and made: the Emperor Guymart could not be satisfied with the regarding of him: and then he led him into the Palace where his Lords were, who greatly lauded and praised him, and said each to other, how that they had never seen before so goodly a Prince, nor better made nor formed of his members. Then the Emperor sent for his Daughter by two great Lords, and they went to her Chamber for her: then she came to the Palace to the Emperor her Father, richly accompanied with Ladies & Damsels. Of their apparel I will make no long rehearsal, for it was as rich as might be, and she was so fair, that God and nature could not amend her, nor no Painter in the world though he were never so skilful, could not paint the fashion nor proportion of her beautiful body, and all that were there present, both young and old said, that they never saw nor heard report of so fair a couple of Creatures, as the noble Croissant and this Lady were, for every man thought that they were made for nothing else, but to cause men to behold them and their beauty. Chap. CLXXXIII. ¶ How the Emperor Guymart promised Croissant, that within three days he should have his Daughter in marriage: And how the Emperor Guymart led Croissant to the old Palace, and showed him the great Treasure that the two Knights kept for him. WHen the Emperor Guymart saw his Daughter come, he took her by the hand, and said. My right dear Daughter, I have found for you a Husband, to whom I have given you, and you may well say, that a fairer man, nor a hardier Knight you never saw before, and that is the noble Croissant, unto whom this Empire appertaineth by rightful inheritance, and he is Son to the noble Emperor Ide, who hath given this Empire to his Son Croissant, but when he was of no great age, he departed from this City with a small company, and went to serve in strange countries, and when the Lords of this country saw that they were without a Lord, they sent for me into Puille, and so they made me here Emperor wrongfully and without reason: but now since that Croissant the rightful Inheritor is returned: for to discharge my soul towards God, I shall put into his hands all his Empire, without keeping from him any part thereof, for as for me, I am rich and puissant enough: and therefore Croissant, if it be your pleasure, you shall have my Daughter in marriage. Sir, (quoth Croissant) if it be her pleasure I will not refuse her, for I never saw a fairer, nor none that I had rather to have. When the fair Damsel understood Croissant, she was right joyful, and she beheld Croissant, who seemed to her so fair, that her love was inflamed upon him, for the more she beheld him, the more she loved him, and she thought it long until the matter was made perfect: then she said to the King her Father. Sir, than it is your will and pleasure, that I shall have Croissant in marriage, you may command me as it please you, it were a folly for me to make refuse, and Sir, I require you to let us be married shortly, for if I have not him, I renounce all marriage for ever, for there is none other that ever shall set the King on my finger but only Croissant. When the King understood his Daughter, he laughed heartily and said. Dear Daughter, think not the contrary, but that you shall have him to your Husband: then the King sent for a Bishop, who assured them together, whereof the Damsel was so joyful that she wist not what to do, and privily she thanked our Lord God: and if she loved him well, Croissant loved her aswell, and both of them desired for the day that they might come together in wedlock. When Three days were passed, and that the provision was made ready for the Wedding, than King Guymart made them to swear each to other, and especially he made Croissant to promise, that on the Third day he should take his Daughter in marriage, the which Croissant promised and swore so to do: then the King took Croissant by the hand, and led him to the old Palace, to prove if the Treasure that was there might be had away by Croissant, as the Two Knights had showed him: and then they two alone came to the old Palace, when they were come thither, the King said. Fair Son, I love you well, and also you ought to bear me your love, since you shall have my Daughter in marriage, and because I have great affiance in you, I shall show you what I think to say, and that which lieth in my heart: it is of troth, that about four days passed, as I came from service, I stood and leaned out at a window of my Palace, and I beheld this same place whereas we be now, and where I saw you lie a sleep, replete with famine and poverty, I took of you great pity, and I brought to you bread and drink, and did set it by you, and I covered you with a furred mantle, and so I let you lie still, for I would not awake you, and as I returned from you, I saw a door open of this Chamber, the which you see now closed, out of the which I saw a great light issue: then I went thither and entered into the Chamber, and there I saw so great Treasure, that I never saw none such in all my life: there was a rich Image of gold, the which I thought to have taken and borne with me, & as I had it in my hands, two Knights well armed came forth, whereof I was afraid, than they said unto me, that I should not be so hardy as to touch the Image, nor no part of the Treasure that I saw there, for they said, that it did not appertain to me, and if I did the contrary, I should repent it, and they said incontinent they would slay me: then I demanded to whom that Treasure did belong. Then they said, that it did belong unto Croissant, who lay here without a sleep, and they commanded me to take three Besans of gold, to prove thereby to whom the Treasure should appertain, and then they advised me to make a Dole to poor men, and that I should cast down the Besans upon the earth whereas the poor men should pass by, and he that found them and brought them to me, this Treasure should appertain to him: wherefore I pray you let us go thither to know the troth. Sir, (quoth Croissant) I pray you let us go thither. When they came there, they found the door closed: and then Croissant knocked thereat, and said. ye Sirs that be within, I pray you in the name of God to open this door, incontinent the door opened, and there they found the two Knights with their swords in their hands. Then Guymart and Croissant entered into the Chamber, and the two Knights came to Croissant, & made him great cheer, and said. Croissant, your great Prowess and Nobleness is greatly to be praised, we have been a long time here set to keep for you this Treasure that you see here, for it is Five Hundred years since that we were set here by King Oberon, to keep this Treasure for you, and he showed us that it appertained to you, and never since it was touched by any man, but only by King Guymart, whom (to the intent to aid and succour you) we bade him take three Besans of gold, and showed him that this Treasure appertained neither to King nor Emperor, but alonely to you, which is so great that no man living can esteem it, you may take it & bear it away, or give it whereas it shall please you, and whatsoever you take from it, all your life it shall not diminish nor decrease. When Croissant understood them, he was joyful, and thanked the Knights in that they had so long kept his Treasures then they took leave of Croissant, and embraced him and said. Sir, we require you to be courteous and liberal, and pitiful to the poor, and love well all noble and wise men, and give to them largely, and be good and true to your Father in law King Guymart, for he is a noble and a wise Prince, you ought to thank him, & to love him above all other men living. When Croissant thanked them of their good advertisement, and then they took their leave, and so departed suddenly, that neither Croissant nor Guymart wist not where they were become, whereof they were abashed, and made on them the sign of the cross: then they looked about the Chamber, and saw the Treasure that was there, where of Croissant was so abashed, that he will not what to say, for there was a great light in the Chamber, as though there had been Thirty Torches lighted, by reason of the bright stones that were there: to speak of the Treasure that was in that Chamber, I cannot show it, for there 〈◊〉 so much that they were thereof abashed to behold it. When Croissant saw this Treasure, it was no marvel though he was joyful, and thought to himself, that he would not spa●e to give to them that were worthy, & such as did serve him truly, and so he did, for he gave so largely, that all the 〈◊〉 praised him: and when they had been there a certain space, Croissant said to King Guymart. Sir, of this Treasure, I will that you have the one half, & you shall have the keys of that, and give thereof at your pleasure. Fair Son, (quoth the King) I thank you, all that I have is yours, and all that you have is mine, we will part nothing between us as long as we live. Then they departed from thence, and Croissant took certain of the jewels to give to his Spouse: and then they departed out of the Chamber, and locked the door, & took the key with them, and so they returned to the Palace right joyful. Then Croissant gave to his Lady the rich jewels, who right humbly thanked him therefore. Chap. CLXXXIIII. ¶ Of the great Treasure that they had, and how Croissant wedded the noble Damsel, daughter to King Guymart: and of the Feast that was there made. AFter that King Guymart and Croissant were returned to the Palace, the Lady was ready appareled: and then the Two Lovers were wedded together in the Chapel of the Palace. The great joy and mirth that was made in the Palace and in the City, I make no mention thereof, they dined: and of their service and rich apparel I make no rehearsal, for it were too long to declare it. After dinner the young Knights and Squires jousted in the City: of the joy and sport that was there made no man can express it at length. Then they went to supper, and if they were well served at dinner, it was aswell at Supper. And after supper, and that the dancing was done, Croissant and his Lady went to bed together in a rich Chamber, where the same night they accomplished their desires: so fair a couple was never seen, as were Croissant and the Lady Katherine his Wife: & when the night was passed, they arose and came into the Palace, whereas the feasting and joy began again the whi●h 〈◊〉 Fifteen days. Great was the triumph that was there made: after that every man departed from the Court, except all such as appertained to the Court. Of the good life that they led, all such as loved them rejoiced thereat, and long time they lived together, so that at last through age King Guymart ●ay sick in his bed, and so the Fourth day he died: great sorrow the Lady Katherine his Daughter made, and so did Cro●ssant who dearly loved him, and his body was borne to the Church of Saint P●ter, and his obsequies done, and so laid in his Sepulture with sore weepings, for in his time he was a good Prince and a true justicer, he was greatly complained for both with poor and with rich. Then after his death by the consent of all the Lords of the Empire, Croissant was crowned Emperor, and the Lady Katherine Empress, at whose Coronation was made great feasting and joy, a godly life they led as long as they lived. Croissant amended and increased the Signiory of Room, and conquered divers Realms, as jerusalem and all Surrey, as more plainly you may know by the Chronicle that is made of him and of his deeds, and now here of him I make no more mention: they that will know more, let them search the Books of Chronicles making mention of his deeds. Thus endeth the Ancient, Honourable, Famous, and delightful History of Huon of Bourdeaux one of the Peers of France, and Duke of Guyenne: and of divers Princes living in his time. Translated out of French into English by Sir john Bourchier Knight, Lord berner's, at the request of the Lord Hastings Earl of Huntingdon, in the year of our Lord God one Thousand, Five Hundred, Threescore & Ten: And now newly revised and corrected, this present year 1601. FINIS.